*ru

*

\ -

3

>

, r

j

:

r

mi

f

r

MM

#

r

i

*

/

a

i

<

>

4,

Tl

A

' "«

r .

>

> >
>1

1

r ■ ■

►

C *

r."',

^ .

i *2

™ 4

►

►

<v

1

* e

i'

Q

4T~

/ -

r

/ t

O

t f

W 7 t '

v>

W -" • A

> ^ V

■ > >

!>

/ , J

^9

^ ✓ i

/3F

r / 7 **S

•'-■J

I

/

/' i

i ; ' <

■ ' • 'I

i ,

■ i

.tv

f- .

, .

/

THE

Sarawak Museum Journal.

Volume I, Nos, 1 — 4,

1911 — 13,

LIST OF AUTHORS.

No. i, published February 1911, pp. 1— 201.

Ethnology : F. F. Boult, W. R. T. Clement, R. S.

Douglas, C. Ermen, H. Heyden, * W.
Howell, A. E. Lawrence, J. C. Moulton,
F. W. Page-Turner, E. Parnell.

Entomology : F. F. Laidlaw, J. C. Moulton.

Mineralogy J. S. Geikie.

No. 2, published February 1912, pp. 1 — 123, with map and
plate.

Ethnology : R. S. Douglas, W. Howell, Ah Luk, J. C.
Moulton.

Entomology : A. Griffini, Ch. Kerremans, F. F. Laidlaw,
J. C. Moulton, F. Spaeth.

Botany : C. J. Brooks, H. N. Ridley.

Economic Entomology Agriculture : G. Dalton, J. C.
Moulton.

No. 3, published February 1913, pp. 1 — 98, with plate.

Entomology : Chr. Aurivillius, E. Bergroth, C. J. Gahan,
J. L. Hancock, G. Meade-Waldo, E.
Olivier.

Botany. H. N. Ridley.

No. 4, published November 1913, pp. 1 — 196.

Ethnology'. S. H. Ray.

v- •. .

* V, .T

V:: V . \ i f -.f

/

Vol. I.

No. 1.

m T'T ~CP
J_ JnL _i±i

SARAWAK MUSEUM

JOURNAL

►MS*1

|

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH.

%

JaMiiavy, lOll

V fi'i %

’Or

the mmm MusmjJti ijovnjrJbx*.

*

- — - -

1. — Annual subscription.-— (including postage) $1 (Straits

currency) to subscribers in Sarawak and the Malay
Peninsula.

2s. Gd. (English, currency) to subscribers elsewhere.

All subscriptions are due on the 1st. January of the
current year.

2. — One number will be issued in the early part of each

year ; and in the event of sufficient material being
forthcoming, a second number will appear towards
the latter end of the year.

3. — All articles and notes intended for insertion should be

directed to the Editor of the Sarawak Museum
Journal, Kuching, Sarawak*- They should be¬
au then ticated by the writer’s name (sent privately
if not to be published). The Editor cannot under¬
take to ' return rejected communications, unless
postage is 'sent, or state reasons for non-insertion.

4. — Correspondence is invited on any subject within the
scope of the Sarawak Museum Journal.

. — Authors receive 25 copies of their papers free.

ERRATUM,

On Cover for January read February

Vol. I.

T S IE

->=£<■

PoR THE PROMOTION OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE AND STUDY

of the Natives and Natural History of the
Island of Borneo.

^re¬

issued by the Sarawak Museum under the Authority of
His Highness The Rajah.

- ->3:-<h -

ai’y, 10X1.

Printed and published by the Sarawak Government Printing- Office.

THE

JO U1 INAL

rI?al>le of (/onfents.

I. Introduction, by The Editor

II. A Sea-Dayak Dirge, by the Reed . W. Howell of the
S. P. G. Mission , Sabu, Sarawak

III. A Comparative Vocabulary of the Kay an , Ken yah

and Kalabit dialects, by R. S. Douglas , Resident
of Bar am, Sarawak

IV. Stories of the first Brunei conquests on the Sarawak

coast, by A. E. Lawrence , Resident of Bintulu ,
Sarawak

V. The tributes paid in former days to the Sultan of
Brunei by the then dependent provinces of Sara¬
wak, by E. Parnell , of the Sarawak Government
Service

VI. Ethnological Notes.

(i). A Sea-Dayak story of the Deluge, by
F. A. W. Page-Turner

(ii) . The Origin of the Muruts, h t IK. R. T.

Clement

(iii) . Batu Lawi, by W. R. T. Clement

(iv) . Marriages among the poor classes < >f Chinese

in Sarawak, by the Revd. Father H.
Hey den

(v). Tlie prohibition of Deer’s flesh among -mine
of the Land-Day&ks, by F. F. Bonk and
J. C. Mmulron

(vi) . The Muriks, by R. S. Douglas

(vii) . Tribal names on the Ijjjfimbaug Hirer, by C.

Ero'cn

(viii). The names Kadayan, I)ayak and Tanjong
Datu, by E. Parnell ...

(ix). Some restrictions observed at childbirth by
the Land-Dayaks of Quop. From notes
supplied by Sim i go at of Qn op
(x). Tau Tepang, by the Revd. W. Howell
VII. A Contribution to the study of the Insect Fauna of
Borneo. A list of the Bornean Buprestidae.
Part I, by J. C. Moulton , Curator of the Sara¬
wak Museum

VI II. 'Two new Cicadidae from Sarawak, with a note on
the Bornean species of the genus, Cosmopsaltria ,
Stal, by J. C. Moulton , Curator of the Sarawak
Museum

IX. Notes on Bornean 0 don at a , by F. F. J midlaw
X. A last of Sarawak Minerals, by J. S. Geikic

PABfrc.

I

75

120

125

131

133

134

136

MO

1-16

148

150

152

153

156

183

101

191

V'. fi;

- *

I '!

t

6

• V, ;

The appearance of yet another popular or scientific
magazine on a veritable ocean of literature of this
nature needs some apology ; and I propose to set forth
briefly the reason of inception of the Sarawak Museum
Journal, and the lines of work it intends to pursue.

First, then, let us consider the object of our birth—
“For the promotion of scientific knowledge and study
of the Natives and Natural H i story of the Island of
Borneo” - -and make that cur excuse.

Although many interesting and valuable books,
many scientific memoirs and notes have appeared on
the Natives and Natural History of Borneo, neverthe¬
less we are driven to the usual tantalizing conclusion,
namely, that the deeper we search into any branch of
science, the more we realize the extent of our ignorance
in that branch. And the cry of the specialist continues
to rise all over the world from every kind of scientific
institution, “Give us more material for study, more
records of observations, more extensive data”. In res¬
ponse to this, as it were, Museums have sprung up in
many a distant land, becoming valuable repositories
for the ethnological, geological and faunistic products
of their own particular districts ; and to them first of
all must the scientific student apply for first hand
assistance in any line of work. Since the sole raison
d'etre of these institutions is to specialize in their own
defined areas, so no longer is it necessary for the
student of Ceylon insects, for instance, to search through
European collections for his material and data ; his
first inquiry is now directed to the country itself and
his first search is among the published records of the

O

INTRODUCTION.

scientific societies and institutions of that country.
Thus throughout the East we find these scientific out¬
posts, — in japan, in the Philippines, the Malay Penin¬
sula, Java, in India and Ceylon — , each carrying on the
work of inquiry into the wonderful problems of Nature
as presented by their own particular areas ; and by
reason of this work we find each institution, each
society becoming more and more valuable for reference
to the man of research and the seats of learning at home.
Neither, of course, is the East alone in this class of
work ; for similar institutions are to be found in distant
corners of America, Africa and Australia, many of
whose names have long been famous in connection
with scientific discoveries of the first magnitude.

Thus the object of the Sarawak Museum is to take
up its station worthily with the select band of far
distant Field-Museums, to add its humble quota of
votive offerings on the altar of Science, and by
means of the Sarawak Museum Journal to facilitate
and encourage the study of the “Natives and Natural
History of the Island of Borneo".

In many ways Borneo is singularly well provided
with material and facilities for research of every kind.
And, as is well-known the natural history riches of the
Malayan region are practically unsurpassed, nor is
Borneo in any way inferior to other islands of the
Archipelago in this respect ; nay rather, owing to the
size of the country and its little-known interior, it
possesses more attractions for the explorer and natural
history collector than many of the other islands.
Although probably but little remains to be discovered
in the way of new species among the mammals, birds
and reptiles, yet the life-histories, habits and accurate
distribution of the majority are practically unknown.
With the Flora of Borneo it is the same : for a glance
at current scientific literature shows that new species,
and new genera even, are discovered and described
every year ; thus still more perhaps are researches
needed in the Botany of this country than among the
higher Orders of the Animal Kingdom. We must
remember too, that, as we descend the scale, — through
the Arthropoda, Mollusca, Echinodermata, Coelen-
terata down to Protozoa-—, our knowledge of these

INTliOimCTTOX.

lower organisms becomes less, and consequently, the
more pressing becomes the need for observation,
collection and research.

For the study of natives Sarawak is peculiarly for¬
tunate in possessing a government— now of some
seventy years’ standing — whose sole object is the wel¬
fare of the natives of the country ; thus there is no
interference with the daily life, customs, beliefs, etc., of
the people ; their independent characteristics are allow¬
ed to develop undisturbed ; and, at the same time,
owing to the conditions of general peace and security,
the European is free to pursue his research with advan¬
tage and safety. On the other hand, it is just this
peaceful condition of life in Sarawak that calls for
immediate attention and study in the ethnology of
the country ; for while tribes who are in close
proximity to one another are continually at war with
one another, they will preserve their separate charac¬
teristics of speech, weapons, ceremonies, etc., etc. ; but
once they are at peace they intermingle, smaller
tribes become merged in more powerful tribes, so that
the “specific purity” of the larger tribes becomes
tainted through inter-marriage, and the task of the
anthropologist becomes increased a hundred-fold.

Many writers in the past have emphasized the press¬
ing need for immediate study of native races : thus
some 30 years ago, Professor H. N. Moseley in “Notes

by a Naturalist on H. M. S. Challenger ,” wrote .

animals and plants and races of men are perishing
rapidly day by day, and will soon be, like the Dodo,
things of the past. The history of these things once
gone can never be recovered but must remain forever a
gap in the knowledge of mankind. The loss will be
most deeply felt in the province of anthropology, a
science which is of higher importance to us than any
other, as treating of the developmental history of our
own species”. And we know that since Professor
Moseley, many other naturalists from time to time
have written to the same effect.

It remains then to consider who are the men most
likely to meet this imperative call to action, and
by what means they may be best encouraged and
assisted. Unfortunately it is given to only a few

4

INTRODUCTION.

scientific naturalists to travel extensively or make a
lengthy sojourn in any one country for the sole pur¬
poses of scientific research. And there is by no means
a plethora of travellers trained to observe and record
the valuable material which comes their way.

More often than not a hasty scamper through a
little-known country provides the material for a “book
of travel” which will contain one mass of inaccurate
records, collected no doubt in all good faith, but
absolutely valueless by reason of the author’s ignor¬
ance of the country and the superficiality of his
observations ; — and this, perhaps, the only “work of
reference” on one particular country or tribe ! It is
curious to reflect on the number of books of this type
which make their appearance year by year, when such
classic examples of simplicity of narrative and ac¬
curacy of detail have been provided for the last half-
century by such works as Darwin’s “Voyage of the
Beagle”, Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago”, Belt’s “Ni¬
caragua”, or the “Naturalist on the Amazons” by
H. W. Bates. And alas 1 how seldom do books of this
latter type appear !

One turns then to those whose duties take them to
far distant lands for some length of time, and especial¬
ly to those whose life is spent in continual contact
with the natives, such as District Officers or Mission¬
aries. To them one must look for accurate informa¬
tion, not necessarily embodied in a learned treatise on
the natives or on any particular subject, but rather in
the form of a succession of simple observations, noted
and verified day by day during their life among the
natives of their own particular district. And it should
be the privilege and duty of scientific Institutions and
Societies in those lands to diligently collect and
publish such notes, and so accumulate a mass of
absolutely trustworthy records.

Thus, then, the object of the “ Sarawak Museum-
Journal.” Floreat morebit.

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE. — BY THE REYD. W. HOWELL.

D

If— A S|sa-Dayak Uirge— By The Revd. W.
Howell of the S. P. G Mission, Sabu, Sarawak.

This dirge was recited by a well-known professional
waller called Lemok, and was written down as she
recited it. She is blind and her memory is extraordin¬
arily good. She lives in the Undup in a village called
Siga, Batang Lupar district.

It was most difficult to write down everything when
recited so quickly and the dirge would be very long
indeed had I been able to do so. I took down, how¬
ever, all that Avas important and sufficient to enlighten
any one who wanted to know something about the
Sea-Dayak idea of death and life after death.

The Dayak of the dirge is most classical and unless
a man is thoroughly conversant with the language he
will not understand much. Much as 1 have been
among the Sea-Dayaks — for some thirty- two years now
— I had to have several learned Dayaks to explain to
me the meaning of a great many words and phrases,
before I undertook to translate the dirge. The Dayak of
it had been revised twice before it was translated. I owe
much to the late Mr. D. J. S. Bailey, formerly Resident
of Simanggang, for continual help and valuable advice
in the laborious task of translation. The difficulties of
rendering Dayak ideas' of this nature, especially when
involved in Dayak verse, into English of any style,
have naturally been very great. And however far these
difficulties have been overcome is entirely due to Mr.
Bailey, an ever-ready friend and kindly adviser, whose
early demise his many Sarawak friends deeply lament.
To Mr. H. L. Owen, now Resident of Oya, a word of
thanks is due for the care and trouble he expended in

type-writing this manuscript for the printers - a

difficult task, unless a man is well conversant with
the Sea-Dayak language.'

6

A SKA-DA YAK DIRGE.

The dirge here is divided into two parts : (i) Nyuran
and Nyuran Timbal Rumah, and (ii) Sabak Nerengkah.

The two parts differ so that they have to be treated
separately.

Let it first of all be understood that a professional
waller may be a man or a woman, a Manang (witch¬
doctor) or an ordinary Dayak. To dare to be a pro¬
fessional wailer, he must be appointed by one of the
gods in a dream, and unless so appointed death will be
his punishment.

It should be noted that some tribes of the Sea-
Dayaks, such as the Saribas, Skrang and part of the
Batang Ah do not use this dirge, and with those tribes
who use this dirge there is no restriction between men
and women. It is not customary to use the dirge at the
death of the very young, and unless the child has cut
its teeth no dirge can be used. The dirge is monotoned,
and during its progress no musical instrument of any
sort is allowed ; sadness and weeping are the order of
the day. No eating or drinking in the nature of a
feast is allowed, and the whole house is in mourning
for three da vs.

PART I.

Nyuran and Nyuran Timbal Rumaii.

This dirge is only used when the corpse is still in the
house. Any woman who is gifted in poetry can mono¬
tone the Nyuran provided she (her soul) does not go
beyond the limit of this world. A professional wailer
carries herself to Hades.

With the Saribas and other tribes who do not engage
a professional wailer when death takes place, all the
women in the house and friends from far and near
nyuran over the corpse.

As soon as life is extinct the corpse is taken out into
the reception room (ruai), the professional wailer then
sits on a swing near the head of the corpse and mono-
tones the dirge. Before she commences, a piece of iron
(pap.orig besi), a hawk bell (mrunong), a wire bracelet
(bentok selong) and a native petticoat (kain) are first
presented to her. These gifts are indispensable, being'
supposed to guard her person on entering the region of

BY THE BE VI). YV. II DWELL.

7

Hades. She bites the piece of iron to strengthen her
soul, she hangs the hawk bell to the wire bracelet and
puts them on to her wrist for a talisman or a good
omen (bit rang malam *). The petticoat or kain is to
screen her from the danger of Hades. Unless these
gifts are given for her protection she (her soul) will not
be able to return from Hades.

The real fee depends entirely on the length of time
spent in singing the dirge. As soon as the corpse is
taken down from the house to be buried, the dirge
ceases. As a rule the fee is either a kebok (a small
earthenware jar) or an irun (a bigger one, which would
not cost more than seventy- two cents).

Nyurnn.

i — Tanah langgong ban-
gat enda tepegai ka
n u a n ti pumpong ti
alai nemu paong pugu
sengkenyang.

A Dirge.

The level spaces on the
mountains where the
young s e n g k enya n g
plants are found, availed
nothing to hold thee back
from dying.

2 — N am a kabuali tinting
panjai bangat enda
tepegai ka nuan ti su-
lai ti endor orang nga-
ga rumah panjai ti
nejai ngakar ten gang ?

3 — N a m a kabuah tab a
bangat enda tepegai
ka nuan ti tejula, aki
Tenyali Lia, ti endor
ngaring ka batang ?

Why i n d e e d d i d the
lengthy range of hills
whereon men build long
houses that stretch
straight along like the
tengang creeper, avail
nothing to hold thee back
from perishing ?

And why could the site of
the house w here tree
trunks are rolled away,
avail nought to hold thee
back from dying, O h
grandfather Tenyali Lia ?

* Barony malam meaus a night omen; it is a kind of grasshopper or
cricket.

1. — This refers to farms on mountains. Sengkenyang is a lily with white
flowers and broad leaves. It is a sacred plant and called by the Dayaks irnla
jxidi (the mother of paddy). It is planted at the farm when they first dibble
their paddy.

2. — Dayaks generally build their houses on hills if they can. Ten pain/
is a creeper that stretches long and straight. The bark of it makes durable
cords. It is cultivated.

3. — Tenyali Lia, Mengkuli, Jelu Bengayong, Anggat, Buai Brambat, etc.,
are terms of endearment or complimentary titles given to the dead man. It
is the custom among the Dayaks to avoid addressing their relatives by their
proper names, and a term of endearment, such as one of the above, is
substituted.

8

A SEA-DA YAK DIRGE.

4 — Lapa tenong ai bangat
enda tepegai ka nuan
ti rempi, Mengkuli, le-
bu ngapa nuan ngiri
lemai pagi ngabas
puang sigi padi emba-
wang ?

5 — Lapa tiang bumbong
bangat enda tepegai
ka nuan ti pumpong,
Jelu Rengayong, alai
n u a n nvangking ka
tuchong raga mena-
rang ?

6— Lapa tungkat bangat
enda tepegai ka nuan
ti tumpat, Anggat, le-
bu ngapa nuan man-
tap mansap begrepang
punggang ?

7 — Lapa pengerat bangat
enda tepegai ka nuan
ti tumpat, Ruai Bram-
bat, lebu kra nuan ngi-
kat enggau lambar wi
jernang ?

8— Lapa pemujur bangat
enda tepegai ka nuan
ti tumpur, deh Ulun ?
Lebu ngapa kra nuan
digelar Petunjur Balu
Ngenang.

And why did the (art of)
water divination avail
thee nought, oh Meng¬
kuli ? Thou who poured
water into the jar in the
evening and did so in
vain, for in the morning
when examined it was
empty save for a drop the
size of an embawang
paddy seed.

Why, Oh Jelu Rengayong,
did not the centre post of
the house whereon thou
didst hang the peak¬
shaped fancy basket,
avail nought to keep thee
from being cut off ?

And why could the props
of the house avail nought
to keep thee from dying,
oh Anggat. the props that
all vainly thou didst cut,
thou didst level, thou
didst notch at the ends ?

And why, oh Ruai Bram-
bat, could the tie beams
wThich in vain thou
fastened with the pre¬
pared jernang rotan,
avail nought to keep thee
from dying ?

And why, oh Ulun, could
the joists avail nought to
keep thee from dying ?
Vain was it that thou
was betitled Petunjur
Balu Ngenang.

4. — In the evening, after the site of a house is cleared, a bamboo about four
inches long, tilled with water, is stood in the ground on the proposed site of
the new house. In the morning the water in the bamboo is examined, and if
it decreases considerably, it divines a bad omen and the site must be given
up; but if not it prognosticates good luck.

5. — A fancy basket is hung on the central post when the house is being built;
and in it are put offerings and charms to bring good luck of every des¬
cription.

7. — From the fruits of Jernang rotan, the natives obtain a red liquid known
as “dragon’s blood”, which they use for staining purposes.

B! THE BE YD. W. HOWELL.

9

9 — Lapa sabar ai bangat
end a tepegai ka kita
ti rempi, deh Meng-
kuli ? Lebu ngapa kra
ngaga kita baka
pengrijik impun en-
seluang.

to — Lapa gelegar bangat
enda tepegai ka nuan
deh Ruai D a n an ?
Lebu kra ngelar nuan
baka ijok ijar pung-
gang tembawang.

11— Lapa luan ranggong
bangat enda tepegai
ka kita ti pumpong,
deh Jelu Rengayong?
Lebu ngapa ngengelar
kita penudok benong
tajau Bujang.

12— Lapa tukang atap
bangat enda tepegai
ka kita ti tump a t
Ruai Brambat ? Lebu
ngapa ngengelar kita
reringkap peninggang
sinang.

13— Lapa kita Sengkayau
gesak bangat enda
tepegai ka M e n a r i
Julak ti suyak? Lebu
ngapa kra ngengelar
kita pengelempai
bidak kain samerang.

And why could the wall
at the back of the house
avail nought to keep thee
from dying oh Mengkuli ?
All in vain was it to
make thee close-fitting
like the obstruction of
sticks to catch the. (tiny)
enseluang fish.

And why could the floor¬
ing avail nought to hold
thee back, Oh Ruai Da-
nan ? All in vain was it
to give thee a title
similar to the ijok (the
Gemuti palm) at the
extremity of the fruit
grove.

And why could the dais
where the jars are stored
avail nought to keep thee
from being cut off, oh
Jelu Rengayong ? All in
vain was it to have given
thee the title of the centre
seat of the Tajau Bujang.

And why could the win¬
dow in the roof avail
nought to keep thee from
dying, Ruai Brambat ?
All in vain was it to have
given thee the title of the
spring trap to annihilate
the wild civet cat.

And why could the tie-
beam at the back of the
house avail nought to
prevent thee, Oh Menari
Julak from breaking off
(like a branch) from its
parent stem ? All in vain
was it to have given thee
the title of the clothes line
on which the petticoats
are hung.

9. — L he back-wall of the Dayak house is made like the obstruction of sticks
which are so closely put together that the very small fishes ( enseluang )
bannot go through ; and the dirge laments that they were not close enough
to prevent che soul of the dead from passing out.
ll . — Tajau Bujang is a jar of middle size.

10

A SEA-DA YAK DIRGE.

14— Lap a anchau t i k a i
bangat enda tepegai
kita t i s u 1 aft, d e h
Menyawai ? Lebu nga-
pa kra ngengelar kita
anchau t i k a i b a k a
p a s i r dikemeran ka
radai bay a butang.

Nyuran Timbal Rumah.

15 — Enti kami pengali en¬
da tau diransi kita,
alai ngading orang ti
rempi; tau me kami
digeglar kita baka ta-
nah tinggi, t u g o n g

rpri o'er] jp, -p <r

16 — Enti kami bilek enda
tau diransi kita, alai
ngading orang ti te-
ketik : tau me kami
bilik cligegelar kita
baka tasik ngumbang
Tangkang.

17 — Enti kami p a. n g g a 1
pandak enda tau di¬
ransi kita, alai nga¬
ding Menari Julak ti
suyak ; tau me kami
panggal pandak dige¬
gelar kita baka anak
munsang di rajang.

18 — Enti kami pua enda
tau diransi kita, alai
ngading orang ti lela ;
tau me kami digege¬
lar kita baka lamba
tekalong pundang.

And why could the mats
that are spread avail
nought to keep thee back
from dying, oh Menya¬
wai ? All in vain was it to
have bestowed on thee the
title — the mats that are
spread out like a far
stretching sand bank —
the basking place of the
crime-laden crocodile.

The reply of the house
to the Dirge.

As for us— the s 1 e e p i n g
places — you cannot 1 a y
blame upon 11s when you
recall to memory those
who died; we are only
aware that you betitled
us the raised land— the
land crab -heaps.

As for us— the rooms — you
cannot lay blame upon us
when you recall to
memory those who died;
we are only aware that
you betitled us the sea in
the direction of Oyster
Island

As for us — the pillows —
you cannot lay blame
upon us when you recall
to memory Menari Ju-
lak’s death ; for we — -the
short pillows— are only
aware that you had be¬
titled us the young mun¬
sang amidst the orchids.

As for us— the blankets —
you cannot blame us
when you recall to
memory those who died ;
we are only aware that
you betitled us the young
tree — tekalong pundang.

16. — The island at the mouth of the Batang Lupar is called Tamgkang by
the Dayaks and Triso by the Malays; it is a well-known hunting-ground for
oysters. This means the room is immoveable like the island.

13. — Tekalong pundang is the title given to the blankets. Tekalong is a
species of bread-fruit tree, the baric of which is made into loin clothes, coats,
blankets and mosquito-curtains. Up-country Dayaks still use the bark for
those purposes.

BY THE RE YD . W. TIDWELL.

11

ig — Enti kami kibong en-
da tau diransi kita,
alai ngaclmg orang ti
pumpong ; tau me ka¬
mi digegelar kita pen-
vambong jala ram-
bang.

20 — Enti kami tepian ai
enda tau diransi kita,
Ini Mengkuli, alai
ngading orang ti rem-
pi : tau me kami
digegelar kita serambi
Ini Manang,

21 — Enti kami dapur enda
tau diransi kita, alai
ngading orang ti turn-
pat ; tau me kami
digegelar kita pern a -
lai Kiai — Raja Jeje-
nang.

22 — Enti kami abu redak
enda tau diransi kita,
alai ngading orang ti
suyak ; tau me kami
digegelar kita karak
man Empanang.

23 — Enti kami pa pong
lulik enda tau diransi
kita, alai ngading
orang ti teketik ; tau
me kami d i gle g e 1 a r
kita rank sembong
sa kengkang

As for us — the mosquito
curtains — v ou cannot
blame us when you recall
to memory those who
died ; we are only aware
that you have betitled us
the maker of the uncer¬
tain casting net.

As for us — the watering
places — you cannot lay
blame upon us, Grand¬
mother Mengkuli, when
you recall the memory of
those who died ; we are
only aware that you
betitled us the shelter of
Grand - mother M a n a n g ’ s
plangka.

As for us — the cooking
places — you cannot lay
blame upon us when you
recall the memory of
those who died ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the state-room of
Kiai — Raja Jejenang.

As for us — the fine ashes—
you cannot b 1 a m e us
when you recall to mind
those who died ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the heaps of gold
of Empanang.

As for us — the burnt ends
of the fire- logs — you can¬
not blame us when you
recall to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us a
piece of sembong that has
been chiselled out.

19.— “Maker of the uncertain casting- r et” is the title given to the mosquito-
curtain. This means that if the mosquito might come in. so the soul might
go out.

U). Grand-mother Mengkuli is the title given to the wailer. PJangku
is a propitiatory offering on behalf of a sick person. For full explanation
see Howell and Bailey, Sea-Dijak Dictio nrrg , page 131.

•21. Kiai Jffltja Jejenang means a cat.

22. Empanang is one of the tributaries of the Kapuas River, where gold
was found once.

23. Sembong is a piece of brass about the size of one’s finger hollowed in
the centre and about a little over an inch long; used by women for the
rav:ai\ many are threaded together into a ring.

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

1.2

24.-— Enti kami ator tungku
enda tau diransi kita,
alai ngading orang ti
pambu ; tan me kami
digegelar kita penetai
apai andau jarang.

25 Enti kami jangka pa¬
ra enda tau diransi
kita, alai ngading
orang ti lela ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
baka ruit mat a bra-
yang.

26- Enti karni ranjok sen-
dok enda tau diransi
kita, alai ngading
orang ti repok ; tau
me kami digegelar ki¬
ta baka buah temedak
metaling batar.g.

27- — Enti kami para baroh

enda tau diransi kita,
alai ngading orang ti
runtoh ; tau me kami
d igege 1 a r kita b a k a
pemupoh bala nye-
rang.

28- Enti kami para tengah
enda tau diransi kita,
alai ngading orang ti
rebah ; tau me kami
digegelar k i t a p e n -
gengkah tras klibak
fea ram Rajang.

As for us the supports of
the cooking- p o t s — y o u
cannot blame us when
you rcc: 1 1 to mind those
who died ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us the seatterer of the
w idle 1 y - a p a r t s t a r s .

As f o r u s t h e f o r k e d
sticks s u p p o r t i n g the
h ea r thshe 1 ves — you can -
not blame us when you
recall to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
fish -spear barbs.

As for us — the receptacles
for the ladles — you can¬
not blame us when you
recall to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
temedak fruit that grows
on the trunk.

A s for u s-the 1 o w e r
hearthshelves — you can¬
not blame us when you
recall to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
one who challenges the
a ssau 1 1 i n g arm y .

As for us- -the middle
shelves of the hearth
you cannot b 1 a m e us
when you recall to mind
those who died ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the place on
which is put the large
hard lump of Rajang
salt.

24. The supports of a Da yak cooking-pot are three stones placed apart
1 1 ke. sta i s.-

— Roceptr. cles of the Dayak ladles are made of largv bamboo. Tim
ladles are stood in the bamboo which is hung up.

27. — The Dayak hearth has three shelves; the top one used for pots and
pans, etc.; the middle one for fire-wood; and the lowest for salt-meat, fish, etc.

28. - - Bttjavg salt means salt made from the nipa palm of the River Rajang.

BY THE EffilVD. W. ROWELL.

13

29 — Enti kami para tisi
encla tau diransi kita,
Sregigi indai ruai pe-
ridi, alai ngading
orang ti rempi ; tau
me kami digegelar ki¬
ta baka moa-ari nya-
di sarat betekang.

30 — Enti kami pemanggai
tikai enda tau diransi
kita, alai ngading
orang ti sulai ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
baka reban rangkai
lama diganggang.

31 — Enti kami sadau enda
tau diransi kita, Ini
Taj an, alai ngading
orang ti lenyau ; tau
in e k a m 1 digegelar
kita kamarau nganti
nebang.

32 — Enti kami lugu enda
tau diransi kita, Ini
Sariu, alai n g a d i n g
orang ti pambu ; tau
me kami d i g e g e 1 a r
kita baka grugu batu
gal'ang.

33 — Enti kami lanji enda
tau diransi kita Ini
Mengkuli, alai nga¬
ding orang ti rempi ;
tau me kami digeg¬
elar kita betiang ka
wi danan bekrang.

As for us — the hearth-
shelves on the side — you
cannot blame us when
you recall to mind those
wrho died, Oh Sregigi,
mother of the prolific
pheasant ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us a mass of rainladen
clouds.

As for ns — the mat shelves
-you cannot blame us
when you recall to mind
those who died ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the dry felled
jungle that has been long
suspended.

As for us — the garrets—
you cannot blame us, Oh
'Grand -mother T a j a u ,
when you recall to mind
those who are lost ; we
are only aware that you
betitled us the drought
that lingers for the felling
to take place.

As for us — the baskets with
cove r s — y o u 0 annot
blame us, Grand -mother
So-and-So, when you re¬
call to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
great river-boulders.

As for us — the paddy bas¬
kets — you cannot blame
us, Grand-mother Meng¬
kuli, when you recall to
mind those who died ; we
are only aware that you
betitled us as having posts
of the stunted d a n a n
rotan.

. 29. — Sregigi , Mengkuli, Menari Julak , etc., etc. are titles given to tlie
waiter.

33. Danan is a kind, of gigantic rotan.

A SE AID A YAK DIKGE.

14

34 — Enti kami gen tong
enda tau diransi kita,
tengkurong rekong Ini
Rengayong ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
glong k u 1 i t e n 1 1 i
tawang.

35 — Enti kami tajor nikol
enda tau diransi kita,
Ini Ulun, alai ngading
orang ti tusor ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
penudok rintong ken-
yang.

36— Enti kami kasau anak
enda tau diransi kita,
Ini Menari Julak, alai
ngading orang ti lama
s'uyak tau me kami
digegelar kita rembak
buloh lalang.

37 —Enti kami kasau indu
enda tau diransi kita.
Ini Endu, alai ngading
orang ti pambu : tau
me kami digegelar ki¬
ta lamba kayu purang
balang.

38 — Enti kami peletar en¬
da tau diransi kita,
Ini Tuan, alai ngading
orang ti danjan ; tau
me kami digegelar ki¬
ta baka kapar pin jar
bala nyerang.

As for us — the paddy bins
-you cannot blame us,
Oh Grand-mother Reng-
avong with the sweetest
of voices ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us the circlet of bark of
the marsh -grown e n 1 1 i
tree.

As for us — the darksome
corners of the garret — you
cannot blame us, Darling
Grandmother, when you
recall to mind those who
have died ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us the place for the
erammed-full bees’ nest.

As for us — the small rafters
—you cannot blame us,
Oh Grandmother Menari
Julak, when you recall to
mind those who have long
departed ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us the young shoots of the
bamboo lalang.

As for us — the main rafters
-you cannot blame us,
Oh Grandmother Endu,
wdien you recall to mind
those who have long de¬
parted; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
young tree called purang
balang.

As for us — the laths — }mu
cannot blame us, Oh
Grandmother T uan,
when you recall to mind
those who died ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the innumerable
muskets of an assaulting
army.

84. The entli tree grows on the marsh; the bark of it is nsecl for making
paddy bins.

BY THE BE VI). W. IIOWELL.

15

39— Enti kami penyanggit
oncla tau cliransi kita,
Gam Rapit, alai nga-
ding orang ti teluit ;
tau me kami digege-
1 a r kita penyanggit
pisit jarang tanchang.

40 — Enti kami atap enda
tau diransi kita, eng-
gat seput jampat Ini
Ruai Brambat, alai
ngading orang ti turn-
pat; tau me kami
digegelar kita sirap
singkap ladang grung-
gang.

4 1 — Enti kami prabong
enda tau diransi kita,
tengkurong rekong Ini
Jelu Rengayong, alai
ngading orang ti pum-
pong ; tau me kami
digegelar kita penam-
pong prabong tunggal
tulang.

42 — Enti kami kaki atap
enda tau diransi kita
enggat seput jampat
Ini Ruai Brambat, alai
ngading orang ti turn-
pat ; tau me k a m i
digegelar kita penem-
pap sengangap gend-
ang pulang.

As for us — the laths to
which the roof-covering
is tied — you cannot blame
us, Oh Close-fitting Mo¬
lar-Tooth, when you re¬
call to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the,
close-fitting laths on
which the roof-covering
is tied far apart.

As for us — the shingles —
you cannot blame us,
Oh Grand-mother Ruai
Brambat who breathes
quickly at intervals, when
you recall to mind those
who died ; we are only
aware that you betitled
us a piece of grunggang
wood shingle.

As for us — the roof — you
cannot blame us, Oh
Grand-mother Jelu Reng¬
ayong with the sweetest
of voices, when you recall
to mind those who died ;
we are only aware that
you betitled us the one
who can join roofs to¬
gether with a single
beam.

As for us — the eaves — you
cannot blame us. Oh
G r an d - m o th er R u a i
Brambat who drawest in
thy breath quickly at in¬
tervals, when you recall
to mind those who died ;
we are only aware that
you betitled us the indis¬
tinct sound of a beaten
drum when a change is
made in the time.

42. When the Dayaks change the tune of their drum the commencement
of the new tune is indistinct, being beaten so gently.

A SEA-DATAK DIRGE.

1()

43— Enti kami pugu tanju
end a tau diransi kit a,
sedu landu Ini Endu,
alai ngading orang ti
pa mb 11 ; tau me kami
digegelar kita 1 n d u
siru jampat nembu ka
rambu ubong benang.

44 -Enti kami tanju ten-
■ gah enda tau diransi
kita, Ini Bujang Bun-
gah, alai ngading
orang ti rebah ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
p e n g e n g kah t r a s
slafgking kijang.

45 — Enti kami tanju atau
enda tau diransi kita,
kangau parau, alai
ngading. orang ti len-
yau; tau me kami dige¬
gelar kita penganchau
bidai pakan pi intang.

46 — Enti kami tanju ujong
enda tau diransi kita,
tengkurong reko 11 g
Ini Jelu Rengayong,
alai ngading orang ti
lama pumpong ; tau
me kami digegelar ki¬
ta penempalong bu-
rong terbang.

As for us — that part of the
open verandah that is j ust
below the e a v e s — y o u
cannot blame us, Oh
Grand- mother Endu, thou
that showest prolonged
indications o f satiety
after meals — when you
recall to mind those who
died ; we are only aware
that you betitled us the
woman that takes pains
and quickly finishes the
woven cloth with its
fringe of thread.

As for us — the middle part
of the open verandah- -
you cannot blame us Oh
G rand - mo the r Bujang
Bungah, when you recall
to mind those who fell :
we are only aware that
you betitled us the place
where the pole of slang-
king kijang wood is set
up for the Feast.

As for us— the upper part
of the open verandah—
thou canst not blame us,
Oh thou that callest with
a loud voice, when thou
dost recall to mind those
who are lost ; we are only
aware that thou betitled
us the one who spreads
the mats that have the
woof crossing the warp.

As for us — the extremity
of the open verandah —
you cannot blame us, Oh
Grand-mother Jelu Ren¬
gayong with the sweetest
of voices, when you recall
to mind those who were
cut off long long ago ;
we are only aware that
you betitled us, the one
who makes offerings to
the winged birds.

44. — Pole of slangicing kijang . At the feast of Bekenyglang Dayaks put up
these poles, on the tops of which the wooden Horn-hills are made to perch in
order to peck at their enemy’s eyes.

BY THE REVD. W. IIOWELL.

17

47 — Enti kami pantar enda
tau diransi kita, am-
pan geman Ini Tuan,
alai ngadiing orang ti
lama dan j an ; tau me
kami digegelar kita
bujang tegar nyadong
j along ranggong bin-
tang.

48 — Enti kami penudok
enda tau diransi kita,
Ini Raj in Tandok, alai
ngading orang ti lama
repok tau me kami
digegelar kita pen-
vandeh julut bau nu-
kang.

49 — Enti kami ruai besai
enda tau diransi kita,
kumbai panjai Ini
Menyawai, alai nga¬
ding orang ti sulai ;
tau me kami digegelar
kita Sempar Tuai na-
s a k kalingkang ja-

50— Enti kami ruai land-
ong enda tau diransi
kita, tengkurong
rekong Ini Jelu Rem-
aung, alai ngading
orang ti lama pum-
pong ; tau me kami
digegelar kita p e n u-
dok pandong dilulong
lumpang.

As for us — the parts of the
reception room directly
under the eaves— you can¬
not blame us, Grandmot¬
her Tuan with the beau¬
tiful regular teeth, when
you recall to mind those
who died long ago ; we
are only aware that you
betitled us the strong
youth who distributes to
die guests large cups of
rice-spirit (born on a bra¬
zen tray).

As for us — the seats — you
cannot blame us. Oh
Grandmother Raj in Tan¬
dok, when you recall to
mind those who rotted
long long ago ; we are
only aware that you be¬
titled us the place to lean
on (just like) a person’s
shoulder when he is
stretched out at length on
the floor.

As for us — the great re¬
ception rooms — you can¬
not blame us, Oh Grand¬
mother Menyawai, thou
with the long drawn out
cry, when you recall to
mind those who died ; we
are only aware that you
betitled us Sempar Tuai
who made the mat with
the wide plait.

As for us — the long recep¬
tion rooms — you cannot
blame ms, Oh Grand¬
mother jelu Remaung,
with the sweetest of
voices, when you recall
to mind those who were
cut off long ago ; we are
only aware that you
betitled us the place of
the altar surrounded by
split bamboos.

-19. — The mat with the wide plait is used for offerings to the gods.

A SEA -DA VAX I) I RUE.

J 8

5 1 — E n t i kami t i a n g
tengah enda tau di-
ransi kit a, Tebah
Dilah, alai ngading
orang ti lama rebah ;
tau me kami digegelar
kita p emaras p a s u
da gang.

As for us — the centre posts
of the house — you cannot
blame us, Oh Thou of the
Melodious Tongue, when
you recall to mind those
who fell afore- time ; we
are only aware that y< u
bet it led us the one who
makes use of the true
paddy measure in trading.

PART II.

S.VBAK N ERE NX AH OR A DlRGE TO SETTLE
the Dead in Hades.

The time for monotoning this dirge is not fixed, for
it depends entirely on convenience ; it is not used how¬
ever until the corpse has been buried. As soon as a
professional waller is obtained the dirge begins. He
sits on a swing in the room of the deceased facing to-
Avards the sloping roof.* The women friends and rela¬
tions of the deceased — generally those who have lost
parents, sons or daughters — and the bereaved persons
sit round the wailer. Every now and then the wailer
mentions some pathetic incident in connection with
the dead and all burst into a loud and dismal wail.
Each one is being reminded of her loss. The dirge can
be either long or short according to the wishes of the
bereaved persons.

They have to fast for three days (makai pana) ; pota¬
toes and tapioca only are allowed them ; and after
every meal some food is thrown under the house for
the share of the deceased. A light or some fuel is kept
burning for the dead for three days, and after that
it is throAAm under the house and fasting is end¬
ed. A neighbour from another room brings to each
of the bereaved persons a handful of compressed

* A Dayak house is built on wooden piles and is very often of consider¬
able length. It is divided down the . middle by a common passage called
the tempuan and on one side of this is the common ••room” (mat J, running the
whole length of the house opening straight on to the tempuan ; on the other
side, divided by a wooden partition, are the living rooms. The roof slopes
down on either side, the highest part being above the tempuan; thus in the
living rooms the roof slopes down from the inner wall (which separates them
from the tempuan) to the outer wall which is very often only one or two feet
high. In order to give light and air into the apartment, a large flap of the
roof can be raised. And it is facing this sinning roof that the wailer oils.

BY THE RE YD. W. HOWELL.

19

cooked rice to announce that the tie of fasting for the
dead is severed. The waiter might have finished the
dirge before, or just finished it towards the end of
the fasting day, for — as noted above — the length
of the dirge depended entirely on the wishes of the
bereaved persons. If the dirge is prolonged, the dead
is made to go through many incidents and adventures.

Before the waiter begins the dirge the same present
is given, as for the Nyuran , and with the same object.

Scibak Nerengkah means “A dirge to settle the dead
in Hades.” The universal belief of the Sea-Dayak is
that the souls of the dead pass on to Hades to remain
there for ever. Hades is the original home of man,
whence all come and whither all must go, vast in extent;
while this world, to use a Dayak expression, is merely
a “borrowed one”. Those tribes that use this dirge aver
that, unless the dirge is formally recited on behalf of the
dead, the soul of the dead person will get lost in Hades
and will not be able to find the house or room of its
parents, relations and friends. The dirge therefore is
to guide it to its own proper room.

Again, before the waiter begins the dirge, an offering
is first set aside for the people in Hades. The offering
comprises all sorts of eatables and chewing ingre¬
dients. The wailer then requests the Wind-Spirit
(Antu Ribut) to give the alarm to the people in Hades to
announce the arrival of a new-comer. The wind blows
so boisterously that it blows down nearly every tree.
The wailer then asks empanyat, a kind of beetle, to
take the offering to Hades, but he, after making a lot
of excuses, refuses to go. The bird kuang kapong is
then asked ; but he also makes many excuses and will
not go. At last the bird burorig ray a is asked, and
without the slightest hesitation it takes the offering to
Hades and places it before the people there. With the
offering is a small roll of cotton, meant to be used for
wiping away their tears. This offering thus placed
before them adds to the astonishment of the inhabit¬
ants of Hades. According to the idea of the Balau
tribe, infants that died before they cut their teeth,
were not buried but hung on trees ; and they are said
to inhabit the intermediate region between this world
and Hades. Boys are betitled Ulup Tekup Tendai

20

A SKA-lmYAK DIRGE.

Luyan Bujang Langga Remengau. Girls are betitlect
Dara Rabai Gruda Dayang Sepang Sepaya. These in¬
fants as time goes on grow up to be men and women,
they are able to see and know what is going on in this
world and in Hades. Some of them visit Hades and tell
the people there the meaning of the offering. “Don’t
you know”, say they, “the roll of cotton is the wiper of
tears, the offering is the emblem of fasting, for So-
and-So, your daughter or son, your grand-daughter or
grand-son, is coming?” The people in Hades then
begin to eat the offering and to chew the betel -nut,
etc. When the dead meets his (or her) relations he is
suddenly overcome with fright, and refuses to remain
in Hades, desiring to return to this world again ; but
they tell him it is impossible to return, and are they
not themselves an everlasting proof of this ?

Sabak Ncrengkali.

1 — T engkurong rekong
aku ditempalong ka
menoa orang ti pum-
pong nepan di p r a -
bong tunggal tulang.

2 — Enggat seput jampat
aku ditempalong ka
menoa orang ti lama
tumpat, nyelikap di
atap ladang grunge
gang.

3— Ampan genian aku di¬
tempalong ka menoa
orang ti lama danjan,
terengkah di ruai Ji-
ra m a p a i Sabengan
Manok Menang.

A Dirge to settle the
Dead in Hades.

My Love with the sweetest
of sweet voices was cast
away to the land of those
that were cut off and took
refuge on the roof tree
built of a single beam.

My Love who was wont at
intervals to respire rapid¬
ly, was far-flung to the
land of those who died
long long ago and hid
there beneath a shingle
made of grunggang wood.

My Love with the beautiful
regular teeth was far-
flung to the land of those
who died long long ago
and settled down in the
reception room of Jiram
the father of Sabengan
the Victorious Champion,

1. — “My Love with sweetest voice”, and similar phrases in the next seven
ferses, refer to the waiter. “The roof tree built of a single beam” simply
means the roof.

3. — Jiram , Langluih ,■ Huge are names of well-known men who died long ago.

BY THE RE YD. W. IIOAVELL.

4— Tebah dilah aku di-
tempalong ngagai me-
noa orang ti lama re-
bah, terengkah di ruai
Langkah ti lama re-
ball, lava tumbang.

5 — Sengki ngeli aku da-
tai di menoa munti
Seni, terengkah di ruai
Rage ti lava betuboh
agi mekang.

6 — ' Trinting dabong ju-
ring aku ditempalong
ngagai menoa orang
ti lama tekuing, te¬
rengkah di sanding
bilik lantang.

7— Sikok ruosk aku ditem¬
palong ngagai menoa
orang ti lama repok,
terengkah di orang ti
lama repok ti beserak
dudok baka pendok
denjang sengkajang.

8 — Kurnbai panjai aku
datai di orang ti lama
sulai, dudok di anchau
tikai baka sungai lileh
nvegang.

*21

My Love with the melo¬
dious tongue was far-
flung to the land of those
who fell long ago, and
settled down in the re¬
ception room of Langkah
who fell long ago — who
fell and died.

My Love possessing teeth
that meet closely with
exactitude, arrived at the
land of Munti Seni and
settled down in the recep¬
tion room of Rage who
died whilst still young.

My Love with the beauti¬
ful well-pointed teeth was
flung far away to the land
of those who died long
ago and settled down in
an annex built on to the
spacious rooms.

My love with the convul¬
sive sobbing cry was
farflung to the land of
those who long ago rot¬
ted, and settled down
with those who rotted
long ago, who sit in rows
like the fibrous pendok
trees alongside the seng-
kajang trees.

My love with the far
sounding voice reached
the land of those who died
long ago and sits on the
spread mats that are full,
like as a tributary stream
is full owing to the fresh
in its main river.

5. — Munti Seni is the name of a country in Hades.

G. — Some of the Dayaks are in the habit of filing their teeth to sharp points,
as they consider it an addition to their appearance. Others file their teeth
away and replace with brass teeth.

7. Senkajang trees are used for making planks and attaps by the Dayaks.

4 SEA-DAYAK DIUGE.

Here begins the alarm while the Wind Spirit blows

(see Preface).

9 — Nyau kiroh orang di And now the inhabitants
Pauh Laboh Nyelud- of Pau Laboh Nyeludang
ang, nyau began orang are troubled, and the

di Pupu Tuba Ten- people at PupnTuba

chang, Tenchang have raised the

alarm.

to — Nyau beserbana orang
di menoa U b i A r a
Rumpang, nyau beser¬
bana orang di Serawal
Mandai Betangg'a
Tunggang ; —

1 1 — “Penglama k i t a i d i
Munti Seni, Wai Luji,
nadai kala asai tu, ari
pagi tadi migl p e n
enda nyadi, m u n v 1
brui besapi beamang-
amang.

12 — “Penglama k i t a i d i
Liu Lunehur M a b u ,
Wai Enteju, nadai ka¬
la asai sahari tu ; ma¬
in pen enggai nyadi,
munyi api man makai
reban lama nyan g -

pro n P'

<S cl 1 '

13 — “Penglama kitai di
M a n d a 1 I ling, W ai
Nyeling, nadai kala
asai tu ngasing pen
enggai nyadi bekulng
mangka lay ang.

And now the inhabitants
of Ubi Ara R u m p a n g
have raised their plaint,-
and the people at Sera wai
Mandai Betangga Tung--
gang have also raised
their plaint

“All these years”, say
they, “have we been at
Munti Seni, oh friend
Luji, and have never felt
like this ; from early morn
we have been unable to
clean the cotton of its
seeds — we are like 1: h e
brtii bird vainly feeding
its young.

“All these years we have
been at Liu Lunehur Ma-
bu, and have never felt
like we feel to-dav ; we
have not been able R>
beat out the cotton
though we made noise
enough like a blazing fire
consuming the long-fell¬
ed jungle.

“All these years have we
been at Mandai I ling, oh
friend Nyeling, and we
have never felt like this :
we have not been able to
spin successfully owing to
the wheels colliding.

0. Pauh Laboh, Nyeludang , Pupil Tuba Tenchang, etc., etc., are names of
countries in Hades.

11. Brui bird is a Horn-Sill (. Anthracocercs convcxus.),-

BY THE BE YD. W. HOWELL.

14 — “Entak besergak anak
briak bemain lepang.
Langkah sayau rebah
lama tumbang ! Kami
ti lelaki ari clini hari
tadi ngaga seligi, eng¬
gai nyadi. nibong sa
larnpang.”

15— “Kama lemon kitai cli
Sabayan?” Pia ko ja-
ko Jiram. “Ari dini
hari dalam tadi malau
an trail lain enggai
nyadi bebanang pung-

cr.n np1 ”

16— “Penglama kitai d i
Serawai Mandi,” pia
ko Sida ti biak enggai 1
ti tuai “ngaga tragai
pen enggai nyadi udah
Sa pagi rangkai enggai
ngena lantang disem-
bang.

17 — “Penglama kitai d i
Tanjong Bui oh Laung
ngaga basong pen
enggai nyadi ari kulit
entli tawang.

18 — “Entak beserbana ki¬
tai, ploh mampoh ne-
lusor dai, ploh di
idong baka grunong
gre besi.

iq — -“Ploh dagu baka tru-
tu ambiin sa pagi, ploh
dada tali alai ngela ka
anak pungka laid.

23

“The young briak birds are
gathered together and are
playing with the lepang
fruits. Alas ! What a loss
it was when Langkah
died years ago ! W e men,
long before dawn, began
to make spears from a
piece of nibong palm, but
could not make t h e m
successfully.”

“What is this that is hap¬
pening to us in Hades?”
says Jiram. “From
early dawn I have been
trying but without suc¬
cess, to fix a band on the
shaft of a spear.”

“All these years that we
have dwelt at Serawai
Mandi,” both the old and
young exclaim, “it has
never been like this, in a
whole morning we can¬
not even shape a shield.

“All the years that we have
been at Tanjong Ruloh
Laung it has never been
like this, we cannot even
make a basong from the
bark of the entli tree.

“Therefore we complain
of the perspiration that
inundates the forehead
and pours down the nose,
drops of perspiration the
size of the little hawk-
bells.

“The perspiration of the
chin is like the flow of the
morning dew, and on the
breast there is sufficient
to bathe a male child.

17. — Basong is a carrier’s basket made from the bark of a tree; this kind of
basket is carried or used on the war path, or in setting pig traps; the mouth
is large and the bottom very narrow. The entli tree grows on hills and is
much used by Dayaks for its fine bark; hawk-bells are attached to the coat or
\vaist-cloth by wav of adornment.

A SEA- DA YAIv DIRGE.

24

20 — “Peda kra ploh bla-
kang kitai ! Baka en-
seluang ikan kali, ploh
tuboh kitai baka teng-
kujoh ujan sa hari.

21 — “Peda kra ploh dai
baka ujan sa hari la-
boh beteratak, ploh
idong baka grunong
burai tenggak.

22 — “Mandi me kitai wai
Luji, ka ai bekasai
langkang, pegai kendi
kitai ti beta n do k
jengang, prempong ka
tangkong labu dalang,
pegai pugu ente m u
langkang, klamudak
olih nyulok di tengkah
tebiang.

23 — -“Kebu ka pintu bandir
tapang, kesai ka le-
lambai baka kantok
ubi pulang.”

24 — Nvau ngembing bind¬
ing baka siring seng-
kajang, nyau tetigong
ka lesong man tetung-
gang.

“See the perspiration on
our backs ! It is like the
enseluang kali fish, and
the perspiration on our
bodies is like a sudden
fresh after a day’s rain.

“See the perspiration of the
forehead like the rainfall
of a whole day ! The
perspiration of the nose
like the hawk-bells on a
necklace.

“Come and bathe friend
Luji. To the water
and let us scour our
bodies ; bring the brass
kettles with the large
spouts, hold a number of
the horn-shaped dalang
gourds ; bring a lump of
turmeric and the wood
that was riven from the
stem of the klamudak
which grows in precipi¬
tous places.

“Fling open the door— the
door that is made of the
buttress of a tapang tree ;
send flying the coat that
is like the young shoot of
the yam pulang.”

There, they are g o i n g
along by the wall — the
wall that is striped like a
piece of sengkajang
wood. There, they have
run into the paddy pound¬
ing mortar that is made
of the twisted grained
ruan wood.

‘20. — Kali means nothing and is simply put in' to rhyme.

22 — Turmeric is used by Da yak women for colouring their bodies.

The leaves of Klamadalc lather like soap and are used as soap by the
Dayaks.

2:3. Tapang tree is the special bee tree, the buttress of which is used by
Dayaks for doors.

Yam induing (or pulai) is tbe yam left the previous year in order to grow
the following year when the land is farmed again.

BT THE BE Vi). W. HOWELL.

23 — Nyau ineraka pal a
tangga— b aka p a 1 a
asu nengkuang. Nyau
nibas tebelayar 1 u a r
baka tipan sayap
burong lelayang.

26 — N yau 11 g e j a 11 g k a
tangga man delapan-
blas kengkang, nyau
ngindik tengah laman
ti alai muai ruman sa
lernan padi e m b a -
Wang.

27 — Nyau bekiba ka suka
sabang enseluang,
nyau ngindik p a n t i
renik d a d a n i s i k
mengkarong labang.

28 — Nyau ngindik jamban
gantong tuntun p a -
tong sepamalang
nyingkang.

29 — Nyau data! di tempu-
kok tanah alai nudok
ka genok tangkong
labu dalang.

30 — Entak nyau ngesai
ka rambut p a n j a i
baka sentabar malut
batang.

31 — Nyau ngadu ka sang-
gol pling sida Davang
Telanjing, baka giling
tekuvong pasang.

There, they are crossing the
top of the ladder — the
ladder that is fashioned
after the appearance of a
long-shaped dog’s head.
There, they are passing
swiftly the end of the
house which is construct-’
ed after the shape of a
swallow's wings.

There, they are leaving the
ruan staircase (a log) with
eighteen notches and are
treading the open space
before the house where
the chaff of the emba-
wang paddy is thrown
away.

There, they are going on
the right of the croton and
treading on the earth-
rnade steps that are like
the breast of the white
mengkarong lizard.

There, they are treading
on the raised log that is
about knee-high (fro m
the ground) and which
one can scarce step up to.

There, they reached the
mound of earth where the
horn-shaped dalang
gourds are placed.

There, they are flinging
back their long hair :
their long hair that is
like the sentabai creeper
encircling a tree-trunk.

There, they are twisting
up their plaits, the Da-
yang Telanjing, their
twisted plaits that are
rolled up in the shape of
the down-river snail’s
shell.

27. — ( The white mengkarong lizard is possibly Lygosoma bavipfijldei ,
Bartlett, a somewhat rare species). Ed.

31. — Daydng Telanjing are the fairly goddesses that live among the water*

Jails.

26

A SEA-DA YAK DIRGE.

32 — Nyau ngadu ka sang-
gol tangkong, sida
Dayang M e n d o n g,
baka tucnong peman-
sai jarang.

33 — “Nama ti bemunyi
nya tadi, wai Lebu
M u j i ? Ka ngumbai
iya Srabandi nadai di-
peda angkat ari tisi
1 a n g i t benyang, ka
ngumbai nya r i b u t ,
wai Ensekut, nadai
dipeda kekesut ngesai
ka chagai dan 1 i n -
tang.”

34— “Nama ti begu nya,
wai Enteju ? Orang
di Pupu Luba D.iten-
chang ? Lari k i t a i ,
wai iVIuji, bai kendi
betandok j e n g a 11 g :
pulai kitai, wai Ensi-
kok, bai genok pegai
puang.”

35 — “Ka mandi di ai te-
pian ninga utai be-
dendam ; nya e n d a
Antu Temera n k a
nanggam nanchang ?
Ka mandi di tepian
chuti ninga utai be¬
munyi ; nya enda ka
Antu Wi ka nanggam
inert ang ?”

36— -Entak nyau m e r j o k
nunda silok plandok
t a w a n g , nyungka h
nunda penyanggah je-
lu kijang.

There, they — the Dayang
Mendong — are arranging
horn-shaped chignons
that are like the pointed
corners of a coarse fishing-
net.

“What was it that made
that sound just now,
friend Lebu Muji? If I
were to call it the Wind
Devil Srabandi it was not
seen to rise from the misty
horizon ! If I were to call
it a Wind-Storm, friend
Ensekut, it was not seen
to disturb the cross¬
branches of the trees.”

“What is it that makes
that sound, friend En-
teju? Is it the people at
Pupu Luba Ditenctiang?
Let us run away, friend
Muji, and take with us
the brass kettles that have
their spouts projecting
straight out ; let us return
home, friend Ensikok, and
take with us the empty
watergourds.”

“When we went to bathe
at the bathing place there
is a mysterious n o is e
there ; is it not the Spirit
of the Temeran who se¬
cures and binds people ?
When we went to bathe
at the place where water
is drawn there is a noise
there also ; is it not the
Spirit of the Wi rotan
who securely binds peo¬
ple?”

There, they spring into the
air like the plandok deer
and start off abruptly,
after the manner of the
kijang deer with their
heads up.

32. — L Dayang Men dun <j is the name of a woman.

33. — Lebu Muji a name common to two persons to denote intimate friend-

P>Y TUB BE YD. AY. TroWHBL.

37— Xyau bekiba ka suka
sabang enseluang,
nyau nigong paong
katunsong lavang.

3»— Xyau ber i 11 d as ka
pemulang sumpah ti
bebuah n i n t i n g ta¬
king ; Nyau n u j a n
tangga man delapan-
blas kengkang.

39— Bepegai di alau-alau
baka prasau tebu
ten gang; nyau meraka
paia tangga baka pala
asu nengkuang.

40— Xyau nujan tempuan
baka sampan Laut be-
d a gang ; nyau ngem-
bing binding sanggit
siring si rang sengka-
jang.

41 — Nyau bekiba ka lamba
tisir tiang nuju pintu
tapang ;

Tama serta nukang
ka lawang ngengkah
ka gen ok dibai pulai
puang.

42 — Nyau teginsit di kain
apit berngigit di pa-
pan pinggang : — “Sa-
pa ti nganu kita uchu
enggau jako bangat
kempang ?”

There, they have passed to
the right of the enseluang
croton bush, and have
brushed past the layang
shoe -flower

There, they are crushing
under their feet the cro¬
ton called p e m u 1 a n g
sumpah that bears seed
on every twig ;

There, they are going up
the ruan-wood staircase
with its eighteen steps.

There, they are holding on
to the railings that are
like a field of tengang
sugar-cane ;

There, they are crossing
the top of the staircase
that is fashioned after
a long-shaped dog’s head.

There, they are g o i n g
along the passage of the
house that is as broad as
a Malay trading boat ;

There, they are passing the
wall made of sengkajang
plank.

There, they are going to
the right of the row of
posts, and straight to the
tapang door ;

There, they open the door
and enter, depositing the
water-gourds that they
brought home empty.

Consternation seizes upon
the old women who are
weaving in the house (lit :
the loingirth used when
weaving is moved):
“Who abused thee, grand¬
children, who dared to
abuse thee ?"

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

QQ

43 — “Sapa ti mrai kit a
enggau jako rangkai
melintang p u t a n g ,
ngengkah kita enggau
jako salah ban gat
kempang ?”

44 — “Sapa ti ngachok kita
enggau tunjok jari bu-
tang, mandang eng¬
gau lengan tampong
brang ?"

45 — Lalu empai nyaut sa
patah mukut padi pu-
tong, lalu bedau nibas
sa patah bras padi ra-
bong ;

46 — N y a u ngeredongkan
tuda Jiram apai vSa-
b eng an Manok Me-
nang ;

Nyau nyungkah tuda
Langkah nunda pen-
yungah jelu kijang.

47 — Nyaut enggau mulut
nyambut ngentupang,
nelah enggau d i 1 a h
antara rang : —

48 — “Endai ! Nadai crang
nganu kami enggau
jako melintang pu-
tang, nadai mrai eng¬
gau jako rangkai
besundang 1 u n t a 11 g,
nadai ngachok enggau
tunjok jari butang,
nadai mandam enggau
lengan buah brang.”

“Who abused thee with
uncalled-for words with¬
out consideration, and
who miscalled thee most
daringly ?”

“Who menaced thee with
the forefinger and gave
thee blows w i t h the
hand ?”

Now before they answered
a word half the size of a
small grain of putong
paddy, and before they
could reply a word half
the size of a grain of ra-
bong rice ;

Up arose Jiram the father
of Sabengan the Victor¬
ious Champion ;

And up then arose Lang-
kah abruptly like a (star¬
tled) kijang deer with its
head upraised.

Answered (then those that
interrogated) with the
lips. that (as it were) shed
blossoms, with melo¬
dious tongues between
the rows of well -shaped
teeth :

“Oh dear no ! Nobody
abused us with uncalled
for words, no one abused
us with impudent speech,
no one menaced us with
the fore-finger, and no one
struck us with the hand.”

BY THE REVD. W. HOWELL.

29

49 — 1 “Kami ninga utai be-
dendam di punggang
jamban ;

Ninga utai begagai di
pala pantai ;

Ninga utai beduru di
blakang munggu!”

50 — “Baik me kita namu
lari, uchu —

Ti bemunyi di pung¬
gang titi, nya enda
Antu Wi, nanggam
mertang ?

Ti bedendam di pala
jamban, nya enda
Antu Temeran ti ka
nanggam nanchang?”

51 — “Oh, enti pia pansut
me kitai ka ruai ;

Kebu ka pintu beanak
orang,

Rambus nunda sedudol
landak lubang.”

52 — “Kerembai ka t i k a i
pakan pelintang ; te-
leng'a ka k 1 a s a h
belanggah punggang ;
telenga ka sana tasak
Raja Nudang.”

53 — “Anjong kandi sarang
pinang ;

Anjong tambok dilalin
kantok demarn penge-
rang.”

“We heard a mysterious
noise at the middle of the
bridge;

“We heard something
chasing something else on
the top of the bank ;

“We heard a rushing
sound behind the hill !” ‘

“Well was it, grand¬
children, that ye knew
how to run away —

“That (mysterious) sound
at the end of the bridge,
was it not the Spirit Wi
who secures and binds?
“That mysterious sound at
the bridge-head, was it
not the Spirit Temeran
who securely b i n d s
people "?”

“Oh, if that is the case,
let us all go out to the
reception room ;

“ Fling open the door that
is ornamented with the
representation of a hu¬
man figure,

“Let us all go out like
the quills of the earth¬
dwelling porcupine.

“Spread the woven mats.
Open the klasah mats
that shew their plaited
edges ; and open the
sana mats that were once
prepared by being soaked
in hot water by Raja
Nudang.”

“Bring the case containing
the chewing ingredients;
“Bring the bag decorated
with the young demam
fern-shoot pattern.”

50 — Spirit Wi, the spirit of the rotan.

Spirit Temeran, the spirit cf the temeran tree.

30

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

54 — Sitak gegulu sida ti
indu nganjong baku
baka manok indu me-
rembam tansang ;
Beguai nganjong
lengguai bebunt u t
tuang.

55 — Sambut enggau kukut
jari butang ;

Trima enggau tapa sa-
bla ngengkang :

56 — “Oh ! Enti pia pepa-
dah me kita ti mandi
tadi sa kayu rumah
nesau lawang ;
Bekumbai kita sa kayu
rumah milang orang."

57— Lalu nyungkah nen-
gah rumah panjai je-
mentang ; jejengkak
nengah a w a k t e m -
puan lantang ; datai
di penvurai punggang
penyambang.

58— “Angkat kita Bug i"
(sayau rempi nadai
belantang) ; “Angkat
Jiap apai Imbang.”

59 — Entak ngeleduing sida
Saliding apai K r a n -
dang; jejengkak
Briak, tampong Le-
pang ; Sintak Ngen-
tuyong Pantong, tam¬
pong Sabang ; beja-
lai apai Tanai benama
Muyang ; begili Jam-
pi, tampong E m -
buang.

Forthwith all the women
folk come together bring¬
ing the brass betel sirih
boxes that look like a hen
sitting on her nest of
eggs;

With haste bring the leng¬
guai chewing cases which
still bear upon them the
casting marks that have
not yet been filed away.

They are received with the
(dainty) forefingers ;

With the palms that bear
the criss-cross lines :

“Oh ! If so, you who Avere
bathing just now, tell all
in this long house to
come ;

“Tell every door, call every
one."

Up get they abruptly and
Avalk through the long
straight house ; they
speed along the spacious
passage; until they
reach that part of the re¬
ception room that is close
to the eaves at the end of
the house.

“Up with you Bugi” (Bugi
who alas died childless) ;

“Up Avith you Jilap father
of Imbang."

Saliding the father of
Krandang and others rise
hastily; along speed
Briak closely followed by
Eepang ; Pantong darts
off followed by Sabang ;
(in their wake) moves the
father of Tanai, knoAvn
as Muyang ; Jampi runs
(after them) followed by
Embuang.

58. — Jilap , Saliding , etc., etc., are names of men who died long ago.

BY THE RE YD. W. HOWELL.

31

60 — “Mupok kitai, Ingok,
orang ngumbai kitai
makai pinang ;

Di langkau Uinokapai
Dundang.”

6 1 — Jejunok Bandok ang-
kat ari palan rumah
Sambevang.

62 — Udah a k u nebang
gembi di punggang
titi.

Udah sregigi, aka ne-
sau kaban sida ti le-
laki.

63 — Udah aku nebang me-
lebu di junggor mung-

gu ;

Umbas alai aku nga-
ding sida ti indu.

64— “Begiii me kitai Em-
pari bini Sunang !
Angkat me kitai Laing
sayau tekuing bini
Gimang

Kekenyong Sempong
b era mb a u dayang !

65 — “Mupok Lemok kitai
megai tambok sarang
pinang

Ngeredungkan tuda
Sul an, sayau danj an
nadai belantang ;
Gelagua tuda Linda
berambau dayang.

66 — Sintak begiii Manyi,
ini Padi, mati lemih
di pati laja pinggang ;
Nyungkah Jundah, sa¬
yau rebah nadai be¬
lantang.

Nyau ngadu ka pua
bali tengkebang.

“Let us be moving on,
Ingok, people are asking
us to chew pinang nuts ;
“At the hut of Umok the
father of Dundang.”

Direct from his resting
place the Church comes
Bandok.

When I felled a gembi tree
at the end of the bridge ;
After an interval I took a
message to all the male
folks.

When I felled a melebu
tree at the promontory on
the hill ;

It is time that I touched
upon the women folk.

“Speed, speed, Empari the
wife of Sunang !

Up with you Laing the
wife of Gimang whose
death was so deeply felt;”
Sempong the virgin darts
away !

“Let us be moving on Le¬
mok and carry our pinang
and sirih boxes ;”
Hurriedly rushes off poor
Sul an ; alas, that she died
a childless woman ;

In a great hurry goes Linda
the virgin.

Speeds Manyi the grand¬
mother of Padi who died
of a weakness in the loins.
Abruptly moves Jundah
who alas ! perished child¬
less.

There they are arranging
the blankets called pua
tengkebang.

66. — Pua tengkebang means a blanket ornamented by a new pattern. The
maker must not copy any other.

A SE A.-DAYAK DIRGE.

67— Oran g t i bcs a n d i k
nyau ngadu ka seng-
kalik pun brang ;
Pambus nunda sedu-
dul lan dak lubang.
Nyau beklisak lisi di
kaki pun tiamg.

68 — Orang ti b u 1 a-b u 1 a
nyau minta peda indu
guang, nyau betekejah
iigagai ruai sida Lang-
kah (sayau rebah na-
dai belantang) ;

Saiian nyau nuju ruai
sida .lira m apai Sa-
bengan, Man ok Men-
ang ;

Nyau saman dud ok
pipi nunda umbi mu-
long kerarang,

Dudok nyangah nunda
penyangaii j e 1 u k i-
jang.

69— “Nama ti kita kumbai
k a. k i t a i s a k a y u
rum ah panjai ?

Uji tusoi enggau pung-
gai dabong pengeran-
tang,

Pji sebut enggau mu-
1 u t 11 y arribu t n gent u -
pang tel ah enggau
dilah antara rang.”

70 — N y a u b e r u 11 d a 11 g
o r a 11 g t i 11 ga 1 i 11 g cl i
billing kaki tiang,
Nyau cledurah orang
ti rncrkas rumali be-
tampong kalang,

Those that carry t heir
children slung on their
hips shift them to the
other side ;

They are all coming out
like porcupines from their
burrows.

They are all thronging
round the posts of the
house.

The boastful ones act so
that their sweet-hearts
may observe them walk¬
ing noisily to the recep¬
tion room of h angle ah
(wrho, alas, died child¬
less).

All are now going towards
the reception room of
Jiram the father of Sa-
bengan, the Victorious
Champion ;

All sit side-way like the
spathe of the kerarang
sago trees,

All sit upright after the
kijang deer’s a 1 1 i t u d e
when alarmed.

“Why is it that you sum¬
mon all of us of this long
house ?

“Tell us. with your own lips
(literally- with the sharp
serrated edges of your
teeth) — with y o u r lips
that (as it were ) drop
blossoms,

“Relate (the reason) with
your tongue that lies
betwixt your well -shaped
teeth (lit. jaws).”

Now he who laid the
foundations of the house
is beginning to be con¬
cerned,

Now he who rules over the
long house with its Avell-
fitted joists,

C8, — The Kcraravg Scng?-tree is fast dying cut.

BY .THE HEY I). AY. IIOWELL.

o*>

Ot)

Orang ti ngerempong
ka prabong tunggal
tulang,

Orang ti rnegai rumah
panjai temejai ngakar
tengang :

71 — “Nama ti kita kumbai
sa kayu rumah panjai
temejai ngakar ten-

fT ci tt or
Ilg,

Nama ti kita paclah
ka kitai sa rumah ne-
sau lawang?”

72 — “Oh, bisi me jako kitai
ka dikenang,

Ma kernah tau enda
dipadah k a d i m o a
orang ?

Ma kernah kitai sa ka¬
yu rumah panjai enda
ditusoi awak ka nemu
sa bilang orang ?”

73— “Kami tadikanyelam
di tepian ninga utai
bedendam di p u n g -
gang jamban ;

Ka mandi di lepong
ninga utai pegereng-
gong di punggang
kampong.”

74 — “Baik me kita nemu
lari,” pia ko Embuang
siduai Jami,

“Utai ti bemunyi di
punggang titi ma nya
enda Antu W i ka
nanggam nanchang?
“Utai ti pegerenggong
di punggang kampong
ma nya enda A n t u
Lumbong ka ngaroh
puang ?”

He who rules over the
house with the single
roof-tree,

He who rules the long
house that stretches along
as straight as the tengang
creeper, is speaking loud¬
ly : 1

“Why are you calling all
the people of this long
house that is built straight
as the tengang creeper ?

“And why do you send for
us of the same house and
from every room ?”

“Oh, if there is something
to talk about,

“Is it possible not to tell
people ?

“Is it possible for us in this
long house not to relate
it in order that everybody
may know ?”

“Some of us wanted to
bathe just no\AT at the
bathing place and heard
a mysterious noise at the
end of the bridge ;

“Some of us wanted to
bathe in the pool and
heard as it Avere the sound
of brass vessels clashing
together at the edge of
the jungle.”

“It is AArell that ye ran
away,” thus say Embuang
and Jampi,

“That sound at the end of
the bridge was it not the
Spirit Wi who seizes and
binds people ?

“And that sound as it were
the clashing together of
brazen vessels was it not
the Spirit Lumbong that
for no reason will seize
and enshroud people ?”

7 -L--The Spirit Lumbong is the spirit of the coffin.

84

A SEA-DA YAK DIRGE.

75 — “Oh enti pia uji peda
engka kitai nadai sa
chebik s e r i li k a p a -
yang,

Nadai kapu krubong
krang,

N adai sirap tandan
pinang,

Nadai sedi gambir
pang.”

“O, nadai me tu !” Pia
ko jako Ku'nat sidnai
Muyang.

76— “O, enti pia uji padah
ka Ulup Slelabat Sle-
batan,

Enggau Bujang Lem-
pong Slebungan ;

Olih kita duai Mentong
siduai Lepang.”

77 — “Kita duai kin dipa-
dah ka si da .Tirana.”

“O, kini ka kami dia-
soh ?”

78 — “Nunjang pinang di
tembawang S i m b u r
Besi,

Ngambi pantong di
punjong Lebur Api,
Ngambi sedi di plai
pucliok kedandi.”

79 — “Ma kami duai tu aja
ti pungka laki ?”

80 — “Badu me enda kita
duai iya ga ngulin ka
kita tau belanda enda
lama, enda ngapus ka
hari ;

“Oh ! If so go and see for
perhaps we have not got
any serih kapayang.

“Nor chunam made of the
empty sea-shells,

“Nor a slice of pinang nut,
“Ncr even the tasteless
gambler.”

“Oh ! we haven’t got them
either,” say both Kunat
and Muyang.

“Oh ! If that is the case
you Mentong and L e -
pang go,

“For Slelabat Slebatan
“And Bujang L e m bong
Slebungan.”

“You two go thither, Ji-
ram and others want
you.”

“Oh ! Whither are we to
be sent ?”

“To climb the pinang trees
at the old site of Simbur
Besi’s house,

“To get the serih (pantong)
at the summit of Lebur
Api,

“To gather thegambieron
the plai trees and on the
topmost branches of the
kedandi trees.”

“Are we then the only
males (in the house) ?”

“It is most important that
you two should go be¬
cause you can run there
in no time, you never
take a whole day over
anything ;

75. — Ghuvam means lime used lor chewing (ka-por in Malay).
78. — La-bur Api is a mountain in Hades.

BY THE BEVD. W. HOWELL.

35

“Kita duai ga tau be-
guai, bejalai enda bu-
lih sa mansang nvu-
mai mandok berapi.”

8 1 — Lalu nangkap ajat be-
tlabang punggang,
Serta nyapai b a d i -
andai pulas Tawang
Kedungkang ;

82 — Tangkin pedang salin
tanchang di pinggang,
Kena ka baju taya bu-
lih nebal batu bedi-
iang,

Masolc ka baju anjong
nyentok ka ujong ka-
lempetan puang.

83 — Nvan tenteran beba-
nang punggang,

Megai trabai Ian tang
disimbang ;

Nya baru siduai nge-
jang ka rumah diri,

Sa pintu sa lawang, sa
atap sa penukang ;

8-4 — Nyau nurun tangga
ruan delapanblas
kengkang,

Sida sigi saum tengah
leman ti masai alai
muai ruman padi em-
bawang.

85— Sigi betumpu k a k i
tangga digaga senen-
tang,

Saum disuka sabang
enseluang ;

“Indeed you two do know
how to hurry, and when
you walk anywhere you
do not take more time
than is sufficient to cook
a pot of rice.”

Then they snatch up the
rotan basket that have
the bottoms made of some
different material,

And at the same time seize
the choppers that they
rarely use — the choppers
twisted after the Tawang
Kedungkang style ;

They gird themselves with
their swords of steel,

They put on their cotton
jackets that are as thick
as the hearth-stones

They put on their cloaks
that reach to their ankles.

They gird their spears with
the banded shafts,

They clutch their shapely
shields,

They are just leaving their
houses,

Their houses which con¬
sist of one door and one
room, one roof and one
window ;

They are descending the
ruan staircase with its
eighteen steps,

They move together across
the cleared space before
the house where it is cus¬
tomary to cast out the
chaff of the embawang
paddy.

Yes, their staircases are op¬
posite, for they were built
parallel to one another,

They share the same ense¬
luang plants ;

11 — Tawang Kedungkang is the name of a place in Hades.

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

36

Enda bulih sapemeda
mata beki jap,
Sapengepai jari am-
pat,

Iya ga sigi saum di ne-
nalan lendat.

86 — Nvau ditunjan tangga
Sabayan orang ti dan-
jan lama tumbang,
Bepegai di alau-alau
lansau baka prasau te-
bu tengang,

Nyau diperaka pa la
tangga baka t i tau
nanya ternuai datang,

87 — Tetengan nengah tem-
puan baka sampan
Laut bekejang,

Lalu nuju ruai Jiram
apai Sabengan Manok
Menang.

88— N u j u ruai Langkah
(sayau rebah enda be-
lantang).

8g — Nyau dedirika seligi
nibong sa lampang,
Niri ka tenteran beba-
nang punggang
ngengkah ka t r a b a i
lantang ditegelang,
Lalu ngait ka sarong
uchong disimbang.

In the twinkling of an eye.

In less time than it takes
to flick the four fingers,

They are together on the
well-trodden clearing
before the house.

They have set their feet on
the staircase of Sabayan
the staircase of those who
died long years ago,

They are holding on to
the railings made of the
long-jointed bamboos
that are numerous like
the stalks in a field of
tengang sugar cane,

They have crossed the
head of the staircase
which is fashioned as it
were to welcome
strangers on their arrival.

They are walking fast and
heavily along the passage
of the house that looks
like a Malay boat starting
on a journey.

They go straight to the
reception room of Jiram
father of Sabengan the
Victorious Champion.

They are going straight to
Langkah's reception
room (Langkah who,
alas ! died without issue).

Their spears that are made
of a single piece of nibong
wood they stand up
against the wall ;

They stand up the spear
shafts with the (metal)
bands at the ends ;

They put down their
shields. And simul¬
taneously they hang up
their uchong wood scab¬
bards that are cut into
sharp points.

BY THE RE YD.

90 — D udok nyerungkong
baka paong kladi lan-
tang,

Dudok ngemtam di ti-
kai bemban a n y a m
beleman besiku ense-
luang,

Dudok di tikai beling-
kok baka mayau tin-
do k di telok tajau bu-
jang.'

91— Tangkap me si rap
buah pinang, sepi sedi
gambir Kumpang,
Palit bunyoh karni sa-
penai burong terbarig ;

92 — “Nama ti kita kumbai
ka kami duai ?”

93 — “Nadai bukai, k a m i
ka ngasoh siduai nun-
jan pinang. di temba-
wang Sernbar Besi,
Ngempong pantong di
punjong Lebor Api,
ngambi sedi di plai
puchok kedandi,
Ngambi bunyoh di
Raja Magoh ti nge-
meran ka pun buloh
betri.”

94 — “O, enti pia ambi me
ladong bepapanka te-
belian nebal pa ;

Ambi galas rumpas di-
lalin enggau sega wi
segala.”

W. HOWELL. 37

They sit down with their
knees up in front of them,
their heads and their
chins resting on them like
the cladium plant that
spreads far and wide ;

They sit properly on the
bemban rush mats that
are plaited into patterns'
angle-shaped or fish¬
shaped,

They sit on the mats that
have the zig-zag pattern
that resembles a cat sleep¬
ing in the corner of the
room where the bachelor
jars are stored.

They take the slices of the
areca nut, they taste the
leaves of the Kumpang
gambier,

They smear our chunam
on the serih leaf so that
it looks as it were the
chalking of a bird on the
wing;

“Why have ye sent for us
two ?” (they ask).

“For no other reason than
that we want you both to
climb the areca nut palms
at the site of the old house
called Sernbar Besi,

“To collect the serih leaves
at the top of Lebor Api,
to get gambier on the
plai tree and on the top
of the kedandi tree,

“And to get chunam from
Raja Magoh who owns
the betri bamboo.'’

“Oh, if so fetch a porter’s
basket that is backe d
Avith an iron-wood plank
the thickness of one's
thigh ;

“And fetch a medium-sized
light basket that is inter¬
laced with the round sega
rotan.”

A SEA-DA YAK DIEGE.

38

95 — Sintak gegulu si da ti
indu niki ka parong
sadau lantang, 1 a 1 u
muka ira tali penan-
chang,

Lain dingkas ka ari
punggai pala tiang,
Lalu diulur ari pun pe-
pan lintang.

96 — Lalu disambut enggau
kukut baka 1 u n g g a
buat ditampong ulu
tulang ;

Terima enggau t a p a
sebla ngengkang.

In a crowd the women
swarm to the upper
spacious garrets, and un¬
fasten the strings that tie
up the baskets,

And let them down from
the top of the posts,

And lower them d o w n
through the openings be¬
tween the joists.

They are caught with the
hands (lit. nails) that are
like knives with bone
handles,

They are received with
the palms that have lines
(of destiny) running
across them.

97 — “Peda sengabai kita
d u a i enggaika tebe-
runsai sal ah tanehang,
Tali tadong pernong
enggai ka kru temeran
temengkring k a n g-
kang.”

98 — “Ganggam temera n
lama dikirai,

Tegoli tanehang ari
ten g a n g t e d a ka
pemansai."

99— San tent ran bebanang
punggang,

San seligi gembar
brayang

100 — “Anang ban gat lama
enggaika bisi indu
pesina lama empruji
ati,

Enggai k a ka m i
ban gat lama nganti.”

“Look to the straps lest
they get loose being
wrongly fastened,

“Look to the bark string
of the porter's basket
lest it be brittle, the
temeran bark is wont to
become hard."

(Answer they)— “The long-
dried temeran bark is
strong,

“And the fastenings are
stronger than those pieces
of the ten gang string that
are left over after making
the finest.”

They shoulder their spears
with the banded shafts,
They shoulder their
wooden throwing spears
along with their arrow-
headed fish spears.

“Do not delay if you meet
with your old sweet¬
hearts,

“Lest we should have long
to wait for your return.”

BY THE BE VI). W. HOWELL.

39

101— Peda kra bala enda
memaia baka ti be-
bala mansang nye-
rang !

Peda kra rintai enda
ngengabai baka
tangkai petal di pala
lembang.

102— Siduai pen lain ang-
kat serta bejalai enda
n gen gab a, serta ang-
kat lain nyingkang,

Lain nyungkah nunda
penyangah jelu k i -
jang,

M e r j o k nunda silok
plandok Tawang.

103 — Tiang dipansa brang
lain pungkang ber-
tangkal tibak ;

Rumah panjai tengah
siduai bejalai ambis
tebererak ;

Tetigong ka orang ti
ngandong lalu ber-
anak ;

Orang ti nyera di¬
pansa iya lalu ada
mesai lelenggak anak
mengkatak !

104 — Tepansa ka tebelayar
ambis tingkar baka
ti dibatak,

Nengah tangga enda
gegawa gigi ambis
simpak.

105 — Nyau ngenjan tengah
laman ambis baka
sepan nyadi latak,

Behold then the countless
multitude that is like an
army on the march !

Behold then the array as
countless as the bean
(petai) stalks at the head
of a valley !

Both of them start away
together and walk fear-
1 e s s 1 y , they start at a
great pace,

They speed abruptly away
like the kijang deer with
its head erect,

They jump off like the
Tawang plandok.

The posts that were grazed
by their arms show the
marks and the cuts ;

The flooring of the long
house that they go
through all comes un¬
done ;

The women who are great
with child give birth
when these two collide
with them ;

And those who are preg¬
nant when they pass by
bring forth an immature
birth the size of a frog !

The wall at the end of the
house all comes away as
they pass it, just as if it
had been wrenched off,
And all the knotches of the
(batang) ladder break
away as they come down
it.

They set their feet on the
clearing before the house
and it all turns muddy as
if it were a place for pigs
to wallow in,

101. — Th & petai here mentioned is about a foot long.

40

A SI’A-TA YAK DIKC K

Nyau mansa jagut pe*
panggil ngembang,
Nyau nengah pemu-
lang sumpah ti be-
randah mandang bla-
kang.

106 — Peaa ka kanan nyau
serpan laban balan
tiang Tenvalang !

107— Nyau nengah jalai
besai udah diran-
dang.

Sintak merjok nengah
jalai bengkok baka
liok anak raja nyen-
tang.

108 — Sintak n y 11 ngka h
nengah jalai tawas
nadai liras mesai
empeieman miang ;

109 — Tesangkut di rumput
ambis tusut baka
tabu ubong binang ;

i 1 o — N yau tepans a k a
jamban gantong tun-
tun patorig sapema-
lan nyingkang,

Nyau ngeltii jamban
tinggi disurong kle-
tong papong bafang,

tii — Nyau tetuntong di
panyun chundong
alai nyandih ka tu-
dong raong simdang
jernang*

105. — The presence of this croton is

They pass the jagut pe-
panggil tree whose flow¬
ers spread wide open,

They pass the croton pe-
mulang s u m pah that
shines on their backs.

See on their right how
dark it is, being o v e r -
shadowed by the right
post set up for the Horn-
bill Feast .(

They go along the main
road that has been
cleared.

They leap as they go along
the crooked road that
stretches along like a
rain b o w spanning the
heavens.

They speed along the road
that is so clean that it
contains not a single
particle of dust that
could lodge in the eye ;

The grass that impedes
their steps becomes twist¬
ed up like balls of thread.

They pass the bridge that
is raised off the ground
about knee-high and can
be easily stepped on,

They have passed beyond
the loftly bridge that is
raised up with the rotting
ends of tree- trunks,

They have reached the
slanting p a n v u n lily
where the sun-hats that
are partially stained
with (patterns drawn in)
dragon's blood are hung
out to dry.

pposed to render curses' harmless.

BY THE RE YD. YT. HOWELL.

41

1 12 — Nyau datai di nena-
lan bari ditutu kle

1 a w a i klabembang
bintang ;

1 1 3 — N yau tepansa k a
tuuggul nugu baka
balu ingin ka bujang;

1 14 — Nyau tepansa ka
jamban baru baka
akar beluru n yen-
tang ;

Nyau ka sebrai nengah
pantai landai nuju
tingkah tana h t e -
biang ;

1 15 — Nyau ngindik em-
pran tarik baka sing-
kap pinggai lelayang,

Nyau nengah 1 e b a k
banyak disurong eng-
gau papong batang,

1 1 6— Nyau mansa munggu
mangku pemelakang
babi biang,

Nyau b e s e g i 11 g ka
kramunting bebuah
sapengantong arang,

1 17 — Nyau mansa babas
repa besundang lan-
tang,

Mlit bukit baka per-
inggit upeh pinang.

1 18 — Kalama nyau datai
di menoa Silinilin be-
kain mali jai,
Singgol- i n g g o 1 b e -
sanggol mali rempi,
Beserbana lelak i k a k
bedau brinti.

:

They have reached the
cleared space with the
(ever-present) unpleasant
smell about it — the haunt
of the painted butterflies;

They have passed the dead
tree stumps that stand as
fixed as a widow desiring
a bachelor husband ;

They have passed the
new bridge that is like
the beluru creeper that
stretches out straight ;

They have crossed the
gentle slope declining to¬
wards the precipice ;

And are passing the dry
fiat land lying in the
shape of a plate,

Then they cross a number
of small valleys that are
bridged by felled trees,

They are passing a small
hill where the ground re¬
sembles the shape of a
black and white pig,

They are brushing past
the melastoma shrubs
that are ripening to
blackness,

They are passing through
the thick bushes that
press closely together,

They go round the hill
that is slippery like the
spathe of the pinang
palm.

And at length they arrive
at the country of Silin¬
ilin whose petticoat
never wears out,

At the country of Singgol-
inggol whose braided
hair is never uncoiled,

And then complain of be¬
ing tired as they had
stopped nowhere.

42

A SEA-DA YAIv DIEGE.

1 19— “Ngetu t u a , pang
nyawa lalu enda ma-
tah ka slada bunga
sugi ;

Muchau tua munyi
Melanau nimbau
bangkong,

Muchap munyi Keda-
dap nyampi ka bu-
rong.”

1 20— Kalama ninga d e h
Silin-ilin bekain rnali
jai,

Singgol-inggol ti be-
sanggol mali rempi.

1 21 — Lalu teginsit di kain
apit ti berngigit di
papan pinggang,

Tebelengka d i b 1 i a
bandir tapang,

Lalu bediri temegi di
punggang penyam-
bang.

122— Ngangau siduai mu¬
nyi tuau nyabak ka
senayau randang ta-
rang,

“Niki nycnkati tangga
gruiiggang.”

123 — “Q, kami tu enda tau
niki,” pia ko jako
Ulup Slelabat Sleba-
tan Bujang Lem pong
Slebungan ;

O enda tau enda niki
enggai ka siduai puni
di Lisp petachu pajak
kenyang ;

Puni di moa baka se-
rira bulan mansang.”

“Let us rest, our mouths
are parched (lit : tasteless)
for we have not yet had
our chew (of pinang and
serin),

“Let us mutter like the
Melanau people building
a boat,”

“Let us murmur like Kc-
dadap as if reciting a
prayer to the Gods” (lit :
Birds).

At length there heard them
Silin-ilin whose petticoat
never wears out,

And Singgol-inggol whose
braided hair is never un¬
coiled.

Then the weaving band so
tightly fastened round the
waist was moved,

Then dropped the weaving
instruments made of the
buttress of tapang tree,
Then they stood erect at
the end of the house.

Then called they out like
the tuau bird crying for
the shadow thrown by
the bright moonlight,

“Come up, ascend t h e
smooth grunggang-wood
ladder.”

“Oh we cannot come up,”
thus reply Ulup Slelabat
Slebatan a. n d B u j a n g
Lempong Slebungan.

“Oh you must come up lest
you both be accurst for
not having touched the
breasts so fresh and
plump ;

“Lest you be accurst for not
having beheld the face
like the halo round the
expanding moon.”

BY THE BE VD. \Y. HOWELL.

43

124 — “O enda, encla baka
kami ngakup nge-
langop tinting pan-
jang,

Enda baka pegi ka
sunyi kampong
puang,”

125 — “Beguai kami cluai,
ukai baka b e j e p u t
ka ramut nyadi sa-
makau,

Begenggam ka kra-
ngan nyadi brau.”

126 — “Enti siduai cnggai
niki,” saut Silin-ilin
bekain m a 1 i j a i ,
Singgol-inggol b e -
sanggol mali rempi,

127 — :“Enti kita mansa
bukit Madang bang-
kit mai mimit tual sa
takang,

Enti kita mansa kam¬
pong baoh Madang
tepus mai ampang
katimbang,

Enti kita mansa te-
muda pesina lama
mai pugu ente m u
langkang.”

1 28— “Enda b u 1 i h tua
ninga ka pesan indu
ti nganta ka kitai
laki,

Ninga ka indu ti
bangat kanji,”

Ko Ulup Slelabat Sle-
batan, Bujang Lem-
pong Slebungan,
“Runtu.unggal, sakali
belepa,

“Oh no, it isn't as if we
were on the w a r p a t h
going round to examine
a long range of hills,

“It isn’t as if we were going
to search an uninhabited
forest.”

“We are both really in a
hurry and the affair is of
importance, it isn’t as
easy as pinching some
particles of dust together
to make tobacco,

“Nor as easy as holding a
handful of gravel and
making it become rice.”

“If you will not come up to
the house,” say Silin-ilin
whose petticoat never
wears out, and Singgol-
inggol whose braided
hair is never uncoiled,

“If you pass by the hill
known as the ‘Field of
Flowers’ bring us some
of the tual blossoms,

“If you go by the old jun¬
gle known as the ‘Field
of Gigantic Lilies,' bring
us some ampang katim¬
bang,

“If you pass the farming-
land belonging to your
old sweetheart bring us
some tumeric roots.”

“Here, we cannot listen to
the message of these
women who wish to
fascinate us men,

“Nor can we give ear to
those who are so unseem¬
ly and forward,”

Say Ulup Slelabat Sleba-
tan and Bujang Lemp“
ong Slebungan.

“Flurry up, friend, we pause
but once,

T27. — Amvang katimbang means approaching decay.

44

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

Rumban s a k a 1 i be- “Hasten on (friend) we rest
nyawa, but once,

Isa ga, unggal, nuan “Let it be thus, friend, take
puak ka kiba bera- the left side since thou
wai lima, didst obtain five heads

Aku puak ka kanan upon the war-path,
berawai anam.” “And I take the right as I

got six !”

129— Nyau diruntu-runtu
seduai sa kali belepa,

Berumban-rumban sa
kali benyawa, enda
ngerantana.

1 30 — Nyau tepantup di
Madang Sumpit,

Tepantup d i B u k i t
Penerebai Pipit,

Alai indu bepait me-
san ka pangan,

Nyau tepantup di
Bukit Sangkar M a -
nok, lemai hari b e -
kerukik mantok um-
pan.

1 3 1— Nyau datai di Bukit
Pelong Udok, lemai
hari dipeda beke
jenggan,

Nyau datai di Bukit
Tungkus Asi, datai
ngepi majoh makan.

132 — Nyau datai di ta-
pang melipir sawil-
awil kaki nyingkang
bejalan,

Nyau tepantup di te-
kup batu bedaup
munyi dekup b a b i
dupan.

Then hasten they an d
pause but once,

They hurry on, they halt
but once,

Neither are they sensible
to fatigue.

They arrive at the Field of
Blow-pipes,

They arrive at the mount¬
ain Penerebai Pipit,

Where women leave mess¬
ages for one another,

They arrive at the mount¬
ain Sangkar Manok and
in the evening hear the
noise of fowls pecking at
their food.

They arrive at the mount¬
ain of the “Barking of
Dogs” and in the evening
they see the dogs running
about,

They arrive at the mount¬
ain Cooked Rice and up¬
on their arrival stoop
down and eat.

They arrive at a bee-tree
growing upon a precipice
where there is barely
standing room, yet on
they march,

They arrive at a place
where two rocks clash
together with a noise like
a pig champing his jaws
when enraged.

BY THE BE VI). IV. HOWELL. 45

133— “Nyin kra unggal “Yonder friend is the old

tembawai Blah Sim- site of the house called

pah Blah Simpai,

Nyin unggal k a 1 e k a “Yonder, friend, is the an-
lama truba n y a d i cient abiding place where

mensia, men first dwelt,

Tembawai panjai di- “The old site of the long
rintai rian temaga.” house all planted up with

rows of durian temaga
trees/’

134 — “Runtu unggal, sa “Hurry up, friend, we pause

kali beleoa, but once,

Rtimban sa kali b e - “Hasten on (friend), we rest
nyawa.” but once.”

1 35 — “Ditu tua engkah ka “Here let us place our

ladong bepapan tebe- carrying baskets w h i c h
lian nebal pa, are made of iron-wood

Engkah ka galas rum- boards the thickness of
pas dilalin e n g g a u one’s thigh,
sega wi segala.” “(Here also) we place the

medium sized baskets
which are made of un¬
split rot an sega.”

136 — “Diri ka seligi nibong “Stand up the spears made

sa lampang, of a single piece of nibong

Diri ka ten ter an be- palm,
banang punggang, “Stand up the spears with

Sandih ka trabai lan- the banded shafts,
tang ditegelang.” “Let them lean against the

shields with the broad
handles.”

137 — “D i t u tua 11 g a g a “Here, let us make ropes for

senggiat kanggan sa climbing purposes out of

puntang, the kanggan cloth to

Nakau tua tegoh di- fasten on our ankles ;
tanchang.” “Let us get a firm grip on

the trees.”

138 — “Enti tua niki bai “When we climb take the

badi ngedaun lali la- choppers that are like the

lang didiang.” scorched heads of the la-

lang grass.”

139— “Japai badi andai “Take the knives set aside

pulas tuai Tawang (for this purpose)— the

Kedungkang. knives twisted after the

fashion of the ancient
Tawang Kedungkang
(blades),

137. — Kanggan cloth means black cloth.

4(3

A SEA-DAYAK DIIiGE.

Pakap enggau endap
dada ngeruang uyong
enggau jaong buah
brang.”

140— “Tunjik indik nunda
tunjang bruang, un-
yut nunda but tupai
sabang.”

141 — Sa kali siduai ngen-
yong datai di prem-
pong buah pinang.

142 — “Ninjau tua, unggal.”
Malik ka ili e n d a
alah sa puntang nu-
bai, malik ka u 1 u
enda alah sa penibar
jala.

“Enti sema tua agi di
Peruai Langit L a 11 -
dai nyin Bukit Ratai,
berimbai enggau
Ka in pong Tern i an g.”

143 — “Enti sema tua agi di
Bulam Nyumbok,
nyin krati 1 e 1 e n o k ,
nya Munok t i be -
jengok enggau Bukit
Jabang.”

144 — “Enti sema tua agi di
Terata Ujan Nya la,
nyin Landa ti makai
mata besugi tulang.”

145 — “Nurun tua unggal,
nikal ka blakang, su-
rut tua bebatak p u -
lang.”

“Grip the tree with the level
breast that has the deep
cavity, grip it with the
hands that meet t o -
gether.”

“Stand on tip-toe, move up
like the bear using his
hinder limbs, go up gra¬
dually just like the ill¬
smelling: sabang squirrel
moves his body.”

With one single spring
they reach the areca nut
bunches.

“Let us look at the view,
friend."

When they look down¬
stream they see further
than the distance
usually allowed when
poisoning a river
with tuba; when they
look up-stream the d i s -
tance is greater than can
be traversed with the
casting-net

“If for instance w e were
still at Peruai Langit
Landai, yonder is Mount
Ratai alongside K a m -
pong Temiang."

“If for instance we were
still at Bulan Nyumbok,
yonder that which is so
beautiful, is Munok which
is opposite Mount J a -
bang.”

“If for instance we were
still at Terata Ujan Nya-
la, yonder is Landa where
the inhabitants eat raw
food and chew bones.”

“Let us descend friend, let
us turn back, let us retire
and turn home.”

111. — The inhabitants cat raw food, etc. refers to man-eaters.

47

BY THE REYD. W. HOWELL.

146— “Pinang ti lembut
udah diketas enggau
badi, ditinggang ka
di Lempa Ai, ngambi
orang di E m p r a n
Engkabang.”

147 — “Pinang ti rimbun tu
udah diketas enggau
enggau nyabor, d i -
tinggang ka di u 1 u
Tajum, ngambi
orang di Ulu Langgai
Seriang.”

“The soft areca nuts have
been cut off with a chop¬
per and dropped into
Lempa Ai in order to get
the better of those people
at Empran Engkabang."

“These thickly clustered
areca nuts that were cut
off with an ancient-shap¬
ed sword were dropped
at the head-waters of
Tajum in order to get the
better of the people at
Ulu Langgai Seriang."

148 — “Pinang ti b a n g a t
mansau di puchok
uda diketas enggau
iatok ditinggang k a
di Delok, ngambi ka
orang ti nutok badu
lelinggok di lesong
trentang."

149 — “Pinang ti b a n g a t
mapi-api udah dike¬
tas enggau besi bari,
ditinggang ka di
langgai E n g k a r i
awak ka ambis mati
orang di Langgong
Sabang.”

“The fully ripe areca nuts
that are on the tree tops
have been cut off with
the crooked- handled
sword and dropped in the
Delok in order that those
who pound the paddy
may cease to bend over
the mortars of trentang
wood.”

“The dead ripe arecanuts
have been cut off with
steel and dropped into
the source of the Engkari
in order that all the peo¬
ple at Langgong Sabang
may die out."

150 — “Pinang ti ban gat
benyenjuai udah di¬
ketas enggau nyabor
p a n j a i , ditinggang
ka Batang Meludai
ngambika orang ti
tengan nyumai enda
tetakar ka anak tere-
nang.”

The long bunches of areca-
nut have been cut off
by the long b 1 a d e d
ancient sword and
dropped in the Meludai
river, in order that the
people who are in the act
of cooking cannot mea¬
sure out the rice into the
cooking-pots.”

146. — The people at Em/pran Engkabang are the “Ulu Ai Dayaks” living
at the source of the Batang Lupar River and hereditary enemies of the
Undup Dayaks who use this Dirge.

They invite the inhabitants of Hades to help overcome these men of the
Uli Ai'.

147. — Tajum, TJlu Lauggai Seriang and UrloJc refer to these same people.

48 A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

1 5 1 — “Pinang ti bangat
mansau cli prempong
udah diketas enggau
pedang simpong, di-
tinggang ka di Ba-
tang Bebiong awak
ka ambis pumpong
di prabong tunggal
tulang.”

152 — “P i n a n g p e n g u j i
udah diketas enggau
besi bari ditinggang
ka di Mepi awak ka
ambis inati enggau
Tinting Lalang."

i53"Pinang kunchit tu da,
unggal, tua rait eng¬
gau ruit mat a bra-
yang."

154 — “Nyau maioh pinang
m udus, tak merapoh
enda alah singkang.”

155— ' “Pinang ridan enda
alah san penegar tu¬
lang.'4

156 — Nurun iiunda iko en-
turan tunggang.
Melurut nunda but tu-
pai sabang.

t 57 — Terengkah di tanah
baka ti olih na'ras
mauk ngelumbang,
Terengkah di tanah
burak nyubak baka
ti kena timbak leka
snap an g.

“The over-ripe arecanuts in
the bunch have been cut
off with a simpong sword
and dropped in the Be¬
biong stream, in order
that all those who are
living under one roof,
under a single roof-tree,
may be utterly cut off.”

“The tempting arecanuts
have been cut off
with steel and dropped in
the Mepi waters in order
that all may die out to¬
gether with the people of
Tinting Lalang."

“There remain still the kun¬
chit arecanuts ; friend, let
us pull them down with
the barbs of our hsh-
spears."

“There are any number of
arecanuts, (piled) in a
heap one cannot s t e p
over."

“The ridan arecanuts are so
numerous that they can¬
not be carried on the
shoulders though we try
w i t h o u r u t m o s t
strength."

They descend like the sloth
goes down.

They slice down like the
evil-smelling sabang
squirrel is wont to do.

They fall on to the ground
and it becomes as if it
were ploughed up,

They fall on the white
clay and it appears as if
it had been turned up
with bullets.

lod. — The simpovg sword is supposed to cut off anytlxi.ua at one blow.

BY THE 11E YD. \\\ HOWELL.

49

158— “Buka senggiat tua
selikap ka di baroh
kaj ang, betepu pi-
nang mansau miru-
iru awak ka enda re-
gang.”

1 59 — - “Besimpan p i n a n g

tua awak ka enda
betandan ari ti bete-
kang,

Enti pinang tuai lem-
pai ka punggai la-
dong peneriang.

160— “Serambong pinang
kedundong tua enda
a lab sa sintong takin
senggang.”

i6i“Rapit pinang Lunch it
nadai bisi regang,
Pajak pinang luchak
nadai bisi merang-
gang.”

162 — “Enda pia, unggal,”
ko Ulup Slelabat Sle-
batan, Bujang Lem-
pong Slebungan.

163 — “Ngempong pantong
tu da, me tua unggal,
di punjong Eebur Api
Tinting Unjam Lidi,
ngambi sedi ga di
p 1 a i puchok k e -
dandi.”

164 — “Mejong pantong di
punjong Lebur Api
Tinting Unjam Lidi,
musil sedi di Plai
puchok Kedandi.”

“Let us untie the ropes used
for climbing and put
them under the leaf
covering, let us pack up
the fully-ripe areca nuts
so that they will take up
as little space as possi¬
ble.”

“Let us pack up our areca
nuts and let them not re¬
main in bunches on the
stalks,

“As for the old areca nuts
place them on the sides
of the fish-basket.

“There is still more than a
senggang basket full of
our kedundong areca
nuts, make them into
bundles to be put on our
loads.”

“Press close the pinang kun¬
chit nuts and they will
not take up much room,

“Press down the soft pinang
nuts, and they will not
take up much space.”

“It is not so,” say Ulup Sle¬
labat Slebatan and Bu¬
jang Lempong Sla-
bungan.

“There still remain the pan¬
tong areca nuts at the
summit of Lebur Api
Tinting Unjam Lidi, and
we must take also the
gambier leaves at Plai on
the tops of the kedandi
trees.”

“Let us make a long bundle
of the arecanuts at the
summit on Lebur Api
Tinting LTnjam Lidi, and
let us pluck the gambier
leaves at Plai from the
tops of the Kedandi
trees.”

163. — Lebur Ajri Tinting XJnjam Lidi and Plai are names of a range of
hills and a place in Hades respectively.

50

A SEA-DA YAK DIKGE.

165 — “Ditu unggal,” ko
Ulup Slelabat Slaba-
tan Bujang Lempong
Slebungan “tang
k a n g k a senirang
enggau besi tajam,
ngusok tua ram ka
sukan.”

1 66 — Nvadi api mau me-
sai selempepat ma-
lam ;

Disambut enggau
umbut nudur di em-
pran ;

Tungkun ka enggau
kayu merbakam, rias
ka ranggas kulit
bran gam

Nyadi api mau be-
demparn.

167 — “Berenti tua, end a
nganti malam."

(Ari nvapai ari udah,
ari nyamah ari udah.)

Here, friend A say Ulup
Slelabat Slebatan and
Bujang Lempong Sle¬
bungan, “let us strike the
flint with the sharp steel,
and kindle fire by pressing
upon the fire -stick.”

Then kindles the fire about
the size of a firefly ;

It catches on to the (dry)
pith of the mudur that
flourishes on the plains :

Then feed they the flame
with, merbakam wood,
and slice the bark off a
branch of brangan wood,

Then the fire blazes well.

Let us stop, do not wait
for the night-fall.”

(If they touch any work it
is finished, if the y 1 a y
hold of a job, lo ! it is
accomplished.)

1 68 — “Udah me tua” ko
Ulup Slelabat Sleba¬
tan Bujang Lempong
Slebungan,

‘\Sepi s e d i gambit
pang, tangkap strap
buah pinang.”

169 — “Kebat enggau akar
remat, aku ka kawat
panja.i beklingkang,

Pasong enggau akar
jengkong, aku ka Se-
long bai Sentang.”

170 — “Ma me unggal, la-
dong bepapan nebal
pa,

“We have completed every¬
thing,” say Ulup Slelabat
Slebatan and B u j a n g
Lempong Slebungan,
“Taste the acrid gambior
leaves and take a slice of
the areca nut.” •

“Tie the bundle up with
the remat creeper, and
call it the long wire, that
winds round about,

“Bind it with the carved
creeper and call it the
thick brass wire brought
from Sentang.” ;

“Carry on the back, friend,
the ladong basket board¬
ed with iron-wood the
thickness of one’s thigh,

109. — Bern at is a creeper whose shoots and young leaves are edible.
Sentang is the name of a Village in Dutch Dorr.eo,

BY THE HE VI). W. HOWELL.

51

Ma galas rumpas di- “Carry also the medium
lalin sega wi segala.” sized galas basket made

of the unsplit sega rotan."

1 71 — Bepaut di raras kayu
blengkiang semetak
guntor, langit, tege-
pang,

172 — Tangkin menyangin
mata pedang ;

Japai trabai lantang
di tegelang.

173 — Tanggong lempaong
sumpit tapang ;

San tenteran beban-
ang punggang.

174 — Lalu nyungkah nun-
da penyangah j e 1 u
kijang ;

Merjok nunda silo k
pi an dole tawang.

175 — N van d i kej a ng k a -
leka lama truba nya-
di mensia ;

Nyau d i k e j a n g k a
tembawai d i r i n t a i
rian temaga.

176— Laju nunda p e 1 u r u
leka snapang ;

Lasit nunda sumpit
lurus direjang.

177 — Nyau datai di saka
jalai besai besim-
pang tujoh,

Datai di menoa Raja
Magoh.

178— “Ditu tua minta ka-
pu abu ari sa balu
indu orang kapu teda
Pep ay as ti berumah
mangkang srang.”

They pull toward them (as
they start homewards)
the branches of the bleng¬
kiang tree ; the thunder
crashes and the heavens
are affrighted.

They gird on their swords ;

They grasp their shields
with the roomy handles.

They lift up the lempaong
tapang blow-pipes ;

They shoulder their spear-
shafts with the banded
ends.

They start off a b r u p 1 1 y
like the kijang deer with
its head up ;

They leap like t a w a n g
mouse -deer.

They are leaving behind
them the site of the house
where mankind was first
created ;

They are leaving behind
them the old site of the
house planted up with
temaga durian trees.

Swift are they, as a bullet
from a gun ;

Speedy are they, as the
dart from the straight -
bored blow- pipe.

They arrive at the main
road where it branches
off into seven roads,

And they are at the
country of Rajah Magoh.

‘Here let us ask for some
chunam from a widow
the mother of chunam,
the leavings of Pepayas
who lives among the
srang trees.”

1(0, — Galas is a light basket made of rotan and used for small articles only.

A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

oia

179 — Nyau niki di rumah
sa pintu sa lawang,
sa atap sa penukang.

180 — Lalu tepeda ka aki
Raja Magoh, ti nge-
rrreran ka pun buloh
betri,

Tepeda ka aki tuai
mangkang bedang
api.

181 — Nyau ngebu ka pintu
bandir tapang,

Tama serta nukang ka
lawang.

182 — Nyau datai di san¬
ding bilek lantang,

Tanggong enggau
jaong buah brang.

183 — Trima enggau tapa
jari ngengkang ;

Sambut enggau kukut
baka baut tampong
tulang.

184 — (Kami kenudi ka ru¬
in all sa pintu sa la¬
wang sa atap sa pe¬
nukang,

Kami turun tangga tu-
kun pun t a n g g a
grunggang).

185 — Nyau datai di tengah
laman alai muai ru¬
in an sa 1 eman padi
mawang.

Nyau dikejang ku nie-
noa siga pemambus
mu n soli,

They go up into the house,
the house having but one
door and one room, one
roof and one roof open¬
ing.

And they behold Grand¬
father Raja Magoh who
owns the clump of betri
trees.

They behold the old
grand-f ather (I say)
warming himself at the
fire.

They fling open the door,
the door made of a ta¬
pang buttress,

And enter in as the door
opens.

They come into the annex
of the spacious room,

And take the chunam with
their jaong-leaf decorated
hands (lit : biceps).

They receive it with the
palms of their hands that
bear the criss-cross lines ;
They receive it with the
nails that are like a
curved knife with a bone
handle.

(We leave behind the
house with the one door
and one room, with the
one roof and one roof-
opening,

We descend the tukun
ladder — the head of the
grunggang-wood ladder.)

They arrive at the open
space in front of the house
where is thrown away the
chaff of the paddy called
mawang.

They leave the disturbed
country that is frequented
by enemies,

BY THE EEVD. W. HOWELL,

53

186 — Dikejang ka saja em-
pran pemangka na-
tar tumgoh,

Nyau dikenudi ka se¬
re n t u m embawang
laboh,

187 — Nyau dipansa saja
menoa Silin-ilin be-
kain mali jai,

Dipansa saja menoa
Singgol-inggol sang-
gol mali rempi,

188— Nyau dipansa saja
babas repa besun-
dang luntang ;

N engah m u n g g u
mangku besai jumpu
blakang kijang.

183 — Ngeiantar nunda pe~
si la ular kendawang,

Nyungkah nunda pe-
nyangah jelu kijang.

190 — Nyau datai di tanah
luchak disurong k a
letong papong b a -
tang,

Nyau datai di pantai
nyadai ditingkah pa-
la tebiang.

191 — Nyau ngindik jam-
ban bam akar beruru
nyentang,

Nyau datai di nenalan
bari tutu lelawi kla-
bembang bintang.

192 — Dipansa lalu tunggul
nugu petebang,

They leave the plains
where the thunderbolt
originates,

They leave behind them
the noise of the incessant
falling of the embawang
fruit,

They merely pass through
the country of Silin-ilin
whose petticoat never
wears out,

And through the country
of Singgol-inggol whose
braided hair is never un¬
coiled.

Without a halt pass they
through the dense jungle
with its i n t e r 1 a c i n g
branches ;

They cross then a hill the
top of which is likened to
the back of a kijang
deer.

They dart away like the
kendawang snake,

They start off abruptly
like a kijang deer with
its head up.

They arrive at the wet
lands where the pools
are bridged with old bits
of wood,

They arrive at the sloping
land that further on be¬
comes a precipitous
bluff.

They tramp over a new
bridge made of beruru
creepers,

And arrive at the ill smell¬
ing clearing that is fre¬
quented by t h e star-
spangled (or starry bright)
butterflies.

They pass by the still¬
standing stumps of felled
trees,

54

A SEA-DA YAIv DIRGE.

Nyau mansa panyun
chundong end or
nvandik ka seraong
sundang jernang.

193 — Nyau telanjan ngin-
dik jamban beletan
punggang,

Sitak nyau beguai si-
duai nengah jalai be-
sai udah dirandang,

194 — Nyau nengah panti
tanah o 1 i h n a r a s
mauk ngelumbang,

Myau datai siduai be-
kia ka suka sabang
enseluang.

195 — Sitak nyau ditunjan
tangga ruan delapan-
blas kengkang,

Meraka pala tangga
nabong mengen g-
kang.

196 — Nibas tebelayar baka
tipan sayap duan le-
layang,

Nyau ngembing din-
ding baka pesiring
sirang sengkajang.

They pass by the panyun
tree all aslant, on which
are set out to dry one
above the other the sun
hats stained with jernang.

They cross the bridge the
logs of which have their
ends fixed one into an¬
other,

They hasten along the
high-road which has been
cleared,

They go up the earthern
steps that have been e x -
cava ted with much 1 a -
bour (lit : force).

They come past the ense¬
luang croton leaving it
on their left.

They step on to the ruan
wood ladder with its
eighteen notches,

And cross the head of the
ladder which is carved
with the dog’s tooth
pattern.

They pass the end of the
house which is walled
like the c 1 o s e - 1 y i n g
(feather) of the swallow’s
wings,

They pass alongside the
wall which shows in it
grain stripes like the
sengkajang wood.

197 — Patong siduai teti- Their knees brush against

gong ka lesong ruan the ruan wood mortars

tetunggang ; which fall over ;

“O, nyau datai Ulup “Oh, you have arrived Ulup
Slelabat S 1 eb a t a n, S 1 e 1 ab a t Slebatan and

Bujang Lempong Bujang Lempong Sle-

Slebungan.” bungan.”

198 — “Nya . tenturan alai “This is the place where

ngentak ka tenteran you can stand your spear

sangkoh lunju, shafts,

}5Y THE UEVD. W. HOWELL.

Nya kra din ding kami,
unggal, alai siduai
nyandih ka tarabai
memesai pintu.”

1 (}() “N ya kra tandok
rusa kami alai siduai
ngait ka ma sega wi
Labu,

Nya, unggal, bering-
ka kaweng alai kita
ngait ka isau kita
duai belinga-lingu.”

“That is the wall, friends,
against which you can
lean your mighty door¬
wide shields.”

“Those are our deer-horns
on which you can hang
your burdens of Labu
sega rotan,

‘And those, friends, are our
spare hooks where you
can both hang up your
much decorated isau
swords.”

200 N'yeliah kita alai
orang ngengkah ka
ladongbepa.pan tebe-
lian nebal pa ;”

Tegagit orang nginsit
ambis ka telentang.

?oi — Terentak bala ban-
yak alai ngengkah ka
galas rumpas lalin
sega wi segala.

Ko jako, lama bejalai
enda apus ka hari,
Diglar bangkar bem-
ban sapeniri,
Diglar kechik lela-
yang laki.

202 — Tak dedurah ti mer¬
le a s rumah betam-
pong tulang,
Berunding ngaling di
bebuling kaki tiang.

‘Step ye aside so that they
may put down their la-
dong baskets that are
planked with iron-wood
as thick as one’s thigh ;”

Precipitately the people
give way, and are like to
have fallen backwards.

The whole assemblage is
shaken when medium¬
sized galas baskets, made
of the unsplit rotan sega,
are dumped down (on
the floor).

It is said they have walk¬
ed a long time but have
not been a way for a
whole day,

They are betitled “the un-
finished rush-mat” the
height of a man,

They are betitled “the
male swallow.”

Then with a loud voice
speaks the Chief who
governs the house, the
roof of which is joined
to other roofs.

He who keeps the posts of
the house together begins
to give directions.

f)(r A SEA -DA YAK DIRGE -

203— “O, umbas alai beka-
rang beblah pinang.

Enti beblah pinang
anjong baki kitai ba-
ka manok indu m e -
remban tansang/’

204 — ‘‘Enti kitai mlah pin¬
ang baru ti malllt tin
tup diblah lima,

Enti kitai mlah pin¬
ang tuai adat kitai
ketiip segala/'

205 — “Enti pinang luchak
ti udah dipiak eng-
kah di kutak benrak
delapan lubang,

Enti kitai mlah pin¬
ang kedundong eng-
kah ka di t e m p a
ubong ti berambing
ka bentok glang."

206 — “Enti kitai mlah pin¬
ang chikana, engkah
di senggkuna bebun-
tut tuang,

Enti semakau nyamai
nadai ngambi ari di
moa gentong teren-
tan g/'

207— -“Enti semakau lama
bau ular kendawang,
semakau pait nyam-
bil mimit nekang
kenenavang.”

208 — Bejako sida Jiram
apai Sebengan ma¬
nok menang, bejako
Langkah, “Sayan re-
b a h nadai belan-
tang.”

‘Oh, it is time to sprea d
out the areca nuts and to
split them.

“When splitting them bring
hither the betel boxe s
that are like a hen sitting
upon her nest.”

“If we split the new areca
nuts that still have their
outer' coverings we must
split them into five parts,

“If we split the old areca
nuts our custom is to bite
them whole.”

“If the areca nuts are soft
ones that have been split,
put them in a d r a w e r
that has eight holes,

“If we split the kedundong
areca nuts, put them in
the basket where the
thread is kept — the basket
with its bra* - wire
handles.”

“If we split the chikana
areca nuts, put them in
the brass betel box that
has feet to it,

“If there be no strong tob¬
acco, take some from the
top of the terentang
paddy bin/’

“If old tobacco smells like
kendawang snakes, take
a little bitter tobacco
about the size of a kene-
nayang fruit.”

Jiram the father of Seben¬
gan the victorious cock,
and others exclaim,
“What a pity to be cut
off without an offspring.”

BY TI-IE EE YD. W. HOWELL.

209 — Umbas alai kitai ne-
bang melebu di jung-
gur munggu, alai ki¬
tai ngading ti lelaki
enggau ti indu beja-
ko.

210 — “Nama aum kitai ti
ka jako? Nama se-
maia kitai ti bedau
udah tembu ?”

21 1 — Besangkai di menoa
aki Kongbali tinggi
tulang blakang, be¬
sangkai d i menoa
Menyayan bulan
munjong jejampang.

212 — Besangkai di menoa
ini Serempam tanah
tumboh, besangkai di
menoa endu Selindak
tinggi boloh.

213 — “Sapa ti nyangkai ka
jalong tugong p e -
nangkup punjong
pala ?”

214 — “Tu kami,” ko anak
Briak benama Le-
pang, Mentong bena¬
ma anak Lang.

215 — Sitak nyau bedim-
nunda Kedandi nga-
ki grenyang, nyau
nyungkah nunda pe-
nyangah jelu kijang.

216 — Niki ka pantai nen-
gah tingah pala te-
biang, nyau datai di
rumah sa pintu, sa
lawang, sa atap, sa
penukang.

Di

It is time for us to fell the
melebu trees at the end of
the hill, in order that we
can arrange for the men
and women to speak.

“Upon what subject are we ■
to deliberate at this meet¬
ing ? What are our pro¬
mises that we have not
fulfilled?”

They landed at the coun¬
try of grandfather Kong¬
bali of the high backbone,
they landed at the coun-
try of Menyayan the very
top of whose head is grey.

They landed at the coun¬
try of grandmother Se¬
rempam, the white ants'
heap, they landed at the
country of the dearly
loved Selindak, the tail
bamboo.

‘Who landed the big cup
that does service to cover
the top of the head ?”

‘Here we are,” say the son
of Briak, called Lepang,
and Mentong called the
son of Lang.

They stood up erect like
the Kedandi roots, they
started off quickly with,
the speed of the barking
deer.

They landed and went by
the most precipitous
place, and arrived at a
house with one door, one
room, one roof, and one
roof- window.

A SEA-DAYAIv DIRGE.

217 — “Datai ari ni kita?” ‘
“Dalai ari sidi mata
hari, baka sregandi
a mb on g tersang.”
“Anang kita ngamun ‘
sa tetak taun, anang
nyalam delapanblas
bnlan."

218 — “Sapa ti kita bai ari '
sidi mata hari, skali-
ka nva manang, ska-
lika menani ?”

219 — “Lebah me tu, indai
Tipah lang tarang,
utang kami nganjong
besi penyengkar da-
da, nganjong kapit sa
lungkit pemalit ma¬
ta."

‘Whence came ye?" “We
came from the most
glorious sun, whose rays
are ever piercing.”

‘Conceal it not for the space
of half a year, and hide
it not for the length of
eighteen months.”

‘Whom brought ye from
the glorious sun, is it a
mere manang (witch-doc¬
tor) or a more exalted
one ?”

“It is Lebah, the mother of
Tipah the moonlight kite,
but we also brought an
iron bar for stretching the
chest, we also brought a
tiny lump of cotton to
wipe the eyes.”

220 — “Enti kapit sa lung¬
kit taroh ditu, dudi
hari pulai ngagai ta-
nah pepelai ujan."

221 — “Enti jalong tugong
engkah ditu, dudi ha¬
ri tau pulai ngagai
sarangan."

222 — “Enti besi taroh ditu,
dudi hari tau pulai
ngagai punggai besi
prembuyan."

223 — “Enti tikai enserunai
tau taroh ditu, dudi
hari tau pulai ngagai
tangai sumbok bem-
ban.”

224 — “Enti pia ko Ini Ser-
empam tanah tum-
boh, kami kenu di ka
rumah nuan Ini, sa
pintu, sa lawang, sa
atap, sa penukang.”

“If it be a tiny lump of
cotton put it by here, later
on it will return to the
land of fertile soil.”

“If it be the big cup place
it here, later on it will
return to its own case.”

“If it be iron place it here,
later on it will return to
its own place.”

“If it be the enserunai mat
it can be placed here,
later on it will return to
the great bemban field.”

‘If so, O Grand -mother Se-
rempam, the white-ants
heap, we leave your house
of one door, one room,
one roof and one roof
window.

BY THE BE YD. W. HOWELL.

59

225 — Nyau diturun tangga
tukun pisit dikeng-
kang, nyau ngejang
ka alau-alau b a k a
perasau tebu t e n g -
ang.

226— — Sitak nyau biap-biap

baka slampepat nye-
lap petang.

227 — “Uling kitu ka prauh
liling kita, imbai ka
di tebiang pa la pan-
tai.”

228 — Sitak nyau ngensurok
bidok betajok ka pu-
chok bedil sa ba-
tang.

229 — Kejang ka menoa aki
Konbali tinggi t u *
bang blakang, kejang
ka pengkalan a k i
Menyavan Baban ba¬
ka punjong jejamp-
ang.

230 — “Buka ira kitai tati
penchalang.” Senga-
yoh serta laboh sape-
nyari rengguang,
suar entak beansar-
ansar nadai tegeng-
gang.

231 — Antara menoa enda
jauh, enda bulih sa-
pengepai tunjok jari
ampat, iya ga enda
bulih sapengangau
nyawa merangap,
enda bulih sapemeda
mata bekijap.

232 — Nyau tepantup d i
menoa endu Burak
mali betanggi, upai
mali betanggi beru-
mah di kampong
senggang.

They descended the stair¬
case so closely notched,
they left the railings so
closely made like unto a
wondrous field of wild
canes.

Still visible they went so
swiftly like the brilliant’
fireflies seen at dusk.

Steer hither vour one-sided
boat, and put her along¬
side this high bank.”

Alas, the little boat with
the a w n i n g passed
throug h underneath a
cannon.

They left the country of
grand - father Kongbali of
the high back-bone, they
left the landing place of
grand -father Menyayan
Buban that is like to the
top of the head.

‘.Untie our bow painter.”
The paddles dipped into
the water like the thou¬
sand legs of the crayfish,
the punting poles worked
so excellently that the
boat made easy passage,

The distance between the
countries is not far, hard¬
ly far enough to wave
with the four fingers, nor
to sing out with the open
mouth, neither to look
with the twinkling of the
eyes.

They touched at the coun¬
try of the dear loved Bu¬
rak, forbidden to wear a
sun hat, although she
built her house in the
midst of senggang lilies.

60 A SEA-D

233 — Nyau datai di menoa
endu Buah Tampak
mali belaid, u p a i
mali belaki sa bulan
duablas rambang.

234 — “Lapa kita enda niki
di prambu r u m a h
baru, baka pejagut
undang Rajang ?”

235 — “Sapa ti kita bai ari
sidi mata hari, baka
sergandi ambong ter-
sang ?”

236 — “Skalika M a n a n g ,
skalika menani ?”

237— “Indu me t u u k a i
pungka laki. Bini Ji-
ram ti kami bai ari
telian lubang ujan.

Lebah me tu ari panas
angat bedilang.

Kami enda kala niki
repai enggau chung-
gai tunjok butang.”

238— “Nyau dikenudi k a
menoa endu Bura k
mali betanggi, ti be-
rumah di kampong
senggang. Nyau di¬
kenudi ka menoa
endu Tampak mali
belaki, sa bulan dua¬
blas rambang.

239— Kay oh entap orang
enda gegawa nge-
jarig ka menoa, orang
munyi nyarik ka ke-
laya tikai senggang.

AYAK DIKGE.

They arrived at the coun¬
try of the dear loved
Buah Tampak forbidden
to marry a husband al¬
though in a month she
divorced twelve hus¬
bands.

“Why did not vou ascend
the unfinished new house,
which is like the beard of
the Rajang prawns?”

“Whom brought ye from
the glorious sun, whose
rays are ever piercing ?”

“Is it a mere Manang, or
an exalted one ?”

“It is a woman and not a
man. The wife of Jiram
have we brought from
the place where the rain
falls.

“It is Lebah from the place
where the sun burns so
hot.

“We never come up with
the point of the first
finger empty.”

They left the country of
the dear- loved Burak who
is forbidden to wear a
sun hat, yet built her
house amidst the seng¬
gang lilies. They left
the house of the dear
loved Tampak forbidden
to marry a husband, yet
in a month she divorced
twelve husbands.

The steady paddling of the
people leaving the coun¬
try is beyond words to
express, the noise t h e y
made is like tearing a
noisy senggang mat.

BY THE REVH. W. HOWELL.

61

240— Antara menoa orang
enda bulih sapenam-
pai mata meda, enda
bulih sapenikau ram-
pang sempa.

mi— ' -Ny.au tepantup di
menoa Dayang gen-
ting pinggang pengi-
tang tali c h u p a i ,
Nvau dip ansa ka saja
menoa dara Lampah
d a d a penempakap
batu Mandai,

Nyau dipansa ka saja
menoa Sebedawang
mungga batang ke-
kilang mata bliong,
Nyau dipansa ka saja
menoa S e b e d a v u
mungga batu u m -
bang tekesai mesa i
k rubong k e k u r a
jaong.

242 — Antara menoa s i g i
enda jauh sapengepai
tunjok, enda bulih
sapemeda mata
nyengok.

243 — N y a u tepantup d i
menoa Tembai Sugi
Lawai Laut Senga-
11 an.

•244 — Tepantup di menoa
U 1 u p Saputut La-
bong Kanggan.

245— -“Data! ari ni kita?”
Lalu disaut orang
enggau mulut nyam-
but ngentupang ;

246— “Datai ari sidi mata
hari ngarnbi orang ti
mati ngagai orang ti
kleti 1 indong tiang.”

The distance between the
countries is hardly far
enough to look with the
eyes, it is neither far
enough to throw the re¬
fuse of the chewing in¬
gredients.

They touched at the coun¬
try of Dayang with a
slender waist to which
only the cord of a tiny
decorated basket can be
hung,

They merely passed by the
country of virgin
Lampah whose chest em¬
braces the Mandai rock,

They merely passed the
country of Sebedawang
who cuts tree trunks into
blocks and the adze goes
like lightning,

They merely passed the
country of Sebedayu who
cuts rocks into blocks and
the chips fly off the size
of a jaong tortoise shell.

The countries are not far
apart, aye within wav¬
ing distance and hardly
far enough to glance
with the eyes,

They arrived at the Coun¬
try of Tembai Sugi La¬
wai Laut Senganan.

They arrived at the coun¬
try of Ulup Saputut La-
bong Kanggan.

‘Whence came thou?” And
the people answered
readily ;

‘We have come from the
glorious sun to bear the
dead away to the
people who live in the
shadow behind the posts.”

62 A SEA-DAYAK DIRGE.

247 — “Penempa o r a n g t i
kita bai ari terata
ujan nyala lab oh
bemiang mesi mesi,
kali ka indu kali ka
laki?”

248 — “Ti kami undan di
penchalang ukai ma-
nang ukai menani,
indu me tu ukai
pungka laki.”

249 — “Tu enda Lebah in-
dai Tipah Lang Tar-
ang ? Endai ! e 11 1 i
pia ngetu me unggal
kita. Kami ka mai
kita betuju ka limau
antu bepuak ka te-
maga ; ka mai kita
betetak ka tebelian
landak beranak serta
dua.”

250 — “Enggai kami ditum-
bang umang seranta-
ranta, kami ti lenyau
tu budau diau di me-
noa, kami ti rempi
t u s i m p i enda . se-
gala nyaut Tembai
Sugi Lawai L a u t
Senganan, nyaut ka
Ulup Saputut L a -
bong Kanggan.

251 — “Kita ti tumbang
ngumbai diri umang,
aku tentang 1 eb eh
pengraja : kita ti
lenyau ngumbai diri
budau, aku peda kita
pemadu kekira. Aku
udah meda luan kita
dientam tajau mena-
ga. Kita sigi betirik,
‘baka ai betirih ma-
nis,’ kita sigi betam-

“To what sex does the per¬
son belong that you have
brought from the shower
whilst the sun is shining,
is it a woman or a man?”

“That which we brought in
the boat is neither a mere
manang or an exalted
one, it is a woman and
not a man.”

“Is this not Lebah the
mother of Tipah Lang
Tarang? Dear me! if so
stop ye friends. We are
going to invite you to
aim at a demon like lime,
whose centre is brass ; we
are going to invite you
also to cut a porcupine
iron wood, having two
young plants at the same
time.”

“Indeed no, we that are
dead are ever poor, we
that are lost were sinful
in the world, we that are
pressed down are ever
one-sided and not round;”
answered Tembai Sungi
Lawai Laut Senganan,
answered Ulup Saputut
Labong Kanggan.

“Ye that are dead assumed
yourselves to be poor, I
observe ye to be very
rich : ye that are lost con¬
sidered yourselves sinful,
I see ye are wondrously
well-behaved. I have seen
how that part of your
room where you store your
jars is full of old menaga
jars. Ye are indeed in¬
heriting, ‘as water in-

V>Y THE EE YD . W. HOWELL.

(33

pong, lb a k a pan-
dong betampong
purih.’ Aku udah
ngilau sadau k i t a
dientam tukau t i -
bang padi. Aku me-
da luan kita dientam
saliman tajau m e -
nyadi. Aku udah
meda tempuan kita
diani ulun K a y a n
pungka laki. A k u
udah meda dapur ki¬
ta dikemeran lea
tungku besi.”

— “Nama dipeniti ?” Ko
Jiramisau tajam se-
poh seiam s a m a k
nyerenang. “Nama
dipeniti ?

Indah kra tuai kitai
ngeradai mansa tu
sulai ga enggau kitai
besengkuji ka badi
andai pulas tuai Ta-
w a n g Kedungkang,
nya ti n g a s o h i y a
tau nungkat langit
iandai enggau pung-
gai paku lawang ?

Indah kra tuai kitai
Ungkok brani dulu
ga enggau kitai be-
sengkuj i k a duku
ngasoh iya p a m b u
ngiga indu ka Batang
Engkerjang.

Indah kra tuai kitai
Emparak mansa tu
suyak ga enggau ki¬
tai besengkuji ka isau
burak ditulong wak
empeliau arang.

Indah kra tuai kitai
Buju ti pambu g a
enggau kitai beseng¬
kuji ka duku ; sayau
pambu ari tiku Sabu
nunggang.

Indah kra tuai kitai

herits the sweetness,’ ye
are indeed inheriting, ‘as
pandong is inheriting.’ I
have seen your garret is
full of paddy bins. 1 have
seen how that part of your
room where you store your
jars is full of one kind of ■
menyadi jars. I have seen
the passage of your house
full of male Kayan slaves.

I have seen your hearth
with iron for the supports
of your pots.”

“What is there to be afraid
of ?” says Jiram, the sharp
isau that was tempered
like the dragon’s blood.
“What is there to be
afraid of ?

“Even our fore-father with
the greatest caution pass¬
ed this place and died ; he
practised with us the use
of the sword curved after
the ancient Tawang Ke¬
dungkang, that which
enabled him to put sup¬
ports to the gentle de¬
clivity of the heavens
with the point of the
nails.

‘Even the ancient Ungkok
the brave leader, who
practised with us the use
of the chopper, died when
he looked for a wife at
Bantan Engkerjang.

“Even our ancient Emparak
passed this place and
died, he who with us
practised the use of the
white isau, and was help¬
ed by the cry of the Arang
Wa-Wa.

“Even our ancient chief
Buju that died, he also
practised with us the use
of the chopper; a sad loss

04

A SEA-DA YAK DIKgL

Muli ti lesi ga enggau
kitai besengkuki ka
besi bar! nya ti nga-
sok iya tau pulai ari
tandang nguang.
Nama ti depeniti ti
besi bari tu, ga masai
enggau najar diri di
kaki kuta lelang ?

Angkat me unggal,
umbas alai nangkap
dajap badas ny ingap
tekuyong pasang.”

253 — Entakbegili kaki be-
diri nunda kekandi
ngaki grenjang.

254 — ‘'Du lu me nuan Tem-
bai Sugi Lawai Laut
Senganan Ulup S a -
putut Labong Kang-
gan/’

255 — Nyau dipantap eng*
gau dajap ambis nge-
lipat baka penyepit
api : nyau dituju eng¬
gau ben gum b a 1 u
ambis gergusu baka
bunga ensabi : dite-
tak enggau isau bu-
rak nadai tekerupak
kulit ari : nyau d i -
lempai enggau badi
andai nadai bisi sim-
pak sa jari.

256 — “Uji kami mega nge-
rempi ka ili enggau
badi sempi ; ka i 1 i
enda alah sa puntang
nuba.”

was his death which OC-
cured at the bend of the
swift Sabu stream.

“Even our ancient Muli that
died, with us practised
with a steel bar which
enabled him to return
from a temporary visit.
What is there to be afraid
of m this steel bar, well
accustomed to cut a slan¬
ting barricade that was
far from the village ?

„Up friends it is time to
handle the sharp swords
which are like the edge
of the sea shells."

At once were there seen
numerous legs to be
standing and moving like
the roots of the kedandi
tree.

“Lead the front thou Tem-
bai Sugi Lawai Laut
Senganan Ulup Saputut
Labong Kanggan,”

They cut them with a
sharp chopper all folded
like tongs : they aimed
with the balu spear of
untidy appearance like
the mustard flowers : they7
cut at them with the white
isau sword but not even
the outer bark came off :
they slashed them with
the special sword, but not
even a finger's depth did
it penetrate.

“Let us also drive them
down stream with a flat¬
tened sword ; the distance
down stream is hardly
enough to enjoy the sport
of poisoning fishes."

•252. — Isau is the name of an ancient kind of Dayak sword.

266. — For voi sorting fishes the root of the tuba is ground up and thrown into
the water, Fish are thus speedily stupified and fall a prey to the spear or net.

BY THE HE YD. W. HOWELL.

57 — Dituju enggau ben-
gum balu enda alah
sa penibar jala ; nyau
d i k esa i k a e n g g a u
badi andai ambis be-
serarai sa piak me-
noa.

58 — Saja urat iya udah
dipantap enggau da-
jap, enti urat iya
udah ngerangkap
enda alah sa kayu
tanah sabrang ; saja
penyau galong udah
disimpong enggau
duku andong nventok
di kebong lan git la-
tang.

59 — “Kini ka pernai nuan
Tembai Sugi Lawai
Laut Senganan ?

“Kini ka pemai nuan
U 1 u p Saputut La-
bong Kanggan ?

“Kali ka nuan mai
kami merjok ka Nu-
nok kampong j a -
bang, kali ka nuan
mai kami ka Lanja
Makai mata besugi
tulang ?

“Kini ka pemai nuan
Tembai? Kali ka
nuan mai kami be-
gagai ka Rukit Batu
Prabong Kajang?”

60— “B a du kit a,” ko
orang di prauh, “pu-
lai kita ngagai
brangai kitai belan-
tai lintang. Putar ka
tentran kitai beban-
ang punggang, lipat
ka dajap badas nyi-
ngap tekuvong p a -
sang.”

They aimed with the bain
spear without retreating
the distance of a net
being cast; then they
push them off with the
special sword and all
went off flying to one
side of the country.

Although their roots have
been cut with a sharp
chopper, if they do spread,
there will be no room for
them across the river ;
although the penyau ga¬
long wood when lopped
with an andong chopper
could get right up to the
heavens.

“Where are you going to
take us to, Tembai Sugi
Lawai Laut Senganan ?

“Where are you going to
take us to, Ulup Saputut
Labong Kanggan ?

“Are you going to take us
to jump to Nunok the
casiva country, or are you
going to take us to Lanja
Makai where the eyes are
filled with bones ?

“Where are you going to
take us to, Tembai? Are
you are going to take us
for a pursuing match to
Bukit Batu P r a b o n g
Kajang?”

“Cease ye," say those in the
boat, “return ye to our
boat with lantai from
starboard to larboard.

“Turn the shaft of your
spear that has a band at
the end, fold your good
chopper that is like the
edge of the sea shells.”

66 A SEA-DAYAK TH'fiGE.

261 — Sitak merjok ka They jump into the boat
bidok betajok ka with the awning sup-
puchok bedil sa ba- ported by a gun.
tang.

262 — “Kita ti ngeluan “Ye bow men strengthen
ganggan di lengan your arms to prevent
nyakang batang, kita collision against felled
ti ngemudi sidi-sidi trees, ye steersmen have
di jari maut turn- all your wits about you
pang. on holding your rudder.

Kemudi ka menoa, bu- “Steer towards home and
ka ira tali pencha- undo your bow cable.”
•ang."

263 — Laboh di sengayoh
sapenyari reng-
guang ; suar sitak
beansar-ansar nadai
tengenong ; kayoh
kesai sitak enda
ngengasai d a t a i d 1
gensurai bepuchok
nunggang ; kayoh
tumbak ubi sitak le-
lanvi baka kaki muji
di singkang.

264 — Antara menoa enda
jaoh, enda bulih sa-
pengepai jari t i g a ,
enda bulih sapemeda
mata dua, enda bulih
sapenikau rampang
sempa pinang chika-
na.

265 — Bangkong nyau te-
tuntong ka menoa
ini Menyambong Bu¬
lan, nyau tetuntong
ka menoa dara Kinta
Temian, nyau tepan-
tup, di menoa ini Ta-
sih Ai Seluli Kapas,
nyau tepantup di me¬
noa orang ti ngeme-
ran ka lubok Senta-
rum Mas.

The dipping of the paddles
was similar to the feet of
the crayfish ; the poles
kept perfect time without
cessation ; the splashing
of the water with the
paddles reached the tops
of the gensurai trees ; the
paddling deep into the
water was so beautiful,
like the marching of the
feet, full of fascination.

The distance of the coun¬
tries is not far, hardly far
enough to wave with the
three fingers, hardly far
enough to look with the
two eyes, hardly far
enough to throw the re¬
fuse of the chewed areca
chikana.

The boat reached the
country of mother Men¬
yambong Bulan, the
country of virgin Kinta
Temian, the country of
grandmother Ai Seluli
Kapas, and reached the
country of the people that
hold possession of the bay
Sent arum Mas.

BY THE BE YD. TV. IIOT'ELL.

67

266 — Kelama nyau ninga
teginsit di kain apit
berengigit di pa pan
pinggang. “ D a t a i
an ni kita ?” Ko da-
ra Kinta Temian.
“Dalai ari ni kita?”
Ko ini Tasih Ai Se-
luli Kapas. “Kita
ari ni ?” Ko orang ti
ngemeran ka lubok
Sentarum Mas.

267 — “Dalai kami tu
ngambi orang t i
rempi ngigai menoa
kami di Munti Seni
Scgala lubang.”

268 — “Penempa orang t i
kita bai ari sidi mala
liari, kali ka nya in-
du, kali ka nya laki,
kali ka nya Manang,
kali ka nya Menani ?”

269“ Ti kami undan di pan-
chalang ukai tu Ma¬
nang, ukai Me¬
nani ; mdu me tu ti
kami undan ukai
pungka lelaki ; L e -
bah me tu savau r e -
bah ninggal ka lan-
tang. Enda kami t u
niki ; peda latak me-
lutak mengkang d i
kaki ; peda p 1 o h
mampoh kami tu ne-
lusor dai ; peda ploh
idong kami b a k a
grunong gri besi ; pe¬
da ploh dagu kami
baka teruntu ambun
sa pagi.”

270— “O enti pia mandi di
ai berunsut langkang,
kelisi ka daki ampek
nyuang, kesai ka gari

At length was heard the
movement of the bark
used by women in weav¬
ing to support the waists.
“Whence came ye ?” says
the virgin Kinta Temian.
“Whence came ye ?” says
grandmother Tasih A i
Seluli Kapas. “Whence
are ye ?” say the people
who hold possession of
the bay of Sentarum Mas.

We have come, bearing a
person who is dead to our
country at Munti Seni
the round hole.”

‘To what sex does that per¬
son belong whom you ha ve
brought from the glorious
sun, is it a woman or a
man, is it a mere witch¬
doctor or a more exalted
one ?

‘That which we brought in
the boat is no w i t ch -
doctor, neither is it a
more exalted one ; it is a
woman that we have
brought and not a man ;
it is Lebah, alas, sad that
she left children behind.
We ascend not the house ;
behold the mud on our
feet ; behold the perspira¬
tion covering and drip¬
ping from our foreheads ;
behold the sweat of our
noses is as big as a small
brass bell ; behold the
sweat of our chins like
the falling of the morn¬
ing dew.”

‘O if that is so, bathe in
the river and first have a
scrub, clean your body
which is full of dirt, cast

A SEA-DAYAlv DIRGE.

(IS

tikai baru lekat cl i
blakang, sigi udah
d i g e g e 1 a r ampan
geman ‘tur lankang.’

271 — “Enti pia kenucli ka
menoa dara K i n t a
Temian Endu M e -
nyambong Bulan,
orang sigi enda be-
tanchang di batang
Endang Endi, orang
sigi enda berikat d i
tuga Lenga Bangi.”

272 — Kayoh kesai orang
enda ngabai-ngabai
ngerumban menoa,
kayoh rumban orang
sa kali benyawa, en¬
da bulih sapengepai
tunjok unjong.

273 — Antara menoa orang
enda bulih sapenikau
sempa pinang Kedun-
dang, enda bulih sa-
pemada mata m e r -
nong.

Nyau tepantup prauh
si da ti lama pambu
di 11 u mabu alai neju
ka teku kail.

274 — Prauh man orang di
Sabayan nyau tepan¬
tup di nam alai nge-
ram sa putut bubu
batang ; bidok sida
ti lama repok nyau
tepantup di sida in-
da i Adok pemadok
mulong lemanta;
sampan sida R u a i
Dan an ti lama clan-
jan nyau tepantup di
indai Anggan penge-
lampan piring pege-
la..

off that old mat which
sticks to your back, it
has been entitled ‘high
and dry.’

If so leave behind the
country of virgin Kinta
Temian Endu Menyam-
bong, people do not tie
up at the felled tree En¬
el an g Endi, neither do
they tie up at the stump
Lenga Bangi."

The paddling and splash¬
ing of water was without
cessation to get home,
and the hurry of paddling
without resting, the dis¬
tance was hardly enough
to wave with the last
finger.

The distance between the
peoples' countries is hard¬
ly far enough to throw
the chewed refuse of the
Kedundang areca nut, is
hardly far enough to stare
with the eyes.

The boat of those w h o
died long ago had arrived
at the shallow still water
where fish hooks are be¬
ing let down.

The ruan boat of the peo¬
ple at Hades arrived at
the rapid where a batang
fish trap is set ; the little
boat of these who died
long ago had reached the
mother of Adok and oth¬
ers who work sago flour :
the little boat of Ruai
Danan and others who
died long ago had reached
the mother of A n g g a n
who prepares offerings.

BY THE BE YD. W. HOWELL.

GO

275— “Penempa ti kita bai
ari Peruai langit lan-
dai nunda bingkai la-
yang ?”

2^6— -“Ti kami undan ari
terutu ujan jatu indu
me tu ukai pungka
lelaki, ukai Manang
ukai Menani. 'Pika-
mi undan tu endu Le-
bah ; udah kami
a ding nyabong tun-
tong bekubah ti be
langkah bebulu me-
nang. Ti kami bai
di bangkong udah
diading tengkurong
rekong nyabong eng-
kechong dikurong di
tajau bujang.”

277 — Dipansa ka saja me-
noa Sangjuara, di¬
pansa ka saja menoa
Sepatah Dua Nama,
N y a u dikenudi ka
menoa Sangjuara,
n y a u dikenudi ka
menoa Emperaja Su-
bok Endu Mangkok
Chelebok China.

578 — Kayoh nyong orang
lalu sa tanjong dua
besundang, kayoh
besai orang dipansa
ka di pantai nyadi
pala tebiang, kayoh
kebu sitak laju baka
peluru leka snapang.

•^79— A11 tar a menoa sigi
enda jauh, enda bu-
lih sapengepai jari

To what sex does that per¬
son belong w horn you
have brought from Peruai
where the heavens are of
gentle declivity like unto
a flat sun hat ?”

That which we brought
from where the rain falls
is a woman and not a
man, it is not a mere
witch doctor nor an ex¬
alted one. That which
we brought now is the
dearly loved Lebah ; we
have already arranged
her to set her fl g h t i n g -
cock of reddish plumage
that commands victory.
She whom we brought in
the boat had been a r -
ranged by the sweet voice
to set the deep red plum¬
age cock to fight that
which had been shut up
in a moderate size jar.”

They had to pass the coun¬
try of Sangjuara, they had
to pass the country of Se¬
patah Dua Nama. Then
did they leave the country
of Sangjuara, then did
they leave the country of
Emperaja Subok Endu
Mangkok Chelebok Chi¬
na,

By putting on a spurt in
the paddling, the people
passed two parallel
points swiftly, the splash¬
ing paddling of the peo¬
ple when they passed the
bank turned it to a preci¬
pice, the hard stroke of
the paddling was as swift
as the bullet of a musket.

The distance of the coun¬
tries is not far, it is hard¬
ly far enough to take a

70

A SEA-DAY AK DIRGE.

kiba, enda bulih sa-
penampai mata me-
da. Nyau datai di
menoa raja Mandai
ti belalai nulis surat;
nyau dipansa ka saja
menoa raja Jegedong
ti belindong ngum-
pul umat ; nyau be-
d i r i d i penyurai
punggang penyam-
bang, diri d i p a 1 a
tangga digaga na-
bong ngenkang.

280 — “Apu unggal, datai
ari ni kita, pala luan
kita nancham ka Sa-
bavan didabang?”

281 — “Kami datai ngambi
orang ti tekesai baka
lantai mekang sa bi-
dang. Udah n g a r a
orang ti nvara baka
pelaga betetak b a -
tang.

Dipansa ka saja kaki
tangga kita nengah
jalai pengelimpang.

Kami klaong ka saja
menoa raja Jegedong
ti belindong ngumpul
umat.

Dipansa ka saja me¬
noa nuan raja Mang-
gai ti belalai nulis

surat.”

282 — Sengayoh serta la boh
s i n t a k belap-belap,
kavoh kesai sitak be-
guai baka penerbai
empong kasindap.

283 — Prauh bala m a i o h
nyau tedinga ka rauh
wong Man doh saring
gemuroh. Resak Ba¬
ra nyau tedinga ka
gu wong Lunsa sa¬
ring begu-gu.

good look with the eyes.
They have at last arrived
at the country of the king
of Mandai who hides
when he does any writing ;
they passed the country
of king Jegedong, who
under cover collects
welded iron ; they stood
at the further end of
t h e covered verandah,
they stood at the head of
the stair-case so closely
notched.

“Halloa friends, whence
came ye, the bow of your
boat is pointing towards
the great Hades ?”

“We have come from fetch¬
ing a person that was cast
off like the incomplete
lantai of a boat. We have
arrayed the people that
had been dispersed like
pelaga unstrung beads.

“We merely passed your
stair-case and use the road
that avoids your house.

“We avoided the country
of king Jegedong who
under cover collects the
welded iron.

“We merely pass your coun¬
try, king Manggai, you,
who hide yourself when
writing.”

The paddles dipped toge¬
ther and glistened, the
splashing paddling was
hurried like the flying of
the patron saint of the
bat.

The people in the boat be¬
gan to hear the sound of
the M and oh waterfall
ever so loud. Resak Bara
began to hear the sound
of the Lansa waterfall
exceeding loud.

71.

P,Y THE BE YD. W. HOWELL.

Wong Mandoh saring
gemuroh alai nga-
ding orang ti lama
runtoh belaboh.

284 — “Enti kitai belaboh di
wong Mandoh sidi ka
jari kita ti ngemudi
maut turn pang, jing-
an kita ti nyeluan
ganggam di lengan
nyakang batang, be-
lubah kita di luan
nyangah enggaika
kitai terempas di ka-
par batang, peda bi-
dok kitai ti lama re-
pok enggaika tepan-
sa ka lambok wong
belenggang.”

285 — “Nyampau penyidi
kita ti laki ngemudi
maut tumpang ; kita
ti ngluan nyampau
penyingan ngeluan
ganggam di lengan
nyakang batang."

286— Kay oh begaut sitak
beguai ngagai menoa
orang, sensunut
anyut peramut pi-
sang jernang.

Kavoh umbap orang
munyi reak majak ka
langgai Entulang.
Kavoh rumban sitak
ngelantar nunda pe-
silar ular kendawang.
Kay oh sungkak di-
pansa ka di petanak
burak ambis tekebak
baka ditapak tekang
bangkang.

287— Kesoh tub oh aku
nvau datai di menoa
orang di Panti Laboh

Wong Mandoh that sounds
ever so loud is the place
where people are arrang¬
ed who died long ago
when shooting waterfalls.

If we would shoot the
Mandoh waterfall ye that
steer must be cautious
with your hands in hold¬
ing the rudder, ye bow
men be expert and streng¬
then your arms to oppose
the felled trees ; be care¬
ful, watching lest our boat
dash against drifted
felled trees, see to our
frail boat lest it gets into
the mighty waves of the
waterfall.”

Be wondrous cautious ye
men in steering and turn¬
ing the rudder ; ye that
command the bow be
strong in the arms and
prevent collision with the
felled trees.”

And now, with hurried
paddling to reach
peoples’ country, the boat
goes smoothly like a
brush.

The mighty paddling
of the people sounds
like the little waves that
enter the very source of
the Entulang river.

The hasty paddling of the
people causes the boat to
go swiftly like the kenda -
wang snake.

The spirited paddling of
the people passed the
petanak burak tree and
its bark came off in strips.

The vapour from my body
has reached the country
of the people at Panti

A SEA-DA YAIv DIRGE

72

Penan -nan. Surak
rabak aku nyau datai
d i a w a k p e n g g a 1
penkalan. Amp an ge-
man aku nyau nunjan
pengkalan alai nan-
chang ka sampan
ruan penchalang. Si-
kok rusok aku nyau
datai di tempufcok
alai nudok tangkong
labu dalang.

288 — Sitak nyau jejendong
kra tengkurong re-
lcong aku n engah
surong batang, nyau
ngindik pantai renik
dada nisik mengka-
rong labang, nyau
nunjan tangga ruan
si da Sabayan dila-
p a n b 1 a s kengkang,
nyau meraka p a 1 a
tangga digaga aja
baka pala asu meng-
kuang, sitak nyau te-
tanjan nuju ruai sida
Jiram apai Sebengan
manok menang ; lalu
niri ka seligi manah
mati gembar bera-
y a n g , nyandih ka
trabai sida menya-
Avai lantang clitege-
lang.

Laboh Penan- nan, my
Amice has been heard at
the landing place, m3"
teeth have bitten on the
landing place Avhere
people tie their boats
from the ruan beams at
the boAvs, the sound of my
lungs has reached the
little hill Avhere people
stand their dalang gourds
Avith pipes.

The sweetness of my voice
has travelled gracefully"
along the made batang
path, and has been heard
on the made steps which
are like the breast of a
held lizard, and has echo¬
ed on the eighteen-
stepped ruan stair-case
of the people at Hades,
a n d h a s resounde d
over the top of the stair¬
case made like the long
head of a dog, aye e\"en
has thundered torvards
the reception room of Ji¬
ram the father of Sebe¬
ngan the victorious cock ;
it has set upright a most
beautiful Seligi together
Avith a Brayang, and has
caused to lean the shield
of Menyawai Avhich has a
large handle.

289 — “Kait ka sarang J elu “Hook your scabbard Jelu
Rengayong uchong Remaung which lspoint-
disimbang, kait k a ed one side at the top,
ma kita Salau Lam- hang up your baggage,
ba digaga ngena be- Salau Lamba, which is
ruai jarang, klisi ka well made and sparsely"
kalambi lempai ka di plaited, take off your
pemanggai p u r a n g coats and hang them on
balang, begari kita the shelf above, which is
Mengkuli enggau s i - made of purang balang

£88. — Seligi is a spear made of palm wood. Brayang' is a fish-spear with
an arrow-shaped head.

BY THE BEY D. W. HOWELL.

rat kesumba sa pun-
tang, dudok kita Ra-
jin Tandok beserinok
dudok bedenjang bla
dudok nyerungkang
kita Jelu Rengayong
baka remaun g ma-
dong lubang”

73

wood, dress yourselves
Mengkuli with red Tur¬
kish waist cloths of one
length each, sit d o w n
closely ye Raj in Tandok,
silently and facing one
another. Sit with the
knees up in front and the,
hands and chins resting
on them, ye Jelu Renga¬
yong, as a tiger guards
its lair."

290 — Udah tebah dilah aku
nerongkah ka kita di
rumah panjai jemen-
tang ;

Udah kumbai panjai
aku bla datai teme-
jai ngakar tengang.

The utt erance of m y
tongue has lodged up in
the long straight house ;

After my continual call¬
ing all have come in and
are seated in a row like
the tengang creeper.

Ill, — A 1'OMP VKAT1YE YoCABl'LAEY iW THE liAtAX, KEXYAII
ax i) K XL A bit Languages— By R. S. Douglas,
Resident of Baram, Sarawak.

INTRODUCTION.

Various vocabularies have been published from time
to time of these people, but none of them are really
full enough or contain sufficient words to obtain any
grasp of the languages, and seem chiefly to have been
made to show the connection between the three peoples
and not the differences which exist. Vocabularies have
been compiled by Sir Spenser St. John, Brooke Low
(Vide Ling Roth's book on Natives of Borneo), Dr.
Hose and Mr. S. Ray.

The Vocabulary included in the following pages
has been compiled during a residence of 13 years in
the Baram District of Sarawak, and I therefore lay
myself open to the formidable criticism of Dr. Hose,
whose knowledge of the natives of that District is
unrivalled.

The Kalabits are certainly the oldest tribe of the
three in Baram and as Dr. Hose states are of Kalam-
antan stock, as are also the greater number of the
tribes now-a-days known as Kenyahs, such as Long
Patas, Long Tikans, Long Ulais, Long Kiputs, Sebops,
etc., who are known to the natives as the “Leppu
Poun” meaning “the original people” and therefore
the aborigines.

Then came the invasion of the real Kenyahs, “Leppu
Buau” or “the moving people”. They probably came
over from Celebes Islands and then up the Balungan
river in Dutch Borneo, and turned out the “Leppu
Poun”, who were then living in the Highlands between
the sources of the Rejang, Silat and Batang Kayan
rivers known as the “Usun Apo”, which apparently

76 THE KAYAN, KEN YAH AND KALABIT

corresponds to our idea of the “Garden of Eden”. They
the i attacked the Kalabits, who were living in the
head waters of the Baram and Bahau rivers and
drove them down-river towards the Sarawak Coast.
Then came the Kayan invasion also from the Celebes
which passed through the Kenyahs, Leppu Buau and
Leppu Poun, in the Ulu Baram and tributaries, came
down the main-river pushing the Kalabit away in the
plateaux of the Tutau and Baram rivers and the re¬
maining Leppu Poun into the side streams. The
Kayans to this day live principally in the main-river,
and the Kenyahs and Kalabits as stated.

All this intermixing has naturally caused a certain
amount of assimilation in the language, but sufficient
remains to show their different origin, certainly in
Kayan and Kalabit. The Kenyah language which I
have selected is that spoken by the Leppu Buau,
amongst whom are included Leppu Tau, Leppu Jingan,
Leppu Annan and Leppu Sawa, and not that spoken
by the Ivalamantan Leppu Poun.

The Kayan and Kalabit dialects differ very slightly
amongst the different tribes, not nearly as much as the
difference between Devonshire and Somerset.

There are a certain number of Malayan words in
these languages such as ‘takut’, ‘lengan’, ‘bulan’ and
others which seem really to belong to the languages,
and are not recent importations due to intercourse
with Malay traders ; others have been and are still
being introduced through the paucity of words to do
with trade and the needs of civilisation. Kayans
curiously are very bad linguists and by far the greater
number of them can hardly understand a word of
Malay, hence their language is much purer than that
of the Kenyahs, who are very quick at picking up
languages, and it is quite common in a Kenyah house
to be able to converse in Malay or Dayak even, with
the women. Kalabits are still untouched by any
Malay influence.

In pronounciation and spelling I have followed as
much as possible, the rules laid down by authorities
on Malay,

VOCABULARY. — BY It. S. DOUGLAS.

77

Thus the vowels : —

a is long and pronounced as in father.

e ,, short „

i ? , long ,,

o „ long ,,

u ,, long ,,

a i , , 1 o n g ) , » i

au ,, long ,,

ei ,, long ,,

ou has the same sound

,, in bet or end.

,, the lee in beet.

,, in note.

,, in flute.

,, the T in ice.

,, low' in how.

,, 'ey' in they.
as au but not so broad.

The consonants are all pronounced as in English,
except *c\ which is always soft, and lg\ which is hard,
the soft lg\ being rendered by The letter ly' is al¬
ways used as a consonant. lng' should always be
sounded as in singer, the hard lng' as in finger being
given as lngg' .

Grammatical rules seem few and far between. Nouns
have no plural or case determinations. Adjectives
always follow the nouns they qualify.

There seems to be no manner of determining a verb,
although the frequent occurrence of verbs beginning
‘ me , (the ‘e eliding before vowels) seems to point to
something.

Examples : — Me njat, to pull.

Mutun, to cut.

In Kayan several verbs begin with lng' and lny\ such
as ngileh, to go down, and nyewa, to avenge.

In Kenyah the same happens with the letters (ji',
as jimagap, to feel, and lpe\ ^epatei, to kill.

The past and future are expressed by putting the
equivalents for ‘have’ and ‘presently’ before and after
the verb respectively. Thus in Kayan : —

“I have come” is rendered “Akwi oh atang.”
and “I will come” is rendered “Akwi atang naa".

In Kenyah the same is translated : —

“Aki le-pak nai.”

“Aki nai naa."
and in Kalabit : —

“Wi penga meching.”

“Wi meching naa."

78

THE KAY AH, KEN YAH AND KALABTT

The greatest difficulty in Kavan and Kenyali is to
address persons by their right name. Every stage in
their lives seems to be designated by a different title,
and they are very particular about the etiquette
governing this custom, which curiously does not occur
in Kalabit in the same manner.

For instance a Kenyah boy is named Ballan. If his
father dies he becomes Oyau Ballan, if his mother then
Hun Ballan, if his brother or sister then Abing Ballan,
He then becomes a father, so is called Tama Owing
Ballan, if it is a son, or, if it is a daughter, Tama Aping
Ballan, until the child is christened, when the name of
the child is inserted instead of Owing or Aping, Then
his wife dies, so he becomes Aban Ballan ; on the death
of his eldest child, Oyong Ballan ; of his Second child,

-English.-

2. — Kay an,

N n Meryls.

i

Ji

2'

Dua

3

Tel or

1

nr

Pat

5

Lima

6

Nam

7

Tustt

8

Saiar

9

Pi tail

io

Pulu

1 1

Pulu ji

12

Pulu dua

20

Dua pulu

23

Dua pulu telor

IOO

Gi atoh

A.

A, an

Ji

Able

Am an

Above

Bo

Absent

Nusi tei

Abundant

Kahoum, ban go

Accompany, to

Tugong

Accustomed

Malei

Acknowledge, to

Mun

Acquaint, to

Bara

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S'. DOUGLAS. 79

Mawa Ballan ; of his third child, Uka Ballan. He event¬
ually ends up as a grandfather, Laid Ballan. I append
the Kayan and Kenyah titles : —

Kayan. Kenyah.

Fatherless

Motherless

Father of

Mother of

Widower

Widow

On death of first child

,, ,, ? , second ,,

> , ,, ,, third

>, ,, ,, brother

,, sister

Apa or Lingo Oyau. m. Utan. f.
Apa. Ilun.

Taman Taman

Tina Tina

Aban A ban

Balu Balu

Ovong Oyong

Boi Mawa

Akam Uka

Yat Abing

Ha wan Abing

3. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit .

N

Iumerals.

Sa

Cha

Dua

Du ah

Telu

Tel oh

Pat

Paat

Lemah

Li mah

Nam

Nam

Tujo

Tudo

Aiah

Aloh

Pien

Sew a

Pulo

Pul oh

Pulo cha swi

Pul oh cha

Pulo dua swi

Puloh duah

Dua pulo

Duah puloh

Dua pulo telu swi

Duah puloh teloh

Cha ator

Cha ratu

A.

I Cha

Cha

Enjam

Dor el ah

Kembo

Milita

Abei on; na on

Naam inan

5 Kado

Mul a

Serengan

Perpengra

Malei

Malei

Menga

N gakun

Apan teisan

Mri kli

THE KAYAN, KEN YAH AND KALABIT

English.

Across

Across-river

Active

Adrift

Adze

Affection

Afraid

Afternoon

Again

Age

Aground
Alike
Always
Angry
Angle, to
Ankle
Annoy, to
Answer, to
Ant

Arecanut

Ashamed
Ashes
Ask, to
Ask for, to
Attack, to
Avenge, to

Back

Bad

Bait

Bald

Bale, to

Bamboo

Banana

Bank

2. — Kayan.

Belalang

Dipah

Magih

Manyun

Bikong

Ikam

Takut

Levi do

Laan

Urip

Nasak

Piah

Pelalo

Mano

Mesei

Bukong

Nasa nasa

Nuei

Tebiran

Gahat

Lengan

Apoh

Atang

Langa

Mudik

Moon

Aieh

Abo

Metang

Akei

Nudong

Nyeiwa

B.

Loong

J aiik

Upat

Ngulok

Limah

Bulo

Putei

Bahei

Arm

Arrest, to
Arrive, to

Arrow (of blow pipe)
Ascend, to (a river)

(a hill)

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

3-~

-Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit.

IO

Belata

Tepalang

Dipah

Dipar

Majat

Gai

Matong

Manud

Bikong

Bikong

15

Lesau

Pi an

Takut

Taiit

Leba tou

Lecham

Laa

Naan ; broh

Udip

Ulun

20

Sekakan

Me tap

Pekua

Paat

Pelapa

Pekatu

Menjah

Dalor

Messi

Luit

25

Buku takat

Mengil

Ballang

Gagau

Mipa

Maur karo

Bada

Dra

Gaat

Riba

30

Lengan

Lengan

Jimakap

Jimat

Abei; nai

Meching

Langan

— ■

Metek

Dait

35

Mukat

Umak

Sai

Migor

Abu

Aboh

Mutu

Itun

Menyat

Muto

40

Perpatei

Petrat

Jeleiwa

Mebal

B,

Likut

Ketat

Jaat

Daat

Pan

Upan

45

Medun

Butal

Mesau sungai

Naol pa

Bulo

Buloh

Peti

Bating

Bai

Ireng

82

THE KAYAN, IvENYAH AND IvALABIT

I —

-English.

1

1

0*

50

Basket

Kalang

Bat

Mawat

Bathe, to

Doh

Be, to

Tei

Beads

Ino

55

Bear

Buang

Beat, to

N ukun

Because

Poiin

Bee

Ingat

Bees-nest

Lavit

60

Bees-wax

Lanh

Belly

Butit

Below

Ida

Bent

Kawit

Between

Hang

65

Neither one nor

the other.

'O

75

8o

85

(Malay alang alang.) Hang hang.

Beware

Ngeima

Beyond

Mengi

Big-

Aia

Bind, to

Aput

Bird

Man ok

Bite, to

Maat

Bitter

Pait

Black

Pitam

Blade

Titei

Bleed, to (operate)

Ohang

Blind

Buta

Blood

Daha

Blow, to

Pah an

Blowpipe

Put

Blue

Nyemit

Blunt

Kajan

Board

Tegan

,, (on side of a boat.) Tekulon

Boat

Harok

Body

Baton g

Bone

Tulang

Borrow, to

Mu jam

Bough

Daiin

Bowels

Tenaih

VOCABULARY, — BY Ft . S. DOUGLAS.

j. — Kenyah.

50 Kibar
Mavvat
Endo
On
Ino

55 Buang
Marang*
Pohun
Layok
Sala

60 Klanyo
Batak
Kra
Kilang
Tang

65 Ang ang

Ngelajan
Kinah
Bior
Maput
70 Swi
Jimaat
Pait
Salang
Baieng
75 Uang
Burau
Da’a
Put
Leput
80 Bilang
Tukun
Tenggan
Tilap
Alud
85 Osah
Tulang
Mujam
Daan
T ena'i

4. — Kalabit .

Atib
Pawat
Dio
I nan
Pao

Bruang, lad an

Mepar

Pohun

Bertikan

Tapi

Uli

Batak

Liang

Kilo

Tupa tupac)

Lem ulad

Mengi

Rayah

Ngabat

Manok, lura

Ngetap

Pait

Mitam

Uang

Ngaah

Busar

Dara

Ngiup

Put

Bata

Ngadal

Ben gar

Alud

Buror

Tulang

Ngabit

Angat

Sinaih

g

84 THE KAYAN

i. — English.

90 Brave

Bread-fruit
Break, to
Breast
Breasts
95 Breath
Bring, to
Brother

,, younger
,, -in-law
100 Bucket
Burn, to
Bury, to
Butterfly
Buy, to

105 Call, to

Cane (rattan)

„ sugar
Cap

Cape (point)
no Captive
Cat

Catch, to
Cattle, wild
Cease, to
1 15 Certain (sure)
Centipede
Chamber
Change, to
Charms
120 Chief
Child
Child- less
Chin
Chisel
125 Cinders
Clear

,, (of water)
Cleave, to
Climb, to

KEKfAH AND KALABIT

2. — Kay an.

Makang
Badok
Tassa
Usok
Uso
N gan
Gri
Arin
Arin ok
Ango
Limah
Mutong
Tanam
Yap do
Blei ?

C.

Muvoi
Wei
Tevu
La von g
Lulo
Salut
Seng
Apoh
Kliho
Leka
Tenang
Delipan
Amin
Betovu
Obat
Laki aia
Anak
Nyalun
Jaan
Paat
Lusang
Malah
Ten in g
Miang
N akan

VOCABULARY.— BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

j, — Kenyah.

90 Makang
Badok

Tepok, putun

Usok

Itei ?

95 Lasat
Enggin
Sekan
Sad in
Sabai
100 Lima
Tutong
Tanam
Plaki bali
Mb

105 Men gin
Wai
l epu
Tapong
Lulo
no Salut
Cheng
Jimakap
Krio
Pepkena
t 1 5 Lan lan
Lelipan
Amin
Seleiwa
Tabat

120 Laki bior
Anak
Luap

Ja

Paat
125 Ayu
Parang
Buei ?

Messei

Memakat

4 . — Kalabit.

Makil
Badok
Bila
Rork
Itei ?

Iyat

I tan, wit
Kanak

Kenanak sekiit

Lango

Saok

Mesab

Nanam

Suit

Mlih

C.

Meraiin

Wei

Tepoh

Petta

Taang

I mat

Useng

Imat

Klior

Uchok

Tooh

Menipal

'Fakap

Perleywa

Obat

Lun rural

Anak

Bakah

Daah

Pa

Lutan

Mechang

Liop

Ngupa

Menaat

86* THE KAYAK, KENYAH AET) KALAB1T

i. — English.

130 Close

„ , to

Cloth
Cloud
Coarse
135 Coat

Cocoanut

Coffin

Cold

Collect, to
140 Combine, to
Come, to
,, here!

,, up, to (to a house)'
,, across river, to
145 Command, to
Conceal, to
Cooking place
Cord

Boat’s painter
150 Com (maize)

Correct
Costly
Cough
Count, to
155 Cousin
Crab
Crescent

Crime
Crocodile
160 Crowded
Cry, to
Cup
Cut, to

,, through, to
165 ,, down, to (grass)

„ „ (trees)

,, in two, to

Daily
Dam, to

— Kay an.

Jelang
Kap
Baiun
Langa do
Kudan
Basong
Nioh
Loyan
La ram
Bepang
Pakat
Atang. nei ?

Nei him
Atang
Nei dipah
Nuho
Nuhok
Avok
Talei
Gantong
Jelei baha
Lan
Mahan
Nikan
Mu jap
Parin igat
Toyu

Bulan ipan lejau ( lit ;

moon of tiger's tooth)
Sal a
Bava
Angan
Nangih
T ebok
Netah

Mi tang butat
Mirick
Nevang
Miang

D,

Aiit do
Mepan

VOCABULARY . — BY E. S. DOUGLAS.

j, — Kenyah.

130 Lani
Mekap
Kluma
Abun
Membat
.135 Sapei?

Nior
Lungun
Dadam
Perm on g
140 Perpakat
Abei, nai
Tuai
Be j aka
Flaw at
145 Jok

Mengilim

Atang

Telu

150 Jelei baa
Lan
Maan
Mikat
Perchap
; ■ j Dua panak
lu

Ruwang bulan
Sala

Mu tun tugat
165 Nemidik
Menepang
Messeh

Singgat ton
Metang

4. — Kalabit .

Munang

Lekab

Tarob

Lap ut

Rayah

Bajoli

Tan

Lungun

Dadam

Peroyong

Pekaat

Meching, marih

Tungei

Umak

Ngutab pringi

Lubut

Apong

Tal

Upar

Kalat

Delei

Tooh

Mika at

Riak

Niap

Reran a k took
Kra

Lilian chok manok

Sala
B ayali
Peno
Nangi
Pigaan
X era t

Ngetab putol
Lemidik
Nepang
Ngupa

D.

Kenap bedor
Letang

Baya, ball sungai
160 Tenat
Menangi

Tebok pinggang long
Mutun

88

THE IvAYAK. KEY YAH AND KALABIT

i— English.

170 Damaged
Dance, to
Dark
Daughter

,, -in-law

175 Dawn
Day
,, mid-

,, after to-morrow
Daylight

180 Dead
Deal
Dear

,, in price
Debt

185 Deceive, to
Deer Mouse -
,, Sambhur-
„ Roe-
Defeat

190 Defend, to
Deep

Descend, to
Desire
Detain, to

195 Dew
Die. to
Different
Dirt
Distant

200 Divide, to
Dizzy
Do, to
Don't

Doctor (medicine

205 Dog

Done (finished)

Door
Doubtful
Down, to go

2.- — Kay an.

Tassa
N i van
Li dam
Anak doh
Anak divan
Aring do malah
Do

Mluar do, do negrang

Do gi

Do malah

Matei

M a dang

Java, masi

Mahan

Novu

Ivenap

Planok

Pavo

T elaoh

Amdang

Da lam
Ngileh
Ikam
Pidah
Ap, abun
Matei ?

Dap

Masap

Suh

Patulan

Li\rak kohong

Na

Mung

Dayong

Asu

Pa nah

Ketaman

Jan tenang

Ngileh

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

j. — Kenyah.

170 Jaat
Saga
Meram
Anak letor
Anak iban
175 Sit lema
Ton ?
Mluar ton
Or embam
Selat ton
180 Matai
Dengan
Lesou
Maan
Utang
185 Pa lor
Planok
Payo
Telao
Supei

190 Nyakat
Dal am
Saoh
Lesou
Pekena
195 Aburi
Matai
Tengan

200 Betulat

Buling mata
Tei
Aian
Day on g
205 Asu
Lepak

Long paman
\Ta on tenang
Saoh.

4. — Kaiabit.

r assa

Saga

Decham

Anak lechor

Anak iban

L eked an g muka

Ador

Tupad ador
Ador cheriak
Medang
Mate!

Bengal
Xgai ad a
Mika at
Balah
Balih
Planok
Payo
Telao
Nakat
Mel a wan
Dal am
Sao
Pi an
Dad an
Lekedang
Matei ?

Bekan

All

Mador

Bepat

Mait made

Naro

Ian

Toyu

Uko

Pengah

Bupo

Naam tulu
Sao

.(S9

90

THE KAY AN, KENT A® AND KALABIT

i. — English.

210 Down-river

Down, to go (river)
Doze, to
Drag, to \

Draw, to J

215 Dream, to
Drink, to
Drop
,, , to

Drown, to

220 Drunk
Dry

,, to (in the sun)

,, ,, (near a fire)

,, ,, fish

225 Dumb
Dung
Dust

Earthquake
Each
230 Eagle

Ear

Earring
Early
Easily
235 Eat, to
Ebb
Eddy
Egg
„ plant
240 Elbow
Eloquent
Embark, to
Embers
Empty

2. — Kay an.

Aoh

Nioh

Ngudor

Men j at

Nyumpei

Dui

Niti

Legak

Ngenei

Mavok

Megang

Neledo

Larang

Nyihei

Mamang

Tain

Avo

E.

Blari idar tana
Aut loong

Nihor(i Liling tao = a good
omen i. e. on right)
(2 Flaki uli = a bad
omen i. e. on left)

I ling
Isang

Pesun pesun, jaima

Mlei

Kuman

Melah ungei

Lirong

Teloh

Telahong

Siko

Aman duan, aman tengaran
Tei dalam harok?

Lusang

Alah

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

j. — Kenyah.

210 Kaba

Saoh

Petuak

4. — Kalabit.

Laud

Ngarur

Ngluah

Menat

Ngimat

215 Nyupi

Misap

Nitei

Labor

Lenja, menvet

220 Mabok

Me gang

Mengetau

Peladang

Mupi

Mirop

T emu r ok

Tuto

Menad

Mabok

Pering

Meidang

Da dang

225 Amang

Ta'i

Ait

Bekah

Taih

Bad a

E.

Tana pekala

Teroyuh

Singgat osa Manit buror

230 Plaki. (1 Plaki menao) Keniu. (1 Keniu senoah)

(2 Plaki me- (2 Keniu kabing)

nabing)

Telinga Dalicl

Blaong

Tading embam

Lura

235 Kuman

Mela sungai

Leidong

Teilor

Lengaong

240 Siku

Enjam patira

Tai dalam alud
Bunga lutang
Kelangan

Abei

Muka

M'lei

Kuman

Lena

Kleidong

Terol

'Prong

loh

Mila pekaroh

Meh lam alud

Budong

Nam uang

9 '2 I HE KATA

I. — English.

245 Enemy

Enter, to
End

Evening
Extinguish, to

250 Eye

,, -brow
,, -lash
„ -lid

Face

255 Faded
Fall, to

down, to

False
Famine
260 Far
Farm
To be on one's farm
Fat
Father

265 ,, grand-

„ step-
,, -in-law
fore-
Fathom
270 Fatigued
Fear
F eather
Feeble
Feed, to
275 Feel, to
Fellow
F end#

F ern
Fever

KKKYAII AMD K AD AD IT

2. — Kay an.
f Aio

\ Aio iting

Tei da lain
Bulan
Livi do
Fa ram

Mat an
Kusap liko
Bnlo mat an
An it mataii

TP

••1 ■

Nang
Ivlubei
Jato
Legak
Pamoh
Ur ip lian
Su

Earn a
Tei kakah
M a dong
Taman, amei ?
Foi

Taman dong
Taman divan
Sip un
Buka
Laiei
Takut
Bulo

Lekoh, lema.
Kuman
Nakap
Fediun
Kelahan "

Fako
Ear am

DOrGLAS,

93

Y 0 C A BU L A. LI Y. — BY R. S.

j. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabil.

245 ! Aio bawa

Mu no

!Aio iting ("small par-

ties of 3 or 4 men)

Tai lead a lam

Meh dalam

Aw el

Pepad

Taup

Mill am

Pata

Mepad

230 Mata

Mat ah

Liko

Pi tan mado

Bulu chap

Bui oh mat ah

An it mat a

Kubil mat all

F.

Si long

Munong

255 Lumei

Maon

Labo

Mebar

Labo

Tu to

Palor

Balih

Udip ban, lao

Laoh

260 Jo

Mador

Umar

Lati

Tai nao

Leman t

Lembo

Lem oh

Taman, amai

Tama

265 Ukun

Tepo

Taman among

Tama nadoi

Taman iban

Taman iban

Tepun

Tapun

Buka

Depah

270 Lama

Meror

Takut

Taut

Bulu

Bui oh

Lema

Nam kail

K uman

Kuman

275 Jimagap

Genap

Ngan

Leroyong

Kran

Atar

Palm

Paoh

Dad am

Dadam

94 THE IvAYAK,

i. — English.

280 Few
Fight, to
Fill, to
Find, to
Fine (weather)

285 ,, (texture)

Finger
Finished
Fire

,, -place
290 ,, -fly

Fish

rr -hOOlv

Flat

Flesh

295 Flower
Fly
. , to
F ollow, to
Food
300 Foot

,, -mark
Forbid, to
F orehead
Forest

305 Forget, to
Formerly
Forward
Fowl

Frightened
310 Frog
F rom
,, where
Front, in
Fruit
315 Full

Garden
Gather, to
Girl

Give, to

KEXYAH AND KALABIT

2. — Kay an.

Kanya

Berpitang

Metei

Ala

vSaio do

Jalei

Jango

Pah

Apui

Avok

Ada

Masik

Messei

Piah

Sen

Pakaii

Lango

Madang

Nioh

Male an

Kudak

Avan kudak

Mang

Liko

Toan

Ado

Menona

Marong nang

Y ap

Takut

Naan-g

Men

Meneino
Marong nang
Bua
Peno

G

Tuvu
Anpang
Doh nyam
Mook

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

). — Kenyah.

280 Kediut
Pepatei
Bepeno
Ala

Tigar tou
285 Metan
Bo uju
Lepak
Lotan
Atang
290 Lebah
Atok
Pessi
Kua
Sen

295 Buan
Lango
Madang
Tei baya ?
Oman
300 Takat

Oban takat
Pavan
Anang
Emba
305 Lingo
Chena
Ketena
Yap
Takut
310 Uak
Chen
Chenbi

Ketena, ading
Bua
315 Peno

Pula
Pembun
Dekiit letor

N a.

4. — Kalabit.

Slit

Betrad

Naro

Ngalab

Dor ador

Dari

Bua tito

Mabi

Apoi

Tetal

Sibong 1 i pat

Luang

Ngluit

Pa ad

Uang

Busah

La lad

Temulud

Maya

Kuman

Penal ad kukud
Pi lan an

Mado

Lemkura

Kelupan

Poop

Menah

Laid

Taiit

Rekurak

Lati

Lati apah
Menah
Bua
Peno

G.

Tibu

Ngemong
Lechor broh
Mrei ?

96

THE KAYAN, KEN YAH AND KAEABIT

i. — English.

2. — Kay an.

320 Go, to

1 ei

„ down, to

Ngileh

,, in, to

Tei dalam

„ up, to

Moon

Goat

Kading

325 Good

Saio

Gourd

Tinun tegan

Grand -chi Id

So

,, -father

Poi

,, -mother

Poi doh

330 Grave

Liang

Great

Doha i a

Green

N yem i t

Grey

Mob an

Ground

Tana

335 Guard, to

Ngeima

Gutta

Ketipei

H.

Habit

Bharik

Hair

Bok

„ -less

Ngulok

340 Halve, to

Junang

Hand

Uju

Hard

Maheng

Hat

Lavong

,, sun-

Hong

345 Hatchet

Asei

Have (expression of

Oh

past action)

He

lha

Head

Kohong

Headland

Lulo

350 Hear, to

N gereng

Heart

Pusu

Heat

Pana

Heavy

Bahat

Heel

Tumin

355 Help, to

Beboh, megap

Here

Hini

Hill

Ngalang

VOCABULARY.

BY IL S. DOUGLAS.

3. -Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit.

320 Tai

Mei

Saoh

Temurun

Tai dal am

Mei dalam

Mukat

Temukat

Kading

Mek

325 Tfca

Dor

Tegan, rong

Bua techak

Su

Mepun

Ukun

Tepo

Ukun letor

Tepo lechor

330 Liang, salong

Liang tanam

Bior

Ra\ra

Bilang

Bata

Mob an

Ngad

Tana

Tana

335 Ngelajan

Li tali

Ketipei

Para kayn

H.

Barik

Ayu

Pok

Pok

Link

Butal

340 Pekua tulat

Betangul

Uju

Tito

Maieng

Toab

Tapong

Petah

Saong

Raong

345 Asai

Wai

Lepak

Penga

la

I ah

Ulu

Uluh

Lulo

Taang

350 Kenaan

Kli

Push

Tibudok

Pana

Lao

Baat

Brat

Turn it

Tumit

355 Mepor

Nengan

Kini

Inih

Mo dong

Bodok

98

THE KAYAN, KENT AH AND KALABIT

j. — English .

2. — Kay an.

Hip

Banging

Hit, to

Nukun

360 ,, with the hand, to

Lebit

Honey

Telang ingat

Horn

Ohang

Hot

Lasu, pana

,, (sun)

An it do

365 House

Um a

How

Teino

,, many

Kura

Hunger

Li an

Husband

Lakei

370 Hut

Leppo

I.

I

Akwi

Ignorant, to be

Nusi jam

Ill

Prah

Immediately

Krei ini

375 Impossible

Jan dang

In

Hal am

Inland

Moiin

Intoxicated

Mavok

Iron

Titei

380 Is

Tei

J.

Jacket

Basong

Jar

Tajor, kabok

Jaws

I pa jaang

Juice

Ata bua

385 Juicey

—

Jungle

Toan

K.

Kill, to

Matei

Kitchen

Avok

Knee

Bukong

390 Knife

lu

,, -sheath

Salah

Knock, to

Negak

Knot

Tebuku

VOCABULARY.— BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

3. — Kenycih.

4 —Kalabit.

Suong

Teping

Mepan

Nebal

360 Menepap

Mepak

Nior

Pa duro

Uang

Ngaiih

Pana

Lao

Sakit

Mait idang

365 Uma

Rum a

Kornbin

Kapah

Koda

Toda

Lao, ban

La oh

Sait

Delaih a wan

370 Leppau

Leppau

I.

Aid

Will

Abei tisan

Naam kli

Sakit

Mait

Na kini

Na kinih

375 Abei tisan

Nam krab

Dalam

Dalam

Usun

Dita

Mabok

Mabok

Malat

Belawan

380 On

In an

J.

Sapei

Sapa

Ballang

Rubih

J aa

Daah

Sungai bua

Pa bua-

385 Sambau

- —

Emva

Lempulong

K.

Matai

Matei

Atang

Tetal

Lap

A lap

390 Puei ?

lor

Burang

Binan

Megor

Netok

Tebuku

Tebukoh.

100 THE KAYAK, K Eft YAH AKI)

i. — English.

2. — Kay an

Know, to

Jam

395 „ , I don’t (Malay:

Gieh

entail)

„ , to not

Nusi jam

L.

Ladder

San

Lake

Bawang

Lame

Kepei

400 Lamp

Liruei

Land

Tana

Language

Dahun

Large

Aia

Last

Bayer

405 Laugh, to

Kesing

Lazy

Doya

Leader

Kohong

Leaf

Daon

Lean

Niwang

410 Leap, to

Nekujo

Left (hand)

Maving

Leopard

Kuleh

Leg -

Kudak

Lid

Ban

415 Lie

Pamoh

,, down, to

Min

Life

Urip

Light

Apui

„ (weight)

Nian

420 Lip

Suit

Little

Ok

Liver

Atei ?

Lizard ( Chichak ) 1

Teliap

,, (Toktor) 2

Kavok or

425 ., ( Beywak ) 3

Parang

„ (Chamelion) 4

Kavok

Long

Aro

„ (time)

Dara

Loose

Petat

1 . — The Geckos.

‘2. — Gecko stentor.

:,5. — The Monitors (Taranus spp.)
•I,- — Gov !/ocej)halus spp.

ALABIT

VOCABULARY'. — UY R. S. DOUGLAS.

101

j. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit .

Tisan

Kli

395 Awci ?

Nleh

Abei tisan

Naam kli

L.

Chan

Adan

Bawang

Takong ray ah

Keja

Prikang, pika

400 Titiu

—

Tana

Tana

'lira

Buri, karoh

Bior

Rayah

Bay a

Muchin

405 Petawa

Diroh

Lekor

Nam mukol

Ulu bawah

Lemrar

Daun, tong

Daon

Maiei

Rugu

410 Kejok

Upun

Kabing

Kabing

K 11 lei

Kuerr

Betei

Kukut

Mekap

Nekap

41 5 Pa lor

Balih

Pegan

Selubid

Udip

Ulun

Lotan

Apoi

N ian

Raan

420 Bibei

Bibir

Kediut, domit

Siit

Atei ?

Atei ?

Sila kiut

Budut. alei ?

Ok or

- —

425 Padang, kabok

Pedayor

Takang

Takang

Dadau

Rawil, kadang

Majan

Dadan

Me! 01:

Paki

102

THE KAY AX , KEXYAH AX I) KALABIT

430 Lose, to
Louse
Low

Mad

Maize

4S5 Make, to
Malay
Male
Man
Many

440 Manner, this
., that
Marriage
Mat
Me

445 Meet, to
Middle
Midnight
Milk
Mine

450 Month, moon
More
.Mosquito
Mother
,, -less

455 Move, to (house)
Mountain
Month

,, of a river
Mud

460 Mushroom

Nail
Name
N a vel

Neanr

2. — Kay an.

Padei
Ruto
Leiva ?

M.

Puling
Jelei baa?

Na

Alo

Lakei

Rlunan, loong

Kahoum

Nuni

Nun an

Nawa

Brat

Akwi

Pehabong, pel'll ra
Marong bluar
Bluar malam
Telang uso
Akwi pun

Bulan

Lalo

Telokok

Tinan

Apa

Bulak

Ngalang

Ba

Long

Tana lema.

Rul at

N.

Hula

Aran

Ubut

Jelang

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

108

j. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit.

430 Tiap

Laroh

Kutu

Kutoh

Leiba ?

Benah

M.

Ruling

Rawai

Jelei baa ?

Delei padei ?

435 Na

Ngaro

Alo

Abai

Laki

Delaih

Klunan, osa

Mulun, buror

Kadau

Mu la

440 Pekin i

- — -

Pekina

—

Pesait

Nawah

Pat

Pin

Aki

Wih

445 Selalang

Mapo

T ang

Lemunat

JVTlua alam

Betangal lecham

Telang itei ?

Rata

Aki on

Wi wan

450 Bulan

Bulan

Swi

Laiih

Iang

Namok

Tinan

Sina

Ilun

—

455 Buau

Buboh, buror

Mo dong

Bodok

Pa

Taang

Long

Long

Tana iema

Tana lay a

460 Kulat long

Kulat

N.

Silu

Ilun

Ngadan

Ngadan

Pusat

Puat

Nyang

Munang

104 THE KAY AN

i. — English.

465 Neck
Necklace
Needle
N ephew
Nest

470 New
Niece
Night
Nose
No

475 Not to be
Now

Oath
Often
Oil
480 Old
Older
Oldest
On
Once
485 Other

Own (possessive)

Paddle

Pain

Path

490 Person

Pheasant (Argus)
Perhaps
Pick, to
Pierce, to

495 Pig

,, (house)
Pineapple
Pipe
Pith

KEN YAH AND' K ALA BIT

2.—KayG,n

Tekok

Tebang

Lo

Anak arim

Alah

Maring

Anak arin

Malam

IJrong

Nusi, jan

Jan anan, jan tei

Krei ini ?

o.

Lemalla
* Tutak
Nyak
Myoku
Aiar

Bo

Ji ungun

Dap

Hipun

P.

Mesei

Prah

Alan

Loong

Ruei

Kurik, depa

Ngujup

Nebak

Bavui

Uting

Uro usan

Supak

Unak

VOCABULARY, — BY 1U S. DOUGLAS.

105

j. — Kenycih.

4. — Kalabit.

465 Batok

Tuak

Ulang

Banei

Loh

Pino

Anak sad in

Anak ken an a

Sala

Arar

470 Mading

Broh

Anak sacling

Anak kenana

Meram

Lecham

Endong

I dong

Abei

Naam

475 Na on, abei on?

Naam in an

Na kini

Na kinih

0.

Pudo

Jemulong

Tudap

Katu

Nyak

Pa lemak

480 Mokim

Ngrad

Bior

Rayah

—

Rayah took

Kusun

Lita

Cha leiwei

Cha ruka

485 Tengan

Bek an

On

P.

Mesai

Pedor, buei

Sakit

Mait

Janan

Dalan

490 Osa

Buror

ICuel

Ruei

Baak

Keleh

Mujut

Mitut

LeSan

Mayong

495 Babui

Bakar

Boin

Brak

Kayu usan

Baong kabat

Supak

Oot

Piping

Lemuang

106 THE KAYAK. KEN YAH AND KALABIT

i. — English.

2. — Kay an.

500 Place, to

Immelor.

Play, to

Kiso

Point

Usong

Poison

Kayah

Pond

Takong

505 Poor

Humei

Pot

Kasat

Potato

Uvei

Prawn

Orang

Pregnant, to be

Mali

510 Presently

Naa

Press, to

Kletip

Pretty

Saio

Prop

Tugun

Prow

Lulong

515 Pull, to

Menjat

Push, to

Immarang

Put, to

Immelor

Putrid

Butong, maram

Q-

Ouarrel, to

Pano

520 Ouick

Salat

Ouiet, to be

Naka

R.

Raft

Akit

Rain

Usan

Rapids

Giham, naha

525 Rat

Lavo'

Rattan

Wei -

Raw

Atar

Receive, to

Ak ala

Red

Bla

530 Refuse, to

Doyah

Resin

Damat

Return, to

Uli

Rhinoceros

Temadoh

Rice

Parei

535 ,, (husked)

Baha

,, (cooked)

Kanan

,, -field

Luma

„ N urserv

An une i

107

YOCAiSl'LAEY. — Dx E. S. DOUGLAS.

j. — Kenyalx.

4. — Kalabit.

500 Maong

Ngrarang

Pekalai

Raut

Bulan

Budok

Kayat

Ngeremun

Takong

Takong

505 Siat

Daat

Tajau domit

Angai

Ubi

Ubih

U clang

Udang

Mamin

Mai ih.

510 Natt

Nairn

Natip

Merak

Tigar

Dor ayu

Suka

Nukul

Julong

Du long

515 Menat

Nginat

Nyelaka

Menul

Maong

Ngrarang

Madam

Bur ok

<3-

Bekenja

Kedaloh

520 Maja

Sagat

Pekena

Pirud

R.

Akit

Ra'it

Ujan

Mudan

Giam

Gekarr

525 Belabo

Labor

Wai

Wei

Mata

Mata

Ala

Nalap

Bala

Sia

530 Lekor

Naiim sikal

Salang

Natang

Mulei

Muli

Temator

T emachorr

Padei

Padei

535 Baa

Bra

Kanan

Nuba

Umar

Lati

Anunei

Anibo

108

THE KAYAK, KEN YAH AND KALABXT

j. — English.

2. — Kay an.

Rich

Gia urip

540 Right (hand)

Tao

Ripe

Sak

Rise, to

Biti

River

Ungei

,, , mouth of

Long

545 „ , down

Aoh

„ , to go down

Neoh

„ , up *>

Mudik

„ , to go up

Mudik

Road

Alan

550 Rob, to

Nakor

Rock

Bato

Roof

Apau

Room

Amin

Root

Pakat

555 Rope

Talei

Rotten

Butong

Rough

ICahi

Round

Belaong

Rub, to

Muso

560 Rubber

Latong

Run, to

Plivo

S.

Sago

Balau

„ -flour

Mulong

,, , wild

Nanga

565 ,, , to work

Malo

Salt

Hia

Same

Piah

Sand

Het

Sandfly

Amok

570 Savage

Akeh, atan

Scale (of fish)

Bulo

Scorpion

Delipan ketip

Scratch, to*

Ngatan

Sea

Bangat

57 5 See, to

Hinang

Seed

Benih, loong

Sell, to-

Bat

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

109

j. — Kenyah.

Pumbong tigar
540 Tao
Mesak
Metei
Sungai
Long
545 Kaba
Saoh
Kadayah
Metek

Dalan, janan
550 Mengelo
Batu
Sapau
Amin
Moh

555 Tali
Mupok
Membat
Beliling
Musu

560 Pulut palutan
Ngasa

Dalor

Napu dalor
Nanga
565 Palu
Osen
Pekua
Ait

Jamok
570 Balang*

La

Gipang
Jimaio
Bangat
575 Menaat

Benei, luang
Pebli

4. — Kalabit.

Mula nak mulun

Senoah

Lak

Mudor

Pa

Long

Laud

Ngarur

Medayah

Mak

Dalan

Menor

B atoh

Apau

Takap

Ramut

Talih

Rep ok

Tadam

Teburor

Muro

Para

Peradak

S.

Kebiah

Paloh

Kenangan

Maloh

T uchu

Pad

Bada

Namok

Makil

Ira

Menipal kra
Ngarau

Bangat, pa ray ah

Niar

Pemra

Breh mlih

110 THE KAYAK. EENYAH AND KALABIT

i. — English.

2. — Kay an.

Send, to

Kato

Shadow

Lingei

580 Shallow

Nivor

Shame

Aieh

Sharp

Niat

Sheath

Buka n

Shore

Bahei

585 Short

Bekak

Shoulder

Laip

Shout, to

Li main

Sick

Prah

Sing, to

Nekna

5 go Sink, to

Genei

Sister

Arin doh

Sit, to

Melor

Skin

An it

„ -disease (Korap)

Ki

595 Sky

Langit

Sleep

Luro

Slippery

J el u rah

vSiip, to

Jelurah

Slope

Peva

600 Small

Ok, daok

Smell

Bu

Smoke

Lisu n

Smooth

Jelurah

Snake

Nipa

605 Snare

Tebap

Sneeze, to

Si ban

Snore, to

Nelehak

vSoft

Lem a

Sole (foot)

f Idar kudak
l „ kassar

610 Son

Anak akei

,, -in-law

Anak livan

„ step-

Anak dong

Sound

D aliu 11

Sour

Sam

615 Source'

On

Span

Puhak

Speak, to

D uan.

Vocabulary— by b. s. douglas.

Ill

3. — Kenyah .

Pekatu
Lingei
580 Libau
Sai
Nyait
Sua
Bai

585 Buat
Lihip
Limalo
Sakit
Nekna
590 Lenja

Senganak letor
Madong
An it
Kep

595 Langit
Luro
Lanya
Telassan
Tobang
600 Domit, iut
Bau
Sap
Lanya
Jongulei
605 Bin, seputat
Simban
Ngenout
Lema

Palat takat

610 Anak laki
Anak iban
Anak aong
Dau
Mesam

615 Poon, iut (rivers)
Enggang
Menisiu

4. — Kalabit .

Breh

Ayun, lungong

Tu tun

Migoh

Tadam

Binan

king

Kerno

Lon tudong

Ngudup

Malt

Narau dokan
Lenat

Kenan ak lechorr

Tudor

An it

Kuri

Langit

Ridap

Liu

Luka

Kararr

lit

Buan

Ripun

Lino

Chelangoi
Pong, roing
Nepia
N erok
Laia

Penalad kukut

Anak delaih
Anak iban
Anak nadong
Uni

Mecham

Punang

Urak

Pekaroh

112 THE KAY AN , KENYAH AND KALABIT

i. — English.

Spear
,, fish-
620 Spider
Spit, to
Spittle
Split, to
Spoon
625 Stab, to
Stairs,

Stand, to
Star
Stay, to
630 Steer, to
Steep
Step

Step -chi Id
Step-father
635 Step-brother
Stern (of boat)
Stick
Sting
„ , to

640 Stomach
Stone
Stop, to
Straight
> String
645 Strip, to
Stroke, to
Stump
Stupid
Sugar-cane
650 Summit
Sun

Sunrise

Sunset

Sure

655 Surprise, to
Swallow (bird)
; > > to

Swamp
Sweat

2.— Kay an.

Bakin

Selanap

Telawa

Lura

Telang lura

Miang

IJlok

Mulu

San

N egrang
Klawing
Nyelarah

Nemei buri, murin

Tekrang

Matan

Anak dong

Taman dong

Parin higat

Buri

Kun

Utin

Hingat

But it

Bato

Neta

Tutor

Talei

Bat, meka, manit

Muso

Tungun

Megaam

Tevo

Ujat

Matan do

,, ,, moun

; > ? > u 1 1

Tenang
Terkejat
Tepili
Nyelo
Peka
Mum ah

VOCABULARY.— BY R. S. DOUOLAS.

113

j. — Kenyah.

Nyatap
Nyatap kawit
620 Telawa
Jernula
Jula
Messeh
Tarok
625 Mulor
Chan
Ngeting
Betuan
Moko

630 Man budi
Miang
Tak

Anak aong
Taman aong
635 Senganak
Budi
Sekut
Tat
Singat
640 Batak
Batu
Pekena
Bekua
Tali

645 Nglebak
Musu

Tun gun, tuat

Idong

Tepu

650 Unyok
Mata tou
Tou sak
Tou uli
Tenang

655 Kechat, bisau
Ulei?

Menyelo

Leka

Mait

4. — Kalabit.
Buchor, klibor

Klawa

Licha

Aka

Ngupa

Bedok

Nemayong

Adan

Mudor

Ketuan

Udu

Muchi

Mirang

Tak

Anak nadong

Taman tamaan

Kenanak buror

llchih

Rukut

Butu

Ngetap

Batak

Batoh

Uchu

Tup ad

Upar

Ngadih

Toanuchi

Toat

Laba

Tepoh

Lun

Meta chor
,, ,, rnerat

Popoun lecham
T ooh
Gegap
Klawar
Nelan
Ba, tabor
N oiin

114

THE KAY AN. KEN YAH ANI) KALABIT

i. — English.

2. — Kayan.

660 Sweet

Meh

Swim, to

Nyatong

Sword

Mai at

T.

Tail

Ikoh

Take, to

Ala

665 „ hold, to

Gam

,, up, to

Uju

Tabu

Lali

Talk, to

Duan

Tall

Bor

670 Tame

Malei

Taste

Noh

Tell, to

Nuho

That

Hia anan

There

Inan, itih

675 These

la inin

Thick

Kapan

Thin

Nipi

Things

Davan

Think, to

Pekenap

680 Thirsty

Megan g

This

Inih

Thorn

Ulang

Thought

Kenap

Those

Hia anan

685 Throat

Tengak

Through

Peso

Throw, to

Nebalang

„ down, to

Peva

Thunder

Blari

690 Thus

Nuni

Tie, to

Naput

Tiger

Lejau

Tobacco

Jako

To

Ha

695 To-day

Do ini

To-morrow

Jima

„ , day after

Do ji

Tongue

Jela

Tooth

Ip a

VOCABULARY.— BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

3. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit.

660 Meh

Main

Nyatong

Plangoi

Baieng

Tungol, karit

T,

Ikor

Ikor

Ala

Apan

665 Man

Nimat

Magang

Niding

Malan

Malih

Petira

Pekaroh

Embau

Dita

670 Malei

Layor

Teka

Kual

Jok

Nuro

la ena

la ngeh

Kina

Nangei

675 la ini

la nih

Kapan

Kapal

Nipei

Nipi

I mb a

Nok mulun

Pelcimat

Linoh

680 Megang

Melang

Ini

Nih

Sua

Tepa

Kimat

Linoh

la ena

la ngeh

685 Balang uang

Liarr

Tepo

Pou

Mulor

Nela

Mir at

Luka

Bali enggau

Baro

690 Pekini

Bekinih

Ngaput

Nabat

Lenjau

Ballang

Jaku

Sigop

Ka

—

695 Tau ini

Dor sinih

Embam

Seriak, nepa

Or embam

Seriak cha

Jela

Dila

Gipan

Lipan, oit

THE KAY AN, KEN YAH AND KALABIT

116

I. — English.

700 Tortoise
Trace, track
Trap
Tree

Tributary
705 True
Try, to
Turtle
Tusk
Twins

710 Uncle
Under
Undo, to
Unmarried
Unripe
715 Upriver

„ , to go

Vein

Visit

Walk, to
720 Wall
Want, to
War
Wasp
W7atch, to
725 Water

-fall

W ave
Wax
Weep, to
730 Weigh, to
Weight
Well
What
When

2. — Kay an.

Sian

Avan

Tebap

Kayo

Angat

Lan

Sak

Klavang
Ipan jaa
Papin

U.

Tamei

Idar

Annuah, annovan

Loong tua

Atar

Mudik

Mudik

V.

Ohat

Piwei

W.

Pano

Liding, ili

I learn, mun

Aio

Awa

Mengan

At a

Giham

Lupak

Laah

Nangih

Katiah bahat

Bahat

I ton g

Nun

Hi ran

VOCABULARY. — BY E. S. DOUGLAS.

j. — Kenyah.

700 Sian
Oban

Bialik, tetik
Kayu
Sangat
705 Lan
Mengia
Krabang
Gipan usit
Pep it

710 Emvei
Kra
Mugei
Lamanai
Mata

715 Kadavah
Metek

Uat

Beselei

Masat

720 Tapei
Kelor
Aio

Klesiei ?
Menaat
725 Sungai
Lemusun
Loyak
Klanyo
Nangei ?

730 Pekua
Baat

Lobang sungai
I no

Meidan

4. — Kalabit.

Deraah

Oban

Pong

Kayoh

Lou

Tooh

Nutun

Biladan

Lipan

Prapit

U.

Tama penakan
Ben ah
N emok
Buror mor
Mata

Men day ah
Mak

Y.

Orat

Mengrang

W.

Nalan, laweh

Pipi

Sikal

Bawah

Hang ballang

Lita

Pa

I kup

Labak

Uleh

Nangi

Nimang

Brat

Nun
I dan

118 THE KAY AN,

KEN YAH AND K.

i. — English.

2. — Kay an.

735 Where (to)

Eno

„ (from)

Meneino

Which

Alang eno

White

Puti

Who

Hi

740 Whose

Hi hipun

Why

Nun poun

Wicked

Jaak

Widow

Balu

Widower

Aban

745 Wife

Awan, doh

Wild

Jera

Wind

Di

Wing

Kapit

Woman

Doh

750 Wood

Kayo

Work

Hadoi

Work, to

Nyadoi

,, (rubber or rattans Tei lemuro

in the jungle)

)

Worm

Ulan

755 Wound

Ga

Wrestle, to

Payu

Wrist

Aking leku

Wrong

Sala

Y.

Yam

Uvei ?

760 Yawn, to

Muham

Yet

Loh

,, , not

Jupayan

Yesterday

Dalalam

Yellow

Nyemit

765 You

Ikar

Young

Nyam

VOCABULARY. — BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

119

j. — Kenyah.

4. — Kalabit.

735 Kembi

I pah nan

Chenbi

Lati apah

la embi

Nok pah

Putei

Ei

740 Eion

Bud a

- —

Ino bam

Nun mala

Jaat

Daat

Balu

Biloh

Aban

Senula

745 Sait

Awan

Lajam

Liput

Bayu

Bar iu

Kapit

Lad

Letor

Lechorr

750 Ivayu

Kay 0I1

Cyan

To an

Nao

Ngaro toiin

Tudor

Lempulong

Ulat

Ulacl

755 Suat

Murat

Payo

Petal

Lekuan

Kual

Sal a

Sala

Y.

Ubi

Ubih

760 Menuap

Muab

Nglingei

Ketang

Nairn

Napa

Nyaap

Ngamalam

Bila

Birar

76 5 Iko

Kor

Lemanei (m)
Dekiit (f)

Broh

IV.— Stories of tii k First EIrixei < oxqeests ox the
Sarawak (oast. — By A. E. Lawrence,
Resident of Bintulu.

The following account of the conquest by Brunei of
all the Milano coastal districts from Tutong and Be-
lait to the Rejang delta, was for the most part obtained
from natives at M'ukah some three years ago.

At that time I had no means of testing the story in
any way, or even of fixing the period when the events
enumerated were said to have taken place, the only
thing insisted upon being that the Brunei people were
not yet Mohamedan.

Lately however, on looking up the “Selisilah of the
Rajas of Brunei" in the Sarawak Museum Library,
(Journal Roy. Asiatic Soc. Straits Branch, No. 5, June
1880) the following facts came to light. In this story
Alak Betatar was ruler of Brunei when the conquest
took place, and Pateh Berbi was his fighting chief. In
the Selisilah Alak Betatar is mentioned as the first
ruler of Brunei to become Mohamedan, being con¬
verted during his rule together with his chief minister,
Pateh Berbi.

Alak Betatar, who took the name of Mohamed and
the title of Sultan on conversion, ruled about 1400 a. d.
Pateh Berbi is sometimes given in Brunei records as a
younger brother of Alak Betatar, and it is so also in
this story.

This verifies the names of two important people, and
gives an approximate date to the events narrated.

In those days the most powerful and populous Milano
settlement along the coast was in the Igan river* and

* For the benefit of those readers who are unacquainted with the geography
of Sarawak I append a brief description of the names of rivers and places
mentioned in this article.

The Sarawak Coast here mentioned stretches from the mouth of the Belait
River south-west to Tanjong Datu. The river Tutong is north of the Belait
Biver, in Brunei Territory. Proceeding south-west, after the Belait Bivtr
comes the Baram Biver , then a long stretch before coming to Kedurong
Point near which the Bintulu Biver flows into the sea. Continuing along
the coast we come to Mukah, Oga and the Igan Biver of which the Butus is
a tributary. Main lies between this and the delta of the great Biver Be j an g.

Fin st Brunei conquests. — by a. e. Lawrence, li

the ruler of it, Tugau, lived in the Rutus, a large tri¬
butary of the Igan. To this day many stories and
legends about Tugau and his relations are told by the
Mi la nos from M'atu to Bintulu, especially in those
families which are descended from him or any of the
other chiefs famous in his day — of his miraculous birth,
his size and strength, — (his sago was baked into balls as
big as a hen’s egg) — of his death at the hands of his own
people, etc., etc. t Remains of the biilian posts of
Tugau’s house are still to be seen on the banks of the
Rutus, and below them, if any man is brave enough to
dig there, is hidden an enormous treasure of gold, be¬
sides the bones of the slaves sacrificed according to
custom when the posts of a new house are erected.

Besiong, a near connection of Tugau, was also a
famous person, and had many adventures, miraculous
and otherwise.

Besides ruling over his own people at Rutus, Tugau
had great influence in many other districts along the
coast. Kedahat, chief of Ova, was related to him and
acknowledged his supremacy. The Mukah chief, Busui,
whose burial post is still to be seen in the Ti Ilian river,
although the urn at the top containing his bones has
long since been lost, was married to a near relation of
Tugau. who could count on the Mukah people follow¬
ing him to war if he required them.

Tutong, under its chief Bun i ban, and Belait, then ruled
by a man named Jam, were also friendly to Tugau, so
that he really had quite a large and powerful, if some¬
what scattered, following.

Thinking that he was strong enough to overcome
the rising Brunei power, Tugau sent a message to Alak
Betatar demanding tribute and submission from him.
This was refused, and Alak Betatar in return made the
same demands from Tugau, with the alternative of
Avar if he did not yield to them. The answer was
prompt enough, as, AAUthout Avaiting for Brunei to take
the aggressive, Tugau’s brother- in -lasv, Besiong, raised
Tutong and Belait, and made a raid into their territory.
Here they met a Brunei force under Fateh Bcrbi and
Semaun, also said to be a brother of Alak Betatar, and

f One of these stories will he found in the Sarawak Gazette for Alay 1907-

p. 99.

12*2 FIRST BRUNEI CONQUESTS.

were repulsed, falling back again on Tutong and
Belait. There the Bruneis attacked and beat them ;
but Besiong. with a few followers, made his escape by
boat, and sailed down coast as fast as he could to get
back to his brother-in-law at Rutus, report his failure,
and raise the country. Besiong reached the Rutus
safely, but before he and Tugau could collect all their
followers or send word to the neighbouring districts,
Pateh Berbi and Semaun, who had followed by sea
from Tutong with all their people, were upon them.

Thus taken by surprise Tugau was beaten, and made
full submission to Alak Betatar through his brothers,
promising to pay the tribute demanded.

Having got Tugau into their power, Pateh Berbi
and Semaun did not give time for any possible com¬
bination of the neighbouring Milano chiefs, but went
straight for Mukah, the most populous Milano settle¬
ment remaining.

There they were again successful, beating the chief,
Busui, and receiving his submission also.

These two decisive victories seem to have effectually
cowed the surrounding country, as Kedahat of Oya and
several other chiefs submitted without attempting
resistance.

Alak Betatar therefore was now ruler, at least no¬
minally, over all the coast districts from Brunei to the
Igan, with the exception of Bintulu, the story of whose
submission is somewhat different.

It appears that none of the Bintulu villages were
very near the sea and it so happened that when Pateh
Berbi and Semaun returned to Brunei from their con¬
quering expedition, no Bintulu people were about in
their boats off the mouth of the river, so that the Brunei
fleet, although, on the look-out for other settlements to
conquer, did not guess that the place was inhabited.

Later on Alak Betatar sent an expedition along the
coast by sea with express orders to find and subdue
any settlement they might come across. Even then
the}7 would have sailed past the mouth of Bintulu river,
thinking it uninhabited, but for an accident. As they
passed by someone saw fresh banana leaves and stems
floating out to sea, and called attention to them. The

BY A. E. LAWKEAA E.

1|3

leaders decided to go up river and find out who had
planted those bananas, and paddling inland for some
time, came across a large Milano village, finding
several more later on. The Bintulu people would
seem to have been shyer and wilder than other coast
Milanos, for whenever the Bruneis came near a village
to land, all the inmates took to the jungle. However the
Brunei people gradually coaxed them back and gained
their friendship by presents and other means, finally
making them subjects of Alak Betatar, and appointing
a man to rule over the district, which before had been
divided up among several petty chiefs, each holding
his own village.

The district of Matu, from the Igan to Rejang mouth,
is said to have been gained by Brunei at about this
period too, but I have not yet gained any information
as to the method by which it was subdued.

Tugau, Busui, Kedahat, and probably the lesser chiefs
also, were allowed to go on ruling their people as de¬
pendants of Brunei, on condition that they acknow¬
ledged Alak Betatar as their supreme ruler and paid
him a yearly tribute. Later on, when Brunei had be¬
come a Mohamedan state, the native Milano chiefs
were replaced by Pangirans from Brunei, who very
generally married into the families of the men they
superseded.

Shortly before Mukah came under the Sarawak flag,
the story geos that Pangiran Ursat and Pangiran Ma-
thusin both of that place, had a, serious quarrel which
originated from two of these mixed marriages.

Busui, as mentioned above, was the last native
Milano ruler of Mukah. His wife was a daughter of
Tugau. The first Brunei Pangiran to rule Mukah is
said to have married a daughter of Busui by this wife.
Pangiran Ursat rvas descended from this marriage.
Now Busui had once made a raid on Bintulu, defeated
Lungah one of the chiefs there, and taken his sister,
Him, back to Bintulu, where she became Busui’s con¬
cubine. By Busui Ilim had six children, one of whom,
a daughter, married Pangiran Mathusin’s ancestor.
Pangiran Mathusin is said to have asked Pangiran Ursat
for the hand of one his daughters in marriage, and been

124 FIRST BRUNEI CONQUESTS. — BY A. E. LAWRENCE.

refused with scorn, Pangeran Ursat publicly saying
that the descendant of a war captive and practically a
slave was no match for any daughter of his. The in¬
sult rankled badly, and finally led, together with other
causes, to the killing of Pangiran Ursat by Pangiran
Mathusin’s party. Pangiran Dipa or Nipa, son of
Pangiran Ursat then took up the feud, helped by Sherif
Mussahor, and the disturbances began which led to
Mukah being taken over by Sarawak at the urgent
request of the people, who were being oppressed beyond
all bounds by Sherif Mussahor, then head of the most
powerful faction.

In reading the above account it must be remembered
that the stories from which it is gathered have never
been written, but have been handed down by wTord of
mouth from generation to generation, beginning 500
odd years ago, so that the account cannot pretend to
any historical accuracy. With the stories too are inter¬
woven many fables and legends about their various
heroes and their relations, which have gradually grown
up round any facts there may have been to begin with
in the past.

V. — The Tributes paid in former days to the Sultan

OF BRUNEI BY THE THEN DEPENDENT PROVINCES OF
Sarawak. — By E. Parnell, of the
Sarawak Government Service.

In former clays when the Sultans of Brunei ruled the
greater part of Borneo a special department of the
state was organised to control the collecting of tributes
due from the subjects of the Sultanate.

Feudal chiefs, who were given titles by the Sultan,
were directly responsible to him for the payment of
tribute due from the people of their respective provinces.

Under these chiefs, tax-collectors of various degrees
were responsible for the collections of tributes due.

The appointment of chief collector carried with it
the style Juatan, under whom came his assistants, the
Jejenang1 2. This last was not used as a title denoting
any rank or status but was merely the name by which
the assistants were known.

These men were empowered to collect taxes without
any great amount of supervision, and consequently
extortion became rife throughout the country.

The system was probably something of this nature: —
a feudatory chief was ordered to pay yearly, 600
pasan 2 of padi to the Sultan ; the Juatan would demand
700 pasau to be collected by his assistants, who in
their turn would force the people to provide 800 pasau.
By means of these extortions, while the collectors
grew fat on their commissions, the unfortunate natives
were ground down to a pitiable state of poverty ;
resulting eventually in discontent and in some cases
armed refusal.3

It was in this state that Sir James Brooke found
Sarawak on his arrival here in 1839.

An interesting old document recently came to my
hands giving an account of the various tributes
received by the Sultan of Brunei from his feudatory
chiefs in charge of the provinces, now known as
Sarawak.

1. - —Jejenang or Jenang , an assistant in an office.

2. — Pasau. 1 pasau = 8 gantang. 1 gantang = 1 gallon.

3. — For an interesting account of the oppression of the natives by their
Brunei rulers see “A History of Sarawak under its two white Rajahs” Chapter
XIII, p. 326 — '372, 1309, by S. Baring-Gould and C. A. Bampfylde.

TRIBUTES PAID TO BRUNEI.

12.0

The author of this manuscript is one Yakob, who
was Data Emaum during the reigns of Sultan Muaddin
(who was after his death known as Merhoum Bongsu)
and Paduka Mulana Sultan Kemah addin, by which
Sultans the facts set forth were dictated ; the object4
being that their descendants should have knowledge of
the affairs of their ancestors.

The manuscript is dated Sunday, 6th day of Jema’ad
Alachir, 1148 (Mohamedan style),5 so it is now some
180 years old. Some of the words used are not known
to the present generation and in true oriental style the
writer has successfully buried the real gist of his subject
amid endless ramifications and, at times, bewildering
repetitions.

I am indebted to Inch! Mahomed Zin for the loan
of the document for many months and also for his
kind assistance in the translation.

At the commencement of the manuscript I found
an entry of more recent date stating that the then
owner was Juatan All Akbar bin Orang Kay a di
Gedong Amin Udin of Sungei Kadayan.

As a literal translation would have been practically
unintelligible I have thought it more advisable to
extract the actual information contained in the manir

4.— The following is the extract from the manuscript referring to the
object with vhic.li it was written : —

d ^ 4 . ^ c" ■ 6.1 3 o 1 vp. % S ^ i 6 g* Aiaib hip)

P,t)i e,s-w. v® Avi ^ <3 j. vjo./*' ^ cd c-ypibsA |-s> 6* j, A A. dp I ^ — W, A

al* *aj> .-Jo ,jJv _ )] c-Z'.-0 HA

A CM GT* **

^ 1 ) ... C | , o. — ' 1 ^ \ . ... V

<5J

T-

dJjl

, y - r A

v-y ■>

up

la

-

-V

y yu<

5. — The date is' given in the manuscript as follows: —

p-Ap— p aTp- A— .hi

. r> .

<y,S

A A*; — -G

l. .3 A_ hi <nnAnd )lp-^,

p) t^-plh ^ — i) c_JCy jy a -w, I ^pp G jsj I a pi

a I '-z® c»™5pii — wj p d A — .vc ) pp a pv-i p AA

d--

^_kr| A_l) Ip

6. — The following' passage refers to the owner of the manuscript : —

.s.MSp An-G ^3 d'^a^

I vj) f #<t,J luX^ttsr^

L j”

__,g

BY E. PARNELL.

127

script and present it in some sort of tabular form. For
this purpose the various tributes have been divided
into the following sections : -

.A., A n n u a l Tributes.
u. Special Tributes.

This latter section has again been iib-divided into
four headings thus

( i ) Personal Tributes.

( ii ) Tributes due on the death of a Sul lan.

( lii ) Tributes paid on appointments of Delhi etc., etc.

( iv) Presents given to the Sultan on visiting Brunei.

In addition to these headings a fewr notes of interest
have been added, viz.

( a. ) The Rewards paid for the return of escaped slaves.

( b. ) The division of the Districts under their feudal
chiefs.

The description of this last item is by no means clear,
and I can only hope that the solution here given is that
intended by the original author.

SeetioM A.

Annual Tributes'*
War -boats."

2 boats from Kalaka

i boat
i

i , , > >

I o

Saribas

Sebangan

Sadong

Sarawak

Padu

800 pasau from

800

800

600

150

Kalaka
Sadong
Sarawak
Sebuyow
Sebangan
Sago .

2000 lajang 6 jengkal long0

from Muka

7. — Tlie word used in the text is uveli meaning tribute due from a subject
to bis ruler.

8i — Prah n ban git nan. Apparently an obsolete expression for war boat]
bang an, -bang icnan means a tower of a fort, and possibly this is the derivation
of the word used here.

9. — Lajang 6 jengkal peunjang . Lajang is an obsolete word which is re-
placed now by the word tanipin meaning a leaf packet made of daun a pong
or leaves of the nipa palm ( Nig) a fra, tic art s ) ; its size varies, but its length is
usually 2A feet.

Formerly a tarnvin -was supposed to contain 40 caries— (about 53g lb.
avoirdupois).

1 jengkal — 1 Icilan — 1 span — about 8 inches ; so a lajang of this size was
larger than a t ampin and would contain probably Go catties (about 87 It),)

128

TRIBUTES PAID TO BRUNEI.

2000 lajang 6 jengkal long from Patanak

Cotton.

3 bohara10 from Batang Lupar
i ,, ,, Skrang

12 yuta* 11 ,, other dependencies

Gold.12

'Phis was paid by people of Oya and Rejang; the
amount however is not stated.

Section IJo

Special Tributes.13

(a

Bees-wax (refined.)

i

i

i

i

l_

'2

I

1

2

picul14 from Datu Patinggi of Kalaka

,, ,, O. K. Bandar ,, ,,

,, „ Datu Patinggi of Saribas

,, ,, Datu Bandar ,, ,,

,, ,, (each) Mentri of Kalaka & Saribas

senantan15 from ,, „ Sebangan

,, ,, ,, ,, Saclong

,, ,, anak mentri16 of the above.

The Dayang Dayang 17 provided Tudong dulang 18
and cotton for making lamp wicks.

(ii) In the case of the death of a Sultan a special call
was made on the people, the extent of which is not
stated.

10.— 1 bohara 3 picul = 400 lb.

11 — 1 yuta oxjuta. 1 million, sometimes used to express 10 catties; from
the context it is used here in the latter sense.

12. — Presumably the gold used for taxes was native gold from those two
districts. This is of interest because only bare traces can be found up the
Rejang River now, though a place called Makam up that river is still well-
known for its former gold, which is said to have been of very fine quality.

13. — The word here used in the manuscript is bangkis instead of upeti.

bangkis means a present of a complimentary nature in contra-distinction

to upeti , a tax, which is demanded by a ruler.

14. — 1 picul — 133§fb.

15. — 1 senantan = 10 catties = 13J lbs. 1 catty = 1J lb.

16. — This apparently is an error — it seems unlikely that an anak mentri
should have to pay more than a mentri. Perhaps the number of senantan
due from a mentri has been omitted.

17. — Dayang Dayang— the wife or female children of the Datu, Mentri,
etc., etc.

13. — Tudong dulang is probably what is now known as tudong sarang or
perhaps delamak.

Tudong sarang is a cover for dishes, generally made of tire leaves of the
nipa palm which are coloured and interwoven into patterns.

Delamak is a silk cloth with gold thread interwoven, which is also used for
covering dishes.

BY E. PARNELL.

129

( iii ) On obtaining the appointment of Datu Patinggi,
7 slaves were sent to the Sultan.

On obtaining the appointment of Shahbandar, 6
slaves were sent to the Sultan.

On obtaining the appointment of Mentri19 of
Kalaka, Sebangan, Sadong, Saribas, or Sarawak, 3
slaves were sent to the Sultan.

The appointment of Mentri among the Milanau20
carried with it the payment of 10 slaves and 20 or 30
tahil21 of gold, according to the means, together with
2 or 3 palkang22, chanang23 and gong siku24.

(iv) On visiting the Sultan at Brunei the Datu
Patinggi and Shahbandar, also the mentri and
awang awang25, presented cloths of varying qua¬
lity according to rank.

The two Datu presenting 1 chelari20 each, as befitted
their station, while others of rank presented silks and
tributes of a more modest nature.

If the Sultan, or a representative of his, went from
Brunei on a special tour of inspection the whole of the
population of the district visited was put at his
personal disposal.

A. — The following was the scale of rewards paid for
the return of an escaped slave : —

If escaped from Muka and taken at Kalaka refund food.
,, ,, Kalaka3* ,, Saribas 4 amas28

,, » ,, ,, Sebangan 5

„ >, ,, » Sadong 6

,, „ ,, ,, Samarahan 7

,, ,, ,, Sarawak 8

,, ,, ,, ,, Simatan 10

,, ,, ,, ,, Sambas 16

19 — Mentri , a civil officer of a government as opposed to Hulubalcmg =
Commander of the forces, Laksamana, — Admiral of the fleet.

20. — The payment to the Sultan on appointment of the Milanau seems to
he on a much larger scale than the Malays, probably because the Milanau
were wealthier people.

21. — Tahil A catty. 12 tahils = 1 lb. (avoirdupois).

22. — Palkang. I am unable to find the meaning of tnis word.

23. — Chanang , “medium sized gong with hemispherical boss, sometimes
elaborately ornamented.” ( Shelf or d, Str. Br., Roy. Asiat. Soc. Journ. XL. p.
47 (1904).

24. — Gang siku. I am unable to discover anything about this kind of gong.

25. — Awang awang. Sons of the Mentri and others of high birth (Wilkin¬
son's Dictionary gives Awang = youth).

26. — Chelari is a shining silk cloth with gold embroidery.

27. — From this account it would appear that at that time Kalaka was the
chief district outside Brunei.

28. — Amas. 1 amas = 64 grains (Troy).

This probably refers to a weight of gold but it may possibly be a term des¬
cribing a certain fine, as rael is now commonly used.

130

TRIBUTES PAID TO BRUNEI— BY E. PARNELL.

B. — The country was divided into 3 districts for pur¬
poses of receipt of Revenue for the collection of which
the following were responsible in Brunei.

1. — Brunei to Blahit under Pangeran di Gedong and

Orang Kaya di Gedong.

2. — Miri to Baraya „ Pangeran Bandahara.

3. — Muka to Sarawak „ O. K. di Gedong Terigah.

V I .—Era nolou H'ASi A'oim

A Sea-Davak version of the Deluge.

The following story of the Great Flood was told me
by an old Dayak Penghulu,* Grasi by name, now living
in the Kruh stream, a branch of the Oian which in turn
joins the Mujong one of the tributaries of the great
River Rejang. This Dayak chief originally came
from the Kaniau, Kapuas, Dutch Territory and from
there moved into the Katibas a branch of the Batang
Rejang. Penguin Grasi is now a very old man, rather
bent and very bald. Among the Dayaks he is a
recognised authority on Legends, and he quotes freely
from Lapuk, Butiek, Ap Sandah and Brauh who were
famed for their knowledge and stock of Dayak folk-lore;
these are long since dead.

I am also indebted to Mr. de Rozario for his kind
assistance in the preparation of this story. Mr. de
Rozario having lived among the Dayaks for over 45
years, has acquired a considerable insight into their
character, customs, etc., and I am glad to take this
opportunity of recording my thanks to him for much
valuable help.

All people in the Dayak world. were famishing; the
reason for this was, that five Dragons, hanging by their
tails from heaven, were pulling up the paddy ; and so
the people held a meeting and agreed to ask the help
of Rajahs Nudong, Nuga, Limbang, Lusang and
Ramunang h These five Rajahs agreed together to kill
the five Dragons, and they collected a force, got ready
their implements of war, such as the blow-pipe, spear,
etc., and then started off to the place where the five
dragons were seen hanging from the heavens. Directly

* Penghulu — Chief.

f These names have no meaning as far as I can ascertain, they are supposed
to be minor gods.

TT2

E TTI X O L O G T C A L NOTES.

they were close enough they blew darts from their blow¬
pipes and the dragons fell down to the earth and were
immediately killed. Thereupon they proceeded to cut
the five dragons up into pieces and cook them in different
ways. Now the pieces that Avere placed in bamboo
stems soon began to boil over, and the liquid poured
over the sides of the bamboo and formed a river ; then
the day turned into night and there was thunder and
lightning, and it rained for seven days and seven
nights and flooded the earth and everybody was
drowned except two people- a man and woman. These
two escaped to the top of a mountain called Tiang
Laju ;■ where they lived for seven days and seven
nights, and then the flood began to subside and the
man and woman came down to the plain, and this man
and woman became the origin of the white race. Then
the Bctara (the chief deity who lives highest in the
heavens) had pity on these two people, and upon
those who were drowned, so he collected the spirits or
souls of all those who were drowned and ordered one
god Salampandai by name (maker of mam kind) to
come down to the earth and put the souls of the dead
people back ; so they all came to life again and after
a time they increased in number. Not long after, one
god. bv name Antu Grasi (Demon hunter), began eating
up these people and nobody could prevent him : at
which Betara grew very angry and ordered one Nading
piling (no meaning apparently : a minor deity) to
attack the country of Antu Grasi. So Nading Kling
thereupon asked the help of Sengalang Burong (the god
of war) and Kling of Panggaw Libau to assist him in
attacking Antu Grasi. So these three gods collected a
large force, attacked Antu Grasi and put him to flight.
Now it happened that the force, on their way home,,
ran short of provisions ; but providentially they came
across some big mushrooms called Liun Aun (meaning
‘it would take a year to go round’) which they felled
and then cooked ; with these they staved off their
hunger, but the poison of the mushroom intoxicated

J Thing Laju a high mountain in the Batang Lupar district. Tiang
moans a post arid Laju means swift. I am informed that this mountain was
sacred foimeily, and the top has never been cleared of jungle yet, it being' too
steep. The Chinese haw lived at. the foot now for some years.

E T IIN 0 L 0 C I C A L N 0 T E S .

133

them and while under the influence of the poison they
talked all sorts of nonsense amongst themselves and the
Betara turned them into Bukitans, Ukits, Malays, and
Chinese.

Now one child did not eat of the poisonous mush¬
rooms because the Betara had hidden this child in the
hollow of a bamboo. After some time one Radin
Tanjong § and his wife Diang Nor (of another country ;
parentage not known) left their house to bathe in the
river, and on their way down to the river the hair of
Diang Nor got caught in the branches of a bamboo tree
and her husband cut down the bamboo and she freed her
hair ; he then split the stem of the bamboo and out
came a child which they adopted and named Diang
Idah who is the origin of the tribe called Iban.

The Dayak for dragon is Naga or Nabau ; this latter
name being applied to a Python of enormous size,
which frequently figures in Dayak legends.

For another account of the Deluge from Sea- Dayak
sources, see an article by Archdeacon Perharn in the
Journal of the Straits Branch , Royal Asiatic Society , No.
VI. p. 289, 1880, and the same in Sarawak Gazette , No.
133. p. 53, which is quoted by Ling Roth in Natives of
Sarawak and North Borneo. Vol. I. pp. 301-302.

F. A. W. Page-Turner.

The Origin of the Murats.

It is a noticeable fact that in the reading or hearing
of the derivation of the various human races, the same
epoch appears, little differing in the accounts, namely
the Flood, so it is with the Muruts. It is recounted
that but two people survived — man and his wife.
Their union was blessed with many children, but
strange to relate all were boys. The years passed by,

§ Radin Tanjong was the second child of the man and woman M ho came
down from Tiang Laju — that is of white parentage.

c Tiang Laju is thus the origin of the Iban race as the grand-parents of
Diang Idah came from there.

134

ETHNOLOGICAL NOILS.

and one day it occurred to the parents to try and find
out, whether their children were imbued with sense and
knowledge sufficient to face life’s struggles. So the
father caused a large ditch to be constructed from the
river, by which he lived, through a hill to a small stream
on the further side, so making it that the water would
flow rapidly through the ditch. The children were
then ordered to descend into the ditch and all but one
entering the water, were swept away and drowned.
He who was left, evidently of a more cautious mind,
slowly let himself into the water, and by holding on
to the roots of trees, passed safely from end of end
of the ditch. Again the scene changes, his parents
dead : the youth found himself alone in the world.
Weary of travelling about the jungle, and with what
appeared to him no purpose in life, no home, no wife,
he one day fell asleep ; and there came to him a vision,
in which he was advised to ascend Mt. Batu Api.* On
its summit he would find an egg which he was to crack,
and a woman would be found inside, who was to be
his wife. Following the instruction he gained his wife,
and from these two the Murut race sprang.

W. R. T. Clement.

Batu Lawi.

Should you happen to visit the Government station
at Limbang and ride in the early morning round what
is known as the “Five Mile, when the banks of* mist
have rolled away from the distant hills, you would
perhaps see far away in the distance the peak of Batu
Lawi. It is described as being of limestone destitute of
all vegetation, its sides precipitous and unscaleable.
The cause of this phenomenon, so remarkable in a
land where all else is clothed in verdant forest, is told
in a legendary manner by the Muruts of that region.
These events happened generations ago, when the

Batu Api is a legendary mountain for account of which see next story.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

135

Muruts were the sole inhabitants of these parts of
Borneo, roaming the hills, clothed in skins made from
the denizens of the forest, where no foreign element
had cast its shadow, and living in what we should call
a distinctly uncivilized state. In these days there lived
three beings, or “spirits” one might call them, Batu
Api, Batu Bung a and Batu Lawi. All three were gifted
with speech. The first named lived in the Limbang
district, not far from where the rivers Madalam and
Limbang meet, Batu Bunga lived in the country called
Palutut in Dutch territory and Batu Lawi lived in the
whirl-pools of the Ocean. As if to live up to his name
— “Rock of Fire” — Batu Apt s mission in life seems to
have been to consume with restless energ}T the drift¬
wood as it surged madly down the rivers in flood,
borne on the bosom of the raging veaters. Batu Bunga
was stationary. As time passed by, Batu Lawi rose
from the Ocean, and meeting with Batu Api, advised
him to change places, ‘For,’ said he, ‘the country is
always in flood, and should I reside in the Limbang,
floods will cease.’ So they changed places. Then
Batu Lawi intending to make the round of his district,
met Batu Bunga whom he ordered to move further in¬
land, but Batu Bunga refused and some angry words
passed between them ending in an encounter In which
Batu Bunga was defeated. From that day the gift of
speech passed away. And Batu Bunga, now a broken
tumbled mass, resides in the Palutut country, while
Batu Lawi is still to be seen and admired near the
sources of the Limbang River.

There, for ever untrodden by the foot of man ;

A lasting monument of ages to stand.

A possible connection between the present Batu Lawi
and its former maritime existence is suggested by the
Murat word Lawit or Lawid meaning fish ; though I
must confess that I have yet to meet the Mu rut who
will admit this explanation.

La was

Dec. 1 2th, IQ 10.

W. R. T. Clement.

ETHN OLOG IC AL NOTE S .

186

Marriages among the poorer classes of Chinese in Sarawak.

At the outset it must be said that the Chinese mar¬
riage ceremonies, of the Hakka and Kay nations in
Sarawak will be very much the same as those in China ;
but the Chinese here in Sarawak, being very much
mixed up with other nationalities, it is quite probable
that they have taken over some of the rites of other
nations indigenous to Sarawak. It is for this reason
that the writer publishes the following article, which
will be divided under three headings, namely : Court¬
ship — The Engagement — The Marriage feast.

Courtship.

As in every business transaction, so also for Ending
a future wife, the Chinese must have a go-between
or middle- man (moi nun). Suppose a young man, being
independent of his parents and having independent
means to live upon, wants to settle down in the mar¬
riage state, the first thing he does is to look for a
good, trustworthy go-between— as a rule they do not
take a relation, but a friend or any person who is a
good spokesman. To this man he explains his idea of
his future wife, and he generally tells him that she
should be active, good-tempered, able and willing
to look after the management of the house in general.
It seldom happens that he speaks about beauty or love.
After he has explained the desire of his heart he asks
his middle-man to look for such a wife and to let him
know the result, at the same time promising him
a present (generally in hard cash) if he fulfills his duty
properly.

This middle -man now goes round looking and in¬
quiring where such a wife could be got ; and when he
thinks he has found one, he speaks with her parents
but does not reveal by whom he has been sent or for
Avhom the daughter might be destined. Everything is
kept quiet until the young man has approved of the
choice of his go-between. It sometimes happens that
the parents try to get a husband for their daughter and
that the same go-between is asked to do the work ; in

E TH N 0 1. 0 (IICAL NOTES.

137

this case he pockets a double reward for his labour.

In case the young man is not independent, but is
living with his parents, the parents arrange everything
through a go-between but the opinion and the approval
of the son is asked after the parents have made their
choice. In case of a daughter however, her consent is
never asked : her parents simply tell her that she has to
marry this or that person.

Although, the middle-man is the chief person in this
transaction, it often happens that the young man tries
to catch a secret look at his future wife before he con¬
sents to the engagement.

Courtship in the real sense of the word is unknown
among the poorer classes of Chinese. Their idea of
marrying is to get a son to honour his soul after death
and to save the money while his wife does the work of
a coolie without pay.

When the young man agrees to the choice of the
middle-man, this go-between goes to the parents of the
girl to arrange the engagement, and the bryan (money
to buy the girl) has to be settled.

Again, as Chinamen are business people, it often
happens that bargaining ensues between the two par¬
ties. Promises also have to be made as to what extra
things have to be sent to the parents of the girl for the
feast on the eve of the marriage. Occasionally also the
mother first wants to see the future husband of her
daughter before any arrangements are made.

The Engagement.

When the day for the engagement has been agreed
upon, the young man sends to the parents of the girl
a silver bracelet, some fowls, arrack and mostly sweets
to prepare a small feast for the relations of the girl
only, to make known that her daughter has been en¬
gaged. The future husband is not invited, but the
middle-man must be present ; he occupies the place of
honour at the table and plenty of drinks (arrack etc.)
are given to him.

On the day of this dinner the parents of the girl
send to her future husband a red coloured paper on
Which is written the day' and hour of her birth.

138

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTE S .

her name and that she is now engaged to the one
to whom she sends this paper. The bridegroom also
returns a similar paper.

It depends entirely on the young man how long the
engagement is to last. It is altogether against Chinese
etiquette that those who are engaged should try to
speak or look at one another before they are married ;
they should behave just as if nothing had happened.

It often happens among the poorest classes of Chinese
that the parents buy a young girl from another poor
family, with the intention of marrying this girl later
on to one of their sons. When the girl is bought she is
accepted by the new family as one of the daughters
and the young boy for whom she is destined, treats her
as a sister ; and when both are old enough — about the
age of 15 — they marry together. It is however not
obligatory for the boy to marry this girl and in case
the boy should decline to take her as his wife, she is
sold to any person who wants to marry her.

The Marriage Feast.

When the 37oung man has sufficient money and feels
inclined to settle down, the books are consulted for a
lucky day and a lucky hour to celebrate this great
event. The result of this oracle is made known to both
sides, after which the parties concerned nearly alwa}fs
give their consent.

On the evening before the day of marriage, the girl
makes a grand feast and the young man sends over :
the dowry (phin keem), a pair of shoes for all the near
male relations of the girl, sarongs for the female rela¬
tions, fowls or pigs, fans, onions, paddy, and sweet¬
meats for the dinner. The parents of the girl invite
ail their own relations and friends and also the go-
between, but not the bridegroom. The invitations are
sent round on a red paper, on which is written the date
of the eve of the marriage feast and the names of the
couple (very much the same as is done in Europe). The
guests are supposed to make a present to the parents
of the girl consisting of a sarong or a coat or money
(one dollar and one cent). During the whole feast the

ETHNOLOGIC All NOTE S .

bride is not to be seen, and after the dinner gambling
takes place until the early hours of the morning.

On the next day — the real day of the marriage — the
bridegroom invites his relations and friends and also
his bride — the parents of the girl however may not
put in an appearance — . The guests are now supposed to
bring with them a present, consisting of two long red
papers on which, with black or golden characters, are
written some words of luck or a blessing to the newly
married couple, and which serve as wall decorations ;
or again money (one dollar and one cent).

At the appointed hour, the bride starts for the house
of the bridegroom, but before starting her brothers and
sisters eat for the last time with her some cooked rice
out of the same bowl and after having partaken of this
scanty meal, she is dressed up in all her finery. When
on the point of leaving the house all her elder brothers
and her sisters and also the parents are called together,
While she has to make a deep bow before every one of
them. This over, all begin to show their sorrow that
a daughter or sister is leaving them for good.

In front goes a boy pulling a branch of a tree over
the road that the bride should walk over a clean path,
Behind this boy, two other boys carry a new box in
which is put the clothing of the girl end on the box
are bound : two pillows, one looking-glass, one comb,
a sireh box for betel-nut, etc., a small curtain to
hang in front of the bed-room and a couple of chickens
(which may not be killed) in a cage. All these articles
are tied between two sticks to carry them easier. Be¬
hind this box the bride walks, dressed in her new attire
and holding a fan before her face, accompanied by
three women, one on each side of her, to lead her on
the road and one behind her holding an umbrella.

The bridegroom now sends three other women to
meet this procession on the road at a certain distance
from his house. When they meet, the three women.
sent by the bridegroom, take the place of the three who
accompanied her so far, while these now take thei r
place at the rear.

As soon as the bride arrives at the house of the bride¬
groom, crackers are fired, and he receives her at the door

140

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES,

with a stately bow while she returns the bow in
the same way. Both now go to the sitting-room in
which is prepared the ;‘topekong” (house-altar), where
they pray for a short time before the house-god and eat
together some cakes which have been first offered to
•the spirits. This finished, the bridegroom and bride
(who are now husband and wife) go to the bed-room ;
all the relations of the bridegroom are called together
while the bride genuflects before her father and mother
in-law. The parents of the bridegroom now make a
present of a ring (sometimes money) and the other ref¬
lations give money while the bride presents them with
tea. The small tea-cups are carried on a tray by the
bride herself, but as she must keep the fan always be¬
fore her face, one of the women does that for her, while
another woman goes round with her telling her to
what new relation she is offering the tea. While the
relations take the tea and put the present (money
Avrapped in red paper) on the tray, they generally say
some kindly Avords to her. After these ceremonies are
ewer, the dinner is served at which the bride is not
alloAved to be present and this is as usual followed by
gambling.

Three days after, the mother of the bride sends some

coeoanut oil and foAvls, - which are carried by the

younger brother of the bride,. - to the bridegroom in

order to prepare a small dinner and invite a few people.
After this, the new couple visit the parents of the
bride, while another small dinner is given by her
parents, and on this occasion the bridegroom has to
genuflect before his father and mother- in- laAAr as it is
the first time he enters the house as their son-in-law.

H. Heyden, M. Ap.

R. C. Mission,

Kuching.

The Prohibition of Deer’s flesh among some of the Land-Dayaks.

The following notes do not pretend, to be the result
of any searching inquiry, but rather their object is to
suggest a very interesting line of inquiry to anyone who

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES. 141

happens to be travelling or living among the Land-
Dayaks.

Our inquiries— such as they are — lead us to conclude
that generally speaking the Land-Dayaks are not
allowed to eat deer's flesh. There are various exceptions
to this rule ancl as may be expected, all sorts of
different stories and reasons are given to account for
this restriction.

Beginning with the eastern district of the Sarawak
Land-Dayaks, which comprises the land watered by
the Sadong and Gedong rivers, out of the 44 villages
of this district at two only do the entire population
eat deer’s flesh. At ten others only a few of the in¬
habitants eat deer ; and at these villages the deer-eaters
have certain restrictions put upon them.

Under no circumstances may they bring deer’s flesh,
raw or cooked, near a bintang (long dwelling-house) or
pancha (head -house), whilst there is any kind of taboo
in force, e. g. for the first clearing for paddi farms, for
sickness, etc.

At other times deer’s flesh, when cooked, may be
brought into the bintang, but it must not be taken into
the bilek (living-rooms), although it may be eaten in
the awa (passage in front of the living-rooms).

• Deer’s flesh should never be taken up to a pancha
where there is a gana (i. e. a collection of heads which
are kept in the pancha and treated with the greatest
respect. If any insult is offered to the heads, dire
calamity is sure to fall on that house). It is true that
the Dayaks do allow Malays and others to do so out of
•courtesy, and then only after it has been cooked. One
of the writers of these notes remembers now the
spectacle of a dignified grey-haired old Dayak standing
at the foot of some steps leading up to the pancha,
making courteous apologies for not allowing some
freshly killed deer’s flesh to be brought upstairs. “Let
-It be cooked outside first and then we do not mind if
the Tuan likes to eat it upstairs,” he requested, and of
•course we readily complied. It is no uncommon sight
■when the flesh is brought into their presence to see
them immediately1 expectorate and show marked signs

142

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

of uneasiness, especially among the women-folk who
seldom are found to touch it. With some tribes the
prohibition of eating deer’s flesh is particularly strict
among the women, especially with young girls and
virgins.

Against this last remark it should be noted that
among the Land-Dayaks of Singghi, a village just off
the Sarawak River, the women and boys only are
allowed to partake of deer’s flesh. Sir Hugh Low*
has an interesting paragraph on these particular
Dayaks with regard to this subject, and we were in¬
terested to hear from a Singghi the other day that the
customs mentioned by Sir Hugh Low over 60 years ago
are still observed strictly to-day.

To return to the eastern limit of the Land-Dayaks,
we find a tribe called Melikin in the head-waters of the
Gedong, a tributary of the Sadong, which appears to be
the strictest in observing this prohibition. The writers
could not hear of a single instance where any of these
people have indulged in the forbidden “fruit”. This is
of exceptional interest because the Melikin Dayaks are
on the borders of the Sea and Land-Dayak districts
and consequently they have assimilated the customs
and speech of both tribes, which are, as is well known,
very different one from the other. The houses of this
tribe are practically the same as the ordinary Sea-
Dayak house, and they have no pancha. Deer’s flesh is
not allowed to be brought into their houses in any
form. The Sea- Dayaks on the other hand have no

* “The prohibition against the flesh of deer is much less strictly practised,

and in many tribes totally disregarded . In the large tribe of Singhie,

it is observed in its fullest extent, and is even carried so far, that they will
not allow a stranger to bring a deer into their houses, or to be cooked by
cheir fires. The men of the tribe will not touch the animals, and none but
the women or boys, who have not been on a war expedition, which admits
them to the privileges of manhood, are allowed to assist the European sports¬
man in bringing home his bag.

“The tribe of Sow, whose villages are not far from the houses of Singhie,
does not so rigorously observe the practice. Old men, women, and boys may
oat of its flesh; the middle-aged and unmarried young men only being
prohibited from partaking of it. I think, however, that the practice of using
the flesh of the animal in question is one of recent introduction.” (Sir Hugh
Low, k. c. k. Sarawak, its Inhabitants and Productions. 18i8, p. 266).

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES. 143

restrictions on this score, and they can eat deer’s flesh
with impunity.

One of the common explanations that have been
offered to us is that the Dayaks are descended from
deer and so will not eat them out of respect for their
ancestors.

In support of this, a gentleman of Melikin related
how one of his ancestors came across a deer sporting
silver ear-rings as large as Mexican dollars; and this
confirmed his belief that he is descended from this
creature.

The Kujang Dayaks have a story that a man and
woman of their village, both of whom had vowed never
to marry, each dreamed they were to be turned into
deer ; so they exhorted their -people henceforth to desist
from eating deer's flesh, and warned them that whoever
partook of this food would be turned into deer. The
dream was fulfilled and to the present day these Dayaks
maintain this warning holds good and that such will
be the fate of those rash enough to disregard it.

Other Land Dayaks believe that those who consume
deer’s flesh become ill. The sickness taking the form
of pains and swelling in the abdomen ; finally the
sufferer becomes childish and turns into a deer.

The Segoum Dayaks say there is a large white deer
in their neighbourhood which it is impossible to shoot.
When a gun is aimed at the beast the cap will not go
off. Our readers must form their own conclusions as
to why this should occur.

The Dayaks of Biinan tell of herds of white deer in
their country. Both of these tribes abstain from deer’s
flesh. We have already mentioned that not only do
certain tribes eat deer, but sometimes certain members
of abstaining tribes will eat it, even though their
relations and friends observe the restriction. And in
such villages the non-abstainers may eat it in panchas
that have no guna. *

The tribes on the Samarahan river seem to observe
this restriction closely. Sir Spenser St. John confirms
this and he further mentions this subject in respect to

* Every Land-Dayak village (except the Melikin Dayaks) has a pancha
containing a guna, and many villages possess more than one pancha, some
times two, three, or more, but not necessarily all containing gunaa.

144

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

other Land-Dayak tribes f The Orang Kaya of Mungo
Babi (Samarahan) explained after some hesitation, that
the Dayaks believed they were descended from these
animals and so were forbidden by their fathers to eat
the flesh.

. From the neighbouring village of Lanchang a
different tale was offered, soniewhat to this effect -

In the beginning, Tuan Allah summoned before them
a representative of each of, the four races (i. e. repre¬
sentatives of the White men, the Chinese, the Malays
and Dayaks) ; and ordered, them to stand with their
backs towards a flock of animals among which were
deer, pig, cattle, etc. They were then told that what¬
ever animals they could touch with a blowpipe
(or spear) over their shoulder, those animals would be
given to them and their descendants for food. The
White man succeeded in touching all, and no animal
flesh is forbidden him ; the Malay however missed the
pig, and so is allowed to eat deer and cattle but not
pig ; the Dayak touched them all except rusa and
kidjang (deer), and so he is forbidden those animals.
"Whether it is true or not,” continued our Land-Dayak
informant, “I do not know, but still the Dayaks do not
eat rusa or kidjang so I suppose it must be so”.

The Lanchang Dayaks, although strict observers of
this prohibition, do not mind eating the pianduk
(Mouse- deer or Chevrotain). Some of the Dayaks of
the Sadong district however will eat both plandok
and kidjang. We can And no mention of this

f “The Dayaks of the Quop district do not refuse to eat deer. The custom
of doing so, however obtains in Western Sarawak, but chiefly in the Singgli i

t ribe, and then only among the young men . they do so because

deer's flesh produces in those who eat it faint hearts; and as I have elsewhere
observed, the interdict on certain kinds of food to the young people is merely
selfishness on the part of the elders to secure to themselves a greater share of
the articles that are not plentiful. The Silakau and Lara Dayaks who have
emigrated from Sambas into Lundu, do not eat the flesh of the deer, from an
opinion that they are descended from Dayak ancestors, hut Mr. Chalmers, in
his experience of the Sarawak Land-Dayak, never heard of any prejudice
existing against killing or even eating any animals except the faint-hearted¬
ness supposed to be produced by venison.” . Sir Srenser St. John. Life in the
Forests of the Far East. 1863 [2nd Ed.] (Vol. I. p. 206.)

“They (deer) were represen.ed as very numerous, as the Bukars do not eat
their flesh.” (Ibid. p. 223).

“We inquired about the deer-grounds, hut as these Dayaks (San Poles) arc*
partial to venison, there was no game to be found in the neighbourhood.”
Lbid. p. 236). -> ■

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES. ,145

distinction by any of the numerous writers on the
Land-Dayaks, and our own notes are unfortunately
very meagre on the point, so we leave it with the
suggestion that further inquiries would be of great
interest.

The wily Malay traders whose rations often comprise
pieces of dried deer are not' slow to impose on the
simple Dayak. They inform the Dayaks they are
eating fried monkey, boiled bear or dried crocodile—
anything in fact they know the Dayaks relish. Thus
the Dayak is inveigled into partaking of a meal whose
true nature, if he knew it, would cause him no little
uneasiness.

A Malay, if he learns that the guna in the pancha, at
which he intends to pass*. a night or two, is pengaru
bssa ( = lit. “very powerful” or perhaps it could be
translated “very holy”), would not dare to bring up
any deer’s flesh, fearing ill-luck would befall him ; so
superstitious are they.

Many Dayaks: do not caije about handling the rusa
(deer) and will drag a dead beast by means of a long
rotan rope to wherever they wish to deposit it. Al¬
though some Dayaks eat , deer they are very shy in
mentioning the fact keeping the matter as quiet as
possible for fear it should come to the ears of their
women-folk when their chances of marriage might be
seriously impaired.

The restriction is rare among Bornean tribes and we
believe it is practically only observed by the Land-
Dayaks. | The custom is interesting as suggesting a
survival of a former Hindu influence ; though we would
observe that the Dayaks do not hesitate to slay the
deer, who do considerable damage to their rice farms
and gardens.

F. F. Boult.

t J. C. Moulton.

Sarawak,

December, 1910.

t Dr. C. Hose states that, “the Kayans do not eat deer “Mourn. Anthrop.
lnstit. 1894, XXIII. p. 159).

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

The Mariks.

These people are an increasing tribe living about
40 miles above the Government Station at Claudetown
on the main Baram River.

They appear to be an extraordinary conglomeration
of Kenyah, Kalabit and Kayan. According to their
own history they originally came from the Bahau
River in Dutch Borneo, and were probably part of the
original Kelamantan inhabitants of that district, but
were driven inland by the Kenyah tribes, Leppu
pant, Leppu Keh, etc. They then moved over into
the Balong River, a tributary of the Ulu Baram, and
gradually came further down-river to Long Semiang.
where they came in touch with the Kayans, who were
pushing over into Baram from the Batang Kayan.
They made a close connection with the Kayans, which
led to the introduction of a lot of Kayan words into
their language. After being nearly exterminated by
the great epidemic of small-pox in about 1875, they
moved into the Selaan River amongst the Kayans.
where they were attacked with great slaughter
by the Leppu Teppus from the Batang Kayan, and
those who escaped settled at their present village at
Long Tamalla. They claim close relationship with
such Kenyah Kelamantans as the Long Akar, Long
Sibatu and Long Ulai tribes, and most of their customs
are similar to this division of the Kelamantan race.
Their religion consists of a belief in the usual numerous
deities of the Kenyah mythology reigned over by the
supreme god, Bali Peselong. These deities live in a
separate heaven from that to which the souls of mortals

go and the locality of it is unknown, - probably in

the sky.

Long Kendi is the name of the heaven to which the
souls of mankind go, and all go there with the excep¬
tion of those who have been killed in warfare, and of
women who have died in childbirth, Long Kendi
is ruled by Iju Ipoi, a semi-deity, and no work is done
there ; the paddy grows of its own accord and every-

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

147

thing is bliss; and with the exception of the two modes
of death mentioned above, no special moral qualities
seem to be demanded to obtain entrance thereto. On
the road to Long Kendi a guardian spirit is stationed,
named Ilah Buhan, who turns the illigible down a
rocky path which leads to the country of Pohun Nang,
ruled by Lawai Lingan, where there is always war and
famine, so that these restless spirits can indulge them¬
selves to their hearts’ content. It is curious that a peo¬
ple who have indulged in fighting and headhunting to
such an extent should apportion the inferior future life
to those who die on the field of battle.

The knowledge of this future life was obtained from
one Uku Pandah, whose spirit departed from him two
years before his allotted span of life was finished.
'Phis spirit obtained admittance into Long Kendi in the
shape of a pig, but was immediately recognised by
Iju Ipoi, who ordered him to return to his mortal body
for the remainder of his term of life. This the spirit
did, and to the astonishment of everybody, Uku Pandah,
having been dead for two days, suddenly came to life
again, and at the end of two years expired again, this
time however to return no more. They have no idea
of the creation and only know that there were two
original beings, one male and one female, who had a
large family, the youngest of which became the chief.

In their mourning customs they follow the Kalabits
and the ceremonies of ‘Nulang’ ends a term of mourn¬
ing, but they do not actually ‘nulang’, that is remove
the bones of the deceased from the coffin and place
them in jars as the Kalabits and other Kelamantans do.
However if there has been a lot of sickness and many
deaths, they very often indulge in the Kayan custom of
‘aio’ instead, that is they take an old head down from
the house and go through the ceremonies of returning
from the warpath.

The Muriks are a very hard working people and are
some of the best farmers in the District. They do not
seem to have any special time for farming, but having
obtained their omens start felling the jungle a couple
of months after they have finished harvesting. This is

148

ETHM, LOGICAL KOfiES.

probably a remnant of their former customs, when they
irrigated their farms like the Kalabits do, and there¬
fore took no account of the seasons. Their omens for
farming are the ukang1, keheng2; pa jans, and nip a liar*,
When they start sowing the paddy they have a ‘lemalli’
or ‘tabu’ for about ten days to allow each man to have
sown his farm for at least one a day. During this time
no strangers are allowed up into the house. When they
commence harvesting another ‘lemalli’ of seven days
takes place. For the first three days of this no one stirs
out of the house, no work is done and no sexual inter¬
course is allowed. An old woman well versed in the
details of the custom is chosen, and she taking some
paddy of the preceding year and mixing it with a little
of the new seed, husks it and then eats it. After the
third day everybody starts cutting the paddy, while
food and drink offerings are made to the gods, Lai eng
Linaai, Bali Parei (the spirit of the paddy) and Asong
Wan, Bali Oman (the spirit of the year). These customs
are closely allied with those of the Kalabits.

Their nomenclature is distinctly Kenyah, but as
stated before, their language contains a large propor¬
tion of Kayan words, some Kalabit and some words
entirely distinct, such as parei, rice, mendah, many, and
pelulup, to speak.

R. S. Douglas.

December 15th 1910.

1. — • Ukang — the Dayak Katupong , the Little yellow-fronted Wood-pecker
( Sasia abnormis, Temm.).

2. — Keheng is a small king-fisher.

‘S.—Pyan — the Dayak pangkas, the Plum-coloured Wood-pecker {Pgrrho-
picH.H porphyromelas, Boie).

4. — Nip a liar ~ the Dayak Icenawang, a cobra ( Bun garus flaviceps, Reinh).

Tribal names on the Limbang River.

Some recent inquiries have elicited the following
information on the origin and meaning of certain
tribal names of this district, i. e., as interpreted by the
natives.

Kadayan is supposed to be derived from the Brunei-
Malav words kena gadai meaning to suffer slavery, or

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

149'

become slaves , as the Kadayans were usually sold into
slavery in former days.

Murut is supposed to come from the old Malay word
iurut meaning to follow, to move or to go, as this tribe
was driven from the up-river districts and “turut — ed”
to land further down.

A dang in the ujfu Limbang comes from the Malay
word larang meaning to forbid , so-called because the
natives of that district prevented anyone passing their
villages in former days.

Brunei, the capital of Borneo, is derived from the
two Malay words bahru ini meaning this new (place) ;
so the founders of Brunei are supposed to have named
their settlement on arriving from Kota Batu (not far
from the present Brunei).

Bisayah may possibly come from the Brunei-Malay
word bisai meaning pretty, as the men of this tribe
have rounded feminine features and are generally
looked upon as somewhat effeminate by their neigh¬
bours. This is purely a suggestion, made for what it
is worth.

Limbang.
November, 1910.

C. Ermen.

[The above interpretations are of much interest,
seeing that they depart considerabl}/ from the usually
suggested derivations. For instance, Baring- Gould and
Bampfylde in “A history of Sarawak under its Two
White Rajahs” say that the Sanskrit word Bhurni ,
meaning land or country, has been suggested as the
origin of the name Brunek Thus also Ka-daya-an
according to these authors and others, is supposed to be
formed from the Milano word daya meaning land or
inland ; thus Kadayan means the inland-man ; and
again Murut means a hill, so orang-Murut are the hill-
men. A more definite explanation in support of this
was given me recently by some Muruts up the Limbang
River, who said they originally came from a high
mountain in the interior which is called Murud to this
day. Thus they are men from The Hill, a name of
rather more significance. ] Ed.

150

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

The names Kadayan, Dayak and Tanjong Datu.

Kadayan is supposed to be derived from the Malay
word Kodi (meaning a score). The followers of any
great native prince were known as orang kodi-an.

The following story connected with the origin of
this word was given me by an old man who was
writing, from old stories, the supposed origin of the
Sarawak nobles.

Datu Di Pati when hunting a kijang (deer) for his
father’s consumption (his father just having recovered
from a severe illness and expressed his desire for
this dish) lost his way in the Banjar country. After
many days wandering he eventually reached Brunei
territory on the borders of which his followers left him,
he making his way to the coast.

Apparently Datu Di Pati’s followers (kodi-an) never
got any further than the borders and their descendants
are now known as Orang Kadayan.

Dayak. — It is with some hesitation that I venture to
suggest yet another derivation for this much-discussed
word. However let the suggestion speak for itself.

Sarawak of course is situated south-west from the
country of Brunei, and the name Dayak is said (by
some) to have originated from the Bruneis who called
their south-western neighbours orang barat-daya (men
of the South-West) . Orang barat-daya eventually be¬
came contracted to Orang Daya (or Dayak as usually
written in English).

Tanjong Datu. — For the origin of the extreme westerly-
point of Sarawak territory known as Tanjong Datu,
I think the actual words of a poet, who has written
the supposed origin of the Malay princes of this coun¬
try, will speak for themselves.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES

151

Deri Sambas angkat laki astiri
Di tanjong Datu, membuat negri
Negri d’buat kampong halanuin*

Serta dengan kabun tanaman
Chukup lah dengan kolam minuman
Ayernya tawar sejok dan nyaman.

Negri pun suda skalian nya
Radin beralih pula nama nya
Sebab krana melindong diri nya
Kepada orang yang tahu asalnya
Datu Merpati nama Radin Johari
Datu Permaisouri nama astiri

Kedua nya masing masing mengalih kadiri
Jangan kadengar ka Johor negri
Katanya orang yang mencharita
Tanjong Datu dialah menamanya
Di situ-lah asal mula negri
Masih skarang akan kubor nya.

From Sambas Country ’cross the Border line,
Datu Merpati and his wife, one time,

To Tanjong Datu journeyed, (so they tell),

Built many houses and a drinking well ;

Sowed rice, made lawns, nor left they any waste—
So was the water cool and fresh to taste.

Now everything was finished in the town,

But fearing lest his friends might e’er come down
And take from him his right — for this in brief
Was his desire, that he should be the chief—

As Radin Johari he was known in life,

And Datu Permaisouri was his wife.

They hid all traces of their life before
That they should ne’er be heard of in Johore.
The Poet says, and this perhaps is true,

This is the reason it was named Datu :

And so Sarawak springs from this same place.
His grave is there, a simple shaded space.

For the poetical rendering of this translation I am
indebted to W. R. Barry Gifford Esq. of the Sarawak
Service.

E. Parnell.

Halaman — the space in front of a house.

ethnological notes.

1 52

Come restrictions observed at child-birth by the
Land-Dyaks cf Qaiop.

For some six months prior to the birth of a child the
wife has to regulate her daily life on different lines,
and the following are some of the restrictions she has
to observe.

1. — She is not allowed to cam7 stone, for fear that the

child may die or be unable to walk — (. Miclap batuh),

2. — She may not eat an egg, lest the birth should be

difficult and harm befall the mother — (Midcip.
1 u roll ) .

3. — She may not drink well-waiter for the same reason—

(Midap pi in).

4. — She is not allowed to fasten the lid of a jar, lest it

would cause death to mother and child at birth.

5. — She must always go out of a room or house by the

same door by which she entered, lest the birth
should be difficult.

h. — She must not break the legs of a frog, for fear that
the legs and arms of the child be like the broken
legs of a frog — (Midap tegarag).

7. — She must be careful not to throw' stones or anything

into the waiter, because they sink and are never
found again, so will it be with the child, for it will,
be born without life.

8. — She must not strike any snake, lest the child be

weak.

9. — She may not plant bananas, for fear that the child

may have a boil — (Midap barak).

10. — She may not cut a root that hangs down into the

water, lest she herself may not survive the birth.

11. — She is forbidden to eat any kind of tortoise, for

fear that the birth be difficult.

12. — She may not drive a nail or bore a hole, lest the

birth should be difficult.

13. — She may not be out late at night, or shed the*

blood of any animal, for fear of complications at
birth — f Singang buran).

The husband during this period must be careful in

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES. 153

his daily life and he must observe many of the above
restrictions (viz. Nos. i, 4, 6 — 10, 12, and 13).

1. — No yam may be brought into the house, lest the
child may get a cough — (Miclap kuduk).

2. — No tuba or shoot of a bamboo may be brought
into the house, lest it cause sickness of any sort to the
child.

3. — No stranger would be allowed into the room
where the mother and child lay for fear of sudden
shock to either. After the lapse of sixteen days, a
feast is held, to which the mid-wife (penading), rela¬
tions and friends are invited.

The penading alone may hand food to the child and
its parents.

[From notes communicated by Simigaat, a Land-Dayak
of Quo pc Ed.

Tan Tepang.

This is a curious superstitious belief prevalent
among all the tribes of the Sca-Dayaks, and parti¬
cularly so with those tribes who live far in the interior,
away from all civilisation.

Tau Tepang people are supposed to have the power
of inflicting all sorts of disasters on villages, people,
crops, etc., and the manner of this is distinctly start¬
ling ; for it is only the head of a Tan Tepang person
that can do the harm and the belief is, that during the
night the head leaves the Tau Tepang person’s body,
returning in the early morning after having accom¬
plished its work of evil.

This power can only be inherited, and of course
there are several stories to account for its origin, no
two tribes believing in the same version. The follow¬
ing was told to me by Majeng, the Government chief
in the Undup : —

Once upon a time an enormous snake called NabaiF
fell down from the heavens, doing incalculable harm

* [Some Saribas Dayaks say that Nabau was so enormous that he merely
reached down from the skies to eat up the paddy; and it was not until tin-
people had blown several poisoned darts into his body that he fell down to
earth altogether ] . Ed.

J 54

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

to the paddy crops, for its body covered no less than
three large fields. The alarm was sounded and hun¬
dreds of people came rushing up to kill the monster,
After some time this was accomplished and the
remains of the great snake were boiled and eaten ;
then -to borrow a Dayak phrase — ‘when the sun
was still about the height of a sengkuar}- from the
horizon,’ the army of people moved off homewards
amid many triumphant jubilations. The evening was
passed in further rejoicing and festivities in honour of
the great victory over their enemy ; and it was well
past midnight before all the revellers turned in to
rest. Next morning a curious calm seemed to have
settled on the village, although it did not deter the
inhabitants from going' about their various duties ;
soon it developed into deep gloom, no laughter and
chattering among the children, no light-hearted ban-
dinage among the young men ; for the spirit of the
great snake Nabciu had visited everyone of them in
their sleep that night and his anger knew no bounds.
The wrathful spirit had made known to everyone that
those who had eaten his tongue would henceforth
become Tan Tepang , while those that had eaten his
heart would become clever and brave, and those that
had eaten his stomach would become dull and slothful.
At last an old man, with the exclamaton “Akai” broke
the oppressive silence and related his dream, which
proved to be the same experienced by all.

Thus the origin of this superstition among the Sea-
Dayaks of the Undup ; and the narrator, Majeng, went
on to say that in the memory of his father a Tan
Tepang person was found headless in his bed ; but that
as soon as the alarm was given the head returned
almost immediately. This was regarded as a proof
positive of the old story and the Undups (as well as
other Sea-Dayaks) believe to this day that a Tan
Tepang person (i. e. his head) travels about in the dark¬
ness of the night working mischief.

A Tan Tepang person is looked upon with great
dread ; ever}7 evil that befalls the village is ascribed

f Senghuar is a bamboo about 18 feet long used to drivst away fowls from-
paddy which has been put out to dry on the platform outside a Dayak house.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

155

to him ; he has the greatest difficulty in obtaining a
wife, unless she is of a Tan Tepang family too ; in
many villages he lives the life of a leper, and in olden
days had to live apart from the rest cf the village.
Dayaks aver that every Tan Tepang person is destined
to supernatural punishment and that he will not share
with the rest of mankind the comfort and happiness
of Hades.

Hardly a paddy farm exists that is net guarded
by some kinds of charms called serepak , perepak and
sekuti. These charms are made in various forms, some
in the likeness of animals, and all are closely dressed
with sharp spikes made from the temiang bamboo, so
that they may prick the face and eyes of any Tan
Tepang person who may try to do harm to their crops.
When these charms are set up in the paddy fields
prayers are said over them in order to render them
effectual against the dread Tan Tepang.

When a man accused of this, wishes to vindicate
himself, a diving contest is arranged and a large bet is
laid. If he wins he takes the stakes and he and all his
kin are washed from the stain of Tau Tepang for ever.

W. Howell.

Sabu, 1910.

[The following additional information has been
given me by Mr. Ansin of the Sarawak Museum, re¬
ferring in this case to the Lemanak Sea- Dayaks— near
neighbours of the Undups.

Their story is, that long ago a widow named Garuda
committed incest with her son Impang, and their sin
was visited on the Lemanak people ; for immediately
after, a great serpent, Tadong Bulan by name, descended
from the sky and destroyed all their paddy. The peo¬
ple on arriving in the morning, saw to their horror, the
complete disaster that had befallen them in the night,
so they took counsel with their chief, one Blikau, and
determined to' watch next night for their unknown
enemy. Sure enough, soon after dark, the serpent again
descended, causing the utmost consternation among
the waiting men, some of whom were inclined to leave
it unharmed, but others urged on by Blikau attacked

E T’H i OL OGIC AL NOTE S .

156

it, eventually killing it. Then they divided it into two
portions and those that ate the head portion became
possessed of the power of Tau Tepang.

Later on, the cause of all this trouble became known,
and the guilty pair, Garuda and Impang, were put to
death, being buried in the same grave, impaled on a
bamboo, and this bamboo — now grown to an enormous
size— may be seen to this very day on the banks of the
river Kumpang in the Lemanak district, where it is
known as “Ayur Tampun Impang” (“Impang’s bam¬
boo”).

When a child is born to a Tau Tepang family, the
parents are said to cut the edge of the child’s tongue
and then the mother touches the cut with her spittle,
and thus the child will inherit the power of Tau
Tepang.

The ghosts of the Tau Tepang are said by the Dayaks
to be a sort of bird, which flies at night making a
curious quacking sound.

Dayaks have a great dread of the power of these
people and on their paddy farms they dare not breathe
the name Tau Tepang . " En.

VII.— A Contribution to the stem' oe the Insect Faina
of Borneo. A list of the Bornean Buprestidae,

(Part I). By J. C. Moulton, Curator of the
Sarawak Museum.

As but little seems to have been written on the
Coleoptera of Borneo, except in monographs on the
various families, perhaps a simple faunistic list may be
of some value, if only for a comparison of the geog¬
raphical distribution of this family in the East.

The accomplishment of such a task is rendered easy
now that such magnificent works as the Genera Insect ■
vrum and the new Coleopterorum Catalogus are in process
of publication. An additional interest in this work has
been afforded the writer by continual reference to
the fine collection of Bornean Buprestidae in the
Sarawak Museum, which contains over half the num¬
ber of species ever recorded from Borneo.

The number here recorded is 175 of which no less
than 33 have never been noted from Borneo before.
This total in no way claims to be final for there are
some fifteen species still awaiting description, which
have been examined by M. Ch. Kerremans and pro¬
nounced “new to science1'. And it is not too much to
suppose that there yet remain many species to be dis¬
covered in a country so rich in insects as is Borneo.

The classification and nomenclature adopted in this
list is that laid down by M. Ch. Kerremans in his
Monographic des Buprestides for the first portion ; but
as that work is still incomplete, I have followed the
same author’s classification in Genera Insectorum for
the latter part.

I have to thank the following gentlemen for kindly
sending me data of Bornean Buprestidae in their
possession : — Dr. N. Annandale, Superintendent of the
Indian Museum, Dr. H. J. Veth of The Hague, Mr.
C. J. Brooks, and not least, M. Ch. Kerremans of
Brussel Is, who has identified the large majority of

158

A LIST OF THE HO liEE AN

species in the Sarawak Museum, and although per¬
sonally a stranger to the writer, he has proved an ever
ready friend and adviser in the compiling of this list.
I take much pleasure in using this opportunity to record
my gratitude to him.

M. Ch. Kerremans has kindly promised to write Part
II. of this paper giving descriptions of all new species
at present known (but undescribed) from Borneo.
This paper should appear in the next number of this
Journal ; and with its conclusion all the known species
of Bornean Buprestidae will have been enumerated.

A few remarks on the geographical distribution of
the Bornean species will be reserved for the end of
Part II.

Tribe 1. Polycestini.

Genus i. Phrixici, H. Deyrolle.

I. — Phrixia cuprina, Kerremans.

Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 589 (1908—1909).

Sarawak (coll. Kerremans).

Genus 2. Polycestoides, Kerremans.

2 . -—Polvcestoides chrvsis, Kerremans.

r

Wytsm. Gen. Ins., fasc. 12 (Bupr.), p. 27, note, p]. 1, fig. 8
(1903).

Mon. Bnprest. Yol. I. p. 523, pi. 10, fig. 6 (1906).

This is the only known species of the genus Poly¬
cestoides , and so far it has been recorded from North
Borneo only.

Tribe 2. Ghrysochroini .

Genus 3. Chrysochroa, Sober.

3. — Chrysochroa (Catoxantha) opulenta, Gory.*

Mag. de Zool. p. 17 (1832).

Castelnau and Gory, Monogr. Yol. I. p. 4, pi. 1, fig. 2 (1835).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 17 (1908—1909).
magni/ica, Gory, Mag.de Zool. p. 17 (1832).

* M. Cli. Kerremans gives an interesting note on the flight of this insect in
his paper on the Buprestidae of Sumatra ( Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. vii, p.
1, 1900). He writes, “tres commun, vole a la facon des Lucanes, le corps
vertical ; l’insecte tourne lentement sur lui-meme, s’elevant et s’abaissant
alternativement.”

Of G. bicolor , Fab. he says, “se tient habituellement au sommet des arbres
les plus eleves.”

BUPKE STlDiE . — BY J. C. MOULTON.

159

angusia , Imhoff, Sam - Kaf - u - Selim ett . list 1 (1888).
Bonvouloiri, H. Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 395 (1861).
regiiia , Schaufuss, Iris, p. 68 (1868).

Labuan (Indian Mus.); Mt. Kina Balu, Trusan, Baram
and Kuching (Sar. Mus.) ; Western Borneo.

General distribution : Indo- Malaya - from Japan

to Java and Sumatra. “India" (Indian Mus).

4 .—Chrysochroa rajah , Gestro.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Yol. IX. p. 351 (1877).
Kerrcmans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 20, pi. 17, fig. 2
(1908—1909).

Sarawak (Genoa Mus.).

j. — Chrysochroa (Megaloxantha) bicolor, Fabricius.

Syst. Ent., App. p. 825 (1778).

Olivier, Encycl. Method., Yol. Y. p. 213 (1790).

Sclionherr, Syn. Ins. Yol. I. p. 212, no. 8 (1817).

Oastelnau and Gory, Monogr. Yol. I. p. 8, pi. I. fig. 1 (1885).
Kenemans, Mon. Buprest. p. 21 (1908 — 1909).
gig antea, Shallerr, Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Halle p. 804, pi.
1, fig. 5 (1783)

lieros, Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. p. 99 (1823).
nigricornis, H. Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII.
p. 1 (1864).

brunnea, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Loud. Yol. Y. p. 300,
pi. 21, fig. 1 (1866).

mouhoti , Saunders, 1. c. Yol. IX. p. 3, pi. 1, fig. 1 (1869).
assamensis , Thomson, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 5. Yol. IX.
p. 70 (1879).

cyanura, Kerremans, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. XXXYI.
p. 171 (1892).

Sarawak : Bidi (coll. C. J. Brooks); Borneo. A single
example in the Sarawak Museum without data, but
in all probability from Sarawak.

The nigricornis form comes from Borneo, Sumatra
and Malacca.

General distribution : Indo- Malaya— India to Java
and Sumatra.

6. — Chrysochroa Daleni , van der Hoeven.

Tijdschr. Nat. G-esch. en Phys., Vol. V. p. 838 (1838).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 26 (1908—1909).
hemixantha , Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. v. Ent. p. 160, pi. 2, figs.
1—2 (1864).

A LIST OF THE HO AXE AX

]()0

M uis:j“ch i, IT. Deyrolle, Ami. Soc. Eut. Belg. Yok YIIL p,
2 (1864).

; pu.purosccns , Kitsema, Not. Level. Mus. Yol.I. p. 48 (1879).

Borneo (coll. Thtrv) ; Sarawak : Bidi (coll. C. J.
Brooks).

General distribution: Malaya — Java, Sumatra, Banca
and Malacca.

7. — Chrysochroa (Demochroa) Lacordairei, Thomson.

Bull. So<*. Ent. Fr. p. 112 (18.19).

IveiT'vmans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 29, pi. 17, iig. 8
(1908—1909).

rurirutld, White, Proc. Ent. Soc, Bond. p. 64 (1859).

Mt. Kina Balu (Sar. Mus.) ; Sarawak : Mt. Matang
(coll. C. J. Brooks).

Recorded from Gilolo only before.

8. Chrysochroa {Chrysochroa) Castelnaitdi, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 587, pi. 2, fig. 4 (1862).

Kcnenians, Mon. Buprest. p. 89 (1908 — 1909).

*fi rrf.ntK.rit n- , Flaeh, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Yol. XLVIII. p. 821
(1SS7 ).

Western Borneo (coll. Therv) ; Sarawak : Baram and
Banting (Sar. Mus.) ; Lingga (coll. C. J. Brooks).

General distribution : Ceylon, Perak and Malacca.

Some Perak specimens in the collection of the Rev.
G. Dexter Allen have a marked violaceous hue,
whereas the Bornean examples are blue — almost a
green-blue.

9. — Chrysochroa similts, Saunders.

Trans. Ent. Soc, Loud. ser. 8, Yol. S', p, 429 (1867).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 45 (1908 — 1909).

si to -if lima, Jordan, Novit. Zool. Vol. I. p. 488 (1894).

North Borneo : Barram River (A. I I. Everett) ; Sara¬
wak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

This species is also recorded from Penang.

The Sarawak Museum contains three examples, the
first taken in Kuching in April 1896, the second taken
by myself in July 1909, some four miles out of Kuching
and the third taken by Mr. C. W. Beebe ten miles from
Kuching in June 1910.

This last specimen is the only typical form, showing
a broad creamy band across the elytra ; of which band

i

BUPBLSTLLUE. — BY J. C. MOULTON. 161

the upper edge is straight. In the other two specimens
the band is broken at the suture by the turning in of
the upper edge of the band, so as to give the appear¬
ance of two separate patches. This variety is men¬
tioned by Dr. K. Jordan in Novitates Zoologicae Vol.
I. p. 488. It should be noted that in fresh examples this
band is a beautiful creamy white ; but it quickly fades
to a fulvous brown.

The specimen I caught, was flying round some bushes
in low swampy ground by the river, perhaps some ten
feet up in the air; the bright midday sun (about n
a. m.) shining on the green elytra giving it a very
brilliant and conspicuous appearance. After about a
quarter of an hour's circling round and round out of
my reach, it settled on the underside of a leaf and with
the aid of my topee I was able to catch it. An interest¬
ing feature about this insect is its resemblance, while
flying, to the Hymenopterous species, Salius aviculus ,
(and to another Salius sp. near it, but with black
antennae,) and to that remarkable Longicorn, Colobor-
hombus fasciatipennis, which mimics the Hymenopteron
so well. In flying, the simple pattern of the metallic
blue-green relieved by alight transverse bar on the ely¬
tra of the Buprestid is exactly similar to this pattern on
the wings of the Hymenopteron. However with elytra
closed, the resemblance at once disappears, and as if
cognizant of that fact, C. similis settled out of sight on
the under side of a leaf !

The resemblances suggest an interesting example of
Batesian mimicry where the two edible ( ? ) Coleoptera
are protected by colouring suitable to their surround¬
ings when at rest, but at the same time capable of
assuming the warning pattern of the distasteful Hym¬
enopteron when in flight.

10. — Chrysochroa limbata, Nonfried.

Berk Ent. Zeit. p. 373 (1891).

Kerremans, Mon. Bnprest. Yol. III. p. 51, pi. 17, fig. 4 (1908 —
1909).

Sarawak: Rejang (Sar. Mus.) ; Kuching (coll. J.
Hewitt).

Confined to Borneo. A rare species in Sarawak.

162 A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

n. — Chrysochroa Weyersi, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 4 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 68 (1908—1900).

Borneo.

Also recorded from Malacca and Sumatra.

12. — Chrysochroa purpureiventris, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. BeJg. Vol. VIII. p. 6 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 68 (1908—1909).

Sarawak : Kuching and Mt. Matang (Sar. Mus.).
Previously recorded from Malacca, Penang and Java
only.

13. — Chrysochroa Wallacei, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bel". Vol. VIII. p. 5 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 76 (1908—1909).

Borneo (coll. H. J Veth) ; Sarawak : sintubongv
Kuching and Tegora (Sar. Mus.).

Also occurs in Malacca and Sumatra.

14. — Chrysochroa aurotibialis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 6 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 87 (1908 — 1909).
ten idea ticl't, Kerremans, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. XXX V.
p. 156 (1891).

Borneo (H. Deyrolle’).

Also recorded from Java.

15. — Chrysoch roa / iilm mans , F abrici us.

Mant. Ins. Vol I. p. 177 (1787).

Castelnau and Gory, Monogr. Vol. I p. 9, pi. 2, fig-. 7 (1855).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 102 (1908—1909).
f ulgur an s, Illiger, Wied. Arch., Vol. I. p. 117 (1800).

Herbst, Col., Vol. IX. p. 69. ]d. 188, fig. 5 (1801).
cpijlove-nsia, Voet. Cat. Col. Vol. I p. 94. pi. 1, fig. 2 (1806).
clmjsura , Gory, Monogr. suppl., Vol. IV. p. 55, pi. 10, fig. 5.5
(1840).

pat metis . Sturm. Cat. p. 56 (1848).

lata, Scliauf. Hor. Soc. Ent. Boss. Vol. XIX. p. 199 (1883).

North Borneo ; Sarawak : Trusan, Mt. Saribu and
Kuching (Sar. Mus.) ; Bau (coll. C. J. Brooks) ; “Borneo
M.” (Indian Mus.). Quite common in Sarawak.

Also occurs in Malacca, Java, Sumatra and the
Philippine Islands.

BUivRE tidy . — by j. c. moulton.

101

Genus 4. Calldpistiis, H. Djlyrolle.

16. ( \i llo pistils triangularis , Kerremans.

Mon. Buprest. Yoh I LI. p. 590 (1908 - -1909).

Sarawak (coll. Kerremans).

17. — 'CaUnpiUui Cast'elnauii, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. llelgv, Yo). VIII. p. 9, pi. 1, .fig. 2 (1801).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 190 (1908 — 1909).

()>.u devfchiti, Richter, Berl. Ent. Zeit., Yol. XXXV. p. loo
(1890).

(itrovircas, Nonfried, 1. c. Yol. XL. p. 296 (1895).

Borneo.

Also from Malacca, Java and Sumatra.
x 8. — Ca l lopisins Mon l ton i, Kerremans.

Mon. Buprest. Yol. IY. p. 275 (1910).

Sarawak.

Only three examples known of this species; two taken
near Kuching (Sar. Mils, and coll. j. E. A. Lewis):
and one on Mt. Matani (coll. C. J. Brooks) ;

Genus 5. Philncteanus , H. Deyrolle,

19. — Ph ilocleaniis capitatus, Kerremans.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. XXXVII. p. 504 (1890)

Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 197 (1908 — 1909).

Confined to Borneo.

20. — Philoctcanus subcu prciis, Kerremans,

Ann. Mns. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genov. Yol. XXXY1. p. 007 (1898).
Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 199 (1908 — 1909).

Only recorded from Mt. Ivina. Balu (North Borneo).

2 1 —Philocteanus elega ns, TIM ry,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. p. o64 (18971.

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 200 {19(56—1909).
Borneo only.

2 2.- - -I Hi i l oc lean us Ham mens, Tho n l son.

Arch. Ent. Vol. I. p. 110 (1857).

II, Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 11, pi. 1. fig. o
■(1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 207 (1908—1909).
Sarawak : Kerpok hills, near Banting (Sar. Mus.) ;

Bau (coll. C. J. Brooks) ; Borneo (Monchicourt - Paris

Mns. ; Indian Mus.)

Also recorded from Burma.

A LIST OF THE BOKNEAN

i m

Tribe 3. Chalcophorini.

Genus 6. Epidelus, H. Deyrolle.

23. — Epidelus Wallacei, Thomson.

Arch. Ent. Yol. I. p. 109' (1857).

II. Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 50, pi. 2, fig. 2
(1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 297 (1908 — 1909).
jphilippinensis, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 314
(1874).

tricolor, Nonfried, Entom. Nachtr. p. 4 (1894).

Sarawak : Matang and Bau (Sar. Mus.) ; Upper Sara¬
wak (coll. C. J. Brooks) ; Pontianak (Thery — coll. Ch.
Kerremans and coll. H J. Veth).

General distribution : Malaya - Malacca, Celebes,

Philippines, Sumatra.

Genus 7. Aprosopus, H. Deyrolle.

24. — Aprosopus rugifrons, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 50, pi. 2, fig. 3 (1864).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 305 (1908 — 1909).

A mono -specific genus from Borneo only.

There exists a single example in the Sarawak Mu¬
seum taken near Kuching, October 1909.

Genus 8. Iridotoenia. H. Deyrolle.

25. — Iridotoenia sumptuosa, Casteln. and Gory.

Monogr. Bupr. Yol. I. p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 1 (1835).

Kerremans, Mon. Bupr. Yol. III. p. 459 (1908—1909).

Sarawak : Matang (Sar. Mus.) ; Western Borneo

(Raffray and Maindron - Paris Mus.) ; Sambas (coll.

H. J. Veth).

General distribution : Malaya - Java, Sumatra,

Malacca and Singapore.

26. — Iridotoenia violacea, Kerremans.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Yol. XXXVI. p. 368 (1896.)
Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 468 (1908 — 1909).

Borneo.

Also recorded from Nias Island and Sumatra.

27. — Iridotoenia obscura , Saunders,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, Yol. Y. p. 511 p’. 25, fig. 3 (1867).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. III. p. 472 (1908—1909).
Sarawak (coll. Kerremans).

Also recorded from Penang and Java.

BUPRESTIDiE. — BY J. C. MOULTON.

if) 5

28- — Iridotcenia scutellaris, Kerremans.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. XXXVI. p. 368 (1898).
Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 477 (1908 — 1909).

Confined to Borneo,

29. — Iridotcenia mirabilis, Gory.

Monogr. supp., Vol. IV. p. 67, pi. 12, fig. 67 (1840).
Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 479 (1908 — 1909).

Borneo (Indian Mus., Paris Mus., coll. Thery, and coll.
Kerremans) ; Sarawak : Baram, Balangean, Simang-
gang, Kerpok hills, Mt, Lingga, Tambak, Kuching, Mt.
Matang (Sar. Mus.). Very common in Sarawak.

General distribution : Malaya - Malacca, Singa¬

pore, Java and Sumatra.

30. — Iridotcenia sarawakensis, Kerremans.

Mon. Buprest. Vol. IV. p. 276 (1910).

Sarawak : near Kuching (coll. Ch. Kerremans e Sar.
Mus.).

31. — Iridotcenia auripennis, Kerremans,

Ann. Soe. Ent, Belg. Vol. XLVIT. p. 113 (1898).

Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 481 (1908 — 1909).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus,).

Only recorded from Nias Island before.

32. — Iridotcenia cyaniceps, Fabricius.

Syst. Eleuth. Vol. II. p. 197 (1801).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 493 (1908—1909).
aurolinenta , Castelnau and Gory, Monogr. Vol. L p. 17, pi.
e, fig. 23 (1835).

Sarawak (coll. Ch. Kerremans).

Also recorded from Java.

33. — Iridotcenia chrysostoma, H. Deyroile.

Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 31 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 494 (1908 — 1909).

Borneo (coll. Ch. Kerremans).

34. — Iridotcenia chrysogramma, H. Deyroile,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 32 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 498 (1908—1909).

Sarawak: Limbang River, Buntal, Kuching and Mt.
Matang — 3,200 ft. (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

A LIST OF TT-TE BORNEAN

166

35. — Iridotcenia chrysijrons, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Hoi". Yol. VIII. p. 32 (1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 499 (1908 — 1909).

Sarawak (coll. C. J. Brooks).

General distribution: Malaya — Malacca, Sumatra
and Java.

Genus 9. Chrysodcma, Castelnau and Gory.

36. — Ch rysode rn a py ro t ho rax , Vo 1 1 en hov en .

Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Vol. VII. p. 162 (1864).
Ken’emans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 525 <1908 — 1909).
viridii mpressa, Richter, Bed. Ent. Zeit. Yol. XXX Y. p. 134
(1890).

Borneo (coll. Therv).

37. — Chrysodcma Doriana, Dohrn.

Stettin. Entom. Zeit. Vol. XXX IV. p. 70 (1873).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Arol. III. p. 526 (1908—1909).

North Borneo (Paris Mus.).

38— Chrysodcma smaragdiiia, Oliv. var. aurifera, Cast,
et Gory.

Mon. Buprest. Vol. I. p. 14, pi. 4. fig. 19 (1835).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. 549 (1908 — 1909).

The Sarawak Museum contains a single specimen
from Mt. Santubong taken in May.

The distribution of this variety is given as Ternate
and the Moluccas only.

The general distribution of the species is wider,
covering the area between the Philippines and New
Guinea, including Java, Celebes, the Moluccas and Ke
Islands.

39. — Chrysodema pyroslicta, Vollenhoven .

Tijdsclir. Entom. Vol. YII. p. 162, pi. 11, fig. 4 (1864).
Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Entom. Yol. AMI. p. 162, pi. 11, lig. 4
(1864).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. ATol. III. p. 549 (1908 — 1909).
arrogans , Castelnau and Gory. Monogr. Arol. I. p. 16, pi. 4,
fig. 21 (1835).

viridlmicans, H. Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. Bclg. AVI. VIII.
p. 17 (1864).

fucata , H. Deyrolle, 1. c. p. 17.

This species appears to be fairly common in Sarawak.
It occurs on Mt. Matang (3,200ft), Mt. Lingga (3,000 ft.),

buphestidcc

BY J. ('. MOULTCfG

1 ( H

at Kuching and Ouop (Sar. Mus.) ; Banting (coin Rev.
G. D. Allen) ; Malang (coll. C. J. Brooks) ; Pontianak
(coll. H. J. Veth). Captured from March to August
and in October.

General distribution : Malacca, Java and Sumatra.

40. — Chrysodema mseiventris, Korrcmans.

Wytsm. Gen. Insect, fasc. 12. p. 7 5 (1®8).

Mon. Buprest. VoJ. III. p. 560 (1908 — 19®).

Confined to Borneo.

4 1 . — Chrysodema hornccnsis , Kerremans.

Mon. Buprest. Vol. III. p. SOI ( 1 QOS — 1909).

Eastern Borneo (Caster - coll. Kerremans).

42. — Chrysodema Jansoni, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soe. Ent. Bely. Vol. VIIL p. 22 (18G4).

Kerremans, Mon. Dupres t. Vol. III. p. 574 (190.8 — 1909).
auroplagiata , II. Deyrolle, Ann. Soe. Ent. .Bely. Vol. VIIT.
p. 22 (1864).

Sarawak : Trusan, Baram, Bintulu, Kabong, Santu-
bong and Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

General distribution : New Guinea, Sumatra and
Banca.

Common in Sarawak on the sea-coast.

Genus io. Cyphogastra, H. Deyrolle.

4 3 . — Cyph ogast ra via l aceiven t ris , K c rrcma ns .

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bely. Vol. XXXIX. p. 208 (1895).

Mon. Buprest. Vol. IV. p. 225 (1909 — 1910).

Recorded from Borneo and Xew Guinea in Genera
I nsec to rum.

44. — Cyph ogas t ra ae reiven t ris , Kerrema 11s.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bely. Vol. XXXIX. p. 205 (1895).

Mon. Buprest. Vol. IV. p. 281 (1909 — 1910).
cupviccdlis, Kerremans, Ann. Soc. Ent. Bely. Vol. XXXTX.
p. 207 (1895).

Recorded from Borneo and Sulu Islands in Genera
Insectorum, but from New Guinea only in M. Kerre-
mans’ Monographic.

45. — Cyphogastra farinosa, Fabricius.

Syst. Ent. p. 219 (1774).

Kerremans. Mon. Buprest. Vol. IV. p. 250 (1909 - 1910).

168

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

aurounprcssa, Cast, et Gory, Monogr. Yol. I. p. 20, pi. 5, fig1,
26 (1835).

impressa, Kerremans, Arm. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. XLII. p.
118 (1908).

Borneo.

Also from Java and Sumbawa.

46. — Cyphogastra ventricosa, Olivier.

Entom., Yol. II. p. 36. pi. 6, fig. 63, a, b (1790).

Kerremans, Mon. Buprest. Yol. IY. p. 262 (1909 — 1910).
aencofoveata, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Ycl.
IX. p. 353 (1877).

Recorded from Borneo in Genera Insectorum.

General distribution: Moluccas, New Guinea and
Jobi.

Tribe 4. Buprest ini.

Genus ii. Haplotrinchus, Kerremans.

47. — Haplotrinchus sexspinosus , Thomson.

Arch. Ent. Yol. I. p. 110 (1857).

Only recorded from Borneo.

Genus 12. Lampra, Lacordaire.

48. — Lampra leoparda, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 62 (1864).
leopardina, Thomson, Typ. Bupr. p. 40 (1878).

Sarawak: Baram and Kuching ( Sar. Mus. ) ; Ponti-
anak (coll. H. J. Veth). Dr. Annandale informs me
of this species from Assam in the Indian Museum.
Previously recorded from Borneo only.

49. — Lampra nigroguttata, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. lielg. Vol. VIII. p. 62 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

50. — Lampra pantherina, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 60 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

51. — Lampra psilopteroides, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 59 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Genus 13. Buprestis, Linnaeus.

52. — Buprestis aurantiacoadspersa, Blanchard.

Yoy. Pole Slid, Vol. IV. p. 95, pi. 16, fig. 16 (1854).
Recorded from Borneo only.

BU PKE STLLLE . — BY J. C. MOULT OX.

1(59

Genus 14. Philanthaxia, Deyrolle.

53. — Philanthaxia curia , H. Deyrolle.

Ami. Soc. Eat. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 73, pi. 2, fig. S (1864).

A single specimen in the Sarawak Museum from Mt.
Matang taken in June.

Previously recorded from Java only.

Genus 15. Exagistus, Deyrolle.

54. — Exagistus igniceps , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 65, pi. 2, fig. 5 (1884).

A monospecific genus peculiar to Borneo.

Genus 16. Melobasis, Castelnau and Gory.

55. — Melobasis chrysobothroides, H Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 70 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching, taken from April to August ; and
a single rather dark variety from the ulu Limbang
(Sar. Mus.).

Genus 17. Anthaxia, Eschscholtz.

56. — Anthaxia occipitalis , H. De}nrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 75 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

57. - — Anthaxia sarawakensis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 76 (1884).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Trike 5. Chrysobothrini,

Genus 18. Chrysobothris, Eschscholtz.

58. — Chrysobothris borneensis, Kerremans.

Mem Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 304 (1900).
delectabilis, Kerremans, 1. c. p. 15.

Recorded from Borneo only.

59. — Chrysobothris nigripennis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 107 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching and Mt. Saribau (Sar. Mus.).
Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

60. — Chrysobothris cupriceps, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 100 (1864).

Only recorded from Mt. Kina Balm North Borneo.

170 A LIST or THE A OCX LAX

6 1. : — Chrysjboihri § supcrba, H. Dcyrolle.

■Ann. So?. Ent. Bdg. \cM MIL p. 91 (186-1)

Sarawak: Kuching- (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

62. — Chrysmoth ns Militarise H. Dcyrolle.

Ann. 'Soe. Ent. E> el y . Sol. VI II. p. 9o (1864).

Sarawak: IJlu Limbang, Baram and Kuching cap¬
tured February, April and October (Sar. Mus.) ; 13 i cl i
(coll. C. J. Crooks.;.

Also recorded from Sumatra and Malacca.

§3.— Chrysobothris cmfiisa , II. Dcyrolle.

Ann. S >c. Ent. i > e I a - "V ol. till. p. 105 (1834).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Recorded from Borneo only.

64. - — Ch rysobothns Wallacci, Saunders.

('at. Bupr. ]>. 100, n. 159 (1871).

basalts, IT. Devrollo, Ann. Soo. IT. 1 1. Bd;;-. Yol. VIII. p, 10J-
1 1864).

Recorded from Borneo and Sumatra.

65. : — Chrysobothris dmsimilis , H. Dcyrolle..

Ann. Snc. Ent. Belip Yol. VIII. p. 99 (1864).

(liscendcns. G-cmniin^er and Harold, Cat. Cal. Val. 5. p. 14*25
(1869).

Sarawak : Ulu Limbang and Kuching — captured
January, March, April and September (Sar. Mus.).
Previously recorded from Java only.

Go. — Chrysobothris clliptica, Id. Dcyrolle.

Ann. Soe. Ent. IDT 4. "Vol. VIII. p. 94 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching— captured April and November
(Sar. Mus,).

Confined to Borneo.

67.- - Chrysobothris ccnsicollis, Id, Dcyrolle.

Ann. Soe. Ent. Bolp. Yol. VIII. p. 101 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching — captured in March (Sar. Mus.).
Confined to Borneo.

08. - Chrysobothris circuloimprsssa, Id. Dcyrolle.

Sum. Sue. Ent. Bel, 4. Vo!. VI El. p. 104 (1864).

Sarawak : Buntal — taken in August. (Sar.. Mus.),

Only recorded from Borneo.

BU-PRESTffiDiE . — BY J. C. MOULTON.

171

63. — Chrysobothris cyanipennis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bel". Vol. VIII. p. 90 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching - taken from February to April
and in November (Sar. Mus.). Fairly common.
Previously recorded from Amboina only.

70 . —Chrysobothris clongata , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VII L p. 94 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

71. — Chrysobothris latifrons, FI. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Beig. Vol. VIII. p. 98 (1884).

Sarawak : Kuching — taken in January and June (Sar.
Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

72. — Chrysobothris collaris, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 98 (1864).

A single specimen in the Sarawak Museum from the
neighbourhood of Kuching (July).

Confined to Borneo.

73. — Chrysobothris occipitalis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 95 (1864).

Sarawak : Banting and Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

74. — Chrysobothris pzrplexa , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 108 (1864).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum from Ku¬
ching, taken in September. The species is only record¬
ed from Borneo.

75. — Chrysobothris Ritsemce, Gestro.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, Vol. IX. p. 652 (1877).
Recorded from Borneo only.

Genus 19. Belionota, Eschscholtz.

76. — Belionota' prasina, Thunberg.

Nov. Spec. Ins. Vol. V. p. 90 (1789).

Kerremans. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. XXXVII. n. 285
(1898).

A LIST or THE BOILS' LAN

172

pyrotis , Illiger, Wiedem. Arch. Naturg. Vol. I. p. 119, pi. 1,
fig. 8 (1800.)

scutellaris, Weber, Obs. Ent. p. 72 (1801).

Sarawak : Bintulu and Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

This species has a wide distribution, being recorded
from such countries as Senegal, Zanzibar, La Reunion,
Bengal, Ceylon, Java and Sumatra.

77. — Belionota cenea . H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 82 (1864).

Sarawak: Baram and Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Com¬
mon in Sarawak ; taken from February to May and
in October and November.

Previously unrecorded from Borneo.

General distribution : Ceram, Ternate and New
Guinea.

78. — Belionota fallaciosa, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. 80c. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 84 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching — taken from June to August (Sar.
Mus.) ; Bidi and Mt. Matang (coll. C. J. Brooks) ; Pon-
tianak (coll. H. J. Veth).

Common in Sumatra and distributed throughout
Malaya.

79. — Belionota metastictica , Illiger.

Wiedem. Arch. Naturg. Vol. I. p. 121 (1800).

stigma, Weber, Obs. Ent. p. 78 (1801).

Sarawak : Baram and Kuching (Sar. Mus.). A com¬
mon species, taken all the year round.

Apparently unrecorded from Borneo before.

General distribution : Malaya - Java, Sumatra and

Malacca.

80. — Belionota Bonneuili, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 83 (1864).

Sarawak: Kuching — taken from February to April
and in October and November (Sar. Mus.) ; Bau (coll.
C. J. Brooks).

Also recorded from Sumatra and the Moluccas.

81 —Belionota Vuillifroyi, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 86 (1864).

BY J. C. MOULTON.

BUBBE STULL. —

I ()

nigrocingulata, , Kerremaus, C. r. Soc. Ent. Bclg. Yol.
XXXIV p. 135 (1890).

A single example from the upper waters of the Lim-
bang River (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

82. — Belionota Deyrollei , Gestro.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova Vol. IX. p. 355 (1877).
Sarawak : Baram and Kuching (Sar. Mus.) ; fairly
common in Sarawak.

The species is confined to Borneo.

83. — Belionota Lacordairei, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 87 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Tribe 6. Agri/ini.

Genus 20. Cisseis , Castelnau and Gory.

84. — Cisseis pretiosissima, Kerremans.

Mein. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YII. p. 14 (1900).

Two specimens in the Sarawak Museum from Sibu
and Melinau ; and a third from Kuching which 1 refer
to this species with hesitation. The markings are
similar, but the whole colouring is brilliant copper in¬
stead of green.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

Genus 21. Coroebus, Castelnau and Gory.

85. — Coroebus conjunctus , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 125 <1864'.

Recorded from Borneo only.

86. — Coroebus piliferus, H. Deyrolle,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. YIII. p. 126 (1861),

Recorded from Borneo onlv.

<*/

87. — Coroebus rugosus, PI. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 123 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

88. — Coroebus semiviolaceus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 123 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Recorded from Borneo only.

174 A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

89. — Corcebus retrolatus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 124 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching and Mt. Matang, 3,200 ft. taken
in July (Sar. Mus.).

Genus 22. Melibceus, H. Deyrolle.

90 . -Melibceus aeneifrons, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bel". Yol. YIII. p. 134 (1864).

Borneo and Sumatra.

91. — Melibceus ceneiventris, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 135 <1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

92. — Melibceus nigripennis , H. Deyrolle

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 134 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Genus 23. Cryptodactylus, H. Deyrolle.

93. — Cryptodactylus tristis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 132 (1864,).

Borneo and Sumatra.

Genus 24. Toxoscelus, H. Deyrolle.

94. — Toxoscelus centralis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 129 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

95. — Toxoscelus funebris, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 130 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

96. — Toxoscelus undatus , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 130 (1864).

Sarawak: Mt. Matang, 3,200 ft.-- — taken in July
(Sar. Mus.).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Genus 25. Amorphosoma , Castelnau.

97. — Amorphosoma marmoreum , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 127, pi. 4, fig. 14 (1864),
Sarawak : Bau (coll. C. J. Brooks).

General distribution : Malaya.

buprestidje. — by j. c. moulton.

17.5

Genus 26. Agrilus , Stephens.

9|. -Agrilus aculus , Thunberg.

Mns. Acad. Epsal. Yol. 4 p. 52 (1787).

Sarawak: Lawas, Limbang, Sibu, Bidi, Pangkalan
Ampat (Sar. Mus.); Serambu and Santubong (coll. C. J.
Brooks).

Previously recorded from Java and Sumatra only.

99. — Agrilus semiccneus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 157 (1864).

Sarawak : Pangga and Kuching (Sar. Mus.).
Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

100. -Agrilus W ever si, Kerremans.

Mem. 80c. Ent. Bel”-. Vol. "VII. p. 26 (1900).

Sarawak: Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

101. — Agrilus purpurifrons, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 166 (1884'.

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Nias Island only.

102. — Agrilus quadripunctatus , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 185 <1864).

Borneo and Sumatra.

103. — Agrilus insularis, I I. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 178 (1864i.

Sarawak : Lundu (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Java only.

-j j

104. — Agrilus tripartitus , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 181 (1364).

Sarawak : Kuching and Mt. Penrissen — taken in May
and from October to February (Sar. Mus.).

Common in Sarawak and M. Kerremans remarks it
“excessivernent commun” in Sumatra.

Apparently confined to these two islands.

105— Agrilus famulus , Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VII. p. 27 (19003
Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.) Common.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

1?6 A LIST OF THE BOENEAK

106. — Agrilus gratiosus, H. Deyrolle.

Add. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 202 (1864).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum from
Kuching.

Common in Sumatra.

107. — Agrilus gentilis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 185 (1864).

Borneo and Sumatra.

108. — Agrilus discicollis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 189 (1864).

Sarawak: Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Common.
Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

109. — Agrilus subvalidus , Kerremans,

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VII. p. 84 (1900).

Recorded from Borneo only.

no. — Agrilus parvulusy H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 207 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo and Sumatra.

hi, — Agrilus convexus, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VII. p. 82 (1900).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus ).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

1 1 2. — Agrilus melanarius , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 207 (1864).

Sarawak : Saribas and Kuching (Sar. Mus.).
Recorded from Borneo and Sumatra.

1 13. — Agrilus agrestis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 286 (1864.)

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Common in Sumatra.

1 14. — Agrilus placidus , Kerremans.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. XXXVIII. p. 473 (1894).
Recorded from Borneo onlv.

BUPRESTIM2.— BY J. C. MOULTON.

177

1 15. — Agrilus videns , Kerremans.

Mem Soc. Eat. Bel". Yol. VII. p. 35 (1900).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only, where M.
Kerremans notes it is very common.

1 16. — Agrilus adonis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 171 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Common.
Previously recorded from Singapore only.

1 1 7. — Agrilus albogaster , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 175 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Common.

Confined to Borneo.

1 18. — Agrilus auripilis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 167 (1S64).

Confined to Borneo.

1 19 . —Agrilus bihamatus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 189 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Common.

Confined to Borneo.

120. — Agrilus diadema, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 163 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

1 2 1. — Agrilus distinctus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 200 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

122. — Agrilus impopularis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 199 (1864).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

123 . —Agrilus incerticolor, — H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 170 (1864).

Only recorded from Borneo.

A LIST or TUB BO UK BAN

:i 78

124. — Agrihn lancifer , H. Deyrolle.

Aim. Soo. Ent. B/g. Vol. VIII. p. 169 (18C4>.

A s'.ngle example in the Sarawak Museum from
Kuching.

Confined to Borneo.

125. — -Agrilu 7 maculivmiri a H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Sac. Ent, Bel-. Vo!. VIII. p. ITS (IBM).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum from Mt.
Benrissen, taken in May, 1899.

Previously recorded from Bat chian only.

126. — -Agrilus minor , II. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soo. Ent, Bel-. Vol. VIII.. p. 171 (1861).

Recorded fro :T1 L orneo only.

127. — Agrilu > minos, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soo. Ent. I3eig. Vol. VIII. p. 168 (1861).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum
Kuching.

Confined to Borneo.

128. — Agrilus nigrocyancA H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soo. Ent. Bel- Vol. VI LI. p. 172 (1861).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum
Kuching.

Confined to Borneo.

127. — Agrilus ocularis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Bely Vol. VIII. p. 179 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

136. — Agrilus Gulipus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 160 (186-1).
Confined 1 9 Borneo.

)1T1

131, — Agrilus paganus, I I. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 181 (1861).

Confined to Borneo.

132. — Agrilus pcruiciosus II. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Em. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 199 (1864).
Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Confined to Borneo.

BUPRE STIDiE . — B Y J. C, MOULTON.

179

133 . — Agrilus pilivzntris , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 157 (1364).

Confined to Borneo.

134. — Agrilus puberulus , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 209 (1864). Yd

Confined to Borneo.

135. — Agrilus rubifrons, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 164 (1864).

Sarawak: Kuching (Sar. M us.). Common — ;
Confined to Borneo.

136. — Agrilus scutellaris, I~I. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 148 (1864).

Sarawak: Mt. Matang (Sar. Mus.)

Confined to Borneo.

137. — Agrilus sexpunctalus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 166 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

138. — Agrilus sutura alba , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. YIII. p. 169 (1884).

. j

Confined to Borneo.

139. — Agrilus sit fur alls, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 295 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

140. — Agrilus tkalassinus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 179 (1864).

Confined to Borneo.

141. — Agrilus ultramarinus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. .Belg. Vol. YIII. p. 208 (1884).

Borneo and Malacca.

Genus 27. Aphanisticus, Latreille.

142. — Aphanisticus bicolor , Kerremans.

Ann. Mus. Stor. USTat. Genov, p, 363 (1896).

Sarawak : Saribas (Sar. Mus.).

Previously known from Mentawei and Sumatra only.

180 A LIST OF THE BORNE AH

143. — Aphanisticus Weyersi , Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YII. p. 39 (1900).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

144. — Aphanisticus confusus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 225 (1864).

Borneo and Malacca.

Genus 28. Endelus, H. Deyrolle.

145. — Endelus cupido, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. p. 230 (1SG4).

Snellemanni, Ritsema, Notes Leyd. Mus. Yol. I. p. 155 (1879).

Sarawak : Kuching, Mt. Matang, 2,500 ft., Pangkalan
Ampat (Sar. Mus.); Bidi (coll. C. J. Brooks).

I found this bright little Buprestid settled on the
upperside of a leaf in the early morning sun on Mt.
Matang. Its colouring harmonized well with its
surroundings.

Previously recorded from Malacca and Sumatra only.

146 . — Endelus Modiglianii, Kerremans.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genov, p. 366 (1892).

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Mentawei and Sumatra
only.

147. — Endelus difformis , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YIII. 236 (1864L
Confined to Borneo.

148. — Endelus empyreus, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Yol. YIII. p. 230, pL III, fig. 7 (1864).
Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Common all the year round.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

149. — Endelus endymio, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 231 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

150. — Endelus Marseuili, PI. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 232 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

BUPBESTIDiE. — BY J. C. MOULTON.

181

Genus 29. Trackys, Fabricius.

351. — Trachys perplexa, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VII. p. 55 (1900).

A single example in the Sarawak Museum from
Kuching.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

152. — Trachys lepidoptera, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 256 (1864),

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Also recorded from Sumatra.

153. — Trachys nobilitata, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VII. p. 54 (1900),

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

1 54. — Trachys ceneola , Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VII. p. 59 (1900),

Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

155. — Trachys vciriegata, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. Till. p. 265 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo and Sumatra.

156. — Trachys congener, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YII. p. 58 (1900).

The Sarawak Museum contains a single specimen
from Kuching.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only,

157. — Trachys dejecta, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent, Belg. Yol. YII. p. 89 (1900),

There is a single specimen in the Sarawak Museum
from Kuching.

Previously recorded from Sumatra only.

158- -Trachys brunneiana, Kerremans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. YII. p. 87 (1900).

This species is only recorded from Brunei, North
Borneo.

182 A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

159. — Trachys borneensis, Iverremans.

Mem. Soc. Eut. Belg. Vol, VII. p. 88 (1900).

This species is only recorded from Borneo.

160. — Trachys cupripyga, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. ‘247 (1864)-
Recorded from Borneo and Sumatra.

161. — Trachys ceneopyga, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 257 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

162. — Trachys carbonaria, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 243 (1864).

This species is recorded from Borneo only : the Sara¬
wak Museum contains a single example from Baram.

163. — Trachys chromatica, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vcl. VIII. p. 251 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

164. — Trachys cupricauda, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Eat. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 255 (1864)

Recorded from Borneo only.

165. — Trachys decora, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 25S (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

166. — Trachys depressifrons , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 264 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

167. — Trachys laticollis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 248 (1864.)

Recorded from Borneo only.

168. — Trachys lubrica, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 266 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

169. — Trachys murina, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 258 (18641.

Recorded from Borneo only.

BU PEE STID2E . — BY ,J. 0. MOULTON.

183

170. — Trachys popula, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 257 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

1 7 1 . — Trachys resilla, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. -p. 250 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

172. — Trachys varia , H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. VIII. p. 244 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

173. — Trachys ventricosa, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Yol. Till. p. 242 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

174. — Trachys vilis, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 265 (1864).

Recorded from Borneo only.

Genus 30. Pachyscelus , Solier.

17 5. — Partly scelus Migneauxi, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. VIII. p. 668, pi. 3, fig. 10 (1864).
Sarawak : Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

Previously recorded from Singapore and Sumatra
only.

Till, — Two new Cicadas from Sarawak, with a note on
the Bornean species of the genus, Cosmopsaltiha,
Stal. — By J. C. Moulton, Curator of the Sarawak
Museum.

Having just completed and published a list of all
known Bornean Cicadidae *, it was perhaps only natural
to expect that more material would immediately come
in, just to show how incomplete this list really was.

And so it happened that two large collections of these
Homoptcra were sent to the Museum recently — the
results of light-house collecting at Baram Point and
Kedurong Point, Sarawak.

Among them were two new species, descriptions of
which are appended. The second of this is an interest¬
ing form connecting two already known species of the
difficult genus, Cosmopsaltria, Stal. I have endeavoured
to show the relationship between the Bornean species
of this genus, and, with the aid of a synoptical table,
the differences by which they may be easily dis¬
tinguished.

Genus, Platylomia, Stab

wlatylomia distanti, sp. n.

Male. Very near P. spinosa, Fab,, but differing from
that species in the opercula which reach the posterior
margin of the third abdominal segment, while in
spinosa they nearly reach the fifth abdominal segment.
The apices of the opercula in this species are evenly
rounded inwardly and outwardly. Tegmina hyaline,
differing from spinosa in having no infuscations at base
of third, fifth and seventh apical areas.

Length, excl. tegm. 51 mm. ; exp. tegm. 126 mm.

Type. Male . Kuching, Sarawak (Sar. Mus.).

Mr. Distant kindly examined this specimen, reporting
it as unknown to him and near P. spinosa. I have
much pleasure in dedicating it to him. The female is
unknown.

* Journal of the Straits Branch , HoyaZ Asiatic Society , No. 57, pp. 323 — 15G
(1911). In that paper 71 species are recorded from Borneo. But Mr. Distant
has since informed me that the species identified as P. umhrat %, Dist. is-
really P. spinosa, Fab., so P. umbrata, should not be included in the Bornean
list. With the two species described in this paper, the total number now'
therefore reaches 72,

CICADIDJE FIIOM S ALIA WAX. — BY J. C. MOULTON. 185

Three other specimens have been received from
Kedurong which are still nearer P. spinosa in having
slight infuscations at base of third, fifth and seventh
apical areas as in that species. But by the shape and
size of the opercula they must be referred to P. distqnti .

Genus, Cosmopsaltria, Stab

The following species are known from Borneo.

1. — Cosmopsaltria jacoona, Distant.

Ami. Mag. Nat. ITiat. (6) I. p. 295 (1888).

Id. Mon. Orient. Cicad. p. 47, pi. V. fig. 8, a , b (1889).

This and the next species form the first group of the
Bornean species of this genus, characterized by un¬
spotted tegmina. This species is further separated by
having unicolorous opercula.

Habitat : Borneo and Johore.

One example from Sarawak in Sarawak Museum.

2. — Cosmopsaltria icla, Moulton.

Joarn. Str. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soe. No. 57, p. 189 (1911).

A very distinct little species ; opercula narrowly
edged with piceous on inner margin and at apex.
Opercula of jacoona reach 5th abdominal segment,
while in ida they reach the last segment. In both
species the rostrum barely reaches the posterior coxae.

Habitat : Kedurong, Sarawak.

Two specimens from Kedurong in Sarawak Museum,
including T3rpe. A third in the collection of Mr.
Distant from the same locality (e Sar. Mus.).

3. — Cosmopsaltria inermis, Stal.

Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forli. p. 708 (1870).

Distant, Mon. Orient. Cicad. p. 49, pi. VI. fig. 15, a, b (1890\

This and the next species (latilinea) are characterized
by the tegmina being infuscated on veins at base of
2nd, 3rd, 5th, and 7th apical areas, besides a hind-
marginal row of spots on the transverse veins separat¬
ing the apical areas. Apart from this feature inermis
is quite distinct, having opercula rounded at apices,
while pronotal and mesonotal markings are quite
different from those of latilinea.

Habitat : Yokohama, Philippines, Palawan and
Borneo.

TWO XEW CICADIDiE

186

Two specimens in the Sarawak Museum, from Trusan
and Baram.

4. — Cosmopsaltria latilinea, Walker.

Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X. p. 85 (1367).

Cosmopsaltria padda, Distant, Ann. Ma". Xat. Hist. (5) XX.
p. 239 (1887).

Cosmopsaltria latilinea, Distant, Mon. Orient. Cicad. p. 48
p] IV. tig. 15, a, b (1889).

C. dn, a rum var. latilinea , Distant, Syn. Catal. Horn. p. 55
( 1901)] .

Cosmopsaltria ■ latilinea Monlton, Journ. Str. Br., Boy.
Asiat. See. No. 57, p. 138 (1911).

This species, C. duarum and C. agatha form a little
group, distinguished by the type of the mcsonotal
markings being common to all three. Besides the in-
fuscations of the tegmina already noted, latilinea, may
be distinguished among other characters from the other
two species, by the colours of the opercula, which are
green at base, brown in centre and piceous at apex and
inner margin. The rostrum reaches the centre of the
posterior coxae.

Habitat : Borneo and Penang.

Sarawak : Baram Point, Kedurong, Bintulu and Ku¬
ching — many specimens (Sar. Mus.).

5. Cosmopsaltria phceophila, Walker,

List Horn. i. p. 52 (1850).

Distant Mon. Orient. Oicad. p. 68, pi. XII. fi". 21, a, 5(1890)

f have not seen this species, but from Walker's des¬
cription, it seems to be very like C, duarum , though
Distant’s figure of the female shows a somewhat .dif¬
ferent insect.

Habitat : Borneo and Corea.

Cosmopsaltria duarum , Walken

Diiriduloia duarum, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. i. p. 141
(1857). .... ■ . . ' f .

Cosmopsaltria lauta , Disi. Ann. Mag- Xat, Hist. (61 i. p. 293
(.168 k. K ;

id. Mon. Orient. Cicad. p-. 48, pi. V. fig. 8 (1889)1

This species has very broad piceous margins to the
opercula. The rostrum reaches just beyond the pos¬
terior coxae. C. duarum , agatha , montivaga and plum
phila (according to Walker’s description, but not to

FROM SARAWAK. --BY J. C. MOULTON. 187*

Distant's figure) form a little group characterized by
the transverse veins at base of second and third apical
areas only of the tegmina being infuscated.

Habitat : Borneo.

There are four examples of this form in the Sarawak
Museum from Sadong and Kuching ; but there are
specimens of another form which differ in one charac¬
teristic only and I therefore regard them as a variety
of this species and describe as under : —

6 a. — Cosmopsaltria diiarum, Wlk. var. vera , nov.

Male. Differs from typical form *only in the position
of lateral fascia on pronotum. This forms a straight
dark line from base of eye, along lateral margin to
junction of tegmen. This is an invariable feature in
the seven examples before me, and is the only difference
1 can detect between it and the typical form, but it is
sufficient to distinguish the two easily.

F em ale. U nkn o w n .

Type male , from Kedurong Light house, 1910 (Sar.
Mus.).

Habitat. Sarawak: Bararn, Point and Kedurong
Point.

Two of the seven examples of this variety, vary in
the extent of the piceous margin to the opercula, which
is slightly more reduced than in the other five, or than
in the typical form.

7 .—Cosmopsaltria agatha, sp. n.

Male. Head, pronotum and mesonotum, ochreous-
olive ; face anteriorly and transversely striated with
black, a large black spot on face at base of rostrum.
Black central fascia on front, continued across vertex
enclosing ocelli ; inner margin of vertex to the eyes
black, and a curved black line from inner margin
towards base of eye. Pronotum with two narrow black
central longitudinal fasciae united posteriorly; exteriorly
an irregular black spot joining these fasciae anteriorly;

* The typical form is well figured by Distant in his Monograph of
Oriental Cicadidae” under the name of “C. Uinta (latilinea, var?/’, and he
describes the characteristic marking on the pronotum thus: — “pronotum
with a central double fascia united at base. * a large sub l at era/, spot on, each
side, and, a spot beneath on basal margin." His figure shows well how these
last two markings, together with the sublateral fascia of the mesonotum,
form one continuous sublateral fascia. (*The italics arc mine).

1 AM • TWO X£W O.M'.|DID.i-

a broad oblique black fascia from base of eye to
posterior margin of pronotum. Five longitudinal black
stripes on mesonotum ; the central long and thin, but
slightly widened from centre posteriorly, the two stripes
on each side of this, short and thicker, succeeded pos¬
teriorly by two rounded black spots just above the
cruciform elevation, the two outer stripes heavy and
slightly sinuate, viz., anteriorly, inwardly concave and
posteriorly, outwardly concave. Black spot on cruciform
elevation, succeeded by two elongate black spots on
first and second abdominal segments. Abdomen above
dark castaneous and greyishly pilose, tympanal cover¬
ings olivaceous. Body beneath and legs ochreous, apex
of abdomen black. Femora of front legs spined and
piceous at apex, tarsi of front and middle legs, basal
and apical portions of tibiae of front, middle and hind
legs piceous. Tegmina hyaline, apical areas very
slightly duskily suffused ; costal membrane and vena¬
tion brown ; cross veins at base of second and third
apical areas infuscated with brown. Wings hyaline.
Rostrum reaches centre of posterior coxae ; its apex
black. Opercula reach last abdominal segment, broad,
meeting in centre, concavely sinuate on outer margins
near base, obtusely rounded at apices ; ground-colour
ochraceous, with dark castaneous median bar, inner
margin and apex (broadlyj piceous.

Length, excl. tegm. 35 mm. ; exp. tegm. 1 1 5 mm.

Type. Male. Kedurong, Sarawak (Sar. Mus,).

Habitat. Baram Point and Kedurong, Sarawak.

Female unknown.

Allied to C. duarum , Walker, and C. montivaga,
Distant. It can be distinguished from montivaga by
the ochreous ground-colour of its opercula which is
green in montivaga, by the ochreous-olive ground
colour of mesonotum, which is red castaneous in monti¬
vaga ; and the opercula of agatha meet along the centre
of abdomen, whereas they are distinctly apart in monti¬
vaga. The bar across the opercula in agatha at once
distinguishes it from duarum.

8. — Cosmopsaltria montivaga , Distant.

Arm. Mag. Nat. Hi&t. (6) III. p. 421 (1889).

Id. Mon. Client. Ciead. p. 49, pi. XII. fig. 12. a , h (1890).

Tegmina infuscated at base of 2nd and 3rd apical

FliOH SARAWAK. — BI J. C. MOULTON.

189

areas only. Rostrum barely reaches posterior coxae.
Opercula narrowly margined with piceous on inner
margin, broadly at apex. Distinguished from preceding
species by green ground-colour of opercula, whose
inner margins do not meet. The mesonotal markings
are also different. Ground-colour of mesonotum is red
brown and the black fasciae are more slender by half.
The ground colour of pronotum is light olivaceous
brown like the ground-colour of both pronotum and
mesonotum in C. agatha.

Habitat : Borneo. Mt. Kina Balu (Whitehead) ; Sara¬
wak : Baram Point, Kcdurong and Kuching — several
specimens (Sar. Mus.).

9. — Cosmopsaltria alticola, Distant.

Trans. Ent. Soc. LoikI. p. 200 (1905).

I have not seen this species, but Distant notes that it
is allied to C. montwaga . The following two points
mentioned in his description serve to separate it from
all the other Bornean species : — (1) opercula reach the
fifth segment of abdomen only (C. jacoona, Dist. is the
only other Bornean Cosmopsaltria thus characterized),
(iij tegmina infuscated on veins at base of 2nd, 3rd and
5th apical areas — a unique feature among the above
s-pe.cies.

Habitat : Borneo.

The following synopsis— artificial as all such keys
must be — shows more clearly how the above species
may be differentiated, besides suggesting their relations
to one another.

Key to tiie Bornean species of Cosmopsaltria , Star.

A. — Tegmina unspotted.

a. Opercula reaching 5th abdo¬
minal segment and unicolorous 1. jacoona,
aa. Opercula reaching last abdo¬
minal segment and very nar¬
rowly margined with piceous. 2. ida,

B. — Tegmina spotted.

a. Opercula reaching to last ab¬
dominal segment. ■ *

b. Veins at base of and, 3rd, 5th
and 7th apical areas infwfc-

190 CICADIDJE FROM SARAWAK. — BY J. C. MOULTON.

cated ; hind- marginal row of
spots on veins dividing apical
areas.

c. Apices of opercula rounded

and bicolorous (P)1 ... 3. inermis.

cc. Apices of opercula rounded
inwardly, obtuse outwardly,
and tricolorous. ... 4. latilinea.

bb. Veins at base of 2nd and 3rd
apical areas only, infuscated ;
no hind-marginal row of
spots in tegmina.

d. Opercula with very broad

piceous margins ; no trans¬
verse band.

e. Rostrum reaching the pos¬
terior coxae2. ... 5. phasophila.

ee. Rostrum just passing the
posterior coxae.

/. Lateral fasciae across pro-

notum. ... ... 6. duarum

11. Lateral fasciae along mar¬
gin of pronotum. ... 6 a. var. vera.

dd. Opercula with piceous mar¬
gins; and median transverse
band.

g. Opercula meet on abdomen ;

ground-colour biscuit colour. 7. agatha .
gg. Opercula do, not meet ;

ground-colour green. ... 8 . montivaga.

aa. Opercula reaching 5th segment
only ; narrowly margined with
piceous. Tegmina infuscated
on veins at base of 2nd, 3rd and
5th apical areas. ... ... 9 . alticola.

1. — Having only seen the female of this species I judge from Distant’s des¬
cription and figure of the male for this last character.

2. — Walker describes the mouth as ‘Tawny with a black tip, reaching the
hind hips.”

It. — A NOTE ON SOME BORNEAN OOONATA, WITH DESCRIPTION

OF A NEW SPECIES, — By F. F. LaIDLAW.

The following note is the second * to be published on
the Odonata of the Sarawak Museum, which I have
had the opportunity of examining recently. It is
intended to publish further notes on these collections
as they become classified and determined. The small
samples already sent to me show that we have yet to
learn much of the Odonata of Borneo.

Subfamily, Libellulin/e.

Orchithemis xanthosoma, sp. n.

Male. — Length of hind* wing 23 5 mm.

Length of abdomen (without appendages)
18 mm.

Discoidal field of both wings consisting of a single
row of cells ; in the front-wing almost to the wing-
margin, in the hind-wing nearly to the level of the
nodus.

No anal area developed in the hind- wing. Only
two rows of cells between the anal nerve and the hind
margin of the wing.

Abdomen not depressed, tapers very gradually.

Seen from the side the hamulus of segment 2 pro¬
jects more directly downwards from the abdomen than
is the case in either of the other species of the genus.

Lobus of segment 2 very minute, scarcely to be dis¬
tinguished from the margin of the segment.

Colour.— Prothorax, olive green above.

Thorax above is velvety black, except in front where
it fades into a golden brown. On the sides and below,
an olive green.

Abdomen 1, greenish yellow ; 2-7, golden brown
with black margins and carinse.

* For previous note on Bornean Odonata see Journal of Strait* Branch
Jloyal Asiatic Society, No. 57, pp. 190—193 1911.

A KOTE GE SOME iOIlKmN

Dorsally and posteriorly each segment lias a square
median black mark becoming more extensive and less
well defined from that in the hinder segment. Segments
8-10 black. Anal appendages black. Segments 2-3 are
covered with a fine primrose deposit except on the black
dorsal spot. This gives a bluish white appearance.

Legs brownish yellow, darker at the joints ; spines
and terminal joints black.

In a more adult specimen the whole of the front of
the thorax is black, whilst the abdomen is almost
entirely dark brown fading into black in the hinder

segments.

Traces of primrose markings of the same distribution
as in the other specimen occur on segments 3 arid 4 of
the abdomen.

Wings in the more mature specimen slightly tinged
with brown towards the tips.

Readily distinguished from the two other species of
the genus by the presence of a single row only of cells
in the discoidal field of the fore-wing.

O. xanthosoma appears to me to approach rather
closely to the type of neuration found in Ris’ first Group
of the Libellulince more closely than do any other
members of his second Group.

In the second more mature specimen there is a little
more tendancy for the breaking up of the discoidal
field in the fore-wing into two rows. But the single row
character is still strongly marked, and I have no doubt
is an invariable feature of the species.

Type in the Sarawak Museum. Co-type in my own
collection.

All the species of the genus are found in Borneo.

Haphisma met mis, Ris, Collect. Zool. Edm. de Selys

Longchamps Ease. XI. p. 370.

Female.— Internal triangle of 3 cells as in the male.
Thorax dull brown with 3 lateral obscure dark me¬
tallic green lines.

Abdomen very dark brown, fading in the posterior
segments into black. The margins and carinae of the
abdominal segments black.

ODGXATA.

BY V. F. I,\]:DLAW.

] 'JY

Types of the male (coll. Selvs).

Type of the female (Sarawak Museum).
Length of hind-wing 23 mm.

Length of abdomen 20 mm.

Zygonyx iris, Selys.

A pair.

Male.' -Length of abdomen 32 mm.

Length of hind-wing 40 mm.

Area of hind- wing below anal vein and behind anal
area tinged with yellow.

15 antenodal nerves in the fore wing, the last not
continued by subcostal.

Female. — Length of abdomen 38 mm.

Length of hind wing 47 mm.

Both wings tinged with yellowish brown, darker at
the base, except for a small area lying behind the anal
area of the hind-wing.

18 antenodals in the forewing, the last on one side
continuous with a subcostal nerve.

Widely distributed species, variable in size and
coloration of wings.

\ — A List or Sau wv.vk Miseries.— By J. S. Geikie.

The following does not pretend to be a full or com¬
plete list of Sarawak minerals as the title might lead
one to expect, but it is hoped that it may form a basis
to which additions may be made from time to time.

A paper entitled “The Distribution of Minerals in
Sarawak” was published by the late Mr. A. H. Everett
in the Journal of the Straits Branch, Royal Asiatic
Society in 1878 and a list of minerals is given by the
State Geologist of the F. M. S. in his report on a visit
to Sarawak in 1904, and these, with a few scattered re¬
ferences in the various books of travel written about
the country, appear to be the only literature on the
subject.

Before treating of the distribution of the various
minerals, it will be as well to note briefly the main
features of the geological historic of the country. The
most ancient identified rocks are the Jurassic Lime¬
stones whose rugged and precipitous outlines form such
a prominent feature in the scenery of the country.
Overlying this limestone is the series of Shales, Sand¬
stones and Conglomerates, which occur over the greater
part of the territory of Sarawak ; these in turn are
covered by more recent Clay beds and deposits of
Alluvial origin.

All the stratified rocks show evidence of considerable
earth movement, the bedding in places being much
folded, disturbed and faulted, and the rocks themselves
are somewhat metamorphosed— Jasperoid Rocks and
Quartzites replacing the Shales and Sandstones, and
Limestone being sometimes altered to marble.

Numerous intrusions of Granite, Diorite, Porphyry
and other Igneous Rocks are found cutting these
sedimentary beds in every direction.

Of the minerals which have been observed, it is but
natural that the great majority are noted as occurring in
the metaliferous districts of Upper Sarawak in which

SARAWAK MINERALS. — BY J. S. GEIKIE. 195

are found all the deposits of the economic minerals
which the country produces, except those of coal and
oil.

In this district occur — Antimony, Arsenic, Gold,
Cinnabar and. Diamonds, whilst coal is found at
Sadong, Lingga, Brooketon, etc. and oil at Miri and
Brooketon. Of these minerals the Diamonds are found
in the Alluvial ; the Coal, Oil and Cinnabar in the
younger Shale and Sandstone series, whilst the other
metals occupy a geological horizon which approxi¬
mates to the junction of the Limestone and Sandstone
series.

Small deposits of Antimony ores occur in different
parts of the country above this horizon but have so far
proved to be of no economic importance.

Native Elements.

Diamond. — Diamonds are found in the Upper Sadong
and in the left hand branch of the Sarawak River,
where they occur either in the present beds of the
streams or in the older alluvial forming the banks.

The stones found are mostly small and full of flaws.
Search for these is carrried on in a very desultory
manner by Malay fossickers who confine their attention
chiefly to the beds of the streams, which can only be
worked during dry weather.

There is no direct evidence of the origin of these
stones but it is possible that they may be derived from
the disintegration of the beds of conglomerate through
which these rivers flow in places as at Pangkalan
Am pat.

In support of this it may be noted that Diamonds
are also found just over the Sarawak border in the
Skiyam River whose waters also cut through similar
conglomerate beds.

Arsenic.-- Occurs in Upper Sarawak and more parti¬
cularly at Bidi, where large reniform masses are fre¬
quently found in the limestone fissures along with Gold
and Antimony Ores.

Nowhere does It occur in quantity sufficient to make
it of much commercial importance ; in fact its presence

190 SARAWAK AilXERALS.--.BY J. S. GKIK'JE.

in so many of the Gold and Antimony ores is most
objectionable from the metallurgist’s point of view.

Antimony . — Specimens of metallic Antimony have
been found in most of the metaliferous deposits of
Upper Sarawak, but only in the Limestone hills near
Busau has it occurred in any quantity. Here it is
found in masses, some of considerable size, lying in
fissures in the limestone and also in the Alluvium round
the foot of the hills. At no time has its production
formed more than a mere fraction of the out-put of
Sarawak Antimony.

Gold. — Gold is and has been for some years the chief
metal export of the country, practically the wdiole
amount having been derived from the Bau and Bidi gold
mines in Upper Sarawrak ; the native alluvial washings
produce only a small and very uncertain quantity.

The metal has a wide distribution, having been found
in the Rejang at Sariki, in the Batang Lupar at Marup,
in the Sadong at Melikin and elsewhere, in the Samara -
han at Sirin, and practically all over Sarawak Proper.
Most of these deposits are however only low grade
alluvials of no extent.

At Bau and Bidi gold occurs in a series of Marls and
Shales pierced by numerous dykes, the rocks in the
auriferous zone being brecciated, much altered, and
silicified, and retaining but little trace of their original
form. These masses of altered rock are found to ex¬
tend along a series of fault lines and there is little
doubt that the origin of the gold is closely connected
with the presence of the dykes and these faults.

The gold which is alloyed with some 20 per cent of
silver is in an extremely fine state of division, being
rarely visible ; what coarse gold there is occurs in thin
leaves and plates. Along with the gold are found
Arsenic, Antimony, Stibnite pyrites, Realgar etc.

Silver. — Only occurs alloyed with gold.

Mercury. — Small quantities of Mercury were observed
from time to time while working the Tegora Cinnabar
deposit.

Sulphides, etc.

Realgar. . -Of frequent occurrence in the gold bearing

shales of Bau and Bidi, generally as small crystals

SARAWAK MINERALS. — BI J. S. GEIKIE. 197

disseminated through the ores, but also found in an
earthy form, and occasionally in large translucent
crystals.

Other localities which have been noted are at Gading
and M’rau, Ulu Skiyam in Dyke rocks, at Puak in
Limestone, also Ulu Sadong, Sariki, Baram etc.

Orpiment. — Found associated with Realgar.

Stibnite. — The most common ore of Antimony.

For many years Antimony formed the chief mineral
export of the country but with the fall in value of the
metal and the gradual exhaustion of the deposits the
production is now merely nominal. This mineral is
widely distributed, having been found in Upper Sara¬
wak, Lundu, Samarahan, Sadong, the Batang Lupar,
Sariki, Bintulu etc. ; however only the Upper Sarawak
deposits have proved to be of any value.

The common forms in which Stibnite is found are
large granular lumps, masses of acicular crystals or
finely disseminated in veinstone.

A rare form has the appearance of black wool.

Galena.— Of occasional occurrence with the Anti¬
mony and Gold Ores of Upper Sarawak and has also
been found in a small vein in Santubong Mountain.

Zinc Blende.— The black variety is found in one or
two places in Upper Sarawak but is of no economic
value.

Cinnabar. — Deposits of Cinnabar are found in Upper
Sarawak at Tegora and Gumbang, the former was
exhausted some years ago, but at the latter the ore was
found to be too poor to work.

At Tegora the Cinnabar occurred as an impregnation
in a series of much shattered shales and sandstones
which form a hill at the foot of the Bungo Range of
mountains. During mining operations the whole top
of the hill was removed and a large chamber excavated
in the hill itself.

Traces of Cinnabar have also been found in the
Samarahan and Sadong districts.

Chalcopyrite— Occasionally found in a few of the
Upper Sarawak ores.

198

SARAWAK MINERALS. — BY J. S. GEIKIE.

Iron Pyrites. — A very common mineral which how¬
ever is only found in small crystals, veinlets and con¬
cretions, no deposit of any extent being known.

Arsenical Pyrites. — Not so common as Iron Pyrites,
but is present in most of the Ore deposits of Upper
Sarawak.

Kermesite. — Antimony Oxy-sulphide found in many
of the Antimony deposits as an alteration product of
Stibnite.

Jamesonite. — Occasionally found in the Upper Sara¬
wak Ores, generally carrying high gold and silver
values.

Proustite. — Ruby silver ore. The late Mr. A. H.
Everett mentions this mineral as having been found in
Upper Sarawak.

Chlorides, etc.

Rock Salt. — Brine springs are reported in the Ulu
Baram and elsewhere which points to the possible
presence of deposits of salt.

Calomel. — Observed in the Cinnabar deposit at
Tegora.

Sarawakite. — Probably a Chloride of Antimony. A.
Frenzel in his Mineralogy of the Eastern Archipelago
records its occurrence.

Oxides.

Quartz. — Extremely common both in its massive
and crystalline forms. No large crystals have been
found.

Chalcedony. — Occurs lining fissures and cavities in
both igneous and sedimentary rocks.

Chert. — Very common in Upper Sarawak where it
occurs massive and also in bands and layers of nodules
in the limestone.

Hyalite. — One of the opal forms of Silica found in
several localities in Upper Sarawak, lining the sides of
cavities and fissures in shales.

Some specimens have the appearance of drops of
colourless resin, but the majority are yellow and brown
owing to the presence of Iron oxide in the mineral.

Sapphire- -Sapphires are found in the Upper Baram,
but the stones are small and of no value.

SARAWAK MINERALS. — BY J. S. CEIKTE. 199

Corundum. — Occasional small pebbles of this mineral
are washed up during the search for Diamonds.

Haematite. — A few small pockets of this ore have
been found in Limestone in Upper Sarawak.

Magnetite. — Occasionally found but never in any
quantity.

Laterite. — Under the term Laterite may be classed
the majority of the Iron ore deposits of the country ;
these are as a rule small and the percentage of metal
very irregular.

Native smelters produce a very high class Iron from
some of these ores.

Limonite. — Nodules of Limonitc are found in certain
beds in the coal measures.

Wad. — An Impure Manganese ore of very general
distribution found in amorphous earthy masses and as
incrustations and stains ; many of the black and brown
clays of the country owe their colours to this mineral.

Psilomelane. — Another common Manganese ore. Near
Lundu it is found in irregular bands traversing a series
of altered shales. This is the only place in the country
where any attempt has been made to exploit Manga¬
nese, the deposit however proved to be only a surface
enrichment.

Bauxite. — Occurs at Puak as small concretionary
nodules in clays resulting from the decomposition of
impure limestones.

Senarmon tide .

V alentinite .

Cervantite.

These three oxides of Antimony have all been found
in Upper Sarawak. Senarmontite alone occurs in any
quantity and is one of the ores exported. The clays
round the Limestone hills near Busau afford the main
supply of this oxide ; from these it is washed up in the
form of grains and amorphous lumps.

Carbonates.

Calcite , Limestone , Marble. — Carbonate of Lime in a
variety of forms is well represented in the country.
Limestone seamed and veined with Calcite and some¬
times altered to marble, outcrops all over Upper Sara-

'200

SARAWAK MINERALS. — BY J. S. GEIKIE.

wak in the south, and from here it may be traced in a
more or less interrupted band extending to the head
waters of the Limbang River in the North.

Siderite. — Frequently found in small grains in the
cave alluvials of Upper Sarawak.

Malachite and Azurite . — These Carbonates of Copper
were included by A. H. Everett in his list of Sarawak
Minerals, as is also : —

Cerussite. — The Carbonate of Lead.

Silicates,

felspar . Schorl.

Hype rsthene . Muscovite.

Augite. Biot it e.

Hornblende. Olivine.

Epidote .

The above Silicates have only been detected as
constituent or accessory minerals in the various igneous
and altered sedimentary rocks, and call for no further
comment.

Zircon. — Common in all the alluvials, particularly so
in some of the limestone cave deposits, where it is
generally associated with Garnets and Gold. It occurs
in perfect crystals of microscopic size.

Garnet. — Garnets have been observed in some of the
dykes traversing limestone ; they are very small, as are
also those found in the Alluvial deposits.

Talc. — A common mineral especially in the brecciated
shales and marls of Upper Sarawak ; it is always of the
massive foliated type, never crystalline.

Phosphates.

Wavellite. — Some large masses of a beautiful blue
colour were found lining a cavity in gold ore at Bau.

In its white form it is fairly common.

Apatite. — An accessory mineral of some dyke rocks
and altered marls.

Arsenates.

Scorodite. — An Arsenate of Iron found in amorphous
lumps in clay at Puak, Upper Sarawak.

Anti mon ate s.

Bindheimite. — Antimonate of lead.

Occurs as an incrustation, or amorphous. A result
of the decomposition of other Antimony ores.

SARAWAK MINERALS.—- BY «T. S. GKIKTE. t20 1

Sulphates.

Gypsum. Occurs at Ayer Pan as near S'ennah as a
deposit from the hot spring.

Hydrocarbon Compounds.

Coal. — Coal is found in a number of localities the
most important being Sadong, Brooketon and Lingga.
At Sadong a single seam has been worked for many
years, at Brooketon there are two nearly vertical seams
18 to 20 feet thick, whilst Lingga has not yet been ex¬
ploited but there is reported to be a good seam there,
the outcrop of which can be traced for a considerable
distance.

Besides these, numerous occurrences are reported all
along the coast from Sadong to the North; none of
these however have as yet been prospected.

Oil. — Mineral oil occurs in the Coal measures and
follows the latter mineral in its geographical dis¬
tribution.

Finds are reported at Sadong, Brooketon and Miri
but none of these places has as yet produced oil in any
quantity ; boring operations are however being carried
on at Miri which have so for met with encouraging
results.

Mineral Resin. — Both the Sadong and Brooketon
coals occasionally contain small pieces of Resin.

Vol. I

No. 2

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal.

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH.

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG AND YOKOHAMA.

THE SARAWAK MUSEUM JOURNAL.

1. — Annual subscription (including postage) f>i (Straits

currency) to subscribers in Sarawak and the Malay
Peninsula.

2s. 6d. (English currency) to subscribers elsewhere.

All subscriptions are due on the ist January of the
current year.

2. — One number will be issued in the early part of each

year ; and in the event of sufficient material being
forthcoming, a second number will appear towards
the latter end of the year.

3. —All articles and notes intended for insertion should

be directed to the Editor of the Sarawak Museum
journal, Kuching, Sarawak. They should be
authenticated by the writer’s name (sent privately
if not to be published). The Editor cannot under¬
take to return rejected communications, unless
postage is sent, or state reasons for non-insertion.

4. — Correspondence is invited on any subject within the

scope of the Sarawak Museum Journal.

5. — Authors receive 25 copies of their papers free.

| .

Vol. I.

No. 2

i

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal.

For the Promotion oj Scientific Knowledge and Study of the Natives
and Natural History of the Island oj Borneo.

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH.

February, E9I2.

AGENTS :

SINGAPORE: Messrs. Kelly & Walsh, Limited.
LONDON : Messrs. West, Newman & Co., Hatton Garden.

Printed and Published by

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED, SINGAPORE,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG AND YOKOHAMA.

THE

SARAWAK MUSEUM JOURNAL

Table of Gontents.

PAGE

I. — Prospectus Gryllacridarum Borneensium, by Dr. A.Griffini ,

R. I stituto Tecnico, Bologna,- Italy .. .. i

II. — An Expedition to the Bah Country of Central Borneo, by

R. S. Douglas, Resident of Bar am, Sarawak .. ..17

III. — New Bornean Plants, by H. N . Ridley, M.A., C.M.G., F.R.S. 30

IV. — The Ferns of Mt. Penrissen, by Cecil J . Brooks .. ..39

V. — On Pepper-Growing in Upper Sarawak, by G. Dalton . . 52

VI.— The Sea-Dayak Method of Making and Dyeing Thread from
their Home-Grown Cotton, by the Rev. IV. Howell, of the

S. P. G. Mission, Sabu, Sarawak .. .. ..61

VII.— On a New Genus and Species of Odonata from Sarawak,

by Dr. F. F. Laidlaw . . . . . . 65

VIII. — A Contribution to the Study of the Insect Fauna of
Borneo. A List of the Bornean Buprestidae (Part II.),
by Ch. Kerr emans, Bruxelles, with an Appendix by J. C.
Moulton, Curator of the Sarawak Museum .. ..68

IX. — Ethnological Notes.

(i) Some Murik Words, by R. S. Douglas .. ..86

(ii) A Note on the Origin of the Land-Dayak Villages

of Sentah and Quop, from information supplied by
the Revd. Ah Luk, of theS. P. G. Mission, Quop .. 88

(iii) An Insect Omen, by J. C. Moulton .. ..go

(iv) Trengs, by J . C. Moulton . . . . 91

X. — Museum Notes.

(i) On the Fungus Parasites of Insects . . 96

(ii) Insects and their Enemies .. .. .. 100

(iii) On the Bornean Species of two Families of Coleoptera 103

(iv) On Two Sea-Dayak Medicine Chests .. .. 104

(v) Some Stone Implements found in Sarawak . . 109

XI — One New Genus and some New Species of Cassidae from

Borneo, with a list of all the Species at present known from
that Island, by Dr. Franz Spaeth, Vienna . . . . 113

XII. — Correspondence.

A Spider’s Web Weighted by a Stone, by E. J . M. Sawrey-
Cookson . . . . . . . . . . 123

Map. — Ivalabit Country in Ulu Baram . . facing p. 17

Plate. — Metaphya Micans, Laidlaw .. .. facing p. 65

I.— Prospectus Gryllacridarum Borneensium. —

Par le Dr. Achille Griffini, R. Istituto Tecnico,
Bologna.

J’ai eu le plaisir de pouvoir etudier recemment
la collection des Gryllacridae du Musee de Sarawak,
que Mons. J. C. Moulton a bien voulu m’envoyer
obligeamment en communication. J’ai publie sur ces
insectes une note systematique (Bibliographie, No. 22) ;
je dois maintenant ajouter que les types des especes
et sous-especes nouvelles de cette collection, de meme
que les exemplaires plus rares et quelques doubles des
autres especes, m’ont ete donnes pour ma collection.

J’aime a signaler la liberalite du Musee de Sarawak,
vraiement exceptionnelle, et je prie encore ici Mons.
Moulton de bien vouloir agr^er tous mes remerciments.

Je crois qu’un Prospectus complet des Gryllacridae
de Borneo, redige comme ceux que j’ai deja publies pour
les especes Africaines, pour les especes de Madagascar,
pour les especes Americaines et pour cedes de la Nouvelle
Guinee, pourrait etre utile aux entomologistes ; j’ai done
disposees en Prospectus dichotomique et synonymique
toutes les especes et sous-especes ou varietes de Grylla¬
cridae connues jusqu’ a present comme existant a Borneo,
avec les indications bibliographiques necessaires et les
annotations que j’ai cru devoir ajouter.

Les Gryllacridae de Borneo rentrent tous dans le
grand genre Gryllacris Serv.

Je suis bien heureux de pouvoir publier mon Pros¬
pectus dans le “Journal du Musee de Sarawak,” dont le
premier numero, paru en Fevrier 1911, contient deja des
travaux scientifiques tres varies et d’un grand interet.

Bologna (Italia), le 14 Mai 1911.

Gen. Gryllacris Serville.

Dispositio specierum Borneensium :

A. Alae unicolores, hyalinae vel subhyalinae leviter
infumatae, nec totae atrae, nec fuscae venulis hyalino
1

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

2

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

cinctis, nec hyalinae venulis fasco cinctis, neque fuscae
hyalino maculatae ; interdum tantum ( Gr . vcnosa ) venulis
anguste ferrugineo cinctis :

B. Elytra subtota atra vel basi late atra, colore
atro fasciam vel maculam latam flavidam includen-te :

G. Elytra valde longa (circiter mm. 47), basi atra
ibique maculam flavido-aurantiacam includente ; caput
atrum ; pronotum atro marginatum; femora apice atra;
femora postica gracilia ; alae subinfumatae ; ovipositor
elongatus, rectus :

(1). Gr. bornccnsis De Ha an 1842 (4), pag. 219,
Tab. 19, fig. 7 (mas). — Gerstaecker i860
(5), pag. 264 (mas). — Brunner 1888 (7),
pag. 327-28 (mas et foem.). — Kirby 1906
(7 7), pag. 139. — Griffini 1908 (13), pag.
12-13. — Griffini 1911 (22), pag. 5. — Griffini
1911 (23, 25).

Habitat: Borneo (Auctores omnes); Banjer-
massing (De Haan) ; Nord Borneo (Mus.
Berolin.) ; Borneo, Kuching, Busau (Mus.
Sarawak). — Occurrit etiam in insula

Sipora, Archipelagi Mentawei (Mus.

Genova).

Nota 1 : Specimina 5 vidi in collections
Musaei Sarawaki.

Nota 2 : In insula Sumatra haec species
non occurrit, sed occurrit Gr. borncensis
subsp. Fruhstorfevi Griffini 1908, valde
distincta (Mus. Berolin. Typi; Mus. New
York, specimen a Rehn descriptum).

GC. Elytra valde brevia (circiter mm. 16), subtota
atra sed basi et ad medium transverse irregulariter
flavido-ferruginea ; femora postica basi valde incrassata;
genicula pallida sed femora ante apicem et tibiae post
basim atro annulatae ; pictura capitis et pronoti variabilis ;
alae hyalinae ; ovipositor breviusculus, incurvus :

(2). Gr. fasciata (Walker). — Larnaca fasciata
Walker 1869 (6), pag. 191 (foem.), des¬
criptions emendanda. — Gry llacris fasciata
Kirby 1906 (11), pag. 140. — Griffini 1908

BORNEENSIUM. - BY DR. GRIFFINI.

3

{13), pag. 2-4 (mas et foem.). — Griffini
ign [23) . — Gryllacris fasciata (ut nova
spec, hoc eodem nomine descripta) Brun¬
ner 1898 (9), pag. 275 (mas). — Gryllacris
baramica nov. nomen Kirby 1906 {11),
pag. 140. — Griffini 1909 {16), pag. 301-02
(mas). — Griffini 19 11 (23). — Gryllacris fas¬
ciata Griffini 1911 {25).

Habitat: Borneo (Auctores omnes); Sarawak
(Walker) ; ad flumen Bararn (Brunner) ;
N. Sarawak, Trusan (Mus. Oxford) ;
Borneo, S. O. Borneo (Mus. Berolin.). — -
Occurrit etiam in insula Sipora, Archipe-
lagi Mentawei (Mus. Genova).

Nota: Synonvmiam iam putatam inter Gr.
fasciatam (Walk.) et Gr. fasciatam Brunn.,
hie constituo.

BB. Elytra hand atra neque basi atra, sed subhya-
lina vel parum infuscata, venis venulisque fuscis vel
atris :

D. Eh rtra amplissima (longitudine qo-^omm.),
campo antico hyalino, campo postico sensim infuscato,
venis venulisque omnibus ferrugineo-fuscis, haud inusitate
crassiusculis ; alae hyalinae, venis venulisque subtilibus
sed acute delineatis; caput maiusculum, fastigio verticis
marginibus carinatis; macula ocellaris frontalis magna:

(3). Gr. sigiiatifrwis Serville 1839 C?)> pag. 393
(foem.). — Gerstaecker i860 (5), pag. 2 73. —
Kirby 1906 {11), pag. 142.- — Griffini 1908
(13), pag. 4-6 (mas et foem.). — Griffini 1909
(17), pag. hi.— Griffini 1911 (22), pag.
5. — Gryllacris facifer Brunner 1888 (7),

pag. 340 (foem.).- — Gryllacris latifennis Pic¬
tet et Saussure 1891 (10), pag. 311, PI. II,
fig. 13 (foem.). — Kirby 1906 (11), pag. 141.

Habitat: Borneo, Rejang (specimen unicum
a me visum in collectione Musaei
Sarawaki). — Occurrit etiam in Java (Auct¬
ores omnes, Mus. Berolin. Typus mas a
me descriptus).

4

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

Nota: In insula Nias et in peninsula Malacca
occurrit Gr. signatifrons var. Raapi Griffini
1908, apice femorum et tibiis atris, elytris
longitudine usque ad 55 mm. et ultra.

DD. Eh Tra valde minus ampla (longitudine 22-26
mm.), albido-subhyalina vel leviter testaceo tincta,
venis venulisque fuscis vel atris inusitate robustiusculis ;
fastigium verticis marginibus tantum obtusis vel
tumidulis ; pronotum robustum :

E. Eh Ttra subhyalina, leviter testaceo tincta, venis
venulisque fuscis ; alae sensirn infumatae, venis venu¬
lisque subtilibus fuscis; antennae articulis 2 primis
ferrugineis, articulo tertio atro, sequentibus fuscis et
deinde ferrugineis ; apex femorum cum tibiis subtotis
colore atro :

(4) . Gr. Xdntusi Griffini 1909 {18), pag. 308-

310 (foem.).

Habitat: Borneo (Typus, Mus. Budapest).

EE. Elytra albido subhyalina venis venulisque
atris, subtillime etiam atro marginatis; alae hyalino-
albidae, venis venulisque ferrugineo-fuscis, his latiusculis
et anguste ferrugineo marginatis ; antennae totae ferrugi-
neae ; pedes testaceo-fulvi:

(5) . Gr. venosa Walker 1869 {6), pag. 185

(foem.). — Kirby 1906 {11), pag. 143. —
Griffini 1910 {19), pag. 86-87 (cum nova
descriptione typi).

Habitat: Sarawak (Typus Walkeri, unicus
cognitus, Mus. Oxford).

AA. Alae fuscae hyalino fasciatae, vel fuscae
hyalino maculatae, vel hvalinae fusco fasciatae (interdum
dilute), vel totae atrae:

F. Pronotum robustum, margine antico praecipue
utrinque crenulato; caput crassum ; alae fuscae hyalino-
fasciatae, seu venulis pallidis et utrinque hyalino
marginatis :

G. Femora omnia subtus atra, intermedia et
postica extus fusco notata; alae levissime fuscae, venulis
indistincte hyalino marginatis :

BORNEENSIUM. — BY DR. GRIFFINI.

5

(6) . Gr. sordida Fritze in Carl 1908 (72), pag.

303-04 (foem.) — Griffini 1910 (20), pag. 12.

Habitat : Borneo (Carl).

Nota: Specimina hujus speciei nunquam
vidi.

GG. Femora omnia subtus pallida; alae distincte
fuscae, venulis distincte et latiuscnle hyalino marginatis:

(7) . Gr. ruficcps subsp. malaccensis Griffini 1908

(14), pag. 7-8 (foem.). — Griffini 1910 (20),
pag. 12. — Griffini 1911 (22), pag. 10-11
(mas et foem.). — Griffini 1911 (23).

Habitat: Sarawak (Mus. Sarawak, Mus.
Genova). — Occurrit etiam in Malacca
(Mus. Taurinens.) et in Pulo Penang
(Mus. Genova).

Nota i : Specimen unicum (Typum maris)
vidi in collectione Musaei Sarawaki.

Nota 2 : Gryllacris ruficeps Serville Hpica,
fastigio verticis angustiore, capite pronoto¬
que rufescentibus, habitat in Java.

FF. Pronotum haud conspicue robustum, margine
antico haud crenulato; caput haud insolite crassum :

H. Alae areolis pal lid i s, venulis anguste pallido
marginatis necnon linea rubra vel purpurea extus utrin-
que apposita ; elytra lata et valde elongata ; alae sub-
triangulares :

I. Caput et pronotum atro signata ; frons maculis
4 atris :

L. Frons extra maculas 4 atras centrales utrinque
macula laterali picta ; pronotum vittis duabus lateralibus
obliquis, atris, necnon lmea media longitudinali atra et
punctis alineatis 4 notatum :

(8) . Gr. superba Brunner 1888 (7), pag. 348, Tab.

VIII, fig. 39 (mas). — Brunner 1897 (8),
pag. 8, PI. 6, fig. 73 (mas). — Kirby 1906
(7 7), pag. 143. — Griffini 1910 (20), pag. 11.

6

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

Habitat: Borneo (Brunner).

Nota: Specimina hujus speciei nunquam
vidi.

LL. Frons extra maculas 4 atras centrales utrinque
vitta longitudinali infraoculari picta ; pronotum extra
vittas laterales atras pyriformes unicolor; corpus statura
maiore :

(9). Gr. soror Brunner 1888 (7), pag. 348-49 (mas).
— Kirby 1906 (//), pag. 143. — Griffini 1910
(20), pag. 11.

Habitat: Borneo (Brunner).

Nota: Specimina hujus speciei nunquam
vidi.

II. Caput et pronotum testacea pallida, concoloria;
alae venulis pallidis latiuscule et diffuse utrinque pur-
pureo marginatis :

(Pro memoria) Gr. fasciculata Pictet et Saussure
1891 (70), ‘ pag. 310-11, PI. II, fig. 12
(foem.). — Kirby 1906 (7 7), pag. 145. —

Griffini 1909 (77), pag. iio-m (cum nova
descriptione typi). — Griffini 1910 (20),

pag. 11.

Habitat : Insulae Sundaicae (Pictet et Saus¬
sure).

Nota: Species hie locata propter affinitatem
cum duabus praecedentibus.

HH. Alae haud ut in H pictae :

K. Elytra fusco-nigra, in dimidio basali venulis.
hyalinis et utrinque subtillime hyalino marginatis, in
dimidio apicali venulis fuscis, extus tantum subtillime
hyalino marginatis ; alae subtriangulares, fusco-nigrae,.
venulis subtillime extus hyalino marginatis; corpus
atrum, capite pallidiore; pedes atri, dimidio basali
femorum rufo-testaceo ; ovipositor inusitate brevis, leviter
decurvus :

BORN EE N SI U M . — BY DR. GRIFFINI.

7

(10) . Gr. aivata Walker iS6g (6), pa". 174-175

(mas). — Kirby 1906 (//), pa". 140. — Grif¬
fini igio (70), pag. 84-86 (cum nova
descriptione typi. — Griffini ign (22),
pag. g-10 (foem.).

Habitat: Sarawak (Typus Walkeri in Mus.
Oxford) ; Sarawak, Kuching (Typus foemi-
nae ex collectione Mus. Sarawakij.

Nota : Hujus mirandae speciei adhuc tantum
duo t)Tpi sunt cogniti.

KK. Elytra testacea vel subhvalina, venulis conco-
loribus vel fuscis vel leviter fusco cinctis; ovipositor
subrectus vel incurvus :

M. Alae totae nigrae ; elytra venulis minime
fuscioribus, 33 mm. longa; pronotum margine postico
fusco limbato ; femora omnia apice leviter infuscata ;
caput elongatum, pallidum ; ovipositor parum incurvus,
17 mm. longus :

(11) . Gr. fuuebris Brunner i8gS (9), pag. 276

(foem.). — Kirby igo6 (7 7), pag. 140. —
Griffini igio (20), pag. 16.

Habitat : Borneo, ad flumen Baram
(Brunner).

Nota: Specimina huius speciei nunquam vidi.

MM. Alae hand totae nigrae, et si subtotae
nigrae videntur tamen areolis quibusdam maculam
subhyalinam vel flavidam includentibus praeditae :

N. Alae subtriangulares, subtotae nigrae, tamen
areolis plurimis subhyalinis vel maculam subhyalinam
includentibus; elytra pallida; caput subelongatum, palli¬
dum, fastigio verticis angusto ; palpi labiales apice valde
dilatati ; ovipositor ensiformis, parum incurvus vel
subrectus, latiusculus, latere haud sulcatus, apice haud
obliquo :

O. Elj rtra longitudine circiter 43-47 mm. ; caput
sine vittis subocularibus distinctis ; alae subtotae nigro-
fuscae areolis nonnullis in medio subhyalinis, parte
subhyalina parva. et haud perfecte delinita, venulis

8

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

nonnullis lineola pallida incertissima extus apposita ;
ovipositor parum incurvus :

(12) . Gr. nigripeniiis subsp. elongata Fritze in

Carl. — Gryllacris elongata Fritze in Carl
1908 (72), pag. 304, Tab. VII, fig. 3
(mas). — Griffini 1910 (20), pag. 16. — Gryl¬
lacris nigripeniiis subsp. elongata Griffini
1911 (22), pag. 6-8 (mas et foem.).

Habitat: Borneo (Carl); Sarawak, Kuching
(specimina 2 quae vidi in collectione
Musaei Sarawaki et descripsi).

Nota: Gryllacris nigripeniiis Gerst. typica,
elytris tantum mm. 35-38 longis, alis totis
nigris tantum venulis lineola angustissima
pallida extus marginatis, occurrit in Mala¬
bar (Gerstaecker) et in Java (Brunner).

00. Elytra longitudine circiter 37 mm. ; caput
vittis subocularibus fuscescentibus distinctis ; alae
magna parte hyalinae, venulis fuscis lineola angustissima
pallida utrinque marginatis, vitta sat lata nigro-fusca
extus utrinque apposita ; his vittis marginibus rectis
ideoque areolis ample nitideque rectangulariter hyalinis;
vittae ad marginem minus regulares ; ovipositor sub¬
rectus :

(13) . Gr. nigripeniiis subsp. alivittata Griffini

1911 (22), pag. 8-9 (foem.).

Habitat: Sarawak, Kuching (Tvpus ex
collectione Mus. Sarawaki).

NN. Alae subcycloideae ; ovipositor plus minusve
incurvus, lateribus sulcatis :

P. Alae ni gro-fuscae, areolis quibusdam vel plurimis
maculam latiusculam hyalinam, subhyalinam, vel flavi-
dam, includentibus, interdum etiam hvalino marginatae ;
elytra testacea vel ferruginea vel testaceo-subhyalina,
vems venulisque concolonbus vel ferrugineis :

Q. Alae etiam late hyalino marginatae ; corpus
statura sat maiore ; caput aterrimum ; pronotum late
atropictum, superne plaga maxima atra obtriangulari
a margine antico ad medium sulci postici extensa ;

BORNEENSIUM. — BY DR. GRIFFINI.

9

genicula leviter atropicta ; elytra testaceo subhyalina ;
alae areolis plurimis maculam latam hyalinam in-
cludentibus; ovipositor elongates, sat incurvus, longi-
tudine mm. 24.5 et ultra:

(14) . Gr. discoid aiis subsp. atropicta Griffini 1911

(22), pag. 16-ig et fig. (mas et foem.).

Habitat : Sarawak, Kuching (Typi ex
collectione Mus. Sarawaki).

Nota : Gryllacris discoidalis Walker typica,
de cujustypo in Musaeo Britannico servato
mihi scripsit Doctor Kirby, est species
patriae ignotae, valde distincta propter
caput pallidum et pronotum incerte rufo
pictum.

QQ. Alae haud vel minime hyalino marginatae :

R. Caput fuscum, macula inter antennas dilatata
nigra ; pronotum nigrum limbo fusco ; ovipositor in¬
curvus, longitudine mm. 19.5 :

(15) . Gr. Servillei De Haan 1842 (4), pag. 220

(foem.). — Gerstaecker i860 (5), pag. 263-64
(erratis corrigendis). — Kirby 1906 (7 7),
pag. 144. — Griffini 1911 (21), pag. 17-18.

Habitat : Borneo, ad flumen Doeson
(De Haan).

Nota i: Species valde incerta, cuius
specimina nunquam vidi.

Nota 2 : Secundum Kirby haec species
etiam in Penang occurrit ; de hoc valde
dubito.

RR. Notae capitis, pronoti, ovipositoris, haud
ut in R:

S. Caput ferrugineum labro nigro; corpus statura
maiore ; alae intense infumatae areolis plurimis medio
anguste et haud perfecte definite hyalino maculatis ;
elytra venis ferrugineis ; genitalia maris secundum typum
E, Brunneri ; ovipositor longus mm. 30-35, modice
incurvus :

10

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

(16). Gr. nigrilahris Gerstaecker i860 (5), pag.

262-63 (mas et foem.). — Brunner 1888
(7), pag. 354-55* — Kirby 1906 {11), pag.
145. — Griffini 1909 (15), pag. 179-80. —
Griffini 1909 (16), pag. 310-11. — Griffini
1911 (22), pag. 16. — Griffini 1911 (23). —
Gryllacris fumosa Walker 1869 (6), pag.
175 (foem.). — Kirby 1906 (11), pag. 145.

Habitat: Borneo (Auctores omnes) ; Sara¬
wak (Walker) ; N. Borneo, Sandakan,
N. W. Borneo, Kuching (Mus. Oxford)
Mont Mulu (Mus. Bruxelles); Sarawak
(Mus. Genova) ; Sarawak, Kuching, Tru-
san, Matang, Sadong (Mus. Sarawak). —
Occurrit etiam in Java et Amboina
(Brunner) et in Singapore (Gerstaecker).

Nota 1 : Hujus speciei 15 mares et 7
foeminas vidi in collection^: Musaei Sara-
waki, necnon complures mares a Senatore
Doria collectos, nunc in Musaeo Januense
servatos, et nonnullos mares in collec-
tionibus aliorum Musaeorum.

Nota 2 : Typum Gr. fumosae Walker in
Musaeo Oxfordi servatum non vidi.
Synomrmiam mihi a Shelford indicatam
accepi.

ss. Caput testaceo-ferrugineum vel brunnescente
vel rufescente, labro ferrugineo-fusco ; fastigium verticis
angustum, marginibus lateralibus elevatis ; elytra venulis
testaceis vel rufis ; alae nigro-violascentes, areolis paucis
maculam magnam flavido-subhyalinarn includentibus
optime definitam ; tibiae omnes post basim superne
macula transversa fusca ornatae ; spinae tibiarum anti-
carum valde longae : genitalia maris secundum typum
A, Brunneri ; ovipositor falcatus, mm. 16 longus :

(17). Gr. malayana Fritze in Carl 1908 (12)
pag. 305, Taf. VII, fig. 11 (mas et foem ),
— Griffini 1909 (16), pag. 315-16, fig. 1.

Habitat : Borneo, Nord-Borneo (Carl) ;
N. W. Borneo, Kuching (Mus. Oxford).

BORNEEN SI UM. — BY DR. GRIFFINI.

1 1

Nota : Hujus mirandae speciei unicum
specimen vidi in collectione Musaei
Oxfordi.

PP. Alae flavidae vel subhyalinae, fusco fasciatae,
seu venulis fuscis utrinque fusco marginatis, colore
fusco tamen haud in maiorem superficiem areolarum
extenso ; alae ipsae interdum, per exceptionem (Gr.
marginata) late fusco marginatae:

T. Alae flavid ae fusco fasciatae et latissime fusco
marginatae quia ad marginem color fuscus areolas totas
invadit ; corpus robustum, ferrugineo-testaceum ;
fastigium verticis angustum, lateribus elevatis; elytra
testacea, venulis testaceo-ferrugineis ; tibiae omnes
macula post-basali atra ornatae ; spinae tibiarum
anticarum valde longae ; ovipositor modice incurvus,
longitudine mm. 17.5 :

(18). Gr. marginata Walker 1869 (6), pag.

162. — Kirby 1906 (77), pag. 142. — Griffini
1910 (79), pag. 92-94 et fig. (cum nova
descriptione typi).

Habitat: Sarawak (Tvpus Walkeri, unicus
cognitus, in Musaeo Oxfordi servatus).

TT. Alae subhyalinae fusco fasciatae, sed haud
late fusco marginatae :

U. Elytra venulis fuscescentibus, interdum etiam
fusco circumdatis :

V. Caput haud subtotum nigrum, sed ferrugineum ;
pronotum haud macula magna nigra praeditum, sed
etiam ferrugineum incerte pictum ; corpus statura modica ;
fastigium verticis angustum : spinae tibiarum anticarum
valde longae :

W. Color fu scus venulas alarum cingens maculam
subrotundam supra quamquam venulam positam efficiens,
marginibus convexis, apicibus constrictis, a colore
flavido-subhyalino areolarum perfectissime distinctus,
marginibus integris ; ideoque fasciae fuscae e seriebus
macularum connexarum sunt confectae ; venulae elytro-
rum fuscescentes sed haud distincte fusco cinctae; caput

12

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

et pedes concolores ; ovipositor longitudinem femoris
postici aequans et subsuperans, plus quam 16 mm.
longus, subrectus :

(19) . Gr. Moultoni Griffini 1911 (22), pag. 13-15

(foem.).

HABrrAT : Borneo, Mons Matang (Typus
unicus ex collectione Mus. Sarawaki).

WW. Vittae fuscae alarum solito modo confectae,
haud e maculis perfectis supra venulas positis ; vittae
latiusculae, marginibus parallelis sat detinitis ; elytra
venulis anguste fusco circumdatis; labrum cum mandi-
bulis atrum ; femora subtus utrinque atro vittata, postica
etiam extus ; ovipositor falcatus, femoris postici dimidiam
longitudinem parum superans (mm. 12.5) :

(20) . Gr. Dyak Griffini 1909 {76), pag. 306-09

(foem.). — Gryllacris vittipes subsp. Dyak
Griffini 1911 (24), pag. 173 (foem.). —
Gryllacris Dyak Griffini 1911 (22), pag.
11-13 (mas et foem.).

Habitat: N. W. Borneo, Kuching (Mus.
Oxford) ; Borneo (Mus. Budapest) ;
Kuching (Mus. Sarawak).

Nota: Tria specimina huius speciei in
collectione Musaei Sarawaki vidi, inter
ista typum unicum maris.

W. Caput subtotum atrum, macula maxima
frontali, flava inferius acuta ; pronotum magna macula
discoidali atra praeditum, tantum metazona et margine
postico loborum lateralium testaceis ; elytra fusco venu-
losa ; alae venulis dilute fusco circumdatis; genicula atra;
tibiae anticae totae atrae ; tibiae 4 posticae apice atratae ;
corpus statura minore ; ovipositor mm. 15 :

(21) . Gr. podocausta subsp. Kuchingiana Griffini

19 1 1 (22), pag. 11 (mas et foem.).

Habitat : Borneo, Kuching (3 typi ex col¬
lectione Musaei Sarawaki,).

Nota: Gryllacris podocausta De Haan typica,
statura sensim minore, ovipositore tantum

BORNEEN SIUM. - BY DR. GRIFFINI.

13

mm. 8.5-10.5 longo, tibiis anticis lit
reliquis tantum basi et apice atris, habitat
in Java (Auctores omnes) et in Sumatra
(Brunner, Rehn).

UU. Eh 'tra venis venulisque concoloribus, tes-
taceo-ferrugineis, vel pallidioribus :

Z. Corpus statura minore, tamen robustum ;
femora omnia ante apicem et tibiae post basim nigro
annulatae vel nigro signatae ; tibiae 2 anticae etiam ante
apicem nigro annulatae ; caput rufum ; pronotum magna
pro parte nigratum ; elytra pailido venulosa, areolis
compluribus plus minusve infuscatis :

(22) . Gr. maculipes subsp. irregularis Griffini

1911 (24), pag. 174 (mas ) .— Gryllacris

maculipes Walker 1869 (6), pag. 171

(tantum foemina ex Borneo, haud mas
ex Corea).

Habitat: Borneo (Griffini, Walker).

Nota 1 : Typus mas a me descriptus adest
in collectione Musaei Hungarici.

Nota 2: Gryllacris maculipes Walk, typica,
tibiis omnibus etiam ante apicem nigro
annulatis, alisque magis regulariter fusco
fasciatis, habitat in Corea.

ZZ. Corpus statura maiore ; femora et tibiae haud
nigro annulatae ; caput et pronotum pallida, atro picta ;
elytra venulis areolisque concoloribus, testaceo-fer-
rugineis :

(23) . Gr. signifera (Stoll). — Gryllus (Tettigonia)

signifera Stoll 1813 (7), pag. 26, Pi. Xlffi,
fig. 50. — Gryllacris maculicollis Serville
1831 (2), pag. 139 (mas). — Serville 1839
(3), pag. 394 (mas et foem.). — De Haan
1842 (4), pag. 220. — Gerstaecker i860 (5),
pag. 254. — -Brunner 1888 (7), pag. 352. —
Gryllacris signifera Blanchard 1840, Hist.
Natur. des Ins., Paris, Tome III, pag.
30. — Kirby 1906 (7 7), pag. 144. — Griffini

14 PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM

1908 (14), pag. 9-10. — Griffini 1909 (75),
pag. 179. — Griffini 1911 (22), pag. 15. —
Griffini 1911 (23,25).

Habitat: Borneo (Brunner); Kuching

(Mlis. Sarawak). — Occurrit etiam frequens
in Java (Auctores omnes, Musaea omnia),
in Sumatra (Brunner, Griffini), in Banka,
Singapore (Brunner, Gerstaecker), in
Corea (Kirby).

Nota : Specimen unicum borneense vidi
in collectione Musaei Sarawaki, propter
longitudinem elytrorum (mm. 35) not-
andum.

Bibliographie.

7. C. Stoll. 1813. Representation cies Sauterelles,
des Grillons et des Blattes. Amsterdam.

2. J. G. Audinet-Serville. 1831. Revue method,
des Insectes de VOrdre des Orthoptercs. Annales Sciences
Naturelles; Paris, Tome 22.

3. - - - - - 1839. Histoire natur.

des Insectes Orthoptercs. Paris.

4. W. De Haan. 1842. Bijdragen tot de kennis der
Orthoptera. Verhand. over de Nat. Gesch. der Nederl.
overzeesche Bezittingen. Leiden.

5. A. Gerstaecker. i860. Ueberdie Locust. Gat-
tung Gryllacris Serv. Archiv f. Naturgesch., Band XXVI.

6. F. Walker. 1869. Catalogue of Dermaptera Sal-
tatoria in the British Museum. London.

7. C. Brunner von Wattenwyl. 1888. Monogr.
der Stenopelmatiden und Gryllacriden. Verhandl. K. K.
Zook Bot. Gesellsch. Wien, Band XXXVIII.

8. - - — 1897. Observat.011

the Coloration of Insects. Leipzic.

9. - - - 1898. Orthopteren

dcs Malayschen Archipels ges. von Kilkeiithal. Abhandl.
Seiickenberg. Naairf. Gesellsch., Frankfurt a. M., XXIV
Band, II Heft.

BORNEENSIUM. — BY DR. GRIFFIN I.

15

10. A. Pictet et H. De Saussure. 1891. De quel-
ques Or thopteres nouveau x. Mittheilung. Schweiz. Entom.
Gesellsch., Schaffhausen, Vol. VIII.

11. W. F. Kirby. 1906. A Synon. Catalogue of
Orthoptera : Vol. II. London.

12. J. Carl. 1908. Neue Locustodcen von Ceylon und
Borneo. — Mittheilung. Schweiz. Entom. Gesellsch.,
Schaffhausen, Vol. XI.

13. A. Griffini. 1908. Sopra ale. Gryllacris malesi
ed a astro -malesi. Bollett. Mus. Zoolog. Anat. Comp.
Torino, Vol. XXIII, No. 581.

14. - - 1908. Note sopra ale. Grillacridi.

Ibidem, Vol. XXIII, No. 587.

15. - 1909. Intorno ad ale. Gryllacris del

Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Natur. e del Mus. du Congo, di Bruxelles.
— Atti Soc. Ital. Scienze Natur. Milano, Vol. XLVII.

16. - 1909. Studi sui Grillacridi del

M use 0 di Oxford. Ibidem, Vol. XLVII.

17. - 1909. Revimone dei tipi di ale.

Gryllacris di Pictet et Saussure. Monitore Zoolog. Itali-
ano, Firenze, Anno XX.

18. - 1909. Studi sopra ale. Grillacridi

del Mus. Nazionale di Budapest. Annales Mus. Nation.
Hungarici, \TII.

19. - 1910. Revision des types de cert.

Gryllacris dec-rites par F. Walker, existant an Musee
d'Oxford. Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr., Berlin.

20. - 1910. Prospetto delle Gryllacris hya-

lino-fasciatae. Atti Soc. Ital. Scienze Natur. Milano,
Vol. XLIX.

21. - 1911. Note crit. e sin on. sopra ale.

Grillacridi e Stenopelmatidi descr. da antichi Autori.
Ibidem, Vol. L.

22. - 1911. N ote sopra ale. Stenopelmatidi

e Grillacridi del Mus. di Sarawak. Bollett. Mus. Zoolog.
Anat. Comp. Torino, Vol. XXVI, No. 636.

i6

PROSPECTUS GRYLLACRIDARUM.

23. - ign. Studi sui Gvillacridi delMus .

Civ. di Storia Naturale in Genova. Annali Mus. Civico
Storia Natur. Genova.

24. - ign. Nuovi studi sopra ale. Grilla-

cridi del Mus. Nazion. di Budapest. Annales Mus.
Nation. Hungarici, IX.

25. - - - igii. Studi sui Grillacridi del K.

Zoolog. Museum di Berlino. Atti Soc. Ital. Scienze
Natur. Milano.

■ I

■

I

■

■ V ' '

'

1 1 I

.

t

.

BA RAM

SATiK.
L AWI

R- S- DOUGLAS Esa

*®8SSB

I'ON G #
PA WAN

►lERANCi-H ^

- #V £/

©an"

SALT

SPMh:

^SSSkJ

I*agunc Tavii's

VIUV.AC.E

^9 l
.A MG
flMiG's

k. VlU-/

5l' *»»#Ay^\vv\^{^

Si?

[i'r.Hi-
JjTl. B \
r*AN«l

5 AuT
SPRING

R

f IN (.ANvj a

’• village

TAKA L 1 B '.I T 6

wv.>»»4 1 «UR0’

At A I 1 WANS
X VILLAGE XX ^

n // *t

L&PPU AGING

village o>*V

^<WC(Kc(f^

^>»^>»»»»

/57/ P

>£i4

V'/

SaasN

sssrs^

River

U o'-=-
Wl ATO

KALABIT COUNTRY

K.&.W.L

uriT/wan

II. — An Expedition to the Bah Country of
Central Borneo. — By R. S. Douglas, Resident of
Bakam, Sarawak.

I suppose that to the great majority of persons,
Borneo, with perhaps the exception of New Guinea, is
quite the least known country in the world, and the fact
that a “ Wild Man” came from there and a famous race¬
horse was named after him, and a vague -idea of head¬
hunters and pirates are the limits of knowledge of the
ordinary individual about this island. I remember on
one occasion when I was at home on leave, in the course
of conversation with a dear old lady, she acquired the
information that I was working in Borneo, and remarked,
“ Oh dear, how interesting ! Let me see, that is some¬
where in the West Indies, is it not ?” It would certainly
surprise a great many people in England to know that
nearlv half of this enormous island is under British
protection, the greater part of this being ruled by an
Englishman, Sir Charles Brooke, as Rajah of Sarawak,
and the remainder is governed partly by the British
North Borneo Company and partly by the Sultan of
Brunei under direct British control, and that under
these different regimes, piracy and headdmnting have
practically become things of the past, and instead flour¬
ishing towns and villages exist along the coast, and
savagery and jungle are giving way to such things as
electric light, telephones and telegraphs, railways, and
even that latest herald of civilization, the motor-car.

However, far away in the interior, the native still
reigns supreme in his pristine state of wildness, and,
although a parental Government tries to persuade him
to divert his energy into working jungle produce, such as
gutta-percha, india-rubber or rattans, every now and
then the spirit of the old Adam bursts out and a party of
young braves will go dancing over the border and burn
down the village of a neighbouring tribe and slaughter as
many of the inhabitants as possible. This, of course,
means retaliation on the part of the injured tribe, and
so a blood feud is at once started and goes on merrily
until the Government interferes and due punishment is
2

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

i8

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

inflicted on the breakers of the peace. Fines and pledges
are paid up with a ‘sort of resigned expression as if to
say : “ We have had our fun and so now we must pay for

it,” and after the rites of peacemaking have been under¬
gone, the whilom enemies are once more friends and may
be seen toasting one another in draughts of native beer.

It is one of these expeditions sent out to admonish
some tribes who had been breaking the peace that I
intend to attempt to describe in the following lines.

The expedition was directed against some tribes of
Kalabits, living right in the very centre of Borneo, in a
sort of no-naan’s land on the borders of Sarawak and
Dutch territory. These had been raiding and killing
Sarawak subjects for some years past and as they had
refused to listen to the peaceful arguments of various
ambassadors, who had been sent to try and persuade
them to allow Government to adjudicate on their griev¬
ances, a force was despatched against them a few years
ago, which in seven roaring days in the enemies' country
destroyed 30 villages and killed some 200 of the offenders.
After this sharp lesson they and several adjacent tribes
sent down messages saying that they were prepared to
make peace, with the result that I received instructions
to proceed up country and meet the chiefs of these tribes
and arrange peace. As I had to pass some hostile tribes
before I could meet with these people, I determined to
take a good strong force with me, as with a show of
strength and the result of the recent attack still ringing
in their ears, I expected that they might consider dis¬
cretion the best policy and also decide to make peace, in
which course I was justified as subsequent events showed.

On October 25th I left the Fort at Claudetown on the
Baram River, and accompanied by five policemen and 200
Kayans and Kenyahs under their two chiefs Tama Wan
Bayer and Tama Lawai |au, we proceeded up a tribu¬
tary called the Tutau. The Kayans and Kenyahs are
two large interior tribes, who have lived under Sarawak
rule for some years now, and owing to the powerful
influence of their chiefs, are quite peaceable and well-
behaved. At first our journey was quite uneventful, in
fact monotonous, paddling in long war-canoes from day¬
break to sunset. However, when we had left the Fort
some ten days, we got into the rapids and cataracts

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

19

for which the Tutau River is famous. The crews of the
canoes dropping their paddles, now used long poles to
pole the boats up the rapids, and, in the more dangerous
ones, when half the people were in the water pushing
and heaving and the other half pulling from the rocks,
the scene became quite exciting and lively. As usual the
Kayans and Kenyahs, who are about the finest boatmen
in the world, got the canoes through all right, and after
four days poling, pulling and pushing, we safely reached
our landing place up a side stream named the Kebaan,
from which we had to commence our march inland.

On the first day’s march we reached a friendly
Kalabit village, Panglah, where we stopped two days to
enable us to collect carriers and divide up the loads.
Whilst here a curious ceremony was performed. The
Kayans and Kenyahs erected a large platform, in the centre
of which was a huge trunk of a soft wood tree. One of
the oldest Kay an chiefs, a magnificent figure in full war¬
paint of war-coat and helmet covered with the black and
white feathers of the hornbill, then got up and address¬
ing the assembled company informed them of the objects
of the expedition and how much depended on the be¬
haviour of the younger men to bring it to a successful
and peaceful issue, but, and here his voice grew louder
and more vigorous, if in the event of trouble, any one of
his people did not fight to his last gasp in defence of the
Sarawak flag, he there and then cursed them by all their
gods to the nethermost hell. Then drawing his sword
and grasping it with both hands, he leapt into the air
and, on reaching terra firma once more, dealt the tree
trunk a furious blow, cutting out a big chunk and
repeated this time after time until he was exhausted,
■every blow being accompanied by the name of some
deity, or the manner of some awful death which would
happen to him or his followers if they broke faith with
the Government or deserted the cause. Then followed
a procession of Kayan, Kenyah and Kalabit chiefs, each
protesting his loyalty and courage to the accompaniment
of resounding blows with his sword on the hapless trunk
until eventually it was cut through, when the per¬
formance ceased.

We were here joined by some two hundred friendly
Kalabits, so our whole force amounted to about 500
■strong.

20

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

Two days more marching brought us to the foot of the
Pamabo Range of mountains, which towered up some
4,000 feet above us. The next day we clambered up
these heights and were rewarded by a splendid view from
the summit. In front of and below us wras stretched out
the plain of the Ivalabit country. This great plain is
bounded on three sides by the great mountain ranges of
Pamabo, Murud, and Apo Rewat, which in places run up
to 8,000 feet in height, whilst on the fourth side lie the
head waters of the Baram River. These mountains are
much higher above the plain on their outer face than on
the inner, and I should think that this enclosed tableland
must be between two and three thousand feet above sea
level. It was a magnificent sight, and the contrast of the
dark green of the foliage and white limestone of the
mountain cliffs, shimmering and glittering under the
fierce rays of the tropical sun, was wonderful. In front
of us we could see for miles towards the boundaries of
Sarawak and British North Borneo territory, and on our
right there shot up 7,000 feet into the air, that strange
peak, seeming to rise like a needle out of the plain, Batu
Lawi, around the base of which one is said to be able
to walk in five or six hours.

From here we descended into the plain, which
near-by had been thoroughly irrigated and was covered
with crops of rice in various stages of ripeness. It is
strange that these Kalabits, the wildest and furthest
from civilization of all the tribes in Borneo, should be
the only interior people to irrigate their fields, and
therefore are able to obtain two crops of rice in the year.
All the other interior races farm by felling the jungle
and burning it and then planting out the grain, which is
a most wasteful method and destroys an enormous
quantity of valuable timber. In the evening we reached
the small village of Ballang Lam Bah, and spent two
nights here, as we heard varied reports as to the reception
that we were to receive at the hands of the hostile
tribes along the Border, so decided to wait until we
heard more definite news.

The next day we started off to walk across to the
big village of Pun Mein, and took extra precautions, as
we expected to be attacked by the numerous tribe living
on the Brian River. However, we reached the village at
the foothills of the Apo Rewat Range in the afternoon,

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

21

and were greeted by the chief, Ballang Maran, after an
unmolested march. Here good news awaited us, as
Ballang Maran informed us that all the neighbouring
tribes had decided to come in and make peace at his
instigation, as otherwise they feared that they might
suffer the same fate as those tribes who had resisted the
Government Expedition already referred to.

Whilst we were discussing the programme as to
what we were to do on meeting these tribes, we suddenly
heard a mighty shout from the hills above the village.
The Kayans and Ivenyahs, who were busy building
leaf-roofed shelters for the night, immediately dashed for
their arms and sent back a veil of defiance and stood
prepared for all emergencies. However, Ballang Maran,
on sending to inquire, found that it was an embassy
from the Pa Kabak tribe under their famous marauding
•chief, Ballang Tawi, who had come to makepeace. The
Kayan and Kenyah Chiefs quickly asserted their
authority, and when the ambassadors arrived at the
house the}7 passed through the encampment and
■everybody was busy again building huts, but all arms
were concealed close at hand in case of treachery.

Ballang Tawi then walked boldly forward through
all the friendly Kalabits, who were his deadly enemies
and at any other time would have cut his head off
without compunction, and shook me warmly by the
hand and made the usual polite inquiries as to my
health, and when I had arrived. He was a short, well-
made man, and seemed very young to have earned on the
warpath the terrible name that he has. The preli¬
minaries to the peace ceremony were then gone through,
which consisted in a small pig being stabbed with a
spear and with this bloody weapon Ballang Tawi
touched the breast of each of the friendly Kalabits as
they filed past him. This ceremony was then repeated
by a Ivalabit chief to Ballang Tawi’s followers and once
more for the benefit of the Kayans and Kenyahs with me.
This enabled the various parties to sit down in the same
house and discuss the proposition of the peacemaking,
which, all the details having been arranged, it was settled
to hold on the morrow. Native beer was then produced
and the Kayans and Kenyahs exchanged drinks with
Ballang Tawi and his people. Great care, however, was

22

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

always taken by anybody receiving a drink that the man
who offered the drink should first take a sip, so as to
show that it was not poisoned, as these interior people
are great adepts at removing their enemies in this
treacherous manner; the poison being concealed under
the finger-nail, and this is casually dipped into the
drinking-bowl. None of the Kalabits with me could
join in the drinking, as if they did so before the
peace- making had been performed, they would render
themselves liable to die some most horrible death.

The next morning embassies from the Pa Brian
and Pa Utak arrived, so preparations for the peace¬
making were hurried forward. In the afternoon the
different parties began to collect in the spacious verandah
of Ballang Maran’s house. All the friendly Kalabits to
the number of some seven or eight hundred collected
at one end of the house, whilst at the other end were
about a thousand of the erstwhile foe, and in between,
to act as a barrier in case of either party being carried
away by their feelings, were seated the Baram Ivayans
and Ivenyahs. The proceedings were opened by Ballang
Maran making a speech informing the different parties
as to the objects of the meeting and he trusted that
the peace-making would be carried through by mutual
good feeling and, pointing to the Sarawak Hag hanging
over his head, hoped that their future life under that
flag would be one of prosperity and peace. This was
followed by a speech by the Kay an chief, Tama Wan
Bayer, who pointed out the benefits of living under
the Sarawak Government, that they could go about
unarmed in the fields and in the jungle, and sleep
peacefully at night, and have no fear of the treacherous
foe lurking behind trees and in brushwood, and their
customs and religion would be undisturbed, and they
would receive justice in their disputes. And for all these
benefits the only thing the Government demanded of
them was that they should make peace with their neigh¬
bours and give up the life of indiscriminate raiding
and killing, in which they had hitherto indulged. This
w^as followed by speeches from the chiefs of the hitherto
hostile tribes, who said that they wrere prepared to
make peace writh one another and give up the custom
of going on the warpath, and in case any of them w?ere
killed by enemies in the future, they would trust to the

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

23

Government to retaliate and obtain satisfaction for
them.

A large pig was then produced and laid down in
front of the seat where all the chiefs were collected,
and one chief after another, taking a firebrand and
slightly singing the pig’s bristles, with a loud shout
of “ Oh Bali Boin,” meaning “ Oh spirit of the pig,”
asked the pig to show by signs on its liver as to whether
this proposed peace was in reality a peace and likely
to last, or was it a temporary arrangement and only
entered into to pacify the Government, if the latter,,
then would Bali Boin show who were the people,
the Kalabit under Sarawak Government or the stranger
Ivalabit now within his gates, who were deceiving in
this matter. If on the other hand it was a real peace
and entered into by the different tribes with intention
of keeping, then, if at any future date any of them
broke this peace by murder or sudden attack, might
the gods blast that tribe, and might they and their
women and children die the rottenest and most igno¬
minious of deaths. Having thus cursed one another
all round and having pledged one another in flowing
bowls of rice beer, the pig was slain and the liver
cut out and examined by experts, who said that Bali
Boin showed that peace was to be a real and a lasting
one, and that it would be no fault of the Government
if it was broken. This statement produced a cheer,,
and after certain blood-money and compensation had
been paid over to settle up long-standing feuds between
the various tribes, erstwhile foes fell into each others’
arms and entered on a drinking bout which lasted until
the early hours of the morning. This was interspersed
with snatches of song, as a Kayan or Kenyah chief
toasted a Kalabit chief to the tune of the magnificent
Kayan drinking song, and the Kalabits retaliated in
that extraordinary rhythm of theirs: “ An do kan, do do
kan,” the opening lines of which sound like the internal
rumblings of a volcano, so deep down goes the singer’s
voice. The now friendly chief, Ballang Tawi, came
up to me at midnight and exclaimed that the omens must
have been very good when I started on this expedition,
and on my asking the reason why, said, on account
of all these hitherto hostile people meeting together
and no quarrel or fight having taken place. Hitherto

24

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

not only had he been on unfriendly terms with the

Baram people, but also with the remainder of the

border tribes, and the only occasion on which he had

met them before was on the warpath.

f' ' C H9 ' .

The next day he and Tama Lawai, the Ivenyah
chief, went through the ceremony of “ berpirit ” or
blood-brotherhood. This ceremony consists in each man
making a small cut on the upper arm of the other and
taking a drop of blood therefrom ; this is put into a
cigarette and smoked in turn by each, after which a
fowl is killed as a sacrifice, and the gods are called
upon to witness the fact that the two men are now to
be looked upon as brothers, and that if in trouble must
help one another, or in starvation share the last grain
of rice, etc. After which gifts were exchanged, which
consisted on the part of Tama Lawai of a spear, a
white coat, and a pair of Chinese trousers. These latter
caused much amusement, as Ballang Tawi, not under¬
standing the use of such things, put both his legs into
one leg of the trousers and strutted about with the
other leg waving in the wind behind him !

The next day we went and visited the neighbouring
salt-spring from which the people of this village obtain
their salt. After about an hour's walk, we came to a
long building, everything of which was made of bamboo
from the posts to the tiles. This was the salt factor}-7,
and the sight which presented itself to our eyes on
entering was fit for a Dante’s Inferno. Great long
furnaces into which logs of wood twelve feet long were
being thrust for fuel and on top of which were placed
huge shallow iron cauldrons, and around these flitted
and hovered half-naked attendants, whose long hair and
wild appearance in the hot smokey atmosphere, all
formed a “ toute ensemble ” absolutely savage and
unearthly, and reminded one of the stokehole of a P. &
O. liner in the Red Sea. On closer examination we
found that the process consisted in baling the brine
from the springs near by into the cooking pots ; whilst
this was boiling the salt coagulated around the brims,
from which it was scooped into bamboo vessels. The
mouths of these latter when full were then stopped
up and the whole thrust again into the furnace and
after a few minutes withdrawn, when, the bamboo
having been burnt off, the salt appeared hard and white

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

25

in a long cylindrical shape. This salt is then exchanged
with the neighbouring tribes for weapons, rubber, or
paddy, and is also valuable as a cure for goitre on
account of its iodide properties.

The springs were comparatively small holes in the
ground, but I was informed that they had been flowing
since the memory of man and showed no signs of failing.
The water on being tasted was very brackish and bitter
and reminded one of Epsom Salts. This taste by a
curious contradiction of sense is called by the Kalabits
‘‘mein ” meaning sweet, and the salt is actually given in
small pieces to the children to nibble, in the same way
that we give a child a lump of sugar to keep it quiet.

From Ballang Maran’s house we marched on for a
couple of days accompanied by small embassies from the
different tribes with whom we had just made peace until
we got to the village of Tama Abo Tingang on the
Lemudoh River. We had marched all the time down
this cultivated plateau and through several small
villages, until on the second day we struck the Baram
River once more. It was here an insignificant stream
of about ten yards wide. The Kayans playfully cut off
chips of wood and threw them into the stream, asking
them to bear tender messages to their wives and loved
ones down-river.

We spent four days at this village and went through
the same performance as at Ballang Maran’s house with
the tribes from the Karayan River, with the exception
that it was much more ticklish work, as these were the
actual people who had been attacked by the Government.
Tingang had got all the chiefs ready to receive me, but
at my first appearance they all bolted like rabbits into
the house. However, everything passed off successfully.
From here onwards at every village up the Baram River
we were met by embassies from the neighbouring tribes
and luckily no disturbances took place, and my followers
began to acquire quite a liking for these peacemakings,
as after the strain of the first meeting of hostile parties
was over, it meant unlimited rice beer, and pig and
buffalo meat galore. The Kayan and Kenyah chiefs
kept their men well in hand, and in spite of all these
jollifications I never once saw a Kayan or a Kenyah
intoxicated.

26

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

We proceeded on up the Baram River for two more
days, until one could easily jump across it from bank to
bank, and then turned inland and marched in a south¬
westerly direction. By this we saved going all round the
large bend the Baram River makes to the north. Here
also our large Kaiabi.t escort left us, and we parted with
many friendly farewells and cheers.

It was very interesting travelling now, as our route
was all through the oldest jungle, absolutely untouched
by the hand of man. One day just before crossing the
Manaleh River, a tributary of the Baram, a large rhinoceros,
charged right into the vanguard and unfortunately got
away after being stabbed by a Kay an spear. The views
we got from the tops of mountains were beautiful. This
was much the roughest part of the whole journey and
as the Kayans were anxious about being attacked by
a powerful Kenyah tribe, the Uma Lims, in Dutch
Borneo, they hurried us along at a good pace. On the
third day a body of men whom I had sent on ahead to
select a place for the night’s encampment, came
charging back with the news that they had come on the
tracks of a large party evidently from over the border.
Orders were at once given for the force to close in, and,
having put out guards all round, we encamped where we
were in the pouring rain. The next morning we pro¬
ceeded on and came across the tracks which had been
reported and counted traces of where about forty men
had rested. We pressed on and arrived at Balong River
that night, two marches from Lio Mato, where the head of
navigation is, and where we were to meet a relieving
party under Mr. King, Assistant Resident.

On the way we found further traces of the supposed
hostile party, but were reassured by finding remains of
such civilized goods as Huntley and Palmer's Cabin
biscuits and sardine tins, and also a copy of the “Over¬
land Daily Mail.” When we arrived at Lio Mato by a
forced march the next night, I found that the supposed
hostile party were some Kayans under Mr. King, who
was trying to meet me on the road. They had, however,
followed up the banks of Baram and so just missed us,
but meeting a party of Kalabits turned back and arrived
on the next day.

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

2 7

- From here down to the Fort there was nothing
special of interest and we enjoyed a luxurious trip down¬
river, lying on our mattresses in the long Kayan war-
boats, whilst we shot rapid after rapid in quick success¬
ion, a method of travel which was much appreciated
after the long march. We reached the Fort again in
five days.

The Ivalabits, to which race all the above-mentioned
tribes belong, are of Indonesian origin. They are, with
the exception perhaps of the Dayaks, the most indus¬
trious of the inhabitants of Borneo. All the tribes
beyond the Pamabo Range are entirely self-supporting,
growing their own rice by irrigation, making their own
cloth out of bark, and as I have related making their
own salt, which they trade to obtain steel for making
their weapons of offence. Until quite recently they
had had no experience of the trade goods of civilization,
and needless to say few of them had seen a white man
before. I was very much struck with the industry of the
women, working all day in the paddy fields without any
covering whatsoever on their heads. Their dress consists
of a small petticoat of bark-cloth, now being replaced by
blue cloth, reaching down to the knee, and a loose bark
jacket down to the waist. On their heads the}" wear a
sort of helmet of blue and red beads, each as thick as
one’s thumb; a Kalabit heiress is recognised by the size
and weight of her head-gear, as these beads are very old
and valuable.

The men’s clothing is scantier still, consisting of a
loin cloth and a coat made out of deer or bear skin,
which also serves as a war-coat in case of attack. The
men chiefly employ themselves in felling jungle for hill
farming, in the chase, working rubber and, if possible, in
taking a head ; all the rest of the work in the field and
house is done by the women-folk. They are great
drunkards, and on the march we passed several large
stones standing up by the side of the path, and on
inquiry were informed that • they were to denote that
some chief had had a big “irop” or drunk there. They
sit down to a number of jars of rice beer and go on
drinking day and night until they are finished. The
extraordinary thing is that the race does not deteriorate,
as they are fine big strapping men, and the women
are very strong. I was very much struck with the

28

AN EXPEDITION TO THE BAH COUNTRY.

Kalabit big toe. It is very long and sticks out from
the foot more after the fashion of a thumb. It must
be very useful in clutching hold of roots and projections
when climbing the hills.

Their religion is of the slightest. They own to
a “ Superior Being” and various semideities, and also
■every object has a spirit of its own, which has to be
pacified before anything can be done with it or to it.
They unconsciously have one delightful trait. When¬
ever a big chief dies, his people go to the top of a
neighbouring ridge and fell all the trees on it as a
door for the soul to fly out, and then celebrate this
with a feast and lots of beer. But these clearings give
one the chance of getting most wonderful views over
the surrounding country, which would be otherwise
impossible.

As I have said before the}' have a name for being
treacherous, but I think that this has arisen by force
of circumstances, as until recently the number of feuds
between the different villages made life impossible
unless subterfuges were practised. In some villages I
heard matters were in such a state that the men of two
neighbouring houses would be at enmity and take the
first opportunity of killing one another, whilst the
women-folk were quite friendly and intermixed daily;
so I expect that this trait will die out with better
communications and a lasting peace.

These people live in long houses consisting of any¬
thing from four to twenty doors or rooms. The house is
divided in half by a wall running the whole length of it.
The front half is one long verandah and is used as a
general sitting room, whilst the back half is partitioned
off into rooms, each room or door being the possession of
a separate family. These are generally wretched smoky
hovels, and even the Kavans and Kenvahs with me
complained of having to live in them. The people are,
however, most hospitable, and make very genial hosts, and
after the first meeting get over their shyness and become
quite friendly. The women were curiously not at all
afraid or shy as is the case generally with savage races,
but boldly came forward and were soon being chaffed
and exchanging the usual pleasant retorts with the

BY R. S. DOUGLAS.

29

Kayans. I must confess that the Kalabit women will
certainly never be renowned for their beauty. I don’t
think I have ever in my life seen such degraded, sensual
faces as they had. Curiously amongst these people it is
the women who make the first advances in love and
proposals of marriage. May not the possession of
this privilege, together with the consequent lack of any
necessity for them to attract and charm the opposite sex,
be the reason of the disappearance of their beauty and
grace ? If so, let this be a warning to suffragettes !

The climate up on the Mein plateau was delightful.
There was not too much ram apparently, and the
temperature was delightfully cool, in fact at night quite
cold, so that we all had to sleep near fires and were glad of
a thick blanket, whilst in the morning one tested the
temperature of the water in the stream with one’s toes
just like one tries a bath in England on a frosty morning.
If only communication was better I am sure the Kalabit
countrv would have a future before it as the health

j

resort of Borneo.

III.— New Plants from Sarawak. — By H. N.

Ridley, c.m.g., m.a., f.r.s.

The plants described below are partly from species
collected in Sarawak by various collectors and preserved
in the Singapore Herbarium, and some which have been
introduced into cultivation.

Ophiorvhiza axillaris, n. sp.

Herbaceous or rather shrubby plants over a foot
tall, usually branched stem hairy. Leaves ovate, to
lanceolate narrowed at the base and oblique, apex acute,
2 to 5 inches J-iJ inch wide, thin glabrous above and
beneath when adult younger leaves hairy with sprinkled
hairs above, and midrib and nerves brown hairy, above
.green beneath pale, nerves io pairs brown, when dry.
Stipules setaceous from a broad base. Cymes axillary or
terminal short, solitary or several; peduncle in fruit \
inch usually hairy, cymes three branched, each branch
with 3 flowers, crowded. Flowers subsessile inch long.
Calyx tubular with acute lobes half as long as the corolla
hairy or glabrescent. Corolla cylindric glabrous, lobes
short blunt not recurved. Stamens very slender filiform.
Fruit glabrous broadly triangular upper margin emargin-
ate J inch across inch deep.

Borneo, Sarawak, Matang (Hullett, Haviland 84,
Ridley) at 2,000 ft. alt. Remarkable for its axillary
inflorescence not secund, but simply cymose. It varies
in size of leaf and amount of hairiness apparently
according to habitat.

O. Havilandii, n. sp.

A herb or with somewhat woody stem, a foot tall,
simple or with a few branches. Bark black when dry.
Leaves lanceolate acuminate at both ends, occasionally
ovate lanceolate, scabrid on both surfaces, especially on
the midrib beneath, above fuscous, beneath when dry
ochreous, nerves fine eleven pairs, 3J-4 inches long
1 inch wide, petiole 1 inch. Stipules short with setae.
Peduncles axillary or subterminal 1-1J inch long.

;Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

NEW PLANTS FROM SARAWAK. — BY H. N. RIDLEY. 31

Cymes half an inch long with short branches flowers on
the terminal branches. Pedicel very short inch.
Calyx cupular with very short obscure teeth, hardly y1^
inch long. Corolla tubular straight inch long, lobes
short ovate, spreading a little at length. Stamens in¬
cluded. Capsule fan-shaped, margin straight, side wings
broad, cells small -J- inch across.

Borneo, Sarawak, Matang (Ridley 11758) Haviland
{1709) Braang (Haviland 57 common).

Easily distinguished by its lanceolate leaves yellow
beneath, long peduncle and small cyme.

O. arenicola, n. sp.

Stem woody 6 inches tall with long fibrous roots.
Leaves lanceolate acuminate crowded, base shortly
narrowed margins waved, rather fleshy above dark
smooth with a few scattered thick trichomes, beneath
yellowish with the nerves covered with close red hairs,
2J inches long 1 inch wide, petiole J inch hairs.
Stipules with several setae. Cymes short several com¬
pound in the upper axils hairy ij inch including
peduncles. Pedicels short as long as the calyx, which is
dilated with fairly long acute lobes all hairy. Corolla-
tube cylindric J inch long glabrous, lobes short blunt.
Capsule J inch across and half as wide deeply emarginate
puberulous.

Sarawak, Puak (Ridley 12449) in sandy woods.

Allied to 0. reticulata but with fleshier leaves, nerves
and reticulations hardly visible, stem, petiole, and young
parts covered with curled red hairs short compact
inflorescence, and the flowers in cymes not secund
racemes.

O. reticulata, n. sp.

Stem woody black 9-12 inches tall leafy towards the
top. Leaves oblong ovate or lanceolate, base rounded or
shortly cuneate, apex obtuse or subacute, above dark
colored minutely pustular, beneath greyish white, nerves
and reticulations conspicuous covered with red brown
tomentum, nerves 10 pairs 3-5 inches long 1J-2J inches
wide, petiole J-J inch long covered wdth red brown
tomentum. Stipules setiform. Peduncles axillary or

32

NEW PLANTS FROM SARAWAK.

subterminal ij— 3 inches long (in fruit) cyme branches
short 3 or more lengthening to half an inch rather
crow ded. Flowers secund approximate rather numerous,,
all tomentose mealy. Pedicels very short as long as the
calyx. Bracts none. Calyx yy inch, dilate at base with
short blunt lobes. Corolla barely -§■ inch long tubular
dilated at the top with short blunt lobes not spreading
tomentose with short processes. Fruit nearly J inch
across papillose, cells prolonged to apices, upper edge
deeply emarginate ; very broad V shaped.

Sarawak, Jambusan (Ridley 12364) and Ban (11756).
Limestone rocks (Haviland 8495).

Very conspicuous from its pale elegantly reticulated
underside to the leaf, crowded suberect cyme branches,
and red brown tomentum, in some parts developing
into small pointed papillae. Apparently confined to
limestone rocks, for both the localities I got it were
on the limestone.

Psy choir ia elegans, n. sp.

A graceful woody climber with a slender stem y1^
inch through, light brown bark and internodes half
an inch long. Leaves coriaceous glabrous ij inch long
J inch wide, oblanceolate base long acuminate, apex
shortly acuminate blunt, nerves almost invisible 4 pairs,,
petiole J inch long. Stipules annular yL inch long with
two pairs of minute points. Inflorescence a compound
corymbose cyme an inch or more across, wfith three
main branches on a peduncle an inch long. Flowyers
very numerous small sessile. Bracts minute ovate
acute. Calyx obconic, with very short acute teeth.
Corolla -J- inch long tube very short, lobes 5 short rounded
at the tip as long as the tube. Stamens nearly as long as
the lobes, with hairs between. Fruit (very young)
obovate to pyriform terminated by the sepals. Pyrenes
with 2 obscure ridges.

Borneo, Sarawak, on Matang at 900 feet elevation
(Ridley 12294 Hewitt). Allied to P. polycarpa but much
more slender with different leaves and smaller in¬
florescence.

Bulbophyllum bairinum, n. sp.

Pseudobulbs small conic half an inch long covered
with fibres of sheaths as is the rhizome, half an inch

BY H. N. RIDLEY.

33

across, roots copious and dense. Leaf lanceolate thinly
coriaceous subacute base cuneate narrowed to the petiole
6 inches long, f- inch wide, petiole 3 inches long.
Raceme 6 inches long erect slender. Flowers numer¬
ous distant. Bracts lanceolate acuminate caudate, j inch
long as long as the ovary. Sepals lanceolate acuminate,
the lateral ones gibbous saccate at the base J inch long.
Petals lanceolate caudate minutely pustular half as long
as the sepals. Lip shorter than sepals, lateral lobes
semi-elliptic thin large, mid-lobe long linear fleshy
pustular narrow. Column very small with a long foot ;
stelidia rather long acuminate subulate.

Borneo, Mt. Penrissen 3400 feet (Moulton).

This belongs to the affinity of B. leptoscpalum, Lindl.,
and B. montigenum, Ridl., but differs chiefly in its curious
lip with the long narrow midlobe.

Eria (Eriura) melaleuca, n. sp.

Stem a foot tall terete leafy. Leaves linear acu¬
minate coriaceous 7 to 10 inches long J inch wide
sheaths ij inch long. Racemes 2 terminal 4 inches
long densely floriferous to the base. Bracts inch
long ovate acute persistent glabrous. Rachis woolly.
Flower yellow 1- inch across, ovary and pedicel F inch
long white woolly. Sepals lanceolate obtuse pubescent,
mentum slightly gibbous very inconspicuous in flower.
Petals much thinner lanceolate nearly as long narrow.
Lip with a very short narrow claw, limb broad nearly
orbicular in outline, three lobed, side lobes large elliptic
obtuse, mid-lobe transversely oblong disc of lip fleshy
elevated with two thickened nerves, broad and ending in a
rounded point on the apex of the limb. Column short,
foot long, anther large hemispheric.

Borneo, Sarawak, Maropok Mt. Lawas (J. C. Moul¬
ton, September, igog).

Nearest to E. major, Ridl., but the lip is much shorter
and broader, the terminal lobe specially wide and not
clawed. When dried the blackened perianth contrasts
strangely with the white woolly ovary giving the whole
raceme an odd appearance.

Eria Moultonii, n. sp.

Stems tufted, pseudobulbs sub-cylindric ij inch long
covered with broad sheaths lanceolate acuminate papery,
J to nearly ij inch long. Leaves narrowly lanceolate

3

34

NEW PLANTS FROM SARAWAK.

acuminate at both ends, acute 6 inches long J inch wide,
thinly coriaceous or almost membranous, narrowed into
the slender petiole i inch long. Scape lateral from the
axil of a sheath slender 3 inches long with about six
distant flowers, rachis white hairy. Bracts ovate acute
glabrous keeled J inch long. Pedicel and ovary longer
woolly hairy. Sepal upper lanceolate, laterals triangular
broader sprinkled with hairs \ inch long, mentum
short and obtuse. Petals narrowly lanceolate acuminate
glabrous. Lip fleshy pubescent, side lobes about half its
length narrow obtuse, mid lobe tongue-shaped lanceolate
obtuse base of lip broad, no calli. Column short half as
long as its foot, which is channelled with an elongate
triangular groove broadest at the lip base. Anther
rather large, cells wide.

Borneo, Ulu Lawas, August 1909, J. C. Moulton.

Allied to E. Maingai J. Hook, til, differing in its
pubescent sepals, and flesh}' tongue-shaped lip like that
of a Bulbophy limn.

Evict cymbidifolia , n. sp.

Pseudobulbs none, a short stem about 2 inches
long covered with the bases of the dead leaves. Leaves
distichous linear 15-18 inches long J-i inch across, apex
acuminate, base jointed, joints about 3 inches. Raceme
5 inches long, peduncle terete 4 inches long. blowers
numerous crowded, glabrous white, buds tipped pink.
Bracts very small lanceolate acuminate. Posticous sepal
ovate oblong, laterals very much wider oblique subacute
white tipped with pink outside. Mentum fairly long
thick blunt. Petals shorter ovate spathulate. Lip
oblong, base saccate, side lobes porrect free, apices tri¬
angular subacute, the lateral keels run the whole length
of the side lobes horizontally, their edges meeting in
the middle line and covering in the cymbiform lip which
is full of nectar, the only access to which is a circular
opening at the base of the lip ; terminal lobe ovate
acute. Column very straight fairly long, toot at base
crimson and pubescent. Anther broad rounded not
beaked. Pollinia 8 in. two masses each mass of two
unequal pairs ; clinandrium shallow with a median
ridge.

Borneo, Pontianak (C. in H. B. Singapore 1893),
Sumatra, Deli Baros (cult. 1910). A very curious plant

BY H. N. RIDLEY.

35

from its Cymbidium-like foliage, and absence of pseudobulb
and the curious boat-like lip covered in with the keels
lying horizontally.

Platyclinis triloba, n. sp.

Pseudobulbs approximate cylindric conic one inch
long, covered with large lanceolate acute sheaths.
Leaves lanceolate linear narrowed at both ends io inches
long by J inch w ide or smaller, narrowed gradually into
the petiole which is hardly distinct. Raceme with the
leaf very slender about 8 inches dowers very small
rather distant. Bracts inch long lanceolate acute
Flowers J inch across. .Sepals lanceolate acute. Petals
smaller. Lip 3-lobed base with two thick raised ridges
or wings, limb 3-lobed broader than long, side lobes
oblong rounded mid lobe narrow linear acute. A dark
coloured spot at each side of the base of the side lobes.
Column tall, stelidia from the base large linear obtuse,
petaloid. Margin of clinandrum ovate longer than the
anther.

Sarawak, Mt. Penrissen at 3,800 feet (Moulton).

Very distinct in the free stelidia and the curious
broad lip.

Acanihephippium Ly caste, n. sp.

Pseudobulbs cylindric 2-6 inch long J inch through,
joints green. Leaves 3, 20 inches long 4 inches wade
including petiole broadly lanceolate plicate herbaceous
5 ribbed narrowed into the petiole, shining. Flowers in
a raceme about 4 from base of pseudobulb, peduncle
3 inches stout covered with large green bract triangular
lanceolate acute keeled 2-3 inches long. Peduncle stout
one inch long white spotted purple, covered by its bract.
Upper sepal lanceolate oblong obtuse fleshy ij inch
long, laterals connate saccate with a spur blunt, ovate
obtuse with spur 2 inches long. Petals narrower and
shorter lanceolate obtuse all fleshy ; outside white inside
white with dark crimson lake spots. Lip claw adnate to
sepals yellow spotted limb entire oblong rounded at the
tip curved near the base, sides elevated rounded white
fleshy margin with small crimson spots at tip, centre
towards apex orange with spots and streaks of dark
crimson, keels only one very low and obscure raised line
in the centre. Column foot adnate to sepals white,

36

NEW PLANTS FROM SARAWAK.

yellow at the base with 3 crimson slashes at base and
one on each side below the stigma ; free portion of column
short and thick ; anther conic white adnate by a process
at the back of the clinandrum. Stigma very broad
rounded heart-shaped; rostellum short, margins retuse.

Sarawak, Kuching, fh H.B.S. June 1911.

This is it appears quite different from A. Curtisii ,.
Rchb. hi, “ Gardener’s Chronicle,” 1881, page 169, as it has
no,side lobes and no ridges on the lip. A . Curtisii was ob¬
tained in either Sumatra or Borneo. Its lip resembles more
that of a Bulbophyllum than that of an Acanthephippium.
It was brought by the Head Gardener of the Singapore
Botanical Gardens, B. K. Sahib. It is the prettiest of
all the genus as far as I have seen them and reminds one
of Ly caste Skinneri in colouring of the flower, but cannot
be said to be as fine a plant as that old favourite.

A grostophyllum arundinaceurn, n. sp.

Stems a foot or more long T3g inch wide somewhat
flattened. Leaves linear acuminate subcoriaceous acute
6 inches long \ inch wide sheaths \ inch long. Capitulum
sessile pale half an inch through with 3 or 4 broad
ovate truncate darker colored bracts at the back*
Flowers 3 in short racemes covered with pale ovate
oblong blunt bracts finely ribbed, the lowest empty J inch
long. Flow'ers shorter than their broad oblong boat
shaped bract J inch long. Pedicel thick half as long.
Sepals ovate obtuse. Petals linear obtuse shorter and
much narrower all apparently white. Lip as long as the
petals fleshy dark colored apparently purple, entire,
shoe-shaped, rounded at the tip and thick, sides thinner
at base wrapping the column with a transverse ridge or
lamna towards the base cutting off a sunken space as
nectary. Column as long as the lip, dark colored.
Anther large rather broad and low deeply emarginate at
the back. Pollinia large elliptic. Clinandrium deep with
a high dorsal point. Stigma large and wide with a
prominent V-shaped lower margin. Base of column
belowr the stigma very short.

Borneo, Mt. Poe at 2,000 feet alt. on a rock,
Oct. 1909 (C. J. Brookes 5).

A very curious plant with its short racemes of
glumaceous bracts, concealing the small flowers. The
lip is quite spurless, having only a continuation of the

BY H. N. RIDLEY.

37

central depression cut off by a transverse lamina.
The large stigma with its elevated V-shaped lower margin
is peculiar.

Saccolabium odomtissimum, n. sp.

Stems pendulous 2 feet or more long often purple.
Leaves fleshy lanceolate acute, base rounded 2\ inches
long J inch wide, sheaths half an inch long ribbed when
dry. Flowers in 1 or 2 short peduncles just above the
axils, peduncles bearing 1-3 flowers. Bracts very short
triangular lanceolate. Pedicels J inch long. Sepals
and petals subsimilar-obovate spathulate tips rounded,
yellowish blotched with light red i inch long. Lip base
with two broad lobes oblong meeting in the mid-line at
their apex, tips excurved, mid lobe ovate acute pure white
with violet central spots in a depression at the base. Spur
horizontal short half as long as the pedicel, dilated at the
apex, and rounded; median callus between the side
lobes an elevated ridge ocreous covered with pubescence;
spur-callus linear bifid short yellow ocre, and pubescent
at tip. Column white. Stelidia erect broad, obtuse.
Anther ovate beaked. Pollinia globose bilobed pedicel
long linear spathulate, disc oblong ovoid.

Borneo, - , Mrs. Dare’s Garden, fl. October 1909.

Brought by Mr. Dare from Borneo some years ago.
Exact locality not known.

Habenaria claims, n. sp.

A tall plant 2 feet high with stout woolly roots and
eight leaves. Leaves on a stem four inches long
oblanceolate acuminate acute gradually narrowed to
the base with a prominent keel, flaccid when dry 8 to 10
inches long, 2 inches across in the widest part which is
towards the tip. Raceme nearly 2 feet long, base nude
with about 30 distant green flowers. Lowest bracts
lanceolate acuminate caudate f- inch long, uppermost
ovate acuminate \ inch long. Pedicel and ovary 1 inch
long. Sepals upper one ovate cymbiform adnate to
the petals keeled with a strong nerve running up each
side at the junction with the petals ; lower sepals oblong
falcate obtuse narrowed slightly towards the base J
inch long. Lip short J inch long, trifid, base narrow
linear limb rhomboid ovate with a short cylindric
filiform tail on each side and a longer terminal one.
Spur half an inch long cylindric slender curved slightly

3§

NEW PLANTS FROM SARAWAK.

and slightly dilate towards the tip. Column short,
anther subhorizontal, with long slender processes linear
lanceolate acute. Pedicel of pollinia very long slender.

Borneo, Sarawak, Bungo Range (November 1909)
(C. J. Brookes 44).

Dracaena Hewittii, n. sp.

A shrub ? Leaves elliptic lanceolate narrowed
slightly to each end apex acute base narrowed into a
flat petiole, 7 inches long by 2 inches across, petiole
\ inch, sheaths about J inch long. Panicle erect
terminal about 9 inches long, with two short ^ inch
branches at the base. Bracts ovate cuspidate, lowest
one J inch long. Flowers slightly pedicelled in very
short branches \ inch long 3 or 4 together, in the
axils of small ovate apparently red bracts. Flower §
inch long apparently white. Perianth lobes linear free
nearly to the base. Stamens as long as petals, anthers
linear obtuse. Style fairly stout. Stigma trilobed
rounded. Fruit rather small as big as that of D. Porteri
1-2 seeded.

Sarawak, Baram (Flewitt).

IV.— The Ferns of Mount Penrissen. — By Cecil

J. Brooks.

The following list of ferns collected on Mount
Penrissen during the month of April 1910 makes no claim
to completion, indeed the short period at the writer’s
disposal was sufficient only for him to follow one trail to
the summit and return by the same route; to make a
comprehensive collection of the ferns of this large area
would entail a very prolonged residence on the mountain.

The large number of new species* discovered shows
that this somewhat isolated group of mountains is
botaniqally in its fern flora as interesting as its fauna has
proved to be ; and it appears just to conclude from this
small collection that the ferns of the Penrissen group are
not so closely connected with those of the other well-
known mountains of Sarawak proper — Mounts Matangg
Santubong, Poe and the Bungo Range — as the ferns of
those mountains are connected with one another.

According to the most recent determination t Penris¬
sen has an elevation of 4100 feet; it is the highest of
three peaks, Mounts Serum and Prang being the names
of the other two; it is situated at the source of the—
so-called — left-hand branch of the Sarawak river, within
fairly easv access of Kuching and distant from the sea
about 60 miles. Several naturalists have visited it,
including Dr. G. D. Haviland, who, I believe, devoted no
special attention to the fern flora.

In considering the local distribution of these ferns
the conditions are similar to those existing on all moun¬
tains in Sarawak; where the foot-hills are covered with
old jungle, an extremely humid atmosphere is always
maintained and ferns are numerous; above, for an eleva¬
tion of 1000 to 2000 feet, where the atmosphere is
comparatively dry and the trunks develop to their greatest
proportions, thus creating a gloom, the}' become scarce

* In a collection of five species of Selaginelias determined by
Professor Hieronymus four proved to be new to science.

f Sarawak Gazette , January, 1910, p. 5, “Mount Penrissen,” by
J. C. Moulton.

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

4o

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRISSEN.

or almost absent ; this is succeeded by a zone of smaller
timber and rocks, on which filmy ferns are especially
numerous; also in the moss forest above where the trees
are stunted or of small growth, they become most
numerous and continue so to the summit, which in the
case of Penrissen is a plateau with an area of 50 to
60 acres, but here ferns are conspicuously absent ; two
or three species only are sufficiently hardy to stand the
exposed situation.

I have to thank Dr. E. B. Copeland of the College
of Agriculture, Los Banos for kind help with identifi¬
cations and for describing the new species.

[At Mr. Brooks’ request I have added the names of
other Penrissen ferns which were collected on that
mountain by Mr. R. Shelford in May 1899, and by myself
in November 1909. A list of the former collection was
given bv Bishop Hose as an appendix to Mr. Shelford ’s
account of his expedition in the Journal of the Straits
Branch , Royal Asiatic Society , 1910 (No. 33, p. 25). The
few species taken by myself on Penrissen were identified
by Dr. E. B. Copeland. Both collections are preserved
in the Sarawak Museum herbarium.

These few additions to Mr. Brooks’ list are given in
square brackets, duly authenticated by the initials of the
•collector, viz., Air. Shelford or myself] . — J. C. Moulton.

Marattiaceae.

Angiopteris, Hoffmann.

Augiopteris fcrox, Copel. spec. nova.

An enormous fern, the hairy stipe and rachis render
it a conspicuous plant. Common near summit. Alt.
3500-4000 feet.

M acroglossum, Copeland.

Macroglossum alidae, Copel.

De nse clumps on ridge in moist old jungle. Alt.
300 feet, at foot of Penrissen.

Ban, Mount Singie.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

41

Marattia, Swartz.

Mavattia fraxinea, Sm.

On ridge in damp jungle. Alt. 500 feet.

Tropical Asia, Africa and Australia.

Gleicheniaceae.

Gleichenia, Smith.

Gleichenia vestita, Bl.

Common. Alt. 4000 feet.

Mt. Matang, Mt. Santubong, Mt. Dulit, Mt. Poe
and Mt. Bengkarum, Malaya.

Gleichenia japonica, Spr. ( Glongissima , BL).

A very large long-leafed form, which appears to be a
variety peculiar to this mountain. One of the few ferns
found growing on the summit. Alt. 4100 feet.

Japan to India, Polynesia, Australia*

Hymenophyllaceae.

Hymenophyllum, Smith.

Hymenophyllum spp.

Four species as yet unidentified.

[. Hymenophyllum demissnm, Sw.

Mt. Penrissen ; November, 1909.

Malaya; Polynesia, New Zealand]. J. C. M.

Trichomanes, Linne.

Trichomanes digitatum , Sw.

Alt. 3000 feet.

Mt. Santubong, Mt. Poe, Mt. Matang.

Asia, Polynesia, Mascarenes.

[Trichomanes maximum , Bl.

Mt. Penrissen, lower slopes to 3800 feet; May 1899
and November 1909.

Malaya; Polynesia, Queensland]. R. S. and

J. C. M.

42

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRISSEN.

\Trichomanes javanicum, Bl.

Mt. Penrissen ; November igog.

Tropical Asia, Polynesia and Australia]. J. C. M.

Trichomanes apiifolinm , Pr.

Very common on rocks in shady jungle. Alt.
3000 feet.

Mt. Matang, N. Borneo. Natuna Islands.

Malaya, Philippines, Polynesia, Norfolk Island.

[Trichomanes parviflovnm , Poir.

Mt. Penrissen; November igog.

Malacca, Australia, Madagascar and Mascarenes].

J. C. M.

Trichomanes phnna, Hk.

On rocks in mossy jungle. Alt. 3000 feet.

Mt. Matang, Santubong, Bungo Range. N. Borneo.
Perak, Malaya, Samoa, New Caledonia.

Trichomanes, spp.

Three more species as yet unidentified.

Cyatheaceae.

Cyathea, Smith.

Cyathea paraphysata, Copel. spec. nova.

On ridge at foot of Penrissen in damp old jungle.
Alt. 500 feet.

Cyathea horneensis , Copel. spec. nova.

In fairly open forest. Alt. 3500 feet.

Cyathea Brooksii, Copel. spec. nova.

Common ; fronds seldom fertile. Alt. 3500-4000

feet.

Cyathea recommutata , Copel. (Mett).

Common on marshy plateau. Alt. 3000 feet.
Malacca, Batjan.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

43

Balantium, Kaulfuss.

Balantium Copelandi, Christ.

A single plant found growing on a recent landslip
Alt. 4000 feet.

New to Borneo. Luzon, Negros.

POLYPODIACEAE.

Dryopteris, Adanson.

Dryopteris crassifolia, O. Ktze.

Alt. 3000 feet.

Mt. Matang, Bun go Range.

Malaya, Burmah, Philippines.

Dryopteris calcavata, O. Ktze.

Common on the banks of the Sarawak River near
Pankalan Ampat.

Mt. Matang, Mt. Dulit.

Malaya, Indin, Philippines, Hong Kong.

Dryopteris athyriocarpa, Copel.

Common in open jungle. Alt. 3000 feet to near
summit.

Bungo Range, Benkarum mountain. Borneo.

Dryopteris paucisora, Copel. spec. nova.

Small clumps on nearly vertical rock-face under
water drip. Alt. 3000 feet.

Dryopteris amboiensis, O. Ktze.

On limestone rocks Sarawak River near Pankalan
Ampat.

Generally common.

India and Malaya.

Dryopteris accinthocarpa, Copel. spec. nova.

On moist rocks. Alt. 2700 feet.

Dryopteris lineatci , C. Ch.

On rocks in torrent. Alt. 2500 feet.

Bungo Range.

M al a\ a .

44

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRISSEN.

Diplazium, Swartz.

Diplazium (near) bantamense, Bl.

On ridge at foot of mountain. Alt. 200 feet.
Santubong.

Diplazium hosei, Christ.

Common. Alt. 3000 feet to summit.

Diplazium acuminatum , Bl.

Terrestrial in moss jungle. Alt. 3500 feet.

Malaya.

Diplazium cyatheifolium, Pr.

In damp old jungle on ridge at foot of mountain.
Alt. 400 feet.

Philippines, New Guinea, Polynesia.

Diplazium , sp.? (sent away for identification).

A large fern. Alt. 3500 feet.

Asplenium, Linne.

Asplenium squamulatum, Bl.

Sennah ; epiphyte on trees over river.

Generallv common in Sarawak.

Malaya.

Asplenium trifoliatum, Copel.

Abundant on moist rocks. Alt. 2500 feet.

Tringos.

Asplenium vulcanic-urn, Bl.

Epiphyte on trees over torrent. Alt. 2000 feet.
Santubong, Mt. Matang, Lundu, Niah, Bau, Bidi.
Malaya, Ceylon, South India, Philippines.

Asplenium sp. (sent away for determination).

On tree over mountain stream.

*

Sarawak River, Tipong.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

45

Phegopteris, Fee.

[. Phegopteris (Goniopteris) firmula, v. A. v. R.

Mt. Penrissen, May 1899]. R. S.

[ Phegopteris Hosei , v. A. v. R.

Mt. Penrissen ; November 1909.

A variety occurs in Sumba Island]. J. C. M.

Dcnnstaedtia, Bernhardi.

Dennstacdtia ampla, Bedd.

In old moist jungle on ridge near foot of mountain.
Alt. 500 feet.

Sena Serin River.

Malacca, Perak.

Tapeinidium, C. Chr.

Tapeinidium pinnatum, C. Chr.

A very broad form occurring also on the Bungo
Range ; this fern appears to vary considerably, each
locality producing its characteristic form. Alt. 3000 feet.

Mt. Poe, Mt. Santubong, Mt. Matang.

Malaya and Polynesia.

[Tapeinidium gracile, v. A. v. R.

Mt. Penrissen ; lower slopes, November 1909.
Malaya] . J. C. M.

Humata, Cavanilles.

[Humata repens, Diels [nee J. Sm ).

Mt. Penrissen. Alt. 3500 feet, May 1899.

Tropical Asia and Australia, Japan, South China,
Mascarenes and Seychelles]. R. S.*

Humata sp.? (near repens, Diels.); sent for determi¬
nation.

Mt. Bengkarum.

A constant form of constant occurrence.

Alt. 2500 feet to summit.

* Mr. Shelford's collection of ferns from Penrissen, described by
Bishop Hose consists of twelve species. For the sake of completeness,
the whole list is here appended together with Bishop Hose's comments.

46

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRISSEN.

Odontosoria , Presl.

Odontosoria chinensis, J. Sm.

On moist rock in shade; not common. Alt. 3000 feet.
Matang, N. Borneo.

Tropical Asia, Polynesia, Japan, China, Comore and
M ascarene Islands, Madagascar.

L 1 ndsaya , I) ry a n d er .

Lindsay a repens, Bedd.

A large mass, on moist rock over torrent. Alt. 1200

feet.

Tropical Asia, Polynesia, Mauritius.

Lindsay a sp.? (sent for determination).

On moist rocks. Alt. 3000 feet.

There is also a minute form, probably young plants
of the above, growing on moist rock near summit.
Alt. 3900 feet.

[Extracted from the Journal of the Straits Branch , Royal Asiatic
Society, No. 33, 1900, p. 25] — -

“ 1. Trichomanes maximum, Blume. 4100 feet, common.

“ 2. D avail i a ( Humata ) pedata, Smith [=. repens, Diels] 3500 feet.
“3. Li ndsaya cult rata, Swartz.

“ 4. Lindsaya concinna, Smith.

“ 5 Lindsaya scaudcns, Hk.

“6. Poly podium (Goniopteris) firmulum , Baker. Previously recorded
from Mt Dulit only.

“ 7. Polypodium (E up o'ly podium) decorum, Brack, 3500 feet.

“ 8. Polypodium liirtellum, Bl. This species is new to Borneo being
previously recorded from Java, Perak, Ceylon, Philippines and China.

“ 9. Poly podium ohliquatum , Bl. Also new to Borneo.

“ 10. Polypodium ( Goniophlebium ) (?) sp. nov. This is a very
interesting fern 1 No other simple form of the sub-genus has been
found in this part of the world, so far as I know.’ (G. F. S. & S.).

“ ir. Nephrodium (?) lineatum, Coleb.f None of the fronds fertile.
If correctly identified, new to Borneo.

“ 12. Acrostichum (Chry sodium) sp. (?) near hlumeamum , PIk. No
fertile fronds.”

] [Malayan Ferns by Capt. C. R. W. K. van Alderwerelt van Rosen-
burgh, 1909, makes no mention of an author of this name; the species
is possibly Dryopteris (Nephrodium) liueata, C. Christensen, which is given
with the distribution “ Malaya.” The only other Nephrodium lineatum is
that described by Beddome in Ferns of British India, a species which has
been sunk as a synonym of Dryopteris uroplnlla, C. Chr. by the author of
Malayan Ferns.') — J. C. M.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

47

[Lindsay a conciuna, J. Sm.

Mt. Penrissen. Alt. 3500 feet. May 1899.

Malaya] . R.S.

Lindsay a montana, Copel. (or near it).

6n rocks in torrent. Alt. 1000 feet.

Philippines.

Lindsay a cultrata, Sw.

On rocks. Alt. 3000 feet.

Common throughout Sarawak.

Tropical Asia, North Australia, East Africa.

Lindsay a scandens, Hk.

Scandent near base of trunks. Alt. 3000 feet and
higher.

Common on most mountains of Sarawak.

Malaya, Tropical Asia.

Lindsaya ovbiculata , Mett.

On rocks. Alt. 1000 feet.

Common in Sarawak.

Tropical Asia, Australia.

Lindsaya nitida , Copel. spec. nova.

Terrestrial; a very attractive fern. Alt. 3500 feet.
Common.

Lindsaya davallioides , Bl.

Common in shady jungle. Alt. 3000 feet and above.
Common in Sarawak.

Malaya.

Adiantum, Linn.

Adiantum pnlcherrimum, Copel. spec. nova.

On dry sandstone ledge below overhanging rock.
Alt. 3700 feet.

48

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRTSSEN.

Pteris, Linn.

Pteris rangiferina, Pr.

On dry sheltered rocks. Alt. 4000 feet.

New to Borneo. Described from Java.

Pteris sp. near pellucid a, Pr.

On scattered rocks in small stream. Alt. 3000 feet.
Malaya, North India.

Pteris Grcvilleana, Wall.

Terrestrial in shady jungle. Alt. 3500 feet.

The plants are seldom fertile,- and the fronds always
digitate.

Malacca, Philippines, North India, Siam.

A ntrophyum, Kaulfuss.

[Antrophyum latifolium, Bl.

Mt. Penrissen. November 1909.

Malaya, North India and South China]. J. C. M.

Antrophyum plcmtagineum , Klf.

On mossy rock, shady jungle. Alt. 3500 feet.

Bungo Range.

Malaya, India, Philippines, Polynesia.

Antrophyum subfalcatum , Brack.

A common epiphyte on trees overhanging river near
Pankalan Ampat.

Malaya, Polynesia.

Antrophyum reticulatum, Klf.

A common epiphyte. Alt. 2500 feet.

Very generally distributed in Sarawak.

Malaya, Polynesia, Tropical Australia, Philippines^
North India, Madagascar.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

49

Vittaria, J. Smith.

Vittaria lougicoma, Christ.

On trees in moist old jungle over small stream.
Alt. 300 feet.

Bau, Tringos.

Confined to Borneo.

Vittaria elongata , Sw. (probably).

Alt. 3000 feet.

Vittaria sp. ? This may be a large form of V. sulcata ,
Kuhn, (sent away for determination). Epiphyte on
trunk. Alt. 3000 feet.

L oxo gramme, Presl.

L oxo gramme involuta, Presl.

Common on trunks. Alt. 2500 feet.

Mt. Matang, Bau, Sarawak River, Bidi.

Tropical Asia, China, Melanesia, Philippines.

Polypodium, Linn.

Polypodium hirtellum, Bl.

On base of mossy trunk. Alt. 3500 feet.

Bungo Range.

Malaya, New Caledonia, South China.

Poly podium congenerum, Pr. (nec Hk.).

On trunk. Alt. 3500 feet.

Tringos.

Malaya.

[Polypodium streptophyllum, Bk.

Mt. Penrissen, foot of mountain, November 1909.
Also recorded from Singapore]. J. C. M.

[Polypodium decorum, Brack.

Mt. Penrissen. Ait. 3500 feet. May 1899.
Malaya, Ceylon, Polynesia]. R. S.

4

50

THE FERNS OF MOUNT PENRISSEN.

[Poly podium soridens, Hook.

Mt. Penrissen, lower slopes, November, 1909.
Confined to Borneo]. J. C. M.

Poly podium obliquatum, Bl.

A large form. Alt. 3000 feet.

Malaya ; Ceylon, South India.

Polypodium oodes, Kze.

Identical with specimen in Sarawak Museum, P. oodes ,
Kze., hut more nearly resembles the description of P. rudi-
meutum, Copel.

On sheltered sandstone rock. Alt. 3700 feet.

North Borneo, Baram district, Sarawak.

Philippines.

Poly podium incurvatum, Bl.

A rare fern. Alt. 3000 feet.

Mt. Bengkarum, Mt. Matang, Baram district.
Malaya, Himalayas.

Polypodium palmatum, Bl.

A very common fern from 3000 feet to summit.
Bengkarum, Bungo Range.

Malaya, Sulu and Philippine Islands.

Aglaomorpha.

Aglaomorpha brooksii, Copel. spec. nova.

Growing in immense masses at some height on
trunks. Alt. near foot to 3000 feet.

Mt. Bengkarum.

Hymenolcpis, Kaulf.

Hymenolepis spicata, Pr.

A very long form. Alt. 3000 feet.

Common in Sarawak.

Tropical Asia, Australia, Polynesia, Philippines,
Madagascar, Mascarene Islands.

BY CECIL J. BROOKS.

51

Cheiropleuria, Presl.

Cheiropl curia bicnspis, Pr.

On rock hanging over ravine. Alt. 3000 feet.

This form is so large with conspicuous difference
from the small type that it may well rank as a variety.

Aft. Lingga, Mt. Dulit, Aft. Poe, Aft. Bengkarum,
B ungo Range.

Philippines, Malaya to Liu Kiu and New Guinea.

Leptochilus, Kaulf.

Leptochiliis decurrens , Bl.

Common on moist rocks, seldom fertile. Alt. 3000—
3500 feet.

Tropical Asia.

Leptochilus cuspidatus , C. Chr.

On moist rocks. Alt. 1000 feet.

Bungo Range.

Tropical Asia, Australia, Polynesia, Seychelles.

V.— Pepper Growing in Upper Sarawak. — By
G. Dalton.

*

Historical.

A large area of the low, undulating land watered by
the Sarawak River and its upper branches, has been for
a long time past given over to the cultivation of the
pepper-vine ; and it is with the pepper industry of this
region that the following notes propose to deal.

In regard to the general cultivation of this plant in
Borneo in former da}’g, we learn from Messrs. Baring-
Gould and Bampfylde’s recent book * on Sarawak, that
as far back as the middle ages “this cultivation attracted
“ particular attention to the island ; and to obtain a control
“ over the pepper trade by depriving the Turks of their
“control over the trade in spices was one of the main
“ incentives to the discovery of a route to the East by the
“ Gape.” The same writers go on to suggest that pepper
was probably introduced first by the Hindus, and that
the Chinese, finding the industry a profitable one, im¬
proved and extended its cultivation. In 1809, we are
told, the estimated export from Brunei was 3,5°° tons,
and that a hundred years before that the export from
Banjermasin was 2,000 to 3,000 tons. Sir Spenser St.
John t in 1856 noticed remains of deserted pepper-
gardens far up the Limbang River (Kuala Madihit), which
were known to have been worked by a not-long-departed
settlement of Chinese, and other writers have made
similar notes on this subject in different parts of Borneo.

* A History of Sarawak under its Two White Rajahs, by S.
Baring-Gould and C. A. Bampfylde, 1909, pp. 430, 431.

f In the Forests of the Far East, by Sir Spenser St. John, 1863,.
2nd Ed., Vol. II., p. 330.

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

PEPPER GROWING IN UPPER SARAWAK. — BY G. DALTON. 53

Turning now to the history of the pepper industry
in Sarawak proper, of which the land drained by the
Sarawak River forms the central and most important
district, Messrs. Baring-Gould and Bampfylde write
that : — “ After many previous failures the foundations of
this large industry, which is entirely in the hands of the
Chinese, were laid in 1876 by the Rajah in conjunction
with certain local Chinese merchants.”*

After that date the industry steadily prospered and
eventually Sarawak Pepper gained for itself the name of
being superior to any grown elsewhere. The Keh.
Chinese, who are the principal growers, found it extreme¬
ly profitable, and numbers flocked into the country to
cultivate the article ; the gold workers in the same dis¬
trict gave up their uncertain work in favour of this surer
road to riches, and when the highest prices were reached
some six years ago, many of them wisely took the
opportunity to sell out and return home to China with
their fortunes made. With prices of $60 and more per
pikul for white pepper and about $30 for black to be
obtained in those days at an expenditure of about $10
to $15 per pikul, it will at once be seen that as a profitable
undertaking, that of pepper-growing left little to be
desired. However, such is the way of “ booms,” after a
big rise, there comes a heavy fall, and this pepper boom
was no exception to the rule ; so the prices dropped
lower and lower, and a great many of the smaller plan¬
ters, spoiled by the high prices previously reigning and
unable to give up their acquired luxurious ways of living,
were completely ruined ; some go so far as to say that
the Sarawak pepper industry was killed. During the
last two or three years, however, there has been a slow
but steady recovery, confidence is returning, more gardens
are being taken up again, and as if in sympathy with the
unfortunate planters, the price of pepper has slowly
risen. And with the present price of $30 odd per pikul for
white pepper, and $15 for black, quite a good profit can
even now be made.

The following tablet shows the growth and decline
of the Pepper Industry in Sarawak.

* Op. cit. p. 436.

f Obtained from statistics published in the Sarawak Gazette, 1901—
1909, and the Sarawak Government Gazette, 1910-1911.

54

PEPPER GROWING IN UPPER SARAWAK.

Amount (in pikuls) of White and Black Pepper
exported from 1900-1910: —

1902.

1903.

1904.

41,806

'

4.694

56,475

4.510

59.295

3.809

White Pepper
Black Pepper

1900.

1901.

1 32,967

i 37. 016
)

1905.

1906.

1907.

1908.

1909.

1910.

’ White Pepper

66,920

80,275

76,109

76,164

62,565

55.205

Black Pepper

7.664

10,217

10,834

8,783

7.043

6,203

The following table * shows the number of pepper-
gardens and vines registered annually in Sarawak proper
during the same period : —

Kuching.

Bau.

Paku. ;

Gardens.

Vines.

Gardens.

Vines.

Gardens.

Vines. !

1900 t

901

864,910

1,049

908,230

\

... +

1901

196

108,973

230

99,262

j

1902

196

98,221

90

32,3

90

3i, 300

1903

250

122,910

104

38,684

178

67,960 '

1904

337

170,222

89

36,310

1 77

54,92°

1905

329

192,729

59

20,2 10

89

29,412

1906

102

36,230

3i

6,791

46

n,310

1907

56

23,080

19

5,890

21

5,050

1908

25

10,600

5

3,485

14

1,550

1909

35

i5,93o

1

200

1910

53

18,220

5

1,214

14

3,770

The increase shown from 1908 to 1910 is being
maintained, and up to December 78 gardens with
26,190 vines have been registered during 1911 in
Kuching.

* Compiled from statistics supplied by Mr. G. C. Gillan, Govern¬
ment Registrar, and Mr. C. Ermen, Resident in Charge at Bau, to whom
my best thanks are due for their kind assistance.

f The first order providing for the registration of Pepper Gardens
was issued in 1900, hence the large number registered that year.

I Gardens in Paku district were registered at Bau during 1900
and 1901.

BY G. DALTON.

55

It should be noted that a certain number die
out every year, but as these are not always reported
accurate figures are not obtainable.

Pepper.

The species in cultivation here is that known
scientifically as Piper nigrum , which belongs to the order
Piper aceae. Flowers are usually dioecious. Distribution:
India, Ceylon and the East Indies generally.

Soil.

Practically the whole of Upper Sarawak, where the
pepper vine is cultivated, consists of a stiff yellow clay,
which quickly becomes friable on exposure to the
elements ; this forms an excellent base for the main roots
of the growing vine, and the Keh Chinese have learnt
that good top soil, which has an underlayer of the stiff
clay, when collected and carefully burnt, forms a perfect
top dressing. All sandy soils make poor burnt earth.
The making of good burnt earth is a fine art, the slightest
actual burning of the soil reducing the earth to a very
poor article ; it needs gently roasting, and from start to
finish requires watching. It is essential that all pieces of
charcoal should be picked out of the finished product.

Rainfall.

The average annual rainfall * registers some 150
inches, two-thirds of which fall during the North-east
Monsoon ; droughts of over 30 days are rarely experienced.

Position.

The best position for a garden is a plane, preferably
in a sheltered position, which slants slightly towards the
east.

Preparation of Ground.

The jungle is felled and burned, and afterwards all
remains of stumps and roots, etc., are collected into heaps,
covered with top soil and fired. The ground is next
lined and sticks about 4 feet high are placed 6x6 feet
to mark positions for the vines, drains being allowed for
where necessary.

* For notes on Kuching rainfall see Shelford in Sarawak Gazette,
1902, p. 141 ; Hewitt, op. cit. 1906, pp. 27-31, and Moulton, op. cit*
ign, pp. 9, 10.

56

PEPPER GROWING IN UPPER SARAWAK.

The ground is now left for one to two months to dry
and is kept quite free of weeds, etc., whilst good drains
are made all round.

Next the ground round the sticks is hoed to the
depth of a foot and then piled up to form small mounds
about one foot six inches high, and to these mounds
is carried the burnt earth obtained from the burning of
the stumps, etc.

Planting.

The vine is invariably propagated by cuttings, plants
from seeds proving too unreliable, these cuttings are
obtained from the terminal shoots of ij to 2\ year old vines;
these vary in price but can generally be bought for £ cts. a
piece. They are planted straight out, nurseries not being
necessary, the cuttings are from i' 6" to 2' long and
when planted should have four to six joints covered
by the soil ; they are planted at an angle of about
450 on the east side (as a rule) of the' centre stick
at a depth of four to six inches, with the top of the
cutting leaning up the stick; they are covered with
fern leaves, or grass, as protection against the sun,
and this protection is left on till the cutting has begun to
shoot, say ij to 2 months. In dry weather the cuttings
may need watering. The cuttings within a week or so of
being planted receive a first small application of burnt
earth which is afterwards applied regularly every 4
months ; in some cases, they apply one basket every
month for the first year. After some eighteen months of
the burnt earth treatment, ordinary or “raw earth” is
substituted, and the vines show excellent growth after
this application; if, however, it is continued for more than
one application the vines immediately begin to fall off.
The “ raw earth ” chosen is alternately the stiff yellow
clay and the best top soil; the vines thus receive a
dressing of either one or the other about every fifteen
months. As soon as necessary the young shoots are tied
to the stick with soft bark or twine, and after 4 to
6 months the permanent posts which are of the hardest
wood obtainable, bilian, sauwer, or resak, 12' long by
roughly 4" square (minim.), are placed 2' deep in the
centre of each mound, the temporary stick being
discarded and the vine transferred to the post.

BY G. DALTON.

57

It has been suggested that the planters do not use
the hard-wood permanent posts at the commencement
and thus save all the trouble of changing the temporary
sticks after a certain period, because such posts are
injurious to the young vine. Seeing that the large sur¬
face and harder nature of such posts would give off more
heat than would the small sticks of soft wood, there may
well be some advantage in this extra labour. But as
often as not when the pepper-planter has started his
garden and paid the initial expenses, he has very little
spare cash with which to indulge in bilian posts; these
are improvements for which he has to wait until times
are easier, and this no doubt is a cogent reason in many
cases for the primary insertion of temporary sticks.

Originally, vines of five or six months’ standing
were taken down and layered to form a circle, some
two feet in diameter, round the permanent post ; the
terminal shoot of the vine was then trained up the
post in close proximity to its roots. Vines thus treated
are retarded six months or so in growth, but the)7 form
much stronger plants, which will last a good twenty
years if treated with ordinary care. This practice was
discontinued by the new planters, who came in with
the “ boom,” owing to the loss of time entailed.

Three main shoots only are trained up the post, these
being tied at every joint (say every 4")- All flower is care¬
fully picked off.

If cuttings are desired, from the age of 12-14 months,
one main shoot only is allowed to grow, until the vine is
18 months old, when the cutting is taken and the vine
treated with half a catty of Prawn Refuse in preparation
for its first fruiting. All flowers, of course, up to this
point have been rigorously destroyed.

By this method a good sound cutting is obtained
which will form a strong vine later on. If the planter
intended selling cuttings he would probably run up three
shoots, but cuttings obtained from these would be inferior
in quality to those obtained from the single shoot.

Similarly, although it is possible to obtain cuttings
from a 6 months’ old vine, such cuttings are usually
weaklings. It is also possible to take three, or even four,
lots of cuttings off one plant in a year, but again such are
not to be recommended. It is far better, both for vine
and cutting, to wait 18 months before taking the cutting.

PEPPER GROWING IN UPPER SARAWAK.

58

Fruiting in the ordinary course of events takes a
year; that is to say, within a year the crop is finished..
During this time burnt earth is applied every four
months and the gardeners are kept busy weeding, repair¬
ing drains, etc. In certain districts where pepper and
gambier gardens have been combined, the refuse gam-
bier leaves are commonly used as a top dressing between
the pepper vines, in fact, covering the ground to a
depth of several inches. In such cases burnt earth
is hardly used, and the vines do equally well.

As will be seen from the above the first crop is
obtained when the vine is from 2\ to 2\ years old, the
yield being estimated at 1 to ij catties of white pepper
per vine (4 to 6 catties of green pepper).

At the end of another year, say 3J years in all, the
vine has reached the top of its 10 feet post and is
considered full grown, the crop being estimated at 3
catties per vine. And this crop may be counted on for
the next 8 to 10 years.

Each season as the crop is just finished, one catty
of prawn refuse per vine is applied to the roots in
preparation for the next season’s crop.

The main cropping time falls between July and
October ; that is to say the cuttings are planted from
November to January during the north-east monsoon, as
the young plants require a lot of moisture, and they must
be watered during the dry weather.

The average life of a vine in Upper Sarawak is from
10 to 12 years, though this figure entirely depends upon
the care expended on the cultivation. With perfect
cultivation there is no reason why vines should not
produce crops up to 20 years and more. One of 30 years
has been known to be still in crop ; but that of course is
exceptional.

The Chinaman recognizes three kinds of cuttings,
characterized by : —

(i) A very small leaf with rough surface which is

the male and no use for obtaining fruit.

(ii) A larger smooth leaf, which is the female and

is used for planting.

(iii) A yet larger smooth leaf, which is herma¬

phrodite and no use for planting.

BY G. DALTON.

59

In a well-run garden, however, one rarely sees the
first and third kinds.

Crop.

To make white pepper, the spikes of fruit are picked
just as they are turning red and are crushed under foot
so as to loosen the berries from the stalks ; the whole is
then tied up in bags and soaked in water from seven
to ten days. Slowly running water which gets the full
heat of the sun is best, warm wrater accelerating the de¬
composition of the skin on the pepper corns. When the
skins have become sufficiently loose (from seven to
ten days) the pepper is put into tubs and washed and
stamped upon until all skins and stalks have been extrac¬
ted. The pepper corns which remain are then spread
on mats and dried in the sun and the product is ready
for the market.

To make black pepper the fruit is picked not quite
so ripe as for wrhite pepper, and is as a rule simply dried
in the sun, the skin drying on to the pepper corn and
turning black, the pepper is afterwards rubbed by hand
so as to separate berries from stalks, and the latter are
winnowred out.

A better method of preparing the article is, after
picking, to boil the berries in water for a short time, and
then dry them as above, this renders the skins tougher
and gives a more uniform colour to the product.

Pruning.

This commences as soon as necessary, sometimes
at the 6th month, but more often later; it is regularly
done year after year, and in this respect the pepper
vine differs from many other spices ; the more care and
attention paid by the gardener in the matter of pruning
his vines the better his crops will be, the main points
aimed at are the prevention of any superfluous w'ood, and
the avoidance of top-heavy vines. The best shape for a
vine is a perfect cylinder, about 4 feet in diameter
tapering slightly towards the top.

Labour.

A well-run garden should have one coolie to about
400 vines maximum.

6o

PEPPER GROWING IN UPPER SARAWAK.

Disease.

So far as is generally known there are three flying
insects which attack pepper vines, and one bad ground
grub. The former are common, and their ravages are
checked by an application of Tuba Solution and Tobacco,
used two or three times at intervals of four to seven
days. In bad cases four applications have been found
necessary. The mixture is sprayed over the vines, both
underneath and on the top of the leaves and flowers, as the
latter are forming.

The ground-grub attacks the roots and I believe can
only be destroyed by opening up the roots and killing the
individuals wherever found.

A dying back of vines, often on one side only,
can doubtless be put down to fames , which the gardeners
cure by scarification and fully exposing the attacked
roots to the sun for one to four weeks.

VI. — The Sea-Bayak method of making Thread
from their Home-Grown Cotton. — By the Revd.
W. Howell, of The S. P. G. Mission, Sabu, Sarawak.

The Sea-Davaks are more advanced in some ways
than the majority of Bornean tribes, and the weaving of
cloth from their home-grown cotton is an instance of this.
The subject has been mentioned briefly by numerous
writers, but a glance at the pages of Ling- Roth’s valuable
compendium on the races of Sarawak and British North
Borneo, shows that after all the recorded details of this
industry are distinctly meagre, and more recent books
add but little further information. The purpose of the
following lines therefore is to try and fill a small gap in
our knowledge of Sea-Dayak life, by giving a detailed
account of their process of making and dyeing thread
from their home-grown cotton.

Separate farms or gardens ( empulai ) are set apart
for growing cotton (toy a) and the seed once planted soon
develops, so that within a year of sowing, there is fruit
sufficient to pick and utilize for cotton. It should be
added that the Dayaks do not buy their cotton seed from
local bazaars, but take it when needed from their own
crops ; where the original seed is supposed to have come
from I am unable to find out.

After the cotton has been picked, taken out of its
skin and dried, it is passed through a cotton gin ( pemigi )
in order to get rid of its seeds. Then from very early in
the morning until about 9 a. ill, it is threshed out on a
mat with a cotton-beater (pevialu taya), the women using
both hands for the work. It is believed that the strong
heat of the sun hinders laxity, hence the early hours
adopted for this part of the work. The cotton is thresh¬
ed twice ; first, into a flat piece averaging two to three
feet square and some two inches in thickness; this is
called a lapis. In the evening after dinner when every¬
body assembles in the long reception room (mat) for all
sorts of purposes such as settling cases, chatting or doing
odd pieces of work, among other occupations one sees
the lapis brought out, folded and placed on the thigh
to be cut into very thin pieces and then gathered into a
basket. The following morning the thin fragments of

Sar. Mus. Journ. No. 2, 1912.

62 THE SEA-DAYAK METHOD OF MAKING THREAD.

cotton are put on a mat in order to go through the second
threshing in order to reduce it to a still thinner lapis,
this time to the thickness of a sheet of thick paper.

The following evening the lapis is to be diluli, which
means to say it is to be rolled up into the thickness of one’s
finger so as to be ready for spinning. A luli is an instru¬
ment from six inches to a foot long, pointed and not
bigger than one’s little finger. After the lapis is rolled
round the luli twice or thrice, it is cut off and placed in a
basket. The cotton thus rolled is called luli also. The
luli are then attached to a spinning-wheel {gasing) and
spun into thread one by one. When the shuttle-pin
{mata gasing or “eye of the spinning-wheel”) is full up
the thread is stretched in the koali or cotton -stretcher.
It is then taken out and dipped in rice gruel {kanji) for
some little time — this is called the process of nyikat ; after
being well saturated it is taken out and stretched length¬
ways in the ruai by means of two bamboos. After this it
is combed with a cocoanut husk in order to smooth it and
to take off any rice grains that are sticking to it ; it re¬
mains thus until quite dry, when it is rolled up into a ball
or balls; this last process being called nabu. The thread
is now ready for the further processes of dyeing and
weaving.

There are various kinds of Davak cloth, which are
obtained by different processes of dyeing. The following
are the principal kinds : —

(i) Kain chelum, or black cloth. This is obtained
by dipping the white thread first of all into engkerbai
water for a night, a mixture made by boiling the leaves
of the engkerbai shrub and mixing some chunam
with it ; this gives a pink colour to the thread, which
is then washed and dried. In order to get the black
colour it is dipped into a preparation of tarum water
(made from the indigo plant in the same way as the
engkerbai water). It is again washed and dried and will
then be ready for use.

(ii) Kain or pua mata, which literally means “the
unripe cloth,” but technically speaking is the non-red
cloth.

(iii) Kain or pita engkudu, which means the red
cloth. The thread of this is called ubong embun because
it has to be exposed to the dew for so many nights, the
exact length of time depending on the woman who

BY THE REVD. W. HOWELL.

63

•conducts the operation. The mixing of this particular
dye is supposed to be very difficult and perhaps only one
in lifty knows much about it. The woman who becomes
the recognized authority on this subject takes the name
of “ Orang tan nakar tau ngar,” which means “ She who
knows the secret of measuring out the drugs in order to
•obtain the rich colour,” and for this work she is well
paid, the usual fee being a small jar (tepayan), a sacred
.stone ( plaga ), a small bell (grunong), and a brass ring
(. chincliin tenibaga). Some of the “ professors” affirm that
they learnt the art from the fairy goddesses such as
Kumang, Indai Abang, etc. With some Sea-Dayak tribes
they even go so far as to make offerings to these goddesses,
asking their help in the difficult work of dyeing the cotton
red (ngar or nakar ubong). The woman who undertakes
this particular kind of dyeing, first of all gets a piece of
steel which she bites in order to strengthen her soul.
This steel is called kris samengat. They make a great
deal of fuss over the work of laying out the thread on the
platform ( tajcu ), and the business of it is called the kayau
indu or “ warpath of the women.”

As students of Dayak life know well, the Sea-Dayak
bachelor in order to win the affections of a maiden must
needs get a head first, similarly the Sea-Dayak maiden
to win the affection of a bachelor must needs be accom¬
plished in the arts of weaving and dyeing.

To Kain or pua mata can be added ubong mata or the
unripe thread.

We may now continue the description of the process
of dyeing the thread and weaving. After the thread has
been rolled up into a ball, it is stretched in the loom to
ascertain the length and breadth of the cloth to be
woven; this process is called mungga. This being
ascertained the thread is carefully taken out of the loom
as it is, and fixed to the tangga ubong or “ the ladder of
the thread,” to be tied ( kebat ) with the thread of the
fibre of the lemba lily. This first process of k chat is to
retain the white colour for the future pattern. After
this is done the kebat thread is taken out of the tangga
ubong and dipped into engkerbai water, and then dried.
This, as mentioned above, gives a pink colour. After it
is quite dry the thread is fixed again to the tangga ubong
and kebat again for the second time. This second kebat
is to retain the pink colour for the pattern, and is called

64 the sea-dayak method of making thread.

mampiil. This being done the thread is taken oat again
from the tangga ubong and dipped into tar inn or indigo
water in order to gain the black colour. After it is quite
dry it is fixed again for the last time to the tangga ubong.
This process is called n get us tampok lemba , which means
literally “the cutting off of the knots. ” that is, to undo
the knots. This being done the thread is carefully put
into the loom for weaving.

In order to make the bain or pua mansau, engkudu or
embun, the thread (ubong) is prepared in the following
way : —

After being first dipped in saffron water (kunyit) it
is subjected to the following concoction : (i) kapayang
oil, made from kapayang * seeds burnt and pounded in
salt, and for proper preservation there should be plenty of
salt ; (ii) kleniintin fruit, (iii) klampai fruit, (iv) engkringan
fruit, and (v) ginger, all burnt and pounded in the same
way. These are carefully measured out with a cocoanut
shell in the correct proportions, and are then put into a
wooden trough containing cold water. After this con¬
coction has been well stirred and mixed the thread is
dipped into it for twenty-four hours, during which time
'great care is taken to see that it is well saturated. It is
then taken out and stretched on a mat for twelve hours
and afterwards put out on the outside platform ( tanjcu )
for sixteen days, so that the sun and dew may complete
the process. It should be noted that although dew is
apparentlv regarded as a necessity, great care is taken to'
prevent the newly-dyed thread from getting wet from
rain, and on the slightest suggestion of a shower, either
by day or night, the thread is taken into the house.
After eight davs on the tanjeu, the thread is turned, so

that the other side mav receive similar treatment for the

•/

remaining eight days. The dyed thread is now washed,
dried, dipped in rice gruel, combed and rolled into balls
ready for weaving as described before.

Sap. Mpls. Journ. Vol. I. N° 2.1912.

Plate I.

H. Campion pliotogr.

West, Newman litli.

METAPHYA MICANS, Lcoidlaw.

VII.— On a New Genus and Species of Odonata
from Sarawak. — By Dr. F. F. Laidlaw.

Sub-family CORDULIINAE.

J

Group Cordulina.

Metaphya, gen. nov.

Anal loop elongate, with longitudinal bisector; apex
blunt, scarcely widened, not spurred. Triangle of hind¬
wing recessed to level of arculus. Discoiclal triangles
of all four wings, and internal triangles of fore-wings
uncrossed. Sectors of arculus united at their origin.
Short sector and upper sector of triangle (M4 Cux)
slightly divergent in fore-wing. Only one cubito-anal
cross nerve in fore and hind-wings. Small species,
abdomen markedly constricted after 2. Spindle-shaped
in the male for its terminal quarter. Appendages small
filiform.

Relationship *

The classification of the sub-family Corduliinae has
recently been discussed by Williamson (1908) Needham
(1908 a) and Tillyard (1910). These writers are agreed on
a subdivision of the sub-family into groups characterized
by the anal area. In the one group, Corduliinae s. sir.
of Williamson and Needham, Cordulina of Tillyard, the
anal loop is elongate with a longitudinal bisector as in
most Libelluiinae. In the other group, Macromiinae of
Williamson and Needham, regarded as including two
groups of equal systemic importance by Tillyard, viz.,
Macromina and Synthemina, the anal area consists of a
compact set of cells. Metaphya then falls into the
Cordulina group. In this group a number of genera,

*Dr. Ris informs me in a letter that from a study of the venation
as seen in the photograph, he is inclined to think it related to
Syncordulia.

5

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

66 ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF ODONATA.

Cordulia, Somatochlom , etc.,* agree in having the tri¬
angle of the hind-wing recessed, the anal loop spurred to
some extent at least, and M4-Cu1 of the fore-wing con¬
vergent. They may be regarded as forming a natural
group I believe, and may be separated from the remain¬
ing genera of the Cordulina whose exact inter-relation¬
ships are much more difficult to tabulate. Amongst
these genera Metaphya must take its place, and I cannot
at present indicate its exact position much more
clearly than this. In its very simple neuration it resem¬
bles I dionyx- and G omphomacvomia paradoxa, but differs
from both in having the hinder triangles recessed. In
this it resembles more especially Libellulosoma and
Acschnosoma, but to me the relationship does not appear
close and the character after all is probably one of
specialization, hence I believe a more extended study of
the morphology of these genera is necessary before an
entirely satisfactory classification can be put forward.

Description of Species.

Metaphya mica ns n. sp.

Length of abdomen 17.5 mm.

Length of hind-wing 22.5 mm.

Head, upper lip black, vertex metallic blue-black.

Thorax above and at sides entirely of a metallic
blue-black.

Abdomen entirely black, above testaceous. 1 and 2
yellowish brown below with a long brown genital
appendage on 2 directed downwards and backwards.
7, 8, 9, 10, flattened from side to side. Terminal append¬
ages short, a little longer than 10, black filiform, the
upper pair blunt at their ends. Legs black, very dark
brown, where they join the thorax. ’ Seven antenodal

* The genera referred to are: —

Hmiicordulia. Bengal, Madagascar, Austromalaysia.
Cordulia. Europe, North America, North Asia.

Procordulia. Austromalaysia, New Zealand.

Somatochlora. Europe, N. Asia, N. America, New Zealand.
Paracordulia. S. America.

Dorocordulia. N. America.

Helocordulia. N. America.

Tetraconeura . N. America.

Epicordulia. N. America.

Epitheca. Europe, N. America.

BY DR. F. F. LAIDLAW.

6 7

cross-nerves in fore-wing. Wings, upper pair hyaline,
lower pair tinged with orange-brown slightly. Mem-
bran ule upper third white, lower part dark brown.

Type from Sarawak, 1910.

References.

Collections Zoologiques du Baron Edmond de Seles
Longchamps, Ease. XVII. Brussels 1906.

(1908) Entom. News. Vol. 19, pp. 428-431, 1908.

(1908a) Ann. Entom. Soc. America, i, No. 4,
Dec. 1908.

(1910) Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1910,
Vol. XXXV. 2. pp. 312-377. pi. IV— VIII.

I am indebted to Mr. Id. Campion for the photo¬
graph of Metaphya which illustrates this paper.

Note. — Corrigenda to “A Note on some Bornean Odonata,” by
F. F. Laidlaw, in Sar. AIus. Journ. No. 1, 1911.

P. 192, lines 5 and 13. For primrose, read pruinose.

P. 192, line 33. For Rapliisma mermis , read Raphisma inermls.

VIII.— A Contribution to the Study of the Insect
Fauna of Borneo. A List of the Bornean
Buprestidae. (Part II.) By Ch. Kekremans.

Descriptions of New Buprestidae from
Sarawak (Borneo).

The following description of new species from
Sarawak completes the list of Bornean Buprestidae
published by Mr. J. C. Moulton in this Journal (Febru¬
ary 19 1 1) and brings the total number of species now
known from Borneo up to 226. Considering that the
majority of the species here described have been
discovered in the last two years only, it seems quite
probable that there are many new species still to be
discovered in this large tropical island, so rich in insect
life; thus the present list must in no way be con¬
sidered as final, but only complete as far as our
knowledge of them goes at present.

The Types of all* the following species have been
presented to my collection by the Curator of the
Sarawak Museum, who realizes that such rarities
should be preserved in a European collection where
they will be safe from all the dangers of a tropical
climate and more accessible for those who wish to
study this interesting Family of Coleoptera. I take
this opportunity of recording my thanks to the Curator of
the Sarawak Museum for having given me the opportunity
of extending my knowledge of this rich and varied fauna.

All the names of localities given after each species
are those of places in Sarawak, i.e., the north-western
portion of the island of Borneo, now ruled over by
H is Highness Rajah Brooke.

1. — Philanthaxia auricollis, n. sp.

Long. 4, 5; larg. 1, 8 millim. Ecourte, ovalaire, vert
a reflet cuivreux avec les cotes du pronotum largement

* The Type of Callopistus Moultoni, described by me in my Mono -
graphic des Buprestides, 1910 (Vol. IV. p. 275), is in the Sarawak Museum.
Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1 9 r 2 .

BUPRESTIDAE. — BY CH. KERREMANS.

69

teintes d’or pourpre. Facies et sculpture du P. curt a ,
H. Deyr., mais plus parallele, moins elargi au tiers pos-
terieur et moins robuste, l’impression laterale du prono-
tum plus profonde, les stries elytrales plus rapprochees et
moins sinueuses, les elytres sensiblement impressionnes
sous la base qui forme un rebord saillant plus accuse
vers l’ecusson que sur les cotes.

Sarawak, Kuching, Sept. 1900 (Sar. Mus.).

2. — Philanthaxia viridifrons , n. sp.

Long. 6 ; larg. 2 millim. Plus allonge et moins large
que le P. curta H. Deyr., tete verte a reflets cuivreux,
pronotum cuivreux elytres plus sombres, d’un bronze
•cuivreux; dessous vert; le disque du pronotum moins
convexe, les impressions' laterales a peine sensibles; les
elytres sillones le long de la base, plus sensiblement sur
les cotes ; les stries elytrales moins sinueuses, ayant la
meme allure que celles du P. auricollis la ponctuation
du pronotum plus egale et plus epaisse.

3. — Anthaxia tricolor , n. sp.

Long. 5; larg. 1, 7 millim. Subovalaire, assez con¬
vexe; tete cuivreuse, mandibules vert dore, antennes vert
fonce ; pronotum largement deprime de part et d’autre
le long de la base, noiratre sur le disque, les angles
anterieurs rouge feu, les depressions de la base d’un beau
vert clair legerement bleuatre; bronze cuivreux terne,
avec la suture largement teintee de vert bleuatre ; une
tache de meme nuance au milieu de disque, de chaque
cote, a hauteur du sinus epipleural ; les parties bronzees
couvertes d’une fine pubescence rousse. La meme
pubescence sur tout le dessous qui est violet en avant et
bronze en arriere avec les pattes obscures.

Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

.4. — Chrysobothris latifrons, H. Deyr.,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. t. VIII. (1864) p. 98.

J’attribue a cette espece un exemplaire male; la
•description de Deyrolle etant faite d’apres une femelle.
Le male que j’ai sous les yeux repond exactement a la
•description de De}Trolle, mais il est un peu plus petit

7o

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

(13 mill, de long sur 5 de large) et presente une-
conformation tout a fait extraordinaire des antennes..
Le front est tres large, legerement concave, sans carene
arriere frontale, celle-ci remplacee par une simple ligne
lisse situee tout a fait en arriere; l’epistome est tres large,,
et forme deux larges lobes lateraux anguleusement
avances et arrondis au sommet, et au milieu desquels
sont implantees les antennes; ces lobes lateraux sont_
separes par une large echancrure sinueuse avec un lobe
median anguleux. Les antennes sont constitutes par un
premier article formant une large palette triangulaire
ayant a peu pres un demi millimetre de long et autant de
large; le deuxieme article est court, obconique, assez
epais; de troisieme article presente le meme develop-
pement que le premier, formant une large palette
ovalaire ; tous les autres articles semblables, pour la
forme et les dimensions a ceux des especes du genre. Le
dernier segment abdominal est echancre et surmonte
d’une carene assez courte et terminale.

II n’y a qu’un seul exemplaire connu de la femelle,.
trouve pres de Kuching, Sarawak par Mons. J.E.A. Lewis.

5. — Chrysobothris matangana, n. sp.

Long. 9. 5 ; larg. 3. 5 millim. Tete et antennes vertes,
front dore a stries onduleuses, non concentriques ; cotes
du pronotum rouge feu, le milieu vert, la surface du
pronotum couverte de rides transversales sur la partie
verte et de ridules longitudinales sur les parties rouges;
elytres verts en avant et bleus en arriere, sans fossettes.
claires. Dessous vert obscur, legerement bronze avec les
pattes vertes, la region superieure des femurs anterieurs
cuivreux bronze.

Dernier segment abdominal carene; son sommet a
peine echancre entre deux courtes dents aigues.

6. — Disco dev cs apicalis, n. sp.

Long. 10; larg. 3 millim. Allonge, subparallele,.
attenue en avant et en arriere, bronze violace obscur en
dessus avec une large tache apicale pubescente de jaune
sur les ehdres. Dessous bronze clair, pubescent de
jaune; antennes et pattes noirs. Tete sillonnee^
vaguement bituberculee en arriere; pronotum bossue^
lar«ement arrondi sur les cotes. Crochets des t arses
simples. Cette derniere particularity me le fait ranger

BUPRESTIDAE. - BY CH. KERREMANS.

7 1

provisoirement parmi les Discoderes, mais il devra probable-
merit constituer un genre nouveau, apres exainen de
plusieurs exemplaires. Les femurs anterieurs et les
medians sont epais et tres arques. Le facies est celui du
genre dans lequel je le place provisoirement.

7. — Covaebus Moultoni, n. sp.

Long, to; larg. 3 millim. Allonge, assez convexe,
d’un noir brillant legerement violace en dessus, avec une
tache sur le front, les bords du pronotum, six petites
taches sur chaque elytre et une large bande preapicale, le
tout d’un blanc pur; les taches elytrales disposees : une
au milieu et contre la base, la 2e sous l’ecusson, pres de
la suture, la 3^ sous la precedente, mais un peu plus
bloignee de la suture, la 4* au mileu, plus pres du bord
que de la suture, la 5^ un peu au dessous de la precedente
et plus pres de le suture, la 6e enfm sous la precedente, a
egale distance de celle ci et de la bande preapicale et
plus loin de la suture que celle ci ; le sommet des elytres
largement tronque et tinement dentele en scie. Dessous
noir, legerement verdatre avec les cotes du sternum et
des segments abdominaux largement converts d’une
pulverulence blanche semblable a celle des taches du
dessus.

8- — Covaebus inornatus, n. sp.

Long. 10, larg. 3 millim. Allonge, assez convexe,
tete et pronotum bleus, les elytres noirs bleuatres, une
petite tache blanche sur le front, dans les angles
anterieurs du pronotum et au sommet de chaque elytre,
celui-ci subtronque, largement et conjointement arrondi
et dentele en scie. Dessous bleu verdatre, couvert,
sur les cotes, d’une abondante pulverulence blanche.
Antennes obscures, legerement bronzdes; tarses noirs.

g. — Covaebus auviventvis, n. sp.

Long. 13 ; larg. 4 millim. Allonge, convexe, bleu
fonce en dessus avec le cotes du pronotum noirs; le front
couvert d’une pubescence gris cendre ; le sillon marginal
du pronotum legerement pubescents de gris; les elytres
ayant apres le mileu, de chaque cote, deux mouchetures
de poils gris surmontant une bande oblique, grise et
preapicale; le sommet largement echancre entre deux
dents aigues avec, en outre, une petite dent suturale..

72

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

Dessous noir, pubescent de gris et largement couvert,
sur les cotes du sternum et des deux premiers segments
abdominaux, d’une abondante pubescence soyeuse, d’un
roux dore.

10. — Coraebus Hewitti, n. sp.

Long. 14; larg. 4 millim. Allonge, convexe, oblique-
ment attenue en ligne droite de l’epaule au sornmet, d’un
noir verdatre brillant en dessus avec des reflets irises
plus prononces sur la tete que sur le pronotum, les cotes
de celui-ci largement couverts d’une courte pubescence
grise ; les elytres largement creuses en gouttiere le long
de la suture, avec sept vagues mouchetures de poils gris
et une bande grise au sornmet ; celui ci echancre entre
deux dents aigues avec, en outre, une courte dent externe
legerement saillante en dehors et une tres courte dent
suturale a peine distmcte. Dessous bleu verdatre,
largement couvert, sur les cotes, d’une courte pubescence
grise; pattes bleues.

Deux exemplaires du “ Sarawak Museum ” captures
en 1896 et 1897 pres de Kuching.

11. — Coraebus sarawacensis, n. sp.

Long. 12; larg. 3, 5 millim. Allonge, convexe, sub-
parallele, tete et pronotum vert emeraude brillant avec
une tache blanche sur le front et sur les cotes du
pronotum, dans les angles anterieurs ; elytres verts en
avant et violaces en arriere, la partie violette remontant
obliquement depuis le milieu jusque vers l’ecusson,
couverte, sauf une bande denudee anterieure, d’une
pubescence grise; le sornmet largement arrondi avec deux
dents terminales espacees, une dent plus petite, suturale,
et quelques dents laterales remontant le long du bord.
Dessous vert dore, couvert sur les cotes d'une pulveru-
lence d’un blanc dclatant tournant a l’orange sur les
notes des hanches posterieures et du metasternum.

Sarawak: Limbang et Kuching (Sar. Mus.).

12. — Coraebus borneensis, n. sp.

Long. 8; larg. 2, 5 millim. Voisin du precedent,
quant au coloris, facies rappelant celui de C. munnus,
Kerrem., de la Nouvelle Guinee. D’un beau vert clair en

BUPRESTIDAE. - BY CH. KERREMANS.

73

dessus avec la moitie posterieure des elytres vert obscur
terne et couvert d’une pubescence grise remontant
obliquement vers le quart anterieur de l’elytre. Dessous
noir verdatre; pattes vertes ; les cotes couverts d’une
pulverulence blanche tournant a l’orange sur les hanches
posterieures. Sommet des elytres largement tronque
entre deux dents aigues et une tres petite dent suturale.

Un seul exemplaire du “Sarawak Museum” de
Kuching.

13. — Melibaeus purpurifvons, n. sp.

Long. 3 ; larg. 0.8 millim. Petit, etroit, biconvexe
■en dessus, tete et cotes anterieurs de pronotum pourpre
violace dore, le reste du dessus violaee obscur ; dessous
bronze brillant, legerement pourpre. Elytres couverts
de reliefs squamiformes.

14. — S ambus Hewitti , n. sp.

Long. 4; larg. 1, 7 millim. Tete et pronotum
bronzes, couverts d'une pubescence roux dore, la tete
plus claire et plus pubescente que le pronotum ; elytres
noirs avec deux points et une bande sinueuse pubescents
de plane entre lesquels circulent des bandes sinueuses de
poils roux. Dessous bronze dore clair couvert d’une
courte pubescence rousse.

Sarawak : Kuching, Jan. 1910. (Sar. Mus.).

15. — Epimacha borneensis, n. sp.

Long. 7, 5; larg. 2, 5 millim. Plan en dessus,
legerement declive en arriere, noir en dessus, et abon-
damment couvert d’une pubescence rousse ne laissant a
decouvert que le vertex, le disque du pronotum, deux
larges taches humerales sur les elytres, un point au
milieu du disque, pres de la suture, une large bande
preapicale et le sommet. Dessous noir, couvert de la
meme pubescence rousse ; pattes bronzees.

16. — Belgaumia Brooksi, n. sp.

Long. 13 ; larg. 4 millim. Plus allonge que le B.
'Capucina, Kerrem, du Bengale, moins convexe en dessus ;
tete bronzee, couverte d’une pubescence soyeuse, roux
dore ; pronotum brun obscur avec, le long de la marge

74

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

anterieure, une rangee de petites taches rousses ; elytres
brun obscur, a peine metalliques et comme veloutes
vers le sommet avec deux fiandes onduleuses de pods
jaunatres ou ocres tranchant sur le fond roux dore ;
dessous noir brillant avec les trois derniers segments
abdominaux couverts d’une pubescence rousse.

Sarawak : Mt. Matang, 3,200 pieds., Aout, 1909.
(Sar. Mus.).

1 7. — Amorphosoma Moultoni , n. sp.

Long. 14; larg. 4, 5 millim. Robuste, elargi au
tiers posterieur ou se remarque, de chaque cote des
elytres, un calus tres saillant, bronze obscur en dessus
avec le quart posterieur des elytres couvert d’une pul-
verulence jaunatre, le sommet largement tronque en
ligne droite et arrondi sur les cotes. Dessous bronze plus
clair et plus metallique avec les cotes largement couverts
d’une pulverulence blanche.

18. — Agrilus niinusculus, n. sp.

r

Long. 4 ; larg. 1 millim. Ecourte, assez convexe,
bleu violace tres obscur en dessus avec, sur les elytres,
une large bande pubescente grise, couvrant la moitie
anterieure de la partie posterieure. Dessous noir brillant,
couvert d’une courte pubescence grise. Le sommet des
elytres conjointement arrondi.

ig. — Agrilus Hewitti, n. sp.

Long. 13; larg. 3 millim. Allonge, plan en dessus,
d’un vert obscur en dessus, couvert sur les elytres d’une
pubescence grise laissant, vers le sommet, une large bande
glabre ; tete pourpre violace obscur, profondement
excavee ; pronotum transversal, deprime au dessus de
l’bcusson, a carene posterieure forte et arquee ; elytres
vaguement et largement deprimes le long de la suture,
leur sommet largement et conjointement arrondi et
irregulierement dente en scie. Dessous bleu fonce
brillant a reflets plus violaces sur les pattes que sur
l’abodomen et couvert d’une courte pubescence grise.

Sarawak: Kuching, Jan. 1898 (Sar. Mus.).

BUPRESTIDAE. - BY CH. KERREMANS.

75

20. — Agrilus bornecnsis, n. sp.

Long. 8, 5 ; larg. i, 8 millim. Allonge, acumine
en arriere, bleuatre obscur, presque noir en dessus,
parfois verdatre avec ies angles posterieurs du pronotum
largement teintes de dore verdatre clair, nuance du
dessous. Front plan, etroit, deprime en avant et sillonne
sur le vertex; pronotum en carre, deprime sur les cotes,,
a carene posterieure peu marquee; elytres vaguement
deprimes le long de la suture, couverts d’une villosite
noire peu visible, le sommet avec longue dent mediane
accostee d’une courte dent sutnrale et de quelques.
petites dents externes remontant le long du bord.
Dessous couvert d’une pubescence courte, peu visible.

Sarawak : Kuching, igio (Sar. Mus.) ; tres commum.

21. — Agrilus amatus, n. sp.

Long, g, 2 ; larg. i, 7 millim. Allonge, acumine en
arriere, tete et antennes noirs, pronotum pourpre sombre;
elytres noir mat fortement unidentes au sommet, la
dent mediane ; dessous verdatre couvert sur les cotes
du sternum et des segments abdominaux d'une pulveru-
lence blanche. Tete forte, sillonnee et couverte, en
avant d’une pulverulence blanche, un peu jaunatre ;
pronotum court, plus large que long, vaguement deprime
en croix sur le disque, avec une carene posterieure
saillante et tres arquee, la region superieure des cotes
des deux premiers segments abdominaux visible en des¬
sus et depassant les elytres.

Limbang, Sarawak (Sar. Mus.).

22. — Agrilus viator , n. sp.

Long. 8, 5 ; larg. 1, 5 millim. Voisin du precedent
pour le facies, mais tout a fait different par le dessous-
qui est noir et entierement couvert d'une courte pubes¬
cence grise. Tete bleuatre ; pronotum obscur, legere-
ment teinte de violet; elytres noirs, mats, tres
legerement verdatres, plans sur le disque, a peine
creuses le long de la suture, le sommet avec une
longue epine mediane et une moucheture de poils
blancs.

76 A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

23. — Agrilus crucify ons, n. sp.

Long. 10, larg. 2, 3 millim. Allonge, subconvexe,
attenue an sommet ; tete pourpre brillant, creusee d’un
sillon median traverse par un vague sillon en avant du
vertex ; pronotum violace pourpre avec une tache blanche
dans chacun des angles anterieurs ; elytres violets, uni-
dentes an sommet, la dent situee plus pres de la suture
que du bord exterieur dont elle est separee par un espace
obliquement tronque formant un angle presque droit avec
ce bord. Les elytres sont ornes, de part et d’autre, de
quatre mouchetures blanches, l’une a la base, contre le
calus humeral ; la deuxieme un peu avant le milieu et
plus pres de la suture que du bord ; la troisieme vers le
cinquieme du sommet et la quatrieme, a peine sensible,
formee de trois on quatre poils, tout au sommet.
Dessous bleu d’acier, couvert sur les cotes d’une pulveru-
lence blanche.

24. — Agrilus Myrmido, n. sp.

Long. 4 ; larg o, 7 millim. Allonge, etroit, acumine
en arriere, les elytres unidentes au sommet, la dent
mediane. Tete bronze cuivreux un peu verdatre sur les
cotes; pronotum noir brillant avec une pulverulence jaune
ocre dans la depression qui longe les cotes; elytres noirs,
un peu mats en avant, bronzes au sommet avec de part
et d’autre deux taches rousses, l’une au millieu, l’autre au
quart posterieur. Dessous bronze avec les epipleures
metathoraciques, les cotes des hanches posterieures et la
portion visible en dessus des segments abdominaux
couverts d’une pubescence rousse.

25. — Agrilus neglect us, n. sp.

Long. 5, 3; larg. 1, 5 millim. Robuste, ecourte,
convexe, la tete forte et large, front pourpre, le vertex, le
pronotum et les elvtres d’un vert sombre, le sommet
de ceux-ci unidente; dessous bleu verdatre clair et
couvert d’une courte pubescence gris blanchatre.

26. — Agrilus desuetus, n. sp.

Long. 6, 5; larg. 1, 3 millim. Subparallele, allonge;
tete verdatre, mate et claire, vertex noir verdatre.
Pronotum et elytres noir verdatre, les seconds couverts,
le long de la moitie interne, contre la suture, d’une

BUPRESTIDAE. — BY CH. KERREMANS.

77'

courte pubescence rousse visible sous un certain angle, le
sommet avec, de part et d’autre, deux courtes dents
obtuses. Dessous verdatre, plus clair que le dessus,
couvert d’une courte pubescence grise retenant, sur les
cotes du sternum, une pulverulence d’un blanc pur.

27. — Agrilus digitus, n. sp.

Long. 6; larg. 1, 3 millim. Allonge, separement
arrondi et finement dentele an sommet; tete pronotum
d’un vert plombe clair; elytres verts, cuivreux on violace
terries, couverts, sur leur rnoitie interne, d’une pubescence
jaunatre, subacumines et denteles an sommet. Dessous
bronze clair et couvert, sur les cotes du metanotum et du
metasternum d’une pulverulence blanche.

28. — Agrilus pravus, n. sp.

r

Long. 5; larg. 1 millim. Etroit, allonge, assez
convexe ; front aplani, vert clair, le vertex pourpre
sombre; pronotum et elytres violaces; les seconds avec,
de chaque cote, une bande villeuse et grise longeant la
suture de la base au tiers posterieur ou cette bande se
coude a angle droit vers le bord exterieur; une tache de
meme nuance a l’apex; le sommet separement arrondi et
finement dentele. Dessous bronze clair couvert d’une
courte pubescence grise.

29. — Agrilus sagax, n. sp.

Long. 5, 5; larg. 1 millim. Male front vert, femelle
front pourpre, aplani, mat et finement granuleux. Allonge,
peu convexe, bronze violace en dessus, les elytres cou¬
verts, sur leur rnoitie interne, d’une courte pubescence
soyeuse et grise, leur sommet separement acumine et
finement dentele. Dessous bronze clair, un peu verdatre
et couvert d’une courte pubescence blanche visible sous
un certain jour.

30. — Agrilus potens, n. sp.

Long. 5 ; larg. 1 millim. Voisin du precedent pour
la coloration, mais tout a fait different par la structure et
la coloration du front qui est bossue, grossierement ponc-
tue et d'un vert obscur a reflets irises. La pubescence
elytrale est roussatre et n’est visible que sur le tiers
posterieur.

78 A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

31.. — Agrilus must us, n. sp.

Long. 6; larg. 1, 3 millim. Allonge, plus robuste
que les deux precedents, le front cuivreux clair, rugeux et
chagrine ; vertex et pronotum d’un vert plombe clair,
elytres plus obscur, noiratre, couverts sur leur moitie
interne d’une courte pubescence ocree, le sommet separe-
ment arrondi et dentele. Dessous clair, verdatre, cou-
vert d’une courte pubescence blanchatre.

32. — Agrilus velatus, n. sp.

Long. 4; larg. 1 millim. Ecourte, tres convexe, plus
attenue en arriere qu’en avant, vert plombe sur la tete et
le pronotum, elytres bleu fonce couverts, sur le tiers
anterieur et sur la moitie posterieure d’une pubescence
serree et grise, ne laissant de glabre qu'une large bande
transversale premediane. Dessous noir verdatre, convert
(Tune courte pubescence grise.

33. — Agrilus cruciatus, n. sp.

Long. 3, 3; larg. o, 7 millim. Tres petit, etroit,
allonge, attenue en arriere ; tete et pronotum noirs,
brillants; elytres bronzes, couverts d’une pubescence
grise absente le long de la suture (tres etroitement) et
plus largement sur les cotes ainsi qu’au tiers posterieur,
de facon que l’e^pace denude forme une sorte de croix;
le summit separement arrondi et linement dentele,
Dessous noir brillant convert d’une courte pubescence
grise.

34. — Agrilus ilhiutus, n. sp.

Long. 4; larg. 1 millim. Ecourte, convexe, attenue

en arriere, la tete forte, le pronotum deprime sur les

cotes et le long de la base, les elytres convexes, plans
sur le disque, denteles au sommet, les dents larges et
inegales; d’un vert de plomb plus clair sur le pronotum
-que sur les elytres, ceux-ci couverts d’une courte
pubescence grise. Dessous vert de plomb legerement
bronze et couvert d’une courte pubescence grise.

35. — Agrilus convexiusculus , n. sp.

Long: 4; larg. 1 millim. Ecourte, convexe, facies

du precedent, mais la tete beaucoup moins forte, le

pronotum plus attenue en avant, le sommet des elytres

BUPRESTIDAE.

BY CH. KERREMANS.

79

inerme et separement arrondi. Dessus noir, couvert
d'une courte vestiture grise espacee. Dessous bronze
obscur avec les femurs verts.

Sarawak : Kuching, deux exemplaires (Sar. Mus.).

36. — A grill is Moultoni, n. sp.

Long. 4, 5; larg. 1, 3 millim. Tres voisin du prece¬
dent, mais avec le pronotum sans im-pression le long de
la base, les elytres separement arrondis et fmement
denteles an sommet; dessus bronze clair, la. tete cui-
vreuse, les elytres couverts d'une courte vestiture grise
Dessous semblable au dessus pour la coloration et la
vestiture.

Sarawak : Kuching, uri exemplaire du musee de
Sarawak.

37. — Agrilus pcxus, n. sp.

Long. 3 ; larg. 1 millim. Fait partie du groupe
■d' Agrilus ayant une carene humerale sur les elytres.
Entierement bronze clair et couvert d'une courte vesti¬
ture grise- Front convexe et sillonne. Pronotum avec
une profonde fossette mediane vis a vis de l'ecusson.
Sommet des elytres conjointement arrondi et inerme.

.38. — Agrilus diligens , n. sp.

Long. 3, 7; larg. 1 millim. Voisin du precedent,
mais moins large, plus sensiblement attenue en arriere,
entierement noir, couvert d’une pubescence plus claire,
presque blanche. Front bombe, plus etroitement sillonne ;
pronotum largement impressionne sur les cotes et a la
base. Elytres separement arrondis au sommet, tres
fmement denteles, les dents a peine visibles.

39. — Aphanisticus ocularis, 11. sp.

Long. 4; larg. o, 7 millim. Facies et caracteres de
V A . agriloides, Kerrem., mais les yeux plus saillants et
plus gros, entierement noir, legerement bronze; tete
bronze clair, profondement excavee ; pronotum a cotes
regulierement arques, avec un large bourrelet transversal
couvrant le milieu du disque ; elytres graduellement
attenues de la base au sommet, celui-ci legerement di¬
vergent en dehors, largement et separdment arrondi, a
peine dentele.

8o

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN

40. — Aphanisticus Hewitti, n. sp.

Long. 3 ; larg. o, 6 millim. Voisin de VA. cordicollis,.
Kerrem., entierement noir ; la tete profondement echan-
cree ; le pronotum avec les angles anterieurs avances et
aigus, garni de deux bourrelets transversaux, l’anterieur
plus large et moins epais que le posterieur, et recourbe
sur les cotes de fagon a entourer celui-ci ; le posterieur
plus court et plus epais. Elytres a cote mediane entiere,.
avec une courte cote premargiuale au tiers posterieur, le
disque anterieur, entre la cote mediane et la suture, garni
de rides transversales assez profondes.

41. — Aphanisticus Moultoni , n. sp.

Long. 3; larg. o, 7 millim. Facies et caracteres de
VA. viridipennis, Kerrem., different de celui-ci par la
coloration et les details; tete et pronotum vert brillant,
la premiere profondement excavee, le second cordiforme
avec les angles anterieurs avances et aigus, les cotes tres
arques, sinueux a la base, le disque avec deux bourrelets
transversaux et paralleles; elytres vert emeraude en
avant et le long du bord posterieur, noirs en arriere et
tout le long de la suture en avant, la surface couverte de
vagues cotes longitudinales dont la mediane seule est
mieux visible. Dessous noir.

42. — Trachys albolineata, n. sp.

Long. 3; larg. 1, 7 millim. Ovalaire, large, entiere¬
ment noir, le pronotum garni de quelques poils gris
boars. Pas d'ecusson visible. Les elvtres ornes de fines

JL

lignes blanches vermiculees, nombreuses et entrelacees.
Elytres largement arrondis en arriere, sans carenes
laterales.

43. — Trachys Hewitti , n. sp.

Long. 5 ; larg. 3 millim. Tres robuste et tres
convexe. Un ecusson, pas de carenes marginales, mais
une carene oblique surmontant le calus humeral
Entierement noir, les cotes du pronotum garnis d'une
epaisse pulverulence blanche, les elytres garnis d’une
courte pubescence grise, absent e ga et la, mais sans des-
sin apparent. Dessous noir brillant.

BUPRESTIDAE. — BY CH. KERREMANS.

8 1

44. — Trachys thoracica, n. sp.

Long. 3, 5 ; larg. 2, 2 millim. Large, arrendi en
arriere, en trapeze en avant, convexe sur le disque elytral,
droit ensuite et tres legerement releve an bout. Tete
bronzee, couverte d’une pubescence rousse ; pronotum
bleu avec deux lignes blanches et obliques au milieu du
disque, non prolongees sur la tete; ecusson petit; elytres
noirs, sans carenes marginales, ornes de chaque cote d’une
tache pubescente et rousse contre la base, pres de 1’ecus-
son, d'une vague ligne blanche endessous, pen apparente
et d'une large bande rousse, sinueuse, au tiers posterieur,
liseree de blanc en arriere. Dessous noir brillant.

45. — Trachys Moult oni , n. sp.

Long. 3; larg. 1, 5 millim. Ovalaire, convexe,
regulierement arque en dessus de la base des elytres a
leur sommet, entierement noir, la tete et le pronotum
couverts d’une pubescence grise. Ecusson petit. Elytres
sans carenes marginales, largement et conjointement
arrondis en arriere, ornes de part et d’autre d’une large
bande arquee, longeant la suture, rousse en avant et
blanche en arriere, incurvee a son sommet et se ramihant
vers sa partie anterieure. Dessous noir.

46. — Trachys auromcta, n. sp.

Long. 2, 5 ; larg. 1, 3 millim. Ovalaire, arrondi en
arriere, regulierement convexe en dessus ; tete et prono
turn noirs, converts d’une courte pubescence doree, ne
laissant pas voir la nuance fonciere. Ecusson petit;
elytres sans carenes laterales, noir brillant, ornes d’un
disque pubescent de roux dore, commun aux deux elytres
et situe sur la moitie anterieure, prolonge en arriere
suivant une courbe en C renverse. Dessous noir brillant.

47. — Trachys discalis, n. sp.

Long. 2, 5 ; larg. 1, 4 millim. Elliptique, a peine
attenue en arriere, tete et pronotum noirs couverts d’une
pubescence doree ; elytres noirs, couverts d’une courte
pubescence grise en avant, sur les cotes et en arriere,
laissant nn large espace arrondi entierement glabre et
sans carene humerale. Ecusson tres petit ; pas de
carenes elvtrales ; dessous noir.

48. — Trachys mirahilis, n. sp.

Long. 3, 3; larg. 2 millim. Subelliptique, largement
arrondi en arriere, les epaules saillantes, le front sinue en

82

A LIST OF THE BORNEAN BUPRESTIDAE.

accent circonflexe, entierement noir, convert sur la tete et
le pronotum d’une pubescence roux dore. Ecusson petit.
Elytres avec une carene premarginale, couverts d’un
dessin pubescent de roux dore, entremele de fines
lignes blanches onduleuses au sominet et circulaires sur
le disque. Dessous convert de la meme pulverulence
rousse.

49. — Trachys discophorus, n. sp.

Long. 2, 5 ; larg. i, 3 millim. Elargi, arque en
avant, acumine en arriere entierement noir, la tete cou-
verte d’une abondante pubescence orangee, le pronotum
avec une pubescence moins dense, roux dore. Ecusson
tres petit. Elvtres a carene premarginale, noirs couverts
d’une pubescence grise laissant au milieu de disque un
espace circulaire, glabre commun aux deux elytres et
situe sur la moitie anterieure. Dessous noir.

Bruxelles,
Avril, 1911.

Ch. Kerremans.

Appendix.

Some Additional Notes on Buprestidae found
in Sarawak, together with a brief Comment on the
Geographical Distribution of all the Species of
Buprestidae now known from the Island of Borneq.
By J. C. Moulton.

Since the publication of the first part of this list in
February 1911, many more specimens of Buprestidae
have been captured and added to the Sarawak Museum
collection, and amon^ them two species not before
recorded from Borneo. To make our list as complete
as possible the following notes are therefore appended.

*3. — Chrysochroa (Catoxantha) opulenta , Gory.

Eight examples of this fine species were taken one
day in April (1911) on a. hill near Puak, Upper Sarawak;
they were noted by the native collectors as flying very
fast and high in the heat of the midday sun.

5. — Chrysochroa (Megaloxantha) bicolor, Fab.

A nice example of the nigricornis form of this species
was taken near Kuching in March (1911). When fresh
the following points were noted in its coloration : — lateral
tubercles on pronotum rich yellow, bars on elvtra ivory-
white and body beneath cream-yellow.

In another example (without data) in the Sarawak
Museum, the elytral bars are deep yellow, similar in
colour to the pronotal tubercles, possibly due to some
chemical change taking place in the pigment. Mons.
Kerremans in describing the species (Monogr. Buprest.,
Vol. III., p. 22., 1908) mentions the tubercle on the
pronotum as “ toujours blanc d’ivoire ou jaune,” the
elytra, he says, are adorned with a transverse bar “ d’un
blanc d'ivoire, cerclee de bleu,’' and the underside he
describes as “ blanc d’ivoire ou jaune testace clair sauf
les pattes.” It may be therefore of some slight value
to record the coloration of a freshly killed specimen, i.e.,

* This and succeeding numbers refer to the numbers used in the
first portion of our list of Bornean Buprestidae ( Sar . Mils. Journ., Yol. I.,
1911, pp. 157-183).

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

§4

APPENDIX.

as opposed to specimens which have been preserved for
varying lengths of time in museums before reaching the
specialist’s eye.

50. — Lamprci pantherina, H. Deyrolle.

Sarawak : Malinau and Kuching (Sar. Mus.). Mons.
Kerrernans kindly identified two specimens as this
species and one example of the next species.

51. — Lampra psiloptcroidcs, H, Deyrolle.

Sarawak: Baram — October, 1910 (Sar. Mus.).

54. — Exagistus igniceps, H. Deyrolle.

Banting (Sar. Mus. and coll. G. Dexter Allen).

76 a. — Belionota giganted, H. Deyrolle.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. 8,p. 83 (1864).

Sarawak: Baram — October 1910 (Sar. Mus.). One
specimen identified by Mons. Ch. Kerrernans.

Apparently a rare species recorded from Sumatra
only before.

81. — Belionota Vuillifroyi , H. Deyrolle.

Kusin Hills, near Banting (coll. G. Dexter Allen).

8 1 a. — Belionota cribricollis , Gesi.ro.

Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genov., Vol. 9, p. 355 (1877).
Banting (coll. G. Dexter Allen).

Recorded only from Malacca before.

92c. — Samboides viridana, Kerrernans.

Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. 7, p. 17 (1900).

Sarawak : Malinau — October 1910 (Sar. Mus.). One
specimen determined by Mons. Ch. Kerrernans.

Only recorded from Sumatra before.

As stated in the preface to Part II of this list
(antea p. 68), the total number of species now known
from Borneo is 226. Of this number no dess than
144 are confined to Borneo as far as we know at present ;
but it is very likely that some of these will be found
eventually in the neighbouring countries, more
particularly in Sumatra since the fauna of that island

APPENDIX.

85

shows a close relationship to that of Borneo. These
144 species are distributed over 30 different genera,
of which only 3 ( Polycestoidcs , Aprosopus and Exagistus )
are confined to Borneo. This large proportion of species
peculiar to Borneo emphasizes the distinctive character
of its insect fauna, although we must expect future
discoveries in other countries to reduce this large
number. On the other hand further collecting in
Borneo will undoubtedly produce yet more new species.

Of the remaining 82 species no less than 55 are
found in Sumatra, of which 33 are peculiar to Borneo
and Sumatra. Only 22 are recorded from the Malay
Peninsula of which 2 reach the Indian region, while
3 more, not recorded in the Malay Peninsula, are found
in India. In comparison with statistics to hand on
other branches of the Insect Fauna of this region,
these last numbers are surprisingly small, and there
can be little doubt that many more ‘‘Bornean” species of
Buprestidae await capture and recording on the
Indo-Malayan continent. The small number of 21
species found in Java coincides with previous figures,
which all point to a much more distant relationship
between Borneo and Java. As has often been stated
before, all these islands once formed part of the Asiatic
continent ; Java was the first to become separated, followed
at a later period by Borneo and Sumatra.

Only 3 species are recorded from the Philippines and
2 from Celebes. We may perhaps expect a small
increase in these numbers from future discoveries.

Sarawak,
December , 1911.

J. C. Moulton.

IX. — Ethnological Notes.

Some Murik Words.

The following short vocabulary forms a supplement
to my note on the Muriks, published in this Journal last
year (No. i, pp. 146-148, 1911).

I

ako

Murik.

we

kam

you

ika

he

iha

come

atang

g°

tei

to be

ay an

no, not

nam

river

ungei

water

telang

ground

tana

good

liar

bad

saak

person

laha

male, man

klunan

male, husband

lakei

female, wife

roll

child

anak

boat

arok

walk, to

pano

run, to

lepuron;

4 house

uma

hut

leppo

farm

luma

paddy

parei

rice

baah

rice, cooked

pa ru

vegetables

lu

pig (wild)

babi

pig (house)

ayam

dog

ahok

fowl

yap

bird

manok

fish

tsen

enough

aiit

life

murip

death

matai

brother

arei

elder brother

ikei

paddle

bahei

white

puti

black

pitam

red

bla

green

nyemit

think, to

pelulup

speak, to

nglaheh

speech, tongue,
language

hill

| laon
enggun

mountain

punjut

tree

kayu

leaf

daon

lamp

ilu

fire

api

rapids

abah

big

aya

small

iok

mat

langah

plank

taho

sword

paehh

Sar. Mus. Journ., No.

2, 1912.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

87

sun-hat

ahong

coat

bayang

loin-cloth

bah

cooking-pot

taring

cook, to

maru

ripe

ahak

unripe

ata

head

tengah

eye

mata

ear

terlinga

hair

bok

sleep, to

teroh

awake, to

maon

nose

rong

mouth

bar

teeth

nipan

tongue

jela

face

nang

neck

yong kra

chest

ah ok

breasts

toho

stomach

butit

back

laong

thigh

belatong

knee

buku

leg

betih

ankle

matan ahon

heel

tumbei

foot

balun paa

toes

selango paa

shoulder

laip

elbow

ikor

arm

lengan

wrist

bao

hand

palan

finger

selango

nail

ulo

salt

iya

step

tsan

spear

buloh

shield

klembit

war coat

tenayong

helmet

labong

night

lebi

day

ro

to-morrow

gima

day after

) •

buei

to-morrow

- sai

up-river

up-river, to go

mudik

down-river

bai

down-river, tog

0 nileh

bank

lirin

go up, to

moon

go down, to

nileh

high

embo

low

leiba

same

pi ah

different

enja

right

tao

left

ulei

across river

lipa

across, to go

lapit

deer

payor

all

min

finished

min

much, many

mendah

few, a little

kiok or nyaang

1 engi

2 dua

3 telo

4 pat

5 lima

6 nam

7 tusu

8 saia

g pitan

10 gi pulu

11 pulu gi win
15 pulu lima win
20 dua pulu

25 dua pulu lima win
100 gi atoh

R. S. Douglas.

88

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

A Note on the Origin of the Land-Dayak Villages of

Sentah and Quop.

Sentah.

Sentah is a name applied by Malays to a village
of Land-Dayaks living on S'buran hill not far from
Kuching. The Dayaks of that village cail themselves
S'buran in consequence. They settled there over seventy
years ago (possibly a hundred), having come from Segun,
up the left-hand branch of the Sarawak River. The
Segun settlement was formed by a removal from Tanjong
Mekabuh (or l'anjong Bunoir) and that settlement was
formed by an excursion of Davaks from Sekung, on the
borders of Dutch territory not far from Mt. Penrissen
at the head-waters of the Sarawak River. The story
goes that two brothers were in charge of Sekung , but
owing to a serious quarrel the tribe divided and followed
one brother up the Sadong River.

It seems impossible to fix any dates to these
removals, but if we give each settlement the same length
of life as the present one at Sentah, we get the excursion
from Sekung taking place about 200 years ago or more.

A suggested derivation of the word “ Sentah " is
the Malay word “ ’ntah ” meaning “don't know” or
don’t understand.” Thus Malays visiting these people
at S'buran and probably being quite unable to under¬
stand a single word of their language, kept repeating the
words “I don't understand”; and probably this was
the first and only Malay word the S'buran people learnt,
so that when other Malays came, this was their reply
“ 'ntah'' hence the nickname “ Sentah."

The Sentah people relate that the foot of S'buran
hill (at a spot called I ring) was occupied by the B'Lundu
people before they themselves arrived ; and remains of
their house are still to be seen on this place. The
B'Lundu were so-called by the Sentah people because they
went from Sentah to settle at Lundu, not because they
came from Lundu, as one would guess. Where they
came from before Sentah is not known apparently, nor
is it known under what name they lived at Sentah
before their migration to Lundu. These B'Lundu are
true Land-Dayaks and not the Sibuyaus of Sea-Dayak
stock who form the larger part of the inhabitants of
Lundu nowadays. The prefix B’ means “ People of”;

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

89

thus “ B’Sadong ” means the people living at the foot
of Saciong Hill, in this case the Bukar people (i.e., of
Lauchang, Mungo Babi, etc.), who call themselves
B’Sadong ” or “ orang Bukar.”

In contradistinction to the Dayak B'Lundu who
dropped their old name (whatever it was) and became
known by the name of the place to which they migrated,
we get the Serin Land-Dayaks, who moved many
years ago from the Serin River in Upper Sarawak across
country to the Samarahan River, retaining that name
by which they were known in the place from which
they migrated.

Sent Mi does not seem to have given rise to any
other large settlements except that of Quop ; though
two small houses must be mentioned of quite recent
origin; both near Sentah ; these are S’krak, founded
about 10 years ago, and Batu. Both of these were
formed by small parties going out from Sentah to the
farming-ground and making temporary houses which
afterwards became permanent residences.

Quop.

The Quop people (“ Kuab” in Dayak, meaning
unknown) owe their origin to a party of Dayaks from
Sentah who went to Quop Hill (about 2 hours’ walk)
to farm, intending to return to Sentah after the paddi
.season. Sir James Brooke however ordered them to
make a settlement there on Quop Hill. This they
were afraid to do because of the Malays near by who
seem to have been hostile and oppressive. Accordingly
the Rajah sent up other Malays of a friendly disposition
and thereupon these Sentah Dyalis built their house
on Quop Hill.

Si* Jugnr was appointed Orang Kaya and Mapamoie
made Temonggong. Disaster overtook the new settle¬
ment in the shape of cholera and small-pox which
terribly reduced their numbers. Disheartened by this,
the survivors wanted to return to Sentah, but under
the orders of Mr. Grant of the Sarawak Government

*The prefix “Si" may be translated as “Mr.’’, and is possibly
the same as “Che’’’ in common use in the Malay Peninsula for the
respectful designation of a person. It is curious, however, that the
prefix “ Si ’’ is also used in that part, but more as a term of contempt
or familiarity, according to Wilkinson’s Malay-English Dictionary.

90

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

Service, they went to the foot of the hill and built a
new house there. This place is called Sibuti, on account
of a certain bamboo, called “ buti ” by the Dayaks
(= Malay muti), which grew there in abundance; and
the present village of Quop now occupies this site.

S’Mara was appointed Pengara and in his time the
Mission station was founded at Quop by the Rev.
Chambers (circ. i860). This Pengara was succeeded
by S'Nganyah who was made Orang Kaya. S'Jauu
succeeded him as Orang Kaya and was himself succeeded
by S’Ngirin who was appointed by Mr. Maxwell at
Quop. (The usual custom being for the new Orang
Kaya to come to Kuching to receive his appointment).
He was succeeded by the present Tua Kampong S'Diboi ,
w'ho has not yet been made Orange Kaya. There have
thus been six “ chiefs ” of Quop since its foundation
(1840-50).

[From notes supplied by the Revd. Ah Luk, of the
S.P.G. Mission, Quop. ]

An Insect Omen.

Dr. Haddon* has published a list of the “ Omen
Animals of Sarawak ” and in it mention is made of some
insect omens observed by the natives of Sarawak. I give
the following note as it is not mentioned in his list.

I happened to be asking a Sea-Dayak (one Pengulu
Ayoom of Busong, Rejang), the Dayak names for some
moths which I wms showing to him in the Museum.
He pointed to some humming-bird haw7k-moths
{Macroglossum spp.) and said they were called “ buia
babi,” explaining the name thus: if one of these moths
came into a Dayak house and was caught, they would tie
a piece of string to it and then throw7 it down the stairs
of the house ; if then it fell with a kind of a thud it
would be regarded as a good omen and they w7ould
certainly get a pig that day; but if it made a kind of
crackling noise, it would be regarded as a bad omen and
a pig-hunt wras certainly of no use that day. According
to the Dayak this was the only kind of moth that could
be used for this omen, although I showed him several
drawers containing many different kinds.

* Head-hunters, Black, White and Byown, by A. C. Haddon, Sc. D.
F.R.S., 1901, pp. 384-385.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

9*

It h as often been noticed that the Sea- Dayaks have
a far richer vocabulary of natural history names than
have the Malays and that individual Dayaks have a more
accurate knowledge of, and greater power of discrimina¬
tion between, the different forms of animal and plant
life with which they are indeed virtually brought up. In
connection with this, it may be of interest to record
that the Sea-Dayaks, besides using the general name of
klabcmbang ( kcibumbang ) for butterflies and moths, have
the special name of k'sulai for the skipper butterflies
( Hcspevidae ) and, by some Dayaks, for the swift-flying
swallow tails ( Pnpilioninae ) as well. (The rich vocabu¬
lary of natural history names compared with that
of more civilized neighbours has of course been noticed
in many other primitive races besides the Dayaks,
but illustrations of it are always of interest because
the primitive daily merges into the next grade of the
less primitive and so on along the dull marches of
civilisation to the eventual complete extinction of all
these little traces of natural * man).

J. C. Moulton.

Trengs.

The Trengs were once a large and powerful tribe,
probably at one time spread over that portion of the
interior of Borneo where the big rivers, Rejang, Baram,
Limbang, Kayan and Ivoti rise. Their descendants in
Sarawak relate to-day how the Trengs once lived in the
head waters of the Limbang, Madihit, Tutau and
Baram.

Carl Bock gives an account of some he met in Dutch
Borneo, and among other things he notes that they are
addicted to cannibalism. t Ling-Rothf barely mentions

* Natural in the highest and best sense of the word, i.e , man conver¬
sant with all the ways and beauties of Nature, through long and intimate
association with Nature herself, not by means of a knowledge obtained
through the devious paths of literature.

f The Head-Hunters of Borneo , by Carl Bock, 1882, pp. 131-136, 210,
214, 218, 221-222.

Mr. Bock’s statement about cannibals is severely criticised by
Messrs. Bampfylde and Brooke Low in the Natives of Sarawak and British
North Borneo, by H. Ling-Roth, 1896, Vol. II , pp 222,223. The only
" proof" of cannibalism that I came across among the Tabuns, was the
presence of a human finger-nail attached to some charms on the belt of a
Tabun chief! — J. C. M.

\Loc. cit. and Vol. I., p. 37.

92

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

them. Spenser St. John* makes a few references to
Tabuns (an offshoot of the Trengs) whom he met once
or twice on the Limbang River, and that appears to be
all that is recorded of them.f In Sarawak territory this
once important tribe has been greatly reduced and is
now in immediate danger of complete extinction. I
make this my excuse for putting on record the following
scanty notes, fully conscious of their meagreness but
trusting that even this small amount will be considered
better than nothing, since in a few decades, or years even,
none will be obtainable.

Mr. R. S. Douglas, for the last 14 years Resident at
Baram, has very kindly provided me with the main
portion of these notes ; to these I have added a few
observations made by myself on two journeys up the
Limbang River in 1910 and 19 11.

The Trengs are closely allied to the Kalabits, with
whom they probably shared the country mentioned
above, until their IvSnyah and Kayan enemies dispersed
them. It was probably on this account that the)7 became
divided into three main tribes later on, known as the
Long Patas, Pa Liits and Tabuns.

The Long Patas moved down the Pata River into the
main Baram River and came in contact with the Kenyah
Pohun of that river, whilst the Pa Liits lived in the
Tutau River near Long Tepin and the Tabuns in the
Malinau River. Here the latter two tribes were attacked
by the Kayan s from Baram and the Tabuns ran away
to the Madalam River, a tributary of the Limbang. The
Pa Liits under their chiefs, Tawi Layoh and Pong Saron,
held out for a long time in a fortress they built at Long
Maap, but were at last overcome by treachery. They
were, however, saved from extinction by Orang Ivaya
Tumanggong, the Long Pata chief, who had now re¬
turned to the Tutau River, and they lived there for some
time. Orang Kava Tumanggong then moved over with
all his people and the Pa Liits to the Limbang River,
where he was shortly afterwards attacked bv a Govern-
ment force in 1895 ; the Pa Liits, however, under their
chief Ovau Blawing, did not suffer, having already

* Life in the Forests of the Far East, by Sir Snenser St. John, 1863,
2nd Ed., Vol. II., pp. 26, 15 9.

f I have not been able to consult Dutch literature on the subject.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

93

returned again to Baram just before. The Long Patas
and Pa Liits now live in one village under Oyau Blawing
in the Tutau River.

According to them, their two chiefs deities are Barn ,
god of the sky, and Luma, god of the earth. Plain , the
hawk, is their messenger and tells the people what to
do. Their other omens are the same as those of the
Ivenyahs, i.e., Isit (?) , Telao (Ivijang), Pladok (Plandok),
Munin (Munsang), etc.

After death their souls go to a country called Long
Apek, a tributary of the Baram River near the mouth,,
probably the Lutong. This was found out by a man
accidentally

“ A sick man asked a friend of his to go out and get
a monkey for him to eat, so the man went off with his
blow-pipe. He soon came to a river which he did not
recognise and heard voices as if there was a large number
of people dwelling there. He entered the river and
although he could hear voices all round him, he could
see nothing.

“ At last he managed to catch hold of one of these
invisible beings, who spat in his eyes, whereupon the
eves of the man were opened and he saw a village and
crowd of inhabitants. He also espied the sick man
there, whom he had left behind. He asked him to come
back' with him but the other inhabitants refused to allow
him to go, but the man threatened to amok if his friend
were not allowed to return, so they agreed to send
him back for a short time. When the man eventually
returned home he found the sick man breathing his last.
He called out the rest of the village at once and tried to
find this strange country again, but he and his people
searched in vain.”

Long Apek means “ tempat singgah” that is “ the
calling place.” Baru rules over this country.

After a man (or woman) has died, his soul wanders
about on the face of the earth, until his relations have
gone through the ceremony of “menulang,” which
consists of exhuming the corpse from a temporary grave,
and the bones, having been cleaned, are put into a
precious jar. After this process the soul floats down
river until it reaches Long Apek. When they reach
this spirit world they all have to work just as on earth,.

"94

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

.specially the evildoers, who become Baru’s slaves.
They are always being trodden on ; even when being
put into their coffins their corpses swell and have to be
stamped on by foot to get them in.

Men who are killed on the warpath, or women who
■die in childbirth, are exempt from this purifying process
of “ menulang,” and their spirits float about in the air
and live on the proceeds of the labour of the Long Apek
people.

Palleh is their god of harvest, and he is represented
by a constellation in the sky which represents a man
striding over the Pleiades, with only one arm. Palleh
lost this arm through an accidental cut from his mortal
son-in-law Lurou, when clearing the jungle for farming.

They use the Pleiades and Orion constellations to
find out the time for farming, which commences when
the Pleiades are visible over the tree tops at early dawn.
The Pleiades are called by them “ Pun Bulo,” i.e., the
bamboo clump, and Orion is the “ Pekassan,” i.e., the
pig trap.

As mentioned above, two divisions (the Long Patas
and Pa Li its) of this once powerful race are now reduced
to living in one house containing some go families.
This is on the Tutau River, a bare two days’ journey
above the Government station at Claudetown. The
remaining division, the Tabuns, are confined to some
three small houses near the mouth of the Madalam River
which flows into the Limbang about 60 miles from the
•coast. The chief of them is Tama Belulok, who lives
in a small house at Kuala Damit. According to him the
Trengs were a powerful race at one time inhabiting the
'country between the head-waters of the Limbang,
Madihit and Baram. Through a continuous series of
reverses, raids by their enemies and ravages of disease
they are now reduced to a vanishing point. In fact the
younger generation in Tama Belulok’s house no longer
talk Tabun, but have adopted the speech of their
immediate neighbours the Adang Muruts, with whom
thev are inter-marrving. In the house of Tama Seluling,
another Tabun at Kuala Madalam, it is the same. In the
matter of language the following notes may be of interest.
First of all Murut, Kalabit and Tabun (Treng) seem very
much alike and have a certain number of words in
Limbang Tabuns can nearly all understand

•common.

ETHNOLOGICAL NOTES.

95

and speak Kalabit and Murut ; the rising generation
•of Tabuns know very little Tabun ; a Trusan Murut
could follow a Ivalabit’s conversation but could only
reply in Murut which was ‘barely intelligible to the
Kalabit. A Dayak who had married a Murut, and lived
with M units for several years was perfectly at home in
the Adang-Murut language but was useless at Kalabit, and
could hardly understand or make himself understood by
Kalabits. One or two Tabuns knew Penan and could
understand it. Ova Blawing the Long Pata (Treng)
Chief is the Government Agent for all the Penans of the
Baram district, and Tama Belulok, the Tabun chief, acts
in a similar capacity in the Limbang district. Muruts
and Kalabits, whom I met, could not understand or be
understood by Penans. Many Adang Muruts knew
Dayak fairly well, but seldom any Malay. Kalabits
knew neither. Tabuns knew both.

According to Tabuns themselves they differ from
Adang Muruts in that the latter eat five times a day to the
Tabuns’ three ; the Adangs plant paddy every three
months, the Tabuns everv six. There is a medicine-man
or manang in Tama Seluling's house (Tabun), and when
the inmates are ill, fowls or eggs are put outside at his
advice for the propitiation of the antu (spirits). Rice
and other food is not used for this purpose. They firmly
believe in bird omens but do not take much account of
dreams like the Sea-Dayaks. Up the Limbang River
a little way inland near the Kuala Salindong, there is a
small deserted cave in which remains of some 40 burial
jars were found. These were supposed to have been
used bv a long since forgotton tribe of Trengs, who, like
Muruts and Kalabits of to-day, buried their dead in these
big jars for a short period, afterwards depositing the
remaining bones in small jars for permanent burial in
some other place.

Tabun men pull out the hair from the upper lip with
depilatory forceps and many pull out the eye-brows.
On the fore part of the head, the hair is cut short, also
above the ears and round the back leaving a long stream
of hair from the crown, which in several of the Limbang
Tabuns reaches below the waist. Tabuns only black the
mpper row of teeth ; Muruts black both.

J. C. Moulton.

X. — Museum Notes.

I. ZOOLOGICAL.

On the Fungus Parasites of Insects.

The following notes have been communicated by
Professor Roland Thaxter of Harvard University, who
has made a considerable study of this interesting subject
for many years past. During the last two years small
collections of likely insects have been made by Malays
under directions received from Professor Thaxter and
sent to him for study. He reports that a variety of
fungus forms have been obtained from these insects
and that many of them are entirely new to science.
Bearing in mind the enormous extent of insect life
in Borneo and the fact that it has not been collected
here or examined so far for this particular study,,
except in a very few instances — an infinitesimal portion
of what might be done — I would like to call the
attention of any Sarawak readers interested in botany
or entomology, to this untouched field of work, which,,
as Professor Thaxter points out, has a great economic
value. We know that plants are affected by insects-
and that whole crops are often completely destroyed
by their agency, but it maj’ not have occurred to
some that these insects are liable to disease, which,
in the form of fungus-parasites, can completely destroy
any insects thus infected. Now, it is possible to
infect these noxious insects (harmful to crops), with
some of these diseases, kill off the insects and thus
save the crops. The immense value to agricultural
science of an extensive knowledge of this subject is
obvious ; but the study at present is practically in
its infancv and more material is urgently required
to assist this study. If any reader would communicate
with me or with Professor Thaxter, instructions and
apparatus for collecting would be gladly supplied, and
the collector would have the satisfaction of knowing
that in all probability he would be making an important
contribution to science.

There are few more curious natural productions
than are to be found among the fungus parasites of
insects which, although they are seldom recognized even

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

MUSEUM NOTES.

97

by those specially interested in natural history, are
nevertheless widely distributed, especially in the tropics,
and are far more varied and abundant than is generally
supposed.

Of the many provisions which nature has developed
for the destruction of its surplus insect population, there
are few more effective in restraining the undue increase
of many forms than these fungus diseases which, in
some instances, may afford the most effective means
of destroying noxious species. Among these fungus
parasites there are several different classes which do
their work in different ways, some of them as destructive
as the plagues which ravage higher animals and often
more acutely epidemic ; while others, even more peculiar
from a scientific standpoint, depend for their existence
on the continued life of their host-insects, exerting no
destructive influence.

Among destructive forms the Entomophthorae or
“ Fly fungi, ” which take their vulgar name from a
disease of the house fly, common all over the world,
are responsible for widespread epidemics among various
insects : flies, grasshoppers, caterpillars, plant-lice and
many others, the contagion being scattered in this
instance by means of “ spores ” which are shot off from
their filaments by a special mechanism with great
force and in countless numbers ; a single spore bearing
certain death to any proper host which it may touch.
If therefore a disease of this nature is once started
in a region where its proper victims are present in
great numbers it may, if the weather conditions are
favorable for its development, bring about an almost
total destruction of its hosts over wide areas. The
economic importance of such diseases has been more
fully recognized in recent years and one of the
Entomophthora diseases has been used artificially and
with success in the United States for the last three
seasons in an attempt to control the widespread
destruction wrought by the caterpillars of the Brown-tail
Moth, which, since its importation on nursery stock
from Europe a few years ago, has increased to such
an extent that it has devastated the forests in many
parts of New England.

Fungus diseases of this group, however, do not
appear to have been largely developed in the tropics

7

g8

MUSEUM NOTES.

or have at least been generally overlooked. A few forms
are recorded from Java and the West Indies, but they
either do not occur abundantly or have not been
recognised by observers. But in the tropics other
diseases of this nature find conditions most congenial
for their development, and although they usually work
unseen and might not be recognized except by experts,
are certainly responsible for widespread mortality among
insects, noxious and otherwise, of various orders. .Such
forms belong for the most part to the great fungus
group of “ Ascomycetes,” the more striking forms
belonging to the genus Cordyceps, which produce the
so called “ vegetable worms,” etc., and its imperfect or
isarial conditions. Such fungi attack the larvae or the
perfect insects or their chrysalids, and convert them into
mummies by the growth of fungus filaments within
the body. The insect thus dies wherever it may be ;
buried in the ground, in rotten wood, or on the surface
of the ground. In many cases where perfect insects
are attacked they become fastened to the under sides
of leaves, or to twigs, or other objects, by means of
fungus filaments, which grow out for this very purpose
just before death occurs, adhering firmly to adjacent
surfaces. A further development then takes place by
which the fungus which fills the body of its victim,
grows out into the air, forming often greatly elongated
stalks, several inches long, but varying with the size
of the insects and the special form of the fungus.
On these stalks,- and usually in connection with a
club-like enlargement at the end, myriads of minute
spores are formed and scattered in the air or washed
on the ground by rains, and each of these excessively
minute spores, many millions of which may be dis¬
charged from a single club, is capable of reproducing
the disease in a new insect. Ants, flies, moths, spiders,
beetles, caterpillars, scale insects, cicadas — in fact insects
of almost any group are liable to diseases of this nature.

Although little has been done with these types of
insect diseases from an economic point of view, there
can be no doubt that they are an important factor in
destroying many noxious forms, the so-called imperfect
forms of certain species, which can be readily handled
by means of artificial cultures, having been employed
in this way with success; the most recent attempt in
this direction being that of the Mycologist of the Board

MUSEUM NOTES.

99

of Agriculture in Trinidad, who is now testing the use
of the so-called Green Muscardine fungus on certain
insects destructive to sugar cane. Many similar forms
are destructive to scale insects and some of these have
also been used in the Southern United States. Though
comparatively little attention has been given to this
subject by economic entomologists and others, the
artificial culture and propagation of these diseases is a
matter that deserves far more attention than has yet
been given to it.

Australia and New Zealand appear to produce the
largest known species, and “ vegetable worms” are
well known in these countries. A considerable number
of interesting forms have also been found in Java.
Almost nothing, however, is known about them in
Borneo, and in the other East Indian Islands, so that
anyone finding such productions who will take the
trouble to dry them and send them to the Museum
packed in cotton or soft paper in a stout box, will
be almost certain to have contributed a specimen of
unusual scientific interest.

In addition to diseases such as those above des¬
cribed, which are necessarily fatal to the insects which
they attack, there are certain other types of fungus
parasites which, although they grow on living insects,
and occur nowhere else in nature, are quite harmless
to there hosts ; the latter thus become the unwilling
bearers of a flora which may grow in little forests on
their integuments, which they seldom penetrate to any
extent. The insect is thus able to live for both without
great inconvenience and these singular plants, the forms
of which in some cases are bizarre to a degree, have
reached an extraordinary development in modern times,
not only as to numbers but in respect to the multi¬
farious modifications which have been brought about
by their varying conditions of existence on different
hosts. They are propagated by direct contact from
one insect to another and although the largest species
are visible to the naked eye, many are so small that
they can hardly be detected with a powerful hand lens ;
and even then only bv one who is expert in these
matters. Small beetles, flies, earwigs, roaches and various
other insects with overlapping generations of adults,
are bearers of these extraordinary plants, which reach

100

MlUSEUM NOTES

their fullest development in the tropics, and, from a
scientific point of view, are among the most interesting
as well as one of the largest of the groups of lower
plants.

Insects and Their Enemies.

The following incidents are taken from notes made
during the last three years in Sarawak.

(i) Insect Enemies.

June 8th, 1910. Dayak collector reported having
taken two beetles together in his net at one sweep ;
they were Stigmatium granulosum, Westwood (Fam.
Cleridae) and a small Longicorn, Demonax ventralis,
Gahan, or sp. nr. He stated that he saw the Clerid
on a log and on catching it in his net, found the
Longicorn in the mouth of the Clerid, still alive and
kicking, but that the head dropped off as he boxed
them. They were both brought to me in one pill-box
and next day I went to identify them, but found that
the Longicorn had been still further dismembered and
eaten, so that identification of that specimen was not
quite certain.

January 25th, 1911. A large Dipteron, Laphria
horrida , Walker, was brought in by a native collector
together with its prey (dead) a Eucnemid beetle ( Galba
sp. near wallacei, Perroud).

{[[) Reptile Enemies.

July 7th, 1910. Stomach of a lizard, Mabnia rudis,
Blgr., contained a large hairy spider, the head of an
Anthribid beetle ( Xenocerus ) ? sp., a small cockroach and
a large Hymenopteron.

November, 1911. A Danaine butterfly Danais
aspasia, Fab., noticed on wrall of house with wings
spread out attached to spider’s web ; untouched for
about three weeks, although lizards are frequently
running over that wall after moths and other insects.

(iii) Bird Enemies.

November 30th, 1911. Stomach of the Dusky

Broad-bill, Corydon snmatranus, Raffles, contained a large
green* Phasmid, armed with spiny thorax ( Aruanoidea

* Green in life, faded to dark grey-brown on examination.

MUSEUM NOTES.

IOI

gargautua, Westwood), much mangled or partially di¬
gested. Also a specimen in good condition of the
Reduviid bug (Astinum m-album, A. and S., or sp. near).

February, 1910. Stomach of a Drongo, Dis'semurus
paradiseus, Linn., contained an Elaterid beetle very like
(if not identical with) Diploconus hebclatus, Cand.

August, 1909. Stomach of Eastern Roller, Eurys-
tomus orientalis, Linn., contained remains of a
Brenthid, ? Baryrrhinchus dehiscent, Gyll. A second
example shot the same day contained the same.

November, 1911. Stomach of Paradise Fly-catcher
(Tevsiphone affinis, Hay), contained half digested remains
of a Cicada (. Parana pryeri, Dist. male).

(iv) Mammal Enemies.

May 16th, 1910. A monkey (. Macacus cynornolgus,
or “ kra ” as it is known to the natives here) was given
a full grown larva of the Death’s-head Moth (Acherontia
lachesis, Fab.) which it ate with evident relish. I
placed the caterpillar on the ground and held the
monkey for a moment to let it see the caterpillar
crawl about ; on release the monkey at once seized it
and began eating at the tail end. Then the caterpillar
apparently nipped its hand slightly as the monkey
suddenly went on to the head and soon devoured the
whole thing, evidently enjoying it. The caterpillar
w7as well chewed and swallowed, not temporarily deposit¬
ed in the laryngeal pouch.

June, 1909. Noticed a large green Locustid on a
shrub in the earlv morning and admired the beautiful
way in which its green colouring rendered it so nearly
indistinguishable from its surroundings. Brought the
monkey out on my shoulder towards the bush ; the
monkey noticed the insect immediately, far quicker than
I did, and quickly seized and devoured it with apparent
pleasure, discarding the spiny legs.

July 26th, 1909. From a glass-bottomed pill-box,
I gave a dull-coloured geometrid moth to the same
monkey; eaten at once. Followed this by a Pierine,
the yellow Terias hecabe, which she was allowed to
look at first through the glass. After she had evinced
obvious signs of curiosity and desire for it, the box
wras opened and the butterfly seized. At one bite she

102

MUSEUM NOTES.

demolished the head, body, and a good part of the
wings. I immediately showed her another for which
she seemed to express the same eagerness. On open¬
ing the box, she snatched it out hurriedly as before,
but this time pulled off the wings first and ate the
head and body only. The yellow scales from the
wings seemed distasteful to her, though I think this
was probably due to their “dusty” or “powdery”
nature rather than to any unpleasant taste.

A gaudy Nymphaline ( CetJiosia hypsea, Doubl. and
Hew.), was also given to her and eaten, after taking
off the wings which she left altogether.

Another monkey (. Macacus nemestrinus or “ brok ”)
ate a purple Euploea ( E . mulciber, Cr.), and two of the
dull-coloured Geometers (name not noted), all three
with an expressionless (to me) countenance. Perhaps
looked a little thoughtful over the Euploea.

On different occasions I have given Syntomid
moths to the “ brok.” The black and yellow species,
S. tetragonaria, Walker, she never seemed to enjoy,
but usually consumed it rather under protest, and on
two occasions rejected this species after tasting. The
black and white species, Trichaeta divisura, Walker,
and Syntomis eliza, Butler, were eaten slowly. The
Arctiid, Creatonotus vacillans, Walker, was nearly always
rejected by both monkeys, sometimes after tasting and
on other occasions after a mere look at it.

According to certain theories, many insects are
gaudily coloured so as to warn would-be enemies of
certain distasteful properties possessed by them, and it
is further supposed that these “warning” colours are
recognised by the majority of insect-eating birds and
reptiles, so that those insects which are so coloured,
on the whole escape death in this manner, and only
fall victims to the young and inexperienced individuals
among their enemies, and perhaps in times of stress
to certain very hungry individuals. The evidence sup¬
plied bv examining contents of birds’ stomachs and
those of reptiles (particularly of lizards), is naturally of
great value for supporting or refuting this theory. And
if anyone in Sarawak when shooting insect-eating birds
would cut out the stomach and send it whole or its contents
only, preserved in spirit to the Museum, much valuable
evidence could be gradually accumulated.

MUSEUM NOTES.

103

On the Bornean species of two Families of

COLEOPETRA.

Two recent papers* have supplied me with details
for the following remarks, which are of interest in so
far that they place on record the present extent of our
knowledge of the Bornean species of these two beetle
families, besides indicating the lines of relationship
between the Bornean Insect Fauna and that of neigh¬
bouring countries.

(i) Bornean Hispidce. In 1902 only 39 species of
this family were known from Borneo. This number
is increased in Dr. Gestro’s latest paper to 59, twelve
new species being described from Sarawak material.
The author writes : “ Dali' elenco generale delle specie
“ che faccio seguire, appare che sopra un totale di 59
“ specie, 34 sono particolari a Borneo, mentre il resto si
“ ritrova nella penisola di Malacca, o nelle varie isole
“ della Sonda e sopratutto a Sumatra.” Of the remaining
25 species (one of which, by the way, being found in
Labuan and Borneo only, should be included in those
peculiar to Borneo) 5 are peculiar to Sumatra and
Borneo, 7 more to Sumatra, Malay Peninsula and
Borneo, 3 to Sumatra, Java and Borneo. None are
peculiar to Java and Borneo. Of these 24 species no
less than 19 occur in Sumatra, 11 in the Malay
Peninsula (including Burma) and 8 in Java. One
species occurs in the Philippine Islands and two in
Mentawei.

The above figures show: (i) a large proportion of
species peculiar to Borneo, (ii) a close relationship to
Sumatra and in a lesser degree to the Malay Peninsula,
(iii) a markedly small relationship with Java and the
Philippines. Though, as Dr. Gestro points out, further
collecting in these countries will undoubtedly show
more Bornean species, so that these figures will need
certain modifications, yet they produce the same con¬
clusions arrived at by other writers on different branches

* (i) Materiali per lo studio delle Hispidae, di R. Gestro. (Secondo
saggio sulle Hispidae di Borneo). Bull. Soc. Entomol. Ital. XLI. 1909, pp.
122-15 o.

(ii) Description of three new Helota-species from Insulinde, by
C. Ritsema Cz. Notes from Leyden Museum, XXXIII, 1910, pp. 75-80.

104

MUSEUM NOTES.

of the Bornean Fauna, and for that reason are of some
interest. 37 out of these 59 species are represented in
the Sarawak Museum.

(ii.) Bornean Helotidcz. This small Family of
beetles, of which only 79 different species are known
altogether, is represented in Borneo, so far as we know
at present, by 6 different forms. They are small oblong
beetles, usually prettily coloured with metallc markings
on the elytra ; their life history is unknown.

The following species are known from Borneo : —

1. Helota brevis , Ritsema ( Notes Leyd. Mas. xiii. p,
199, 1891). Sarawak.

2. Helota candezei, Ritsema (op. cit. xx. p. 199,
1899). Sarawak.

3. Helota magdalend, Ritsema (op. cit. xxxiii. p. 75,
1910). Sarawak, Aft. Kina Balu.

4. Helota vandepolli, Ritsema (op. cit. xiii. p. 197,
1891). Borneo.

5. Helota vigorsi borneensis, Ritsema (op. cit. xxxi.
p. 183, 1909). Sarawak.

6. Helota vigorsi, Me. L. var. Ritsema (Ann. Mus.
Civ. Genov, xxx. p. 885, 1891). Labuan.

Of the above, H. candezei and H. magdaleuae are
recorded also from Sumatra, and H. vigorsi, Me. L. forma
typica is found in java. Four of the above are repre¬
sented in the Sarawak Museum.

IF ETH NOLO Cxi CAL.

On Two Sea-Dayak Medicine Chests.

Descriptions of three Dayak medicine chests (Inpong)
have appeared so far as I know up to now. These are : —

(i) “ On Two Medicine-Baskets from Sarawak,” by
R. Shelford, in the Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
Vol. XXXIII, January to June, 1903, pp. 74-81, plate
XVI.

(ii) “ The Contents of a Dyak Medicine Chest,” by
Bishop Flose, in the Journal of the Straits Branch, Royal
Asiatic Society, 1903, pp. 65-70.

There is also an account of the charms usually to be
found in a Dayak medicine-chest, given by Archdeacon
J. Perham in an article entitled “ Manangism in Borneo,”
in the Journal of the Straits Branch, Royal Asiatic Society,

MUSEUM NOTES.

105

1887, p. 89. This is quoted in Ling-Roth’s book on the
Natives of Sarawak and British N omh Borneo, 1896, Vol.
I7 pp. 272-273.

There are three Dayak medicine chests in the
Sarawak Museum, one of which was described and figured
by Mr. Shelford in the article referred to above; the
other two are described now, with the help of notes
supplied by the Reverend W. Howell, who kindly took
the trouble to get the various charms or “ medicines ”
named and explained for the Museum by reliable Dayak
authorities. I am glad to take this opportunity to record
once more the indebtedness of the Sarawak Museum to
Mr. Howell, who has helped us both with valuable
presents and much-needed information on Dayak cus¬
toms, exhibits, etc., for many years past.

I. An oblong rotan basket 7J inches long, 5 inches
wide, 2\ inches high with rotan cover or lid to fit over.

Contents : —

(i) A small bamboo cylinder 5! inches long, 1 inch
in diameter, beautifully ornamented all over with neat
phyllomorphic pattern and fitted with lid. Inside are
small pieces of wood (?) wrapped up in three shreds of
red cloth. Used for all sorts of ailments.

(ii) Another bamboo cylinder 5 J inches long, 1 inch
in diameter, partially ornamented with rough symmetrical
design. Contains a wisp of chestnut hair and a small
feather stuck in a lump of dammar, a dried fruit, a small
bit of coal and some dark human (?) hair. Used for all
sorts of ailments.

(iii) Another bamboo cylinder 4J inches long, ij- inch
in diameter, a neat pattern carved round the base, opening
and centre; in the two spaces between, a neat network
pattern. Inside, a little wad of wrool and cloth wrapped
up in a bit of red cloth, and a wad containing a small piece
of chalk wrapped up in cloth and tied with some long
strands of varicoloured thread. This is the engkrabun
or “ blinder.” This medicine has the power both of
blinding a person and of rendering the owner invisible.

(iv) A short stout bamboo cylinder encased in
plaited rotan basket-work 3J inches long, if inch in
diameter. Contains some fragments of wood wrapped up
in pieces of different coloured cloth. Ubat ti disampu
(medicine for all kinds of ailments).

io6

MUSEUM NOTES.

(v) A small plain bamboo cylinder (3^ by J inch)
with one end open cut back roughly to form a lip. This
is used as a receptacle for blood.

( v i ) A piece of palm-bark. Ubat end a beuta. Used
for headache.

(vii) A small two-edged iron knife, the handle
formed from the same piece but partially split, the two
ends being curled outwardly. Length of blade 3J inches,
of handle 3 inches, greatest width of blade finch tapering
to a sharp point. Pengayang. Used for cutting open the
stomach.

(viii) A small receptacle made from a hollow bone
2^ inches long, 1 inch in diameter at widest part,
f inch at narrowest, opening and wooden stopper
lightly bound round with thin plaited wire. Contains
some fragments of bone, a tuft of black hair and the usual
rags for wrapping them up. Teguli, supposed to be deadly
poison.

(ix) Three fragments of wood, obtained from the
bark of a certain tree. Used to cure a headache, and
known as nyilu.

(x) Two small pieces of stone tied together with
brass wire. Batu penchelap. Used both as a cure and
preventive.

(xi) A quartz crystal. The celebrated Batu Ilau.

(xii) Two fragments of wood. Entemu. This is
tumeric which is much used by Dayak women to give a
colour to their skin. Medically, it is used for various
skin diseases in which it relieves the irritation.

(xiii) One fragment of wood. Chekur. For expelling
wind.

(xiv) A small wooden box of foreign make contain¬
ing four stones. Batu Penchelap.

(xv) A curiously twisted root, and a fragment of
same ? Penyampu. This is always burnt and the ash is
rubbed on the patient.

(xvi) A pretty little blue and white crackel pot. 2\
inches high and 3 inches in diameter at widest, small
mouth 1 inch across, base flat (i.e., not lipped) ij inch
in diameter. Puchong penyangga nyawa. A bottle with
which to save the soul.

MUSEUM NOTES.

107

II. (1722) Cylindrical box of entli * wood, with
close-fitting lid roughly carved round the top and fitted
in the centre with a piece of glass (stopper from a
bottle?). Total height is 11^ inches, of box without lid
8^ inches, of lid alone 5 inches ; diameter 6P inches.
The box and lid are tightly bound at top and base with
plaited rotan. Two wooden upright handles are attached
to the box, the outer edges neatl}T carved in a plain
excavate pattern.

The contents are : —

(i) Pcnyampic the root of the poison root tuba.
The wire ring is used for holding it. It is burnt and
sprinkled over the patient (or rubbed on) to cause the
ailment to come to the surface.

(ii) (a) Tuba root first burnt and used for curing

any ailment, being itself a poison.

( b ) The porcupine quill and the temiang bam¬
boo. These are charms to protect the
medicine chest of the manang. They are
to prick anybody that dares to bore a hole
through the lupong. If a hole is bored
through the lupong the owner of it dies
suddenly.

(iii) (a) A smooth stone, called batu kapayang.

( b ) A rough stone called batu leinak babi. Both
these stones are called penchelap.

They are dipped in some water and used for
rubbing the patient to cure him. The manang also uses
them similarly to protect himself against sickness.

(iv) Batu tekuyong minycik, a penchelap also.

(v) Batu sampi, a penchelap also.

(vi) Batu penimba (a bucket stone) used for “bailing
out ” the ailment from the patient.

(vii) Pieces of areca nut, ubat enda pansa utai .
Medicine used when the patient is supposed to be
afflicted by the spirits. First dipped in water and
then rubbed on the patient.

(viii) Taring nyadi, a valuable tusk used for betubar,
meaning the tusk is rubbed on the patient about 4 a.m.
to cure all sickness.

* Shore a rugosa.

io8

MUSEUM NOTES.

(ix) Taring mauah, a pair of pig’s tusks used for
betabas, to rub on the patient in the evening to cure an
ailment.

In the evening before the pelian ceremony, the
manang visits his patient and rubs the tusks (ix) on the
affected part of the patient ; this is betabas. Then he
uses the batu ilau to ascertain the condition of the
patient’s soul, after which he gives orders for the
particular kind of pelian ceremony to be used and
mentions the fee required, The pelian incantation goes
on through the night and about 4 a.m. he enters the room
to betubar the patient, that is, to rub the tusks (viii) on the
ailing part in order to dispel all ailments.

(x) A round pebble, Bain pencil clap also.

(xi) Batu lia , ginger stone, a penchelap also to cure
an ailment.

(xii) A small stick used as a medicine for headache;
first burnt, then the ash is rubbed on the head. A brass
ring, tinchin bebangun. When the owner was made a
manang the ring was given to him.

(xiii) Engkrabun , the blinder, to effect blindness to
the spirits in order that they will not be able to see the
manangs.

(xiv) Stoneware receptacle called Sidi for burning
resin or damar. When the manang goes out from the
room after seeing his patient damar is burnt thereon before
the incantation to invoke his patron saints, etc., takes
place.

(xv) Batu labang manyi the stone of the beediive.
It is a penchelap also.

(xvi) Batu telu tichak, the stones of the lizard's eggs.
They are penchelap also.

(xvii; Two quartz crystals, Batu Ilau, the sight
stones, writh which to ascertain the state of the soul of
the patient.

(xviii) (a) Jevangau, wind medicine, it has the
essence of peppermint, {b) Medicine (use and character
unascertained). ( c ) Lia belong, ginger used for blistering,
first pounded then put on as a poultice. ( d ) Jengkulai,
a species of the lia betong used for sore throat, etc.
(e) Kunyit or saffron used for itch, etc. (/) Kulit Lawang ,

MUSEUM NOTES.

IO9

the bark of the lawang tree used for stomach-ache.
(g) Clickin', the roots of the cheknr plant, a good
wind medicine, has the essence of peppermint.

Mr. Howell remarks that no two manangs agree on
the subject of their medicines, which are all supposed to
come direct from each manang’s particular saint (empong).

Some Stone Implements found in Sarawak.

The Stone Implements in the Sarawak Museum
seem to fall naturally into two classes —

(i) Neolithic, as determined by Sir Charles Lyell,
who examined the first stone implement obtained from
Borneo by the late Mr. A. H. Everett.

(ii) Prehistoric, i.e., of a very much later date than
the Neolithic, and probably made even in Historic times.

The first type is very rough and has been shaped
principally by chipping. Used either as adze-heads or
scrapers probably. Those of the second type show a
much more finished workmanship, being perfected ap¬
parently by rubbing. These are all adze-heads and when
fitted to a wooden handle make a very good “ bliong ”
similar to that now in use among the natives of Borneo,
though the “bliong” of to-day has an iron head.

It is natural to suppose that the first type in all its
roughness was sufficient for the simple wants of its
maker, and that the more finished articles of the second
type were evolved through the more advanced and varied
needs of their makers, who were a less primitive race.

It should be remembered that although Europe has
left the Stone Age some thousands of years behind,
some of the natives of New Guinea even now depend on
stone for their implements of warfare and domestic use.
Therefore from a European standpoint, the age of these
Bornean stone implements is not likely to be very great;
those of the second type may possibly be found in
use even now among some of the interior tribes, where
metal is difficult to obtain.

Several were found not long ago in native houses
in the Baram district, but apparently their original use
had been lost sight of and they were preserved more
as charms, and in some cases treated with great
respect.

no

MUSEUM NOTES.

Neolithic.

No. 1965. — Coloured cast of the first stone
implement discovered in Borneo. The original was
found by Mr. A. H. Everett embedded at the bottom of
a bed of river-gravel exposed in a section on the left
bank of the Siniawan River (cf. Proc. Roy. Soc. No. 203,
1880, pp. 6, 7); this is now preserved in the Pitt-Rivers
Museum, Oxford. The cast was presented to the
Sarawak Museum by Dr. A. C. Haddon, f.r.s., February
17th, 1900.

No. 1526. — Large, roughly triangular or pear-
shaped, one edge roughly sharpened, large chip out of
one end (furthest from the sharpened edge) as if to
facilitate a good grasp or to fit into a handle. Greatest
length 192 mm., greatest breadth 125 mm.

No. 1527. — Slightly smaller and less in thickness
than No. 1526, roughly oval in shape. Two-thirds of one
long side are chipped to an edge and sharpened by
rubbing into quite a good edge. Probably a scraper.
Greatest length 155 mm., greatest breadth 115 mm.

No. 1528. — Small, oval in shape, surface beauti¬
fully smoothed. One half rounded and evenly edged,
the other half bluntly rounded, possibly for fitting to
wooden shaft- This specimen shows finer workmanship
than the previous two. Greatest length 76 mm., greatest
breadth 51 mm.

These three stone implements were found during
river-wall excavations in Kuching; the actual site wras
the bed of a former stream which passed through a
village built in the neighbourhood of the present
vegetable market.

Mr. j. B. Scrivenor, Government Geologist, Kuala
Lumpur, L.M.S., gives the following descriptions: —

“ . ..there is a great similarity between the

“ rock material and that commonly used for stone
“ implements in the Peninsula. It is fine grained
“ siliceous rock containing angular fragments of quartz,
“iron-oxides, biotite and a very fine flaky micaceous
“ mineral which pervades the whole. It appears to be
“an altered silty deposit: the toughness of the rock
“is to be attributed to metamorphism.” (Reprinted
from Report on the Sarawak Museum for 1906, by
J. Hewitt, p. 12.)

MUSEUM NOTES.

Ill

These three implements were presented to the
Museum by H. O. Etheridge, Esq., June 1906.

Prehistoric.

No. 1439. — An adze-head of hard sandstone
sharpened at one end to a good edge. Greatest length
124 mm., greatest breadth 59 mm. (across sharpened end),
least breadth (across blunt end) 41 mm. ; approximate
thickness 18 mm.

No. 1440. — Small adze-head of serpentine, edge
not sharp and rather irregular; polished and weathered.
Length 70 mm. ; greatest breadth 51 mm., least breadth
40 mm.; approximate thickness 17 mm.

These two specimens were purchased by the
Museum. Said to have been bought two generations
ago by a Malay woman from a Sambas Land-Dayak.
July 12th, 1904.

No. 1288. — An adze-head, edge chipped and
weathered, sides rounded, of altered sandstone (?).
Greatest length 102 mm., greatest breadth across middle
40 mm. Said to have been found at Pangkalen Ampat,
Sarawak River. Purchased September 9th, 1903.

No. 1287. — A nicely worked adze-head, apparently
of altered sandstone, with sharp cutting edge and
bevelled sides and end. Length 138 mm., greatest
breadth (across sharpened edge) 46 mm., least breadth
(across opposite end) 31 mm. Formerly in possession
of Malay in Kuching. Purchased September 8th, 1903.

No. 1038. — An adze-head from the Upper Sadong
River. Length 126 mm., greatest breadth (across
sharpened edge) 43 mm., least breadth (across thick base
28 mm. Average thickness 26 mm. Made from some
soft sandstone.

No. 1857. — Long, slender adze-head of altered
shale. Sharpened edge at one end, uniformly bevelled
sides and blunted end for insertion into handle. Length
1 15 mm., greatest breadth (across sharpened edge) 35
mm., least breadth (across blunt end) 25 mm.

Said to have been found in a hollow tree near
Kuching. Purchased October 1911.

No. 1676. — Head of a “bliong,” of whitish coarse
sand-?-stone, which is not found near Claudetown.
Length 179 mm. Width 38 mm. Lower surface
flattened to fit on wooden shaft of bliong, upper surface

1 12

MUSEUM NOTES.

rounded, one end sharpened. Found in a swamp at
Claudetown, Baram River.

Recent.

No. 1479.— A flattened club of some serpentine
rock, with a shaped handle and large perforation in it.
Beautifully smoothed and polished. Length 356 mm.;
greatest breadth 96 mm. Evidently of Papuan make
and no doubt brought to Borneo bv Bugis traders.

It was found in 1881 in the house of Pangeran Samah
Digadong, the head chief of the Buludupi tribe (Moham¬
medans) in the lower Kinabatangan River, North Borneo.
Presented by G. Hewett, Esq., January 26th, 1905.

While on the subject of Bornean stone imple¬
ments I take this opportunity of correcting a statement
which appeared recently in the publication*' of another
Museum. The writer, Dr. R. Hamlvn-Harris, in des¬
cribing “The Skertchly Loan Collection" (anthropolo¬
gical specimens obtained by Professor S. B. J. Skertchly
in Europe, Asia and America), says: “The collection also
“ contains the only two stone implements yet known from
“ Borneo, but the exhibitor (who found them) could get
“ no geological proof of their age. He believes they may
“be older than the introduction of iron into Borneo, say
“before A.D. 1000. ”

As a matter of fact several stone implements have
been known from Borneo for a long time. Dr. Haddont
in the account of his trip to the Baram district, Sarawak,
in 189S-1899, describes the discovery of (i) a stone adze-
head made from a thin slab of fibroiite, (ii) a very typical
adze-head, made from a rather soft stone, (iii) another
smaller and thicker, (iv) specimens of another type,
“cylindrical and more or less oval in section, with an
oblique polished face at one end, which may be either flat
or more or less concave,” (v) two stone implements; and
he also heard of others in the possession of natives.

Mr. Everett’s % stone implement, as noted above,
was discovered and described over 30 years ago.

J. C. Moulton.

* Annals of the Queensland Museum . November ign, p. 185.

f Head-hunters , Black, White and Brown. By A. C. Haddon, Sc. D.,
F.R.S., 1911, pp. 368-375. Fig. 38.

I Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. By H. Ling Roth, 1896,
Vol. II, pp. 281-283 and figures, and Proc. Roy. Soc. 1880, No. 203, pp. 6, 7.

XI. — One New Genus and some New Species of
Cassidae from Borneo, with a List of all the
Species at present known from that Island. —
By Dr. Franz Spaeth, Vienna.

The descriptions of new species in this paper are
drawn up chiefly from material sent to me from the
Sarawak Museum during the last few years. The
opportunity has been taken at the same time to list all
the species of this Family at present known from Borneo,
and, at my request, Mr. J. C. Moulton, Curator of the
Sarawak Museum, has kindly added the data of the
specimens of Cassidae under his care.

In point of numbers this list is not so extensive as
that of the Bornean Hispidae recently published by Dr.
Gestro, in which 59 different species are recorded from
Borneo, and there is little doubt that further collections
from this interesting country will provide further
additions to our list of Cassidae.

Genus, IIoplionota.

1. — Hoplionota horrified , Boh.

Sarawak: Kuching, Santubong, in February, April
and November 1900-1911 (Sar. Mus.).
var. rufa, Wagener, Mitt. Munch. Ent. Yerein.
1881, p. 20.

ferruginea, Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1904, p. 69.
horrified var. d, Boh.

Borneo.

2. — Hoplionotd Brookei, n. sp.

Subquadrata, minus convexa, parum nitida, flavo-
testacea, disco elytrorum rufopiceo, sutura carinisque vix
dilutioribus rufescentibus clypeus inter oculos impresses,
fovea minus profunda, medio carinata ; crista frontalis
ante oculos triangulariter angustata sat producta, medio
emarginata; antennae prothorace breviores, articulis 4-6
subelongatis, 8-1 1 incrassatis, 8 longiore, 9 et 10
brevioribus; prothorax longitudine triplo latior lateribus ;
subparallelis, angulis antice breviter rotundatis, posticis
rectis, acutis ; disco laevi sulcis duabus transversis, sat
profunde punctatis, lateribus profunde, sat crebre
8

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

114 ONE NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF

foveolato punctatis ; elytra lateribus parallelis, postice
breviter rotundata, disco subregulariter, crebre minus
profunde striato punctato, carinato, nempe carina dorsali
a basi orta apicem disci attingente, quadrituberculata,
tuberculo 3 parum altiore, ceteris perparvis ; carina
humerali a basi orta, medio breviter interrupta, apicem
non attingente, carinisque duabus transversis, anteriore
ad tuberculum maximum ascendente suturamque attin¬
gente, posteriore anastomosante ; protectum deplanatum,
sat latum, sat profunde rugoso-punctatum. 6*5 X 5 mm.

H. Brookei est Hoplionotae horrificae, Boh., proxima,
magnitudine, lateribus magis parallelis multo minus
ampliatis, antennis brevioribus, disco elytrorum toto
rufopiceo, tuberculo maximo altiore, protecto apice
latiore, non attenuato, profundius punctato differt.

Sarawak: Kuching, Matang and Mt. Klingkang.

Typi in Museo Sarawacensi et in mea collectione
asservati sunt.

I beg to respectfully dedicate this species to His
Highness the Rajah of Sarawak.

3. — H oplionota Moultoni , n.sp.

Subrotundata, parum convexa, minus nitida, corpore
ilavo, capite antennisque rufo-testaceis, prothorace,
scutello elytrisque laete rufopiceis, protecto parum
dilutiore, basi interiore rufo-translucente ; clypeus fovea
magna nec profunda sagittiformi, medio breviter carinu-
lata ; crista frontalis ante oculos valde producta et
ampliata, partem interiorem oculorum includente, quadra,
apice truncata, medio breviter incisa ; antennae breves,
prothorace multo breviores, articulis 4-6 elongatis, clava
brevissima, articulis 8-10 longitudine triplo latioribus,
breviter aureo pubescentibus. Prothorax parvus, longi¬
tudine basi duplo latior, basi extus producta, angulis
posticis subrectis, lateribus obliquis, angulis anticis
deficientibus, disco minus convexo, sublaevi, sulcis tan-
tum duabus minus profundis, hie illic punctatis, lateribus
multo profundius nec crebrius foveolato punctatis.

Elytra minus convexa, humeris leviter productis, later¬
ibus ampliatis, apice late rotundato ; disco subregulariter
punctato-striato nec carinato, tuberculis tantum minimis
biseriatis, serie interiore locum carinae dorsalis tenente
e tuberculis 4 formata, quorum 3 paullo maior, serie
exteriore loci carinae humeralis atque e tuberculis 4
formata, quorum tertius transversus, carinam primam
transversam significat ; protectum deplanatum, latum

CASSIDAE. — BY DR. FRANZ SPAETH.

i*5

intus antice lucidior et sublaevis, ceterum minus
profunde subregulariter punctato-striatum, limbo toroso
marginatum. 6 X 5*8 mm.

H. Moultoni est affinis H. obscurae, Wagener, ex insula
Celebes, inprimis propter elytra non carinata, sed differt
forma magis rotundata, lateribus minus parallelis, apice
magis rotundato, prothorace minus lato, huius lateribus
magis rotundatis, minus obliquis, elytris profundius
punctatis, limbo protecti non dilutiore. A H. Clavareaui,
m., H . Moultoni magnitudine, antennis brevioribus, elytris
minus dense punctatis, a H. circumdata, Wagener , magni¬
tudine multo minore, colore paginae superiors obscuriore,
tuberculis maioribus, protecto minus lato differt.

Sarawak: Matang and near Kuching, August 1899
and September 1910.

Typi huius speciei, quern in honorem custodis Musei
Sarawacensis domini illustrissimi M. Moultonis dedico,
in Museo Sarawacensi et in mea collectione asservati
sunt.

4. — Hoplionota Wcyevsi, Spaeth, var. ? Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. 1900, p. 20.

Brunei. The type form was described from Sumatra.

5. — Hoplionota circumdata , Wagener, Mitt. Munch. Ent.

Ver. 1881, p. 1 7.

Sarawak: Mt. Matang, April 1902 (Sar. Mus.).

Genus, Prioptera.

6. — Prioptera decempnstulata, Boh. M. I., p. 55.

Pontianak (coll. Spaeth).

Subsp. sarawacensis, Spaeth.

Sarawak: Lawas, Trusan, Lingga, Samarahan,
Santubong, Kuching, Pangkalen Ampat (Sar. Mus.).
Taken commonly all the year round 1899-1911.

Omnia specimina huius speciei, quae in Sarawak
inventa sunt, differunt a forma typica, propria inprimis
insulis Sumatra, Java et peninsulae Malakka, gibbo
elytrorum minus alto, postice oblique hand concave
descendente, antice minus declivi.

Specimina Pr. 10 — pustulatae , B., quae e Borneone
hollandico (Pontianak) proveniunt, transitum inter for-
mam typicam etsubspeciemsaraze'flctf/jsewformarevidentur,
nam gibbus est minus altus quam in speciminibus e
Sumatra, sed altior quam in sarawacensibus, et descendit
postice in linea perparum concava.

Il6 ONE NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF

Pr. octo punctata, F., quae in insula Java tantum
vivere videtur, differt a P. 10 — pustulata, Boh., gibbere vix
visibili, multo minus alto et acuto, antice minus declivi,
postice in linea aequa vix descendente, maculis prothor-
acis magis antice sitis, limbo postico non adfixis, elytris
medio magis sinuato-ampliatis.

Eaedem differentiae separant P. 8 — punctatam a P.
sarawacensi, in qua forma gibbus altior antice magis
declive ascenditur eiusque linea imaginis obliquae multo
distinctius rumpitur.

Differentiae P. 10 — ■ pustulatae et P. 8—punctatae, a
domino Boheman dictae, nempe color pectoris et anten-
narum punctique elytrorum minus distincti non valent.

7- — Prioptera atricornis, n. sp.

Obovato-rotundata, convexa, parum nitida lurida,
antennis nigris, articulo basali tantum flavo, prothorace
maculis 2 nigris, elytris dilute sanguineis, maculis 8
nigro-cyaneis, nempe i et 2 in disco antico, transversae,
3 in protecto postico, magna, 4 pone medium ad suturam.
Prothorax sublaevis, fovea maiore antescutellari lineaque
insculyta a basi orta apicem attingente, discum circum-
cingente; elytra lateribus sat sinuato-ampliatis, disco con-
vexo, gibbere alto et acuto, postice anticeque concave
ascendente; basi retusa, minus crebre sat fortiter punc¬
tata, punctis hie illic seriatis, carina parum distincta a
gibbere orta apicem non attingente in macula 4 distinc-
tiore; prope gibberem utrinque bifoveolata, foveolis latis,
nec profundis; protecto perlato, sublaevi ; epipleurae
apice longe ciliatae., 11 X 9 mm.

Mus. Sarawac : Borneo, Kuching (ix. 1900) and
Mt. Lingga. v. 1909 ; Coll. Spaeth : Borneo.

Var. prothorace immaculato.

Coll. Spaeth: Brunei (Waterstradt coll.).

P. 8 — maculatae, Boh., e Java, cuius typum e museo
Hohniensi vidi, valde affinis, antennis nigris, elytris dis¬
tinctius punctatis distincta, forsitan subspecies.

Genus, Aspidomorpha.

8. — Aspidomorpha miliaris, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 91.

Pontianak; Sarawak: Lawas, Trusan, Kuching, Ban,
Bidi, Buntal, Pangkalen Ampat (Sar. Mus.).

A full description of the life history of this species
by Captain C. F. Bishop appears in the Journal of the
Straits Branch, Royal Asiatic Society , No. 53, 1909, pp.
129-137, with plate.

CASSIDAE. — BY DR. FRANZ SPAETH.

II 7

g. — Aspidomorpha sarawacensis, Spaeth, Ann. Mns. Civ.
Genova, 1904, p. 73.

Sarawak : Lawas, Kuching, Satap and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).
Pontianak (coll. Spaeth).

The two examples from Lawas are distinctly smaller
than the others from Kuching and neighbourhood.

10. — Aspidomorpha castaneipennis, n. sp.

Rotundata, nitida, convexa, testacea, antennarum
articulis 2 ultimis nigris, discis prothoracis et elytrorum
ramisque duobus latis protecti castaneis, protecto ceterum
hyalino, dilutius fenestrato. Antennae sat longae et tenues ;
prothorax transverso-ellipticus angulis rotundatis; elytra
prothorace hasi multo latiora, humeris subobtusis promin-
ulis, valide obtuse gibbosa, disco subtiliter remote
striato-punctata, parum inaequalia; unguiculi brevissime
pectinati, epipleurae apice sat longae ciliatae.
ii*5 X 11 — 13*5 X 12*5 mm.

Coll. Spaeth: Nias, Sumatra (Palembang, Padang,
Solok).

var. a. ramo postico protecti subeffuso, lineiformi:
Mus. Sarawacense : Borneo, Sarawak: Kuching, Mt.
Matang, 3,200 ft., Mt. Penrissen, Santubong.
var. b. borneensis, nov. var.

ramo postico protecti deficiente. 12*5 X 12 mm.
Coll. Spaeth : Borneo, Pontianak, Sarawak.

Ex affinitate proxima Aspidomorphae St. Crucis,
differt ab hac specie unguiculis multo brevius pectinatis,
antennis gracilioribus, disco protecti hand inaequali,
denique colore laete castaneo disci.

Ab A . ponderosa, Boh., ex insulis Ceram et Amboina,
cui proxima est, differt forma minore, elvtris multo
subtilius striato punctatis, protecto angustiore, colore
disci dilutiore.

1 1 . — A spidomorpha fuscopunctata, Boh .

Sarawak: Lawas, Sibil, Satap and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).
var. rubivdorsata, Boh.

Sarawak: Trusan, Kuching and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).

12. — Aspidomorpha assimilis, Boh.

Sarawak: Lawas, Trusan, Sibu and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).

13. — Aspidomorpha didcicula, Boh.

Sarawak: Limbang, Klingkang, Mt. Penrissen, Mt.
Matang, Kuching and Lundu (Sar. Mus.) ; Pontianak
and Banguey (coll. Spaeth).

Common in Sarawak.

Il8 ONE NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF

14 . —Aspidomorpha st. crncis, F., var. insularis , nov. var.

A forma typica ciiffert statura minore, minus
convexa, colore disci dilutiore, magis testaceo, inprimis
disco elytrorum multo minus inaequali, protecto magis
deplanato, elytris brevioribus et latioribus lateribus
magis rotunJatis, prothorace basi dimidio fere latioribus
(in forma typica tantum quarto). 11 X 11 — 12 X 12 mm.

Mus. Saravvacense : Borneo, Lawas, Trusan and
Limbang (Sarawak).

Coll. Spaeth : Borneo, Sumatra (ex coll. Baly).

Rami protecti saepe disco sunt multo obscuriora.

Very common at Lawas wing with A. assimilis and
Chirida punctata over low-growing herbage.

15. — Aspidomorpha suavis , n. sp.

Rotundato-subtriangularis, sat convexa, nitidissima,
fiavotestacea, antennis apice vix obscurioribus, elytris
disco laete castaneis, basi, callo humerali excepto,
vitta brevi sat lata in disco exteriore, medio ramum
angustum ad suturam emittente, pone pontem protecti
angusta ad ramum posticum continuata, ramisque
duobus latis protecti rufopiceis, disco apice pallescente,
protecto hyalino, ponte protecti distincte flava.
Antennae minus breves, apice modice incrassatae ;
prothorax angulis rotundatis parum ante basin sitis ;
elytra prothorace basi fere dimidio latiora, humeris
parum prominentibus, obtuso-angulatis, lateribus modice
ampliata, ante basin latissimis, turn ad apicem oblique
rotundato-angustatis, basi retusa, sat acute gibbosa,
gibbo antice posticeque evidenter concave descendente
disco aequali, subtilissime striato-punctato, striis intus
posticeque effusis ; protecto laevi, limbo leviter reflexo.

10 X g mm.

Collect. Spaeth: Borneo: Doesolandem (a dom.
Wahnes collecta), Brunei, (adorn. Waterstradt coll.) ; 2
spec, ex coll. dom. van de Poili.

Statura et magnitudine A. inquin at ae , Boh., cui
affinis, sed prothorace breviore et latiore, humeris magis
productis, minus angulatis, gibbo altiore et acutiore,
postice multo magis concave descendente protecto
latiore colore alio, aliter signata.

A. dorsata, F., statura minore, magis subtriangulari
et breviore, ramo postico protecti, signaturis aliis, elytris
subtilius punctatis differt.

CASSIDAE. — BY DR. FRANZ SPAETH.

HQ

Genus, Rhacocassis.

16. — Rhacocassis flavoplagiata, Baly.

Sarawak : Marapok Mts., Saribas and Kuching
(Sar. Mus.).

Not abundant.

Genus, Thlaspidula.

1 7. — Thlaspidula fimbriata, Spaeth.

Sarawak.

Genus, Thlaspidosoma.

18. — Thlaspidosoma Dohrni, Spaeth.

Sarawak: Klingkang Mts., Mt. Saribu, Mt.

Penrissen, 3,200 ft., Mt. Matang, 3,200 ft., and Kuching
(Sar. Mus.).

var. limbata, nov. var.

A forma typica differunt nonnulla specimina, capta
in monte Penrissen prope Kuching ramo ppsteriore
protecti deficiente.

Typi in rnuseo Sarawacensi et in mea collectione.

Genus, Crepidaspis, nov. gen.

Corpus subrotundatum, convexum ; caput obtectum
antennae longae, coxas posticas attingentes, filiformes,
articulis 6 basalibus glabris ceteris pilosis, vix incrassatis,
articulo 2 brevi, incrassato, 3 parum longiore, tenuiore,
4 et 5 longissimis, crassitudine triplo longiora, 6 dimidio
antecedentibus breviore, 7-10 longitudine sexti, aequal-
ibus plus duplo longioribus quam crassis, ultimo longo,
acuminato ; clypeus minus angustus, sulcis deficientibus;
prosternum medio haud emarginatum, apice rotundatum;
prothorax subellipticus angulis medio sitis rotundatis ;
elytra convexa, leviter gibbosa, basi emarginata humeris
prominulis, disco striato-punctato ; pedes breviusculi,
tarsis sat latis, unguiculis muticis.

Generi Thlaspidosoma , m., affinis, antennis breviori-
bus multo minus gracilibus, clypeo latiore, prosterno non
emarginato, unguiculis longioribus differt.

ig. — Crepidaspis varicornis, n. sp.

Subrotundata, convexa, nitida, testacea, antennarum
articulis 7-10 nigris, ultimo flavo, prothorax basi utrinque
vitta obliqua, nigra; elytra macula magna nigra
communi in gibbo vittaque sat lata nigra in disco
exteriore, a basi supra callum humeralem orta, ad

120 ONE NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF

pontem protecti extus magis, intus minus emarginata
inde interstitium ultimum relinquente, apice ad suturam
ducta ibique alteris approximata ; prothorax subellipticus,
laevis ; elytra leviter gibbosa, gibbo antice magis declivi,
vix concavo, postice non emarginato, minus obliquo ;
punctato-striata, punctis sat magnis et profundis,
interstitiis latioribus, laevibus, nitidis; protectum intus
magis, ad limbum minus obliquum, laeve ; epipleurae
apice leviter ciliatae. 7x7 mm.

Typi in museo Sarawacensi, in museo germanico
entomologico Berolinensi atque in mea collectione
asservati sunt.

Genus, Chirida.

20. — Chirida punctata , W eb.

Sarawak: Lawas and Trusan (Sar. Mus.).

Fairly common in those two localities.

21. — Chirida scalaris, Web.

Sarawak: Satap, Bau and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).

Genus, Lorentsia.

22. — Lorentsia purpurascens, n. sp.

Subquadrangularis, convexa, nitida, rufo-testacea,
prothorax basi macula magna quadra, apice medio in
acumen breve conducta nigra, indistincte antice
lateribusque castaneo-circumcincta ; scutellum purpu-
reum ; elytra disco atro, plaga magna communi circum
gibbum, macula parva utrinque ad suturam multo ante
apicem, ponte protecti purpureis; protectum rufotesta-
ceum pone medium purpurascens, limbo apicali tantum
decolorato ; clypeus laevis, planus, sulcis frontalibus
deficientibus ; antennae longae, prothoracis angulos
superantes, articulo 3 longissimo, secundo plus duplo
longiore, 4-6 brevioribus, laevibus, ceteris scabris,
latitudine plus duplo longioribus. Prothorax transversus,
antice late rotundatus, basi intus subtruncata, extus
valde oblique producta ante angulos sat profunde sinuata,
angulis evidentibus, fere medio sitis, disco laevi,
nitidissimo, limbo vix reflexo ; scutellum triangulare ;
elytra humeris prominentibus prothoracem circum-
cingentes, basi intus truncata, extus valde ad humeros
angulatos rotundato-producta lateribus ab humeris sat
ampliatis, ante medium latissimis, turn oblique rotund, ato
angustatis ; basi retusa, gibbo magno sat acuto, antice

CASSIDAE. - BY DR. FRANZ SPAETH.

121

posticeque evidenter concavo; disco obsolete striato-
punctato, striis mediis effusis, prima tantum et ultima
apicem attingentibus fovea parva oblique pone gibbum ;
protectum latum, apice vix angustatum, laeve, impressi-
onibus nonnullis indistinctis latis ; unguiculi intus vix
visibiliter levissime crenata. u X io mm.

Coll. Spaeth : Borneo (a dom. Wahnes coll.).

Haec species pulcherrima et distinctissima a
Lorentsia papuana , m., ex Nova Guinea differt statura
subquadrangulari, postice magis obliquata, prothorace
latiore, antice minus rotundato, humeris magis angulari-
ter productis, gibbo maiore, magis concavo, protecto antice
multo latiore, disco levius striato-punctato, signatura et
colore tote alienis.

/

Genus, Metriona.

23. — Metriona triangulum, Weise.

Sarawak: Lawas, Busau and Bidi (Sar. Mus.).

24. — - Metriona catenata, F.

Sarawak: Trusan, Limbang, Kapit, Busau and Bidi
(Sar. Mus.).

25. — Metriona recondita, Boh.

Sarawak: Marapok Mts., Lawas, Bau and Bidi
(Sar. Mus.).

26. — Metriona stellifera, n. sp.

Rotundata, convexa, nitida, flavo-testacea supra
annulo piceo; antennae graciles, prothorace sat longiores,
articulo 1 elongato, 2 brevi latitudine paullo longiore,
3 praecedente parum longiore, 4 longissimo, praecedente
fere dimidio longiore, 5 tertio paullo longiore, 6 brev-
iore, tertio fere aequali, his glabris, ceteris vix pubescent-
ibus, haud incrassatis, longitudine 3 fere aequalibus,
ultimo acuminato, longiore; clypeus planus, laevis ;
prothorax ellipticus, longitudine duplo latior, apice
basique aequaliter rotundatus, angulis medio sitis breviter
rotundatis, disco laevi, macula antescutellari antice
sinuato-angustata flavo-bipunctata picea ; scutellum
triangulare, flavo-testaceum ; elytra prothorace basi parum
latiora, late emarginata, humeris leviter productis,
acuminatis, lateribus dilatatis medio latissimis; disco
convexo, striato-punctato, punctis parvis, in dorso
profundioribus et maioribus apice subevanescentibus,
interstitiis sat latis, laevibus; basi pone scutellum
anguste picea, extus vitta lata a basi orta, longitudinali,
9

122 ONE NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF

utrinque multi-emarginata pone medium suturam attin-
gente ibique nonnihil antice et postice continuata picea,
callo, humerali flavo; macula flava ab annullo inclusa est
leviter elevata, inaequalis antice posticeque, lateribus
biemarginata, stellam hexagonalem imitans; protectum,
laeve, sub-deplanatum, apice minus angustatum; ungui-
culi dentati. 6 x 5'5 mm.

Coll. Spaeth: Ins. Banguey, prope Borneo (coll.
Waterstradt).

Metricniae obtivcic Boh., affinis, minor, antennis
gracilioribus et longioribus, elytris multo profundius et
crebrius punctatis, annnlo angustiore postice continuato,
aliter constructo, macula inclusa elevata, breviore
sexemarginata distincta.

27. — Metriona obtiva, Boh.

Sarawak: Simanggang, kit. Matang, Kuching and
Quop (Sar. Mus.).

Not common.

Genus, Laccoptera.

28. — Laccoptera tredecim-punctata, F.

Sarawak: Lawas, Kapit (Sar. Mns.).

Vienna g. xii. 19 1 1.

XII. — Correspondence.

A Spider’s Web Weighted by a Stone.

Sandakan,

British North Borneo,

To

The Editor,

November 28th, 1911.

“ Sarawak Museum Journal .”

Sir,

The following may be of interest to your readers.
Several months ago when I was at Kudat I noticed a
spider’s web, built from a horizontal beam (not in an angle
of a horizontal and an upright), which was weighted with
a small piece of stone — evidently designed to keep the
whole web taut and in position. The stone was about 4
feet 6 inches or 4 feet 9 inches from the ground and was
supported only by two filaments of web (joined about 2
inches above the stone) with a small extra support on
one side where the stone had a slight excrescence. The
web itself was about 18 inches long and 12 inches broad,
and the pendent strand holding the stone must have
been nearly a yard. There were several spiders on the
beam above, but I fancy the one which had built this
web was about f inch long and of a buff colour, barred
with chocolate. All these observations must be taken as
tentative as I had made preparations for photographing
the web and weighing the stone and measuring the whole
thing, when a heavy squall destroyed it all, much to my
chagrin. It would be very interesting to learn if any of
the residents in Sarawak have noticed a similar case.
I heard that isolated cases have been noted in Europe,
but am anxious to prove that this is a custom of one
particular Bornean species.

Believe me, Sir,

Yours faithfully,

E. J. M. Sawrey-Cookson.

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 2, 1912.

Singapore:

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED, PRINTERS,

AND AX

SHANGHAI — HONGKONG— YOKOHAMA.

m

Vol. I

No. 3.

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH

FEBRUARY, 1913.

. -vA\SOf> *an ,nst/irH

i y 31 X913-

SINGAPORE :

<5t/nna( Muse

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG AND YOKOHAMA,

I

THE SARAWAK MUSEUM JOURNAL.

- +- —

1. — Annual Subscription (including postage) $1 (Straits

currency) to subscribers in Sarawak and the Malay
Peninsula.

2s. Qd. (English currency) to subscribers elsewhere.
All subscriptions are due on the 1st January of the
current year.

2. — One number will be issued in the early part of each

year ; and in the event of sufficient material being
forthcoming, a second number will appear towards
the latter end of the year.

3. — All articles and notes intended for insertion should

be directed to the Editor of the Sarawak Museum
Journal, Kuching, Sarawak. They should be
authenticated by the writer’s name (sent privately
if not to be published) . The Editor cannot under¬
take to return rejected communications, unless
postage is sent, or state reasons for non-insertion.

4. — Correspondence is invited on any subject within the

scope of the Sarawak Museum Journal.

5. — Authors receive 25 copies of their papers free.

Vol. I.

No. 3.

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal

For the Promotion of Scientific Knowledge and Study of the
Natives and Natural History of the Island of Borneo.

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH

FEBRUARY, 1913.

AGENTS:

SINGAPORE : Messrs. Kelly & Walsh, Limited.
LONDON : Messrs. West, Newman & Co., Hatton Garden.

PUBLISHED BY

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED, SINGAPORE,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG, AND YOKOHAMA.

LONDON :

PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO.,

HATTON GARDEN, E.C.

THE

SARAWAK MUSEUM JOURNAL.

- 4 -

Table of Contents.

I. — New Species of Longicorns from Borneo. By Ghr. Aurivillius 1

II. — Forty-eight hours in Sarawak. By Geoffrey Meade- Waldo , M. A. 21

III. — New Genera and Species of ReduviidaB from Borneo. By E.

Bergroth, M.D., G.M.Z.S. .. .. .. .. .. 25

IV. — Studies of Tetriginae (Acrydiinee) from the Sarawak Museum,

Borneo. By Dr. T. L. Hancock . . . . . . . . 39

V. — The Lampyridte of Borneo. By Ernest Olivier . . . . . . 55

VI. — On some Singular Larval Forms of Beetle to be found in

Borneo. By G. J. Gahan, M.A. .. .. .. .. 61

VII. — Contributions to a Flora of Borneo. By H. N. Ridley , M.A.,

G.M.G., F.R.S . .. .. 66

Plate. — New Longicorns from Borneo

. . facing p. 1

'

.

-

1 1 1 B I. H m- 1 1 . ./ HI

■ • • I

■

.

.

i

.

.

<

■

MB

m

■

i r

■

Sar. Mus. cJourn. Vol. I. No. 3. 1913.

Plate 1 .

7

NEW LONG1COR N S FROM BORNEO.

I. — New Species of Longicorns from Borneo.

— By Chr. Aurivillius, Stockholm.

Mr. J. 0. Moulton, Curator of the Natural History
Museum, Sarawak, has kindly sent me for determination
a collection of Longicorn Beetles from Borneo.

Borneo seems to be very rich in Longicorns. Notwith¬
standing the many species described by Pascoe, Thomson,
Ritsema, Lansberg, Gahan, and others, the present collec¬
tion contained many interesting new forms.

I am much obliged to Mr. Moulton for his courtesy in
allowing me to keep most of the type-specimens for the
State Museum in Stockholm.

The following species seem to be new to science. The
original descriptions appeared in the c Arkiv f. Zoologi,’
and my acknowledgments are due to the Swedish Academy
of Science for kind permission to reproduce them here, and
for the loan of the blocks to illustrate this paper. Where
not otherwise stated, the types are in the State Museum at
Stockholm.

Cerambycid^;.

Strangalia virescens , n. sp.

Antennae inter oculos prope marginem anticum oculorum
insertae, apicem versus leviter incrassatae: scapus brevis,
marginem posticum oculorum haud attingens, articulo
8:o brevior. Caput antice rostrato-elongatum, paullo pone
oculos abrupte constrictum ; gen as longae, sed oculis bre-
viores. Prothorax elongato-conicus, apice constrictus,
medio utrinque tumidiusculus, ad basin ante scutellum
late lobatus et utrinque angulato productus, elytris au-
tem distincte angustior. Elytra angusta, elongata, apice
oblique truncata, angulo exteriore breviter dentato.
Pedes elongati ; femora antica et intermedia modice
incrassata, postica linearia, apicem elytrorum fere attin-
gentia ; tibiae posticae apice calcare singulo longo in-
structae (tarsi desunt). Segmentum abdominale ultimum
maris infra profunde excavatum. Yiridis, metallica an-
tennis nigris ad basin chalybeis ; pedibus chalybeis ;
fronte nitida parcius punctata inter oculos profunde sul¬
cata ; vertice et pronoto minus nitidis dense punctulatis ;
elytris ad basin fortius et minus dense, apicem versus

B

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 3, 1913.

2

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

densius punctatis ; cor pore infra dense punctulato, gula
et prosterno nitidis, subleevibus ; pedibns fortius punctatis.
Long, corporis 14 mm.

Borneo : Santubong.

This species is figured by Shelford in Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. 1902, 2, p. 20, f. 44, but without name. It comes
very near to the subgenus Strang alina, Auriv. (= Stran-
galia, Lee.), but differs by the shorter hind angles of the
pronotum.

Chlorophorus eximius, n. sp. — Fig. 4.

Nigro-fuscus, supra dense flavo-, infra griseo-pubescens ;
antennis medium elytrorum vix superantibus, dense albido
pubescentibus ; prothorace globoso, subtransverso maculis
tribus nigris, media postica profunde incisa, lateralibus ro-
tundatis ornato ; scutello transyerso, obtusissimo ; elytris
subcylindricis apice subrecte truncatis et fere inermibus,
signaturis senis nigris ornatis scilicet ; vitta laterali ab
humero fere ad apicem extensa ; striga brevi humerali
antice cum vitta laterali conjuncta ; vitta media basali
prope scutellum incipiente et primam tertiam partem fere
occupante ; fascia obliqua paullo ante medium ad suturam
scutellum versus producta, extus valde abbreviata ; vitta
recta pone medium antice ramo obliquo cum sutura con¬
juncta ; fascia anteapicali subtransversa extus cum apice
vittae lateralis conjuncta ; pectore abdomineque prsesertim
ad latera flavescentibus ; femoribus intermediis et posticis
utrinque carinatis ; articulo primo tarsorum posticorum 2:o
et 3:o simul sumtis parum longiore. Long, corporis 13 mm.

Borneo.

Nearly allied to Chlorophorus annularis and jucundus, but
with a much broader globular prothorax, and quite different
markings of the elytra. The first joint of the hind tarsus
is much shorter than in annularis.

Chlorophorus moultoni , n. sp. — Fig. 1.

Niger, pube tenui fusco-grisea vestitus, prothorace con-
vexo subgloboso et leviter transverso fascia media transversa
in disco rotundato-dilatata ornato ; scutello dense albo-
pubescente ; elytris fasciis tribus cinereis instructs, prima
obliqua, mox pone scutellum incipiente et ad latera fere
ad humeros recurva ad suturam leviter dilatata ; secunda
paullulo ante medium sita, leviter arcuata subtransversa,
ad suturam parum latiore ; tertia pone medium lata sub-
triangula vel fere semicirculari, apice elytrorum truncato.

BY CHR. AURIYILLIUS.

B

obsolete grisescente ; lateribus sterni et segmentis duobus
primis abdominis (basi excepta) dense albido pubescenti-
bus : articulo l:o tarsorum posticorum 2:o et 3:o simnl
sumtis hand mnlto longiore. Long, corporis 10 mm.

Borneo.

Dolichostyrax, nov. gen.

(Dorcadioninae.)

Palporum articulus nltimus subcylindricus. Epistoma
occultum. Frons subquadrata. Genas longae. Oculi rude
granulati, modice emarginati ; lobus inferior quam superior
paullo major et latior. Tuberculi antenniferi validi, sub-
paralleli, ad basin connati, supra sulco profundo triangu-
lari separati. Antennae corpore parum breviores, subfili-
formes ; scapus longus, curvatus, apicem versus sensim
paullo incrassatus, medium prothoracis attingens, apice
simplex et inermis ; articulus 2:us 8:o plus quadruplo
brevior ; 8:us elongatus, scapo tamen duplo brevior, 4:o sat
longior; sequentes sensim breviores, ll:us 10:o fere duplo
longior, apice acuminatus ; 4:us et 5:us infra area elon-
gata distincta nigro-velutina (sensoria) instructi. Pro¬
thorax elongatus, longior quam latior, basin versus angus-
tatus, utrinque tuberculo obtuso armatus. Scutellum par-
vum, valde transversum, obtuse triangulare. Elytra ob-
longa basin et apicem versus angustata, ad basin prothorace
paullulum latiora, apice rotundata, supra tuberculata ;
latera deflexa acetabula postica attingentia. Prosternum
inter coxas parum arcuatum, subplanum, postice dilata-
tum. Processus mesosterni declivis, apice truncatus et
medium coxarum attingens. Metasternum brevissimum,
inter coxas coxis ipsis haud longius. Abdominis processus
intercoxalis latus, obtusus ; segmentum primuin 2:o et 3:o
simul sumtis longius. Acetabula antica extus paullulum
angulata, postice clausa ; intermedia extus aperta. Pedes
longi ; femora sublinearia, postica apicem elytrorum attin¬
gentia, ad basin valde curvata ; tibiae intermediae extus
prope apicem incisae ; tarsi breves, articulus l:us 2:o et
3:o simul sumtis multo brevior ; unguiculi divaricati.

Allied to Pantilema , but with quite different antennae.

Dolichostyrax moultoni, n. sp. — Fig. 6.

Fuscus, indumento brunneo, infra paullo pallidiore vesti-
tus ; supra undique rude punctatus infra cum pedibus et
antennis impunctatus ; fronte convexa ; prothorace supra
tuberculis tribus obtusis parum distinctis instructo ; elytris
usque fere a basi biseriathn, postice triseriatim tubercu-

b 2

4

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

latis, apice declivibus et obtuse rotundatis. Long, corporis
12 mm., lat. ad humeros 3#2 mm.

Borneo : Kuching.

Pantilema, nov. gen.

(Dorcadioninse.)

Epistoma occultum. Frons quadrata vel latitudine fere
altior. Gense longissimse. Oculi aequilati, angusti, regu-
lariter curvati, rude granulati, ab antennis sat distantes.
Tuberculi antenniferi crassi, connati, supra sulco parum
profundo separati. Antennae corpore multo breviores,
medium elytrorum vix superantes, sat crasse, filiformes ;
scapus fere rectus subcylindricus, altitudine capitis vix
longior, apice simplex et inermis ; articulus 2:us elongatus
3:o haud duplo brevior ; articuli 8-10 subaequales, breves,
latitudine vix duplo longiores ; ll:us reliquis paullo longior,
apice obtusus. Prothorax inermis, basin versus angus-
tatus. Elytra elongata, angusta, ad basin protliorace om-
nino non latiora, in medio leviter dilatata, apice angustata
et rotundata, utrinque valde deflexa, acetabula postica
attingentia, ad medium baseos triangulariter depressa scu-
tellum simulantia. Pedes modice elongati ; femora leviter
incrassata, postica apicem elytrorum paullulum superantia ;
tibiae intermediae extus prope apicem incisae ; tarsi medi-
ocres, articulus l:us 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis brevior ;
unguiculi divaricati. Prosternum inter coxas parum arcu-
atum, subplanum, postice dilatatum. Processus meta-
sterni sat latus, declivis. Processus intercoxalis abdominis
latum, apice obtusissimum ; segmentum primum abdo¬
minis 2:o et 3:o simul sumtis longius.

Pantilema angustum, n. sp.

Elongatum, angustum, supra nigrum, subnudum, infra
indumento griseo-flavido vestitum ; antennis, fronte pedibus-
que breviter setulosis; fronte convexa impunctata; vertice et
temporibus tumidis, punctis magnis paucis impressis; pro-
thorace latitudine longiore, apicem versus latiore,punctato et
leviter inaequali, elytris elongatis, apice declivibus, seriatim
punctatis, ante medium fere lsevibus, pone medium tuber-
culis magnis, obtusis, biseriatis brevissime nigro setulosis
iristructis. Long, corporis 12 mm., lat. ad humeros 8 mm.

Borneo : Samarahan.

Coelosterna variegata , n. sp.

Eusca, sericeo-brunneo-tomentosa, elytris maculis et
punctis flavo-hirsutis irregulariter conspersis ; antennis

BY CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

5

corpore vix longioribus, fusco-brunneis, haud annulatis,
tenuissime pubescentibus, infra breviter, ad basin densius
ciliatis ; fronte modice angustata lobo inferiore ocnlorum
vix angustiore, ad latera leviter punctulata ; vertice inter
oculos profunde snlcato ; prothorace transverso ntrinqne
acuto spinoso, dorso inter sulcis transversis fere piano et
subaequali, ntrinque granulis nonnullis parvis deplanatis
nigris, in depressionibus sitis instructo ; fronte et pronoto
sparse pilosis ; scutello fere aequilato apice obtuso ; elytris
ad basin praesertim ad Immeros profunde granulato-punc-
tatis, punctis apicem versus sensim minoribus et obsoleti-
oribus, apice recte truncatis et utrinque obtuse dentatis ;
corpore infra dense tomentoso, haud vel leviter punctato ;
metasterno tuberculo obliquo conico armato ; segmento
ventrali ultimo apice dense hirsuto et medio angulariter
inciso. $ . Long, corporis 31 mm.

Borneo : Kuching.

Differs from the allied forms by its nearly even pro-
notum, the spotted elytra, the dark unicolorous antennae,
and the truncated apex of the elytra.

Eutcenia borneensis , n. sp.

E. trifasciellce, White, similis et afffnis, antennis scapo
antice fulvo-pubescente excepto nigris, plaga basali ely-
trorum majore et pallidiore, fasciis elytrorum angustioribus
et ad suturam interruptis tarsisque supra fulvo-pubescen-
tibus distincta. Brunneo-fusca dense fulvo-pubescens,
articulis 2-11 antennarum, fascia transversa media pro-
thoracis, fasciis duabus angulatis elytrorum ad suturam
interruptis (prima extus usque ad humerum prolongata)
maculaque elongata anteapicali elytrorum nigris vel nigro-
fuscis ; plaga magna basali, media, scutellum includente
et fasciam primam fere attingente elytrorum fusco-brunnea.
Long, corporis 28 mm.

Borneo : Mt. Matang, 3000 ft.

Easily distinguished from Eutcenia trifasciella by the
nearly black antennae and the somewhat differently shaped
markings of the elytra.

Mimohammus, nov. gen.

Frons plana, rectangula. Oculi modice emarginati ;
lobi inferiores magni, rotundati, latitudine vix longiores.
Genae mediocres, lobis inferioribus fere quadruplo breviores.
Tuberculi antenniferi validi, divergentes. Antennae corpore
plus duplo longiores, setulis brevibus paucis articulorum
1-3 exceptis, haud infra ciliatae; scapus obconicus cicatrice

6

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

completa; articulus B:us scapo paullo longior, reliqui 3:o
paullo longiores. Prothorax transversus, utrinque spina
valida mediana, triangula armatns, ante basin apicemque
transversim sulcatus, supra intra spinas carinula trans-
versa recurva armatns, basi fere truncatus. Scutellum
apice rotundatum. Elytra elongata, subcylindrica, ad
basin subtruncata humeris fere rectis, apice conjunctim
rotundata. Prosternum inter coxas subangustum valde
areuatum, apice modice dilatatum et utrinque tuberculo
parvo instructum. Acetabula antica extus angulata et
postice anguste aperta. Processus mesosternalis inter
coxas angustus, subplanus, coxas paullum superans, antice
leviter tuberculatus et subtruncatus. Acetabula inter¬
media extus aperta. Metasternum modice elongatum
episternis postice angustatis. Pedes subsequales ; femora
sublinearia vel paullum fusiformia ; tibiae compressse,
anticae curvatae, intermedia integrae, posticae apice brevis-
sime bicalcaratae ; tarsi mediocres, articulus l:us 2:o et 3:o
simul sumtis brevior ; unguiculi divaricati.

This genus seems to be most nearly allied to Cereopsius,
from which it differs by the median tubercles of the pro¬
thorax, the larger eyes and the more elongate and
cylindrical body. In the shape of the body it completely
agrees with the typical species of Monochamus.

Mimoliammus Jlavescens, n. sp.

Brunneus, supra lanugine densa flava, infra pube grisea
vestitus ; genis subnudis ; antennis fuscis, tenuiter griseo-
pubescentibus, scapo densius griseo-vestito ; articulo 3:o
et sequentibus ad basin anguste cinereo-annulatis ; elytris
prope medium striga parva transversa subobliqua fusco-
brunnea ornatis ; capite impunctato ; pronoto ad carinam
transversam punctis paucis impresso ; elytris punctatis sed
punctis lanugine densa fere omnino tectis. Long, corporis
25 mm., lat. ad humeros 8 mm.

Borneo : Kuching.

In size, colour and shape, this species very much re¬
sembles Monochamus sulphur if er, Hope. The elytra are,
however, more cylindrical.

Thermonotus ccerideiyennis, n. sp.

Rufo-testaceus, antennis, tibiis, tarsis, apice femorum et
mandibularum maculaque scutelli nigris ; elytris nitidis
lsete cceruleis ad basin rude apicem versus laevius punctatis;
omnino non costulatis ; prothoracis disco elevato, inaequali,
subrugoso. Long, corporis 19 mm.

BY CHE. AURIYILLIUS.

7

Borneo : Matang.

Agrees very nearly with Th. nigripennis, Bits., and is
perhaps only a race of that species.

Thermonotus cylindricus, n. sp.

Subbrevis, robustns elytris apicem versus parum angus-
tatis, fere cylindricis ; ruber, supra subnitidus et tenuis-
sime, infra densius fulvido-pubescens ; antennarum arti-
culis 1-4 pallide testaceis reliquis fuscis ; scutello nigro-
maculato ; fronte impunctata, vertice tumidiusculo in
medio sulcato ; prothorace transverso utrinque pone
medium tuberculo validissimo triangulo armato, supra
obtuse trituberculato et inter tuberculos fortiter rugoso;
scutello obtuse triangulo ; elytris nitidis, apice rotundatis,
subseriatim punctatis punctis apicem versus obsoletioribus,
pone medium brevissime setulosis ; segmentis abdominali-
bus utrinque ad basin foveolatis. ? . Long, corporis
18 mm.

Borneo : Limbang.

In size, colour and general appearance, this species
reminds one very much of Astathes perplexa , Newm. from
the Philippines.

Pharsalia nigrofasciata , n. sp.

Nigrofusca, pube tenui grisea vestita, maculis et vittis
ferrugineo-lanuginosis variegata; tuberculis antenniferis
contiguis intus spinosis ; antennis unicoloribus fuscis
scapo cylindrico ; fronte et vertice ferrugineo-vittatis, genis
macula obliqua ferruginea ornatis ; prothorace supra vittis
4 ferrugineis ornato, in medio tuberculo parvo nigro et
utrinque tuberculo valido triangulari armato ; scutello
apice obtuso ferrugineo ; elytris ad basin inter humerum
et scutellum tuberculo obtuso armatis, apice rotundatis, ad
basin ferrugineis, paullo pone basin fascia lata transversa
nigro-velutina, deinde fascia flavescente ferrugineo-varie-
gata, pone medium fascia trigona irregulari ad suturam
interrupta ornatis, apice griseo et ferrugineo variegatis ;
corpore infra brunneo, nitido, tenuissime griseo pubescente
et ad latera plus minus ferrugineo variegato ; pedibus
brunneis, femoribus in medio tibiisque ad basin plus minus
infuscatis. Long, corporis 14 mm.

Borneo : Balangean.

Planodes variegatus, n. sp.

Nigro-fuscus, vittis et maculis flavido vel griseo-tomento-
sis variegatus; capite flavido-tomentoso, fascia frontali inter

8

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICOENS FEOM BOBNEO.

oculos, macula lata pone oculos maculaque parva genali sub-
nudis fuscis, vitta genali sub oculos ad latera usque ad basin
abdominis continuata dense flavescente-albido-tomentosa ;
prothorace supra in medio planato et obsolete carinulato,
utrinque corrugato et punctato, vittis 4 male definitis flavido-
pubescentibus ornato lateribus supra vittam albidam late
nigris subnudis ; mesonoto utrinque macula parva albida ;
scutello subtruncato, fusco macula parva apicali albido-
tomentosa ; elytris sat elongatis, dorso planatis, apice rotun-
datis angulo suturali obtuse producto, dimidio basali maculis
flavido-tomentosis et punctis profunde impressis fusco-
cinctis variegato, fascia ante medium angusta obliqua
nigra, pone medium fascia latissima transversa nigra,
tricostulata et parce punctata apice iterum flavido-tomen-
toso ; corpore infra cum pedibus grisescente pubescente ;
antennis fusco-brunneis articulis 1-4 flavido-tomentosis,
3:o et 4:o apice nigris et nigro-hirsutis ; scapo leviter
punctato ; articulo 8:o quam scapo multo, quam articulo
4:o duplo longiore, apice spina valida brunnea armato,
articulo 4:o curvato apice angulato-dentato, 5-11 fuscis ad
basin anguste cinereis. Long, corporis 16 mm.

Borneo : Limbang Biver.

Planocles bifascicitus, n. sp.

Nigro-fuscus pube flavescente infra flavo-griseo vestitus ;
capite antice inter oculos late nigrofasciato et pone oculos
macula latissima nigra ornato ; prothorace apicem versus
leviter angustato, supra deplanato, lsevi, utrinque corrugato
et punctato ; scutello obtuse rotundato ; elytris elongatis,
supra planatis, sparse punctatis, apice rotundatis angulo
suturali paullulum producto, humeris et fasciis duabus
angulatis suturam non omnino attingentibus nigris, lituris
paucis subapicalibus fuscis ; apice femorum, annulo sub-
basali tibiarum, tarsisque fuscis cinereo-pubescentibus ;
tarsorum articulo ultimo apice nigro ; antennis ( $ ) cor¬
pore fere tertia parte longioribus, nigris, infra tenue
ciliatis ; scapo punctato, articulo 3:o quam scapo multo
longiore ad basin cinereo apice intus breviter spinoso,
articulo 4:o quam 3:o multo breviore, ad basin albo, apice
inermi, reliquis brevioribus ad basin obsolete cinereis.
Long, corporis 17 mm.

Borneo : Limbang.

Cacia ? bispinosa, n. sp.

Brevis, nigra, flavescente-griseo-tomentosa ; fronte, pro-
noto, basi et apice elytrorum flavido-tomentosis ; fronte

BY CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

9

granulato- punctata, lata, subquadrata, fere plana ; genis
longissimis lobo inferiore oculorum fere triplo longioribus ;
ocuiis subdivisis lobis sat late separatis ; antennis feminae
corpore vix longioribus ; scapo nigro, foveolato-punctato
articulo 3:o breviore, hoc longo dimidio basali albido,
apicali nigro, apice spina longa valida brunnea armato,
articulo 4:o albido apice nigro et spina longa valida armata,
quam 3:o duplo breviore, articulis 5-11 brevibus, trans-
versis, simul sumtis quam 3:o fere brevioribus ; prothorace
cylindrico, transverso, punctis nigris et nigro-areolatis plus
minus confluentibus variegato ; elytris brevibus ad basin
inter humerum et scutellum costato-elevatis, apice rotun-
datis, profunde irregulariter punctatis punctis apice ob-
soletioribus, in medio latissime nigris, maculis cinereo-
tomentosis reticulatim conjunctis variegatis, parte apicali
flavida prope marginem nigro-maculata ; pedibus griseis
tarsis et apice tibiarum nigris. Long, corporis 10 mm.

Borneo : Matang.

This species and C. melanopsis, Pasc., differ from typical
Cacia by the subdivided eyes and the long spines of the
third and fourth joint of the antennae, and may be con¬
sidered as types of a new genus, Acanthocacia.

Msopida ? fasciculata, n. sp.

Fusca, flavo-griseo-tomentosa, supra punctis nigro-cinctis
maculisque ferrugineis variegata ; fronte lata, plana, sub¬
quadrata ; genis quam lobis inferioribus oculorum duplo
longioribus ; ocuiis subdivisis minute reticulatis lobis in¬
ferioribus subquadratis ; antennis maris corpore parum
longioribus, apice ungue tenuissimo arcuato armatis, scapo
medium pronoti fere attingente leviter obconico ; articulo
3:o subcurvato, quam scapo haud longiore ; 4:o quam 3:o
breviore, apice extus dense nigro-hirsuto, reliquis breviori¬
bus, ad basin cinereis, apice late nigris, ultimo piloso;
prothorace transverso, utrinque prope marginem anticum
tuberculo parvo armato, intra apicem transverse sulcato et
supra paullum inaequali ; elytris brevibus, sensim declivi-
bus, apice conjunctim late rotundatis, prope basin inter
scutellum et humerum tuberculo elongato alte elevato
validissimo supra lsevi ad latera granulato armatis, ad
basin granulatis, undique profunde minus dense punctatis ;
pedibus brevibus, femoribus praesertim anticis incrassatis,
tibiis pilosis ; processubus pro- et mesosterni truncatis, infra
leviter sulcatis, mesosterni utrinque tuberculo parvo armato.

Borneo : Balangean.

10

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

Differs from M. malasiaca by the shape of the body and
the structure of the antennae,

Hyborhabdin^, nov. subf.

Acetabula intermedia extus clausa. Epimera mesosterni
minuta. Tibiae intermediae extus incisae. Unguiculi divari-
cati. Frons paullum transversa. Prothorax valde elon-
gatus.

Hyborhabdus, nov. gen.

Oculi emarginati ; lobus inferior magnus subtransversus.
Genae mediocres, lobis inferioribus oculorum breviores.
Tuberculi antenniferi divergentes, sulco lato separati.
Antennae longae, corpore longiores ; scapus brevis, com-
pressus, intus valde tuberculato-dilatatus ; articulus 2:us
elongatus, scapo vix duplo brevior; articulus 3:us valde
elongatus, filiformis, scapo plus triplo longior ; 4:us 3:o
brevior ; reliqui 4:o paullo breviores subaequales ; articuli
2-5 infra ciliati. Prothorax valde elongatus, apicem
versus paullum angustatus, longe ante basin transversim
sulcatus. Scutellum latitudine longius, apice obtuse ro-
tundatum. Elytra valde elongata, sublinearia, ad basin
subtruncata et prothorace paullo latiora, apicem versus
sensim paullo angustata et apice oblique truncato-emar-
ginata angulis externis breviter spinosis, supra ad basin
prope scutellum leviter carinulata carinulis postice in
spinam validam, oblique erectam disinentibus. Aceta¬
bula antica postice clausa, extus vix angulata. Proster¬
num inter coxas angustum, vix arcuatum, pone coxas
valde dilatatum. Processus mesosterni leviter declivis,
inter coxas sat latum, postice truncatum. Metasternum
elongatum ; episterna linearia, angustissima. Abdomen
elongatum subcylindricum ; processus intercoxalis acu-
tissimus ; segmenta apicem versus sensim breviora, quar-
tum subquadratum, quintum apice angustato-rotundatum.
Pedes sat longi ; femora clavata, postica segmentum ven-
trale secundum superantia ; tarsi lineares ; articulus primus
elongatus, posticorum cylindricus, infra haud spongiosus,
2-4 simul sumtis haud brevior.

Hyborhabdus singularis, n. sp.

Obscure violascente-coeruleus, infra densius, supra tenu-
iter griseo-pubescens; tibiis tarsisque nigris, antennis peti-
olisque femorum testaceis, illis apicem versus pallidioribus,

BY CHE. AURIVILLIUS.

11

albidis : capite et prothorace impnnctatis ; elytris striato-
punctatis apice lsevibus. Long, corporis 20 mm.

Borneo : Matang.

Beminds one by the shape of the African genus
Anauxesis.

Homonzeomorpha, nov. gen.

Generi Heteroclytomorpha, Blanch., valde affinis nec nisi
mesosterno antice semicirculariter excavato et prothorace
utrinque in medio dentibus duobus approximatis vel dente
uno bifido armato distincta.

H. fiavovariegata, n. sp.

Fusco-brunnea, pube cinerea vestita et supra irregulariter
flavido-variegata, supra profunde punctata punctis subnudis,
infra punctis parum impressis brunneis conspersa ; fronte
lata transversa rude punctata inter oculos late sulcata ;
vertice lsevi; prothorace transverso, apice subtruncato, ad
basin biemarginato, supra haud transversim sulcato, medio
nitido glabro, utrinque punctato, lateribus in medio denti¬
bus duobus obtusis ad basin connexis armatis ; elytris irre¬
gulariter punctatis, apice singulatim rotundatis, supra
postice obsolete 3-4 carinatis ; antennarum articulo 3:o
leviter curvato, quam scapo modice pyriformi longiore.
Long, corporis 15 mm.

Borneo : Kuching.

Pterolophia anoplagiata , n. sp.

Fusca, dense griseo-pubescens, lineis et maculis flavidis
variegata, elytris saepe ante medium fascia lata transversa
albescente ornatis ; fronte lata plana, flavo-variegata vel
fere omnino flavo-pubescente, sparsim punctata ; vertice
tumido, punctato ; antennis corpore paullo longioribus ( S )
vel paullulo brevioribus ( 2 ), articulo 4:o quam 8:o vix aut
parum breviore, articulis 4-5 ( S ) aut 4-8 ( $ ) apice intus
breviter dentato-angulatis ; prothorace quadrato lateribus
fere rectis ( S), aut transverso lateribus rotundatis (2),
convexo, griseo, supra lineis duabus longitudinalibus arcua-
tis et utrinque maculis flavidis ornato ; scutello lato, trans¬
verso, obtusissimo, griseo ; elytris elongatis, ad basin pro¬
thorace multo latioribus, apicem versus sensim angustatis,
apice late truncatis, supra ante medium distincte planatis,
apicem versus sensim declivibus, prope basin leviter crista-
tis, pone medium tricostatis, costis ante apicem desinenti-

12

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

bus, apice albido-lituratis, externa usque ad basin distincta ;
humeris rude granulato-punctatis, dorso punctato ; corpore
infra griseo plus minus flavido-variegato, sternis antice et
postice lateribusque abdominis pallido-pilosis ; segmento
ultimo abdominis apice dense hirsuto, maris transverso
infra piano macula quadrata fusca in medio, feminse minus
transverso infra leviter convexo in medio sulcato et plaga
magna nigro-velutina ornato. Long, corporis 16-17 mm.,
lat. ad humeros 6 mm.

Borneo.

Agrees with Pt. albosigncita, Blanch., by the black spot
on the last ventral segment, but is otherwise rather different.

Synixais, nov. gen.

(Niphoninse.)

Oculi subdivisi. Metasternum mediocre, haud breve.
Corpus undique pilosum. Tarsi postici tibiis haud lon-
giores. Oculi minute granulati. Frons plana, paullum
transversa, lata. Lobi inferiores oculorum subquadrati,
genis multo (fere duplo) breviores. Antennae corpore bre-
viores, infra usque a basi longe ciliatae; scapus obconicus vel
elongato-pyriformis, medium prothoracis attingens ; arti-
culus Sms scapo vix longior, apice intus leviter incrassatus ;
articulus 4:us 3:o tertia parte brevior, apice paullulum
incrassatus; articuli 5-11 breves, 3:o et 4:o simul sumtis
breviores; ll:us valde curvatus apice spiniformis. Pro¬
thorax subquadratus, convexus, omnino inermis ; sulcus
apicalis supra in medio interruptus ; sulcus basalis integer
tenuis. Scutellum apice fere truncatum. Elytra aequalia,
convexa, postice modice declivia, apice conjunctim late
rotundata. Pro- et mesosternum inter coxas sulcata, de¬
clivia. Pedes breves ; femora praesertim antica incrassata,
fusiformia, postica apicem segmenti ventralis 3:ii haud
superantia ; tarsorum articulus ultimus reliquis simul
sumtis vix brevior.

Seems to be allied as well to Synelasma as to Ceno-
docus.

Synixais fuscomaculata , n. sp.

Griseo-albido-tomentosa, infra fere unicolor et impunc-
tata, supra fusco-punctata et fusco-brunneo-maculata, pro-
noto maculis duabus parvis prope basin, elytris macula
parva utrinque prope scutellum, macula prope suturam
ante medium, macula magna rotundata marginali pone

BY CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

13

medium et maculis binis vel terms anteapicalibus fusco-
brunneis ; antennis nigro-fuscis scapo et dimidio basali
articulorum 3:ii et 4:i albidis ; elytris subseriatim profunde
punctatis. Long, corporis 12 mm.

Borneo : Santubong.

Easily known by the design. Another specimen from
Kuching is much smaller, only 7 mm., but differs other¬
wise only by a brown spot at the shoulders and by the
unicolorous joints of the antennae.

Sodus castaneus, n. sp. — Fig. 5.

Castaneus; vertice, temporibus antennisque albidopubes-
centibus ; dorso elytrorum et corpore infra pube tenuissima
grisea vestitis ; fronte nitida, transversa, subnuda, parce
punctulata; prothorace transverso, utrinque late rotundato,
dorso convexo antice et utrinque ad latera linea tenui alba
determinata, supra utrinque macula rotundata fulva ornato,
lateribus inferioribus lineis tribus albis areolatis ; scutello
apice rotundato, utrinque tenue albo marginato ; elytris
supra a basi usque ad declivitatem posteriorem omnino
planis, ad latera fere perpendicularibus, apice rotundatis,
ante medium lineis duabus transversis, undulatis albis
apiceque lineis albis reticulatim connexis ornatis ; tibiis
prope basin annulo lato vel latissimo albo cinctis; apice
tibiarum tarsisque nigro-fuscis. Long, corporis 8 mm.

Borneo.

I have not been able to compare this new species with
any one of the hitherto described forms. It seems,
however, to differ from the generic characters only by
the absence of the subapical transverse groove of the
prothorax.

Cylindeostyrax, nov. gen.

(Niphoninae.)

Oculi emarginati. Corpus tomentosum, supra haud
pilosum. Processus pro- et mesosterni arcuati. Tibiae
breves, tarsis plus minus breviores. Prothorax inermis.
Frons subquadrata. Oculi rude granulati ; lobi inferiores
subquadrati genis vix breviores. Frons inter antennas
late sulcata. Antennae corpore vix breviores ; scapus brevis,
cylindricus ; articulus 8:us subcurvatus scapo multo longior
apice leviter incrassatus ; 4:us 3:o paullo brevior ; reliqui
breviores subaequales sed simul sumti articulis 1-4 lon-
giores vel saltern haud breviores. Prothorax subtransversus,

14

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

basi apiceque truncatus, utrinque levissime rotundatus.
Scutellum rotundato-triangulare, apice acutum. Elytra
modice elongata, fere cylindrica, apice declivia et rotun-
data, humeris obtusis et costulis obsoletis instructa. Pedes
breves ; femora prsBsertim antica incrassata, postica seg-
mentum tertinm hand superantia ; tibiae breves rectae,
cylindricae ; intermediae omnino integrae. Abdominis seg-
menta 2-4 inter se fere aequalia. Coxae anticae et inter¬
mediae separatee.

Resembles very much a species of Apomecyna, but belongs
to the Niphoninae.

Cylindrostyrax apomecynoides, n. sp. — Fig. 7.

Fuscus, infra albido-, supra ferrugineo-tomentosus ;
elytris fascia latissima transversa albida utrinque flaves-
cente plagiata ornatis ; tibiis posticis, lateribus abdominis
et margine elytrorum in medio albo-pilosis ; fronte punc¬
tata ; pronoto convexo, utrinque callis vel plicis 2-3 trans-
versis instructo ; elytris subseriatim punctatis et prope
basin granulis perpaucis instructis ; pedibus supra fusco-
et ferrugineo-variegatis, infra albidis. Long, corporis
11 mm.

Borneo : Balangean.

Poromecyna, nov. gen.

A genere Apomecyna , cui valde affinis, differ! capite
omnino retractili, genis quam lobis inferioribus oculorum
multo longioribus, scapo antennarum fere obconico, arti-
culis B:o et 4:o apice leviter incrassatis, elytris latioribus
femoribusque magis incrassatis, subpedunculatis, posticis
apicem segmenti 3:ii longe superantibus.

Poromecyna foveolata, n. sp.

Brunnea, interrupte ferrugineo-pubescens, antennarum
articulis 1-4, femoribus tibiisque (apice excepto) pallide
setulosis ; capite dense et profunde punctato, fronte haud
transversa ; vertice tumido antice longe declivi ; antennis
medium elytrorum vix superantibus articulis 1-4 ferru-
gineis, 3:o et 4:o apice nigris, reliquis omnino nigris, simul
sumtis 8:o et 4:o vix longioribus ; prothorace leviter trans-
verso lateribus fere omnino rectis, angulis posticis rectis,
supra parum convexo, ad basin elytris multo angustiore ;
scutello transverso, apice latissime rotundato, haud punc¬
tato, obscure brnnneo-velutino ; elytris modice elongatis

BY CHE. AUEIYILLIUS.

15

subcylindricis, ad basin recte truncatis, apicem versus
sensim declivibus, apice eonjunctim rotundatis, ad medium
baseos cristatis et pone medium obsolete tricostatis, in-
aequalibus, undique rude sed insequaliter foveolato-punctu-
latis, pone medium guttis nonnullis flavo-albido-pubescenti-
bus conspersis ; lateribus sternorum rude punctatis et
flavido-pubescentibus ; medio metasterni subnudo brunneo ;
abdomine fere impunctato, brunneo, segmentorum margine
postico late flavo-pubescente et pauci-punctato, segmento
ultimo in medio subnudo brunneo. Long, corporis 12 mm.,
lat. ad humeros 4#5 mm.

Borneo : Kuching.

A very remarkable species.

Ateichoceea, nov. gen.

(Spalacopsinae.)

Antennae corpore haud longiores subfiliformes, nec pilosae,
nec ciliafcse ; scapus cylindricus articulo 3:o haud longior ;
articulus tertius 4:o longior, 4:us 5:o paullo longior, 5-8
subsequales, 9-11 breviores. Tuberculi antenniferi approxi-
mati sulco triangulari separati. Oculi rude granulati, late
(sub)divisi ; lobi superiores mediocres, inferiores valde
transversi. Frons brevis, vix obliqua, infra dilatata.
GenEe mediocres, lobis inferioribus vix longiores. Vertex
parum elongatus. Prothorax apicem versus leviter angus-
tatus lateribus rectis, ante basin apicemque sulcis binis
transversis, medio arcuatis instructus. Scutellum sub-
quadratum, apice truncatum. Elytra deplanata, sub-
parallela, ad basin truncata et prothorace latiora, prope
apicem angustata et apice in spinam longam producta ;
spinee apicales parallel® ; latera pone humeros plicato-
costulata. Processus pro- et mesosterni inter coxas lati,
subplani. Abdomen parum convexum elytris multo brevius ;
processus intercoxalis apice obtusus. Pedes mediocres ;
femora postica apicem segmenti tertii superantia ; tibise
intermedise prope apicem incisse; tarsorum articulus l:us
2:o et 8:o simul sumtis brevior ; unguiculi divergentes.

Atrichocera moultoni, n. sp. — Fig. 3.

Elongata, nigra, indumento pallida flavo-grisea'vestita ;
antennarum scapo dense punctato, articulis 4-11 apice
plus minus late infuscatis ; capite punctulato, vertice pone
oculos fusco-vittato ; prothorace sat dense irregulariter
punctato supra vittis duabus latis fusco-brunneis et utrin-

16

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

que vittis duabus nigris inferiore latiore ornatis, hac
ad latera corporis usque ad apicern abdominis prolon-
gata et dimidium basale epipleurorum etiam occupante ;
scutello nigro, in medio flavido maculato ; elytris ad basin
rude, apicern versus levius punctatis, guttis subelevatis
flavo-griseis dense conspersis, vitta latissima suturali
antice omnino nigra, pone medium valde dilatata et ibi
guttulis flavo-griseis conspersa ; femoribus posticis ultra
medium nigris. Long, corporis 18 mm., lat. ad humeros
4 mm.

Borneo : Mount Penrissen, 8200 ft.

A very remarkable species, distinguished from all other
members of the Spalacopsinse by the non-ciliated antennae.
Belongs to the forms of Cerambycidae, which Shelford has
mentioned as mimickers of Diurns .

Ectatina robusta , n. sp.

Nigro-fusca ; corpore infra, capite et lateribus prothoracis
dense flavescente tomentosis ; fronte, temporibus et vertice
inter oculos rude punctatis ; vertice postice impunetato ;
genis lobis valde transversis inferioribus oculorum parum
brevioribus ; tuberculis antenniferis valde divergentibus
sulco profundo triangulo separatis ; antennis (feminae ?)
corpore brevioribus infra ciliatis, scapo brevi crasso sub-
clavato, articulo 3:o quam scapo fere duplo longiore, sub-
clavato ; 4:o 3:o fere aequali, 3:o et 4:o simul sumtis reliquis
fere longioribus ; prothorace apicern versus sensim leviter
angustato, lateribus rectis et paullulo pone medium obsolete
tuberculatis, dorso planato subnudo fusco rude punctato et
ante medium utrinque leviter tuberculato, apice truncato,
basi utrinque levissime sinuata ; scutello subquadrato,
apice late truncato, brunneo-tomentoso ; elytris ad basin
truncatis et prothorace multo latioribus, apicern versus
sensim leviter angustatis, apice truncatis, supra planatis,
pone medium costis 4, postice in unam angulum exteriorem
attingentem conjunctis prseditis, dense rude punctatis, supra
fere nudis, ad latera tenue flavo-griseo tomentosis, costis et
macula discali pone medium densius tomentosis ; femoribus
incrassatis, brevibus, posticis apicern segmenti 3:ii abdo¬
minis haud attingentibus ; tarsorum articulo l:o brevi,
lato, triangulo, 2:o et 3:o latissimis, valde transversis.
Long, corporis 23 mm., lat. ad humeros 8 mm.

Borneo : Buso.

Agrees very well with the characters given by Mr. Gahan
for his new genus Ectatina, but is much larger than any

BY CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

17

of the species described by him, and has somewhat the
aspect of the Homonseidse.

It may be mentioned here that Ectatosia moorei , Pasc.,
has two small spines at apex of the hind femora on the
under side.

Glenea atriceps, n. sp.

Nigro-chalybea, fusco-velutina, niveo-maculata ; capite
prothoraceque atris ; fronte maris albido-pubescente, fe-
minae atra ; lateribus prothoracis niveis, pronoto latitudine
vix longiore, pone medium paullum constricto, punctato,
unicolore, atro ; scutello atro, apice vix grisescente ; elytris
chalybeis, prothorace multo latioribus humeris rectis, ante
medium profunde, postice levius punctatis, puncto niveo
prope basin, macula magna elongata nivea paullo pone
medium, puncto laterali niveo pone medium et macula
transversa subapicali albida ornatis, apice breviter bi-
spinosis ; lateribus meso- et metasterni e maxima parte
niveis; segmentis 1-4 abdominis plus minus albido-
pubescentibus ; pedibus chalybeis, tibiis posticis apice et
tarsis posticis totis fulvis. Long, corporis 18 mm.

Borneo : Limbang.

Belongs to the same group as G. hygia and parthenope.
Glenea disa, n. sp.

Atra, infra dense cinerascente pubescens; scutello, quarta
parte basali et macula apicali elytrorum cervinis ; pedibus
totis testaceis ; fronte, genis temporibusque griseis ; vertice
et pronoto nigris, hoc ad medium marginis postici macula
minuta pallida ; antennis et tarsis anticis nigris. df , ? .
Long, corporis 11-14 mm.

Borneo : Limbang.

Allied to G. anticepunctata.

Glenea trivittata , n. sp.

Yiolascente-fusco-nigra ; niveo-vittata et maculata; fronte
et scapo antennarum pube tenui griseo-sericea vestitis;
antennis maris prseterea fuscis corpore longioribus ; pro¬
thorace fere omnino cylindrico, latitudine distincte longiore,
supra vitta tenui nivea ornato et profunde punctato, infra
niveo-tomentoso ; scutello impunctato, obtuso, apice niveo-
maculato ; elytris ad basin prothorace multo latioribus,
ante medium subnitidis et profunde punctatis, vitta media
basali abbreviata, macula media prope suturam, puncto
elongato laterali pone medium plagaque apicali niveis

G

18

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

ornatis ; lateribus sterni et segmentis 1-8 abdominis plus
minus dense albo-tomentosis ; segmento ultimo ventrali
maris tumidiusculo ; femoribus rufis ; tibiis fuscis, posticis
apice brunneis ; tarsis posticis testaceis albido pubes-
centibus. . Long, corporis 16 mm.

Borneo : Matang.

Allied to G. palchella, but very distinct.

Glenea matangensis, n. sp. — Fig. 2.

Nigra, punctata ; lateribus frontis, temporibus, lateribus
prothoracis et corpore infra dense niveo-tomentosis ; fronte
utrinque inter oculos cceruleo-vittata ; vertice unicolore
nigro ; prothorace subquadrato et fere cylindrico, supra
vitta tenui coerulescente ornato ; scutello apice albo-
maculato ; elytris apicem versus angustatis, apice emar-
ginatis et acute bidentatis maculis 4 niveis et striga
transversa apicali ccerulea ornatis, macula l:a pone basin,
3:a ad medium, 2:a et 4:a ad carinam lateralem, bac fere
ad quartam partem posteriorem sitis ; antennis nigris
arfciculis 1-3 infra cceruleis; pedibus nigro-fuscis, femoribus
pube cinerea, tibiis tarsisque pube pallide ccerulea vestitis ;
segmento l:o abdominis utrinque pone coxis macula magna
nigro-velutina ornato. Long, corporis 12-13 mm.

Borneo : Matang.

Nearly allied to G. blandina , Pasc., and viridinotata ,
Thoms. ( laudata , Pasc.), but easily distinguished by the
black vertex, the dark femora, and the markings of the
thorax, which has only one dorsal stripe. The spots of the
elytra are arranged as in G. novemguttata and are some¬
times slightly tinged with blue.

Oberea dehiscens , n. sp.

Fulvo-testacea ; antennis (articulis 1-3 fulvis exceptis),
lateribus segmentorum 3-5 abdominis elytrisque tertia
parte basali excepta nigrofuscis ; antennis corpore lon-
gioribus articulo 3:o quam scapo longiore; fronte trans¬
versa, parum convexa, inter oculos late sulcata; prothorace
omnino cylindrico, latitudine distincte longiore ; scutello
subquadrato, apice truncato ; elytris ad basin prothorace
parum latioribus, ad quartam primam partem subito
angustatis et sensim late dehiscentibus, valde angustatis,
apicem versus iterum paullo dilatatis, ipso apice oblique
truncatis et acuminatis, parte angustata nigro fusca fere
impunctata, parte basali rufa et profunde seriato- punctata ;
segmentis l:o et 2:o ventralibus albo-sericeis ; pedibus

BY CHR. AURIVILLIUS.

19

fulvis femoribus posticis apicem segmenti 2:i vix attin-
gentibns. Long, corporis 17 mm.

Borneo : Rock Roa.d, Kuching.

Distinguished from all other species known to me by the
shape of the elytra, which behind the basal fourth are
contracted, nearly subulate and broadly dehiscent.

Oberea bivittata , n. sp.

Fulvescens, brunneo-pubescens ; antennis fuscis corpore
brevioribus, scapo fulvo, articulis 8-11 flavo-pubescentibus;
segmentis ventralibus duobus primis tomento denso valde
aureo- vel argenteo-sericante vestitis ; capite punctato,
postice utrinque profunde sulcato-constricto ; fronte trans-
versa convexa; vertice carinulato; prothorace subquadrato,
punctato, lateribus in medio levissime rotundatis ; scutello
apice truncato ; elytris elongatis, apice oblique emarginatis
et bidentatis, pone tertiam partem basalem abrupte angus-
tatis, profunde seriato-punctatis, summo apice fere im-
punctatis, vitta lata suturali flavo-sericeo-pilosa antice et
postice abbreviata ornatis ; pygidio vittis duabus argenteo-
sericeis instructo ; femoribus posticis medium segmenti 2:1
abdominis vix superantibus ; pedibus totis fulvo-testaceis ;
abdomine ad basin leviter constricto. Long, corporis
19-21 mm.

Borneo : Matang ; Kuching.

Astathes partita , Gah. var. borneensis , n. var.

A forma typica differt capite prothoraceque minus fortiter
punctatis, tuberculo laterali prothoracis minore elytrisque
apice concoloribus haud coeruleis. Niger, elytris rufo-
testaceis fascia transversa basali utrinque ad latera
retrorsum plus minus dilatata, coeruleo-nigra ; antennis
testaceis ad basin ferrugineis, apice haud vel parum
infuscatis ; tarsis apiceque tibiarum plus minus fulvis.
Long, corporis 12-18 mm.

Borneo : Lawas.

Plaxomicrus hispoides, n. sp.

Rufus, antennis (latere inferiore scapi excepto) et dimidio
apicali elytrorum nigris ; fronte transversa punctata ; lobo
inferiore oculorum semigloboso, valde prominente ; genis
longis lobo inferiore duplo longioribus ; prothorace trans-
verso, intra basin apicemque late sulcato, supra in medio
obtuse tuberculato ; scutello subtriangulari ; elytris apicem
versus sensim dilatatis et apice late rotundatis, ad basin

c 2

20

NEW SPECIES OF LONGICORNS FROM BORNEO.

et paullo ultra medium profunde seriato-punctatis, deinde
fere laevibus et nitidiusculis, ad basin et ad latera pilis
longis erectis nigris ad partem fasciculatim connexis vestitis ;
corpore infra pube ferruginea instructo ; abdomine sub-
nitido. $ . Long, corporis 8 mm.

Borneo : Biver Limbang. Museum, Oxford.

The middle tibiae are straight. By the shape of the
elytra and their black tufts, resembling spines, this little
species reminds one of the Hispidae.*

Explanation of Plate I.

PAGE

Fig. 1. — Chloropliorus moultoni , n. sp. . . . 2

Fig. 2. — Glenea matangensis, n. sp. . . . . . 18

Fig. 3. — Atrichocera moultoni , n. sp. .... 15
Fig. 4. — Chlorophorus eximius, n. sp. . . . . 2

Fig- 5. — Sodus castaneus, n. sp. ..... 13
Fig. 6. — D olid w sty rax moultoni, n. sp. . . . 6

Fig. 7. — Cylindrostyrax apomecynoides, n. sp. . . . 14

* See “ Instances of Mimicry exhibited by certain Sarawak Insects,” by
J. C. Moulton, in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, pp. lxxiii-lxxix.

II. — Forty-eight Hours in Sarawak. By

Geoffrey Meade-Waldo, M.A.

It was the author’s good fortune to receive an invitation
from the Earl of Crawford to accompany him in the
capacity of naturalist on a prolonged yachting cruise to
the Far East during the winter of 1907-8.

My host, fully realizing what opportunities were bound
to present themselves to the collector or naturalist during
such a cruise as the present, followed his usual custom of
including a naturalist among the party on board, in order
that something, at least, might be done to enrich the
collections of the British Museum, of which he is one of
the Trustees.

At the request of the Editor of this Journal I have
undertaken to write a few notes on the fleeting visit paid
to this fascinating country, and to add a list of such
insects as were captured during the short time available.
It has not been possible to get specific names for all
species, since some of them belong to neglected families in
their respective orders.

The fine yacht ‘Valhalla,’ R.Y.S., on which the cruise
was made, was built by Messrs. Bamage and Ferguson, of
Leith, in 1892, and is 1490 tons, yacht measurement ; she
is fully-rigged, capable of sailing ten or eleven knots in a
good breeze, and of steaming about the same speed. At
the conclusion of the present voyage Lord Crawford had
sailed some 240,000 miles in the vessel.

The ‘ Valhalla ’ left Cowes on November 8th, and arrived
at Singapore on January 26th, having called at various
places en route. We left for Kuching on the afternoon of
February 8th, arriving off Po Point on the 10th, where we
anchored in a considerable ground swell, being unable to
proceed up the river owing to the state of the tide. A
start was made up the river early next morning, and we
anchored off the signal station at Pinding about 10 o’clock.

To one who was comparatively new to the astonishing
depths of the forest and magnificent exuberance of tropical
nature, the dense mangrove swamps and nipa palms with
their handsome fronds — the principal vegetation on the
river banks — were indeed a revelation. Occasionally a

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 3, 1913.

22

FORTY-EIGHT HOURS IN SARAWAK.

tall, dead tree, covered with masses of flowering orchids,
would give colour to the otherwise sombre background. In
the evening we saw plenty of the curious Proboscis
Monkeys ( Nasalis larvatus ) on the river bank.

Early next morning I landed at the Signal Station for
the only real collecting walk which it was possible to
make. It is only necessary to mention the more important
captures made during this walk ; suffice it to say that both
I myself and the seaman who accompanied me were kept
fully occupied with nets and boxes.

The landing was accomplished with considerable diffi¬
culty ; all went well as far as the Signal Station, which
could be reached in the launch ; but wishing to embark at
a point further up the river, it was necessary to make
use of a sampan, which was fortunately available. From
this we landed on the tidal mud off the end of the road
to Kuching ; dry land was reached after walking along
slippery tree-trunks, which served as a path through the
riverside mud.

Almost the first insects caught by the roadside were
two female specimens of the magnificent “ carpenter” bee
(. Xylocopa malayana , Cam.), flying at some flowering creeper.
This species was described from a male specimen, and the
female was hitherto unknown to science ; in size it ranks
with the largest bees found in Borneo, although the female
is smaller than the male. In colour this fine insect is
shining black, with a dense green pubescence on the thorax
and base of the abdomen. Another good capture was a
specimen of the little social wasp ( Icaria maculifrons ,
Cam.), of which only one specimen, a co-type, hitherto
represented the species in the National Collection.

At night a number of moths were caught at the yacht’s
lights. Disappointment was general the next morning on
learning that we were to weigh anchor as soon as possible,
since the damp heat was proving too much for certain
members of the party. One of the last things we did up
the river was to puchase a charming young “Wawa” or
Silvery Gibbon ( Hylobates leuciscus) from a native who came
alongside in a boat. On arriving home Lord Crawford pre¬
sented it to the Zoological Society, where it is still thriving.
We reached the open sea about lunch time, and anchored
again off Po Point, in order to give a last opportunity for
collecting. A scramble up the steep slope, the greater
part of the way by means of steps cut in tree-trunks laid
up the slope, brought us to the summit, and incidentally

BY GEOFFREY MEADE-WALDO.

23

the lighthouse, where the lighthouse-keeper most hos¬
pitably refreshed us with lime squashes. Quite a satis¬
factory bag of moths was made on the lamp and its
surroundings, the captures including a fine specimen of
the handsome Noctuid ( Stictoptera variegata , Hmpsn.), a
species new to science. This same light has since produced
many good species of insects for the Sarawak Museum, the
Curator of which informs me that lighthouses in Sarawak
are utilized for collecting insects with great success. Time,
however, was short, and we soon had to return to sea-level,
where we met a fine Monitor Lizard, just as we were setting
out for the yacht, which put to sea as soon as we were on
board.

LIST OF INSECTS CAPTURED.

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera.

Nymphalid^i. — Radena vulgaris, Butl.

Tronga crameri, L.

Mygdosoma fuscum, Feld.

Mycalesis fusca, Butl.

M. mineus , L.

Yphthima pandorcus , Moore,
var. corticaria , Butl.

Cethosia hypsea, Feld.

Lyc^nim. — Zizera karsandra , Moore.

Hesperid,®. — Hyarotes adrastus, Moore.

Lepidoptera Heterocera.

Arctiad^. — Celama mesotherma, Hmpsn.

(Enistis entella , Cram., subsp. delia, F.

Diacrisia strigatula , Wlk.

Noctuid^e. — Stictoptera cucullioides , Guen.

S. variegata, Hmpsn.

Labanda continua , Wlk.

Ophiusa fasciculipes, Wlk.

Lymantriad.se. — Loelia adara , Moore.

Geometries .—Boarmi'a acaciaria, Boisd.

Thyridid^e. — Rhabdoneura myrtcea, Drury.

Pyralidas. — Schoenobius bipunctifera , Wlk.

Volabilis proximalis , Wlk.

Hypsipyla robusta, Moore.

Endotricha decessalis, Wlk.

Bocchoris adipalis, Zell.

Glyphodes marginata, Hmpsn.

Noorda nigripunctalis, Hmpsn.

24

FORTY-EIGHT HOURS IN SARAWAK.

Diptera.

Limnobid55. — Eriocera infixa, Walk. Two females.
Syrphidje. — Microdon sp. One female.

Hymenoptera.

ScoLiiDiE. — Discolia apherema, Cam. Male.

Elis iris, Sauss. Female.

Vespid.®.- — Icaria lugubris, Sm.

I. maculifrons, Cam.

Vespa cincta, F.

Apidje. — Xylocopa collaris, Lep.

X. malayana, Cam. Female.

Crocisa sp.

Melipona apicalis, Sm.

III.— New Genera and Species of Reduviidae
from Borneo. By E. Bebgboth, M.D.,
C.M.Z.S. Bond.

In the present paper I describe four new genera and
fifteen new species of Bornean Reduviidce, which I have
received from the Sarawak Museum for study. All the
localities mentioned in this paper are in Sarawak, North¬
west Borneo. The types of the species are deposited in
the University Museum, Helsingfors, where they will be
safely preserved, and at the same time available for study.
Judging from the large proportion of new and interesting
species examined from the Sarawak Museum collections,
many more interesting novelties are likely to be found in
that rich country, and further diligent collecting is much
desired.

Subfam. Zelin^.

Panthous ectinoderoides , n. sp.

Niger, annulis duobus articuli primi antennarum et
macula transversa ad angulos apicales segmentorum ab¬
dominis fiavis, gula ac pronoto fusco-testaceis, pectore
ferrugineo-testaceo, ventre (limbo lateral! postice fortiter
dilatato excepto) sanguineo, atomis nonnullis corii, macula
ejus apicali interiore, macula antica mesopleurarum macu-
lisque ventris in series binas utrinque ordinatis (binis in
quoque segmento, interiore ad marginem basalem, exteriore
ab hoc margine paullo remota) albo-farinosis, pedibus
nigro -pilosis, coxis, trochanteribus basique femorum san-
guineis, cetera parte femorum plus minusve infuscata vel
nigricante, tibiis cum tarsis nigris, genibus anticis late
sordide eburneis, annulo subapicali femorum posteriorum
obscure eburneo. Caput parce erecte, in parte postoculari
superiore longius et densius nigro-pilosum, articulo primo
antennarum secundo triple longiore. Pronotum subseque
longum ac latum et hemelytris ad basin multo latius, pone
angulos apicales rotundatos tuberculo obtuso prseditum,
lobo antico praeterea utrinque antice et postice tuberculis
nonnullis obtusis instructo, lobo postico fortiter rugoso,
antice carinis duabus obtusis instructo, angulis lateralibus
rectis, parte lobi pone angulos laterales jacente parte ejus
antica fere triplo longiore, marginibus lateralibus posticis
subbisinuatis, processu postico lsevi, tuberculo magno

Sar. Mus. Journ., No. 8, 1913.

26

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIIDiE

transverso et utrinque tuberculo multo minore instructo.
Hemelytra apicem abdominis nonnihil snperantia. Femora
in dimidio apicali et tibiae in dimidio basali trinodosa, pilo-
sitate in nodis densiore et subfasciculata. Long. ? (sine
membr.) 29'5 mm.

Limbang.

Allied to P. theseus, Bredd., but differently coloured and
with differently sculptured pronotum. The white mealy
spots to the corium and to the under side are probably
developed only in fresh specimens.

Endochus sericatus, n. sp.

Luteo-testaceus, tomento adpresso sericeo albido vel
dilute flavente tectus, maculis nonnullis lobi antici pronoti
et parte apicali prolongata corii nudis, ventre multo minus
dense sericeo et utrinque maculis denudatis in seriem ordi-
natis praedito, clypeo, capite superne pronotoque fuscescen-
tibus vel nigricantibus, parte prolongata corii fusco-tes-
tacea, membrana fusco-umbrata, ventre apicem et latera
versus vage infuscato, femoribus apice fuscis. Caput pro-
noto paullo brevius, spinis postantennalibus acutis, articulo
primo antennarum capite, pronoto scutelloque unitis paullo
longiore. Pronotum angulis apicalibus obtuse tubercu¬
latum, lobo postico disco inermi, spina angulorum late-
alium acuta, extus et levissime retrorsum directa, margini-
bus lateralibus posticis pone hanc spinam acute dentatis,
angulis posticis late breviter lobulatis. Scutellum praeter
tomentum adpressum erecte pilosum, pone carinam V-for-
mem subito declive et triangulariter productum. Long. ?
(sine membr.) 21*5 mm.

Kuching.

Allied to E. albomaculatus , Stal, but much larger, with
the scutellum more longly produced, and the fifth abdo¬
minal segment not ampliately rounded at the base.

Endochus cerifer , n. sp.

Nitidulus, piceo-nigricans, rostro toto et femoribus pos-
terioribus basin versus fusco-testaceis, membrana cupreo-
violacea. Caput pronoto paullo brevius, spinis post¬
antennalibus acutis (antennae desunt). Pronotum parce
breviter pilosulum, angulis apicalibus obtuse tuberculatis,
lobo postico transversim ruguloso, disco inermi, angulis
lateralibus in spinam brevem extus productis, marginibus
lateralibus posticis pone hanc spinam acute dentatis, an¬
gulis posticis breviter lobulatis. Scutellum sat longe erecte

FROM BORNEO. — BY E. BERGROTH.

27

pilosum, carina V- for mi instruction, pone hanc fortius
declive et in spinam horizontalem triangularem brevem
sed apicem metanoti superantem productum. Hemelytra
glabra, ante medium constricta, apicem abdominis nonnihil
superantia, cellula discoidali corii parva, latitudine sua
paullo longiore, antice venula valde obliqua terminata.
Abdomen ( $ ) hemelytris angustius, ante medium con-
strictum, apicem versus sequaliter clavato-rotundatum , lati¬
tudine maxima in medio segmenti quinti sita. Long. $
(sine membr.) 15*3 mm.

Kuching.

Structurally allied to E. alhomaculatus , but subglabrous
and quite differently coloured, with the scutellum more
longly produced at apex, and the abdomen somewhat diffe¬
rently formed.

Haplolestes, nov. gen.

Corpus oblongum. Caput horizontale, pronoto subaeque
Ion gum, pone antennas inerme, parte anteoculari et post-
oculari aequilongis, hac antice ilia vix altiori, e supero visa
retrorsum sensim angustata, e latere visa basin versus
convexo-declivi, ocellis inter se quam ab oculis paullo
longius remotis, articulis primo et secundo rostri subaeque
longis, illo parte anteoculari capitis longiore, medium oculi
attingente, antennis ab oculis atque ab apice capitis fere
aeque longe insertis, articulo primo capite paullo longiore.
Pronotum leviter declive, lobo antico impressione media
longitudinali continua instructo, ad hanc utrinque oblongo-
elevato, latera versus utrinque rugis binis longitudinalibus
praedito, lobo postico antico duplo longiore et duplo latiore,
disco ab apice paullo ultra medium late levissime im-
presso, angulis lateralibus rotundatis, marginibus laterali-
bus posticis totis usque ad angulos laterales reflexis, sed
hos non ambientibus neque ibidem prominulis, angulis
posticis baud prominulis, margine basali subrecto, haud
reflexo. Scutellum elevatione Y-formi instructum. Hem-
elytra apicem abdominis paullum superantia, corio angulo
suo apicali cellulam exteriorem membranae superante,
cellula discoidali angusta, parallela, latitudine saltern triplo
longiore, parte membranae pone cellulas sita cellulis unitis
longitudine aequali, cellula interiore exteriore multo latiore.
Abdomine lateribus integrum, aequaliter rotundatum. Fe¬
mora antica ceteris paullo crassiora, minute parcius sub-
seriatim granulata, postica apicem abdominis non attin-
gentia ; tibiae anteriores femoribus subaequilongae, posticae
femoribus paullo longiores.

28

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVUDjE

I have founded this genus on a trivial looking insect
which I am unable to place in any hitherto described genus.
It differs from Sphodronyttus, Stal, by the structure of the
head, the long and narrow discal cell to the corium, and by
the reflected posterior pronotal lateral margins, which do
not surround the lateral angles ; from Sphactes, Stal, it is
distinguished by the structure of the rostrum. Sphactes
(with Lissonyct.es , Stal, as subgenus) I regard as generically
distinct from Sphedanolestes , Stal, as did Stal himself in
1870.

Haplolestes rugicollis , n. sp.

Ochreo-testaceus, capite (gula excepta) et lobo antico
pronoti (angulis apicalibus exceptis) fusco-ferrugineis, pec-
tore fusco-nigro (exceptis parte posteriore propleurse, ma¬
cula postica mesopleurae acetabulisque omnibus), antennis,
rostro pedibusque ferrugineo-testaceis. Articulus primus
antennarum secundo plus duplo longior. Pronotum longi-
tudine sua paullo latius, angulis apicalibus breviter sub-
conice oblique prominulis, lobo postico granulato-rugu-
loso, angulis lateralibus parum eminulis. Long. ? 10'8-
12 mm.

Matang.

Biasticus moultoni, n. sp.

Nitidus, niger, capite subtus, parte ejus anteantennali
etiam lateribus et superne (clypeo interdum excepto) basi-
que capitis, lobo postico pronoti, parte apicali prolongata
corii ac segmentis ventris secundo, tertio, sexto genitalique
(hoc non semper) luteis, membrana (parte basali usque ad
apicem cellulse interioris fusca excepta) vitrea, macula
magna rotundata opaca alba ad marginem exteriorem
(intra partem prolongatam corii) ornata, antennis fuscis,
articulo earum primo, rostro pedibusque ferrugineo-tes¬
taceis, parte apicali femorum interdumque etiam parte
basali tibiarum nigra vel picea. Caput pronoto seque
longum, articulo primo rostri parte anteoculari capitis non-
nihil longiore, articulo primo antennarum capiti et lobo
antico pronoti unitis seque longo, secundo primo triple
breviore. Pronotum longitudine sua paullulo latius, ad
marginem apicalem fascia angusta dense breviter ochreo-
sericea angulos ipsos minute tuberculatos liberosrelinquente
prseditum, elevatione antica lobi postici fere usque ad basin
humiliter continuata, angulis posticis vix prominulis.
Prosternum antice utrinque ochreo-sericeum. Abdomen

FROM BORNEO. - BY E. BERGROTH.

29

rotundatim sat fortiter refiexo-dilatatum. Femora apice
subito angustata. Tibiae anticae superne paullo ante
apicem dente armatae. Long. £ 9 mm., cnm membr.
11 mm.

Var. : lobus posticus pronoti maxima parte niger, solum
impressione longitudinali intrahumerali lutea.

Kuching and Matang Koad.

At once distinguished from the other species by the
striking colour of the membrane, the dull white patch of
which conspicuously stands out against the vitreous ground
surface, especially when the hemelytra are spread.

Ixopus, nov. gen.

Corpus breve, robustum. Caput latitudine sua vix duplo
longius, parte anteoculari breviter conica, postoculari ante-
oculari duplo longiore, ab oculis ad collum brevem rotun-
dato-angustata, oculis magnis, sed ultra latera partis post-
ocularis paruni prominulis, e latere visis oblique ovalibus,
e supero visis latitudine duplo longioribus, ocellis magnis,
quam oculis paullo minus distantibus, rostro fere in piano
horizontal! marginis superioris oculorum inserto, articulis
primo et secundo subgeque longis, illo medium oculi haud
attingente, antennis paullo intra angulum anticum ocu¬
lorum insertis, articulo primo capite paullo longiore et
secundo tertioque subsequilongis unitis etiam longiore. Pro-
notum capite sesqui longius, longe ante medium trans-
versim impressum sed parum constrictum, lobo antico
medio percurrenter profunde impresso, ante medium forti¬
ter declivi, angulis apicalibus tuberculo minuto instructis,
lobo postico antico medio fere triplo longiore, parum de¬
clivi, angulis lateralibus obtusis, anguste rotundatis, haud
prominulis, marginibus lateralibus posticis et basali rectis,
obtusatis, nec depressis nec reflexis, angulis basalibus
obtusis, non prominulis. Scutellum triangulare, nec tumi-
dum nec carinatum, sed pone medium transversim im¬
pressum, apice leviter sursum vergente. Hemelytra apicem
abdominis longe superantia, cellula discoidali corii latitu¬
dine duplo longiore, cellula interiore membrange basi exte-
riore latiore, vena cellulam exteriorem extus terminante
prope basin introrsum sinuato-curvata, hac cellula angu¬
lum apicalem corii superante, medium membrange attin¬
gente. Abdomen lateribus rotundatum, integrum, spiracu-
lis majusculis, ad basin segmentorum approximatis. Pedes
pilositate, in tibiis posterioribus longa et densa, humorem
viscidum exsudante vestiti, femoribus anticis et posticis

30

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIIDZE

subaeque longis et crassis, illis leviter curvatis, concavi-
tatem sursum vergentibus, his ante apicem nodosis, apicem
abdominis non attingentibus, tibiis femoribus multo longi-
oribus, anticis fortiter, posterioribus leviter curvatis, his
fusiformiter incrassatis, e medio crassiore apicem et basin
versus angustatis, tarsis graciliusculis, unguiculis dentatis.

This curious genus is not nearly allied to any described
form. I place it near Graptoclopius, Stal, though it differs
from that genus by many characters. It has the facies of
a small Apiomerus , and the legs are, as in the Apiomerince,
clothed with long hairs secreting a viscid fluid. I possess
another undescribed neotropical genus of Zelince showing
the same peculiarity of having the legs clothed with sticky
hairs.*

Ixopus apiomeroides , n. sp.

Nitidus, piceo-niger, lineola angusta longitudinali partis
postocularis capitis, articulo primo rostri, annulis duobus
articuli antennarum primi annuloque angusto apicali arti-
culi tertii, lobo antico pronoti, scutello, corio, margine
laterali abdominis, segmentis tribus primis ventris, macula
transversa media segmenti ejus sexti, annulo apicali femo-
rum anticorum, submediano femorum posticorum sub-
apicalique tibiarum posticarum luteis, pectore segmentoque
genitali masculo fusco-testaceis, membrana leviter umbrata.
Caput (praesertim subtus), pronotum scutellumque dense
breviter nigro-pilosa, pilositate in lateribus partis postocu¬
laris capitis multo longiore. Corium praecipue in venis
brevissime fusco-puberulum. Pilositas tibiarum posterio-
rum in basi et apice multo parcior et brevior. Long. $ 10,
5 mm., cum membr. vix 13 mm.

Lawas.

Subfam. Apiomerince.

Amulius bipustulatus, n. sp.

Ferrugineo-testaceus, capite superne (collo excepto),
antennis, articulo ultimo rostri, scutello (apice calloso

* It is generally understood that the sticky fluid, with which the hairs of
the legs and venter of the Apiomerince (at least the females) are covered, is
exuded by the insects themselves, and Champion, who has collected vastly
in Central America, states this as a fact (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hem. Het., ii.
p. 2B1). Annandale, however (‘Fasciculi Malayenses, Zool.,’ i. p. 263), has
made the following observation on one of the Malaccan Apiomerince : “Feeds
on the sticky exudation of certain jungle trees, and is usually covered with
this substance.” As the Eeduviidce as a rule prey upon other insects, the
former theory seems more probable, although it must be borne in mind that,
according to R. M. Dixon’s observations, vegetarians are more common
among the Eeduviidce than is generally supposed.

FROM BORNEO. — -BY E. BERGROTH.

81

excepto), carlo (parte basali excepta), aplce tibiarum anti¬
car um, tibiis posterioribns totis tarsisque omnibus nigris,
connexivo fusco-nigro, macula transversa basali segmen-
torum hujus flavida, macula subangulosa et subcallosa ad
marginem apicalem corii prope angulum basalem exteriorem
eellulae discoidalis exterioris membranae eburnea, membrana
atro-coerulea, pectore medio et femoribus posterioribus
apicem versus infuscatis. Caput lobo postico pronoti aeque
longum, subtus, in lateribus postocularibus et ad orbitam
superiorem oculorum dense breviter ferrugineo-pubescens,
parte interoculari carina humili longitudinali puberula in-
structa, parte postoculari anteoculari cum oculis paullo
longiore, rostro basin capitis vix attingente, articulo primo
antennarum diametro longitudinali oculorum sat multo
breviore, dimidio suo apicem capitis superante, articulo
secundo capiti aequilongo, tertio secundo duplo breviore,
quarto tertio subaequilongo. Pronotum praesertim in spinis
apicalibus et marginibus lateralibus dense breviter ferru¬
gineo-pubescens, illis acutis, subporrectis, medium partis
postocularis capitis haud attingentibus, basi media pro-
funde sinuata, fundo sinus arcuato. Hem elytra ( $ ) basin
segmenti genitalis dorsalis attingentia. Abdomen ad an-
gulos apicales segmentorum secundi et tertii obtuse levis-
sime prominulum, segmento ultimo ventrali feminae medio
duobus praecedentibus unitis subasque longo. Long. ?
19 mm.

Matang.

Seems to be allied to the Ceylonese A. viscus, Hist.,*
but the antennae are differently constructed and uniformly
black, the rostrum and apical spines to pronotum are not
black, &c.

Subfam. Eeduviinje.

Inara sphecoidea , n. sp.

Nigro-caerulea, leviter subnitida, limbo interno apicalique
corii et area maxima centrali membranae atris, opacis,
marginibus lateralibus anticis posticisque lobi postici pro¬
noti et clavo opaco castaneis, fascia obliqua exteriore sub-
apicali corii eburnea, connexivo supra et subtus lurid e
testaceo, spina scutelli et segmentis quattuor mediis ventris
ruffs, macula magna sublaterali segmenti quinti densissime
albo-sericea, basi antennarum, margine postico propleurae

* Distant’s specific name “ viscus ” can possibly be maintained, though
the English “viscous” is viscosus in Latin,

32

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIID^

et mesopleurae, acetabulis parteque inferiore femorum
omnium et tibiarum anteriorum pallide flaventibus. Caput
longe albo-pilosum, parte interoculari medio longitudinaliter
profunde sulcata, oculis magnis, parti postoculari capitis
aeque longis, maxime prominentibus, fere substylatis, levis-
sime sursum directis, supra planum partis interocularis
elevatis, antennis e basi articuli secundi apicem earum
versus sensim gracilescentibus, articulo primo parti post¬
oculari cum oculo subasque longo, secundo primo tertia parte
longiore. Pronotum parce albo-pilosum, lobo antico leviter
sculpto, lobo postico in dimidio basali et intra humeros
sublaevi, in dimidio apicali transversim leviter rugoso et im-
pressione media longitudinali parum profunda uniseriatim
fortius punctata instructo, angulis lateralibus dente brevi
armatis. Scutellum longissime radiatim et pectus longe
dense adpresse albo-pilosa. Corium adpresse parcius bre-
viter albido-pilosulum. Abdomen hie et illic albo-pilosum,
angulis apicalibus segmenti quarti obsolete prominulis, his
angulis segmenti quinti in dentem brevem acutum productis.
Pedes pilis longis albis fuscisque intermixtis parcius vestiti,
fossa spongiosa tibiarum anticarum circiter quartam partem
earum occupante. Long. ? 14 mm., cum membr. 16 mm.

Kuching.

Quite differently coloured from 1 . flavopicta, Stal, to
which it is allied.

Psophis rubra , n. sp.

Eufa, breviter haud dense ochraceo-pilosa, scutello fusco-
ferrugineo, membrana pallide fusca, articulis duobus ultimis
antennarum et tarsis ochraceis. Caput pronoto paullulo
longius, parte anteoculari superne transversim convexa,
haud carinata, oculis leviter prominulis, articulo primo
rostri marginem posticum oculorum attingente, articulo
primo antennarum parte anteoculari capitis multo breviore,
secundo primo paullo plus quam duplo longiore. Pronotum
longitudine sua media fere dimidio latius, lobo postico
antico paullo longiore, medio anterius late leviter impresso,
angulis lateralibus rotundatis, vix prominulis. Scutellum
apice leviter recurvum. Prosternum antice medio bi-
impressum. Hemelytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio
dense minutissime punctulato. Tibiae posticae femoribus
cum trochanteribus aeque longae, saltern in mare basin versus
incrassatae. Long. $ 12 mm.

Kuching.

Akin to P. consanguine a, List., but anteocular part of head

FROM BORNEO. — BY E. BERGROTH.

33

without the longitudinal obtuse ridge, basal joint of antennae
shorter, scutellum and antennae differently coloured.

N.B.- — The genus Erythrosphodrus , Beut., is identical
with Psophis, Staff Renter overlooked Staffs genus probably
because it is not included in Staffs key to the genera.

Nannolestes, nov. gen.

Caput pronoto subaeque longum, ante oculos oblique
deorsum productum, parte anteoculari et postoculari sub-
aequilongis, hac retrorsum rotundato-angustata et in collum
brevem constricta, transversa (sine collo), jugis apice tumi-
dulis, oculis mediocribus, leviter prominulis, e supero visis
latitudine longioribus, e latere visis oblique subreniformibus,
orbita posteriore infra medium levissime sinuata, ocellis
maxime appropinquatis, rostro a gula distante, articulis
duobus primis subaeque longis, antennis paullo ante medium
orbitae anterioris oculorum insertis, articulo primo apicem
capitis attingente, secundo primo plus duplo longiore, arti¬
culis duobus ultimis capillaribus. Pronotum lateribus
fortius constrictum, anterius fere perpendiculariter declive,
angulis apicalibus sub angulo recto anguste rotundatis, vix
prominulis, lobis subaeque longis, antico convexo, sculpto,
sed, impressione longitudinal! destitute, postico leviter
declivi, medio longitudinaliter impresso, lateribus rectis,
fortiter convergentibus, angulis lateralibus spina armatis,
margine postico medio rotundato, declivi, sed summo mar-
gine angustissime depresso, parte marginis ante basin corii
sita laminato-depressa. Scutellum lateribus inerme, apice
in spinam longam semierectam acutam productum. Pro¬
cessus prosternalis altus, postice acute subspinuliformiter
fortiter recurvus, marginibus antice in tuberculum parvum
productis. Meso- et metasternum medio carinata. Hem-
elytra apicem abdominis attingentia, cellula interiore mem¬
brane basi exteriore multo latiore, elongato-triangulari,
medium cellulae exterioris paullum superante, hac e basi
per dimidium basale dilatata, deinde angustata, apice
subrotundato-anguiata, angulum apicalem corii perlonge
superante, parte membranes pone cellulas sita cellulis unitis
plus quam quadruple breviore. Abdomen lateribus inte¬
grum, rotundatum, subtus fortiter convexum, vagina feminae
brevi, sed ultra apicem abdominis apiculato-producta. Pedes
leviter distantes, coxis anticis medium mesosterni super¬
antibus, trochanteribus anticis turnidis, femoribus anticis
modice, mediis leviter incrassatis, posticis ceteris paullo
longioribus, tibiis anterioribus femoribus asquilongis, pos-

84

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIIDJE

ticis bis paullo longioribns, anticis subtns biseriatim
minute spinulosis, apice fossa spongiosa brevi instructis,
tarsis longis, gracilibus, posticorum articulo tertio secundo
longiore.

Allied to Pasiropsis, Keut., but distinguished by the
spinulous fore tibiae, the anteriorly much less produced
margins of the prosternal process, the shorter middle joint
of the hind tarsi, and by having the ocelli much less apart
and the posterior margin of the pronotum laminately de¬
pressed over the base of the corium. The venter is probably
carinated near the base, but the described specimen is
pierced by the pin at this place.

Nannolestes rubicimdus, n. sp.

Nitidulus, subglaber, rufus, antennis (articulo primo
glabro excepto) pilosulis, marginibus processus prosternalis
sat longe et dense erecte ochraceo-setosis, margine laterali
corii breviter fimbriato, vitta mesocorii, endocorii clavique ac
membrana fuscis. Caput subtus setis perpaucis e granulis
minutissimis ortis praeditum. Lobus posticus pronoti in
fundo impressionis mediae transversim rugulosus, spina
angulorum lateralium brevi, oblique retrorsum et sursum
vergente. Spina scutelli huic ipso fere aeque longa. Seg-
mentum ultimum ventrale feminae medio tribus praeceden-
tibus unitis aeque longum. Spinulae tibiarum anticarum
setulam, nonnullae setam longiorem gerentes. Long. ?
7 mm.

Kuching.

Phaurolestes, iiov. gen.

Caput pronoto brevius, ante oculos oblique deorsum
subconico-productum, parte anteoculari et postoculari (sine
collo) e latere visis aeque longis, hac transversa, longi-
tudine sua (sine collo) duplo et dimidio latiore, oculos
extus paullulum superante, retrorsum fortiter rotundato-
angustata et in collum brevem subito transeunte, oculis
haud prominulis, sed magnis, saltern in mare per tota
latera capitis extensis, e latere visis reniformibus, orbita
posteriore profunde sinuata, ocellis inter se quam ab oculis
minus distantibus, rostro a gula distante, articulis duobus
primis subaeque longis, antennis mox intra partem
superiorem oculorum insertis, articulo primo capite bre-
viore, secundo primo plus dimidio longiore. Pronotum
longitudine paullo latius, lateribus constrictum, angulis
apicalibus tuberculo instructis, lobis medio subaeque longis,

FROM BORNEO. — BY E. BERGROTH.

35

impressione media lobi antici percurrente, in lobum posti-
cum latius continnata, margine postico hujus medio
rotundato, deinde usque ad angulos laterales rotundatos
haud prominulos obliquato. Scutellum lateribus inerme,
apice in spinam gracilem vix recurvam productum. Pro¬
cessus prosternalis postice non recurvus. Hemelytra
apicem abdominis longius superantia, cellula interiore
membranae oblongo-triangulari, medium cellulae exterioris
non attingente, hac basi cellula interiore multo angustiore,
usque ad apicem cellulae interioris fortius dilatata, deinde
subparallela, in axi longitudinali membranae jacente, apice
rotundata, angulum apicalem corii longe superante. Alae
apicem abdominis nonnihil superantes. Abdomen lateribus
leviter rotundatum, integrum, ventre transversim convexo,
per segmenta duo prima medio carinato. Pedes antici et
postici leviter, medii magis distantes, coxis anticis medias
attingentibus, femoribus anticis sat fortiter incrassatis,
subtus rectis, inermibus, supra convexis, femoribus posticis
anterioribus longioribus, apicem abdominis paullum super¬
antibus, tibiis femoribus subaequilongis, anterioribus fossa
spongiosa instructs, tarsis longis, gracilibus, posticorum
articulo primo perbrevi, tertio ceteris duobus unitis aeque
longo.

Allied to Alloeocranum , Reut., but readily distinguished
by the structure of the head.

Phaurolestes pasus , n. sp.

Laevis, subnitidus, obscure testaceus, ochraceo-pilosus
metapleuris transversim rugulosis, hemelytris opacis, his
et pronoto fuscis. Discus lobi antici pronoti utrinque
lineola impressa praeditus. Segmentum sextum ventrale
maris medio duobus antecedentibus unitis nonnihil brevius.
Fossa spongiosa tibiarum anticarum trientem harum
occupans. Long. <? 6*3 mm., cum membr. 7*8 mm.

Kuching.

Subfam. Petalochxrin^:.

Lisarda tuberculipes, n. sp.

Subglabra, nigra, hemelytris fuscis, apice spinae anticae
capitis, maculis duabus rotundatis occipitis, maculis dua-
bus basalibus postice confluentibus pronoti, marginibus
hujus lateralibus posticis maxima parte, scutello (apice
spinae excepto), abdomine, antennis, rostro pedibusque
luride testaceis, articulo primo antennarum et ultimo
rostri fusco-ferrugineis, dimidio apicali segmentorum

d 2

36

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIIDZE

connexivi nigro, maculam testaceam includente, ventre
nigro-variegato (limbo laterali subimpicto excepto) et ad
apicem segmentorum quattuor nltimornm macula oblonga
media nigra notato, annulo parum distincto dimidii basalis
apiceque articuli secundi antennarum, coxis anticis, ima
basi annulisque tribus femorum anteriorum, parte plus
quam dimidia apicali femorum posticorum (annulos duos
obscure testaceos includente), annulis tribus apiceque
tibiarum anticarum, annulis duobus apiceque tibiarum
mediarum annuloque dimidii basalis tibiarum posticarum
fuscis. Caput inter antennas spina compressa e latere
visa superne horizontali armatum, articulo secundo anten¬
narum primo nonnihil longiore, tertio primo paullo
breviore, rostro pubescente, articulo ultimo glabro. Pro-
notum aeque longum ac latum, linea longitudinali impressa
media fere percurrente praeditum, praesertim in lobo
postico rugosum, lateribus subrectum, angulis apicalibus
subacutis, parum prominulis, angulis lateralibus dente
armatis. Scutellum medio longitudinaliter impressum,
lateribus tuberculo acuto armatum, apice in spinam
semierectam scutello ipso fere asquilongam productum.
Abdomen apicem bemelytrorum aliquantum superans,
angulis apicalibus segmentorum acute dentato-prominulis.
Femora anteriora subtus tuberculis duobus (uno medio,
altero in dimidio apicali), postica tuberculo uno in dimidio
apicali instructa ; fossa spongiosa tibiarum anticarum
quartam earum partem occupans. Long, g 18 mm.

Santubong.

Allied to L. annulosa , Stal, but it is quite differently
coloured, the apical angles of the abdominal segments are
toothed, and the spines of the femora are replaced by
tubercles.

Subfam. STENOPODINiE.

Campsocnemis longicollis, n. sp.

Gracilis, pallide testacea. Articulus primus rostri mar-
ginem posticum oculorum attingens. Pronotum capite plus
quam dimidio longius et latitudine sua basali duplo longius.
Hemelytra basin segmenti ultimi dorsalis attingentia.
Abdomen maris apice utrinque in lobum elongato-
triangularem subacutum ceterae parti segmenti aequilongum
et latitudine sua basali triplo longiorem productum, his
lobis extus parallelis, intus serrulatis. Femora antica
subtus spinis breviusculis omnibus subaeque longis armata;
tibiae anticae levissime curvatae, supra et subtus setulosae,

FROM BORNEO. — BY E. BERGROTH.

37

baud spinulosae; tarsi antici (sine unguiculis) tibiis triplo
breviores ; unguiculi antici longissimi, curvati, tarsis fere
seque longi. Long. $ 16 mm.

Kuching.

More slender than C. bipuncticollis , Stal, the only species
hitherto known, and at once distinguished by the shorter
rostral basal joint, the much longer pronotum, the quite
differently shaped male abdominal apical lobes, the lack of
long spines to the fore femora, the much less curved and
not spinulous fore tibiae, the twice longer anterior claws
(which are longer than in any other Keduviid with which I
am acquainted), and the uniform pale colour with almost
no black points.

C. bipuncticollis, described from the Philippine Islands,
also occurs in Borneo (Kuching) ; in the female, which was
unknown to Stal, the abdomen is broadly subtruncate at
apex.

Sastrapada insecticeps , n. sp.

Pallide lurido-testacea, capite prsesertim subtus, peetore
lateribusque pronoti et ventris infuscatis, lobo postico
pronoti vitta media pallide fusca ad basin saturate fusca
notato, hemelytris ad basin cellulse interioris membranae
macula rotundata nigricante in cellulam discoidalem corii
extensa signatis, membrana pallide fusco-irrorata et vittis
nonnullis fuscis hie et illic interruptis notata, disco ventris
albo-testaceo, vittis sex percurrentibus fusco-nigris ornato,
vittis duabus mediis in medio segmenti penultimi con-
junctis, coxis nigricantibus, femoribus fuscis, hie et illic
testaceo-notatis, basi apieeque tibiarum omnium et annulo
antemediano tibiarum anteriorum fuscis. Caput basi pro-
funde triangulariter incisum, ante incisuram nec impressum
nec Isevigatum, parte praeoculari postoculari et oculo unitis
nonnihil longiore, subtus lateribus inermi, articulo primo
antennarum parti anteoculari capitis seque longo. Pro¬
notum capite tertia parte longius et latitudine sua basali
duabus tertiis partibus longius, apice quam basi duplo
angustius, pone marginem subtumidum apicalem trans-
versim subcurvato-impressum, lateribus subrectis, angulis
lateralibus posticis tuberculo obtuso instructis, margine
basali ante scutellum recto, ante basin hemelytrorum
levissime obliquato. Hemelytra ( 2 ) medium segmenti
penultimi dor si abdominis superantia. Coxae anticse basin
prosterni haud attingentes ; femora antica fortius in-
crassata, subfusiformia, pronoto seque longa et latitudine

88 NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF REDUVIIDiE FROM BORNEO.

quadruplo longiora, spinulis parvis eorum nigris, majoribus
albis, apice nigris. Long. 2 20 mm.

Kuching.

Readily distinguished from the allied species by the
basally deeply incised head, the short basal antennal joint,
and the shorter, more strongly incrassated fore femora.

Aulacogenia exaiuiulata, n. sp.

Pusca, ochraceo-variegata, vena cellulam discoidalem
extus terminante, vitta hujus cellulae antice ultra cellulam
extensa ac macula magna apicali membrane partem
apicalem cellulae exterioris partesque adjacentes extra-
cellulares occupante albis. Caput pronoto parum brevius,
parte anteoculari ad basin antennarum quam basi sua
paullo angustiore, pone antennas spina vel tuberculo
omnino destituta, carinis gulam excavatam extus termi-
nantibus pone oculos retrorsum fortius convergentibus,
articulo primo rostri marginem anticum oculorum subattin-
gente, antennis impictis, articulis secundo et tertio bre-
vissimo connatis. Pronotum lateribus nonnisi levissime
et latissime sinuatum, lobo postico utrinque nonnihil extra
lineam mediam rugis binis approximatis percurrentibus
ochraceis praedito, area ejus laterali etiam ochracea,
angulis lateralibus in tuberculum obtusiusculum leviter
eminulis. Seutellum linea media impressa apicem baud
attingente pra8ditum, lateribus basin versus rotundatis.
Pedes parce et obsolete ochraceo-variegati, trochanteribus
anticis basi intus tuberculo instructis, tibiis omnibus
nonnihil dilatatis, subtus rectis, supra arcuatis, tarsis
nigricantibus. Long. $ 16 mm.

Kuching.

Distinguished from A. acutangula , Stal, to which it is
closely allied, by the differently sculptured, laterally less
acutely prominent pronotum, the conspicuous white mark¬
ings of the hemelytra, and by the antennae and legs being
almost uniformly dark fuscous without pale annuli. The
lateral margins of the pronotum in acutangula , as repre¬
sented in Stal’s figure, are much more deeply sinuate
behind the middle than in exannulata, but these sinuosities
are probably exaggerated in the figure, as they are not
mentioned in the description.

IV. — Studies of Tetriginae (Acrydiinae) from
the Sarawak Museum, Borneo. By Dr.
J. L. Hancock.

The specimens of Bornean Tettigids treated in the
present paper were sent to me for determination by Mr.
J. C. Moulton, Curator of the Sarawak Museum. The
total number of specimens submitted is one hundred and
seventy-one, representing thirty-four species, a number of
which are new and very interesting forms.

Genus Tripetalocera, Westwood.

Westwood, Zool. Journ. v. p. 444, 1838; Bol. Ann. Soc.
Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 810, 1887 ; Hanc. Gen. Ins. Orthopt.,
Acrid. Tetr. p. 4, 1906.

T. ferruginea, Westw.

Westw. p. 444, pi. 22, fig. 3, 1834 ; Acridium ( Tetrix )
ferrugineum of Be Hann p. 168, 1842 ; Ac.

Locality,* Matang Bd., June, 1910 ; Pampal, May, 1899.
Two examples from Sarawak Museum.

Genus Discotettix, Costa.

Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Nap. ii. p. 59, 1864 ; Bol. Ann.
Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 806, 1887 ; Hanc. Gen. Ins.
Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 6, 1906 ; Mnesarchus of Stal 1877.

Z). belzebuth , Serv.

Ins. Orthopt. p. 759, 1839 ; &c.

Locality, Limbang, April, 1910 ; Matang Ed., Nov. 1,
1911 ; Lundu, Oct. 1909 ; numerous larvae in different
stages from Kuching, Sadong, and Matang.

D. slielfordi , Hanc.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 214, 1907.

Locality, ML Penrissen, May, 1909 ; Kuching, June,
Aug. and Nov. 1899 ; Malinau, near Mt. Molu, Nov. 21,
1910.

Five examples from the Sarawak Museum.

* All localities are in Sarawak, North-west Borneo.

Bar. Mus. Journ., No. 8, 1913.

40

STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (ACRYDIIN.®) .

Genus Pmstus, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 309, 1887 ; Hanc.
Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 7, 1906.

P. insularis , Hanc.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Lond. p. 214, 1907.

Locality, Kuching (May, July, August, and January).

Twelve examples from Sarawak Museum.

Paraphyllum, gen, nov.

Besembling Oxyphyllum , Hancock. Vertex viewed from
above little wider than one of the eyes, depressed, viewed
in profile not advanced beyond the eyes ; frontal costa with
the carinae not at all scutelliform but elongate-sulcate,
gradually widened below, upward divided between the
paired ocelli, in profile protuberant between the antennae ;
antennae very long filiform, inserted distinctly below the
eyes, the distance between their points of insertion nearly
equal to the space intervening to the eyes. Pronotum
strongly and thinly compressed, foliaceous, margin viewed
from above sinuous, crassate, but entire, summit in profile
arcuate, roundly produced forward beyond the head, back¬
ward sinuate and acute produced beyond the hind femoral
apices ; lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate ; body bearing
elytra and wings. Anterior and middle femora elongate,
margins entire ; posterior femoral margins entire ; first
articles of posterior tarsi little longer than the third. The
type is P. antennata described herewith.

P. antennata , sp. nov.

Body shining granulate, coloured ochreous, with dark
radiating veins on sides of pronotum, variously marked
with black, namely, with bands on the anterior and middle
legs, mottled on hind femora below, black on the knees,
wings, and under parts as well as the hind tibiae with the
exception of light band near the knees. Eyes rather small
and subglobose. Vertex little wider than one of the eyes,
middle carinate, depressed, frontal carinulae transversely
concave, in profile not produced beyond the eyes ; antennae
very long, longer than the extended front legs. Pronotal
crest highly elevated, strongly compressed, and thinly
translucent, laterally traversed by a network of radi¬
ating veins, anteriorly roundly produced beyond the head,
the projecting apex obtuse, the inferior border forward
roundly excavate for the reception of the eyes ; in profile

BY DR. J. L. HANCOCK.

41

the summit of crest gently sinuous, and backward sloping
to the acute angulate produced apex, the margin here
being distinctly sinuous or trisinuate toward the apex ;
viewed from above the crassate-sinuate margin becomes
thin toward the apex, the acute posterior process being
produced beyond the hind femoral apices ; lateral lobes
Insinuate, the posterior angles subreflexed and truncate ;
elytra rather large, elongate ; wings fully explicate,
strongly extended beyond the pronotal apex ; anterior
and middle femora elongate, margins entire ; hind femoral
margins above arcuate, granulate, below substraight, and
sparingly hirsute, hind tibiae rather stout, armed with
spines ; the first articles of posterior tarsi longer than the
third, the second and third pulvilli equal in length, the
first minute.

Female. — Entire length of body to end of wings
19*5 mm. ; pronotum 17 mm. ; height of dorsum from
humeral angles to the summit of crest 7 mm. ; wings
passing pronotum 8 mm. ; posterior femora 8 mm. ;
antennae 9 mm.

One example from Mt. Penrissen, May, 1899. Sarawak
Museum.

Stegaceps, gen. nov.

Face little oblique ; body granulate ; eyes conoidal in
profile. Vertex wide, median carina produced ; antenna
very short, inserted below the eyes, the distance between
them much greater than the space intervening between
them and the eyes ; frontal scutellum above divided be¬
tween the paired ocelli and distinctly widened between the
antennae. Pronotum anteriorly acute-angulate produced,
slightly extended beyond the head, posteriorly lengthily
extended beyond the hind femoral knees, dorsal disc trans¬
versely tectiform, acute compresso-cristate, in profile arcu¬
ate ; lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate; body bearing elytra
and wings ; anterior and middle femora elongate, margins
minutely subcrenulate ; hind femoral magins above
minutely crenulate, below entire, antegenicular spine
acute, genicular spine moderately expressed ; first articles
of posterior tarsi slightly longer than the third. The type
is S. brevicornisj herewith described.

S. brevicornis, sp. nov.

Rather small in stature ; head granulate ; colour ferru-
gineous. Vertex much wider than one of the eyes, middle

42

STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (aCRYDIIN^).

strongly carinate, in profile slightly ascendant and obtuse
produced beyond the eyes ; frontal carinulae present but
abbreviated ; frontal scutellum narrowed above, but the
rami widely divided and little protuberant between the
antennae, in profile the face sinuate opposite the middle
of the eyes and at the base ; paired ocelli placed below the
middle of the eyes. Pronotum granulate-punctate, disc
transversely tectiform, and acute compresso-cristate, sub-
foliaceous, viewed in profile anteriorly acute angulate pro¬
duced over and little beyond the head, superior margin of
disc arcuate and entire, backward sloping and minutely
sinuate-dentate, the median carina posteriorly substraight
on the produced subulate apical process ; posterior angles
of the lateral lobes lightly laminate and obliquely truncate.
Elytra elongate, acuminate toward the apices ; wings fully
explicate, extended barely beyond the apex of pronotal
process. Anterior and middle femora elongate, margins
minutely denticulate ; posterior femora stout, superior
margins minutely crenulate, belowT entire, externally
granulose, bearing oblique elevated lines ; the first two
pulvilli of the posterior tarsi minute, the third longer
and flat below.

Female. — Length of pronotum 13’5 mm.; posterior
femora 4 mm.

One example from Kabong, June, 1900. Sarawak
Museum.

Genus Epitettix, Hancock.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 216, 1907.

E. punctatusy Hancock.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 216, pi. 21, fig. 1, 1907.

Male and female from Mt. Penrissen, May, 1899 ; Santu-
bong, Feb. 1900. Sarawak Museum.

Genus Potua, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 208, 1887 ; Hanc.
Gen. Ins. Orthopt. Tetr. p. 19, 1906.

P. coronata, Bol.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, xxxi. p. 208, 1887.

Four examples from Mt. Penrissen, 3200 ft., Nov. 21,
1909 ; Lawas, Sept. 1909 ; R. Limbang, April 4 and 5,
1910. Sarawak Museum.

BY DK. J. L. HANCOCK.

43

Genus Amphibotettix, Hancock.

Hancock, Ent. News, xviii. p. 86, 1906 ; Gen. Ins.
Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 22, 1906.

A. longipes, Hancock.

Ent. News, xviii. p. 87, 1906.

Ten examples from Ulu Lawas, Aug. 30, 1909 ; Limbang,
April 4, 1910. Sarawak Museum.

Genus Ealconius, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxix. p. 69, 1898 ; Hanc,
Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 25, 1906.

F. planotarsus } Hancock.

Mazarredia planotarsus, Hanc. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 231, 1907.

Eight examples from Matang Bd., June 10, 1910;
Kuching, June and July, 1910 ; Trusan, Aug. 1910.
Sarawak Museum.

This species is distinguished from F. clavitarsus , Boh,
by the angulate character of the lateral lobes, which are
devoid of spines. In clavitarsus the lateral lobes are armed
with hooked spines. It is the female only that presents
the clavate tarsi, and this fact misled me in describing
planotarsus as a Mazarredia , the type being a male.

Genus Acanthalobus, Hancock.

Hancock, Spol. Zeyl. ii. p. 131, 1904 ; Gen. Ins. Orthopt.
Acrid. Tetr. p. 28, 1906.

A. longinotus, Hanc.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p; 221, 1907.

Four examples from Sadong, April and Aug. 1903 ;
Kuching, Sept. 2, 1897. Sarawak Museum.

A. robustus , Hanc.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 222, 1907.

One example from Kuching, July, 1899. Sarawak
Museum. This female specimen is somewhat larger in
stature than the type form, but evidently belongs to this
species.

44

STUDIES OF TETMGINiE (ACRYDIINiE).

A. rugosus, Bol.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 228, 1887.

Four examples of this short- winged species from Matang
Ed., Oct. 18-14, 1909 ; Kuching, May and July, 1900.
Sarawak Museum.

A. bispinosus , Balm.

Yet. Acad. Handl. p. 77, 1818 ; &c.

Two examples from Kuching, 1897. Sarawak Museum.
These specimens do not materially differ from specimens
in my collection from China.

Genus Criotettix, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 222, 1887 ; Hanc.
Spol. Zeyl. ii. p. 128, 1904; Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid.
Tetr. p. 27, 1906.

C. lineatus, Hancock.

Paratettix lineatus , Hanc. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 287,
1907.

Five examples from Kuching, April, May and Bee.
Sarawak Museum.

In both lineatus, Hanc., and angulobus the antennae are
inserted between the eyes, and the lateral lobes of the
pronotum are only very slightly dilated and obliquely
truncate. In the last mentioned species the angulate
lobes project laterally when viewed from above.

C. angulobus , Hancock.

Paratettix angulobus , Hanc. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 236, 1907.

Two examples from Kuching. Sarawak Museum.

C. momtoni , sp. nov.

Colour ferrugineous ; body rather smooth ; head slightly
exserted. Vertex subequal in width to one of the eyes,
somewhat smooth, subtumid backwards, the median carina
slightly roundly produced ; eyes elevated above the dorsum
of pronotum ; frontal costa arcuately elevated between the
antennae, divided slightly above the paired ocelli, the rami
divergent forward ; antennae long filiform, inserted forward
and just below the angles of the eyes. Pronotum deplanate,
granulate-punctate, dorsum transversely convex between
the shoulders, humeral angles bicarinate, and between the

BY DR. J. L. HANCOCK.

45

shoulders bearing abbreviated carina on each side; posterior
process lengthily extended beyond the hind femoral apices ;
lateral lobes little expanded right-angulate, obliquely
truncate ; elytra oblong, the apices narrowly rounded sub¬
acuminate ; wings fully explicate extending to the pronotal
apex. Anterior femora slender, margins above subundu¬
late, below entire ; middle femoral margins granulate ;
apical spine of posterior femora acute ; the three pulvilli of
the posterior tarsi subequal in length, the third more
flattened below.

Female.— -Entire length of body 12*5 mm. ; pronotum
11*5 mm. ; post, femora 5*5 mm.

One example from Mt. Penrissen, May, 1899. Sarawak
Museum.

C. inermis, sp. nov.

Colour ochreous, fusco-variegated, above bearing a
median pale fascia ; body granulate. Vertex scarcely
wider than one of the eyes, narrowed forward, middle cari¬
nate, frontal carinulse reflexed at the sides, the ocular lobes
distinct ; frontal costa arcuate, but little protuberant
between the antennae, in profile barely subsinuate above the
paired ocelli ; antennae short, not reaching to the humeral
angles. Pronotum granulate ; median carina percurrent ;
prozonal carinae convergent backward ; the lateral carinae
of process extended forward, being percurrent on the disc
making the humeral angles bicarinate, between the
shoulders bearing two abbreviated elevated lines ; posterior
process lengthily extended beyond the hind femoral apices ;
lateral lobes slightly reflexed, the posterior angles obliquely
truncate, subobtuse ; elytra oval ; wings reaching to the
end of the pronotal process. Anterior and middle femora
slender, margins entire.

Male. — Entire length of body 18 mm. ; pronotum
12 mm. ; post, femora 5*5 mm.

One example from Kuching, Aug. 1899. Sarawak
Museum.

This species resembles moultoni, but is readily distin¬
guished by the less exserted head, less elevated eyes, in the
obtuse angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum, and the
slightly shorter antennae.

Genus Lqxilobus, Hancock.

Hancock, Spol. Zeyl. ii. p. 134, 1904 ; Gen. Ins. Orthopt.,
Acrid. Tetr. p. 29, 1906,

46

STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (ACRYDIIN^).

L. truncatus , Hancock.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 228, 1907.

One example from Buri, Jan. 1901. Sarawak Museum.

Genus Bolotettix, Hancock.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 228, 1907.

B. validispinus, Hanc.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 224, pi. 21, fig. 5,
1907.

Two examples, Sarawak. Sarawak Museum.

B. planus, Hancock.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 222, 1907.

Two examples from Matang, June, 1905 and Aug. 1899.
Sarawak Museum.

B. parvispinus , sp. nov.

Colour ferrugineous, elytra and wings black, the posterior
femora below marked with a black fascia. Vertex strongly
narrower than one of the globose eyes, not at all produced,
middle carinate forward, between the eyes fossulate on
either side ; frontal costa very slightly protuberant between
the antennae. Pronotum strongly punctate and rugulose ;
dorsum cylindrical forward, deplanate, subfossulate behind
the disc ; median carina distinct and obscurely undulate ;
lateral carinae of process obscurely extended forward on
the shoulders, granulose ; posterior process subulate and
lengthily extended beyond the hind femoral apices ; lateral
lobes laminate and armed with acute carinate spines
directed obliquely backward ; elytra moderately small, acu¬
minate and narrowly rounded at the apices ; wings extended
to the apex of pronotal process. Anterior and middle
femora narrow elongate, margins entire ; the three pulvilli
of posterior tarsi subequal in length, or third slightly
longest.

Female. — Entire length of body 18*8 mm. ; pronotum
13 mm. ; post, femora 5*5 mm.

One example from Mt. Penrissen, May, 1899. Sarawak
Museum.

This species may be distinguished by the rugulose-
punctate pronotum, larger elytra, and the oblique, very
sharp spines, arming the lateral lobes.

BY DR. J. L. HANCOCK.

47

Prosoaltus, gen. nov.

Head strongly and obliquely produced ; eyes prominently
elevated and globose. Vertex narrowed to half the breadth
of one of the eyes, not advanced as far as the eyes ; frontal
costa narrowly compressed between the antennae, scarcely
protuberant ; ^paired ocelli placed between the lower third
of the eyes ; antennae moderately long, filiform, articles
distinctly elongate, inserted below the eyes. Pronotum
deplanate, truncate anteriorly, posteriorly acuminate and
extended beyond the hind femoral apices ; prozonal carinae
subobsolete ; lateral carinae of process extended on the
shoulders ; lateral lobes slightly sublaminate expanded, and
obliquely truncate ; superior sinus very shallow, arcuately
excavate for the reception of the minute elytra ; wings
fully explicate. Anterior and middle legs elongate, narrow,
margins entire ; hind femora bearing acute antegenicular
and genicular spines ; posterior tibial margins compressed,
armed with minute spines; first articles of the posterior
tarsi equal in length to the third.

Resembling Systolederus , Bob, but having crassate
stature, the head more produced, eyes more elevated, the
superior sinus of lateral lobes obsolete, and the body
provided with minute elytra. The type is P. oculatus
described herewith.

P. oculatus , sp. nov.

Body somewhat crassate, granulate ; colour dark ferru-
gineous, variegated with pale ochre markings on the pro¬
notum and legs, hind femora bearing two light flavous
bands, underneath parts black. Vertex not at all produced,
depressed, and half the width of one of the eyes, middle
carinate, longitudinally fossulate on each side between the
eyes, frontal carinulse roundly elevated and convergent
forward ; eyes globose and strongly elevated above the
dorsum, occiput largely exposed and sloping backward ;
frontal costa very little protuberant between the antennae,
divided below the paired ocelli, narrowly sulcate. Pro¬
notum granulate, median carina conspicuous but dis¬
appearing forward near the front border ; posterior process
extended backward beyond the hind femoral apices and
rather stout ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate
expanded and obliquely truncate ; elytra minute, narrow
and acute at the bases and narrowly rounded at the apices ;
wings dark, extended beyond the pronotai apex. Hind
femora fuscous, bearing an oblique yellow band near the

48 STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (ACRYDIIN-ffil).

middle and pale annulations before the knees ; hind tibiae
fuscous, paler above ; the first and third pulvilli of the
posterior tarsi subequal in length.

Male. — • Entire length of body 16*5 mm. ; pronotum
15 mm.; post, femora 8 mm.

Two examples; Mt. Matang, 3100 ft., May 1897 and
1910. Sarawak Museum.

A curious deformity appears in one of these specimens,
in which the anterior border of the pronotum, instead of
being truncate, is roundly depressed backward, as if shoved
into the dorsum. Behind the front border there is a
transverse wrinkle.

Tegotettix, gen. nov.

Head scarcely exserted. Vertex wider than one of the
eyes, carinula on each side compressed cornuiform, face
subvertical or scarcely oblique ; frontal costa not divided
above the paired ocelli, the rami parallel, protuberant
between the antennae ; antennae filiform, very long, articles
strongly elongate, inserted far below the eyes; paired
ocelli placed opposite the lower margin of the eyes ; eyes
globose, subsessile, aud moderately small ; apical articles
of maxillary palpi compressed, slightly expanded. Pro¬
notum deplanate above, between the shoulders cristate :
median carina bearing a series of cornua, anterior margin
truncate, posterior process lengthily extended beyond the
hind femoral apices ; humeral angles prominent, dentate,
carinse serrulate ; posterior angles of lateral lobes strongly
laminate expanded, obliquely truncate and subserrulate ;
elytra oblong, apices rounded ; wings fully explicate and
extended beyond the apex of pronotal process. Anterior
and middle legs elongate, armed with strong denticles
above, below compresso-lobate and serrulate ; anterior
tibial margins compressed, outer carina lobate ; middle
tibiae compressed, strongly expanded lobate ; hind femoral
margins above bilobate, below serrulate-dentate, the outer
face armed with denticles ; genicular spine acute ; hind
tibial margins compressed and minutely serrulate ; first
and third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length. This
remarkable genus resembles Tetticerus, Hancock ; the type
is T. armatus herewith described.

T. armatus , sp. nov.

Body rugose ; colour greyish ; eyes subsessile. Vertex
strongly wider than one of the eyes, concave, not advanced

BY DR. J. L. HANCOCK.

49

as far as the eyes, median carina obsolete, frontal carinulse
elevated on each side higher than the eyes, acute cor-
nuiform ; face sinuate below the frontal costa. Pronotum
above depressed, between the shoulders cristate and strongly
bicarinate, behind the disc distinctly depressed, fossulate,
and bearing two oblique carinse ; median carina bidentate
forward, backward on the process compressed quadri-
cornute, the first cornu of the hind series stouter and more
elevated, with a broad tuberculate base, the remaining
three cornu toward the apex of process gradually diminish¬
ing in size ; lateral carinse serrulate ; humeral angles pro¬
minent and armed with a denticle ; posterior angles of
lateral lobes angularly expanded, obliquely truncate and
subserrulate behind. Anterior femoral margins above
bidentate and minutely serrulate, the apices subtridentate,
margins below sinuate- serrulate bearing one large lobe and
two smaller denticles ; anterior tibial margins externally
bilobate; middle femoral margins above tridentate, the
apices tridentate, the lower margins strongly tri- or quadri-
lobate, carinse of middle tibiae below expanded, the inner
carina above compressed and bilobate ; posterior femoral
margins above lobate near the middle, and dentate at the
distal fourth ; the inferior margins irregularly serrulate
and dentate ; the genicular spine produced ; first and
second pulvilli of posterior tarsi minute, acute, the third
pulvilli larger and obtuse.

Male. — Entire length of body 16*5 mm. ; pronotum
15 mm. ; post, femora 7 mm. ; antennae 6*8 mm.

One example from Kuching, December 29th, 1898.
Sarawak Museum.

Genus Mazarredia, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 286, 1887 ; Hanc.
Spol. Zeyl. ii. p. 188, 1904 ; Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid.
Tetr. p. 42, 1906.

M. centrosa , Bol.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 242, 1887 ; Hanc.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond. p. 230, 1907.

Six examples from Mt. Matang, 3,100 ft., May 21,
1900; Santubong, Feb. 1900; Kuching, May, June, and
December.

E

50

STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (aCRYDIIN.®) .

Rostella, gen. nov.

Vertex strongly produced horizontally, rostrate, the pro¬
cess advanced more than twice the length of the eyes,
middle carinate, lateral carinae compressed, bilobate, and
towards the apex narrowed but obtuse, the vertex between
the eyes very wide, more than twice the width of one of
the eyes ; eyes moderately small ; frontal costa widely
sulcate ; paired ocelli placed barely below the middle of
the eyes ; antennae very short, inserted between the lower
angles of the eyes. Pronotum smooth, anteriorly obtuse
angulate, narrow and scarcely dilated between the humeral
angles, lenthily prolonged backward, the posterior process
produced beyond the hind femoral apices, subdepressed
between the shoulders ; humeral angles widely curvate ;
median carina little elevated compressed ; prozonal carinac
forward widely separated, parallel ; posterior angles of the
lateral lobes turned outwards, angularly dilated ; elytra
moderately small, oblong, apices narrowly rounded ; wings
fully explicate but not reaching to the apex of pronotal
process. Anterior femoral margins strongly compressed ;
middle femora more slender-elongate than the anterior,
margins subundulate ; posterior femoral knees bearing
three apical denticles ; first articles of posterior tarsi
subequal in length to the third.

This genus resembles Mitritettix , Hancock, but differs
in the form of the produced process of head ; in the higher
position of the paired ocelli, and place of insertion of the
antennae; in the obtuse angulate front border of the pro¬
notum, and in the slender intermediate tibiae which are
not at all compressed or sulcate. The type is Acridium
( Tetrix ) phyllocerum, De Hann, equivalent to Mitraria
phyllocerum, Bolivar.

R. processus, Hancock.

Mitritettix processus , Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 229, pi. 21, fig. 8, 1907.

Numerous examples, Kuching, Matang Rd. Sarawak
Museum.

Bolivar applied the name Mitraria to a genus of Tetti-
gids comprising two species. The first-mentioned species,
M. producta , Bol., appears in South America, and forms
the type. The second species, Acridium ( Tetrix ) phylloce¬
rum, De Hann, is native of Java. Owing to Bolivar’s name
Mitraria being preoccupied, I renamed his genus Mitri¬
tettix in Genera Insectorum, footnote, p. 51, 1906. In

BY DR. J. L. HANCOCK.

51

the new genus Rostella, Hanc., two species are represented,
namely, R. phyllocerum, He Hann, and R. processus, Han¬
cock.*

Genus Rhopalotarsus, Hancock.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 356, 1910.

R. clavipes, Hancock.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 858, 1910.

One example from Kuching, Aug. 15, 1899.

In the original description of this species there occurred
a typographical error in giving the length of the body of
the female as 21#2 mm. instead of 16*2 mm. The type
from Sumatra does not differ from the Bornean example.

Genus Euparatettix, Hancock.

Hancock, Spol. Zeylan. ii. p. 145, 1904 ; Gen. Ins.
Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 55, 1906.

E. similis, Hanc.

Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 238, 1907.

One example, Lundu, June 1904. Sarawak Museum.
This species resembles E. personatus , Boh, the frontal
costa being roundly produced beyond the eyes ; the antennae
rather long and inserted between the lower angles of the
eyes ; the paired ocelli placed between the middle of the
eyes ; posterior femora having the tibiae black, with one or
two light annulations ; the third pulvilli of posterior tarsi
little longer than the first and second, the first and second
being spinose.

E. eras sipes, Hancock, sp. nov., MS.t

Three examples, Kuching. Sarawak Museum.

I have recently described this new species from Indian
examples, the manuscript now being in the course of
publication. The three Bornean specimens from the
Sarawak Museum do not differ materially from the Indian
type material.

* Kirby gives the name Miriatra in his Syn. Cat. of Orthopt. iii. p. 29, to
replace my Mitritettix, but his name can hardly stand in the face of my
previously proposed name as indicated above.

f Since described in ‘ Memoirs Dept, of Agriculture in India,’ vol. iv.
No. 2, pp. 158-154, 1912.

E 2

52

STUDIES OF TETRIGINiE (ACRYDIINiE).

Genus Tetrix, Latr.

Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 284, 1802 ; Acrydium
of Geoffr. 1762; Tettix of Charp. Germ. Zeitschr. Ent. iii.
p. 815, 1841 ; &c.

T. contractus , Bol.

Paratettix contractus , Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 281,
1887.

Many examples from Kuching, Matang Ed., Sadong,
Mt. Penrissen. Sarawak Museum.

This species has the vertex subwider than one of the
eyes, the median carina little produced ; frontal costa
distinctly sinuate between the eyes ; antennae very short ;
the anterior and middle femoral margins undulate ; the
third pulvilli of the posterior tarsi as long as the first and
second united.

T. polypictus, sp. nov.

Similar to variegatus, Bolivar, but differing in several
respects, and it has longer antennae than in contractus ,
Bol. Yari-coloured, fuscous, pale variegated, often bimacu-
late on the dorsum behind the disc, or again presenting
a median pale fascia above, common in many members of
the genus Tetrix . Head little exserted. Vertex equal in
width to one of the eyes, slightly narrowed forward,
advanced about as far as the eyes, frontal carinulae sub-
convex-truncate, in front view concave ; median carina
very little produced ; frontal costa divided above the
paired ocelli, narrowly sulcate, extended almost to the
vertex, in profile slightly produced beyond the eyes, in¬
distinctly sinuate just below the vertex and convex-arcuate
between the antennae ; paired ocelli placed between the
middle of the eyes ; antennae long, articles elongate, in¬
serted between the lower angles of the eyes. Pronotum
truncate anteriorly, lengthily subulate posteriorly, passing
beyond the hind femoral apices ; dorsum subtectiform be¬
tween the shoulders ; median carina compressed, per-
current, elevated, and often barely biundulate on the
disc ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes subacute tri¬
angular, not produced outward as viewed from above ;
elytra subovate, the apices rather narrowly rounded ;
wings long and extended beyond the pronotal apex. An¬
terior femora elongate, margins subentire or indistinctly
undulate, minutely crenulate ; hind femoral margins
minutely crenulate ; first and second pulvilli of posterior

BY DB. J. L. HANCOCK.

58

tarsi acute spinose, the third as long as the first and
second united and flat below; the first and third joints
of posterior tarsi equal in length.

Male and female. — Entire length of body 18-14 mm. ;
pronotum 11-11*5 mm. ; hind femora 4-6*5 mm.

Three examples from Kuching, Lingga. Sarawak
Museum.

Genus Coptotettix, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 287, 1887 ; Han¬
cock, Spol. Zeyl. ii. p. 52, 1904; Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid.
Tetr. p. 65, 1906.

C, rotundatus, Hancock.

Hanc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241, 1907.

One example from Sadong, April, 1908. Sarawak
Museum.

C. brevipennis, var. nov.

Similar to C. rotundatus , and evidently the short-winged
form of that species. The pronotal process and wings
extended only as far as the apices of the hind femora.

Male. — Entire length of body 7 '5 mm. ; pronotum 7 mm. ;
posterior femora 5*5 mm.

One example, Sadong, April, 1908. Sarawak Museum.

Genus Saussubella, Bolivar.

Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. 308, 1887 ; Han¬
cock, Gen. Ins. Orthopt., Acrid. Tetr. p. 72, 1906.

S. borneensis, Hancock, sp. nov., MS.*

This new species was described in a manuscript treat¬
ing of Indian Tetriginae, now in course of publication, as
follows

Bather large species ; colour fuscous, the face and pro¬
notal lobes behind pale, hind femora mottled with light
ochreous, palpi pale, tinged with fuscous. Carinae of frontal
costa parallel, rather pronounced, median facial carina
above distinct, as well as the frontal carinulae of vertex
next to the eyes. Pronotal cornu straight in profile, its

* Described in ‘ Memoirs Dept, of Agriculture in India,’ vol. iv. No. 2,

p. 160, 1912.

54

STUDIES OF TETRI GINiE (aCRYDIIN.®) .

direction only slightly oblique, strongly produced beyond
the head, margin above straight, viewed from above
strongly narrowed forward, acute compressed, the apex
rounded, sides indistinctly concave ; prozonal carinae for¬
ward on the dorsum indistinctly indicated ; median carina
of pronotum compressed, nearly horizontal from the
thoracic sulci forward to the hind pronotal apex ; dorsum
longitudinally fossulate behind the disc on each side,
posterior process lengthily produced beyond the hind
femoral knees ; lateral lobes acute ungulate, distinctly
produced ; inferior sinus very widely obtuse-angulate ;
elytra subovate, apices rounded, impressed with black, and
surrounded with pale elevated line, below becoming cras-
sate apically and lighter coloured ; wings extended beyond
the pronotal apex nearly one millimeter. Subgenital plate
below the female ovipositor trilobate, the middle lobe
convex.

Female. — Length of pronotum 20 mm. ; posterior femora
7*5 mm. ; frontal cornu 3 mm.

One example, Lawas, Sept. 1909. Sarawak Museum.

V. — The Lampyridae of Borneo. By Ernest
Olivier, Correspondent of the Museum d’His-
toire Naturelle de Paris.

The Lampyrids are beetles belonging to the family
Malacodermata, near allies of the Lycids and Telephorids ;
they are particularly remarkable for the marvellous power
they possess of emitting a more or less intense light. This
singular property has from the earliest times attracted
man’s attention, as witness their common names in every
country — Glow-Worms, Shine-Worms, Lighting-Bugs, Fire-
Flies, Vers-Luisants, Mouches de Feu, Lucioles, Lucier-
nega, Fuogola, Liegthmugh, Gliihwurmers, Leuchtkafers,
Lampyris.

There are a great number of species, which are found in
all parts of the earth, except in extreme Arctic regions.

These insects are nocturnal or crepuscular in their
habits, appearing only after sunset ; in the day-time they
stay hidden under mosses, bark of trees, or in decaying
vegetation.

The males are always more numerous and more active
than the females. In flight they produce a phosphorescent
light at regular intervals ; that is to say, the flash which
they emit only lasts an instant, is extinguished, and re¬
appears an instant after, the whole phenomenon occupying
from half a second to a second. When they have finished
their movements, they retire to their hiding-place for the
day and become invisible, or, at least, very hard to find.

The females, which have wings fully developed, can readily
fly, but they are heavy bodied and are rarely seen in flight,
preferring to creep to the tips of blades of grass, upper
edges of leaves, rocks, &e., where they remain until mated,
brightly shining, awaiting the approach of the males, who
run about near them in crowds.

Sar Mus. Journ., No. 3, 1913.

56

THE LAMPYRIDiE OF BORNEO.

But many females are apterous (wingless), or possess but
rudiments of wings and elytra ; in appearance they are
like larvse, and are content to crawl slowly in grasses or
bushes, principally in wet localities. Their light is not
intermittent like that of the winged males, but continuous
and very intense with certain species, and is only ex¬
tinguished when the insect returns to its place of con¬
cealment.

The larvae, which live in grasses and under dead leaves
in fresh, damp, and even marshy places, are also luminous.

The luminous organ of these insects occupies principally
the ventral surface of the two or three last abdominal
segments ; it consists of plates of pale white, or yellowish,
or reddish colour, which remain glossy after the death of
the insects, and even after they have been completely
dried.

The method of light emission as well as the intensity
and colour of flashes are different for each species ; but as
these important characteristics can only be observed during
life, accurate notes are much desired.

A large amount of scientific work has been done on the
means by which the Lampyrids produce their light ; many
interesting facts have been secured ; but, as yet, nothing
truly satisfactory is known regarding the precise nature of
their luminosity.

The females of Pyroccelia, Diaphanes, Lamprophoms, are
wingless and larviform, and, as they do not resemble the
males, one cannot tell to which species they belong. To
be able to determine them with certainty it is necessary to
find them in copulation, or, failing that, to find the males
near them. This information, which is so necessary to
any study of the beetles of this family, can only be made
in those regions which the species inhabit, and I take this
opportunity of making an urgent appeal to those in Borneo
who are interested in entomology ; for, from them alone can
we obtain the necessary observations.

In the evening at nightfall, if one walks in fresh and
damp places, one will see shining on the grass, decaying
vegetation, or on bushes, the light indicative of the
female, and nearly always one will find by her side one or
more males which will certainly be of the same species.
Then one must take them carefully and place both sexes
together in a small tube filled with alcohol ; thus one will
have authentically the two sexes of the same species. One
should take care, however, not to place any males captured

BY ERNEST OLIVIER.

57

later in the same tube as a single female captured at
another place or time.

The males can be caught easily with the assistance of a
net, and they can also be attracted by a lamp placed oh
the ground, preferably on a white cloth, on which they will
settle, and thus be easily captured.

The Bornean Lampyridse known up till now are only
twenty-five species, belonging to eight genera. One species
is described here for the first time.

They can be divided and characterised as follows :■ —

I. Antenna long, compressed, pectinate or strongly

SERRATE.

Last ventral segment mucronate .

1. Vesta urens, Gorh.— Scutellum black, legs black.

2. Vesta proxima , Gorh.-™ Scutellum yellow, thighs yellow,

tibiae and tarsi black ; thorax sinuate with the
front rather acuminate.

3. Vesta aurantiaca, Era. Oliv. — Scutellum rufous ; legs

wholly black.

4. Vesta rotnndata , Era. Oliv. — Scutellum rufous ; thighs

rufous ; knees, tibiae, and tarsi black ; thorax
semicircular.

Last ventral segment semicircular , or truncate , or slightly

notched,

5. Pyroccelia terminata , Gorh. — Thorax yellow ; elytra

yellow with black tip.

6. Pyroccelia morosa , Era. Oliv.— Thorax yellow; elytra

fuscous with yellow margin.

7. Pyroccelia opaca, Em. Oliv.-— Thorax yellow ; elytra

wholly black ; abdomen yellow.

Var. rostrata , Era. Oliv. — Thorax strongly acuminate.

II. ANTENNiE SIMPLE, FILIFORM.

1. Hind angles of the thorax with one circular
impression to their tip .

8. Ototreta borneensis , Era. Oliv. —Thorax piceous; elytra
piceous with their tips black ; antennae black.

58

THE LAMPYKIDiE OF BORNEO.

9. Ototreta gravida, Ern. Oliv. — Wholly fuscous.

10. Ototreta varicornis, Ern. Oliv. — Brownish; base of

the elytra and last article of the antennae
yellow.

11. Ototreta albicornis , Ern. Oliv. — Thorax and scutellum

fuscous ; elytra yellow, with their tips narrowly
black ; last article of the antennae pale yellowish.

(Genus doubtfully placed among the Lampyridce , perhaps
better with the Drilidce.)

1. Hind angles of the thorax ivithout impression.

T . Antennce scarcely longer than the head.

1". Thorax with diaphanous areolets.

12. Diaphanes moultoni , Ern. Oliv. — Thorax, scutellum,
and body testaceous ; elytra fuscous with the
suture and lateral margins very narrowly pale
testaceous ; margins of the thorax elevated in
front.

1". Thorax ivithout diaphanous areolets.

18. Lamprophorus hoyei , Motsch. — The largest of the
family ; elytra brown ; thorax brown with tes¬
taceous margins, wider in front, narrow at the
base.

1'. Antennce longer than the head.
a. The tip of the elytra in male folded down.

14. Pteroptyx decolor , Ern. Oliv. — Eyes and antennae

fuscous ; body wholly pale yellow ; front of the
thorax straightly truncate.

15. Pteroptyx testaceum , Motsch.- — Eyes, antennae, palpi

and tarsi, fuscous ; the whole body pale testace¬
ous ; front of the thorax sinuously produced.

16. Pteroptyx validum , Ern. Oliv.— Yellow ; head, antennae,

tarsi and tip of the elytra black.

BY ERNEST OLIVIER.

59

a. The tip of the elytra in male not folded.

b. Last ventral segment of male with two long elevated
appendicles curved upwards.

17. Colophotia miranda , Ern. Oliv. —Broad, convex, wholly

testaceous ; tibiae, tarsi and antennae fuscous.

18. Colophotia brevis, Ern. Oliv. — Testaceous ; head,

antennae, tarsi and extreme tip of the elytra
black.

b. Last ventral segment of male semicircular or mucronate ,
but not with two elevated appendicles.

19. Luciola hamulata , Ern. Oliv. — Testaceous, last ventral

segment acuminate and curved upwards.

20. Luciola substriata , Gorh. — Testaceous, with the extreme

tip of the elytra fuscous ; punctures of the elytra
arranged in rows ; apical ventral segment almost
semicircular.

21. Luciola pallescens, Gorh. — Broad and depressed, pale

testaceous ; thorax spotted with piceous.

22. Luciola perspicua , Ern. Oliv. — Testaceous ; head, one

fore spot on the thorax and the tip of the elytra
black.

23. Luciola nitescens, Ern. Oliv. — Thorax, scutellum and

body rufous ; elytra black, with the base narrowly
yellow.

24. Luciola semimarginata, Ern. Oliv. — Rufous ; head black,

elytra black, with the external margin narrowly
rufous along half its base.

25. Luciola maculipennis, nov. sp. — Oblongo-elongata, flava;

capite nigro, antennis, palpis, genubus, tibiis et
tarsis piceis ; prothorace flavo, convexo, transverso,
antice attenuato, basi sinuato, in medio iongitudin-
aliter sulcato, crebre punctato ; scutello flavo,
triangulari, tenue punctato ; elytris elongatis,
crebre et profunde sparsim punctatis, quadricosta-
tis, pallide flavis, apice fuscis ; ventre flavo, duobus
ultimis segmentis cereis, ultimo sinuato, in medio
postico triangulariter acuminato — Long. 18 mill.
Sarawak, in mense Julii capto (in museo meo).

This is the first attempt to report on the fireflies of
Borneo, and it must of necessity be very incomplete ; but

60

THE LAMPYRIDJE OF BORNEO.

it is hoped that it may at least form a foundation for future
investigations, and I should be happy if the entomologists
of the country would take up the study of these wonderful
beetles. I shall be very grateful, too, if they will kindly
communicate to me their captures through the Curator
of the Sarawak Museum, and any observations made on
the life and habits of these curious and interesting insects,
whose eggs, successive changes in development, various
kinds of food, &c., are totally unknown.

October 8, 1912.

VI. — On some Singular Larval Forms of
Beetle to be found in Borneo. By
C. J. GahaNj M.A.

Amongst the more remarkable forms of insect life to
be met with in Borneo, there are few which appeal with
stronger interest to the entomologist than do certain
creatures, of strange and uncouth shapes, which have
all the characters of beetle larvae, but which yet have
never been known to turn into the recognizable form of
the fully developed beetle. Insects of a similar type occur
in Java and other islands of the Malay Archipelago, as
well as in the Malay Peninsula and in Ceylon. Some
of them have been known to entomologists for nearly a
century. But even to this day no one has been able to
say with certainty exactly what they are ; and they still
remain something of a mystery and a puzzle to the
entomologist. And it is for the purpose of trying to
enlist help in the elucidation of the problem that I have
been invited to give the readers of this Journal a short
account of these interesting little creatures, and to state
in what direction I think assistance in making out their
life-history might be best applied.

Some of these beetle larvse (see fig. 1), for so we must
regard them, have a great resemblance to the fossil
trilobites, and hence have come to be known as “ kilo¬
bits ” larvae, although their resemblance in form to the
nymphs of ancient cockroaches is even still more striking.
If found fossil in some of the older rocks, they would
almost certainly be mistaken for insects of the latter kind.
There can, however, be no question that they are beetles ;
and the only points in that respect remaining to be settled
are to what family of beetles they belong, and to what
genera or species in that family. Efforts to settle these

Sar. Mus. Journ.s No. 3, 1918.

62

ON SOME SINGULAR LARVAL FORMS OF BEETLE.

points have been made by a few zealous naturalists, in¬
cluding Mr. H. N. Ridley at Singapore, and Mr. J. C.
Moulton and the late Mr. Shelford in Borneo, who have
kept the larvae alive a long time, extending even up to two
years, in the hope of seeing them pupate and change into
beetles, but so far without success.

Mr. Moulton has been good enough to bring over to
London living specimens of two of the species which are

Fig. 1. Larva seen from Fig. 2. Larva seen

above. Nat. size. from below. Nat. size. Fig. 3. A second form

of larva seen from above,
with head extended.

Nat. size.

to be found in Borneo. He gave them to me early in
June; and they are still alive (in December), apparently
happy and contented with the diet of damp, rotten wood
which he had considerately provided for them. But on no
occasion have I been able to see them feed ; and it is still
doubtful whether their food be vegetable or animal matter.
Through the kindness of my friend Mr. Hugh Main, I am
able to reproduce as illustrations the excellent photographs
which he has made of these two forms, one as seen both
from above and below (figs. 1 and 2), and the other on the
upper side only. In the latter (fig. 8) the narrow head
of the larva may be seen extended, as it usually is when
the creature is moving about on the wood, apparently in
search of food. Its short antennae, or feelers, ending in a
sort of corrugated knob, can be drawn in and out like the
horns of a snail, but somewhat more quickly. On each
side of the head is a single, simple eye, like that of a
glowworm larva. The front jaws, or mandibles, are not

BY C. J. GAHAN.

68

adapted for biting or cutting, but, inserted near the middle
line of the head, are curved downwards and outwards like
a pair of tusks, of not very hard texture, which seem as if
they could be used only for piercing soft tissues ; and they
do not appear to be perforated with a canal like the
nipping jaws of the larvae of the Lampyridae or glow¬
worms. The jaws are altogether constructed like those
of the larvae of Lycidae, a family of beetles which usually
display tawny orange or reddish colours, more or less
varied with black. In the structure of the ventral side
of the first thoracic segment, as seen in fig. 2, these
remarkable larvae agree also with the known larvae of
Lycidae. And it is highly probable that Westwood, Kolbe
and Bourgeois were right in referring them to the latter
family.

But they were wrong, I think, in suggesting that they
belonged to the genus Lycus . The large and flattened-out
form of the larvae was probably the chief reason for that
suggestion, the species of the genus Lycus being the
largest of the family, and provided with large expanded
wing-cases. A large size in the larva does not necessarily
mean a correspondingly large size in the beetle into which
it develops. Many species of beetle are surprisingly small
as compared with the size of the larvae from which they
come. Moreover, the larvae of two species of Lycus , one
from Ceylon and one from Borneo, are known, and are so
very unlike the creatures we have been discussing, that
the latter could hardly belong to any other species of the
same genus. If these larvae ever do change into beetles of
the ordinary type, it must, I think, be into beetles of some
other genus than Lycus, and what that other genus may
be is one of the things we wish to find out. This may be
done by someone who succeeds in keeping the larvae alive
sufficiently long to undergo their transformation into
beetles. Efforts in that direction have so far failed, but
it is important that they should be continued.

But there may be another solution to the problem. The
female glowworm and the females of certain other beetles
have a form very like that of their larvae, and never de¬
velop wings or elytra ; they can, however, be distinguished
from their larvae by the structure of their antennae and
legs, with their greater number of joints, and by the
possession of compound instead of simple eyes. There
is, however, one group of beetles, the Phengodini, in which
the female continues always to have the external form and

64 ON SOME SINGULAR LARVAL FORMS OF BEETLE.

structure of the larva, with the same kind of eyes, antennae
and legs ; whereas the adult male is an elegant beetle with
fully developed wings, large compound eyes, and often
provided with beautiful fan-like or feathered antennae.

It is possible and, I think, even highly probable that
some of our “ trilobite ” larvae, the females, remain always
in the form of larvae, and that the male larvae ultimately
become transformed into beetles. Whether this be so or
not might be decided in either of two ways. If it were
found by the dissection of a sufficiently large number of
specimens that some of them contained eggs or ripened
ovaries, it would be clear that the specimens containing
them were adult females.

Again, if some of the larger individuals, such as might
reasonably be supposed to be females, were kept alive,
under observation, in a position in which the winged males
could reach them, the advent of the males and their
mating with the females might be seen. The advantage
of any observation of this kind that may be made is that
the male might be captured, and the identity of the species
made possible. It is possible, of course, that the male
also may retain always the form of the larva, but no case
of the kind is yet known among the beetles, and I think it
is very unlikely to occur.

There are two special reasons which make me think it
highly probable that the females retain the larval form.
In the first place, when examining a larva of this type
from Ceylon, I found it to be full of eggs, and the specimen
was therefore presumably an adult female. But there was
a slight element of uncertainty in this case. The eggs
might have been deposited there by some parasitic insect,
though I consider this extremely unlikely owing to the size
and the large number of the eggs.

In the second place, I have found that all the specimens
of the genus Lyropceus , Waterh., in the British Museum
Collection, though certainly not numerous, are all males ;
so that the females, unless exceptionally rare as com¬
pared with the males, must be of an entirely different
form. I know of but one species (as yet undescribed) of
this genus from Borneo, and of that species I have seen
only one specimen. But the range of distribution of the
genus corresponds pretty closely with that of the larvae
whose identity it is so desirable to know.

In one point of structure these larvae differ from all other
known beetle larvae. They have a pair of very distinct

BY C. J. GAHAN.

65

spiracles on the metasternum — one on each side of it near
where it joins the mesosternum— spiracles as large as
any of the others which are present. Some Lycid and
Lampyrid larvae have spiracles in a similar position, but
very much reduced in size compared with the others, and
probably altogether functionless in character.

Why the metathoracic spiracles should be so well deve¬
loped in these “ trilobite ” larvae is not quite clear. Their
absence, or rudimentary condition, in other beetle larvae is
sometimes explained as being due to the need of room for
the development of the wing muscles, and, if that be so,
their presence would suggest that the larvae possessing
them never develop into winged insects. But, so far as I
know, they are present in all of these peculiar larvae. Are
these larvae, then, all of one sex, or is it possible that
the larvae of the males may be quite unlike those of the
females ?

Thus it will be seen that there are several questions of
interest waiting to be settled by anyone who may succeed
in tracing out the full life-history of those still problematic
larvae.

For the convenience of those readers of this Journal
who may take a lively interest in the subject, I append a
short list of books and papers in which reference is made
to it : —

1. Perty, ‘ Observationes Nonnullae in Coleoptera Indiae

Orientalis,’ 1881, p. 88, pi. i. figs. 8 and 9.

2. Westwood, ‘ Introduction to the Modern Classification

of Insects,’ 1889, vol. i. pp. 254, 255, fig. 27, 1, and

fig. 28, 1.

8. Erichson, in Wiegman’s ‘ Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,5

1841, i. p. 91.

4. Candeze, * Histoire des Metamorphoses de quelques

Coleopteres Exotiques,’ 1861, pp. 29-34, pi. iii.

fig. 1.

5. Kolbe, 1 2 * 4 5 6 7 8 9 Entomologische Nachrichten,’ vol. xiii. 1887,

p. 37.

6. Gahan, * Natural Science,’ vol. xii., 1898, p. 43,

fig. 2.

7. Sharp, ‘ Cambridge Natural History,’ Insects, part ii.

1899, p. 251.

8. Bourgeois, * Bull. Soc. Entom. de France,’ 1899,

pp. 58-63, figs. 1 and 2.

9. Gahan, * Proc. Ent. Soc. London,’ 1908, p. xlviii.

F

■

■

.

:

El

VII.— Contributions to a Flora of Borneo.

—By Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S.

(RaNUNCULACE^ TO ANONACEiE.)

In several numbers of the * Journal of the Straits Branch
of the Royal Asiatic Society ’ and elsewhere I have from
time to time published lists of plants belonging to certain
orders occurring in Borneo ; such have been the Orchids ,
Avoids , and Scitaminece of this country. I hope to continue
this work as occasion may permit, as I believe it will prove
useful to those who are engaged in the study of botany in
that island.

Considering the great size of Borneo, and the interesting
character of its flora, it is surprising how few are the
collections that have been made therein, and how little it
has been botanically explored. The regions which have
been most carefully investigated are all under the rule
of the British, and even in Dutch territory, the largest
part of the island, English collectors have played a
prominent part. In Sarawak the most valuable collec¬
tions have been made by Dr. Haviland and Dr. Beccari.
We have also plants obtained there by Charles Hose,
Bishop Hose, Messrs. Hewitt, Moulton, C. J. Brooks,
Shelford, Hullett, Bartlett, and myself. The flora of this
region is therefore better known than any other. In
British North Borneo Governor Creagh obtained a good
series of plants, now at Kew, and Fraser also obtained
many specimens ; while the big mountain Kinabalu has
been explored by Haviland, Lowe, and Miss Gibbs ; Bur-
bidge also collected a good many plants on his expedition
for Messrs. Yeitch. Labuan was visited in its early days
by Barber and Motley, before the disastrous fire destroyed
so much of its flora. Of the remainder of the island we
only know the flora of the south-east round Martapura and
Banjermasin, collected by Korthals and Motley, and of the
west the small collections made about Pontianak by Teys-
mann. The great area of Central Dutch Borneo is only
known from the plants collected by Jaheri in the Niessi-
venkins expedition. The collections of nearly all these
botanists, excepting the last, are partly or fully preserved

Sar. Mus, Journ., No. 3, 1913. E 2

68

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

at the British Museum and Kew herbaria. The flora is a
very rich one, and very much remains to be done even in
the best known district. Phytogeographically it appears
to be closely related to the floras of the Malay Peninsula
and Sumatra, and more distinct from that of Java and the
islands further east.

Banunculace^.

Ranunculus Lowii, Stapf, Ic. Pl. 2261.

British North Borneo : Mt. Kinabalu (Lowe, Haviland).
Endemic.

Clematis smilacifolia , Wall. As. Res. xiii. 414.

Sarawak : Mt. Start, at 1500 feet (Haviland, 1501) ;
British North Borneo: Port Myburgh (Creagh), Kudat
(Fraser).

Distrib, Indo-Malaya.

Naravelia laurifolia , Wall. Cat. 4685.

Borneo : no locality given (Teysmann).

Distrib. Indo-Malaya.

Naravelia dasyoneura , Korthais Ned. Kruidk. Arch. i. 208.

S.E. Borneo: Tungan Mt. and Banju Wiran in Marta-
pura (Korthais) .

DlLLENIACEiE.

Delima sarmentosa , Linn. (DC. Prodr. i. 69).

British North Borneo : Tawan (Creagh).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Indo-Malaya.

Tetracera glaberrima , Martelli, Malesia iii. 150.

Sarawak: Kuching (Beccari).

This is very closely allied to T. sylvestris , Ridl., but is
quite glabrous.

Endemic.

Tetracera sylvestris , Ridl., Journ. Roy. As. Soc. S. br. 54
(1909) p. 8.

S.E. Borneo: Banjermasin (Motley, 818).

Distrib. Singapore, Malacca, and Perak.

Tetracera axillaris, Martelli, Malesia iii. 151.

Sarawak: Gunong Wak, and Quop (Beccari, 2844).
Endemic,

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

69

Tetracera borneensis, Miq., 1. c., 76.

Sarawak : At Salak Island (Beccari, 2981).

W. Borneo : Pontianak (Beccari, 158).

S.E. Borneo : Pulan Lampei (Korthals) !

Very near T. fagifolia, BL, of Malaya, differing in the
presence of abundant gland-like bodies on the leaf back.
Distrib. Philippines.

Tetracera Icevigata , Miq., FI. Ind. Bot. i. 2, 8.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 2247, 1739).

S.E. Borneo: Martapura (Korthals)!

In spite of its name this is an unusually hairy species.
Distrib. Malay Archipelago.

Tetracera radula, Martelli, l. c., 158.

W. Borneo : Pontianak at Sungei Kautu (Beccari, non
visi).

Endemic.

Tetracera Havilandii , n. sp.

A climber. Leaves obovate, rounded or emarginate at
the tip, cuneate at the base, running down to the petiole ;
coriaceous 4 in. long, 2J- in. wide ; stiffly scabrid, hairy on
the petiole edge, midrib sunk above, hairy with appressed
hairs, petiole flat. Panicles small, branches covered with
stellately arranged hairs. Sepals in fruit, subequal ovate,
shagreened 1 cm. long, margins ciliate. Carpels 3 1*2 cm.
long, ovate apiculate shining.

Sarawak : Kuching, October 8, 1892 (Haviland, 1811).
The only specimen I have seen is rather a poor one in
fruit. The species is nearest to T. axillaris, Martelli, but
it is not silky hairy, and the leaves are different in form.
From T. radula , Martelli, it differs in its equal sepals,
glabrous except along the edge.

Tetracera scabricaulis , n. sp.

Stem fairly stout, woody climbing ; at first scabrid, with
short stiff hairs, then simply scabrid. Leaves oblong,
obtuse base rounded, apex blunt, margins undulate be¬
tween the nerve-tips, stiffly coriaceous, above and beneath
scabrid, nerves seven pairs, elevate beneath ; midrib de¬
pressed, above hairy ; young leaves hairy above, with
scattered stiff pale hairs 10 cm. long and 4 cm. wide ;
petiole scabrid, flattened black, 5-6 mm. long. Panicles
10-14 cm. long, its lower half nude; branches, few, short ;

70

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

scabrid hairy, rachis with short hairs in tufts. Flowers
numerous. Bracts oblong, 5 mm. long; obtuse, longer
than the pedicels, hairy outside, edges thickly ciliate.
Outer sepals ovate, orbicular rounded, inner ones more
oblong ; silky pubescent, edges ciliate ; centre inside silky,
5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide. Petals thin, glabrous, a little
longer. Stamens rather short ; apices sub-obtriangular,
often insequilateral ; styles and carpels 3.

British North Borneo : Sandakan (Creagh).

A very rough scabrid plant, perhaps nearest to T. radula,
Martelli.

Tetracera Korthalsi, Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. i. 2, 8.

S.E. Borneo: Sakumbang, at Tewe river (Korthals) ; not
seen.

Endemic.

Tetracera Icevis , Yahl, Symb. Bot. iii. 71.

Miquel (Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat., 1. c., 74) gives this as col¬
lected at Mt. Pamatton, in Pulan Lampei, by Korthals,
and in West Borneo by De Yriese.

As the species is only otherwise known from Ceylon and
Southern India, it is probable that this is a mis-identifi-
cation.

Didesmandra aspera, Stapf, Ic. PI. 2646.

Sarawak: Bejang Belaga (Haviland, 2324).

Endemic.

Dillenia indica, L., Sp. PI. 535.

Sarawak, along the south branch of the river (Beccari) ;
Bidi (Bidley).

S.E. Borneo: Banjermasin, Tewe river (Korthals).
Distrib. Indo-Malaya.

Dillenia aurea , Sm., Ex. Bot. 93, t. 92.

Sarawak, at Kuching. Two leaves and two flowers only
picked up by Beccari, fallen from a “ big tree.” Identified
by Martelli. Doubtful on account of the insufficiency of
material and the description a “ big tree,” as D . aurea is
not usually large.

Becorded from S.E. Borneo by Korthals.

Dillenia crassisepala , Martelli Malesia, l. c.

Sarawak, on Mt. Matang (Beccari, 2554) ; two miles
from Kuching (Haviland, 1517).

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

71

Genus doubtful. It may be a Wormia , but the fruit is
not known.

Dillenia eximia , Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 620.

S.E. Borneo : Pamatton (Korthals).

Distrib. Sumatra.

Wormia (§ Alatce) subsessilis, Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. Suppl. i.
618. W. Burbidgei , Hook, fil., Bot. Mag. t. 6581.

Labuan (Ridley, Burbidge).

British North Borneo : Sandakan (Ridley, Creagh).
Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Bangka, and Borneo.

I make the section Alatce for the species of Wormia
which have the petiole winged and enclosing the bud.

Wormia suffruticosa var. borneensis. W. subsessilis var.
borneensis, Ridl., Journ. Straits Branch Roy. As. Soc.
14, 4.

Sarawak : Abundant at Kuching (Ridley) ; Beccari, 175,
192 (Haviland, 210).

British North Borneo : Kudat (Fraser).

A very much larger plant than ordinary W. suffruticosa ,
Griff., of the Malay Peninsula, with big flowers 4 in.
across, and white, not rose pink, fruit. It might be
distinguished specifically, but I prefer to retain it as a
variety of suffruticosa , which it more closely resembles in
its silky buds than subsessilis, to which I referred it.

Wormia Beccariana, Martelli, l. c.

Sarawak : Kuching, and Bantin in Batang Lupar
(Beccari, 184).

Hill path to Tegara (Haviland, 2047, 3076).

A very fine and distinct species with a silky zigzag
rachis. Flowers yellow.

Endemic.

Magnoliacej®.

Drimys piperita, Hook., Ic. PI. t. 896.

Kinabalu (Haviland, Low) !

Sarawak : Bongo, near Tegora (Haviland, 2067) ! Lobing
Prah, at 5000 ft. (Lobb) !

Distrib. Philippines and New Guinea.

Illicimn sp.

British North Borneo : Kinabalu (Haviland, 1272)1
Specimen insufficient for identification. Flowers red,
borne on long stalks on the trunk.

72

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Talauma gigantifolia, Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. I. ii. 15.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1801) !

Distrib. Sumatra.

Talauma obovata, Korthals, l. c., 98.

S.E. Borneo: Pamatton (Korthals).

Also without locality (Lowe).

Distrib. Bangka.

Talauma Candollei, Bl., Yer. Bat. Gen.i.p. 147. T. muta-
bilis, BL, FI. Jav.

British North Borneo (Creagh) ; Sandakan (Bidley,
9047).

These have more coriaceous leaves than is usual in this
species, but are probably a form of T. Candollei.

Talauma Beccarii, n. sp.

Branches pale, buds and peduncle covered with yellow
hairs. Leaves oblanceolate, cuspidate, glabrous, cori¬
aceous ; nerves fourteen pairs, inarching well within the
margin, reticulations conspicuous on both surfaces, 18 cm.
long, 5 cm. wide ; petiole 2 cm. long, rather suddenly
thickened at the base. Petals broad, oblong obtuse, apex
rounded, 4 cm. long, 1*5 cm. wide. Stamens linear acumi¬
nate acute, 1*5 cm. long. Syncarp densely silky, woolly,
acuminate from above the stamen, tips 8 cm. long, 1 cm.
through, apices of carpels glabrous obtuse.

Sarawak (Beccari, 3959).

Allied to T. Candollei , BL, differing in foliage, and with
longer and broader petals.

There are several other species of Magnoliacese undeter¬
minable in the Kew Herbarium.

Magnolia Maingayi, King, Mat. Mai. Pen. i. 18.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 939).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Magnolia.

Sarawak (Beccari, 3660, 2661).

Michelia champaca, L. (DC. Prodr. 226).

British North Borneo : Port Yryburg (Creagh).

Probably not wild here.

K ad sura scandens BL, FI. Jav. Schizandreae, p. 9, t. 1.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1637).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

78

A'NONACE^E.

Sagevcea lanceolata, Miq., Ann. Mus. Ludg. Bat. ii. p. 10.

British North Borneo : Kudat (Fraser, 162) !

S.E. Borneo : Danan Bakay (Korthals) !

Sagercea elliptica, Hook, fih & Thoms., FI. Ind. 93.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 2215).

“ A small tree ; flowers yellow, ovules many, in two
“rows.” The leaves of the specimen are thicker than those
of the Penang plant.

Distrib. Burmah and Penang.

Tetrapetalum volubile, Miq., 1. c. p. 1.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1968).

West Borneo (De Yriese).

Endemic.

Cyathostemma Hookeri, King, Mat. Flora, Malay, i. 10.

“ Petals waxy, ovules eight in one series.”

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 2250; Beccari, 1811).
Distrib. Penang, Perak.

Sphcerothalamus insignis, Hook, fil., Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii.
t. xx.

Sarawak River, Penrissen Road (Haviland, C. B. M. H.) ;

(Lobb) ; (Beccari, 2964, at Matang).

British North Borneo : Madai (Oreagh).

“ Petals orange, smell sweet 55 (Haviland). A fine plant,
with petals three inches long. The British North Borneo
plant, however, has much smaller flowers. The petals are
only 2'5 cm. long and 7 mm. wide. It might be dis¬
tinguished as a variety parviflora .

Endemic.

Marcuccia grandiflora , Becc., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. iii. 181,
pi. iii.

Sarawak: Matang (Beccari, 2741) !

Endemic.

Enicosanthum paradoxum, Becc., he. 184, pi. v. 13-17.

Sarawak : hills of Tubao ; Kajan in Bintulu (Beccari,
3770).

Endemic.

Uvaria argentea , BL, FI. Jav. Anon. 24.

S.E. Borneo: Pulan Lampei (Korthals). Not seen.

74

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Uvaria acuminatissima , Miq., 1. c. 6.

S.E. Borneo : Dusun River (Korthals).

Uvaria excelsa, Wall., Cat. 6477.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 422) !

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Uvaria ptychocalyx , Miq., 1. c. 4.

S.E. Borneo: Sakambang; Pulan Lampei, Lake Danau,
Sambat, and Danau Gambar (Korthals) ; Banjermasin
(Motley) !

Distrib. Malay Islands.

Uvaria monticola, Miq., 1. c. 5.

S.E. Borneo: Balaran Mt. (Korthals).

Endemic. Not seen.

Uvaria verrucosa , Schiff., Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. ii. B.

W. Borneo : Sungei Ajai, Kafucas (Teysmann).

Endemic.

Uvaria cauliflora , n« sp.

A climber; young parts ferrugineous-tomentose. Leaves
rather thin, obovate oblanceolate to elliptic ; apex cuspi¬
date, often abruptly, broadest near the apex, narrowing to
the base, where they are obtuse, 13-24 cm. long, 5-9 cm.
wide, the cusp 1 cm. long ; nerves thirteen pairs, slender,
midrib deciduously ferrugineous-tomentose ; petiole thick,
transversely rugose, 5 mm. long. Flowers racemose or
panicled from the stem vs ith stout branches ; panicles
5-12 cm. long, branches rusty-tomentose. Bracts per¬
sistent, lanceolate, blunt, stiff, rusty-tomentose, 5-7 mm.
long. Buds ovoid, 2 cm. long, with two distinct bracts on
the pedicels, which are 2-5 cm. long. Calyx ovoid, irregu¬
larly dehiscing, red tomentose or mealy. Petals oblong-
ovate, mealy outside, glabrous within, 7 mm. long, 5 mm.
wide. Stamens linear oblong, 2 mm. long, appendage
small and angled flat. Torus hemispheric. Carpels nume¬
rous, truncate, with a short stigma. Ovules 6-9 in a cell.

Sarawak : Tegara (Haviland, c, k, q, a, 417), and foot of
Bembang (409); (Beccari, 1120).

This species is remarkable for its nearly glabrous leaves,
broadest at the tip and narrowing downwards, and its
panicled flowers on the stem, and the calyx, which breaks
up irregularly as the bud opens. It is allied to Uvaria
purpurea , in which also the calyx disrupts irregularly. The

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

75

leaves in Beccari’s specimen are smaller, more leathery and
elliptic, but it is apparently specifically identical with the
fine specimens collected by Dr. Haviland.

Uvaria lanuginosa , n. sp.

Stems, leaves, and flowers covered with an orange rusty
tomentum, fugacious on the upper surface of the leaves.
Leaves elliptic cuspidate, narrowed towards the base, but
rounded at the base, 14 cm. long, 5 cm. wide ; nerves seven
or eight pairs, inarching within the margin ; petiole 12 mm.
long. Flowers small, in extra-axillary racemes on pedicels
5 mm. long. Bracts ovate to ovate lanceolate obtuse, 5 mm.
long. Sepals ovate obtuse, 5 mm. long. Petals oblong
obtuse, enlarged towards the tip, 1 cm. long. Stamens
rather short oblong, with a rather large connective appen¬
dage. Carpels few, hairy ; ovules in two rows, about six¬
teen.

Sarawak, near Kuching (Haviland & Hose, 384 k).
“ Petals pale.”

Keadily distinguished by its orange tomentum on the
leaves and stem, and small flowers.

Uvaria ovalifolia , Bl., FI. Jav. Anon. 27.

Sarawak : Kejang Siku (Haviland, 2315) ! Miri Biver,
near Baram (Hose, 601, 112) ! Without locality (Bec-
cari, 1760) !

British North Borneo : Kudat (Fraser, 85) ! Yar. gla-
brata ; Sinpouna (Creagh) !

Yar. racemiflora.

S.E. Borneo: Dusun River (Korthals).

British North Borneo : Tinkayo (Creagh) !

U. ovalifolia, BL, differs from U. macrophylla , Roxb., the
most widely diffused of the genus, in its nearly glabrous
leaves and flowers, which are covered with soft woolly hairs
in U. macrophylla.

I should be inclined to follow Miquel and Kurz in making
it a variety only of that species.

Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 6, gives four varieties
from Borneo, viz. normalis , acrantha , borneensis , and racemi¬
flora.

Uvaria purpurea, Bl., Bijdr. 11.

Yar. more tomentose than usual.

Mt. Balaran and Pamatton (Korthals).

British North Borneo : Tinkayo (Creagh).

76

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO,

Var. with quite glabrous leaves.

British North Borneo : Kilabalangan (Creagh).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands.

Ellipeia cuneifolia, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Ind. 104. E.
gilva, Miq. 1. c. 9.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1504); (Beccari, 318 and
3776).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

I am unable to separate E. gilva, Miq., from the Peninsula
plant.

Cyathocalyx biovalatm , Boerl., Ic. Bogor. lv.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 851). Kejang Sibu (1869) !
(Beccari, 658) !

W. Borneo: Pontianak (Teysmann).

Cyathocalyx borneensis, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. ii. lvi.

Sebalouw (Teysmann).

Sarawak: Bar am River (Hose, 207). Probably, but the
description is very incomplete.

Endemic.

Cyathocalyx virgatus , King, l. c. 28. Meiogyne virgata , Miq.,
1. c. 12.

Sarawak : Entoyut River (Hose, 414) !

Distrib. Malay Peninsula ; Java.

Cyathocalyx Havilandii , Boerl., Ic. Bogor. i. Ivii.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1902), Bau. A large tree
with cream flowers (C. J. Brooks) ; (Beccari, 2543, 528).

This much resembles Xylopia olivacea, Hook, fil., in out¬
ward appearance.

Monocarpia euneura , Miq., 1. c. 12.

S.E. Borneo: Sakumbang (Korthals).

Endemic. Not seen.

Artabotrys suaveolens , Blume, Flor. Jav. Anon. 62, t. 30, 31 d.

Sarawak : Lundu (Haviland, 1518) ; Santubong (1540) ;
Sarawak River (B 3, d d) ; (Beccari, 3748) ; Entoyut River
(Hose, 160) ; Baram (Hose, 302). Labuan (Lobb).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

W. Borneo : Sangei Landak (Teysmann).

Distrib. From Sylhet, Malay Peninsula and Islands.
Hose’s plants have thinner leaves, more cuspidate.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

77

Artabotrys gracilis , King, L c. p. 85.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland & Hose, 3160). “ Flowers
yellow.”

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Artabotrys sumatranus , Miq., FL Ind. Bat. Suppl. t. 375.
S.E. Borneo: Du sun River (Korthals).

This appears to me to be only a form of A. suaveolens , Bh

Artabotrys roseus, Boerh, Ic. Bogor. i. liii.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland).

Endemic.

Artabotrys hirtipes , n. sp.

Branches black, covered with short stiff hairs. Leaves
coriaceous, glabrous elliptic, long cuspidate, base slightly
narrowed, nerves nine pairs, inarching at the tips, reticula¬
tions conspicuous, 10 cm. long, 3*5 cm. wide (the cusp
1 cm. long) ; petiole 6 mm. long. Flowers large, on pedi¬
cels covered with long red hairs, 1 cm. long. Bracts at the
base ovate acuminate, with long red hairs. Sepals ovate
lanceolate acuminate with red hairs, 5 mm. long. Petals
lanceolate obtuse, keeled tomentose, base slightly dilate,
not narrowed above the concavity, 2*5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide
at the widest part, inner petals narrower and shorter.
Stamens few, glabrous, connective appendage fairly large.
Carpels irregularly wedge-shaped, with a broad flattened
top, the biggest 2 cm. across, finely tomentose.

Sarawak : Rejang Kapit (Haviland, 2326) ; Kuching
(2106) ; in fruit.

Allied to A. hamatus , Bl., but remarkably hairy. The
specimen from Kuching has more coriaceous leaves, 15 cm.
long and 6 cm. across, with stouter pedicels.

Artabotrys polygynies, Miq., 1. c. 4.

Sarawak, near Kuching (Haviland, d, 1, m, a).

British North Borneo (Creagh).

S.E. Borneo : Pamatton (Korthals).

Artabotrys Havilandii, n. sp.

Branches brown, longitudinally rugose or black, young
branches hairy. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic acuminate,
base cuneate, decurrent on the petiole, adult glabrous,
nerves seven pairs, elevate on both surfaces, slender,
anastomosing irregularly, 12 cm. long, 4 cm. wide or less ;
petiole 1 cm. long or less. Inflorescence borne on stout

78

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

hooks, flattened, and when young red-tomentose, as are the
bracts, which are ovate and 2 mm. long ; branches nume¬
rous, short. Pedicels hairy, 5-10 mm. long. Sepals ovate
triangular acute, cuspidate, red hairy. Petals lanceolate
obtuse, hardly indented above the base, hairy on both
surfaces, 15 mm. long, 5 mm. wide, inner petals narrower.
Stamens few, connective, rather large, rounded, white.
Carpels about ten, subclavate, rugose when young, when
ripe 2 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, ovoid, narrowed to the base,
apex shortly beaked.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1629, 8840) ; (Beccari,
381, 786, 713, 554).

Endemic.

Allied to A. polygynus , Miq., and A. hamatus , Bl.

Artabotrys castatus, King, 1. c. 37.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1750).

Artabotrys lanuginosus, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. lii.

Central Borneo (Jaheri).

Not seen. Endemic.

Artabotrys Blumei , Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Ind. i. 128.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1775).

Apparently this Javanese plant, but the fruit is less con¬
spicuously beaked than in Blume’s figure of A. odoratis-
simus, ‘FI. Jav. Anon.’ 59, t. 28, 31b, which is the type
of A. Blumei , Hook. fil.

Distrib. Java.

Drepananthus ramuliflorus , Maingay, Hook, fil., FI. Brit.
Ind. i. 56.

Sarawak (Beccari).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

TJnona subbiglandulosa , Miq., 1. c. 11.

Sarawak: Santubong (Bidley, 12464).

S.E. Borneo: Martapura (Korfchals).

TJnona borneensis, Miq., L c.

S.E. Borneo : Pulan Lampei (Korthals).

Endemic.

TJnona dasymaschala, Blume, FI. Jav. Anon. 55, t. 27.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1543).

Distrib. India, Malaya, Java, Sumatra,

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

79

TJnona longiflora , Roxb., FI. Ind. ii. 668.

There are specimens in Herb. Kew from Motley and
Barber from Borneo, with no specific locality, which I
cannot separate from the Indian plant ; the leaves are,
however, very glaucous on the back, with clearer marked
reticulations, and the carpels more resemble those of U.
dasymaschala.

The species is a native of Assam and Chittagong.

Unona flagellaris, Becc., l.c. p. 186, pi. v. 9-12.

Sarawak, at Entebai, Kajau (Beccari, 8864).

Endemic. Peculiar from its producing the flowers on
subterranean branches.

Unona verrucosa, Becc., 1. c. 185, pi. v.

Sarawak: Matang (Beccari, 2562).

Unona discolor , Yahl, Symbol, ii, 68, t. 86.

Sarawak (Beccari, 8420).

Labuan (Motley).

British North Borneo : Tinkayo (Creagh).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Assam, Burmah, Malay Peninsula, Archipelago,
and China.

Unona Teysmanni , Boerl., Ic. Bogor. i. 198.

W. Borneo: Sungei Landak (Teysmann).

This is very similar to Unona discolor , Yahl.

Unona purpurata, n. sp.

Shrub ; bark pale. Leaves elliptic cuspidate, bases
rounded, coriaceous, glabrous, nerves nine pairs, secondary
nerves nearly as conspicuous, reticulations visible, elevate
on both sides, 10-18 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide ; petiole thick,
transversely rugose, 5 mm. Flowers solitary on the old
wood, pedicels 1 cm. long. Sepals ovate acute or obtuse,
1 mm. long. Petals lanceolate obtuse, 2*5 cm. long, 6 mm.
wide, pubescent, the inner ones broadest, ribbed at the base
for one-third its length. Stamens short, five rows, appen¬
dages angular, pale, flat. Styles hairy. “ Ovules about 11.”
Carpels on pedicels, 6 mm., ovoid or oblong, 4, 1*5 cm.
long, 1 cm. thick. Peduncle thickened.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1779). “Petals at first
pale, then claret colour.”

80

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Unona jcimbosifolia, n. sp.

A shrub. Leaves subeoriaceous, glabrous, pale beneath,
or reddish elliptic to lanceolate elliptic acuminate, base
rounded, cordate, subpeltate, 17 cm. long, 5-7 cm. wide ;
nerves above depressed, ten pairs, regularly inarching
5 mm. within the margin ; petiole 2-4 mm. long, thick,
hairy. Flowers in pairs on the lower part of the stem on
pubescent pedicels 1 cm. long. Sepals semiorbicular, thick,
pubescent at first, edges ciliate with red hairs. Petals sub¬
equal, ovate lanceolate oblong, thick, glabrous except some
reddish hairs on the edge, 1 cm. long, 6 mm. wide. Stamens
numerous, appendages broad, flat, angled. Pistils hairy.
Ripe carpels globose or cylindric hairy, shortly beaked,
about 14, 10 mm. long, 7 mm. wide, 1-4 seeded.

British North Borneo : Batu Putih (Creagh) ; Kudat
(Fraser).

This belongs to the set of Unonas represented by U.
Wrayi, U. desmantlia , &c., which are in every point closely
allied to Polyalthia except in the presence of more than
two ovules in the ovary. It seems to me to be doubtful
whether they should be retained at all in the genus Unona .
This is a peculiar plant in its foliage, which is curiously
like that of an Eugenia of the Jambosa section, nearly
sessile, and with a curious inarching venation. The flowers
seem to have been purple.

Polyalthia Beccarii , King, l. c. 65.

Sarawak (Beccari, 668, 710, 891, 2277, &c.) ; Kuching
(Haviland, 412) ; Mt. Bongo, near Tegara (Haviland, 2070) ;
Matang, at 1000 ft. altitude (Hallett), and at 1600 ffc.
(Haviland, 406) ; Mt. Trekau (Hose), at 2000 ft. ; Miri
River (Hose, 558).

Labuan (Motley, 165).

S.E. Borneo: Banjermasin (Motley, 959).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula. A common little tree.

Polyalthia sumatrana , King, L c. 58.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1438, 630, 1586, 1160) ; Kuching
(Haviland, 2210, 1680).

S.E. Borneo (Korthals).

Polyalthia Teysmanni , Boerl., Ic. Bogor. 107.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 413).

S.E. Borneo : Sakumbang (Korthals).

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

81

Polyalthia obliqua , Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Ind. 188.

Borneo, sine loco (Lowe in Herb. Kew).

.Distrib. Chittagong, Malacca, Sumatra.

Polyalthia hypoleuca, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Brit. Ind. i.
63.

S.E. Borneo: Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Polyalthia oblonga , King, l. c., 65.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1621) ; Mt. Koum (Haviland, 1711) ;
Saribas Paku (Haviland, 8149).

These forms have more persistently silky petals than
those of the Malay Peninsula plants, and the leaves on
the whole are smaller. A plant labelled “ Singapore,
Lobb,” in Herb. Kew, more resembles the Bornean form,
and, as Lobb’s localities are always doubtful, probably
came from Borneo. Haviland’s plant from Saribas has
more narrow lanceolate acute petals.

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Polyalthia Havilandii , Boerh, Ic. Bogor. lxvi.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland).

Endemic.

Polyalthia Jenkmsii, Hook, fil., Gen. Plan i. 25. P.
canangioides, Boerh, Ic. Bogor.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 105, 420, 1057, 2217) ;
Miri River (Hose, 72).

Petals yellow, purple at base.

Distrib. Assam, Sylhet, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.
Boerlage separated again Miquel’s Monoon canangioides
from Jenkinsii under the above name on account of a
slight difference in the form of the fruit, but I think it
is specifically the same, as King makes it.

Polyalthia eriantha , n. sp.

Young parts woolly, hairy, yellowish. Leaves elliptic
acuminate, base narrowed thinly coriaceous glabrous
above, minutely pubescent beneath ; nerves nine to ten
pairs, inconspicuous above, elevate beneath ; transverse
nerves subhorizontal parallel ; reticulations fine, 20-30
cm. long, 8-10 cm. wide ; petiole thick pubescent, 1 cm.
long. Flowers solitary, axillary entirely velvety woolly ;
pedicel thick, 7 mm. long ; bract ovate ; sepals ovate

a

82

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

obtuse, 7 mm. long. Outer petals ovate lanceolate obtuse,
2 cm. long, 1 cm. wide. Inner petals smaller and narrower.
Anthers numerous, with rounded appendage. Pistils hairy.

Sarawak, five miles from Kuching (Haviland, 410).

Not clearly allied to any species known to me, but
perhaps nearest to P. congregata, King, or its allies,
though the flowers are borne on the branches and not
on the trunk. Their densely woolly hairy covering all
over, except the stamens, is peculiar.

Polyalthia coriacea, n. sp.

A small tree. Leaves coriaceous glabrous except the
midrib on both surfaces and the nerves beneath, hairv
elliptic, obtuse to oblong, shortly acuminate, base broad
rounded ; nerves, twenty pairs, depressed above, elevated
beneath parallel; secondary nerves transverse, elevated
parallel, 21-42 cm. long, 10-16 cm. wide ; petiole stout,
1 cm. long, closely hairy. Flowers in a short raceme ;
peduncle thick, hairy, 1 cm. or less long, with ovate bracts
all rufous, hairy ; pedicels 2-3 cm. long. Sepals tri¬
angular, acute or acuminate, tomentose outside, 6 mm.
to 2 cm. Petals “yellow” (Haviland), “cream-colour”
(Brooks), 4 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, oblong obtuse. Pistils
hairy. Torus semiovoid, hairy. Carpels cylindrie, shortly
beaked, velvety, shortly stalked, 4 cm. long, 2 cm. in
diameter.

Sarawak : Mt. Buan limestone (Haviland, 2002) ; Bidi
(C. J. Brooks, 1057).

This is allied to P. congregata, King, but differs in
possessing a distinct petiole to the leaves, which are some¬
what stiffer, a short raceme and smaller flowers.

Brooks’s plant differs from Haviland’s in its much larger
leaves acuminate shortly at the tip, and larger distinctly
acuminate sepals. I have little doubt that they belong to
the same species. The flowers are borne on the trunk of
the tree as in P. congregata, &c.

Polyalthia nervosa, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. lxviii.

Borneo (Teysmann).

Var. Nieuwenhuizii , Boerl., 1. c.

Central Borneo (Jaheri). Not seen.

Polyalthia ( Monoon ) submitrata, Miq., 1. c., 16.

S. Borneo : Muara Kurran (Korthals). Not seen.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

83

Polyalthia anomala , Becc., Lc., 189.

Sarawak: Matang (Beccari, 1605).

Endemic, not seen.

Monoon ? sublanceolatum , Miq., 1. c., 18.

Collected at Mt. Pamatton by Korthals ; is a dubious
plant which may belong to Polyalthia .

Disepalum anomalum, Hook, fil., Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii.
156, t. 20.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1652); (Beccari, 756);
(Lobb). Matang (Bidley, 12255).

Endemic.

Disepalum coronatum , Beccari, Nuov. Giorn., 1. c., 155.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1722) ; Mt. Matang at 2800 ft. eleva¬
tion (Haviland, 1502); Mt. Singhi (Haviland, 2024).
Endemic.

Disepalum grandiflorum , n. sp.

Shrub, branches pale. Leaves elliptic cuspidate, nar¬
rowed at the base, cuneate to ovate, thin glabrous ; nerves,
eight pairs, very slender, 8-13 cm. long, 5-5*2 wide ;
petiole 5 mm. long. Flowers solitary from the uppermost
axil, opposite the leaf, on slender ebracteate pedicels 3 cm.
long. Sepals two, ovate obtuse, deplexed, 10 mm. long,
8 mm. wide. Corolla with a distinct pedicel 3 mm. long
above the sepals ; petals four, linear-spathulate from a
broader base and connate below into a cup, hairy with red
hairs, free portions 7 mm. long, with the tube 2 cm. long
and 1 cm. across. Stamens with an orbicular convex
appendage, very numerous.

Sarawak : Baram (Hose, 142) ; Marudi (Hose, 214).

This species is distinguished from D. anomalum by its
larger flowers, with longer petals, and a distinct stalk
between the sepals and corolla cup.

Anaxagorea ramiflora, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. li.

Central Borneo (Jaheri).

Endemic.

Eburopetalum borneense , Becc., 1. c., 181, pi. ii.

Sarawak: Sabumban Kiver, branch of the Singa, Batang
Lupar (Beccari, 3936).

Endemic.

a 2

84

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Goniothalamus macrophyllus, Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c., p. 74#

Sarawak : Hill near Bau (Haviland, 2082) and Rejang
Sibu (424) (Beccari, 2827).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Goniothalamus malayanus, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Ind.
107. G. dispermus , Miq.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, d, x, f, c, 6 and 924).
British North Borneo : Kinabalu (Haviland, 1318).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Bangka.

Goniothalamus Tapis , Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 371.

Sarawak: Rock Road (Haviland, 405; Beccari, 788,
1836, 357) ; Baran (Haviland and Hose, 3150).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Goniothalamus giganteus, Hook. hi. & Thoms., L c ., 109.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 2107).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Goniothalamus roseus , Stapf, Trans. Linn. Soc., 1. c ., 130.

British North Borneo : Kinabalu at 6000 ft. (Haviland,
1217).

Endemic.

Goniothalamus stenopetalus , Stapf, l. c., 129.

British North Borneo : Kinabalu, Penokok (Haviland,
1217).

Goniothalamus rufus, Miq., 1. c.f 35.

This species was based on a few leaves only, collected by
Korthals at Gunong Rantan in Borneo. Specimens of
these are in the Kew Herbarium, and I find in Dr.
Haviland’s collections complete specimens which corre¬
spond in foliage so exactly to these, that I have little
doubt that they belong to the same species. As the plant
has never been fully described, I herewith give a description
from Dr. Haviland’s description.

“ A small tree about 17 ft. tall,” young parts densely
red hairy. Leaves lanceolate acuminate, base rounded,
rather thin in texture, thinly hairy above, margins red
hairy, midrib hairy on both surfaces ; nerves, eleven pairs,
very fine and inconspicuous ; bifurcating within the margin,
12-14 cm. long, 2-3 cm. across ; petiole 5 mm., long, hairy.
Flowers solitary in the uppermost axils, pedicels 3 mm.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

85

long, with two or three lanceolate linear acute red hairy
bracts. Sepals ovate obtuse, hairy on the edge. Outer petals
lanceolate acuminate obtuse, hairy, 1 cm. long ; glabrous
within. Inner petals broader, lanceolate obtuse, shorter,
8 mm. long. Stamens fairly numerous, short; appendage
suborbicular, rather large flat glabrous. Ripe carpels ellip¬
tic, 12 cm. long ; 7 cm. shortly beaked, stalk 12 mm. long.

Sarawak : Luridu on Mt. Gading (Haviland, 982) ;
Gomong Rantau (Korthals).

Goniothalamus parallelovenius , n. sp.

Leaf large, oblong, slightly narrowed towards the base ;
apex cuspidate obtuse, base rounded, thinly coriaceous
glabrous ; nerves, thirty- six pairs, parallel, conspicuously
elevate beneath, inarching within the margins ; midrib
rounded. Flower large, on a rather stout pedicel 2*5 cm.
long. Sepals coriaceous triangular, obtuse, 6 mm. long,
5 mm. across at the base. Outer petals coriaceous narrow,
lanceolate acuminate obtuse, minutely mealy hairy, 6*5 cm.
long, 1 cm. wide; base dilate, 5 mm. long. Inner petals
broadly lanceolate, narrowed at the base, obtuse, 4 cm.
long, 12 mm. wide. Stamens narrow, linear 8 mm. long
with a narrow conic erect scabrid appendage.

Sarawak (Beccari, 8772).

This appears to be most nearly allied to G. uvarioides ,
King, differing in its much larger flowers and long inner
petals. The leaf resembles closely that of G. Curtisii,
King. I have only seen one leaf and a detached flower.

Goniothalamus uvarioides , King, l. c . 78.

Borneo (Motley, 960). Not seen.

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Goniothalamus fas ciculatus, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. lix.

Central Borneo (Jaheri). Not seen.

Endemic.

Goniothalamus Ridley i, King, is stated by Boerlage to
have been collected in Borneo by Beccari ( sub Ic. lix.).
I have not seen it.

Mitrephora humilis , Miq., El. Ind. Bat. i. ii. 81. M. Main-
gayi, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Br. Ind. i. 77 var. Kurzii.

Sarawak : Mt. Koum limestone (Haviland, 1716) ;
Baram (Hose, 98).

British North Borneo: Kinabalu, Dakombang (Haviland,
1811).

S.E. Borneo (Korthals),

86

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Mitrephora Korthalsiana, Miq., 1. c. 28.

Sarawak (Beccari, 8214).

S.E. Borneo : Sakumbang (Korthals).

Mitrephora glabra , Scheffer, l. c. 20.

Sarawak (Beccari, 2772) : SaribasPaku (Haviland, 1858)
and Sarawak River ; Simpang Kiri River (C. J. Brooks).
West Borneo : Sungei Landak (Teysmann).

Mitrephora rufescens , n. sp.

A small tree 17 ft. tall ; the branches, petioles, nerves,
and young parts all red hairy. Leaves elliptic to lanceo¬
late, acuminate rounded or shortly cuneate at the base ;
thinly coriaceous, glabrous above in adults, 16-20 cm.
long, 5-8 cm. wide ; petiole 5-8 mm. long, red hairy.
Flowers axillary on very short hairy racemes, opening one
at a time. Bracts ovate persistent. Sepals ovate acute,
rufous hairy. Petals outer, ovate acute, silky outside,
glabrous within, 1 cm. long, 5 mm. wide ; inner ones with
a linear claw and a reniform apex, outside pubescent,
limb inside silky. Stamens numerous glabrous, the
appendage rounded semiglobose.

Sarawak : Matang (Haviland, 1035), Banon limestone
(2249) (Beccari, 1616).

Sumatra: Sungei Buluh, Padang (Beccari, 916, 968).
Near M. longipetala , Miq., from the description, but the
petals are much smaller and quite different in shape;
those of M. longipetala being described as linear lanceolate
and “ pollice parum longiora.”

Mitrephora reticulata , Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. i. 77.

Sarawak (Beccari, 3946).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Mitrephora excelsa , Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 114.

Labuan (Motley, Barber).

Mitrephora longipetala , Miq., L c. p. 28.

S.E. Borneo : Sakumbang (Korthals).

Endemic. Not seen.

Mitrephora obtusaf Bl., var. glabra.

Sarawak: Mt. Koum limestone (Haviland, 1714).

More glabrous than the type form, hairy on the midrib
only, and the inner petals less hairy ; apparently a lime-

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

87

stone form. “ Petals, when young, white, spotted with
red; when old, yellow with red spots.”

■ Distrib. Java.

Mitrephora ? parallelivenia , Boerl., Ic. Bogor. p. 140.
Borneo {fide Boerlage).

Mitrephora chrysocarpa, Boerl., Ic. Bogor. i. ii. 141.
Orophea chrysocarpa , Miq.

S.E. Borneo: Martapura, Dusun Biver (Korthals).

Yar. sakumbangensis.

Sakumbang (Korthals).

Orophea borneensis , Miq., 1. c. 25.

Borneo: Without locality (De Vriese).

Endemic. Not seen.

Orophea pamattonis, Miq., 1. c. 24.

S.E. Borneo: Mt. Pamatton (Korthals).

Orophea trigyna , Miq., 1. c. 25.

S.E. Borneo (Korthals).

Orophea dodecandra , Miq., 1. c. 25.

S.E. Borneo (Korthals).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Popowia rainosisshna, Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 105. P.
rufula and P. affinis , Miq., 1. c. 20.

S.E. Borneo : Pamatton (Korthals).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Popowia hirta , Miq., 1. c. 21.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1824).

Distrib. Sumatra.

Popoivia pisocarpa, Endl., Walp. Ann. Bep. i. 74.

Sarawak : Entoyut Biver (Hose, 426).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Java. .

Popowia tomentosa , Miq., 1. c. 21.

Borneo (Teysmann). Not seen.

Popowia novo-guineensis, Miq., 1. c. 24.

Borneo (Teysmann). Not seen.

Distrib. New Guinea.

88

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Phceanthus crassipetalus, Becc., 1. c. 191, pi. vi. 11-15.

Sarawak: Matang (Beccari, 2508, 8708); Kuching (Havi-
land, 1810).

Endemic.

Phceanthus splendens, Miq., 1. c. 40.

S. Borneo (Korthals).

Endemic. Not seen.

Meloclorum manubriatum, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FI. Ind. 118.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 411).

S.E. Borneo : Banjermasin (Motley).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Bangka.

Melodorum bomieensis, Miq., 1. c. 36.

S. Borneo (Korthals).

Endemic.

Melodorum Korthals i , Miq., 1. c. 37.

S.E. Borneo: Martapura; Pulau Lampei; Pamatton
(Korthals).

Melodorum prismaticum, Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 121.
Pyramidanthe rufa , Miq., 1. c. 39.

S.E. Borneo: Martapura (Korthals).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Bangka.

Oxymitra biglandulosa , Scheff., 1. c. xxxi. 341.

S.E. Borneo: Balaran (Korthals).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands.

Oxymitra Mottlcyana , Hook, fil., Trans. Linn. Soc.xxvii. 155.

Labuan (Barber, Motley).

Endemic.

Oxymitra borneensis, Miq., I . c. 30.

Sarawak (Beccari, 3571, 23280, 1107) ; Kuching (Havi¬
land, 1831) ; Martapura, Pamatton (Korthals).

This species is very near O. affinis, Hook, fil., but is more
hairy on the leaves. It will probably prove to be but a
variety of this species.

Oxymitra glauca, Hook. fil. & Thoms., FL Ind. i. 146.

Sarawak (Beccari, 2911) ; Saribas Paku (Haviland, 3152).
Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

BY HENEY N. EIDLEY.

89

Oxymitra oxyphylla , Miq., L c. 29.

8.E. Borneo : Danau Baliay, Banau Kambat, Muara
Karrau (Korthals) .

Endemic. Not seen.

Oxymitra Korthalsiana , Miq., 1. c.

S.E. Borneo : Banju-wiran (Korthals).

Endemic.

Oxymitra diadema, Miq., 1. c. 31.

S.E. Borneo : Sakumbang (Korthals).

Endemic. Not seen.

Oxymitra excisa , Miq., 1. c. 82.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 2216, 2103).

Distrib. Bangka (Teysmann) ; Sumatra (Korthals).

The type specimen from Sumatra of this curious plant
has narrow leaves, glaucous beneath, as in the original de¬
ception. In Haviland’s and Teysmann’s they are very
much larger, 15 cm. long, 10 cm. wide, oblong obovate and
retuse, or broadly truncate. The glaucous colouring of
the under side is almost invisible from the covering of red
tomentum. In Haviland’s 2216 a ridge runs down the
stem on each side from the juncture of the petiole, meeting-
15 mm. below, and from the point of meeting springs the
flower. In the other specimens and part of this one these
ribs are not or hardly detectible, and the flowers are much
closer to the petiole. The large ribbed bract close to the
flower and the ribbed calyx increasing much in size after
the fall of the petals is very peculiar. The inner petals in
Haviland’s 2103, the only ones I have seen, are quite two-
thirds as long as the outer ones. Miquel says one-half only.
Otherwise his description fits this plant very well. It is
very Melodorum- like, and has but one ovule to the carpel.

Oxymitra linderifolia , n. sp.

A glabrous shrub. Leaves coriaceous, smooth above,
glaucous beneath, elliptic cuspidate acute, base rounded or
shortly cuneate ; nerves six pairs, elevated beneath ; mid¬
rib rounded beneath, depressed above, 15-18 cm. long,
6-8 cm. wide ; petiole 11 mm. long. Flowers solitary,
extra-axillary, pedicels slender, 10 mm. long, with a short
lanceolate bract in the middle. Sepals dagger-shaped,
with a broad base narrowed to the point, 4 mm. long. Outer
petals lanceolate linear, 9 mm. long, 8 mm. wide, fugaci-

90

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

ously pubescent. Inner petals in a narrow cone, 5 mm.
long. Torus very small, hairy. Pistils conic, hairy.
Ovules one or two, superposed. Carpels globose, 5 mm.
long, on pedicels of equal length.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 3B3B ; Haviland & Hose,
3335).

The latter specimen, in fruit only, has smaller leaves, but
appears to belong to the same species as the flowering
specimen. The species is allied to 0. glauca, from which
it differs in the more coriaceous leaves, with fewer nerves,
and the wider petals.

MelodorumMaingayi, Hook. fil. & Thoms., l.c. 80.

Sarawak : Santubong (Bartlett, Haviland, 1539).

Melodorum latifolium , Hook. fil. & Thoms., I . c. 116.

Sarawak (Beccari, 3787) ; Kuching (Haviland, 849).
Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Philippines.

Melodorum parviflorum , Scheffer, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind.

xxxi. 344.

Var. angustifolium.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland).

Not the plant referred to this species by King, which is
described by Boerlage (Ic. Bogor. ii. 134) as M. Kingii ,
Boerl.

Distrib. Bangka.

Melodorum fulgens, Hook. fil. & Thoms. 1. c. 120.

Sarawak, two miles from Kuching (Haviland, 416).
British North Borneo : Kabun China (Creagh) ; Brunei
(Lobb).

W. Borneo: Sungei Landak (Teysmann).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Philippines.

Melodorum kinabaluense, Stapf, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. ii.
vol. iv. 130.

British North Borneo : Mt. Kinabalu, at Penokok, at
3000 ft. elevation (Haviland, 1310).

Endemic.

Melodorum paniculatumf n. sp.

Young parts ferruginous tomentose. Leaves elliptic
acuminate, base rounded, coriaceous, glabrous above except
the midrib, hairy ; beneath rufous-tomentose ; nerves
prominent beneath, rufous-tomentose, eleven to twelve

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

91

pairs, 9-11 cm. long, 2*5-5 cm. wide ; petiole stout, 5 mm.
long. Inflorescence terminal, panicled, 9-14 cm. long,
branches 5 cm. long, all rufous-tomentose. Bracts lanceo¬
late acute, 1 mm. long. Pedicels 1 cm. long. Buds ovoid.
Sepals ovate triangular, 2 mm. long. Outer petals ovate
subacuminate obtuse, red-hairy outside, pale tomentose
within, 8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide. Inner petals about as
long, thick keeled, tips fugaciously hairy. Stamens oblong,
few, short ; appendage subtriangular, beaked, shining olive
brown. Carpels rather few, covered with long red hairs,
apices glabrous.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1845).

This species is near M. litsecefolium, King, but differs in
its larger flowers and the red tomentum, and the different
form of the stamens.

Melodorum fagifolium, n. sp.

Glabrescent, branches red-scurfy. Leaves ovate to
elliptic or oblong ; apex blunt or shortly cuspidate, base
rounded, above feebly scurfy, beneath more scurfy, pale ;
nerves red-scurfy, inconspicuous above, prominent beneath,
not inarching, nine pairs, 7-10 cm. long, 4-5 cm. wide ;
petiole black, red-scurfy, 15 mm. long. Panicles short,
subterminal, lax, red-scurfy, 7 cm. Bracts small, 1 mm.,
lanceolate ovate. Pedicels 7 mm. long. Buds long conic,
3-angled, blunt, tapering. Sepals ovate, 2 mm. Outer
petals lanceolate, outside red-scurfy, 1 cm. long. Inner
petals shorter, lanceolate, glabrous. Stamens in four
whorls ; appendage rounded, not beaked, convex, glabrous.
Pistils few, hairy.

Sarawak : Entoyut River (Hose, 897).

Allied to M, litsecefolia , King, but with very glabrous
leaves only, red-scurfy, and that somewhat thinly.

Melodorum rubiginosum, var.

Sarawak River (Haviland, 5) ; near Kuching (877) ;
(Beccari, 1410, 1041) ; Haviland & Hose (3336).

I am not quite certain of the identification of all of these,
as they are only in young bud or fruits. The leaves are
very glabrous, and the fruit wrinkled and velvety. They
resemble, however, the var. oblonga of King,

Melodorum rigidum , n. sp.

A climber, with black branches. Leaves coriaceous,
elliptic cuspidate, base rounded, above smooth, midrib

92

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

depressed, nerves eight pairs, very inconspicuous on both
surfaces, beneath red-scurfy, 9-11 cm. long, 3-4 cm. wide ;
petiole 1 cm. long. Flowers solitary axillary on red-scurfy
pedicels 6 mm. long. Calyx saucer-shaped, entire, not lobed.
Outer petals lanceolate obtuse, base broader, gradually
tapering, dark rufous-tomentose, 15 mm. long, 4 mm. wide
at base. Inner petals much shorter. Fruit cylindric,
obtuse, slightly narrowed at the base, thinly velvety red-
brown. Seeds seven, deep mahogany brown, shining.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 421); (Beccari, 393).

This plant is remarkable for its coriaceous smooth leaves
and entire unlobed calyx. Fruit 3 cm. long, 2 cm.
through.

Melodorum longipetalum , n. sp.

Branches slender, rufous-tomentose when young. Leaves
lanceolate acuminate acute, base rounded, above glabrous,
smooth, grey when dry, beneath glaucescent, quite glabrous
when adult except the midrib, which is red-tomentose ;
nerves inconspicuous, but visible beneath with fine shining
hairs in young leaves, 6-7 cm. long, 3 cm. wide ; petiole
1 cm. long, scurfy only in adult leaves, red-tomentose when
young. Flowers solitary axillary, pedicels 2 cm. long or
less, with a small linear bract. Sepals lanceolate acumi¬
nate, 3 mm. long. Outer petals linear lanceolate acuminate,
thinly red-tomentose outside, glabrous inside, 2#5 cm. long,
4 cm. wide. Inner petals shorter, linear, half as long,
glabrous acuminate. Carpels on a distinct cylindrical
torus, covered with appressed yellow silky hairs.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 2102).

This resembles M. fulgens , Hook. fil. & Thoms, in the
form of its leaves, which, however, are smoother and more
coriaceous. The long narrow petals, however, make it
very distinct from any species of this affinity. The flowers
are sweet-scented.

Melodorum ovalifoliumy n. sp.

Climber, branches tomentose. Leaves small ovate to
elliptic acuminate shortly, blunt ; base broad, peltate, with
two glands at the base, coriaceous, glabrous above except
the midrib, glaucous beneath except the nerves, covered
with red hairs, 5 cm. long, 2*5 cm. wide ; petiole pubescent,
4 mm. long. Flowers solitary, extra-axillary opposite the
leaves, on slender pedicels, hairy, 2’5 cm. long, with minute
bracts. Sepals ovate obtuse, red, hairy, 2 mm. long.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

98

Outer petals 2*5 cm. long, 4 mm. wide at the base, rather
abruptly narrowed, linear obtuse, red, hairy. Inner petals
very short, lanceolate, glabrous, acuminate, 5 mm. long.
Stamens with the appendage prolonged backwards, de¬
pressed in the centre.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 8141, 3151).

This is, I think, certainly a Melodorum and not a Xylopia ,
as it is clearly a climber. The leaves are very remarkable
in being small ovate, with two glands at the base close to
the petiole.

Melodorum Kentii, Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 116. Mitrella
Kentii, Miq., 1. c. 39.

Sarawak (Beccari, 2268, 3740).

S.E. Borneo : Sakumbang (Korthals).

Distrib. Java.

Xylopia malayana , Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 125.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1842).

British North Borneo: Kudat (Fraser, 114); Paku-Paku,
Labuk Bay (Ridley, 9059).

Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

Xylopia stenopetala, Oliver, Ic. PL 1568.

Sarawak : Penkulu Ampat (Haviland, b, p, m, d) ; Bau

(2022).

Distrib. Penang.

Xylopia fusca, Maingay in Hook, fil., FI. Brit. Ind. i. 85.
Sarawak (Beccari, 555).

Xylopia Ridleyi, King, L c. 121.

Sarawak: Sadong (Haviland, 856).

Distrib. Singapore.

Xylopia mucronata , Boerlage, 1c. Bogor. ii. Ixxv.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1579, 1578, 1588, 1487) : Kuching
(Haviland, 1009) ; swampy jungle near Kuching (Havi¬
land, 414).

Haviland says this is a climber, and the petals are
yellowish.

94

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

Xylopia oxyantha, Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 85,

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 1966).

The leaves are more coriaceous than in the type. The
fruit is ellipsoid, blunt, narrowed at the base, 3*5 cm.
long, 1*5 cm. wide, very unlike that of X. ferruginea t which
is otherwise closely allied.

Distrib. Singapore.

Xylopia ferruginea , Hook. fil. & Thoms., 1. c. 85.

Sarawak (Beccari, 8488) : Baram, Morudi (Hose, 261).
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

Xylopia congesta , n. sp.

Glabrescent ; leaves lanceolate, shortly acuminate, base
shortly narrowed, thinly coriaceous, glabrous above except
the depressed mid vein, which is obscurely pubescent ;
nerves eleven pairs, obscurely pubescent, transverse nerves
and reticulations invisible, 8-9 cm. long, 3J cm. long,
petiole 4 mm. Flowers in tufts in knots on the old wood,
pedicels 1 cm. long, pubescent. Sepals very small, rounded,

1 mm. long, pubescent. Outer petals linear from a broader
base, 3 cm. long, 1 mm. wide. Inner ones similar, hardly
pubescent, drying black. Stamens numerous, appendage
irregularly rounded, depressed in the centre. Carpels
rather numerous.

Sarawak (Beccari, 2654).

Allied to X. Scortechinii , King, but much smaller in all
parts.

Xylopia coriifolia , n. sp.

Branches stout. Leaves elliptic rounded obtuse at the
tip or obovate, narrowed at the base, very coriaceous,
shining nerves faint above, inconspicuous beneath, seven
or eight pairs inarching within the margin, intermediate
nerves nearly as prominent, all very fine, 11-13 cm. long,
4-5 cm. wide, petiole 5 mm. long, stout. Flowers few,

2 or 3, in extra-axillary tufts, pedicels 1 cm. long. Sepals
ovate acute, glabrous, 2 mm. long. Petals lanceolate, silky.
Carpels cylindric, narrowed at the base, 6 cm. long, 7 mm.
across, on a pedicel 15 mm. long.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland & Hose, 3337) ; (Hose,
1906); (Beccari, 2652, 3335).

In all these the flowers are too young to be fully de¬
scribed, but the plant is very distinct in its coriaceous
obovate leaves, and long fruit, like that of X. ferruginea .

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

95

Xylopia Havilandii , n. sp.

A large tree ; the buds coppery, hairy. Leaves stiffly
.coriaceous lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, apex sub¬
acute, glabrous except the midrib, covered with appressed
hairs, dark above, reddish glauceseent beneath, 6-7 cm.
long, 2-3 cm. wide ; petiole channelled, the blade being
decurrent to the base, 5-10 mm. long. Flowers numerous,
in axillary clusters of three or four, racemose on appressed
hairy peduncles, 1 cm. long, with ovate bracts. Sepals
connate into a cup with three ovate acuminate points
appressed, hairy, 8 mm. long. Outer petals linear, 16 mm.
long, acuminate from a rounded base, appressed, hairy.
Inner petals narrower, linear, nearly as long. Stamens
rather long, linear ; appendage small, conic. Pistils long-
styled, red, hairy ; styles glabrous. Carpel (not quite ripe)
obovoid, apex rounded, base narrowed, .glabrous, 2 cm.
long, 7 mm. through.

Sarawak : Kuching (Hose & Haviland, 8352, and Havi-
land, 2834). “ Petals yellow, ovules numerous.”

This somewhat resembles X . ferruginea , Hook, fil., but
the fruit is quite different, and the flowers less hairy.

Xylopia palchella , n. sp.

Glabrous. Leaves ovate obtuse rounded or slightly
narrowed at the base, smooth (grey when dry above, red-
brown beneath) ; nerves six to seven pairs, faint on both
surfaces, 4*5 cm. long, 3-3*5 cm. wide; petiole 5 mm. long.
Flowers solitary, extra- axillary, pedicels 5 mm. long. Calyx
cup-shaped, entire, with three short points glabrous, 2 mm.
long. Outer petals lanceolate, dilate at the base, yellow,
pubescent outside, 12 mm. long. Inner petals much
narrower, linear, nearly as long, red at the base. Anthers
numerous, slender ; appendage conic, small, as in X. obtusi-
folia red. “ Styles long and glutinous.”

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 2101).

A pretty plant, allied to X. rubella , Pierre, of Cochin
China, noticeable for its small round leaves and entire
calyx.

Xylopia lanceola , n. sp.

Branches slender ; leaves lanceolate or elliptic acuminate
obtuse, base rounded, silky pubescent beneath, the midrib
on both sides covered with appressed hairs ; nerves very
inconspicuous, 1*5-5 cm. long, 2 cm. across; petiole 2 mm.

96

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

long. Flowers solitary or in pairs, with very short pedicels.
Calyx cup-shaped, shortly lobed, 2 mm. long. Outer petals
narrow, linear from a broader base, minutely appressed,
hairy, 6 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Stamens linear, with a
very small appendage. Pistils few, silky hairy.

Sarawak (Beccari, 1908, 3868).

Very near X. caudata, King, but the flowers are much
longer and the petals more elongate.

Alphonsea javanica, Scheff., Flora, liii. 242.

Sarawak (Beccari, 2621) : Kuching (Haviland & Hose,
2115).

I only know this from Scheffer’s description and a flower¬
less specimen from Java, but I believe it is the plant
intended.

Distrib. Java, Ceran.

Mezzettia parviflora, Becc., 1. c. 188, pi. vi. 4-10.

Sarawak (Beccari, 308, 2558, and 2586). On Matang.

Mezzettia Havilandii, n. sp. M. parviflora var. Havilandii,
Boerh

Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, elliptic, acuminate ; nerves
eight pairs, thin, inconspicuous on both surfaces, 9-16 cm.
long, 3‘5-4*5 cm. wide ; petiole thick, 5 mm. Flowers
“ yellow,” in tufts on old wood below the leaves ; pedicels
1 cm. long, tomentose thinly. Sepals ovate, subacute.
Outer petals oblong lanceolate obtuse, nearly 2 mm. long.
Inner petals smaller. Stamens few, rounded. Carpel one.
Ovules two. Fruit, when dry, about 4 cm. long. Seeds
one or two, 3 cm. long and wide.

Sarawak : Kuching (Haviland, 2335).

This has the foliage of M. parviflora, Becc., but the
petals are short, not linear acuminate. The species is
nearest to M. Herveyana, but the leaves are different.

It is certain that this is what Boerlage means by his
M. parviflora var. Havilandii, but it seems to me specifi¬
cally distinct.

Mezzettia umbellata, Becc., L c. 187.

Sarawak (Beccari, 11,431) : Kuching (Haviland, 907,
2104) ; (Matang, Singhi Road).

Endemic.

BY HENRY N. RIDLEY.

97

Mezzettia pauciflora , n. sp.

Leaves lanceolate, long acuminate, base cuneate coria¬
ceous, pale beneath ; nerves six pairs, inarching in loops
midrib prominent ; reticulations lax, visible on both sur¬
faces, 11-14 cm. long, 8*5-4 cm. wide; petiole ‘5 mm.
Flowers few, on short extra-axillary racemose peduncles,
lcm. or less. Pedicels “blue,” 5 mm. Sepals ovate,
small, green. Petals linear from a broader base, 5 mm-
long, “ dirty-white,” inner ones smaller. Stamens square
truncate, flat-topped. Ovary one-ovuled. Carpel one,
cylindric obtuse, 4 cm. long, 2 cm. across, “ glaucous.”
Seed ellipsoid, 2*5 cm.

Sarawak: Kuching (Haviland, 1952).

Very distinct in its stiff coriaceous, lanceolate, acumi¬
nate leaves, few flowers, and olive-shaped fruit. Nearest
M. umbellata, Becc., but shorter petals, and quite different
leaves.

Mezzettiopsis, n. gen.

Tree with the habit of Mezzettia. Leaves thinly coria¬
ceous oblong, shortly petioled. Flowers numerous, small
from the axils of the leaves in short panicles, hairy. Sepals
free, small ovate. Outer petals short, broadly rounded
ovate. Inner petals longer, linear, obtuse, rather thick,
excavate at the base. Stamens fairly numerous, elliptic,
with broad cells, narrowed to a point at the tip. Pistils
six or more curved, flask-shaped ; style short. Ovule one,
basal.

Mezzettiopsis Creaghii , n. sp.

Bark of twigs black. Leaves elliptic, shortly, bluntly
cuspidate, base narrowed ; nerves six pairs, elevate beneath,
anastomosing within the margin, quite glabrous, 12 cm.
long, 4 cm. wide ; petiole 8 mm. long. Flowers small, in
short hairy panicles, 2 cm. long. Bracts ovate, hairy,
1 mm. Sepals very small, ovate, hairy. Outer petals
short, broadly rounded ovate, hairy. Inner petals linear,
obtuse, thick, rather fleshy, hairy, base excavate over the
reproductive organs, 5 mm. long. Stamens about twenty,
elliptic, 2-celled, apex narrowed to a point. Carpels six
or more, small, hardly longer than the stamens, curved,
narrowed at the base, and with a short blunt style. Ovule
one, basal.

British North Borneo : Tinkayo (Creagh), in Herb. Kew.

H

98 CONTRIBUTIONS TO A FLORA OF BORNEO.

This plant is certainly allied to Mezzettia , of which it has
the habit. The stamens have the form of those of Alphonsea.
It differs from every genus known to me in the numerous
pistils with solitary ovules, the short broad outer petals,
with much longer inner ones, and the form of the stamens.

It was temporarily referred to Mezzettia at Kew, but the
numerous carpels and the small outer petals distinguish it
from that genus.

PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

f

Vol. I

No. 4

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH

NOVEMBER, 1913,

SINGAPOKE :

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG AND YOKOHAMA.

&

THE SARAWAK MUSEUM JOURNAL.

- 4- -

1. — Annual Subscription (including postage) $1 (Straits

currency) to subscribers in Sarawak and the Malay
Peninsula.

2 s. 6d . (English currency) to subscribers elsewhere.
All subscriptions are due on the 1st January of the
current year.

2. — One number will be issued in the early part of each

year ; and in the event of sufficient material being
forthcoming, a second number will appear towards
the latter end of the year.

3. — All articles and notes intended for insertion should

be directed to the Editor of the Sarawak Museum
Journal, Kuching, Sarawak. They should be
authenticated by the writer’s name (sent privately
if not to be published) . The Editor cannot under¬
take to return rejected communications, unless
postage is sent, or state reasons for non-insertion.

4. — Correspondence is invited on any subject within the

scope of the Sarawak Museum Journal.

5. — Authors receive 25 copies of their papers free.

Vol. I. No. 4.

THE

Sarawak Museum
Journal

For the Promotion of Scientific Knowledge and Study of the
Natives and Natural History of the Island of Borneo.

ISSUED BY THE SARAWAK MUSEUM
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF HIS HIGHNESS THE RAJAH

NOVEMBER, 1913.

AGENTS:

SINGAPORE : Messrs. Kelly & Walsh, Limited.
LONDON : Messrs. West, Newman & Co., Hatton Garden.

PUBLISHED BY

KELLY & WALSH, LIMITED, SINGAPORE,

AND AT SHANGHAI, HONGKONG, AND YOKOHAMA-

LONDON :

PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO.,
HATTON GARDEN, E.C.

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

BY

SIDNEY H. RAY, M.A.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL ANTHROPOLOGICAL INSTITUTE, CORRESPONDING
MEMBER OF THE POLYNESIAN SOCIETY.

fit JjStTmonHm :

ADOLF BERNHARD MEYER

DR. MED. GEH. HOP. RAT.

Obixt February 5, 1911

LONDON :

PRINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN.

1913.

TABLE OF

CONTENTS.

- ♦ -

PAGE

Introduction . 1

The Geographical Distribution of the Borneo

Languages . 3

A Bibliography of the Borneo Languages . . 22

Grammatical Structure of the Borneo Languages . 50

\

Comparative Vocabularies of Borneo Dialects

65

I. — The Languages of Borneo. By Sidney
H. Bay, M.A., Fellow of the Royal Anthropo¬
logical Institute, Corresponding Member of the
Polynesian Society.

Introduction.

During the winter of 1898-9, when returning from the
Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits,
I accepted an invitation from Dr. Charles Hose, then Resi¬
dent, to visit the Baram district of Sarawak. I was specially
interested in the languages, and by the kind help of Dr.
Hose, whose influence secured the giving of information,
and whose knowledge of the people enabled him to indicate
the persons most qualified to help me, I obtained a large
number of vocabularies. These were usually obtained by
means of the Malay language but sometimes by Sea Dayak,
and were measured by the length of a day’s boat journey,
or the time spent in a native house. As, except in Baram
itself, no lengthy stay was made in any particular place,
little opportunity was found to study the structure of the
languages, and only a few notes were made here and there.
For all that relates to the Singgi Land Dayak, I am indebted
to the Rev. A. Reijffert, of the Roman Catholic Mission in
Sarawak.

Whilst my collections in the Sarawak dialects were lying
unpublished, the late Dr. A. B. Meyer conceived the idea
of publishing a comprehensive bibliographical and statis¬
tical account of the languages of Eastern Indonesia. This
was suggested by the publication of my Report on the
languages of Torres Straits and New Guinea for the
Cambridge Anthropological Expedition.* Dr. Meyer in¬
tended his work to be a corollary to that Report, and to a
similar account which I was preparing of the languages of
Micronesia. To illustrate the Eastern Indonesian languages,
Dr. Meyer compiled vocabularies containing equivalents of
the words chosen by me for the lists in the Cambridge

* ‘Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits.’
Vol. iii. Linguistics. By Sidney H. Ray. Cambridge. 1907.

Sar. Mus. Journ,, No. 4, 1913, B

2

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Report. These were preceded by a general account (in the
German language) of the literature relating to each dialect,
with geographical and statistical notes on the tribes using
them. In obtaining his lists of words Dr. Meyer was
greatly indebted to Mr. J. C. Moulton, the Curator of the
Sarawak Museum, through whose mediation the following
Officers of the Sarawak Government took considerable
time and trouble in filling up the lists : —

Mr. F. F. Boult. Hon. R. S. Douglas.

Hon. I Kirkpatrick Caldecot. Hon. J. Baring-Gould.

Mr. G. S. Chuan. Mr. H. S. B. Johnson.

Mr. W. R. T. Clement. Mr. A. E. Lawrence.

Mr. H. B. Crocker. Mr. H. L. Owen.

Mr. F. W. Page-Turner.

On Dr. Meyer’s death, in 1911, his MSS. were kindly
placed at my disposal by Herr Buschbeck, of Leipzig, but
the printed material which was promised with them went
elsewhere, and hence there has been some delay in pre¬
paring the papers for publication. I have been unable to
refer to some of the works examined by Dr. Meyer.

The account of the Borneo languages here presented is
not a translation of Dr. Meyer’s proposed work, but I have
freely used his bibliographical and geographical notes.
His vocabulary consisted only of the equivalents (as far as
possible) of the one hundred and fifty-four words contained
in my Report on Torres Straits and New Guinea, and did
not include Pronouns, Numerals, or Adverbs. My own
lists contained these, and included altogether about two
hundred and ten words.

Dr. Meyer owed a vocabulary of the Manyan dialect of
Netherlands Borneo to Rev. H. Sundermann, of the
Rhenish Missionary Society in Beto, South-east Borneo.
To the Rev. F. Braches, of the Rhenish Mission at Bandjer-
masin, I am indebted for many specimens of books in
Ngaju, Manyan, and Malay of South-east Borneo. Since
the preparation of the present work I have, through Mr.
J. C. Moulton, received some supplementary lists from Mr.
J. T. Chynoweth, Mr. W. R. Barry- Giffard, and the Rev.
C. Ah Luk. From the Yen. Archdeacon Sharp I received, on
my visit to Kuching in 1898, specimens of the Mission
literature, and later specimens have been received from
the Rev. 0. G. Collis, of Kuching, and from the British
and Foreign Bible Society, through the kindness of Rev.
Dr. Kilgour.

To the Hon. 0. A. Bampfylde, formerly Resident of

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

3

Sarawak, I owe some important notes, and also many
corrections and additional words, especially in Sea Dayak,
Brunei, and Sarawak Malay.

My best thanks are due to His Highness the Rajah for
his kind permission to include this account of the Borneo
languages in the Publications of the Sarawak Museum.

I desire to dedicate this work to the memory of Dr. Adolf
Bernard Meyer, who, with Georg von der Gabelentz, was
one of the pioneers in the study of the relation between
Indonesian and Melanesian Languages.

The whole of this matter is intended to be a record of
facts only, and I have endeavoured to keep clear of all
theoretical discussions. The Comparative material is re¬
served for future publication.

THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE BORNEO

LANGUAGES.

In the arrangement of the Vocabularies I have followed
mainly the Geographical Order, so far as it was possible to
do so without too widely separating languages which
appear to have some common elements. The large number
of vocabularies rendered it necessary that they should be
divided into three sets for convenience of printing. Thus
the first series illustrates the languages of Lower Sarawak,
the second shows the languages of Netherlands Territory
with the Kayan and Kenniah of Central Sarawak, and the
third illustrates the languages of the tribes in North and
Central Sarawak and of Brunei and British North Borneo.
For convenience of reference these geographical notes are
arranged in the same order.

I. The Languages of Lower Sarawak.

1. Milano.

The Milano* occupy the lower courses of the rivers from
the Rejang to the Tutong and Balait, i. e., the districts
about the Blawi, Palo, Bruit and Egan Rivers which form
the Rejang Delta, and the Oya, Muka, Bintulu and Miri
Rivers to the north. In Sarawak alone the speakers of
Milano dialects number at least thirty-five thousand.

The origin of their name is uncertain. In the old
language, which is still used by the Mukas and Oyas, the
people called themselves Lemano, changed by the Malays

* Also written : Milanau, Milanow, Millanow, Melanau, Malanau.

B 2

4

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

of Sarawak to Milano, and by those of Brunei to Malanau.
“ The Mattu or Malanau name for inland is Kadaya,
although the generic term applied to themselves is Mal¬
anau. Again, the numerous tribes situated far in the
interior of Rejang, although a distant branch of the
Malanau tribe, are called Kayan.”* * * §

On these terms Mr. C. A. Bampfylde sends me the
following note : — “ The word Day a, common to all Melanau
people and to the Brunei Malays, is equivalent to the
Malay darat , inland or interior as opposed to the sea.
Kadaya means ‘ towards the land.’ The prefix Ka- and
suffix -an convert an adjective into a substantive, hence
Ka-daya-an is * an inlander.’ Of this word Kayan is in
all probability a corruption. The term Kayan is applied
by coast people only to the Kayans, and is not used by the
latter among themselves. Orang Daya simply means,
‘people of the interior.’ ”f

According to A. E. Lawrence and J. Hewitt, j Milano
traditions assign the date of their establishment on the
coast to a period before the conversion of Brunei to Islam,
which occurred centuries ago.§

C. Hose distinguishes the following divisions || : —

1. Muka Malanaus, on the Muka and Oya Rivers.

2. Bintulu Malanaus or Segaans, on the Niah and Bintulu

Rivers.

3. Miris on the Bakam and Miri Rivers.

4. Dallis on the Sibuti and Bakong Rivers.

5. Naroms on the Baram River.

6. Matu Malanaus on the Matu River.

7. Rejang Malanaus on the Rejang River.

8. Igan Malanaus on the Igan River.

9. Sigalangs on the Rejang River.

10. Siduans on the Rejang River.

11. Tutongs on the Tutong River.

12. Balaits on the Balait River.

* ‘ Ten Years in Sarawak.’ By C. Brooke (now His Highness the Bajah),
i. p. 46.

f Notes on S. H. R.’s MS.

I “ Some Aspects of Spirit Worship amongst the Milano.” By A. E.
Lawrence and J. Hewitt. Jour. Roy. Anthrop. Inst, xxxviii. p. 388.

§ Crawford places the date of the foundation of the State of Brunei as
corresponding with the year 1243 of the Christian era. At that time the
first settlers had not adopted Islam (‘Dictionary of Indian Islands,’ p. 61).
He does not give a date for the conversion of Brunei, but gives that of
Achin as 1206, Malacca 1276, Java 1478, the Moluccas about 1440, and
Celebes about 1616.

|! In Ling Roth, p. 38.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

5

There are several distinct dialects. “ The languages of
the different tribes are so diverse and so subdivided that
almost each place has a separate tongue. Thus the Milanos
of Bintulu cannot understand the Milanos of Muka or Oya,
and yet they are not very far apart in point of distance.” * * * §
C. de Crespigny f and W. M. Crocker i note the same
diversities.

The name Malanao is found in the Philippine Island
Mindanao as one of the names of a Moro tribe of llanos,
dwelling on the shore of the Malanao Sea.§ Whether any
relationship is here indicated is uncertain, but viewed in
conjunction with the occurrence of such Philippine names
as Lanun, Bisaya, and Tagal in North-west Borneo, it is
worthy of notice.

The earlier vocabularies of Milano do not indicate the
dialect to which they refer. St. John || gives only the
general location “between the Rejang and Baram,” which
is repeated by Ling Roth. J. Tamat’s vocabulary,**
though not so stated, appears to refer to the Muka dialect.
In J. Holland’s vocabulary ft the language is called
Melano-Dyak.

According to A. E. Lawrence, H the Milano use a
Telabau dana, or old language, in spirit worship and in¬
cantations. Some examples are given, as Buau, Iang , Gun,
names of spirits (probably connected with the Land Dayak
buau , ghost of person killed in war, Yang , a Hindu-Malay
name for a deity, Gun , the Arab jin), and belebang, butterfly,
tatin, the carpenter bee, belebai , the small phosphorescent
centipede, &c., but he does not give the ordinary names for
comparison. He also gives an incantation chant, §§ with¬
out translation, in the language used by the Orang Bayoh,
or medicine man.

A comparison of the Milano dialects shows that they fall
into four very distinct divisions, of which the Bintulu,
Muka, Narom, and Long Kiput may be considered the
typical languages. The Kanowits, Tanjongs, and Siduans
form a group intermediate between the Milano and Sea
Dayak. Mr. A. E. Lawrence in a letter to Dr. Meyer (1910)

* J. C. Moulton in letter to A. B. Meyer, 1909.

f Jour. Anthrop. Inst. v. 1876, p. 34.

J Jour. Anthrop. Inst. xv. 1886, p. 425.

§ Blumentritt. Gesell. Erdkunde, Berlin, xxv. 1890, p. 140.

|] ‘ Eorests of the Far East,’ App. C, p. 399.

M 1 Natives of Sarawak,’ 2, p. cxix.

** ‘ Vocabulary,’ 1867.

ft Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiat. Soc. v. 1879, pp. 125-156.

Jour. Boy. Anthrop. Inst, xxxviii. p. 403. §§ Op. cit. p. 407.

6

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

wrote : — “ There are many different idioms of the (Milano)
dialect, some of them rather widely divergent. The two most
nearly similar, as far as I know, are the Mukah and Oya.
Bintulu Milano is very different from both these two and
has a z sound which they have not. With a knowledge of
Mukah and Oya Milano one can get on with a Matu,
understand a lot of what a Kanowit or Tanjong is saying,
have a very good idea of what a Bintulu is driving at, and
recognize a good many words in a Long Iiiput speech.”

The following are the Milano forms of speech illustrated
in the Vocabulary : —

I. Bintulu.

II. Matu.

Bruit.

Oya.

Muka.
III. Narom.
Miri.
Bali.
Tutong.

Niah and Bintulu Bivers, half-way between
the Bejang and Baram.

Matu Biver ; Bejang Delta between Tanjong
Sirik and the Egan Biver, i. e., from the
north channel of the Bejang to the sea.
Bruit entrance to Bejang Delta (near Tan¬
jong Sirik).

(Keppel, who gives a vocabulary, calls this Sirik.)
Mouth of Oya Biver, between Matu and
Muka.

Mouth of the Muka Biver.

Baram Biver.

Bakam and Miri Bivers.

Sibuti and Bakong Bivers.

Tutong Biver.

There are differences in the language as
spoken on the Upper and Lower Tutong.
These are distinguished in the Vocabu¬
lary as Tutong (1) i. e., Upper, Tutong
(2) Lower.

Upper Balait Biver. (Formerly at Marudi,
Baram Biver.)

Long Tru, Baram Biver. (Formerly Lelak
Lake.)

Junction of Tutau and Baram Bivers.

Tutau and Baram Bivers.

Tutau Biver.

Long Tisam, Baram Biver.

The next group is quite distinct from the Sea Dayak,
though the tribes speaking it are in the midst of the Sea
Dayak district. Hose classes it with the Milano : —

Middle Bejang Biver.

Bejang Biver above Kanowit.

Bejang Biver.

The last is sometimes classified with the Ukits. But the
language is closely allied to Kanowit and Tanjong.

Lemiting.

Lelak.

IV. Long Kiput.
Long Pata.
Batu Bla.
Berawan.

V. Kanowit.
Tanjong.
Siduan.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

7

2. Sea Dayak:.

The term Sea Dayak * * * § is adopted as a collective name
for an extensive group of tribes, whose proper territory
extends from the mouth of the Sadong Eiver to that of the
Rejang, and thence eastward, in the district of both rivers.
On the north they are in contact with the Milanos, on the
east with the Kay an s, and on the south they extend into
Netherlands territory. But the chief settlements are along
the Batang Lupar, Saribas, Kalaka, and Rejang Rivers and
their tributaries. Each tribe names itself as a rule after
its river, or district, and hence there is some difficulty in
determining the connections and subdivisions of the people.
Messrs. Howell and Bailey f distinguish five groups on
the Batang Lupar and Saribas, each consisting of two
tribes :• —

1. Balau and Undup, on the rivers of the same names, tribu¬

taries of the lower Batang Lupar.

2. Sarebas and Skarang, on the rivers of the same names.

3. Batang ai, i. e. inhabitants of the main stream [ of the

Batang Lupar, and the Lemanak on the river of the

same name.

4. The Sabuyau, formerly on the Sabuyau River, now also at

Lundu, and the Bugau, living beyond the Kalingkang

Hills in Netherlands territory.

5. The Ulu Ai occupying the upper waters of the Batang

Lupar, and the Engkari.

Hose § enumerates the Balau, Undup, Skarang, and
Batang Lupar Dayaks of the Batang Lupar region, the
Sarebas, Kalaka, Lamanak, and Katibas Dayaks of the
Rejang River, and the Dayaks of the Kapuas River in
Netherlands Borneo.

Mr. C. A. Bampfylde gives me the following note on the
foregoing There is no more difference between a Seka-
rang and a Saribas Dayak than there is between a Somerset
and a Devon man. Linguistically there is none between
the Sekrangs, Lemanaks, Saribas, and Batang Ai. The
Ulu Ai (the same as the Katibas) have the same language
with a harsher pronunciation. The Engkaris differ only
in respect to the letter r which they cannot pronounce, and
for which they substitute an h, as bahoh for haroh (below).

* The name is often spelled Dyak ; German, Dajack ; Dutch, Dajak.

t ‘ Sea Dayak Dictionary,’ p. 5.

X Batang = trunk, i. e., main river.

§ Ling Both, i. p. 88.

8

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

In the languages of the Undups, Seboyaus, and Balohs
there are slight dialectic differences. The Sea Dayak
population in the Rejang is now in excess of the Batang
Lupar and Saribas, from which they nearly all migrated,
but they no longer style themselves Sekrangs, Lemanaks,
Saribas, &c., but after the names of the branch streams
of the Rejang on which they live, as Kanowit, Serikei,
Yong, &c.”

The Dayaks, being an energetic aud enterprising people,
have greatly extended their settlements in Sarawak, and
some are found on the Muka, Oya, and Bar am Rivers.
The Sarawak Rangers, and many of the Police of the
British North Borneo Company, are recruited from the
Sea Dayaks, and some have settled in the Company’s
territory.

When contrasting themselves with the Malays, the Sea
Dayaks call themselves Daya, “inlanders,” and the Malays
Laut, or “ sea-people.” Daya is used in Netherlands
Borneo as a general name for any of the non-Mohammedan
tribes. The name Iban, first used by the Rejang Dayaks,
and probably of Kayan origin, is also coming into use by
the Sea Dayaks as a collective name.

The language of the Sea Dayaks falls apparently into
several slightly variant dialects, though the Dictionary of
Messrs. Howell and Bailey is said to illustrate “ the lan¬
guage in common use by all the tribes,” * the differences
of dialect being only “ slight differences in pronunciation
like the English in different counties.” St. John f says
the difference between the dialects is not greater than that
between London and Somersetshire.

In the vocabulary the following dialects are illustrated : —

Sibuyau (Seboyau) ...

Batang Lupar or)
Batang Ai j
Balau (Baloh)
Skarang (Sekrang) ...
Bugau

Sibuyau River, at the mouth of the
Batang Lupar.

Main stream of Batang Lupar River.

Batang Lupar and'Lingga Rivers.
Skarang tributary of the Batang Lupar.
Hills between the Batang Lupar and
Kapuas Rivers.

A Vocabulary in Ling Roth of a so-called “Rejang
River tribe ” has been shown by me + to be really a Sakai

* W. Howell to Dr. Meyer, 1910.

+ * Forests of the Far East,’ i. p. 78.
\ ‘Man,’ No. 42, April, 1902.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

9

vocabulary enclosed by mistake among the papers of
Brooke Low.

The Sea Dayaks are said to possess an ancient language.
According to K. Lasch,* * * § “ the language which theManangs
or witch-doctors of the Sea Dayaks in Sarawak use in their
ceremonies is often not understood by themselves, and is
by the uninitiated known as bungea jake.” This term
appears to be intended for the words bungai jako perhaps
meaning “ flower language,” but the expression is not
found in Howell and Bailey’s ‘ Dictionary.’ St. John says :
“ The language used by the manangs in their incantations
is unintelligible even to the Dayaks themselves, and is
described by the uninitiated as bungea jaker, i. e. manang
gibberish.”! Bev. J. Perham says: “Most of the matter
chanted in these Manang performances is unmeaning
rubbish. They begin by describing in prolix and grandiose
language all the parts of a Dayak house.” t The Bev.
W. Howell writes § that bungai jako , also called jako
bekurong, ox pantun jako, mean “a parable.” He gives the
examples : Tu bungai jako iya, his parable ; anang ngena
jako bebungai, do not use a parable.

8. Land Dayak.

The Land Dayaks occupy the south-western corner of
Sarawak, especially about the Sadong, Samarahan, Sara¬
wak, and Lundu Bivers and their tributaries, and extend
into Netherlands Territory, especially about the upper
waters of the Sambas Biver. The language is fairly well
known, and several dialects are represented by lengthy
vocabularies. In some (Sentah, Quop, or Beta) there are
Bible translations and a small Mission literature. ||

The Land Dayaks call themselves Bideyuch, meaning
“ people of the land ” (i. e. not of the sea). 1C
In the Vocabulary the following dialects are illustrated ;
the native name (when known) being given in brackets, in
its Singhi form.

* “ TJeber Sondersprachen und ihrer Entstehung.” Mitt. Anthrop.
Gesells. Wien, xxxvii. 1907, p. 148.

f ‘ Forests of the Far East,’ i. p. 62.

I Jour. Straits Br. Roy. Asiatic Soc. No. 19, 1887.

§ Letter to Mr. J. C. Moulton, 1913.

|| Cf. Bibliography, Nos. 82, 118, 152, 153, 155, 259.

Cf. Howell and Bailey, ‘ Sea Dayak Dictionary,’ under Daya.

10

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Lara ... ... ... Upper Sambas and Lundu Rivers.

Lundu ... ... Lundu River on west boundary of

Sarawak.

West of Upper Sarawak River, towards
Netherlands Territory.

On West Branch of the Sarawak River.
The Serambo dialect differs slightly from Singhi by
changing an to ai, or by prefixing a vowel ; also o is some¬
times substituted for u, a , or e : e. g. daai , branch ; dkon ,
another; odah, by; dku, I; odi, advance; soon, able; for
Singhi daan , kiln, dah, dku , edi, sedn .* * * §

Krokong (Krokong)
Singhi (Bisingai)

Upper Sarawak River. Western Branch.
Western Branch of Sarawak River.
Upper Sarawak River.

Eastern Branch of Sarawak River below
Kuching. Sibuti, at foot of Quop Hill.
On hill S’buran, ten miles from Kuching.
Almost identical with Quop, which
is about one hour’s walk distant.

On hill Beta, Quop and Batuh villages.
Sadong, also Tebakang and Lanchang ... On Upper Sadong

River, east of Sarawak River.
Milikin ... ... On tributary of Sadong River.

These are, according to Mr. J. C. Moulton, a mixture of
Land and Sea Dayaks.

Bunan ... ... On head- waters of Kudup River.

Grogo (Grogoe)
Sauh (Biratak)
Sennah (Bionah)
Quop (Bikuab)

Sentah (Biotah)

Beta

II. Languages of Netherlands Territory.

1. SANGAU, BeHE, MeNJUKEI, SlDIN.f

The first vocabulary of any Borneo language, that of
J. C. M. Radermacher,! represented the language of
“ Daijakers,” or “ Biajos.” The list was obtained by
Resident Stuart, of Pontiana, from a place distant ten days’
journey north-west of Sangouw, on the Kapuas River. The
kingdom of Sanggau lies in the basin of the Sekajam River.
Its boundaries are Taj an and Landak on the west, Sambas
on the north-west, Sarawak on the north, Sekadau on the
east and south-east, and Meliau on the south. According
to Hollander^ the inhabitants are a mixture of original
Dayaks with all sorts of colonists, including Malays.

* These examples are from Rev. A. Reijffert’s MS. Singhi Vocabulary,

f In the names of places and tribes of Netherlands Borneo, j should
be pronounced as y.

\ “ Bijvoegsels tot de beschrijving der Sundasche Eilanden.” Verhand.
Batav. Genoots. iii. 1781, pp. 436-439.

§ ‘ Handleiding,’ ii. 1898, p. 91.

BY SIDNEY H. BAY.

11

The Behe people dwell in the basin of the river of the
same name, a tributary of the Landak, which itself flows
into the northern branch of the Kapuas. The district is in
the western neighbourhood of the Sangau. The language
is stated to be a Malay dialect.* * * §

The Menjukeis, or Benjukais, live in the neighbourhood
of the Behe, but speak dialects entirely different. A. A.
Fokker, to whom our knowledge of both dialects is due,
states that in the former, Malay n becomes tf and ng
changes to k. The voiced e is pronounced as a. t

The Sidins, or Sidings, dwell on the Sidin and Pawan
Bivers in East Sambas.

Of the four preceding languages, only the Sangau appears
in the comparative Vocabulary, but some words, extracted
from the notices of A. A. Fokker and C. Kater,i are given
for comparison with their equivalents in the Vocabulary.

2. Maloh.

H. Keppel§ names the Malo as a tributary of the
Kapuas, which enters the sea on the west coast of Borneo
at Pontianak. Brereton in St. John || states that the
“Malau” is spoken by the aborigines in the interior of
the Kapuas not far from Mt. Tilong. Hose IT names
eighteen tribes of “ Maloh Dyaks ” on the Kapuas. Both
Keppel and St. John give vocabularies which show closely
related dialects. The Sarawak Museum contains a MS. list of
Maloh words compiled by Herr van Vellthuy sen, Controleur
of the Upper Kapuas in 1898.

In 1899 I collected a vocabulary of Kalis Maloh from a
native of the Upper Kapuas.

8. Sampit and Katingan.

Sampit is the chief place in the district of the same
name in the interior of Southern Borneo, round about the
river Sampit. An unimportant notice of the language is
given by "VV. J. M. Michielsen,** and an extensive list of

* “Korte Aanteekeningen over het Behe-Dajaksch.” Tijd. v. h.
Binnenlandsch Bestuur, iv. pp. 344-847, 1890. I have been unable to
refer to this notice,

f Ibid.

+ “ De Dajaks van Sidin.” Tijd. Taal, Land-en Volk. xvi. 1867, 183-188.

§ ‘ Expedition to Borneo,5 i. Appendix.

|| ‘ Forests of the Far East.’ Appendix.

If In Ling Both, i. p.. 38.

** “ Verslag eener reis door de bovendistricten der Sampit en Katingan-
rivieren ” (Tijdsch. Taal, &c., 28, p. 70).

12

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

about three thousand words has been published by K. W.
Tiedtke.* * * § Details are wanting as to the exact tribes to
which the vocabulary refers.

Katingan is the name given to a vocabulary published
with the Sampit by K. W. Tiedtke, but as in the former
list no exact indication of locality is given. The Katingan
Kiver flows parallel to the Sampit, about midway between
the south-west and south-east corners of Borneo. The
language agrees very closely with the Sampit, and appears
to be only a dialect of the same language. Some notes on
the people are to be found in the Report of the Rhenish
Missionary Society for 1891.

4. Pari.

Logan mentions these as the most inland people of
Borneo. He says t : “ The aborigines of the interior of
the great Kahayan basin do not, I believe, know any tribes
more inland than the Daya Pari.” According to the Encyc.
Ned. Ind.+ they belong to the great complex race of the
Behaus, which includes the Kajans and Modangs.

Hollander§ mentions in ‘ Boven Kapoeas,’ on the Upper
Kapuas and Ambalau, in the still imperfectly known
north-east corner of the western division of Borneo, a
number of independent tribes among which are the Malus
and the Kajans who all belong to the main Pari tribe.
Kessel speaks of the “Pari race” and the “Pari stem,”
and gives a vocabulary of sixty-eight words. ||

5. Lawangan.

Hamer H states that this language is spoken in the
northern part of East Dusun, especially in the basin of the
Karau and North-east Amuntai, also at the source of the
Tabalong, and along the Tewe on the borders of Kutei.
The exact locality of the language, of which he gives two
hundred and thirty-four words, is not named.

6. Siang.

According to Hamer,** who gives a vocabulary of one

* ‘ Woordenlyst ’ (Verhand. Bat. Genoots. 1872).

+ Jour. Ind. Archipelago, 1850.

\ References to this work were made by Dr. Meyer. I have not seen
the book.

§ ‘ Handleiding,’ 1898, p. 94.

|| ‘ Statistiche Aanteekeningen,’ 1849.

If Tijdsch. Ind. Taal, 1889.

** Ibid.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

IB

hundred and thirty words of this language, it is spoken
along the Aju and Montalat Rivers, which are both tribu¬
taries of the Barito, and along the latter far inland. It
therefore borders on the Lawangan, and though agreeing
in its general character with the neighbouring languages
appears to be distinct.

7. Maanjan.

The library of the British and Foreign Bible Society
contains a translation by E. Denninger of a portion of the
Book of Genesis in the Sihong language. This name
appears on the Calw Mission map as a district east of the
Barito River and north of Mangkatip.* * * § The language
closely agrees with the Maanjan.

C. den Hamer gives a vocabulary of Maanjan and states
rather indefinitely that the language is spoken in East
Dusun on the left bank of the Barito, and also in a part of
Amuntai.t Another vocabulary of one hundred and fifty
words was written for Dr. Meyer, by Herr H. Sundermann,
for fifteen years a missionary among the Maanjans at
Beto, in East Dusun. About one-fourth of these agree
with Hamer, and about another fourth are more or less
divergent, about half suggest a difference of dialect in the
two lists. This is possible, as Hamer gives no precise
locality, and according to the Encyc. Ned. Ind. Maanjan is
also spoken on the banks of the Karau and Patei, tribu¬
taries of the Barito in East Dusun.

A number of books have been translated into this
language by missionaries of the Rhenish Missionary
Society.];

8. Ngadju.

The largest collection of words in any Borneo language
is contained in the Dajack-German Dictionary of A. Harde-
land,§ who, in his grammar of the same language^ calls
the tribes using it the. Olo Ngadju, “ inland people ” or
“uplanders ” ( olo people, ngadju, upland). The language
has also been called Ngaju, Biadju, Bedaju, Bijadju,
Biadjuk, and Biajos.

The Olo Ngadju comprise the Mangkatip and Dusson,

* ‘Kleiner Missions-Atlas von R. Grundemann.’ Calw and Stufctgardt,
1886.

f Tijdsch. Ind. Taal, 1889.

I Gf. Bibliography, Nos. 191, 223, 237.

§ ‘ Dajacksch-Deutsches Worterbuch,’ 1859.

IT ‘ Versuch einer Grammatik,’ 1858.

14

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Pulopetak, Mantangai, Kapuas, and Kahaian tribes. The
more mixed Sihongs and Patai partly belong to the same
group. The term “ Olo Ngadju ” is used in opposition to
that of “Olo Qt” for the tribes to the north and north-east,
the Katingan and Sampit on the west, and the Olo Masi or
Malays in the south and south-east.

The principal dialects of the Ngadju are the Pulopetak,
Mangkatip, Mantangai and Kahaian. Hardeland trans¬
lated the Bible into the Pulopetak, and the Dictionary is
mainly in this dialect.

The Mangkatip is spoken on the river of the same name,
joining the Pulopetak to the Dusun, and is also spoken on
the Dusun. It has more Malay words than Pulopetak. It
substitutes a simple consonant for a compound as, e. g.,
daton, not; tunjak, finger; mangah , breathless; kahanak,
the will; mimul , to plant; for the Pulopetak djaton, tundjuk,
manggah , kahandak and mimbul. It substitutes l for r as
in tear, money ; larang or lalang, costly ; Pulopetak rear,
rarang * The pronunciation is softer and lighter than the
Pulopetak.

The Mantangai is spoken in the district about the lower
course of the Kapuas Biver. It has some words different
from the Pulopetak, as, e. g., amai, father; in'd , mother;
bueng , man ; nambi , woman ; for Pulopetak apang , indu,
hatuci, bawi. There is also a fondness for the metathesis
of syllables or of the initial consonants of a word, as,
dahangan, buffalo ; dahari, to run ; njahulo, short time ;
nahalem, deep ; for Pulopetak hadangan, hadari , lianjulo ,
handalem . The e of Pulopetak is also changed to i ; hitoh,
here ; idan , bough ; for Pulopetak hetoh , edan. The
pronunciation is in other respects similar to Pulopetak, but
with a stronger stress on the last word of a sentence.

The Kahaian is spoken about the river of the same
name, west and north-west of Pulopetak. It has fewer
words differing from the Pulopetak than the Mantangai.
For example, of the four words given above, the Kahaian
has only the word indang , mother, different. It has l for r
more rarely than the Mangkatip (as e. g. alut for amt, boat),
but where r is retained it is harsher than the Pulopetak r.
The Pulopetak g becomes k in Kahaian, dj becomes tj. B
is very soft and often pronounced as w, k is usually
preceded by ng. Examples are : kawi, work ; tjaton not ;
wawilem, black ; ivahandang , red ; bangku, stupid ; bung-

* In these and the following examples the spelling is that of the original
German orthography, and nj = ny, dj = j, ndj = nj.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

15

kong, waterpot ; for Pulopetak gawi , djaton, babilem , balian-
dang , bako , bukong. The Kahaian pronunciation is hard,
with short, sharp, staccato syllables, and sonorous voice.

The Olo Ngadju have a “ Sacred or Spirit Language ”
called “ Basa Sangiang ,” in which the “ augh balian ,”
prayers, invocations and incantations are recited by the
basir (male), and balian (female), sorcerers, who represent
the “ manang ” of the Sea Dayaks. The Basa Sangiang
consists of (1) common or only slightly changed Ngadju
words ; (2) Malay words not used in ordinary Ngadju ;
(B) many words not used in any other language, of which
even the users do not know the real meaning. Some
words of the common language which are rarely used are
also found in the Basa Sangiang, whilst other words of the
common language have an entirely different meaning in
Basa Sangiang. Hardeland gives a specimen of the
“ augh balian,” with translation and notes.* * * §

9. Biadju.

Several vocabularies are found with this name. J. C. M.
Badermacher in 1780 and 1826 published some “ Biadjoo ”
words.! 0. v. Kessel also in his notes on the Kapuas
district! gives a list in the “ Be jadjouw,” which he else¬
where § calls the South Borneo tribe. Hamer gives a
vocabulary of the “Biadju Dajak” || of the plains in the
west of the Barito. These mostly agree with the Ngadju
of Hardeland, but Kessel’s vocabulary differs considerably.

10. Modang.

The Modang, according to P. J. B. C. Robide van der
Aa,1T is the language of East Borneo, and Long Wai is the
chief settlement of the Modangs in northern Kutei. The
inhabitants of Long Wai are elsewhere called Longwahau
and Longbleh Modangs. The Modangs are said by
Hollander** to comprise several tribes, one of which is
called Long Wai and another Bahau. Vocabularies of the
language spoken at Long Wai are given by van der Aa in

* £ Versuch der Grammatik,’ pp. 209 ff.

f ‘ Beschrijving van het eiland Borneo.’

I ‘ Statistische Aanteekening,’ 1849.

§ 4 Uber die Volkstamme von Borneo,’ 1857.
i| ‘ Tijdsch. Indische Taal,’ 1889.

M C. Bock, ‘ Reis in Oost en Zuid Borneo,’ 1887, p. 116,

** ‘ Handleiding,’ 1898,

16

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

C. Bock’s ‘Travels,’* and also in the lafcter’s account of
the Head Hunters.!

11. Tidong.

The Tidong l tribes occupy the north-east of Nether¬
lands Borneo, on the border of and overlapping the
British North Borneo Territory. According to M. W. H.
Beech § the Tidongs are found on the east coast, between
Lahad Dato and the country a little to the south of
Bolongan. Their dialects have been illustrated by
Aernout,|| Hamer,* * §! and Beech.** Those shown in the
Vocabulary are the following : —

1. Bolongan

2. Tarakan.

3. Sesayap

4. Simbakong

5. Sibuku...

6. Nonukan

On the Bolongan Branch of the Kajan
Biver.

An island opposite the mouth of the Sesayap
Biver.

Biver north of Sibnku.

Locality not stated. (Probably river north
of Sesayap.)

The coast between Batu Tinagat and Sibuku
Biver.

Locality not stated. (Probably island at
mouth of Sibuku Biver.)

III. Languages of Upper Sarawak.

1. Kayan.

The Kayans!! occupy the basins of the Bejang and
Baram, chiefly along the main rivers, but they are also
found on the Bintulu and far inland. Maxwell in Ling
Both says that “ the Kayan country extends from that
of the Sea Dayak’s boundary to Brunei* and to within ten
or fifteen miles of the Limbang Biver. They extend in
Dutch Territory almost right across the island, and are the
chief native people of Borneo.”

Hose|f names thirteen Kayan tribes on the Baram,
Balungan, Bejang, Bahau, Kapuas, and Mahakam Bivers,

* C. Bock. ‘ Reis in Oost en Zuid Borneo,’ 1887, p. 116.

f ‘ Head Hunters,’ 1881, p. 884, also in ‘ Unter den Kannibalen auf
Borneo,’ 1882, p. 393.

| Called “ Tidoeng ” by the Dutch.

§ ‘ The Tidong Dialects,’ 1908.

|| Indische Gids. 1885.

*|[ Tijdsch. Taal, &c., 1889.

** ‘ The Tidong Dialects,’ 1908.

ft The name is also written Kian, and, by the Dutch, Kajan.

In Ling Roth, 1896, p. 38.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

17

all with one exception having the word uma for “ house ” or
u village,” for which the Kenniah tribes use lepu.

In the Encyc. Ned. Ind. it is stated that the Behau, who
according to one subdivision are also called Pari, form a
large complex tribe to which the Kayans belong. The
Kayans of Baram in Sarawak must have come from Poh
Kedjen.

H. Keppel in 1840, and R. Burns in 1849, published
vocabularies, followed by S. St. John in 1862, and J. Holland
in 1879. None of these gave any definite indication of
locality. Brooke Low’s vocabulary* also was indefinite.
But Burns’s list probably represents Bintulu Kayan, and
Low’s that of the Rejang or Balui.

The vocabularies of R. S. Douglas and my own collections
refer to definite villages.

The Kayan dialects illustrated in the Vocabulary are the
following

1. Rejang Kayan ... Of the Rejang River.

2. Uma Blubo ... Baram River.

3. Uma Poh ... Baram River.

4. Uma Baloi ... On the Upper Rejang,

2. Kenniah.

The Kenniahsf occupy the Baram basin mainly on the
Tin jar tributary, the Batang Kayan or Koti, and also the
Balui or Upper Rejang, and are contiguous with the
Kavans.

The Kin jin people (called Dyaks by Engelhardt) t are
Kenniahs of the Balungan district in Netherlands Borneo.
The following dialects are shown in the Vocabulary

1. Kin jin

2. Lepu Tau

3. Lepu Anan

4. Lepu Pohun

5. Lepu Sawa

6. Lepu Pun

7. Malang

8. Madang

9. Long AM

Balungan district, Netherlands Borneo.
Rejang, Balungan and Silat Rivers.

Long Pangan, Baram River, also Rejang
River,

Baram and Balungan Rivers.

Long Pana, Tin jar River.

Long Ulai, Baram River.

Long Simitan, Tin jar River.

Tin jar River.

Long Temala, Baram River.

(“ Long ” in these names means “ river.”)

* In Ling Roth,
f Also Kenyahs or Kinyahs.

I Tijdsch. Indische Taal, 1897.

G

18

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

3. Murik.

The Muriks are also a tribe of the Baram district. Hose* * * §
associates them with the Bahaus of Baram, Balungan, and
Apoh Rivers. I collected a vocabulary in 1899, and R. S.
Douglas has since published a short list.!

4. Kalabits. 5. Trengs and (6) Muruts.

1. Kalabit. — The Kalabits are placed by Hose I in one
group with the Muruts. He names three divisions of the
former tribe, viz. : (1) Kalabits of the Baram and Limbang
Rivers ; (2) the Lepu Potong between the Upper Baram
and Limbang, and the interior of Baram ; and (3) the
Libbun Kalabits of Baram.

The vocabulary of R. S. Douglas§ probably represents
the first of these divisions. My own list represents the
language of the Bruang Kalabits, between the Baram and
the Limbang. Some words have also been recorded by
J. C. Moulton.||

2. Treng. — The Trengs, according to J. C. Moulton, are
said by their descendants in Sarawak to have once occupied
the head-waters of the Limbang, Madihit, Tutau, and
Baram Rivers. They are closely allied to the Kalabits,
and comprise the three divisions of the Long Patas, Balait,
and Tabuns. The Balait appear to be different from the
Pa-Liit.

Long Patas are in contact with the Lepu Pohun on the
Baram River ; the Balaits live on the Tutau River, near
Long Tepin, and the Tabuns on the Malinau and Limbang
Rivers. I collected vocabularies of all three dialects in
1899. Some Tabun words have since been obtained by
Mr. J. C. Moulton. IT

The Long Pata vocabulary shows a very different lan¬
guage from the Tabun and Balait, and also from the Lepu
Pohun, being closely akin to the Milano Long Kiput.

The Vocabulary shows the following Treng dialects : —

1. Balait ... On the Balait River and Upper Limbang.

2. Tabun ... On the Lower Madalam River.

3. Murut. — The Muruts occupy the hinterland of Brunei
Bay, being found chiefly in Brunei and British North

* In Ling Roth.

f ‘ Sarawak Museum Journal,’ 1912.

X In Ling Roth.

§ ‘ Sarawak Museum Journal,’ 1911.

|| Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc., 1912.

IT Ibid., 1912,

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

19

Borneo, on the rivers which there flow into the China
Sea.

In the Vocabulary the following dialects are shown : —

1. Trusan Murat Trusan River.

2. Adang ... On the Adang Tributary of the Limbang

River.

3. Padas ... On the Padas Tributary of the Pagalan

River, in the West of British North
Borneo.

Some Murut words were collected by Mr. J. C. Moulton
from the Limbang River.*

7. Kajaman.

The Kajamans are found about 275 miles up the Upper
Rejang or Baloi River. Hose, in Ling Roth, associates the
Ba Mali and Kajaman, but this is not fully borne out by the
Vocabulary. In a MS. note he connects the Ba Mali with
the Punans, which is more correct.

8. Punan.

The Punans are found at the head-waters of the Rejang
and Baram Rivers, and also in the Upper Kapuas.
Vocabularies have been obtained from various districts.
Those shown in the Vocabulary are the following : —

1. Ba Mali

2. Rejang Punan ...

3. Bok Punan

4. Nibong Punan ...

5. Manketa Punan

On Baram River, round about Mt. Dulit.

On the head- waters of the Rejang River.

On the Bok River.

On the Nibong branch of the Lobong
River, which flows into the Tin jar
tributary of the Baram.

On the right bank of the Upper Kapuas,
in the north-east corner of the Western
Division of Netherlands Borneo.

9. Sibop.

The Sibops are associated by Hose t with the Madangs.
They occupy the region about the Tinjar River, and be¬
tween the Rejang and Baram. The Sibop dialects shown in
the Vocabulary are the following : —

1. Tinjar Sibop ... Long Semiting, Tinjar River.

2. Lirong . Long Movai, Upper Tinjar River ; also

on Baram and Rejang Rivers.

3. Long Pokun ... Long Sulun, Dapoi tributary of the

Tinjar River.

* Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc., 1912.
f In Ling Roth, p. 88. C 2

20

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

10. Ukit and Bakatan.*

These occupy the region round about the upper waters
of the Rejang Baleh and Kapuas Rivers. They are neigh¬
bours of the Punans. The Bakatan in the same region are
placed by Hose in one group with the Punans, Ukits, and
Sihans. He also distinguishes the Baloi Bakatans on the
Rejang, and Bintulu Bakatans on the Tatau River.

In the Vocabulary the dialects shown are : —

1. Ukit ... About 160 miles above Sibu on the Baleh

branch of the Rejang River.

2, Bakatan ... Baloi River or Upper Rejang.

(The Baloi is the right-hand branch of the Rejang River,
the Baleh is the left-hand branch.)

11. Kadayan and Bisaya.

These are languages from Northern Sarawak, on or near
the Brunei boundary. Hoset distinguishes the Mahommedan
Kadayans in Brunei, and on the Limbang, Tutong, and
Sibuti Rivers ; and the Pagan Kadayans on the Balait and
Tutong. He also groups the Bekiau with the Orang Bukits
of the Baram, Koti, Balungan, and Balait Rivers.

The following dialects are shown in the Vocabulary : —

1. Kadayan ... Upper Balait and Tutong River.

2. Bekiau ... Tutong River, near Nyamok River.

3. Bisaya ... Limbang River.

IV. North Borneo Languages.

1. Tagal.

The Tagals, whose language is known only by a vocabu¬
lary sent by Mr. W. R. Clement to Dr. Meyer, are said by
him to be few in number in Sarawak, but numerous in
British North Borneo up to the Dutch border. They are
not mentioned by Hose, and are regarded by Clement as
probably an offshoot from the Muruts.

2. Dusun, Ida’an, and Lanun.

The Dusun languages are found in the districts north of
the Limbang, and along the coast and hinterland to Marudi
Bay.

The following appear in the Vocabulary : —

* Also written Bukitan and Pakatan.
f In Ling Roth, p. 38,

BY SIDNEY H. BAY.

21

Dalit Dusun

Kadasan Dusun
Tampassuk Dusun,..
Idaan, or Eriaan
Lanunf

According to Mr.
Lanuns is Mindanao,
in North Borneo, on
east.

(Called Dali Dusum by Crespigny),* * * § near
Limbang.

Kimanis Bay.

Tampassuk River, north of Kimanis.
Locality uncertain.

Locality uncertain. (Rivers in North¬
west Borneo.)

C. A. Bampfylde, the home of the
in the Philippines. There are many
the coast in Marudi Bay, and to the

8. Buludupi.

The Buludupi are scattered in the north-east of British
North Borneo, their villages being found from the Sugut
River, near Paitan Bay, on the north, to Tabnnak on the
south. Vocabularies of two apparently different dialects
are given by Treacher I and Montano. §

4. Sulu.

The Sulu language L| is properly the language of the
Sulu Archipelago, between Borneo and the Philippines.
As, however, it is spoken by a number of people in North¬
eastern Borneo, about Darvel Bay and the adjacent islands,
including Balangan, and as far south as Cape Kanyongan,
it is included in this notice of Borneo languages.

V. Malay.

Four varieties of Malay appear in Borneo, Those given
in the Comparative Vocabulary represent the speech of
Brunei and Sarawak. The first of these is characterized
by a broader pronunciation ; a for e, o or au for u, with a
slight difference in vocabulary. A vocabulary of Sambas
Malay, collected by me in 1899, differed very little from
that of Sarawak. The Malay of the books printed at
Banjeraiasm appears to differ slightly from the ordinary
Low Malay of Surabaya.

* Proo. Roy. Geogr. Soe., 1872.

f Also called Iranun and Iilanum.

I Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc., 1880.

§ ‘ Rapport,’ 1885.

'| Also called Solok, Solog, Soolo, Soeloe, Joloano.

22

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE BORNEO LANGUAGES.

In the following pages I have endeavoured to give as
complete a list as possible of all the extant material
illustrating the Languages of Borneo. .General works on
the island have only been included when some part refers
to language, or has some bearing on the classification or
distribution of the tribes.

I have added the titles of books in the Malay language
which have been published in Borneo and are presumably
in Sarawak or Banjermasin Malay. Also there are added
references to the much-discussed term “ Dayak.”

Wherever possible, I have verified the entry by refe¬
rences to books in my own collection or in the British
Museum Library. But some of the works recorded by Dr.
Meyer were not available in England, and others are
recorded only in the Bibliographies of Hensbroek and Yan
der Chijs.

The books are entered in chronological order. The
number prefixed is that by which they are quoted in
succeeding pages of this notice.

I. Collective Bibliographies.

1. Bleek, Wm. H. I. — The Library of His Excellency Sir

George Grey, K.C.B. Philology, vol. ii. part iv. 1858.
Contains, pp. 150-154, Bibliography of the Dayak Language.

2. Hollander. — Handleiding bij de beoefening den land-en-

volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Breda.
1861-1864.

3. Hensbroek, P. A. M. Boele van. — De beoefening der

Oostersche talen in Nederland. Leiden. 1875.

4. Chijs, J. A. van der. — Proeve eener Ned. Indische Biblio-

graphie. Batavia. 1875.

5. [Chijs, J. A. van der] . — 1880.

This I have not seen. It was referred to by Dr. Meyer.

6. Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.

Notulen, &c. Begister 1889-1898, door J. A. van der Chijs.

7. Sherborn, C. Davies. — A Bibliography of Malaya. (Jour.

Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Soc. Nos. 22, 24, 26, 27, 29.
1890-1896.)

See also Veth (55) and Ling Roth (182).

II. Travels, Ethnography, Language, and Literature.

8. Beeckman, Daniel. — A Voyage to and from the Island of

Borneo, in the East Indies. London. 1718.

xviii. + 205 pp.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

23

9. Radermacher, J. G. M. — Beschryving van het eiland
Borneo voor zo verre het zelve, tot nn toe, bekend is.

( Y erhandelingen v. h. Bataviaasch Genootschap van
Knnsfcen en Weetenschappen. Peel ii. pp. 107-148.
Batavia. 1780.)

Contains on page 115 the commonest words in the Ban-
jarees or Banjermasing ; and on pp. 138-139 some words of
the Biadjoos living west of the Banjar ; collected by W. A.
Palm. Cf. No. 17.

10. Bijvoogsels tot de Beschryving der Sundasche Eilanden,

Java, Borneo en Sumatra. (Yerhandelingen der Bata-
viasch. Genootschap. Deei iii. Batavia. 1781. Pp. 423-
444.)

Contains, pp. 436-439, a vocabulary Hollands-Dayaks, as in
Nos. 11 and 16.

11. Byvoegsels tot de Beschryving der Sundasche eilanden

Java, Borneo en Sumatra. (Yerhandelingen van het
Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weeten¬
schappen. Derde Peel. Te Rotterdam. By Reinier
Arrenberg, en te Amsterdam. By Johannes Allart.
mdcclxxxvii. Pp. 423-464.)

Contains, pp. 436-439, words of the “ Dayakers or Biajos ” ;
114 words by “Resident Stuart, of Puntiana,” ten days’
journey above Sangouw. Cf . No. 16.

12. Leyden, J. — On the Language and Literature of the Indo-

Chinese Nations. (Asiatic Researches. 10. Calcutta,
1808. Pp. 158-289.)

On pp. 216-217, notes on Biaju, Tirun (or Tedong) and Idan
languages of Borneo. No specimens.

13. Crawfurd, John. — History of the Indian Archipelago,

containing an Account of the Manners, Arts, Languages,
Religions, Institutions and Commerce of its Inhabitants.
With map and engravings. In three volumes. Edin¬
burgh. 1820.

Contains, pp. 125-191, among other vocabularies, one of the
Biajuk language.

14. Short Notice concerning the Island of Pulo Nias; from

Observations made during a visit to the Island in 1822.
(Malayan Miscellanies. Yol. ii. No. 8. Bencoolem
1822.)

18 pp. Contains, on pp. 13-16, vocabularies of Nias, Batfa,
Bima, and Lampung; and, on pp. 17-18, “ The following is a
farther comparative vocabulary of three of the Dayak Lan¬
guages in the southern part of Borneo.” These are the
Biadju, Mooning, and Cupuas. Cf. No. 19.

15. B. M. H. Eenige Reizen in de binnenlanden van Borneo.

Togt van Banjer naar Becompaij en de kleine Paijak.
(Tijdscrift. Ned. Indie. 1824. 1 Jahrg. Yol. ii.)

Contains “ Dayak ” as name of a province.

24

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

16. Radermacher, J. C. M. — Bijvoegsels tot de beschrijving

der Sundasche eilanden Java, Borneo en Sumatra.

(Verhand. Batav. Genootschap. 3 deel. 2 druk. 1824.)

Contains, on pp. 280-281, a vocabulary of about 114 words
of the language of the “Daijakers of Biajos ” ( i . e., Dayaks or
Biajus), ten days’ journey above Sangouw, made by Resident
Stuart, of Pontianak.

17. Radermacher, J. C. M. — Beschrijving van het eiland

Borneo, voor zoo ver hetzelve tot nu bekend is. (Verhand.

Batav. Genoots. 2 deel. 3 druk. Batavia, ter Lands

Drukkerij. 1826.)

Contains, p. 48, the commonest words (17) in the Banjarees
or Banjermasing ; and, on p. 08, words (21) of the Biadjoos.
Both collected by W. A. Palm. Gf. No. 9.

18. Balbi, Adrien. — Atlas Ethnographique. Paris. 1826.

Table xl., No. 361, contains Biadjuk or Wyago or Dayak

words.

19. Marsden, William. — On the Polynesian or East-Insular

Languages. London. 1834. (Miscellaneous works of

William Marsden, E.R.S., &c. London. 1834.)

Contains, pp. 36-37, note on Borneo People and Languages,
and, on p. 93, a vocabulary of Sangouw, near Pontiana (from
No. 16), and of Biajuk, Murung, and Kupuas, bracketed as
Dayak of Borneo (from No. 14).

20. d’Eichthal, Gustave. — Histoire et Origine des Eoulahs

ou Eellans. (iVIemoires de la Societe Enthnologique.

I. Paris. 1841.)

xi. + 296. An attempt to connect the Poulah people of
West Africa with the people of the Malay Archipelago.
Contains, on pp. 195-221, “ Vocabulaire comparatif des prm-
cipaies langues de l’archipel Indien,” and, on pp. 247-256,
“ Vocabulaire compare de 86 mots semblables de la langue
foulah et des prmcipaux dialectes de l’archipel Indien.”
Among these languages is the Biajuk of Borneo.

21. Tjerita Jezus Christus, tuntang tjerita sekare rasul ;

tersalin kapada bahasa Dajak. Batavia. 1842.

Extracts from the Gospels and Hymns in Ngaju. Cited by
Hensbroek.

22. Pira-pira tjerita bara surat hatalla idja solake. Batavia

(Parapattan). 1843.

i. + 39 pp. (History of God’s book, Genesis, chapters 1 to
50.) In Ngaju. Cited by Chijs, 1875, and Hensbroek.

23. (Syllabary and Reading Lessons.) No date, but probably

Batavia, 1843.

12 pp. Cited by Hensbroek.

24. Pangajar agama Kristan jaran-a Pamisik Jabbab nyah

gawai-a engangut engangut. Singapore. 1845.

According to Veth, Borneo, 1856, ii. pp. 233-238, this is in a
language of Western Borneo.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

25

25. Hardeland, A. — Dua tamparae sombajang ; awi August

Hardeland, pandita. Borneo, ilam bagan hong lewu
bintang Pulopetak, 1845.

10 pp. In Ngaju. Cited by Chijs. 1875.

26. Hardeland, A. — Pira-pira njanjian akantara Hatalla.

Borneo, injurat hong Pulautelo. 1845.

20 pp. In Ngaju. Cited by Chijs and Hensbroek.

27. Tjerita karadjan hatalla tuntang augh adjar bara surat

Hatalla tinei sombajang dan njanjian. Elberfeld. 1845.
History of the Kingdom of God. In Ngaju. Hymns with
music.

28. Hupe, G. — Korte Verhandeling over de Goddienst, zeden,

enz. der Dajakkers. (Tijdschrift. v. Neerland’s Indie.
8st. Jaar. iii. Batavia, 1846.)

Pp. 127-172, 245-280. An account of Ngaju Keligion, many
specimens of Language, Texts, Ac.

29. Surat hapan adjar membasa.

24 pp. Without title-page. Book used for learning to read.
In Ngaju. By A. Hardeland. Kapstadt ( i . e., Cape Town).
1846.

30. Keppel, H. — The Expedition to Borneo of H.M.S. ‘ Dido ’

for the Suppression of Piracy : with Extracts from the
Journal of James Brooke, Esq., of Sarawak. By
Captain the Hon. Henry Keppel, K.N. In two volumes.
London. Chapman and Hall, 186, Strand. 1846.

xii. + 887 + xxviii. and ix. + 280 + cii. pp. Contains,
vol. i., pp. xii.-xxvi., Appendix ii., Philology, with Vocabularies
of Suntah, Sow, Sibnaw, Sakarran, Meri, Millanow, Malo, and
Kayan.

31. Surat tjerita bara karadjaan Hatalla, tuntang augh adjar

bara surat Hatalla, tuntang augh hapan sombajang ;
laku-doa; njanjian. — Ilambagan hong lewu Kapstad,
tanah Aprika, awi S. Solomon dan Kolae. Njelo. 1846.
ix. + 221 pp. History and Lessons, with Hymns. In Ngaju.
By A. Hardeland.

32. Surat akan olo Ngadju hong pulau Borneo. Ilambagan

hong lewu Kapstad, tanah Aprika, awi S. Solomon dan
Kolae. Njelo. 1846.

iv. + 131pp. Lessons and History. In Ngaju. By A. Harde¬
land. (Pp. 121-131 are the same as pp. 459-469 in the Notes
to New Testament.) Cf. No. 35.

33. Temminck, C. J. — Coup-d’oeil general sur les possessions

neerlandaises dans 1’inde archipelagique. Leiden. 1846.
Three volumes.

Contains, vol. ii., eight chapters on Borneo, of which ch. vi.
gives an account of the population. No vocabularies.

34. Keppel, Hendrik. — Togten naar Borneo, van Jacob

Brooke, thans gevestigd te Sarawak; en van Britsche
Oorlogschepen, tot demping der Zeerooverij ; uitgegevn
door den Britschen Scheepskapitein Hendrik Keppel.

26

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Vertaald en men ophelderingen en teregtwijzingen ver-
meerderd. Met platen en kaarten. 2 Deel. Te Amster¬
dam, bij G. J. A. Beijerinck. 1846.

xvi. + 373 and x. + 395 pp. Notes on Sarawak tribes, but
no vocabularies.

35. Surat brasi Djandji taheta Tuhan dan Djuru-Salamat ikei

Jesus Kristus. Injalinan bara pun bahsa, ia ta bara
bahsa Hellenes, akan bahsa olo Ngadju, hong pulau
Borneo. Ilambazan hong lewu Kapstad, tanah Aprika,
awi Pike dan Philip. Njelo. 1846.

iv. + 469 pp. The New Testament in Ngaju. Translated
by J. F. Becker and A. Hardeland. At pp. 459-469 an
explanation of foreign words, and a description of the Land of
Judah, as in pp. 121-131 of No. 32.

36. Pangajar agama Kristen, man inikinik pakata, dipilih doan

Kitab Jubata blaka. Singapor. 1847.

viii. + 152 pp. According to Veth, Borneo, 1856, ii.
pp. 213-238, this is in a language of Western Borneo.

37. Some Remarks on the Dayaks of Banjarmassing. (Jour

Indian Archipelago, i. 1847.)

Pp. 30-34. An account of customs, &c., translated from
No. 33.

38. Low, Sir Hugh, K.C.B. — Sarawak, its Inhabitants and

Productions. London. 1848.

xxiv. + 416 pp. Contains, p. 173, note on Sea Dayak
language.

39. The Virgin Daughter of Sultan Bongsu, a Dayak Tale

with a Translation. (Jour. Indian Archipelago. Vol. 2.
Singapore, 1848.)

Pp. 758-763. The translation is only an account of the
meaning of the story.

40. Gronovius, D. J. van den Dungen. — Zending naar de

Soolo Archipel. Verslag, Beschrijving, en Voorstel tot
het koloniseeren van het N. O. gedeelte van Borneo.
1848.

MS. This copy contains a Sulu Vocabulary, wanting in the
printed paper of 1850 (c/. No. 47).

41. Belcher, Capt. Sir Edward. — Narrative of the Voyage of

H.M.S. ‘ Samarang ’ in Surveying the Islands of the
Eastern Archipelago during the years 1843-46. London.
1848. 2 vols.

Vol. ii. contains a comparative vocabulary of twelve lan¬
guages, one of which is Sulu, and a comparative table of Suluk,
Malay, Dayak, and Tagala.

42. Logan, J. R. — The Languages of the Indian Archipelago,

a System of Classification and Orthography for Compara¬
tive Vocabularies. (Jour. Indian Archipelago. Vol. iii.
No. 9, 1849, pp. 203-234, and No. 10, 1849, pp. 637-677.)

Contains Borneo words as illustrations.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

27

43. Dalrymple, A. — Essay towards an Account of Sulu.

(Jour. Indian Archipelago. Yol. iii. Singapore. 1849.)

Pp. 512-531 and 545-567. A reprint from the ‘ Oriental
Repertory.5 Much of the information refers to Borneo. On
pp. 549-552, Notes on Language and Literature ; and on
pp. 558-560 the Sulu names of various articles of commerce.

44. Burns, B. — A Vocabulary of the Kayan Language of the

North-west of Borneo. (Jour. Indian Archipelago.
Yol. iii., No. 3. March, 1849.)

10 pp. (182-192). 854 words from the Rejang and Bintulu

Rivers.

45. Kessel, 0. van.' — Statistische Aanteekeningen omtrent het

Stroomgebied der Bivier Kapoeas. Westerafdeeling van
Borneo. (Indisch Archief 1 Jahrg, 1849, pp. 165-204.)

Contains on pp. 202-203 sixty-eight words in Dutch and five
Borneo languages. These are named : (1) North-western Race;
(2) Malay Race ; (3) Pari Race, Punans, Mankettans, Wutt,
and Ott. It is not clear what is meant by the North-western
Race, but as these speakers occupy the basins of the Sambas,
Landak, Serawak, Sadong, and Sikaijam Rivers, the Land
Dayaks are probably meant.

46. Becker, J. E. — Het district Poeloepetak, zuid en ost Kust

van Borneo. (Indisch Archief, i. 1849.)

On p. 423, note on meaning of name “Dayak.”

47. Gronovius, J. D. van den Dungen. — Bijdrage tot de

Kennis van den Soeloeschen Archipel uit het Verslag
van . . . over zijne missie in 1848. (Tijdschrif. v. Neer-
lands Indie, ii. 1850, pp. 58-70.)

This is apparently the printed version of No. 40. It does
not contain the vocabulary.

48. Lynden, D. W. C. — Aanteekening over de landen van het

stroomgebied der Kapoeas. (Nat. Tijdschrif. v. Ned.
Indie, ii. 1851.)

Pp. 537-636. Contains a note on the word “ Dayak.”

49. Crawfurd, John. — A Grammar and Dictionary of the

Malay Language, with a Preliminary Dissertation. In
two volumes. London. 1852.

Contains Vol. i., pp. lxxvii.-lxxxiv., a discussion on the
Borneo languages. On p. ccv. a vocabulary of Kayan compared
with Malay, Javanese, and other Indonesian languages.

50. Gabelentz, H. G. von der. — Beitrage zur Sprachenkunde.

Erstes Heft. Grammatik der Dajak-Sprache. Leipzig.
E. M. Brockhaus. 1852.

48 pp. A grammar and syntax of Ngaju, source not stated.
At pp. 44-48 are the Paternoster, Parable of the Prodigal Son,
and a Hymn.

51. Pembatja’an jang gampang guna akan anak skola. Band-

jermasin. 1852.

48 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

52. Ini ada satoe ingetan dari Toehan Allah poenja baik dan

tjinta. Bandjermasin. 1853.

28

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

53. Kitab jang terseboet sohbat orang berdosa. Bandjermasin.

1853.

64 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

54. Schwaner, L. M. — Borneo. Beschrijving van het stroom-

gebied van den Barito en reizen langs eenige voorname
rivieren van het zo. gedeelten van Latu Land. Amster¬
dam. 1853.

Contains various short notes on language.

55. Surat rinting agama. Bandjermasin. 1854.

115 pp. In Ngaju. Rhenish Miss. Soc. Cited by Chijs.

56. Veth, Pieter Jan. — Borneo’s Westerafdeeling, geogra-

phisch, statistisch, historisch, voorafgegaan door eene
algemeene schets des ganschen eilands. Zaltbommel.
2 Deelen. 1854-56.

Contains a list of publications on Borneo.

57. Boepa-roepa tahlil atau njanjian orang Kristen bagi Allah.

Bandjermasin. 1855.

viii. + 117 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

58. Cuarteron, Carlo. — Spiegazione e traduzione dei xiv

quadri relativi alle isole di Salibaboo, Talaor, Sanguey,
Nanuse, Mindanao, Celebes, Borneo, Balsalatolis, Tam-
bisan, Sulu, Toolyan e Labuan . . . Coll’ appendice
di un vocabolario malese, suluano, tagalese, &c. Boma.
1855.

viii. + 227 pp. Appendix contains a Sulu Vocabulary.

59. Surat djumala augh bara surat hatalla awang Kampili.

1855.

182 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

60. Grammatik der Pulopetak-Dajacksprache fur Anf anger.

Barmen. 1856.

47 pp. Printed by J. F. Steinhaus. By Missions Inspektor
Wallman in Barmen.

61. Hoefen, C. van. — Surat serita akan anak olo idja radjin

membasa. Ilambagan djari handua tingkat. Bandjer¬
masin. 1856.

179 pp. A second edition, 1867, 190 pp. Gf. No. 98.

62. Crawfurd, John. — A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian

Islands and Adjacent Countries. London. 1856.

459 pp. On pp. 57-66, an account of Borneo ; on pp. 68-72,
a notice of Brunei ; on p. 377, Sarawak ; on pp. 127-135,
Dayak.

63. Surat hurup hapa madjar anak olo membasa. Bandjer¬

masin. 1857.

24 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc. 3rd edit. 1865.

64. Kessel, Oscar v. — Ueber die Volkstamme von Borneo.

(Zeitschrift f. Allg. Erdkunde N. E. 3. Berlin. 1857.)
Pp. 377-410. A classification of Borneo people on p. 380.
No vocabularies.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

29

65. Hardeland, A. — Versuch einer grammatik der Dajack-

schen Sprache, Amsterdam. Frederik Muller. Druck
von C. A. Spin & Sohn. 1858.

viii. + 374 pp. This is the fullest grammar of any Borneo
language and relates to Ngaju. Pp. 211-374 contain text and
translation with notes of the “ Augh olo Balian ” used at the
Death Feast.

66. Denninger, E. — Genesis in het Sihongsch. 1.

80 pp. No title-leaf. Rhenish Miss. Soc. Bandjermasin.
1858. Incomplete, containing only Chaps, i.-xxvi. 5.

67. Surat rinting agama ia ta surat batang ad jar tuntang surat

njanji tuntang surat lakudoa. Bandjermasin.

51 + 43 + 31 pp. No date. Rhenish Miss. Soc. Cited by
Chijs as 1858.

68. Surat brasih Djandji idja solake. Bagi idja solake : kara

surat sarita. Injalinan bara puna basae akan basan olo
ngadju hong pulau Borneo. Ilambagan hapan Balandjan
olo Kristen hong tanah Balanda (Nederlandsche Bijbelge-
nootschap) hong lewu Amsterdam. Awi tuan Spin,
tukang malambagan. 1858.

768 pp. Translation of the Old Testament — Genesis to
Esther. Ngaju. By A. Hardeland.

69. Surat brasih Djandji idja solake. Bagi idja dua : kara

surat njanji, surat adjar tuntang surat nabi. Injalinan
bara puna basae akan basan olo ngadju hong pulau
Borneo. Ilambagan hapan Balandjan olo Kristen hong
tanah Balanda (Nederlandsche Bijbelgenootschap) hong
lewu Amsterdam. Awi tuan Spin, tukang malambagan.
1858.

iv. 4- 568 pp. Translation of the Old Testament — Job to
Malachi. Ngaju. By A. Hardeland.

70. Crespigny, C. A. C. — Notes on Borneo: Ascent of the

River Limbang ; Visit to Maludu Bay. (Proc. Roy.
Geographical Soc. ii. 1858.)

Pp. 342. Contains pp. 347-349, Note on the Dusun Lan¬
guage. Quoted by Ling Roth, ii. 273.

71. Crespigny, 0. de. — Reisen im nordlichlen Theile der Insel

Borneo (Nach dem in den Straits Times ( Singapore )
publicirten Journal desselben mitgetheilt von Prof.
C. Ritter. (Zeitsch. fur. allgem. Erdkunde. Berlin.
1858.)

Pp. 325-339. Notes on tribes, but no vocabularies.

72. Surat brasih Djandji taheta Tuhan tuntang Djuru-Salamat

ita Jesus Kristus. Injalinan bara puna basae akan basan
olo ngadju hong pulau Borneo. Ilambagan hapan
balandjan olo Kristen hong tanah Balanda (Nederlandsche
Bijbelgenootschap) hong lewu Amsterdam. Awi tuan
Metzler tuntang Basting, tukang malambagan. 1858.
iv. + 541 pp. The New Testament in Ngaju,

30

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

73. Bibel, ia ta : hapus surat Hatalla idja, brasih, djandji idja,

solake tuntang djandji taheta. Injalinan bara puna
basae akan basan olo ngadju hong pulau Borneo. Uam-
bagan hapan balandjan olo Kristen hong tanah Balanda
(Nederlandsche Bijbelgenootschap) hong lewu Amster¬
dam. Awi tuan Spin, Metzler tuntang Basting, tukang
malambagan. 1858.

1336 + 541 pp. The whole Bible in Ngaju comprising the
three preceding portions bound in one volume, the Old Testa¬
ment with continuous pagination.

74. Dajacksch-Deutsches Worterbuch. Bearbeitet und her-

ausgeben im Auftrage und auf Kosten der Niederland-
ischen Bibelgesellschaft. Amsterdam, Frederik Muller.
Druck von 0. A. Spin & Sohn. 1859.

viii. + 638 pp. Ngaju Dictionary, by A. Hardeland.

75. Wester, H. — Barang hikajat jang terlebeh goena deri

dalam Kitab Allah ija itoe segala soerat perdjandji-an
lama dan baroe di-ator dalam pertanjaan dan penjahoetan.
Tersalin deri bahasa Hollanda dalam bahasa Melajoe.
4th edit. Bandjermasin. 1859.

43 pp. Malay. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

76. Roepa-roepa tahlil atau njanjian orang Kristen bagi Allah.

Bandjermasin. 1860.

104 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

77. Surat tjerita akan anak-anak mengadji.

1860.

52 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

78. Toehan Jesus menarima orang berdosa.

1860.

84 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

Bandjermasin.

Bandjermasin.

79. Penoendjoekan bagimana orang misti sombahjang. Tjitakan

jang Katiga. Bandjermasin. 1861.

38 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

80. Soerat hoeroef pakeiakan mengadjar anak anak membatja.

Bandjermasin. 1861.

24 pp. Cf. also No. 97 and No. 105.

81. Chalmers, Rev. Wm. — A Vocabulary of English, Malay,

and Sarawak Dayaks. Canterbury : Printed at St. Augus¬
tine’s College Press. 1861.

ii. + 70 pp. The Malay is that of Sarawak, with a few
words marked as Sibuyow Dayak. The Dayak is the Sentah
Land Dayak, on the Southern Branch of the Sarawak River,
but a few words are marked as belonging to the dialect of the
Western Branch.

82. Chalmers, W. — Surat Peminyuh Daya Sarawak. Singa¬

pore. 1862,

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

31

83. St. John, Spenser. — Life in the Forests of the Far East.

Two volumes. London. 1862.

Contains the following vocabularies in Vol. ii. : —

Appendix A, pp. 383-389. Dayak Languages. Sambas to
Batang Lupar. (Sarawak, Sadong, Lara, and Sibuyau (87
words), by Rev. W. Chalmers.)

Pp. 390-391. Sabuyau, Lara, Salakau, and Lundu (44
words), by Rev. W. Gomez.

Appendix B, pp. 392-398. Sea Dayak and Malau (117 words),
from material by Mr. Brereton.

Appendix C, pp. 399-406. Languages of Tribes between
the Reiang and Baram — Milanau, Kayan, and Pakatan
(112 words).

Appendix D, pp. 407-416. Languages of Northern Borneo —
Ida’an, Bisaya, Adang (Murut) (90 words).

Appendix E, pp. 417-420. Lanun (85 words).

Also Vol. L, pp. 78, 194, 321, 383, Notes on Various
Languages.

84. Latham, R. G. — Elements of Comparative Philology.

London. 1862.

Chap, xlvii., pp. 305-318. Languages of Borneo, Ac., to
Ceram. On pp. 306-307 are vocabularies of Sangouw, Biajuk,
Murung, and Kupuas (quoted from Nos. 11 and 14) ; and of
Suntah, Sow, Sibnow, Sakarran, Meri, Millanow, and Malo
from No. 30 ; and of Kayan from No. 44. On pp. 316-319 is a
vocabulary of Dayak compared with other languages.

85. McDougall, F. F., Bishop of Labuan. — On the Wild

Tribes of the North-west Coast of Borneo. (Transactions
Ethnological Society, ii. 1863.)

24 pp. Contains, p. 26, Note on Language.

86. McDougall, Bishop. — A Catechism of the Christian

Religion in English and Malay for the Use of the
Missions of the Church in Borneo. . . . London.

Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. (Oxford
Printed.)

115 pp. No date. Malay and English on opposite pages.
Apparently in Sarawak Malay.

87. Ini hikayat sa-orang kanak-kanak jang bernama Henri

serta dengan pengasohnja. Bandjermasin. 1863.

56 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

88. Ingil Isa Almasih tuhan kami ti di-surat S. Markus. The

Gospel according to St. Mark, translated out of the
original Greek into Dyak. Nottingham. Printed by
Dearden and Son for the Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge, mdccclxiv.

75 pp. In Sea Dayak.

89. Grant, C. T. C. — A Tour among the Dyaks of Sarawak,

Borneo, in 1858. With additional Notes up to 1864.
London. 1864.

Contains two chapters on the Dayak language by W.
Chalmers. Cited and quoted by Ling Roth, ii. 267-269,

32

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

90. Braidwood, Peter M. — The Physiological Actions of

Dajaksch, an Arrow Poison Used in Borneo. (Edinburgh
Medical Journal, 1864.)

Contains note on name Dajak on p. 12.

91. Braidwood, Peter M. — (?.) (Medical Centralblatt,

No. 41, 1864.)

Reference to Dayak.

92. Chalmers, Rev. Wm., of the Sarawak Mission. — Some

Account of the Land Dyaks of Upper Sarawak. Re¬
printed from the Occasional Papers of St. Augustine’s
College, Canterbury. Singapore : Printed at the Mission
Press.

No date. 12 pp.

93. Hoefen, C. van. — Doewa kali 52 tjeritaan toematan di

Kitab Allah. Bandjermasin. 1865.

245 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

94. Hoefen, C. van. — Surat serita bara surat augh hatalla.

Uambagan handuae tingkat. 2 druk. Bandjermasin.
1865.

242 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc. 2nd edit.

95. Surat hurup hapa madjar anak olo membasa. Uambagan

hantelo tingkat. 3 druk. Bandjermasin. 1865.

28 pp.

96. Brooke, Charles (now His Highness the Rajah). — Ten

Years in Sarawak. With an Introduction by H.H. the
Rajah Sir James Brooke. 2 vols. London. 1866.

Contains, i. p. 50, Note on Language. rQuoted by Ling Roth,
ii. 271.

97. Soerat hoeroef pekei akan mengadjar anak-anak membatja.

Tjitakan jang katiga kali. Bandjermasin. 1867.

24 pp. Another edition of No. 80.

98. Hoefen, C. van. — Surat serita akan anak olo idja radjin

membasa. Uambagan djari handua tingkat. 2 druk.
Bandjermasin. 1867.

190 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc. 2nd edit. Cf. No. 61.

99. Kater, C. — Be Dajaks van Sidin (uittreksel uit eene

Reisbeschrijving van Pontianak naar Sidin in April,
1865). (Tijdsch v. Ind. Taal. 16, 1867, pp. 183-188.)

Contains a few words from the Rivers Sidin and Pawan in
East Sambas.

100. Tamat, John. — A Vocabulary of English, Malay, and

Melano. Sarawak. 1867.

19 pp.

101. Kater, C. — lets over de bij de Dajaks in de Wester-

afdeeling van Borneo zoo gezochte tempajans of tadjau’s.
(Tijd. v. Ind. Taal. 16, 1867.)

Pp. 438-449. Names and descriptions of the earthern jars
called “ tempayan ” or “ tajau.”

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

38

102. Riedel, J. G. F. — Bijdrage tot de kennis der Talen en

Dialecten, voorkomende op de eilanden Luzon of Lesoeng,
Panai of Ilong-ilong, Balangingi, Solog, Sangi, alsmede
op Noord- en Midden-Celebes. (Verhandelingen der
Bataaviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten, &o., xxxiii.
1868.)

Pp. 1-44. Contains texts in Balangingi and Solog languages
of the Sulu Archipelago.

103. Roepa-roepa tahlil atau njanjian orang Kristen bagi Allah.

Tjitakan jang katiga kali. Bandjermasin. 1868.
vi. + 76 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

104. Soerat jang menerangkan roepa boemi akan orang muda

jang soeka mengadji. Bandjermasin. 1869.

34 pp. Rhenish Miss. Soc.

105. Soerat hoeroef pakei akan mengadjar anakanak membatja.

Bandjermasin. 1869.

A later edition of Nos. 80 and 97.

106. Perelaer, M. T. H. — Ethnographische beschrijving der

Dayaks. Zalt Bommel. 1871.

Contains note on meaning of word “ Dayak.”

107. Lesart. — (?) (Globus, vol. xx. No. 17, 1871.)

On p. 259, reference to name “ Dayak.”

108. Wallace, Alfred Russel. — The Malay Archipelago.

London. 1872. 3rd edition.

Appendix contains vocabularies of Sula ( i . e. Sulu) and Bajau.

109. Crespigny, C. de. — On Northern Borneo. (Proc. Roy.

Geographical Soc. 1872.)

Contains, on pp. 179-183, Vocabularies of North Bornean
Languages. These are: — 1. Brunei low dialect. 2. Bisaya.
3. Murut Padass. 4. Murut Trusan. 5. Dali Dusum ( i . e.
Dusun), near Limbang.

110. Tiedtke, K. W. — Woordenlijst der Sampitsche en Katin-

gansche taal. Batavia : Bruining & Wijt. 1872. (Also
in Verhandeling v. h. Bataviasch Genootschap, 36, 1872.)
i. + 93 pp. A vocabulary — Malay, Sampit, Katingan, and
Dutch.

111. Meyer, A. B. — Ein Beitrag zu der Kenntnis der Sprachen

auf Mindanao, Solog. (Tijdschrift v. Taal, &c., 20, 1873,
pp. 449-454.)

Contains vocabulary in Moro-Joloano and sentences collected
by Dr. Meyer in 1872.

112. (Injil Isa Almesih tuhan kite ti di-tulis S. Lukas. Printed

at the Mission Press, Sarawak, mdccclxxiv.)

This title is conjectural only. The translation, in Sea Dayak,
by Rev. W. R. Mesney, is mentioned in Historical Catalogue of
Bible Society’s Library.

113. Crespigny, C. de. — On the Milanows of Borneo. (Journal

Anthropological Inst. v. 1876.)

On pp. 36-7 a vocabulary of Malanau (District of Mukat,
i. e. Mukah).

84

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

114. Injil Isa Almesih tuhan kite ti di-tulis S. Johan. Printed

at the Mission Press, Sarawak, mdccclxxvii.

No pagination. The Gospel of St. John in Sea Dayak,
translated by Rev. W. R. Mesney.

115. Kerja Basul. Sarawak. Printed at the Mission Press

for the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.

1877.

No pagination. The Acts in Sea Dayak, translated by Rev.
J. Perham.

116. Perham, Bev. J. — The Song of the Dayak Head

Feast. (Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 2,

1878. )

Pp. 123-135.

117. Oust, Bobert N. — A Sketch of the Modern Languages of

the East Indies. London. 1878.

On p. 140, twelve Borneo languages are mentioned. The
reference is only to Burns (44), Crawfurd (49), Latham (84),
the Bible (73), Gabelentz (50), Hardeland (74), and Tiedtke
(110).

118. Injil agah Salamat. (Sentah Dialect.) Sarawak. Printed

at the Mission Press for the Society for Promoting
Christian Knowledge. 1879.

166 pp. Selections from the Gospels.

119: Surat S. Jakob. Surat S. Pitrus i. Surat S. Pitrus ii.
Surat S. Joan i. Surat S. Joan ii. Surat S. Joan iii.

No pagination. No title-page. The Epistles of James,
1 and 2 Peter, 1, 2, and 3 John, translated into Sea Dayak by
Rev. J. Perham. (Sarawak, 1879. 56 pp.)

120. Palisang oloh Kristen manintu lewu sorga, turnon djeta

injarita awi John Bunjan. Bandjermasin. Ilambagan
awi Bijnsch Zending-Genootschap, 1879.

104 pp. ‘ The Pilgrim’s Progress.’ Translated into Ngaju.

121. Swettenham, F. A. — Comparative Vocabulary of the

Dialects of some of the Wild Tribes inhabiting the
Malayan Peninsula, Borneo, &c. Collected and Compiled
for the Straits Branch of the Boyal Asiatic Society.
(Jour. Straits Branch of the Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 5,
June, 1880. Singapore.) Pp. 125-156.

The Borneo dialects are : — 1, 2. Iranun (Illanun) and Dusun
of Tampassuk River, and 3. Bulud-Opie of Sigaliud River,
Sandakan, by W. H. Treacher. 4. Sulus, by Anson Cowie.
5, 6, 7, 8. Kian, Punan, Melano, and Bukutan (i. e. Bakatan)
Dayak, by Rev. J. Holland. 9. Land Dayak, by Rev. J. L.
Zehnder. 10. Balau Dayak, by Rev. J. Holland. (A correction
of the last list in Jour. Str. Br. 6, pp. 293-294.)

122. Perham, Bev. J. — A Sea Dayak Tradition of the Deluge

and Consequent Events. (Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic
Society, No. 6, 1880.)

Pp. 289-291.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

35

123. Surat Zabor. The Psalms translated into Sea Dayak. By

the Bev. J. Perham, late student of Augustine’s College,
S. P. G. Missionary in Sarawak. London : Society for
Promoting Christian Knowledge.

178 pp. Undated, but said in the Bible Society’s catalogue
to have been printed in 1880.

124. Kitab ’ sa malanunkai wet Moses. Bandjermasin.

No date. In Ngaju. Cited by Chijs, 1880.

125. Perelaer, M. T. H. — Borneo van Zuid naar Noord.

Ethnographische roman. Botterdam. 1881.

2 vols. On p. 149, a note on the origin of the word “Dayak.”

126. Perham, Bev. J. — Petara or Sea Dayak Gods. (Jour.

Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 8, 1881.)

Pp. 133-152.

127. Bock, Carl. — The Head Hunters of Borneo : a Narrative

of Travel. London. 1881.

Pp. xvi. + 344. Contains, pp. 334-335, a short vocabulary
of the Long Wai (Dayak) dialect. (145 words.)

128. Soerat hikajat djamaatjna Kristus. Tersalin daro bahasa

Duits ka-pada bahasa Malajoe. Bandjermasin. 1881.

129. Meyer, A. B. — Ueber die Namen, Papua, Dajak und

Alfuren. Wien. 1882. (Aus dem Jahrgange 1882 der
Sitzungsberichte der phil.-hist. Classe der Kais. Akademie
der Wissenschaften (ci. Bd., 1 Hft., S. 537) besonders
abgedruckt.)

18 pp. The name Dajak is dealt with on pp. 9-13 and
16-18.

130. Bock, Carl. — Bei den Kopfjagern. 1882.

131. Ufford, Quarles van. — Bemerkungen. (Tijdschrift v.

het Aardr. Genoots. te Amsterdam, vi. 1882.)

132. Michielsen, W. J. M.— Verslag einer reis door de boven-

destricten der Sampit-en Katinganrivieren in 1880.
(Tijdschrift v. Taal, &c., 28, 1883, pp. 1-87.)

Contains note on language on p. 70.

133. Bock, C. — Hoved-jaegerne paa Borneo . . . Oversat aefter

den engelske original ved B. Geelmuyden. Kristiana.
1883.

Pp. xiv. + 278.

134. Denison, N. — Journal (from 29th April to 25th May,

1872) when on a Trip from Sarawak to Meri, on the
North-west Coast of Borneo in the Brunei Territory.
(Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 10, 1883,
pp. 173-188.)

Notes on the Milanos. Nothing about languages.

135. Perham, Bev. J.- — Sea Dayak Beligion. (Jour. Straits Br.

Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 10, 1883.)

Pp. 213-243.

86

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

136 . Ferguson, A. M. — Notes Illustrating the Changes which

Consonants undergo in passing from one Malayan Dialect
to Another. (Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society,
No. 12, 1884, pp. 233-244.)

137. J. K. — Dictionary of the Sea Dayak Language. Kuching,

Sarawak.

In Library of the Straits Br. Roy. Asiatic Society. Gf. Journal,
No. 12, 1884, p. xxiv.

138. Marre, Aristide. — Aper§u philologique sur les affinites

de la langue Malgache avec le Javanais, le Malais, et les
autres principaux idiomes de l’archipel Indien. (Travaux
de la 6e session du Congres international des Orienta-
listes a Leide.) Leide. E. J. Brill, 1884.

160 pp. A comparison of Malagasy with the languages of the
Indian Archipelago, among which is the “ Dayak ” ( i . e. Ngaju).

139. Grabowsky, F. — Familie, Verwandtschaft und Freund-

schaft bei den Olo Ngadju in Slid Ost Borneo.

140. Grabowsky, F. — Beisen in Slid Ost Borneo. Berlin.

1884.

141. Barker, H. P. A. — Het Bijk Sanggau. (Tijdschrift v.

Ind. Taal, &c., 29, 1884.)

Pp. 353-463. Nothing about the language.

142. Haynes, T. H. — English, Sulu, and Malay Vocabulary-

Pour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Soc., No. 16, 1885, and
No. 18, 1886.)

143. Perham, Bev. J. — Sea Dayak Beligion. (Jour. Straits

Br. Boy. Asiatic Soc., No. 14, 1885.)

Pp. 287-304.

144. Groot, J. J. M. de. — Het Kongsi wezen van Borneo.

’Gravenhage. 1885.

145. Aernout, W. — Een woordenlijstje der Tidoengsche taal.

(Indische Gids. 7 Jaargang. I. Amsterdam. 1885.
Pp. 536-550.)

W. Aernout was Controleur at Moera Teweh.

146. Montano, M. le Dr. J. — Bapport a M. le Ministre de

l’lnstruction Publique sur une mission aux lies Philip¬
pines et en Malaisie (1879-1881). (Archives des Missions
scientifiques et litteraires, 3 me Ser. Tome 11.) Paris,
Imprimerie Nationale. 1885.

209 pp. Contains, pp. 152-155, notes on the languages of
Bulud-upi and Sulu, and, on pp. 162-169, vocabularies of the
same languages ; also, on pp. 172-185, a Sulu vocabulary
slightly differing.

147. Crocker, Wm. M. — Exhibition of Ethnological Objects

from Borneo. (Jour. Anthropological Institute, xv.
1886.)

Pp. 424. Contains, p. 425, note on Milanow Language. Re¬
printed by Ling Roth, ii. 272.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

87

148. Montano, J. — Voyage au Philippines et en Malaisie. . . .

Paris. 1886.

Pp. viii. + 351. Descriptions of people. No linguistics.

149. Perham, Rev. J. — Klieng’s War Raid to the Skies ; a

Dayak Myth. (Jour. Straits Br. Roy. Asiatic Society,
No. 16, 1886.)

Pp. 265-288.

150. Bock, Carl. — Reis in Oost- en Zuid-Borneo van Koetei

naar Banjermassin, Ondernomen ... in 1879 en 1880.
Met historisch inleiding over Koetei . . . doorP.J.B.C.
Robide van der Aa. s’Gravenhage. 1887.

Pp. Ixxi. -f 129. On pp. 112-123, Appendix B, De talen der
Dajaks met een Longwaisch Woordenlijstje, a combination of
the list in No. 127, with a MS. voc. by v. d. Wall.

151. Perham, Rev. J. — Manangism in Borneo. (Jour. Straits

Br. Roy. Asiatic Society, No. 19, 1887.)

Pp. 87-103. With native versions of chants, &c. Reference
to Manang language on p. 90.

152. Land Dayak. In j il Tuhan Isa Almesih penubos-ta, San

Lukas. Sarawak. Printed at the Mission Press. 1887.
124 pp. Translated by Rev. C. W. Fowler.

153. In j il munda San Markus.

72 pp. Without title-page. Uniform with preceding. S.
Mark in Land Dayak, translated by Rev. C. W. Fowler.

154. Surat Penga jar an Christian Rumah St. Francis. Kanowit,

a.d. 1887.

128 pp. Cyclostyle. Catholic Catechism and Instruction in
Sea Dayak.

155. (The Liturgical Epistles and Gospels in Land Dayak.)

According to Bible Society’s Catalogue, these were translated
and printed by C. W. Fowler at Quop in 1888.

156. (The Liturgical Epistles in Sea Dayak.)

According to Bible Society’s Catalogue, the S. P. C. K. pub¬
lished the Liturgical Epistles translated by J. Perham in 1888.

157. Tromp, H. — Dajakken-Gedichte. (Globus, liii. 1888.)

Pp. 218-220.

158. Schaank, S. H. — lets over de Dajaksche Sterrekunde.

(Tijdsch. v. Indische Taal, 32, 1889.)

Pp. 435-437. The note is addressed from Pemangkat, at the
mouth of the Sambas River.

159. Tanya-saut, iya nya, surat ti diletak ka dipelajar ulih

Samoa orang apin sida dibai ngadap tuan bishop awak ka
di-tetap. Sarawak. Printed at the Mission Press. 1889.
36 pp. The Church Catechism in Sea Dayak.

160. Hamer, C. den. — Proeve eener vergelijkende woordenlijst

van zes in de Z. O. afdeeling van Borneo voorkomende
taaltakken. (Tijdschrift v. Indisch Taal, &c., 32, 1889.)
Pp. 453-487. Contains, on pp. 455-486, Vocabularies of
Biadju, Lawangan, Maanjan, Siang = Dusun, Tidoeng, and
Solok.

38

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

161. Kern, H. — Taalkundige gegevens ter bepaling van het

Stamland der Maleisch-Polynesische Volken. (Verslagen
en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Weten-
schappen, Afdeeling Letterknnde. 3de Keeks, Deel vi.
Amsterdam, Johannes Muller. 1889.)

18 pp. (270-287) and six appendices of animal and plant
names, &c., in dialects of the Indo-Pacific, among which are
Ngadju-Dayak, Ot-Danum, Lawangan, Maanjan, Siangsch,
and Tidungsch.

162. Telusor di-puntang ari surat jako Allah taala. Short

summary of Old Testament History in Dayak. Sara¬
wak. Printed at the Mission Press. 1889.

36 pp. In Sea Dayak.

\

163. Tabai de Toovenaar. Schets van Dajaksche zeden.

(Tiidsch. v. Ned. Indie, 1890.)

Pp. 57-69.

164. Treacher, W. H. — British Borneo : Sketches of Brunai,

Sarawak, Labuan, and North Borneo. (Jour. Straits Br.
Koy. Asiatic Society, No. 20, 1889, and No. 21, 1890.)

Notes on Tribes. No vocabularies.

165. Skertchly, Sydney B. J., F.G.S., M.A.I. — On Fire¬

making in North Borneo. (Jour. Anthrop. Inst. xix.

1890, pp. 445-452.)

Contains names and descriptions of Fire-making implements.

166. Fokker, A. A. — Korte aanteekeningen over het Behe-

Dajaks. (Tijdschrift voor het binnenlandsch bestuur.
iv. Batavia, 1890, p. 344.)

I have been unable to refer to this book.

167. Doea kali 52 tjeritaan deri dalam Kitab Allah, ija itoe

soerat perdjandjian lama dan perdjanjian baharoe.
Tjitakan jang ka-lima Di-kaloearkan oleh Kijnsch Zen-
ding-Genootschap. Bandiermasin. Bob. Hennemann &
Co 1890.

350 pp. The Calw Bible Stories in Malay.

168. Portions of the Book of Common Prayer. Sea Dayak.

Surat Sembeyang : iya nya, Sembeyang pagi, sembeyang
lemai, enggo sakramen baptisa, enggo sakramen euka-
rista, enggo adat sembeyang lain ti di-kena dalam greja.
Sarawak. Printed at the Mission Press. 1891.

140 pp. Bound with this are pages 67 to 230 (containing the
Collects, Epistles, and Gospels from an earlier edition (1888 ?)).

169. Koth, H. Ling. The Natives of Borneo. Edited from

the Papers of the late Brooke Low, Esq. (Journal
Anthrop. Inst. xxi. 1891, pp. 110-137 ; xxii. 1892,
pp. 22-64.)

Accounts of customs, &c., with native names.

170. Berichten der Bheinisch Missions Gesellschaft. Barmen.

1891.

Contains, pp. 68-84, notes on the people of Katingan.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

89

171. Pantun. Sarawak. Printed at the Mission Press. 1891.

Hymns in Sea Dayak.

172. Grabowsky, F. — Die Theogenie der Dajaken auf Borneo.

Nach eigenen Aufzeichnungen und der vorhandenen
Litteratur. (Inter. Archiv. f. Ethnographie v. 1892.)

Pp. 116-133.

173. (The Psalms in Sea Dayak. Translated by Rev. J.

Perham.)

According to the Bible Society’s Catalogue, this was a reprint
by Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. 1892.

174. Selection of Words from Marsden’s Dictionary. Kuching,

Sarawak. Printed and published at the ‘ Sarawak
Gazette ’ Office by Domingo J. J. Rodrigues, Govern¬
ment Printer.

64 pp. Containing some Maloh words and their Malay
equivalents. Presented to the Sarawak Museum by Van
Veltkuysen, Esq., Controleur of the Upper Kapuas. N. I. G.
1893.

The Malay and English printed, the Maloh in MS.

175. Surat Rasul Paulus ngagai Orang Roma enggau dua surat

iya ngagai Orang Korintus. 1893. Printed by the
‘ Ealing Press,’ S. P. G. Mission, Sarawak.

Romans and 1 and 2 Corinthians in Sea Dayak.

176. Hose, C. — A Journey up the Baram River to Mount

Dulit and the Highlands of Borneo. (Geographical
Journal, i. 1893.)

Contains a vocabulary of nine words in Kay an, Kenniah,
Punan, Kalabit, Narom, Sibop, Brunei Malay, and Malay.
Vocabulary reprinted by Ling Roth, ii. ciii. See No. 182.

177. Hose, C. — The Natives of Borneo. (Journal Anthrop.

Inst, xxiii. 1893, pp. 156-172.)

178. Cowie, Andson. — English- Sulu-Malay Vocabulary, with

useful Sentences, Tables, &c. Edited by W. C. Cowie.
British North Borneo Co. 1893.

288 pp.

179. Guppy, H. B. — The Polynesians and their Plant-names.

(Jour, of Trans, of Victoria Institute. London. 1895.)

36 pp. Contains Bornean plant-names.

180. Kukenthal, Willy. — Ergebnisse einer zoologischen For-

schungsreise in den Molukken und Borneo. (Abhand-
lungen der Senkenbergische N aturforschende Gesell-
schaft. Frankfurt a/Main. 1896.)

181. Dapperen, J. W. van. — Ueber die Maragong (Nord

Borneo). (Bulletin des Kolonial Museums. Haarlem.
1896.)

Contains a vocabulary. I have not been able to refer to
this work.

40

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

182. Both, Henry Ling. — The Natives of Sarawak and British

North Borneo. With a Preface by Andrew Lang.
2 vols. London : Truslove & Hanson. 1896.

xxxii. + 464 pp. and iv. + 302 + ccxl. pp.

Contains : —

Yol. i. pp. 39-43, chapter ii. The Misuse of the Word Dyak.
pp. 164-241, chapters viii., ix. Religion (with Texts
and Translations),
pp. 299-358, chapter xii. Legends,
pp. 368-371. Riddles, &c.

Yol. ii. pp. 174-183. The Song of the Sea Dyak Head Feast.
(Reprint from No. 116.)

pp. 266-278, chapter xxvii. Language, Names, Colours,
pp. 287-293. Alleged Native Writing in Borneo.

Appendices, pp. i.-xliv. Sea Dyak (Rejang and Batang Lupar
District). Malay and English Yocabulary, with
examples showing the words in use. From the
Notes of Mr. H. Brooke Low.
pp. xlv.-xlvi. A Yocabulary collected by the late H.
Brooke Low. (The locality not specified in the
MS., but Mr. Hose informs me the vocabulary is
that of a dialect of a Rejang River Tribe. —
H. L. R.*)

pp. xlvii.-xciii. A collection of vocabularies made by
the late H. Brooke Low. (Malay colloquial, Kano-
wit, Kyan, Bintulu, Punan, and Matu.)
pp. xciv.-xcviii. Vocabularies of North Bornean Lan¬
guages. Collected by Lieut. C. de Crespigny, R.N.
(A reprint of Nos. 109 and 113.)
pp. xcix.-cii. A collection of 43 words in use in twenty-
four different districts made by the Rev. Chas.
Hupe, of the Rheinische Mission. (English,
Malay, Buginese, Banjerese, Dayak Pulopetak,
D. Karangan, D. Sinding and Meratei, D. Kajan,
D. Sau, D. Bulau, D. Meri, D. Lundu, D. Bintulu,
D. Millanau and Muka, D. Berang and Sabungo,
D. Bukar, D. Santan and Gurgo, D. Sin an,
D. Sumpo, D. Budanok, D. Stang, D. Sibugau, D.
Tubbia, D. Sabutan, D. Sering, Gugu and Matan.)
p. ciii. A short collection made by Chas. Hose, Esq.
(A reprint of No. 176.)

pp. civ.-cviii. A Vocabulary of the Kayan Language
of the North-west of Borneo. By R. Burns, Esq.
(A reprint of No. 44.)

pp. cix.-cxxxi. St. John’s Vocabularies. (A reprint
from No. 83.)

pp. cxxxii.-clvi. Vocabulary of English and Sarawak
Dyaks. By the Rev. Wm, Chalmers. (A reprint
of No. 81, with the Malay omitted.)
pp. clvii.-clx. Vocabularies collected through the
efforts of the Hon. F. A. Swettenham. (A reprint
of No. 121.)

183. Kuhr, E. L. M. — Schetsen uit Borneo’s Westerafdeeling.

(Bijdragen tot de Taal, Land, &c., Ned. Indie, The
Hague. 1896.)

Pp. 62-88 and 214-239. Contains short texts.

* This is a mistake. The vocabulary really came from the Malay
Peninsula. See No. 215 of this Bibliography.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

41

184. (Revision of St. Mark’s Gospel in 1896.) Sea Dayak.

Bible Society’s Catalogue.

185. Surat Rasul San Paulus ngagai Timotius, Titus enggau

Pilimon. Surat ngagai orang Ibrani. Kuching. Printed
at the S. P. G. Press. Sarawak. 1896.

48 pp. No title-leaf, but title printed on cover. The Epistles
of Paul to Timothy, Titus, and Philemon, and the Epistle to
the Hebrews in Sea Dayak.

186. Westenenk, L. C. — De Moealang- en Sekadan-Dajaks

(een Reisverhaal). (Tijdsch. v. Indische Taal, &c., 39,
1897.)

PP. 305-826. Notes on geography and people of West
Netherlands Borneo.

187. Barth, J. P. J.— De Landschappen aan de Boven-Pinoh.

(Wester- af deeling van Borneo.) (Tijdsch. v. Indische
Taal, &c., 39, 1897.)

PP. 581-646. On pp. 626-631, an account of the people.
These are : 1. Malays ; 2. Dayak Mardeka ; 8. Dayak Serah.
No vocabularies.

188. Gomes, Rev. Edwin H. — The Sea-Dayaks of Borneo.

Westminster. 1897.

75 pp. Account of Customs. Nothing about language.

189. (Revision of St. Matthew’s Gospel.) Netherlands Bible

Society. Bandjermasin. 1897.

Bible Society’s Catalogue. The language is not stated.

190. (Revision of St. John’s Gospel in 1897.) Sea Dayak.

Bible Society’s Catalogue.

191. Surat Pangurukan na pakai Kawan ia mangadji hang

sakola. Nalambag’an daja R. Hennemann & Co. Band¬
jermasin. 1897.

90 pp. A reading-book in Manyan.

192. Soerat tjeritera-tjeritera dengan banjak nasihat bagi orang

toea dan orang moeda jang soeka membatja serta ber-
fikir. Bahagian jang pertama. Tjitakan jang kelima
kali. Bandjermasin. R. Hennemann & Co.

80 pp. No date. Stories in Malay.

193. Soerat tjeritera-tjeritera dengan banjak nasihat bagi orang

toea dan orang moeda jang soeka membatja serta ber-
fikir. Bahagian jang kedoea. Tjitakan jang kelima
kali. Bandjermasin. Tertjitak Rob. Hennemann
& Co.

112 pp. No date. Stories in Malay.

194. Engelhard, H. E. D. — Aanteekeningen betreffende de

Kindjin Dajaks in het Landschap Baloengan. (Tijd-
schrift voor Indisch Taal, &c., 39, 1897.)

Pp. 458-495. Contains, on p. 484, numerals; pp. 491-495,
Vocabulary of Kindjin words.

42

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

195. Luering, H. L. E. — A Vocabulary of the Dusun Language

of Kimanis. (Jour. Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society,
No. 30, 1897.)

Pp. 1-29. Contains about 634 words.

196. Hose, C. — A Visit to Celebes. (Beport of the Eelsted

School Scientific Society for the years 1896 and 1897.
Beverley. 1898. Pp. 34-45.)

Contains, on p. 41, a comparison of 7 Malay, Minahassa,
and Baram words.

197. (Bevision of the Gospels of SS. Mark, Luke, and John.)

Netherlands Bible Society. Bandjermasin. 1899.

From Bible Society’s Catalogue. Language not stated.

198. Vocabulary of the Dialect of the Sea Dayaks. The Bivers

Batang Lupar and Bejang.

MS., 6 pp. A printed form issued by the Bishop of Singapore
and Sarawak, partly filled up in MS.

199. Furness, William Henry. — Folk-lore in Borneo. Wal¬

lingford, Pa. 1899.

Notes on customs, &c.

200. Bay, Sidney H. — Borneo. Tribes of Sarawak. Com¬
parative Vocabulary.

MS. Collected in 1899.

1. Long Kiput, at Long Tutau, mouth of Tutau River.

Informant, Mibau.

2. Narom, Baram. Informant, Nasia.

3. Lelak, Long Tru, formerly on Luak Lake. Informant,

Tingan.

4. Punan (Bok), Bok River, Tinjar. Informant, Dimong.

5. Sea Dayak, general in Sarawak. Informant, G. Hose.

6. Berawan, Long Tisam, Tinjar River. Informant, AbanAbit.

7. Tutong Upper (Tutong Lower), Tutong River, Brunei.

Informant, Brahim.

8. Sarawak Malay, Sarawak generally. Informant, Rejak.

9. Malang, Long Simitan, Tinjar River. Informant, Wan.

10. Sibop, Long Simitan. Informants, Tamaping Pang and

Tama Having .

11. Lepu Anan Kenyah, Long Pangan, Upper Tinjar. In¬

formant, Kabin Abit.

12. Ba Mali, round about Mt. Dulit. Informant, Bawan.

13. Kalabit Bruang, Long Panah. Ballan and Malay Gappav.

14. Lirong (Orang Lobok), Long Movai, Upper Tinjar. In¬

formant, Mujan, wife of Lian, a Lepu Anan.

15. Maloh Kalis, Upper Kapuas. Informant, Jindan.

16. Tabun, Lower Madalam River, near Limbang. Infor¬

mant, Rikan, wife of Ago, a Dayak.

17. Kayan (Uma Belubo), Baram and Tutau Rivers. In¬

formant, Having .

18. Lepu Sawa (Long Pana), Tinjar River. Informant,

Baio-batang.

19. Lepu Pun (Long Ulai), Baram River. Informant,

Temoing-Lian.

20. Punan Nibong, Nibong Branch of Lobong River, Upper

Tinjar. Informants, Tama Kutan and Malay Gappav.

21. Long Pokun, Long Sulan, Dapoi River. Informant,

Ballan.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

48

201. Ray, Sidney H. — Comparative Vocabularies of Sarawak
(Borneo) Languages.

MS. Collected in 1899.

1. Madang, of Tinjar River. From Tama Kajan Odoh.

2. Kajaman, of Baloi River. From Tama B atari.

3. Murik, of Baram River. From Nipa.

4. Brunei Malay, of Brunei. From Bakar.

5. Miri, Miri River. From Taiar.

6. Bintulu, Bintulu River. From Benun.

7. Muka, Muka River. From Mumin.

8. Uma Poh Kay an, Upper Apoh River, Baram. From

Usong.

9. Lepu Tau Kenyah, Silat River, Up. Baram. From Ipoi.

10. Bakatan, Baloi or Upper Rejang. From Gaiang.

11. Orang Bukit (Bekiau), Tutong River, near Nyamok River.

From Abit.

12. Lemiting, Upper Balait River, formerly at Marudi.

13. Murut, Trusan River.

14. Dali, Jingallas on Sibuti River.

15. Grogo, Upper Sarawak River. From Bakar.

16. Batu Blah, Tutau River. From Supan.

17. Bugau Dayak, Hills between Kapuas and Batang Lupar.

From Bulang.

18. Tanjong, Rejang River, above Kanowit.

19. Balait, Upper Limbang and Tutau.

20. Lepu Pohun, Baram Kenyahs (Tamabulan’s), Long Tikan.

From Oyong Nyihan.

21. Kadayan (Orang Bukit), Upper Balait, and Tutau. From

Lampu and Latip.

22. Madang (Badang), Long Silat. From Ballan and Bilong.

23. Aki, Long Aki, and Long Temala, Baram River.

From Ngo.

24. Indragiri, West Sumatra. From Santan.

25. Sambas, Sambas River. From Amat.

26. Dai, near Riouw. From Mahomed.

27. Long Pata, Baram River. From Monai.

Some words are also added in Bisaya.

202. Reijffert, Rev. A. — Vocabulary of English and Sara¬
wak Land Dayak (Singhi tribe). 1899.

iv. + 236 pp. A MS. written for S. H. Ray, when at
Kuching in 1899. At pp. 215 to 222, Remarks (on Grammar)
pp. 223-236, Scripture extracts, Paternoster, Commandments,
Hail Mary, and two hymns.

203. A Selection of Words from Marsden’s Dictionary. (With
equivalents in the Kayan and Long Kiput Languages
of Baram River, Sarawak, Borneo.) Kuching, Sarawak,
Printed and Published at the ‘Sarawak Gazette’ Office
by Domingo J. J. Rodrigues, Government Printer.

64 pp. The Malay words are printed, the Kayan and Long
Kiput collected by S. H. Ray. in MS. About 68 Kayan and
Long Kiput words are entered.

204. (Phrase Book.)

56 pp. Contains 1065 Phrases and Sentences in English
and Sea Dayak. No date, but printed before 1899.

205. Ensera. Sea Dayak Stories.

11 pp. MS.

44

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

206. Adat. Sea Dayak Customs.

29 pp. MS.

207. Haynes, H. S. — A List of Brunie Malay Words. (Jour¬
nal Straits Br. Boy. Asiatic Society, No. 34, 1900,
pp. 39-48.)

208. Westenenk, L. C. — Bijdragen tot de Kennis der folk¬
lore van W. Borneo bevatting vertellingen en spookjes.
(Tijdschrift v. Indisch Taal, &c. 43, p. 159.)

209. (Nicholls, Bev. F. W. — Quop Dayak Vocabulary, col¬
lected by — — 1900.)

64 pp. A Selection of Words from Marsden’s Dictionary,
&c., as in Nos. 174 and 203, with the Quop equivalents in MS.

210. (Bettington, B. — Muka Milanau Words, collected by

64 pp. A Selection of Words from Marsden’s Dictionary
Ac., as in Nos. 174, 203, and 209, with Muka equivalents in
MS. No date.

211. (St. Matthew’s Gospel.) S. P. G., Sarawak, 1900.

Bible Society’s Catalogue. Translated by Bev. F. W.
Nicholls, with the assistance of Bev. C. Ah Luk, an ordained
Chinese Christian.

212. Howell, Bev. William, and Bailey, D. J. S. — A Sea

Dayak Dictionary, in Alphabetical Parts, with Examples
and Quotations showing the use and Meaning of Words.
Singapore : Printed at the American Mission Press. 1900.
4 pts. 186 pp. + appendix 24 pp.

213. Injil Kudus nunda ka S. Joan. Kuching: Printed at the

S. P. G. Mission Press. Sarawak. 1902.

60 pp. Sea Dayak. No title leaf, but title printed on cover.

214. Furness, Wm. Hy. — The Home Life of Borneo Head

Hunters, its festivals and folk-lore. Philadelphia. 1902.
vii. + 197 pp. Befers to a vocabulary in No. 181.

215. Bay, Sidney H. — On a Sakai Vocabulary supposed to

have come from Borneo. (Man. No. 42. April, 1902.)

216. Nouhuyt, J. W. v. — Taal der Mugee. Midden der

Zuidkust van Tali’abu, Soela-eilande. Opgesteld door
J. W. van Nouhuyt. October, 1904.

MS. 1 page. Drawn up for Dr. A. B. Meyer.

217. Nieuwenhuis, Dr. A. W. — Quer durch Borneo, ergeb-

nisse seiner Beisen in den Jahren, 1894, 1896-97 und
1898-1900. 2 vols. Leiden. 1904, 1907.

Contains much Ethnology, but little Linguistics. There is
an index of Native words.

218. Nyuak, Leo. — Beligious Bights and Customs of th^

Ibans or Dyaks of Sarawak. Translated from the
Dyak by the Very Bev. Edm. Dunn, Prefect Apostolic
of Labuan and North Borneo. (Anthropos I. 1905.)

Pp. 11-24, 165-185, 403-425. First chapter in Sea Dayak

BY SIDNEY H. BAY.

45

219. (Acts.) Netherlands Bible Society. Bandjermasin, 1905.

Bible Society’s Catalogue. Uniform with Nos. 189 and 197.

220. Surat Tangga. (New Edition) (Malay). Kuching:
Printed by the ‘ Ealing ’ Press, S. P. G. Mission, Sara¬
wak. 1905.

19 pp. A primer in Malay.

221. Surat Tangga. (New Edition) (Sea Dayak). Kuching :

Printed by the ‘Ealing’ Press, S. P. G. Mission, Sarawak.
1905.

16 pp. A primer in Sea Dayak.

222. Brandstetter, Prof. Dr. Ren ward. — Ein Prodromus

zu einem vergleichenden Worterbuch der malaio-
polynesischen Sprachen fur Sprachforscher und Ethno-
graphen. Luzern. 1906.

74 pp. A valuable comparative Study of the Indonesian
Languages, among those compared being the Dayak, i. e.
Ngaju language.

223. Sarita teka Surat Alatalla. Bandjermasin. Rob.

Henneman & Co. 1907.

272 pp. The Calw Bible Stories in Many an.

224. Surat batang adjar agaman oloh Kristen tinai surat
lakudoa. Ilambagan tingkat idje apat. Regae: 25 cent.
Bandjermasin. Rob. Hennemann & Co. 1907.

112 pp. A catechism, &c. in Ngaju.

225. Lawrence, E. A. and Hewitt, John. — Some Aspects of

Spirit Worship amongst the Milano of Sarawak. (Jour.
Roy. Anthropological Institute, xxxviii. 1908.)

Pp. 388-408, Contains specimens of the old language.

226. Brandstetter, Prof. Dr. Ren ward. — Mata-Hari oder
Wanderungen eines indonesischen Sprachforschers durch
die drei Reiche der Natur. Luzern. 1908.

55 pp. A discussion of words for Natural objects in
Indonesian Languages, including the Dayak ( i . e. Ngaju).

227. Beech, Mervyn, W. H. — The Tidong Dialects of

Borneo .... with Preface and Notes by Dr. Abr.
Anth. Eokker .... Oxford : At the Clarendon Press.
1908.

120 pp. Contains: — Pp. 9-10, the Tidong Language;
pp. 11-17, a Brief Sketch of the Tidongs in their Village Life ;
pp. 18-50, Grammar of the Tidong Dialects; pp. 51-56, the
Tailed Man of Silimbatu (a story in two dialects of Tarakan
and Bolongan) ; pp. 57-102, Vocabulary (English, Tarakan
and Bolongan, with a few words from other dialects) ; pp. 103-
120. Appendix. By Dr. A. A. Fokker.

228. Bebrapa Tahlil atau Njanjian orang kristen. Tjitakan

jang katiga. Harganja 25 cent. Ditjitakan oleh Rob.
Hennemann & Co. Bandjermasin. 1909.

43 pp. Hymns in Malay.

46

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

229.

230.

231.

232.

233.

234.

235.

236.

237.

238.

239.

240.

Howell, Rev. W. and Bailey, D. J. S. — An English-
Sea Dayak Vocabulary. Sarawak : Printed at the
“ S. P. G. Printing Office.” Kuching. 1909.

175 pp.

Ray, Sidney H. — Borneo : Languages. Beech. The
Tidong dialects of Borneo. (Man. 1909, No. 66.)

A review of No. 227, with short vocabularies of Kayan and Bisaya.

Sundermann, H. — Rays 154 Worter in den Maanjan-
sprache in Ostduson Gebiet, Station Beto.

19. 2. 9. von Miss. H. Sundermann, Sekretar der Rhein. Miss.
Ges. in Barmen. Miss. Haus. erhalten. 66 pp. Manuscript.

Hakabeken sarita indu ad jar akan oloh bakas tabela.
Bagi idje solake. Ilambagan awi Rob. Hennemann
& Co. Bandjermasin. 1909.

106 pp. Stories for the Young in Ngaju. Part I.

Chuan, Gooi Soo. — Vocabulary. Lundu. Sibuyo-
1909.

MS. 1 p.

Owen, H. L. — Vocabulary. Bintulu-Milanau. 1909.

MS. 1 p.

Boult, E. E. — Vocabulary. Sadong, Land-Dayaks.

Taken at Tebakang. 15. 12. 09.

MS. 1 p. Some words are given in the Lanchang Dialect.

Hakabeken sarita indu adjar akan oloh bakas tabela.
Bagi idja dua. Ilambagan awi Rob. Hennemann & Co.
Bandjermasin. 1909.

80 pp. Stories for the Young in Ngaju. Part II.

Surat Putut adjar agama olo Kristen. Surat Lakudoa
anri Surat Njanjian. Nalambagan daja Rob. Henne¬
mann & Co. Bandjermasin. 1910.

158 pp. Catechism and Hymns in Many an.

Surat sarita bara surat auh Hatalla. Ilambagan tingkat
idja dj aha wen. Ilambagan awi Rob. Hennemann & Co.
Bandjermasin. 1910.

323 pp. The Cahv Bible Histories in Ngaju.

Brandstetter, Renward. — Wurzel und Wort in den
Indonesisehen Sprachen. Luzern. 1910.

50 pp. An Analytical Study of the roots of words in Indone¬
sian Languages, including the Dayak (i. e. Ngaju).

Boult, E. E. — Vocabulary. Tribe: Land or Hill Dayaks.
Subtribes : Bunau, Engklas, Mintuh and Mupuh list as
compared with Tebokong, another subtribe of Land-
Dayaks. July, 1910.

MS., 1 p.

241. Moulton, J. C. — Vocabulary. Quop-Dyak. (Land Dayak)

made Jan. 9th and 10th. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Singhi-Dayak.

MSS. each Ip.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

47

242. Page-Turner, F. W. — Vocabulary. Punan. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Ukit. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kay an from the

R. Rejang. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kinyah. Long Ban-

MS. each 1 p. gan. 1910.

243. Crocker, H. B. — A rough list of Sennah Land-Dayaks.

MS. 2 pp. 1910.

do. Krokong Land-Dayaks. 1910.

MS. l p.

244. Clement, W. B. T. — Vocabulary of Tagal. 1910.

do. Vocabulary of Tagal. 1910. (A

MS. each 1 p. second and shorter list.)

245. Johnson, H. S. B. — Vocabulary of Tanjong. 1910.

do. Vocabulary of Matu-Milano. 1910.

MS. each 1 p.

246. Baring-Gould, J. — Vocabulary. Saduans. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kanowits. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kayan (Umar Baloi).

MS. each 1 p. 1910.

247. Kirkpatrick-Caldecot, J. — Vocabulary. Limbang Bi-

saya. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Murut. 1910.

MS. each 1 p.

248. Boult, F. F. — Vocabulary. Milikin Dayak. Ulu Sadong

1910.

MS. l p.

249. Lawrence, A. E. — Vocabulary. Oya-Milano. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Mukah-Milano. 1910.

MSS. each 1 p.

250. Douglas, R. S. — Vocabulary. Baram. Kayan. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kalabit. Baram district.

1910.

do. Vocabulary. Kenyah. Baram district.

1910.

do. Vocabulary. Miri (Kelamantan). Mi¬

lano dialect. 1910.

do. Vocabulary. Lirong (Sebop dialect).

Kenyah Kelamantan. 1910.

MSS. each 1 pp.

251. Gomes, Edwin H., M.A. — Seventeen Years among the

Sea Dayaks of Borneo. A Record of Intimate Associa¬
tion with the Natives of the Bornean Jungles . . . and
an Introduction by the Reverend John Perham. London.

1911. xyiii, -|_ 343 pp. Contains: pp. 40-41, Note on Language;
ch. xxi, xxii. pp. 252-315, Dayak Folklore and Three Legends ;
pp. 332-337, Glossary of Dayak Words and Phrases.

48

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

252. Howell, W. — A Sea Dayak Dirge. (The Sarawak

Museum Journal. Yol. i., No. 1. February, 1911.)

Pp. 5-73. Sea Dayak text with English translation.

253. Douglas, E. S., Eesident of Baram, Sarawak. — A Com¬
parative Vocabulary of the Kayan, Kenyah, and Kalabit
Languages. (The Sarawak Museum Journal. Yol. i.,
No. 1. February, 1911. Pp. 75-119.)

254. Page-Turner, F. A. W. — A Sea Dayak Version of the

Deluge. (The Sarawak Museum Journal. Yol. i., No. 1.
February, 1911. Pp. 131-133.)

In English only.

255. Douglas, E. S. — The Muriks. (The Sarawak Museum
Journal. Yol. i., No. 1. February, 1911. Pp. 146-148.)

Contains at end a note on Murik words.

256. Ermen, C. — Tribal Names on theLimbang Eiver. (Note
by Editor of Journal.) (The Sarawak Museum Journal.
Yol. i., No. 1. February, 1911. Pp. 148-149.)

257. Parnell, E. — The Names Kadayan, Dayak, and Tanjong

Datu. (The Sarawak Museum Journal. Yol. i., No. 1.
February, 1911. Pp. 150-151.)

Contains poem in Malay with translation.

258. Douglas, E. S. — Some Murik Words. (The Sarawak

Museum Journal. Vol. i., No. 2. February, 1912.
Singapore. Pp. 86-87.)

259. Almanak atawa rinting andau bulan akan njelo 1912.

104 pp. A calendar in Ngaju.

260. So-pat Injil samun Karja Pinganai murid darum pimiu

Beta. London : British and Foreign Bible Society. 1912.
400 pp. The four Gospels and Acts in Beta Land Dayak.

261. Injil Kudus nunda ka S. Markus. London : British and

Foreign Bible Society. 1912.

53 pp. S. Mark’s Gospel in Sea Dayak.

262. Injil Kudus nunda ka S. Joan. London : British and

Foreign Bible Society. 1912.

70 pp. S. John’s Gospel in Sea Dayak.

263. Barry-Giffard, W. E. — Vocabulary of the Bisayah Lan¬

guage. 1912.

MS. 4 pp.

264. Chynoweth, J. G. — Vocabulary of Seduan. 1912.

MS. 4 pp.

265. Ah Luk, Eev. C. — (Land Dayak Words.) By the Eev.

C. Ah Luk, Missionary. Quop. 1912.

MS. 2 pp.

266. Douglas, E. S. — (Vocabularies) Murik , Baram District,

Kelamantan from East Borneo, mixed with Kayan ;
Narom, Baram District, Coast Kelamantan ; Berawan ,

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

49

Baram District, Kelamantan Dialect ; Long Kiput ,
Baram District, Kelamantan Dialect.

MS., 7 pp. About 154 words. Only the Murik has the English
equivalents ; the others have a number for reference.

267. Evans, Ivor H. N. —Notes on the Religious Beliefs,

Superstitions, Ceremonies, and Tabus of the Dusuns of
the Tuaran and Tempassuk Districts, British North
Borneo. (J our. Roy. Anthropological Institute, xlii. 1912.)
Pp. 380-396. Native names, &c.

268. Moulton, J. C., B.Sc., F.R.G.S., &c. — An Expedition to

Mt. Batu Lawi, an hitherto Unexplored Mountain in
Northern Sarawak. (Jour. Straits Br. Roy. Asiatic Soc.
No. 63. 1912.)

Pp. 1-106. Contains, pp. 100-104, some words (Tabun,
Murut, and Kalabit) in use among the natives met on the
journey to Batu Lawi.

269. Hose, Chas., D.Sc., and McDougall, William, E.R.S. —
The Pagan Tribes of Borneo : A Description of their
Physical, Moral, and Intellectual Condition, with some
Discussion of their Ethnic Relations. With an Appendix
on the Physical Characters of the Races of Borneo, by
A. C. Haddon, E.R.S. In two volumes. London. 1913.

Contains: — Vol. i., ch. iii. , pp. 28-42, General Sketch of the
Peoples of Borneo (including Short Notes on Languages).
Vol. ii. , pp. 118, 120, Incantations in Sibop and Kayan ;
ch. xvii., pp. 136-151, Myths, Legends, and Stories; p. 159, A
Lullaby and translation in Kayan ; pp. 245, 250, Notes on
Languages; pp. 253-255, General Notes on Language in
Relation to Ethnology.

270. Bampfylde, C. A. — Notes on Sarawak Dialects. 1913.

MS. 10 pp.

III. Additions.

271. Schadee, M. C. — Bijdrage tot de kennis van de Godsdienst

der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan. (Bijdr. t. d. Taal, &c.,
lOYolg. 5.)

272. Sundermann, H. — Unter den Dajakken auf Beto. (Tage-
buchblatter, Heft 1-4. Rheinisch Miss. Tractate. Barmen.)

273. Shelford, R. — A Provisional Classification of the Swords
of the Sarawak Tribes. (Jour. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. xxxi.
1901, pp. 219-228.)

274. Shelford, R. — On Two Medicine-Baskets from Sarawak.
(Jour. Roy. Anthrop. Inst, xxxii. 1903, pp. 74-81.)

275. Howell, Rev. W., and Shelford, R. — A Sea-Dyak Love
Philtre. (Jour. R. Anthrop. Inst, xxxiv. 1904, pp. 207-210.)

Incantations in Sea-Dayak.

276. Haddon, Ernest B. — The Dog-motive in Bornean Art.

(Jour. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. xxxv. 1905, pp. 113-125.)

50

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE OF THE BORNEO LANGUAGES.

The lists compiled by the Officers of the Sarawak
Government for Dr. Meyer contained no sentences showing
the grammatical structure of the languages, neither did
they contain any specimens of pronouns, adverbs, particles
or numerals. My own lists contained the pronouns and
numerals, with a few adverbs, but my stay in any one
place was too short for any systematic work to be done in
grammar, although a few elements were noted here and
there.

For languages other than those recorded by the Officers
and myself there are found only seven notices of Grammar.
These are: (1) Hardeland’s ‘ Grammatik der Dajacksche
Sprache ’ (65),* and (2) the sketch by von der Gabelentz
of the same language (50) ; (8, 4) Tarakan and Bolongan
Grammars in Beech’s ‘ Tidong Dialects of Borneo ’ (227) ;

5) a synopsis of Sea Dayak grammar prefixed to Howell
and Bailey’s ‘ Dictionary ’ (212) ; (6) some MS. notes on
Singgi Land Dayak, by the Rev. A. Reijffert, at the end of
his vocabulary (202) ; and (7) two chapters on the (Land)
Dayak Language, by the Rev. W. Chalmers, in Grant’s
“ Tour ” (89). Some of the printed vocabularies contain
Pronouns, Numerals, and Adverbs, and a few, as e.g.,
Burns (44) and Douglas (253) have short references to
Grammar. Some sentences illustrating structure are ap¬
pended to the Siduan and Bisaya vocabularies of Messrs.
Chynoweth (264) and Barry- Giffard (263). The structure
of the Manyan and Beta Land Dayak may be gathered
from the translations in those languages (223 and 260).

I do not propose in this place to give any detailed
account of the grammar of the languages, and only offer a
few general observations. But I have given, as far as I
can, a list of pronouns (personal, interrogative, and demon¬
strative) and numerals.

1. Phonology.

Dr. Meyer did not supply his informants with any code
for writing the sounds of the languages, and with few
exceptions the earlier printed vocabularies followed no
definite rule. Hence there is some variation in represent¬
ing the sounds. The chief difficulties seem to have been
to distinguish between the sounds of d, u, a, and between

* The numbers in heavy type refer to the Bibliography.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

51

o and au. The final abrupt stop common in the languages
is also written h, ch, k, and ’.

The lists are also somewhat influenced by the nationality
of the compilers, each of whom, Dutch or English, followed
usually their distinctive spelling of Malay words.

In native words in this section, and in the vocabularies,
I have followed a uniform system, transcribing where
necessary into the following alphabet : —

Vowels- — a as in cart, e as a in came, i as ee in keen, o as
in go, u as oo in mood.

Short Vowels — a as in hat, e as in let, i as in pin, o as
in not, it as in but.

Long Vowels — a as in father, e as in there, o as aw in
saw, u as German ue or it.

Diphthongs — ai as i in fine, au as ow in now, eu as
French eu in leur, oi as oy in boy.

Consonants — k, g ; t, d, ch , qh,j, y ; p , 5,/, v ; m, n, ng,
ngg , nj , ny ; r, l, w, y ; s, zt sh ; h.

Of these, ch is sounded as in church ; qh is softer,
approaching ty ; j as in joke, y as in you, ng as in sing, ngg
as ng in finger, nj as in injure, ny as ni in onion, z as in
size, sh as in ash. The remainder as in English.

The compounds mb as in amber, nt as in lent, nd as in
lend, nch as in inch, ngk as nk in ink, are also found.

A break in the middle of a word is shown by ’. At the
end of a word ’ is an abrupt guttural stop, sometimes
written h, and approaching k or the German ch in sich. In
Sentah and Singhi this sound is written ch.

In transcribing vocabularies from Dutch orthography, I
have made the following changes : —

English a for Dutch aa, ay for aij, au for ou, l for ie, iy
for ij, d for oo, u for oe,j for dj, z for dz, y for j, qh for sj ,
ch for tj , ny for nj, nch for ntj, nj for ndj, ’ for kh final. For
notes on Borneo Phonetics cf. A. Fokker in the appendix
to ‘The Tidong Dialects of Borneo,’ by M. W. H. Beech
(227).

2. Syntax.

So far as at present known, all the Borneo languages
appear to belong to the isolating class. Grammatical
relations are shown by word order, but, as in some iso¬
lating languages of the Asiatic continent, there is a limited
use of particles.

The usual word-order is : subject, predicate, object ; but
examples are too few for rules to be formulated. Examples :

e 2

52

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Sea Dayak — Manang bebunoh buyu, the manang kills
the spirit.

Land Dayak (Beta)- — Sama rindu anak, (the) father loves
the son ; aku kiris kuu, I saw thee.

Siduan— Kau pita yan , I see him.

Bisaya — Tuan mapong desor, thou seest him.

Ngaju — Bapa sinta anak-e, (the) father loves son (his) ;
akujari mitd ikau , I saw (did see) thee.

Manyan— Olon rama merang pakayan hang latan, people
many spread clothes in (the) way ; alatalla ngulali
moronsia , God made man.

But this order is often departed from for various reasons.

Adjectives follow their noun — Sea Dayak : orang jai ( jai
orang ya, “ bad man that ” is also used) ; Land Dayak : day a
arap ; Ngaju: olo papa; Narom : ida jet; Tarakan : ulun
malat; Bolongan: ulu b'jit — all mean “bad man/’ lit.
man bad. Siduan : batu ayang ; Bisaya : butu gayo, stone
large. In Punan (Bok) the adjective precedes: pina pela,
many paddles ; pina bato , many stones ; and the word for
“ many ” precedes also in Siduan : idah batu ; and Bisaya,
suang batu. In Ngaju, ard olo means “many men,” but
olo ard means “ a crowd.” In Sea Dayak, also, the adjec¬
tive “many” may precede or follow: orang maio, or maio
orang , many men.

Examples of the genitive construction are too few to
show any definite rule. In the equivalent for “ lip ” in the
vocabulary we find the word in the genitive following, as
kulit-baba , lit. skin (of) mouth. Cf. also words for “ sun ”
(eye of day) ; “ nipple ” (fruit, or nose of breast) ; “ finger ”
(fruit of hand) ; “milk ” (water of breast), “ placenta” (bag
of child) ; “root.”

B. Word Building.

Nouns : Many of the languages show nouns formed by
means of the prefix pe with phonetic variations : pern , pen,
peng , peny, according to the initial of the root. The suffix •
-an is more rarely found.

Verbs : These also show the prefix me with its variations
mem, men, meng, meny, abbreviated in some of the lan¬
guages to m, n, ng, ny. These additions, which follow* the
Malay rules in modifying or eclipsing the initial of the
root, must be borne in mind when comparing the verbs
given in the Vocabulary.

The prefix ber, with its variants be, b\ is also found.

The infix um or em is found in some of the languages.
Cf. words in Vocabulary for “ eat ” and “ fly.”

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

*

58

4. Particles.

These have not been studied in detail, but notes show
that they are very similar in character and use to those in
Malay.

The modes and tenses of the verb are indicated by
particles preceding or following the root. Relations of
place are shown by prepositions.

5. Pronouns.

The personal pronouns show, generally, two forms for
the first person plural, one including and the other ex¬
cluding the person spoken to. The first corresponds to the
Malay kita, the latter to kami. The following table shows
the forms of the personal pronouns in Borneo languages.
The various sources of the words are distinguished as in
the Vocabulary (c/. pp. 65-69).

Personal Pronouns.

First Person.

Second Person.

Third Person.

Bintulu ....

akau

ikau [no]

isa

Plur. kami [melo]

Plur. nyelau [nyilo]

Plur. ilau

Matu .

(akau)

(mau, kaau)

—

Plur.

Plur. (melau)

—

Muka .

akau

kau

sien

Plur. akuu-dua-lo-
wai

Plur. kau-dua lauai

Plur. sien-idangai

Narom .

kau

hau

nye

Plur. hamai

Plur. nakau

Plur. lau’en

Miri .

koi

au

nyi

Plur. amai

Plur. unyau

Plur. lo

Dali .

koi

au

auye

Plur. ko-ite

Plur. au

Plur. adau

Tutong ....

kuji

iko

ia

Plur. jai, jati

Plur, ikau

Plur. singai

Lemiting ....

kau

ikau

ida-lengan

Plur. kau

Plur. unyau

Plur. adau

Lelak . .

oi

hau

ja

Plur. amai

Plur. ita

Plur. lo

Long Kiput . .

ko, kau

nau

nye

Plur. kamai

Plur. ilau

Plur. unyo

Long Pata . .

ko

no

nyi

Plur. kame

Plur. arosa

Plur. arosai-iran-ne

Batu Bla. . . .

ko

nau

nye

Plur. kami

Plur. orocha

Plur. delo

Berawan ....

akau

kaau

jia

Plur. kamai ; kita

Plur. katelau

Plur. ovwai

Kanowit ....

(ako)

(no)

—

54

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

First Person.

1

Second Person.

Third Person.

Tanjong ....

akau

kau

sido

Plur. kamai

Plur. unga

Plur. unga

Siduan ....

(kau)

(kawan)

(ya, iya)

Plur. (nyilo)

Plur. (kawan)

Plur. (tuau)

Sibuyau ....

(aku)

Plur. (kami ; kitei)

(koa)

tu

Plur. (kita)

Plur. (tu)

Lemanak . .

aku

nuan

iya

Plur. kitai, kami

Plur. kita

Plur. iya

Bugau ....

ako

nuan

iya

Plur. ngkami ; kitai

Plur. kita

Plur. iya

Lara .

ikin

ako

ini

Plur. kai

Plur. akum

Plur. ini

Singhi .

aku ; oku (S.)

muu, ingan

yech; iyoch (S)

Plur. kais, atte; kois
(S.)

Plur. ingan

Plur. yech ; iyocli (S)

Grogo .

oku

moo

inia

Plur. oku-mo’o

Plur. ingan-bogonya

Plur. nya-bogo

Quop .

aku

kuu, kaam

ayuh

Plur. kieh ; ata

Plur. angan

Plur. ngara

Sentah ....

aku ; oku (W.)

kuu, mai, kaam

odup, eiyuch ;

iyoch (W)

Plur. kiech ; koich

Plur. uta, ungan ;

Plur. odup, eiyuch ;

(W.)

ingan (W.)

iyoch (W)

Beta .

(aku)

kaam, kuu

ayuh

Plur. kieh ; ata

Plur. angan

Plur. ngara

Sadong ....

(aku)

(omu)

(aiyech)

Plur. (ami)

Plur. (kita)

Plur. (aiyech)

Maloh Kalis

yak

iko

dien

Plur. ikam

Plur. iko

Plur. ira

Maloh (2) . .

tak

ikon

ninan

Sampit ....

iaku, kula, iyako

ikau, betik

iyae

Plur. iyaku, ikei; ita

Plur. ikau

Plur.

Katingan . .

aku

ikau

iyae, iye

Plur. ikei, iyaku ;
ita

Plur. ikau

—

Manyan (2) . .

aku

hanyu

hanye

Plur. kami, takam

Plur. naun

Plur. olon

Ngaju . .

aku, yaku

ikau

ia, jeta, ta

Plur. ita ; ikai

Plur. keton

Plur. awen, awen-ta,

Dual, koa

Dual. keton-dua,

ndua

ia, jeta

Dual, awen-dua

Modang ....

kul

kih

—

Bolongan . .

aku, ku

ika, ka, mu

sa’, nia

Plur. sida

Plur. kami

Plur. kikam

Tarakan

daka, aku, ku

dudu, mu, kau

sia, na

Plur. dama

Plur. muyu

Plur. ila

Sibuku

aku, daken

adun

sie

Plur. damen

Plur. damuiun

Plur. sile

RejangKayan

(akui)

(im) (ika)

(hia)

Plur. (kami-telo)

Plur. kelo

Plur. (daha-lo)

Uma Blubo. .

akui (akwi)

ika

ia, (iha)

Plur. kami, ami

Plur. daha

Plur. kelo

Uma Poh

akui

ika

iha

Plur. daha-lim-tini

Plur. ikam

Plur. dalia-kanan

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

55

First Person.

Second Per soil.

Third Person.

Lepu Tau

aku

ikam

ia

Plur. ame-mong-kini

Plur. ikam

Plur. ida-dina

Lepu Anan. .

ake (aki)

iko

iya (ia)

Plur. ame

Plur. ikam, ilu

Plur. dana

Lepu Pohun

ake

iko

iko

Plur. kame

Plur. ekue

Plur. suang-erenue

Lepu Sawa. .

ake

iko

ia

Plur. ame

Plur. iko-mung-
mung

Plur. ikam (?)

Lepu Pun . .

ake

iko

yieu

Plur. kame

Plur. iko-mongmong

Plur. ikeu

Malang ....

ake

iko

ia, iya

Plur. ame ; lo

Plur. iko

Plur. ikam

Madang ....

ake

iko

ia

Plur. ami

Plur. ikam, kado

Plur. eda, edala-kalu

Long Aki

ake

eko

ia

Plur. ame

Plur. kado-dahulu

Plur. kado-dalai

Murik .

ako

ika

iha

Plur. kame

Plur. kelo

Plur. milo-laha

Kalabit ....

wih

ko

iah

Plur.

Plur.

Plur.

Bruang K. . .

Wl

iko

ia

Plur. kami

Plur. moio

Plur. id a

Balait . .

we

ko

jede

Plur. we

Plur. muyo

Plur. muyong, bu-
lak-buror

Tabun ....

ak (ouoiii)

ko (kam)

ti

Plur. kami; dulo

Plur. okam

Plur. balo

Trusan ....

ak (weh) f

padami (’kor) f

padami

Plur. ak

Plur. kami

Plur. balok

Kajaman ....

ako

ikau

isa

Plur. kamai

Plur. ikam

Plur. sira

Ba Mali ....

au

kau

iya

Rejang Pu-

Plur. ami, kami

Plur. kelo

Plur. ira

nan .

(oak, nuak)

(ko)

—

Plur. (kipat)

—

—

Bok .

ako

—

ia

Plur. ami

Plur. kau

Plur. ira

Nibong ....

ako

kau

ia

Plur. ami-telo

Plur. ke-telo

Plur. iraena

Sibop .

au

kau

ia

Plur. kame ; silun

Plur. ka’a, ulo, kau

Plur. iraena

Lirong .

au

kau

ie

Plur. kami ; olo

Plur. ka’a

Plur. eraina

Long Pokun

au

kau

iya

Plur. kami

Plur. kaha ; kelo

Plur. ira

Bakatan ....

ok (hok)

ko

na (ero)

Plur. akai, nakai
(kai, ta)

Plur. ro

Plur. rongona

Kadayan . .

aku

ikau

io

Plur. yami

Plur. munyon

Plur. ino-jilama-

suang

Bekiau ....

kuji

iko

samok-yun

Plur. kuji

Plur. muyun

Plur. suang

f Given by J. C. Moulton.

56

TfiE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

First Person.

Second Person.

Third Person.

Bisaya ....

[ekau] , jami *

[tuan, ejun]

[desor] , iyo *

Kadasan ....

Plur. [aku], jami *

Plur. ikan

Plur. [swanginan] ,
iyo *

jau

jiau

son-olun

Idaan .

Plur. jioi

Plur. jiau

—

yeho, yai-dugu

—

idia

Plur. yeho, yai-dugu

Plur. dia

Plur. idia

Lanun (1) . .

sakun

seka

gla

Plur. sakun

Plur. seka

Plur. gia

Buludupi (2)

ako

ikd

ano

Plur. kami, kita

Plur. kamu

Plur. ko-suangan

Sulu .

aku, ku, patek

ekau, kau, nio

sia, nia

Plur. kami, kita

Plur. kamu

Plur. nila, sila

Brunei Malay

aku

kau

ia

Sarawak Ma-

Plur. kami

Plur. kamu

Plur. didia

lay .

saya, aku

kau, kita ( polite )

dia

Plur. kami, kita

i Plur. kita

Plur. dia

Interrogative and Demonstrative Pronouns.

The following lists show the Interrogative and Demon¬
strative Pronouns. The latter will be found in the Voca¬
bulary in combination with other words in the expressions
for Here, There, Now, Then, Thus, So, for which cf. the
Vocabulary. The authorities are distinguished as in the
Vocabulary.

W ho ?

What ?

This.

That.

Bintulu .

sai

na

ia

dina (inah)

Matu .

(sai)

(wanau)

(ieh)

(idun)

Muka ........

sai

oinau

itau

yenyi

Narom .

nye

umbai

itau

aien

Miri .

nyai-en

upai

itoi

nyen

Dali .

nai

upa

ite

ji

Tutong .

usai

unoa

ite

ino

Lemiting ....

ngai-e

yeye

ita

re jau

Lelak . . .

nye

wai

ta

en

Long Kiput . .

nye

opai

te

iye

Long Pata ....

kaheni

nyon

to

ne

Batu Bla ....

kahai

inon

to

ne

Berawan ....

kai

ineu

to

nai

Kanowit .

(hai)

(nau)

(hi)

(ido)

Tanjong .

sai

anau

inai

ido

Siduan .

(sai)

(wanau)

(waih)

(wayan, wa-

irlnn\

Sibuyau .

(apa)

(au)

(tu)

(nyun)

Lemanak ....

sapa

apa, nama

tu

ya

Bugau .

sapa

nama

| to

ya

BY SIDNEY H. RAY

57

Who ?

What ?

This.

That.

Lara .........

asi

jai

dia

kako, lean

Singhi .

osi

oni

itis

inu, nich

Grogo .

osi

oni

iti

kani

Quop .

asi

ani

ati

anu

Sentah .

osi

uni

ati, iti, anu ;
itich (W.),
inoeh (W.)

ajech, inu ; itia
(W.), inich

(W.)

Beta .

asi

ani

ati, siati

anu

Sadong .

(osi)

ine

unich

siti, siech

saach

Maloh Kalis . .

ai

nien

ten

Sampit .

iyawe

e-in

etun

ete

Katingan ....

ewe

e-in

itun

kai

Manyan (2) . .

hie

inon

—

—

Ngaju .

awe

narai, en

toh,jetoh,e,es

ta, jeta, e, es

Modang .

he

non

noi

tui

Bolongan ....

sin

nun

itu

inan

Tarakan .

si

nusai, nu

gitu

gin a

Sibuku .

—

sanugi

giti

gine

Rejang Kayan .

(hi)

(nun)

(hane)

(ateh)

Uma Blubo . .

i (hi)

ino (nun)

ani (inih)

nunte(hia-anan)

Uma Poh ....

hia-nan

nun

ani

ati

Lepu Tau ....

aia-ina

inu

ini

ina

Lepu Anan ....

e (ei)
aie

Ino

ini

ina (ia-ena)

Lepu Pohun . .

eno

itu

enue

Lepu Sawa ....

e

inu

ini

ina

Lepu Pun ....

ai

ineu

ito

ineu

Malang .

e

ino

ini

ina

Madang .

e

iu

i» yi

iki, ya

Long Aki ....

e-no

ino

ini

ino

Murik .

ihi

nun

tine

tite

Kalabit .

(idaina)

nun

nih

ia-ngeh

Bruang K .

i

nun

taie

ini

Balait .

yena

niina

metunge

merange

Tabun .

yeti (ialna)

non (min)

teni

pati

Trusan .

ie-ne

(idaina) f

ie-ne

uni

madau

Kajaman ....

sai

nau

inei

ito

Ba Mali .

chi

e’o

eto

na

Rejang Punan .

(e)

(nu)

—

—

Bok .

sei

ino

ito

ina

Nibong .

si

ino

eto

ina

Sibop .

che

e’o

eto

Ina

Lirong .

<?he

e’o

eto

i’i

Long Pokun . .

si

eo

to

ina

Bakatan .

he (hi)

he (hawa)

oto (muto)

iana (mona)

Kadayan .

isei

uno

iti

ino

Bekiau .

ise

ise

ite

sadu

Bisaya .

[esai] iseo*

[manaung
kau] , a’an*

[tior] , tio *

[nior] , sulo*

Kadasan .

jisai

—

—

—

Idaan .

sei

nono

iti

ina

Lanun (1) ....

antawa

antuna

—

—

Sulu .

hi-sio, sio

ha-dien, uno

ini

ien, ieto, iaun

Brunei Malay . .

siapa

apa

ani

atu

Sarawak Malay

siapa

apa

ini

itu

f Given by J. C. Moulton.

58

THE LANGUAGES OP BORNEO.

6. Numerals.

The lists show the numbers from “ one ” to “ ten,” with
the compounds “twelve” and “twenty,” “one hundred,”
and the interrogative “How many?”. I also give the
ordinals “first” and “second,” and the multiplicatives
“once” and “twice.” Authorities are distinguished as in
the other tables.

Cardinal Numbers (1-10).

Bintulu .

1. yia

2. gwa

3. lau

4. pat

5. lima

6. n am

7. tuju

8. madi

9. supi

10. puluen

Bruit .

1. ja

2. dua

3. tulau

4. pat

5. lima

6. n5m

7. tuju

8. Ian

9. ulan

10. pluan

Muka .

1. jala

2. dua

3. telau

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujo

8. lapan

9. semilan

10. puluan

Narom .

1. che

2. debe

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tuju

8. madi

9. mapai

10. pulau

Miri .

1. se

2. debe
[duve]

3. telau
[tulau]

4. pat

5. lima

10. fulu

6. nam

7. tuju

8. madi

9. supai

[pulo]

Dali .

1. se

2. duve,
dube

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujau

8. marai

9. supai

10. pulau

Tutong (1) . . . .

1. miso

2. dua

3. talu

4. hapat

5. limo

6. anam

7. turo

8. walu

9. siam

10. rnapud

Lemiting ....

1. salang

2. deve

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujo

8. marai

9. mapai

10. pulo

Lelak .

1. sa

2. debe

3. telau

4. fat

5. lima

6. num

7. tujo

8. marai

9. mapai

10. pulau

Long Kiput . .

1. silang

2. defe,
defwe

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. num

7. tucho

8. marai

9. pai

10. pulau

Long Fata ....

1. ache

2. lebe

3. telo

4. pa

5. lima

6. nam

7. tuso

8. mare

9. jilepe

10. pulo

Batu Bla .

1. ache

2. duve (m)

3. telo’

4. pat

5. lima (m)

6. nam

7. tuju

8. mare

9. yepi

10. pulo

Berawan ....

1. ate, ache

2. depwe

3. telau

4. pat

5. deme

6. nam

7. tuso

8. marai

9. jelape

10. pulau

Tanjong .

1. jebra

2. duwa

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tuju

8. aian

9. julan

10. pelohon

Siduan .

1. jah

2. dua

3. tiau

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujoh

8. ayan

9. mlan

10. pluan

Sibuyau .

1. [sa]

2. [dua]

3. [tiga]

4. [ampat]

5. [lima]

6. [anam]

7. [tujoh]

8. [lapan]

9. [sambi-
lan]

10. [sapuloh]

Lemanak ....

1. sa, satu

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. nam,
anam

7. tujoh

8. lapan,
delapan

9. sambilan

10. sapuloh

Balau .

1. satu

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujoh

8. delapan

9. sembilan

10. sa’puloh

Skarang .

1. sa

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tuju

8. dualapan

9. salapan,
sambilan

10. sapuloh

Bugau .

1. sa

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujo

8. lapan

9. semilan

10. sapulu

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

59

Lara .

1. (asa)

6. (unum)

2. (dua)

3. (taru)

4. (apat)

5. (rima)

7- (ijo)

8. (mahi)

9. (pire)

10. (sapuloh)

Lundu .

1. ni

2. duo

3. taru

4. pat

o. rimo

6. nom

7. jo

8. mahi

9. pire

10. samoong

Singhi . .

1. ni,nikan;
ikan (S.)

2. duech

3. taruch

4. pat

5. rimuch

6. nom

7. juh

8. maih

9. prii

10. simuong

Grogo .

1. ni

2. duo

3. taru

4. pad

5. limo

6. nuom

7. tuju

8. moi

9. pehi

10. temong

Quop .

1. ni

2. duwuh

3. taruh

4. pat

5. rimuh

6. num

7. ju

8. mai

9. prii

10. shilling

Sentah .

1. ni ; ikan
(W.)

2. duuch

3. taruch

4. pat

5. rimuch

6. num

7. juh

8. mai ;
moich
(W.)

9. plii

10. seinung

Beta .

1. ni

2. duwuh

3. taruh

4. paat

5. rimuh

6. num

7. ju

8. mai

9. prii

10. simung

Sau .

1. ni

2. duo

3. taru

4. pat

5. limo

6. nom

7. jo

8. mii

9. prii

10. simong

Sadong .

I. ni

2. du

3. taru

4. ampat

5. rimoh

6. anam

7. heju

8. mahi

9. prie

10. sumahong

Maloh Kalis . .

1. sera

2. dua

3. talu

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujo

S.dualapan

9. semilan

10. sapulo

Sampit .

1. ije

2. du

3. telo

4. epat

5. lime

6. jawin*

7. ujuh

8. hanya

9. jelatian

10. sapuluh

Katingan ....

1. ije

2. du

3. telo

4. epat

5. lime

6. jahawin

7. uju

8. hanya

9. jalatian

10. sapuluh

Lawangan ....

1. erai

2. duwe

3. tolu

4. opat

5. lime

6. onum

7. turu

8. walo

9. sie

10. sapulu

Siang .

1. icho

2. duwe

3. tilo

4. epat

5. limo

6. onom

7. pitu

8. jalu

9. suei

10. purlo

Manyan (2) . .

1. isa

2. rueh

3. telo

4. epat

5. dime

6. enem

7. pitu

8. walu

9. suei

10. pulu

Ngaju .

1. ija

2. dua

3. telo

4. apat

5. lima

6. j aha wen

7. uju

8. hanya

9. jalatien

10. sapulu,
pulu

Ban jar .

1. asa

2. dua

3. talu

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. pitu

8. walu

9. sanga

10. sapuluh

Biaju .

1. ije

2. due

3. telu

4. epat

5. lime

6. jahawen

7. uju

8. hanya

9. jalatien

10. sapuluh

Modang .

1. si, siah

2. ungo,
enggoh

3. atlau,
aklau

4. pet

5. mo, moh

6. nam

7. so, suh

8. tojout,
tejoh

9. septin,
stin

10. soan,

suwang

Bolongan . . . .

1. isa

2. dua

3. t’luh

4. ’mpat

5. lima

6. ’nam

7. tujuh

8. walu

9. siam

10. sapuloh

Tarakan . .

1. isa

2. dua

3. talu

4. apat

5. limo

6. anam

7. tujuh

8. walu

9. siam

10. sapuloh

Sibuku .

1. sa

2. dua

3. talu

4. apat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujuh

8. walu

9. siam

10. apuu

Rejang Kay an .

1- O'i)

2. (dua)

7. (tusu),
tusyu

3. (telo)

4. (pat)

5. (lima)

6. (man-
yam),
anam

8. (saia)

9. (pitan)

10. (pulu),
pulo

Uma Blubo . .

1. ja (ji)

2. dua

3.telu(telor

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tuso
(tusu)

8. saia
(saiar)

9. pitan

10. pulu

* Spelled by Tiedtke, djchaivin.

60

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO

Uma Poh . . . .

1. ji

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tusu

8. saia

9. itan

10. pulu

Murik .

1. si

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tusu

8. saia

9. pi tan

10. pulu

Kinjin .

1. cha

2. dua

3. talu

4. pet

5. lema

6. nem

7. tujuh

8. aiah

9. piin

10. pulu

Lepu Tau . . . .

1. cha

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aia

9. tien

10. pulo

Lepu Anan ....

1. sa

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lima
(lemah)

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aia

(aiah)

9. pien

10. pulo

Lepu Pohun . .

1. ja

2. luwue

3. telo

4. pat

5. limue

6. nam

7. tojuk

8. aiue

9. pehen

10. ijap

Lepu Sawa ....

1. cha

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aia

9. pien

10. chapulo

Lepu Pun . . . .

1. yeu

2. lueu

3. telou

4. pat

5. limeu

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aieu

9. pen

10. yiyap

Malang .

1. cha

2. duwa

3. telu

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aia

9. pien

10. pulo

Madang .

1. cha

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aia

9. pien

10. pulo

Long Aki ....

1. cha

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tuju

8. aia

9. pihan

10. pulo

Murik .

1. si

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tusu

8. saia

9. pitan

10. pulu

Kalabit .

1. cha

2. duah

3. teloh

4. paat

5. limah

6. nam

7. tudo

8. aloh

9. sewa

10. puloh

Bruang .

1. cha

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lima

6. an am

7. tudo

8. walo

9. ewa

10. pulo

Balait .

1. <?ha

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tudo

8. walo

9. siwa

10. pulo

Tabun .

1. sa

2. dua

3. tela

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tudo

8. alo

9. sua

(sewa)
4. ampat
(pat)

10. pulo

Adang .

1. sabulang
(sa)

2. dua

3. telo

5. lima

6. anam

7. turo

8. walu

9. ewa

10. pulo

(nam)

(tudoh)

(aloh)

(sewa)

(puloh)

Trusan .

1. sau

2. duwo

3. telau

4. pat

5. limo

6. nam

7. tudu

8. alu

9. siwa

10. pulo

Kajaman ....

1. ya

2. degwa

3. telau

4. pat

5. lima

6. nam

7. tujo

8. aian

9. yulan

10. peluwan

Ba Mali .

1. ja

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujak

8. aia

9. pia

10. dijap

Bok .

1. ija

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. luma

6. num

7. tuju

8. aia

9. piun

10. japulo

Nibong .

1. ja

2. dua

3. telu

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujuk

8. aia

9. pian

10. jejap

Sibop .

1. ja

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujak

8. aia

9. pea

10. dijap

Lirong .

1. ja

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujak

8. aia

9. pia

10. dijap

Long Pokun . .

1. ja

2. dua

3. telo

4. pat

5. lema

6. nam

7. tujuk

8. aio

9. pea

10. dijap

Bakatan .

1. jong

2. dugwo

3. tolo

4. apat

5. limo

6. anam

7. kidl

3. ahai

9. pulan

10. pulo

Kadayan .

1. iso

2. duo

3. talu

4. apat

5. limo

6. onom

7. tuwo (8. walu

9. siam

10. mopod

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

61

Bekiau ......

1. tungal

2. duo

3. talu

4. apat

5. limo

6. nam

7. tugu

8. walu

9. siam

10. rnapiid

Bisaya. .......

1. (singi-
nam)

2. (dua)

3. (talo)

4. (apat)

5. (lima)

6. (anum)

7. (turo)

8. (balo)

9. (siam)

10. (mapot)

Kadasan . ....

1. iso

2. lufo

3. talo

4. apat

5. limo

6. anam

7. turo

8. balu

9. sejam

10. hapod

Tampassuk . .

1. isa

2. dua

3. tulo

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. turo

8. walo

9. siam

10. opod

Idaan ........

1. iso, san

2. duo

3. telo

4. apat

5. limo

6. anam

7. turo

8. walo

9. siam

10. opod

Lanun (2) ....

1. isa

2. dua

3. tulo

4. pat

5. lima

6. anom

7. pitu

8. walo

9. siau

10. sapuloh

Buludupi (1) . .

1. sa

2. duo

3. tulo

4. pat

5. limo

6. anom

7. turo

8. wato

9. siwei

10. puloh

Buludupi (2) . .

1. idoo

2. duho

3. talo

4. apat

5. limo

6. onom

7. taro

8. ualo

9. shuo

10. napulu

Sulu. ..... -

1. isa

2. dua

3. to

4. opat

5. lima

6. iinom

7. peto

8. walu

9. siam

10. hang-poh

Brunei Malay. .

1. isa

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujoh

8. lapan

9. sembilan

10. sapuloh

Sarawak Malay

1. satu, sa

2. dua

3. tiga

4. ampat

5. lima

6. anam

7. tujoh

8. delapan

9. sambilan

10. sapuloh

Cardinal Numbers ( continued ).

Twelve.

Twenty.

Hundred.

How many ?

Bintulu ....

pulun-gwa

gwa-pulu

matus .

brue [brae]

Muka . .

dua-blai

dua-pulo

saratu

kuba-kida

Narom ......

pulau-debe

debe-fulau

maratau

sude

Miri ........

fulu-debe

debe-fulu

meratau

pade

Dali ........

pulo-deve

deve-pulau

meratau

padau

Tutong (1) . .

mapud-dua

dua-mapud

sa-ratus

mana-suwang

Lemiting ....

pulo-deve

deve-pulo

merato

makadau

Lelak ........

pulo-deve

deve-fulou

melatou

uda

Long Kiput . .

pulau-defwe

defwe-pulau

meratau

kude

Long Fata . .

pulo-lebe

lebe-pulo

ehi-lito

kura

Batu Bla ....

pulo-deve

deve-pulo

chi-gito

kura

Berawan ....

devwe-ame

depwe-pulau

segeto

kora

Kanowit ....

—

_

—

(jino)

Tanjong ....

pelohon-duwa

dua-pulu

ya-to

janau-kungan

Siduan ......

dua-blis

dua-puloh

jah-ratus

kuba-kida

Lemanak ....

dua-blas

dua-puloh

sa-ratus

pemaioh ;
penyampau

Balau ........

dua-blas

dua-puloh

sa’ratus

pemaioh ;
penyampau

Skrang ......

dua-blas

dua-puloh

sa-ratus

pemaioh ;
penyampau

Bugau ......

dua-blas

dua-pulu

sa-ratus

brapa

Singhi ......

simuong-duech

duech-pumh

si-ratus

kudu, onikiangu,
kiangki

Grogo ......

semong-duo

dua-pulu

sa-ratus

onikiang

Quop ........

[simung-duwuh]

[duwuh-puru]

[s’ratus]

[kiang-ki]

Sentah ......

semung-duech

duuch-puroh

ni-ratus

kudu, kiangki

Beta ........

simung-duwuh

duwuh-puru

ni-ratus

kudu

62

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Twelve.

Twenty.

Hundred.

Hoiv many ?

Maloh Kalis . .

sapulo-dua

dua-pulo

sa-ratus

insa

Sampit ......

duwe-walas

duwe-pulu

sa-ratus

brapa

Katingan ....

duwe-walas

duwe-puluh

sa-ratus

perei

Lawangan . .

sapulu-duvve

duwe-pulu

jatus

—

Siang .

due-lawin-pulo

duan-purlo

saratus

—

Manyan (2) . .

pulu-rueh

ruam-pulu

jatuh

—

Ngaju .

dua-walas

dua-pulu

saratus

pira

Biaju ........

due-walas

due-puluh

saratus

—

Modang .

ungo-hoan-soan

ungo-plo,

enggo-peluh

matus, metus

—

Bolongan ....

sapuloh-dua

duam-puloh

sa-ratus

kuda

Tarakan ....

sapuloh-dua

duam-puloh

sa-ratus

takula

Sibuku .

apuu-dua

duam-puu

sa-atus

—

Rejang Kay an

pulo-dua-whin *

dua-pulo *

—

kuri, kori *

Uma Blubo . .

pulu-dua-huin

dua-pulu

mato

kori

Uma Poh ....

dua-uhen

dua-pulu

matu

kure

Kinjin .

lema-him-pulu =
15

dua-suwe

lema-pulu = 50

maatoh

—

Lepu Tan ....

dua-pulo

cha-to

kuda

Lepu Anan . .

dua-suwe (-pulo)

dua-pulo

cha-to

kuda

Lepu Pohun . .

ijap-luwo-aban

lu-ijap

ija-to

kamakan

Lepu Sawa . .

pulo-dua-suwe

dua-pulo

cha-to

kubin

Lepu Pun ....

yiyap-lueu-oban

lueu-yap

ya-to

kemakan

Malang .

dua-suwe (-pulo)

dua-pulo

cha-to

kuda

Madang .

dua-suwe

dua-pulo

cha-to

koda

Long Aki ....

dua-suwe

dua-pulo

cha-to

koda

Murik .

pulu-lua

dua-pulu

ya-to

kori

Kalabit .

puloh-duah

duahpuloh

eha-ratu

toda (tuda)

Bruang .

pulo-dua-laha

dua-pulo

ta-ratu

tuda

Balait .

pulo-duwa

duong-pulo

che-rato

tuda

Tabun .

pulo-dua

dua-pulo

merato (ma’ratu)

upaka-balo (tuda)

Adang .

pelud-dua \

—

(ma’ratu)

—

Trusan .

pulo-duwo

duwo-pulu

meratu

pabalo

Kajaman ....

peluwan-degwa

degwa-pulo

ya-to

kora

Ba Mali .

dijap-dua-sama

dua-jap

ja-to

kora

Rejang Punan

—

—

(piro)

Bok . . .

dua-lebe

dua-pulo

ja-ato

kura

Nibong .

jejap-dua-samo

dua-jap

ja-to

kora

Sibop .

dijap-duo-sama

dua-jap

ja-to

kora

Lirong .

dijap-dua-sama

dua-jap

ja-to

kura

Long Pokun . .

dijap-duo-sama

dua-jap

ja-to

kora

Bakatan ....

pulo-la-degwo

degwo-pulo

ya-to

pecha-tena

Kadayan ....

mopod-duo

duong-opod

sa-ratus

puo-suang

Bekiau .

mapud-duo

duo-mapud

sa-ratus

mana-suang

Bisaya .

[mapot-dua]

[dua-mapot]

[s’ratus]

[suano]

Kadasan ....

hapod-am-lufo

iufo-hapod

—

—

Tampassuk . .

opod-og-dua

dua-na-hopod

sa-ratus

—

Idaan .

opod-dam-iso=ll

duo-nopod

atus, san-atus

sangkora, gamo

Lanun (2) ....

sapuloh-ogo-dua

dua-puloh

ma-gatus

—

Buludupi (1) . .

puloh-bia-duo

duo-puloh

ma-ratu

—

Buludupi (2) . .

na-pulu-duho

duho-na-pulu

na-atus

komero

Sulu .

hangpoh-tug-dua

kauhan,kauhan

ang-gatus, ratus

pela

Brunei Malay

dua-balas

dua-puloh

sa-ratus

brapa

Sarawak Malay

dua-blas

dua-puloh

sa-ratus

brapa

f Given for twenty.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

63

Ordinal Numbers.

First.

Second.

Once.

Twice.

Bintulu .

[mena]

ju-leng

gwau-leng

Matu . .

sieng

—

—

—

Muka .

mulamula

dua

ji-lakau

dua-lakau

Narom .

tama-che

ka-debe

che-rai

debe-rai

Miri .

—

—

se-dule

debe-dule

Dali .

ka-se

ka-deve

se-tad

deve-tad

Tutong (1) . .

puro

ka-dua

ninsan

dua-nginsan

Lemiting ....

—

ka-deve

sa-rai

ka-deve-rai

Lelak .

ino

a-deve

se-ri

deve-ri

Long Kiput . .

—

da-defwe

se-rei

defe-rei

Long Pata . .

ne-chi

ne-lebe

chi-lewa

lebe-lewa

Batn Bla ....

chi

deve

chi-nan

deve-nan

Berawan ....

aro

kadefwe

achinan

kadevwenan

Tanjong ....

ya-lawa

dua-lawa

ye-vera

dua-vera

Siduan .

— -

—

—

—

Lemanak ....

ti-dulu

ka-dua

sa-kali

dua -kali

Bugau .

—

ka-dua

skali

dua-kali

Lara .

—

—

—

—

Singhi .

sibungas,
die, uch

- -

ni-siduch

—

Grogo .

pertama

dua -nan

ni-sido

dua-sido

Quop .

diu

—

ni-sidah

—

Sentah .

sebungash,
dawu, diu

—

ni-sidah

—

Beta .

sibungas, diu

duwuli

—

pi-duwuh

Maloh Kalis . .

Insa

dua

sa-kali

dua-kali

Sampit .

mulamula

—

sindei

—

Katingan ....

mulamula

—

sinde

— •

Ngaiu .

ija-solake

dua

sinda

handua

Bolongan ....

pertama, ka-
simpong

ka-dua

—

—

Tarakan ....

ka-isa

ka-dua

—

—

Bejang Kayan

(una, arieng)

—

(harat-ji)

(harat-dua)

Uma Blubo . .

ikana

ikabaia

ji-hangon (ji-ungon)

dua-hangon

Uma Poh ....

—

dua

ja-ngun

dua-angun

Lepu Tau

—

ame-dua

chang-lewai

dua-lewai

Lepu Anan . .

cho-sa

duo-sa

che-lewae(cha-leiwei)

dua-lewae

Lepu Pohun . .

jo-sa

luwo-osa

yo-kole

luwo-kole

Lepu Sawa . .

yani-cha

duo-sa

cha-lewe, sa-lewe

dua-lewe

Lepu Pun

jitu-ja

luo-sa

je-kole

lueu-kole

Malang .

—

— ■

che-lewe

dua-lewe

Madang .

tega-lalan

ka-dua

chang-lewai

dua-lewai

Long Aki ....

cha-osa

duo-sa

cheng-lewe

duo-lewe

Murik .

chi-lahong

dua-lohong

chi-ka, si-ka

dua-ka

Kala.hit, .

cha-ruka

me-ja

Bruang K. . .

cha-buror

dua-buror

men -dua

Balait .

sa-buror

dua-buror

si-ruka

dua-ruka

64

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

First.

Second.

Once.

Twice.

Tabun .

(poun)

sa

dua-kua

Trusan .

—

ka-dua

mi-chau

ka-duwo (?)

Kajaman ....

jia-lakin

degwa

je-lewut

degwa-lewut

Ba Mali .

<?ho-sa

duo-sa

je-lewut

dua-lewut

Bejang Punan

(sumoi)

—

—

—

Bok .

se-kenat

ke-dua

ja-kule

dua-kule

Nibong .

tari-nja

kataika-dua

ja-liwut

dua-lewut

Sibop .

ja-sama

dua-sama

je-lewat

dua-lewat

Lirong .

jo-sa

dua-osa

je-lewut

dua-lewut

Long Pokun . .

tarin-ja

tarin-kadua

je-liwut

dua-liwut

Bakatan ....

—

ka-degwo

yu-bat

degwo-bat

Kadayan ....

iso

duo

sa-monginsan

nun-duo-sap

Bekiau .

—

ka-duo

ngin-san

ngun-duo

Sulu .

ka-isa

ka-dua

maka-misan

maka-rua

Brunei Malay

pertama

ka-dua

sakali

dua-kali

Sarawak Malay

pertama

ka-dua

sakali

dua-kali

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

65

COMPARATIVE VOCABULARIES OF BORNEO DIALECTS.

1. Introduction,

The following lists are designed to show what has been
recorded of the various dialects of Borneo. The larger
number were collected by myself In Sarawak in 1899, and
a great many others were written for Dr. Meyer, through
the mediation of Mr. J. C. Moulton, by Officers of the
Sarawak Government. In order to make the lists as
complete as possible, other vocabularies have been added
from printed sources, especially in the dialects of British
North Borneo and Netherlands Borneo. In the latter
territory the Manyan list is from a MS. by the Rev. H.
Sundermann, of the Rhenish Missionary Society. Early
vocabularies of Quop, by Rev. F. W. Nichols ; of Maloh, by
Heer van Yeldthuysen ; and of Muka Milano, by Mr.
Bettington, have also been referred to ; as well as those
written for me in Singhi, by the Rev. A. Reijffert ; in Quop,
by the Rev. C. Ah Luk; In Siduan, by Mr. J. G. Chynoweth ;
and in Bisaya, by Mr. W. R. Barry-Giffard. I have also
added words from the Sihong, Manyan, and Beta transla¬
tions.

In cases where my vocabularies contained the same
words as those of the Sarawak Officers I have preferred to
give my own version, but in cases of difference I have given
both renderings. Where authorities agree, the word is not,
as a rule, entered more than once. Difference of authority
is indicated by means of brackets, as in the following
list

2. List of Languages and Authorities.

a. First Series.

Mi lano

Bintulu ......... MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS., H.L. Owen, 234)

[H. B. Low in Ling Roth, 182] .*

Matu . . . MS., H, S. B. Johnson, 245 [H. B. Low

in Ling Roth, 182] .

Bruit ............ H. Keppel, 30. In the text said to come

from Tanjong Sink.

Oya ............... MS., A. E, Lawrence, 249.

Muka ............ MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS., A. E. Lawrence,

249) [0. de Orespigny, 113] .

Narom. . . MS., S. H. R., 200 (MS., R. S. Douglas,

206) [0. Hose, 170] .

* Where the name of the authority is marked by bracket or asterisk, the
word given by that authority is marked in the Vocabulary in the same way.

66

THE LANGUAGES OF BOBNEO.

Miri .

Dali .

Tutong (Upper)
Tutong (Lower)

Lemiting .

Lelak .

Long Kipnt ...

Long Pata .

Batu Bla .

B era wan .

Kanowit .

Tanjong .

Siduan .

Sea Dayak.
Sibuyau .

Lemanak .

Balan .

Skarang .

Bugau .

Land Dayak.

Lara .

Lundu .

Krokong .

Singhi . .

Grogo .

Sennah .

Quop .

Sentah .

Beta
San ,

MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS. R. S. Douglas,
250) [H. Keppel, 30] .

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 200 (MS., R. S. Douglas,
266).

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200 (MS., R. S. Douglas,
266).

MS., J. Baring-Gould, 246 (H. B. Low in
Ling Roth, 182).

MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS., H. S. B. Johnson,
245).

MS., J. Baring-Gould, 246 (MS., J. G.
Chynoweth, 264).

MS., Gooi Soo Chuan, 233 (Sibuyau, by
Rev. W. Chalmers in St. John, 83) [Sa-
buyau, by Rev. W. Gomez in St.John, 83] .
Rev. W. Howell and D. J. S. Bailey, 212
(MS., C. A. Bampfylde, 270).

Rev. J. Holland, 121 (Rev. C. Hupe in Ling
Roth, 182) [MS., C. A. Bampfylde, 270] .
Sakarran, by H. Keppel, 30 (MS., C. A.
Bampfylde, 270).

MS., S. H. R., 201.

Rev. W. Chalmers and (Rev. W. Gomez)
in St. John, 83.

Rev. W. Gomez in St. John, 83.

MS., H. B. Crocker, 243.

MS., Rev. A. Reijffert, 202 (MS., J. C.
Moulton, 241). Words marked (S.) are in
the dialect of Serambo.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., H. B. Crocker, 243 (MS., J. C.
Moulton, 241).

MS., Rev. F. W. Nichols, 209 (MS., J. C.
Moulton, 241) [MS., Rev. C. Ah Luk, 265] .
Rev. W. Chalmers, 81. Words marked
(W.) are used on the Western Branch of
the Sarawak River.

Text. Bible Society, 260.

H. Keppel, 30 (Rey. C. Hupe in Ling
Roth, 182).

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

67

Sadong .

Milikin . .

Bunau .

Sangau.

Maloh (1) Kalis

Maloh (2) .

Sampit .

Katingan .

Pari . .

Lawangan .

Siang .

Sihong .

Manyan (1) ...

Manyan (2) ...

Ngaju .

Sangiang

Biaju .

Modang .

Bolongan .

Tarakan .

Sesayap .

Sibuku .

Kay an.

Rejang .

Uma Blubo ...

Uma Poh .

Uma Baloi .

Kenniah.

Kin jin .

Lepu Tan .

Lepu Anan .

Lepu Pohun ...

Lepu Sawa .

Lepu Pun .

Malang .

Madang .

Long Aki .

Long Bangan . . .

Murik . . .

MS., F. F. Boult, 235 (Rev. W. Chalmers
in St. John, 83). Words marked (L.) are
Lanchang dialect.

MS., F. F. Boult, 248.

MS., F. F. Boult, 240.

b. Second Series.

MS., S. H. R., 200 (MS., v. Veldthuysen,
174).

Brereton in St. John, 83 (H. Keppel, 30).
K. W. Tiedtke, 110.

K. W. Tiedtke, 110.

O. van Kessel, 45.

C. den Hamer, 160.

C. den Hamer, 160.

E. Denninger, Text, 66.

MS., Rev. H. Sundermann, 231.

C. den Hamer, 160 (Texts, Rhenish Mis¬
sionary Society, 223, 237).

A. Hardeland, 65, 74.

A. Hardeland, 65, 74.

C. den Hamer, 160.

Long wai, by R. v. d. Aa in Bock, 150.

M. W. H. Beech, 227.

M. W. H. Beech, 227.

C. den Hamer, 160.

W. Aernout, 145.

MS., F. W. Page Turner, 242 (H. B. Low in
Ling Roth, 182) [C.H ose, 176], Burns,- 44.
MS., S. H. R., 200 (R. S. Douglas, 250
and 253).

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., J. Baring-Gould, 246.

Engelhardt, 194.

MS., S. H. R., 201 (R. S. Douglas, 250
and 253).

MS., S. H. R., 200
MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., F. W. Page Turner, 242.

MS., S. H. R., 201 (R. S. Douglas, 258
and 266). 9

68

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.

Kalabit .

Bruang Kalabit
Treng.

Balait .

Tabun .

Murut.

Adang .

Trusan .

Padas .

Kaj avian .

Ba Mali .

Punan.

Rejang .

Bok .

Nibong .

Manketa .

Sib op .

Lirong .

Long Pokun ...

Ukit .

Bakatan .

Kadayan .

Bekiau .

Bisaya .

Tagal .

Dusun.

Dalit .

Kadasan .

Tampassuk .

Ida’an .

Lanun (1) .

Lannn (2) .

Buludupi (1) .

Buludupi (2) ...

Sum . . .

c. Third Series .

R. S. Douglas, 250 and 253 (J. C. Moul¬
ton, 268).

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200 (J. C. Moulton, 268).

St. John, 83 (Murut, by J. C. Moulton,
268).

MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS., T. Kirkpatrick
Caldecot, 247) [0. de Crespigny, 109] .

0. de Crespigny, 109.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., F. Page Turner, 242 (H. B. Low in
Ling Roth, 182) [Rev. J. Holland, 121] .
MS., S. H. R., 200 [C. Hose, 176] .

MS., S. H. R., 200.

O. v. Kessel, 45.

MS., S. H. R., 200 (C. Hose, 176).

MS., S. H. R., 200 (MS., R. S. Douglas,
250).

MS., S. H. R., 200.

MS., F. W. Page Turner, 242.

MS., S. H. R. (Pakatan by St. John, 83)
[Bukutan by Rev. J. Holland, 121] .

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 201.

MS., S. H. R., 201 (MS., J. Kirkpatrick-
Caldecot, 247) [MS., W. R. Barry-Giffard,
263] . St. John,* 83. 0. de Crespigny,!

109.

MS., W. R. Clement, 244.

C. de Crespigny, 109.

Rev. H. L. E. Luering, 195.

W. H. Treacher, 121.

St. John, 83.

St. John, 83.

W. H. Treacher, 121.

W. H. Treacher, 121.

J. Montano, 146.

Cowie, 178.

BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

69

Malay .

Brunei . MS., S. H. R., 201 (0. de Crespigny, 109)

[H. S. Haynes, 207] , C. A. Bampfylde,*

270.

Sarawak . MS., S. H. R., 200 (Rev. Wm. Chalmers,

81) [MS., C. A. Bampfylde, 270] .

d. Additional Words.

First Series : Salakau. Brereton in St. John, 83.

Second Series : Sidin. Kater, 99.

Behe. A. Fokker, 166.

Menyukei. A. Fokker, 166.
Karangan. Hupe in Ling Roth, 182.
Murung. Malayan Miscellanies, 14.
Kupuas. Malayan Miscellanies, 14.
Ngaju K. O. v. Kessel, 45.

Banjar. A. Har deland, 74.

Banjer H. Hupe in Ling Roth, 182.
Mantangai. A. Hardeland, 74.
Mangkatip. A. Hardeland, 74.
Kahaian. A. Hardeland, 74.
Simbakong. M. W. H. Beech, 227.
Nonukan. M. W. H. Beech, 227.

B. An Index to the English Words.

Areca-nut, 1

Bury, 25

Dwell, 48

Arm, 2

Butterfly, 26

Ear, 49

Arrow, 3

Buy, 27

Earth, 50

Ashes, 4

Calf of leg, see

Earth-worm, see

Bad, 5

Leg

Worm

Bamboo, 6

Chest, Breast, 28

Eat, 51

Banana, 7

Chief, 29

Egg, 52

Barter, 8

Child, 30

Elbow, 53

Basket, 9

Claw, 31

Eye, 54

Belly, 10

Clean, 32

Face, 55

Betel-pepper, 11

Cloud, 33

Far, 56

Bird, 12

Club, 34

F'ather, 57

Bite, 13

Coconut, 35

Fear, v. 58

Black, 14

Cold, 36,

Feather, see Hair

Blood, 15

Come, 37

Finger, 59

Blowfly, see Fly

Country, 38

Finger-nail, see

Boat, 16

Crocodile, 39

Claw

Body, 17

Darkness, 40

Fire, 60

Bone, 18

Daylight, 41

Fish, 61

Bow, 19

Die, 42

Flesh, 62

Bowels, 20

Dig, 43

Flower, 63

Branch, 21

Dog, 44

Fly (Blowfly), 64

Breadfruit, 22

Door, 45

Fly (House), 65

Breast, 23

Drink, 46

Fly (Sand), 66

Burn, 24

Drip, 47

Fly, v. 67

Food, 68
Foot, 69
FWrehead, 70
Forest, 71
Fowl, 72
Fruit, 73
Ghost, 74
Give, 75
Go, 76
Good, 77
Great, see Large
Gum, 78
Gutta, 79
Hair of Body, 80
Hair of Head, 81
Hand, 82
Hard, 83
Head, 84
Hear, 85
Here, 86
Hill, 87
Hook, 88
Hot, 89
House, 90
House-fly, see Fly

70 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

How ?, 91

Near, 122

Sand-fly, see Fly

Husband, 92

Neck, 123

Scratch, 155

Husked Rice, see

New, 124

Sea, 156

Rice

Night, 125

Season, 157

Intestinal Worm,

Nipple, 126

See, 158

see Worm

No, 127

Sell, 159

Iron, 93

Nose, 128

Shark, 160

Kill, 94

Now, 129

Sit, 161

Know, 95

Old, 130

Skin, 162

Lake, 96

Open, v. 131

Sky, 163

Land, 97

Paddle, n. 132

Sleep, 164

Large, 98

Path, 133

Sleeping-mat, see

Leaf, 99

Pig (Tame), 134

Mat

Leg, 100

Pig (Wild), 135

Small, 165

Lime, 101

Pinch, 136

Smoke, 166

Lip, 102

Placenta, 137

Snake, 167

Live, 103

Plank, 138

So, 168

Liver, 104

Plant, v. 139

Soft, 169

Louse, 105

Pot, 140

Sour, 170

Maggot, 106

Prawn, 141

Speak, 171

Male, 107

Rafter, 142

Spear, 172

Mankind, 108

Rain, 143

Spit, 173

Many, 109

Rat, 144

Spittle, 174

Mat, 110

Red, 145

Stand, 175

Mat, 111

Rice (Husked),

Star, 176

Mat (Sleeping),

146

Stay, 177

112

Rice (Unhusked),

Steal, 178

Milk, 113

147

Stone, 179

Moon, 114

River, 148

String, see Rope

Morning, 115

Road, see Path

Sugar-cane, 180

Mosquito, 116

Root, 149

Sun, 181

Moss, 117

Rope, 150

Sweet, 182

Mother, 118

Sago, 151

Sword, 183

Mouth, 119

Sail, n. 152

Tabu, 184

Name, 120

Salt, n. 153

Take away, 185

Navel, 121

Sand, 154

Tame pig, see Pig

Taro, 186
Taste, 187
Then, 188
There, 189
Thick, 190
Thigh, 191
Thin, 192
Thus, 193
Tongue, 194
Tooth, 195
Tree, 196
Unhusked Rice,
see Rice
Village, 197
Water, 198
Weep, 199
When ?, 200
Where ?, 201
White, 202
Wife, 203
Wild pig, see Pig
Wind, 204
Wing, 205
Woman, 206
Womb, see Pla¬
centa

Worm (Earth),
207

Worm (Intesti¬
nal), 208
Yam, 209
Year, see Season
Yellow, 210
Yes, 211

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

71

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

1. Areca-nut

2. Arm.

3. Arrow.

4. Ashes.

5. Bad.

Bintulu . .

wai

lae (la’ip)

avo

jas

ja’at

Matu ....

buah-pinang

lengan

panah

abo

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

Oya .

pinang

lengan

—

unak, dabo

jaat

Muka ....

pineng

lengan

—

dabo [abau]

yat (ja’at)

Narom. . . .

bunge

giluen (ngan)

—

abeu

jet

Miri .

bue

bare

—

habu

yahat (jaat)

Dali ......

buai

bara

—

abau

jiat

Tutong (1)

—

ruas-lengan

—

abu

rat

Tutong (2)

—

ba-lungon

—

—

—

Lemiting . .

bunga

ngan

—

abeu

sat

Lelak ....

—

giluen

—

abo

jiet

Long Kiput

bonga (bungeh)

laep (lengan)

—

abo

sat

Long Pata

bunga

laik

—

ako

jet

Batu Bla. .

bunge

gule

—

aku

jat

Berawan . .

(bu-ngieu)

(liei)

—

ako

jat

Kanowit . .

buah-pinang

lengan

anak-panah

abau

ja’ak (jiek)

Tanjong . .

pinang

budok-pang

panah

abo

jahat (je’ek)
ja’at

Siduan . .

buah-pinang

lengan

anak-panah

abau

Sibuyau . .

pinang

lengan

panah

amau

jait (jai)

Lemanak

pinang

lengan

jueng f
laja l

abus

jai

Balau ....

[pinang]

[lengan]

dambak

—

(jii)

Skarang . .

(pinang)

(lengan)

(jueng) f
laja}

(abus)

jai

Bugau ....

pinang

lengan

— —

abu

jai

Lara ....

ohe

barangu, baregn

jahe

Lundu. . . .

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

bai

kupung

panah

tekapok

jaat

Singhi ....

baai

tangan, kupung

(sibotia)

apuk,abuch

jaat

Grogo ....

bai

kupung

kapok

jat

Sennah . .

bai

braich’n, brek’n

—

apeucli

ariep (arep)

Qu^p ....

bai

pupung, tangan

panah

abu

arap

Sentah . .

bai

bireang, pupung

—

butup,apuk

arap, bukok

Beta ....

—

tangan

—

apuk

arap

Sau .

- -

-* —

—

■ - -

—

Sadong . .

bahaie (pinang)

tengan (pum-

pong, brungo)

laja

aboh, bahan

beek

Milikin . .

pinang

tari

—

abok

anda-boik

Bunau ....

pinang

tangan

—

abu

“““

f = Blowpipe dart, barbed.
\ = Blowpipe dart, plain.

72

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY

6. Bamboo.

7. Banana.

8. Barter.

9. Basket.

10. Belly.

Bintulu . .

volu

balak

(pra’)

(ta’eng)

tenai

Matu ....

buluh

balak

berjejah

tamok

na’ai (naie)

Bruit ....

bulu

balak

—

—

nai

Oya .

bulu’

balak

besileh

bakan, tepuku

nae, pait
pait [nga’ai]

Muka ....

bulo

balek [badak]

(besileh)

(bakan)

Narom. . . .

bulu

putai

(berdagieng)

(biyen)

tejian, (kechien)

Miri .

bulu

puta(beh-futei)

(mentawar)

(alaat)

tijen

Dali ....

bulau

putai

—

—

sien

Tutong (1)

—

puti

—

—

tian

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting

bulau

putai

—

—

tejien

Lelak ....

—

putai

—

—

tejin

Long Kiput

bulau

putai (utai)

(selei)

(puei)

te<?hin (kecheng)

Long Pata

bulo

pinyo

—

—

jan

Batu Bla. .

bulo

sinyo

—

—

tijen

Berawan . .

(bulu)

penyo (tenior)

(pelei)

(kebi)

tokea

Kanowifc . .

bulu

balak

berjajah

tepuku

na’eng (nieng)

Tanjong . .

bulu

balat (pisung)

(siluah)

(bakan, tepuko’)

butit (ne’eng)

Siduan . .

bulu

balak

berjajah

bakan

na’ai

Sibuyau . .

buloh

(pisang)

berdagang

bakol

prut (pahut)

Lemanak

buluh

pisang

alu (dagang),
ngalu

raga, baka

prut

Balau ....

—

pisang

—

—

prut

Skarang . .

buluh

pisang

(alu, dagang)

—

prut

Bugau ....

bulu

pisang

~~

prut

Lara ....

barak

.

putugn

Lundu . .

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

buru

berak

besambi

bakul

toin

Singhi

buruh,puti

borak, pangu

bisami(taweh)

bakur

toin

Grogo ....

bulu

borak

—

—

tain

Sennah . .

b’ru (buru)

brach

b’keres

trachut

taitan, tain (tait’n)

Quop ....

buru, taring

borak

(nawar

bakur (kirik)

tain

Sentah . .

buru, buti,
taring

borak

-i 1

— —

tain

Beta ....

—

—

—

bakur

tain

Sau . .

buru

bolak

—

—

tain

Sadong . .

buru

brok (pisang)

bersombi

lumbok; juar (L)

naie

Milikin . .

buloh

pisang

—

tambok

prut

Bunau . .

"

-

bersambi

"

putong

Addition : Salakau parut = belly.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

78

11. Betel-pepper.

12. Bird.

13. Bite.

14. Black.

15. Blood.

Bintulu . .

ari

manok

jubot [subot]

mitam

dra (ra’)

Matu . . . .

(sepa)

manok

sebut

bilam

darah

Bruit . . . .

—

manuk

— .

bilum

—

Oya .

- -

manok

subut

bilam

da

Muka . . . .

sepa Ts’pahl

manok

sibut

bilam

da

Narom. . . .

—

mano’

utop

mitam

sema

Miri .

are

manok

upab (nupab)

mitam

dare

Dali ....

arai

manok

utap

mitam

dare

Tutong (1)

—

—

—

mitam

sema

Tutong (2)

—

manok

—

—

ma

Lemiting

arai

manok

gutap

mitam

sema

Lelak ....

—

manok

—

mitam

sema

Long Kiput

arai

manoa

gutap (butap)

mitam

(sema)

Long Pata

are

mano

kapa

mitam

chema

Batu Bla. .

are

manok

kapa

mitam

sema

Berawan . .

—

manok

(kapat)

metam

sema

Kanowit . .

(sepah)

manok

sibut (gegat)

bilin (bilam)

darah

Tanjong . .

sepa

manuok

megagat (gigat)

lurom (bilam)

daha

Siduan . .

(spah)

manok

sibut

bil’m

darah

Sibuyau . .

(sirih)

burong

kibot

chelum

darah (daha)

Lemanak

sireh

burong

ngetup, kibut

ehelum

darah

Balau ....

[sirih]

burong

[ngetup]

chelum

darah

Skarang . .

(sirih)

burong

(ngetup, ketup)

chilum

(darah)

Bugau ....

sirih

burong

ngetup

chelum

dara

Lara ....

uit

(manuk)

.

sungut

daya

Lundu ....

—

—

— •

—

daya

Krokong . .

—

manok

kuut

sunggut

doyah

Singhi

baid

manuk

kuut

sungut

doya

Grogo ....

boid

manuk

ngigit

songot

doia

Sennah . .

—

manuk

kuut

singut

daiah

Quop ....

baid

manuk

kuut

(singut)

deya

Sentah . .

baid

manuk

kout, ngingut

singut ; sungot (W)

deyah

Beta ....

—

manuk

—

singut

deya

Sau .....

—

burong

—

singot

—

Sadong . .

(ba’id)

manok

kuot ; ngegit (L)

semergut, beis

daiya

Milikin . .

—

burong

ngibot

chlum

darae

Bunau . .

bolit

Addition : Salakau darah — blood.

74 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.' — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

16. Boat.

17. Body.

18. Bone.

19. Boiv.

20. Boiv els.

Bintulu . .

alod (jelu)

usa

tulang

kohong-tenai

Matu ....

saloi

apah (bias)

tulang

nyabong

ba-tukah

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

Oya .

saloi

biah

tulang

—

sepait, senae

Muka ....

saloi

biai

tulang

f panal

yubor (sepait)

Narom. . . .

aloud (alod)

tuleu

fcuha

—

tuha (tenai)

Miri .

alud

tulu

tulang

—

betuka

Dali .

alud

sulau

tulang

—

tuka

Tutong (1)

—

tulau

tulang

—

sawong-tenae

Tutong (2)

—

batulu

—

—

sarong-taian

Lemiting . .

alod

tuleu

tulang

—

tenai

Lelak . . . .

—

tulo

tulang

—

blarau-tai

Long Kiput

alod

tulyo (tulo)

tulang

—

tura-tenai

Long Pata

alon

usa

tulang

—

—

Batu Bla. .

along

usa

tulang

—

tuke

Berawan . .

(along)

usa

tulang

—

dera-tai

Kanowit . .

saloi

lasau (bia,
njawa)

tulang

(urat)

panah

buah-tukah

Tanjong . .

alut

tebuong (lasau)

tulang

(tak u’ up)

betuka

Siduan . .

saloi

apah

tulang

panah

buah-tukah

Sibuyau . .

prau

tuboh

tulang

_

_

Lemanak

prau.bangkong

tuboh, badan

tulang

—

gelong-prut

Balau ....

prau

tuboh

tulang

—

—

Skarang . .

(prahu)

(tuboh, badan)

(tulang)

—

—

Bugau ....

prau

tuboh

tulang

prut-raya

Lara ....

_

ungan

turang

_

_

Lundu ....

—

genan

tulang

—

—

Krokong . .

orud

gonan

turang

laja

toin

Singhi

orud

gonan, porting

turang

panah,

sibotir

(toin)

Grogo ....

olud

porong

tulang

—

tain

Sennah . .

arun

sud’oh

turach’n

(turang)

— —

—

Quop ....

arud

purung, ganan

turang

panah

tain

Sentah . .

orud

purung, giinan ,
tibu

tulang

- -

—

Beta .

arud

ganan, purung

turang

—

—

Sau .

—

—

—

—

—

Sadong . .

arud

tebuk

turang

lancho

rankai-taki

Milikin . .

prau

tuboh

tulong

—

—

Bunau . .

"

1 "

'

tane

Additions : Salakau tuboh = body.

Salakau tuang = bone.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

75

21. Branch.

22. Breadfruit.

23. Breast.

24. Burn.

25. Bury.

Bintulu . .

anggap-ka.yu

_

tite (titi)

pinau

mengubor (ta’bes)

Matu ....

—

tupang

—

—

mubas (patun)

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

—

Oya .

—

—

suso

—

tanam

Muka ....

dahan

—

susau

silagi

tan am

Narom. . . .

dahien

(naka,medeng)

tete

anmara

ubor (tukan)

Miri .

dahen

- —

titai

jukat

metal

Dali ....

dien

—

titai

mara

metal

Tutong (1)

ran

—

tete

tunuo

mutal

Tutong (2)

dahan

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

dien

—

titai

mara

metel

Lelak ....

dien

—

tetai

urap

ubor

Long Kiput

dehen

(longau, taka)

tetai

mara

dingeh (tukan)

Long Pata

dian

—

ite

suro

dingeh

Batu Bla. .

dihan

—

itai

make

muten

Berawan . .

dehan

(padok)

ete

make

baten (betin)

Kanowit . .

—

buah-sukun

—

—

tinam (penatum)

Tanjong . .

dahan

(bua-tukun)

susau

mekare

nenam, nokobe

Siduan .

(pangah)

'

(usoh)

(tinau, silag)

beo

Sibuyau . .

_

_

(tunoh)

tambak

Lemanak

dan (dan)

buah-pulur,

sukun

tusu

tunu, nunu

(tambak), kubur,
ngubur

Balau ....

—

—

—

— .

—

Skarang . .

(dan)

sukun

tusu

nunu

(tambak), ngubur

Bugau ....

dahan

tusu

nuno

numba

Lara ....

_

_

nyahu, ninu

Lundu

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

—

—

—

puroh

Singhi

daan

—

sisun

nyauch, ninuch ;
tongan (S.)

kubur, purueh

Grogo ....

dan

—

sisun

madang

ngubor

Sennah

—

—

susut

—

purut’n (purun)

Quop . . .

daan, saking

sukun

sisuh

sau, sigot, tungan

(ngubur)

Sentah . .

dahan

- -

shishuch

mupun, sigot,
nyitungan

kubur

Beta .

daan

—

sisuh

tungan

ngubur

Sau ......

—

—

—

—

—

Sadong . .

—

—

sirong

(nyahu)

empuru

Milikin . .

—

nangka

—

—

tanam

Bunau . .

•

—

—

—

76

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

26. Butterfly.

27. Buy.

28. Chest.

29. Chief.

30. Child.

Bintulu . .

kebabak

mele

usok (t’bad)

(tengelan)

anak

Matu ....

kalatemo

(bekuriek)

- -

rusok

ulor

anak

Bruit ....

—

—

—

- -

anak

Oya .

belebang

—

usok

—

anak

Muka ....

belibeng

mele

dada (usok)

—

anek

Narom. . . .

hababe

malai

rok (ror)

(lideh-raya)

anak

Miri ....

kebebe

mle, nine

ruak

(idan-raya)

anak

Dali .

rebapaiang

melai

ruak

—

anak

Tutong (1)

kelimambang

meli

rok

—

anak

Tutong (2)

kilibambang

—

—

—

—

Lemiting

kalabebe

melei

ruak

—

anak

Lelak ....

lebaba

mele

rok

—

anak

Long Kiput

kelebapa

mele

babin, roua
(rok)

(lai-dacheh)

ana

Long Pata

—

bele

usok

—

ana

Batu Bla. .

lepepeng

bele

gusok

—

anak

Berawan . .

pepeng

(pliping)

mele

lutau (gusiuk)

(laki-kijei)

ana

Kanowit . .

sengilit

(sababang)

—

ru’up (usok)

tesah-kampong

anak

Tanjong . .

selebabang

pebelai

usuok

(kagia’)

lejam-anak

Siduan . .

klatimau

(blai)

ru’up

tuah-kampong

anak

Sibuyau . .

siboh

dada

pala

(anak)

Lemanak

klabembang,

klabembu

bli, mli

dada

tuai, kapala

anak

Balau ....

—

- .

—

—

anak

Skarang . .

(kelambumbai)

(bli, mli)

(dada)

(pangulu, tuai)

anak

Bugau ....

kakak

beli

dada

' 1

anak

Lara ....

sado (sadon)

Lundu. . .

—

—

sodo

—

—

Krokong . .

kipitia

—

sodok

—

onak

Singhi

girinue,

karimunue

miris

sadue

piayuch

anak

Grogo ....

lepitia

miri

sadua

—

anak

Sennah . .

b’limbang

—

sodoh

—

anak

Quop ....

birumbang

miris

sudo

(orang-kaya)

anak

Sentah . .

berumbang

mirick

sudo

orang-kaya

anak

Beta .

—

miris

sudo

pingulu

anak

Sau .

—

—

—

—

anak

Sadong . .

trebambang

—

adag

orang-kaya,

pagguh

anak

Milikin . .

kakak

—

dada

orang-tuai

hambiak

Bunau

—

—

Addition : Salakau dada = chest.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

77

31. Claiu.

32. Clean.

33. Cloud.

34. Club.

35. Coconut.

Bintulu . .

silau

musi

(temai) [avus]

m _ _

vunyo

Matu ....

silo

—

awan

—

benyoh

Bruit ....

—

—

~ -

— .

binio

Oya .....

silo

—

spara, penga’op
(spara.penga’op)

—

binyuh

Muka ....

silau

usok

—

bua-bunyo

Narom ....

ilau

halus

(bulu-dio)

— •

pun-buneu,

buneu

butan

Miri ....

ilau, ilo

alos

(awan)

- — .

Dali ....

ilau

purai

—

—

buten

Tutong (1)

ilu

langis

—

—

piasau

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

butan

Lemiting. .

silau

ure

—

—

buten

Lelak ....

ilau

blanya

—

—

butien

Long Kiput

silau

mudeh

(laput)

—

buten

Long Pata

silo

mue

—

—

butan

Batu Bla. .

chilo

mu<?he

—

—

buten

Berawan . .

silau

lanye

(gikong)

(kayu)

buten

Kano wit . .

silau

—

jawai, lau

tekan

buah- benyoh

Tanjong . .

silau

muso

(awan-langit)

pupuk

bua-nyo

Siduan . .

silau (kukut)

(susi)

jawai, lau

tekan

buab-benyoh

Sibuyau . .

kuku

awan rremang]

nioh

Lemanak .

kukut

lengis

remang,

moa-hari

- *

nyur, kalapa

Balau ....

kukut

— •

- -

—

nyor

Skarang . .

(kukut)

—

(remang)

—

buah-inyak

Bugau ....

silu

lingih

"

klapa

Lara ....

siru

-

rahu

.

Lundu . .

sirun

—

gening-ayong

—

—

Krokong . .

sirun

—

awan, abun

sikud

butan

Singhi

sirun

jaruch, bisig

abun

(baruk)

butan

Grogo ....

silun

mamia

—

—

butan

Sennah . .

sireu (siruh)

—

atuch-ani, abun
(atuk-ngani)

— —

butat’n
(butah’n)
k’rapa, butan

Quop ....

siruh

bisig

abun

(abun-rangit)

sikud

(pukong)

Sentah . .

siruch ;
silun (W.)

bisig

abun, keruman

—

butan

Beta .

bisig

abun

—

—

Sau .

— -

—

—

—

butan

Sadong . .

siroh

—

remang

naipat

butan

Milikin . .

selu

—

kamang

—

nyior

Bunau ....

"

'

untong

— -

Additions: Salakau kuku — claw (nail).
Salakau niga = cloud.

78

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY

36. Cold.

37. Come.

38. Country.

39. Crocodile.

40. Darkness.

Bintulu . .

meraram [pavai]

jukat (tia)
[iukat]

vai

vasa (baza)

dabo (s’dom)

Matu ....

dadam (demel,
singor)

ke’ih (labe)

—

baia

p’dam

Bruit ....

—

kidimau

tud

—

—

Oya .

singoh

kide, keh
[kidigau]

usah

baya

padam

Muka ....

singo

tapa (kide)

leko

baia

padam

Narom ..

berene (bedetem)

ducho(lecho)

duen

baia

leme(meliam)

Miri ....

dasem

dusu

duen

baje

meliam (lem)

Dali .

asem

usau

duan

base

liam

Tutong (1)

saget

dusu

pagun

bwayo

depadau

Tutong (2)

—

—

duun

—

liam

Lemiting. .

lecham

luchau

bedume

bedaja

meliam

Lelak ....

ditum

ducho

duen

baja

melium

Long Kiput

dasum (lesam)

inai (dusau)

bleme

dachi

lium, meliam

Long Pata

male

sai

lia

biji

bichum

Batu Bla. .

ble

medasaki

lia

beji

semen

Berawan . .

genin (laram)

sake

lia

beje

dicham

(licham)

Kano wit . .

sengoram
(dadam, singiam)
ladam (s’ngiam)

labi

(tang)

baia

padum

Tanjong . .

labi (kanei)

kayan

baiya

dikalam

(jiklam)

Siduan . .

dadam

labi

(likau, tud)

baiah

padum

Sibuyau . .

chilap

(datei)

gaiyau

petang

Lemanak .

chelap

(aram)

datai-kitu

benoa, menoa

jagu, baiya

pemetang

(lemai)

Balau ....

chelap

aram

—

jagu

■ —

Skarang . .

chelap

(aram,

datai-kitu)

menua

(baiya)

(lemai)

Bugau ....

jelap

datai

menua

gaiau

petang

Lara ....

sangu (panut)

utung

_

buro

(petakng)

Lundu. . . .

modud

—

—

—

mapong

Krokong . .

modud

nug

—

buai

mopung

Singhi . . . .

madud

nug, gut

binoa

buai (bedaab)

mopung,

ngarum

Grogo . . . .

mu dud

nob

kupua

buai

mopong

karuch’n

Sennah . .

madud

maneng

—

bu’ai

Quop . . . .

madud

munug, tep,
kamati

rais,

tarun-tana

buai (buach,
bedaat)

karum

Sentah . .

madud, mobus

meniig, nug

raich

buai

karum ;
mopungfW.)

Beta . . . .

madud

munug

tarun-tana

—

karum

San .

katikati

menug

benua

Sadong . .

babi

buai

petii, rayu

Milikin . .

chalap

datai

—

gaiau

pitang

Bunau

11

—

- -

—

Additions : Salakau dingin = cold.

Salakau petang = darkness.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

79

41. Daylight.

42. Die.

43. Dig.

44. Dog.

45. Door.

Bintulu . .

dau (ma’dau

mesu

mekot

asau

(s'kan)

Matu . . . .

[dilau]
la’au (badi)

matai

ltikut

aso

[sekan]

aba-nawang

Bruit . . . .

—

mati

—

asau

Oya .

lau

matai

kukut

aso

menawang

Muka . . . .

lau

matai

gali (kukut)

asau

(menawang)

Narom. . . .

bo’or-diu (dio)

matai

ukai

asau [au]

[banawang]

(long-obak)

Miri . . . .

bedalu

matai

ukai

au

(kab-long)

Dali . .

alau

matai

(lemakol)

ukai

asau

Tutong (1)

madau

matai

nakai

asu

—

Tutong (2)

alau

—

—

au

—

Lemiting . .

andrau

matai

makai

asau

—

Lelak . . . .

rau

matai

uhai

asau

—

Long Kiput

arau

matai

makai

asao

(lobak)

Long Pata

icheu

leta

gale

acho

—

Batu Bla . .

lima

mato

kale

acho

—

Berawan . .

lema

neta, deta
(ta)
kabis

lteko (kalei)

achau

(jilelen)

Kanowit . .

lau

chankol

asau

benawang

Tanjong . .

lau (japan-taha’)

kabe

ngukut

asau

(bersukat)

(blawang)

Siduan . .

lau

(kebe)

matai

(kukut)

chankol

asau

benawang

Sibuyau . .

siang [tarang]

mati

kalig

ukoi (asu)

pintu

Lemanak

tawas-hari

parai,

kali, ngali

ukui, asu

pintu

Balau ....

ari

mati

mati

(uduk)

ukwei

Sltarang . .

(tawas)

parai

kali, ngali

(ukui, uduk,

(pintu)

Bugau ....

tauas

mati

gali

asu)

ukoi

—

Lara ....

ano (tawas)

kabis

_

kashu

pintu

Lundu ....

java

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

jawa, ondu

tobos

kurich

kosong

tiban

Singhi ....

j awah

kobus

karis, tukiet,

kosong

tiban, rawang

Grogo ....

java

tobos

dugar

Italia

kosong

_

Sennah . .

jouah (jawa)

tabus

kurik

kasauch’n

tiban

Quop ....

jawa (jowa-anu)

tabus

kareh

(kasok’n)

kasong

tiban

Sentah . .

jowah

tubus

karech

kushbng

tiban

Beta .

jawa

tabus

kareh

kashong

tiban

Sau .

Sadong . .

unyu

andu-nyawai ;

andu-nyawa (L)
taweh

tobos

tabus

kari ;

kosong

kasong

naiger ;

Milikin . .

mati,

nelto (L)
gali

ukoi

gegan (L)

pintu

Bunau . .

ilang

en-kri

—

ngegan

Addition : Salakau tarang = (day) light.

/

80 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.— BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

46. Drink.

47. Drip.

48. Dwell.

49. Ear.

50. Earth

Bintulu . .

suba

turu

kudo

[menda]

telinga

tana

Mata ....

tutang

—

(petad)

lingah

tanah

Bruit . . .

—

—

—

linga

—

Oya .

tutang

—

—

linga

tana’

Muka ....

tutang

sitan

kudo

telinga

[linga]

tana

Narom. . . .

misap (sap)

behen

giep

telinga

tana

Miri .

mesap

behen

fegep

telinga

tana

Dali .

mesap

bian

pegap

linga

tana

Tutong (1)

miup

—

gorum

telinga

tana

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

telingo

—

Lemiting ..

mesap

bien

upak

telinga

—

Lelak ....

mosap

—

ukum

dalit

tana

Long Kiput

mesum (mesap)

tidi, peta

ura

dalet

tana

Long Pata

mecha

time

ngenang

ading

tana

Batu Bla. .

nginau

satan

genang

aneng

tana

Berawan . .

mesam (mechap)

ngenang

anaing

tana

Kanowit . .

tutang (kemo,
njirut)

_

(luit)

lingah

(telinga)

tanah

Tanjong . .

mihup (tu’up)

tudo

loet)

likat

(bading)

lengah

tana

Siduan . . .

tutang

(bakatup)

(diam)

tanah

Sibuyau ..

ngiop (nyieup)

—

—

pundiang

[pendeng]

tanah

Lemanak

irup

titik

diau

pending

tanah

Balau ....

irup

—

—

pindiang

gumi

(tana)

(tanah)

Skarang . .

(irup)

—

(diau)

(pendleng)

Bugau . . . .

irup

tudo

diau

pendieng

tana

Lara ....

man-pain

rajak

_

Lundu ....

—

—

—

kayip

—

Krokong . .

ngok

—

—

kojit

tanah

Singhi. . . .

nuoh

—

ree

kojit

tanah

Grogo ....

nok

tutuk

ro

kojit

tana

Sennali . .

nook

—

—

kajit

tana

(tanah)

Quop ....

nok, mok (no5k)

titeg [niteg,
bititeg]

rim, muu

kajit

tana

Sentah . . .

nok, mok

titeg (?)

ruu

kojit

tanah

nok

run

kajit

kajit

tanah

.

Sau .

—

(tana)

Sadong . .

nyup

—

—

kaping

tanah

Milikin . . .

ngirop

—

—

panding

tanah

Bunau. . . .

"

Addition : Salakau tere, nyek = ear.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

81

51. Eat.

52. Egg.

58. Elbow.

54. Eye.

55. Face.

Bintulu . .

kuma (penja)

telo

sikau

mata

jagwai (jabai)

Matu . . . .

k’man (keman)

teloi

sikau

matah

jawai

Bruit . . . .

—

telo

_

mata

—

Oya .

keman

teloh

siko

mata

jawai

Muka ....

kuman

telo

sikau

mata

jauai

Narom . . . .

homan (kuman]

teju

ihau

mata

yauae (jewai)

Miri .

uming

teju

iko

mata

yabi (jabih)

Dali .

oman

sau

ikau

mata

avai

Tutong (1)

makan

tejo

ihau

mato

jauoi

Tutong (2)

—

tiu

bakiu

—

—

Lemiting

koman

tejo

sijau

mata

yave

Lelak ....

oman

tejo

eha.u

mata

—

Long Kiput

kuman

techo

chicho

(sichau)

mata

dafuai (defai)

Long Pata

koman

tior

siko

mata

jiai

Batu Bla. .

koman

teko

chiko

mata

jue

Berawan . .

oman (kuman)

teko (tiku)

sikau

mata

juia

Kano wit . .

kemo

teloi

sikau

(sikun)

matan

(mata)

jawe (jawai)

Tanjong . .

kaman (kemo’)

telun-ba

(telui)

sikau

mata

yauai (jawai)

Siduan . .

keman

teloi

sikau

matah

jawai

Sibuyau . .

makai

telok (telo)

(siku)

mata

mua

Lemanak

pakai, makai,

telu

siku

mata

moa (mua)

Balau . . .

empa

makai

telu

_ _

mata

moa

Skarang . .

(makai, dempa)

tulo (telu)

(siku)

mata

(mua)

Bugau

makai

telo

siku

mata

mua

Lara ....

uman

tura

siku

matu

(bahas)

Lundu ....

—

—

—

Dotun

jawin

Krokong . .

maan

tulor

sukun

Doton

jawin

Singhi . .

man, ngonyah

turuoh

sukun

botun

jo win

Grogo ....

man

tuloa

sukun

Doton

iowin

jauit’n

(jawihn)

Sennah . .

man (maan)

touroh (toroh)

sukou

(suku)

rnteu

(bateuch)

Quop ....

man

turoh (turoch)

suku

(shukuh)

batuh

(jawin)

Sentah . .

man

turoch

sukuch

betuch

jowin

Beta .

man

turoh

batuh

jawin

Sa.n .

tulo

telor, entoloh ;
entilor (L)

juton

_ _

Sadong . .

mahan

seku

3atoh

jawai; jawi(L)

Milikin . .

makai

tlu

—

mata

mua

Bunau

— — •

entolor

—

matu

jawi

Additions : Salakau mata = eye.

Salakau muha = face.

G

82

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

Bintulu . .
Matu ....
Bruit ....
Oya .

Muka ....
Narom. . . .
Miri .

Dali .

Tutong (1)
Tutong (2)
Lemiting . .
Lelak ....
Long Kiput
Long Pata
Batu Bla. .
B era wan . .
Kanowit . .
Tanjong . .
Siduan . .

Sibuyau . .
Lemauak

Balau
Skarang . .

Bugau . . . . j

Lara . .

Lundu . .

Krokong

Singhi

Grogo . .

Sennah

Quop . .

Sentah

Beta

Sau . . . .

Sadong

Milikin

Bunau

(

56. Far.

57. Father.

58 .Fear(y.)

59. Finger.

60. Fire.

jau

ama (tama)

mau

sijujau (juju)

jera

—

amah

m’dut

berangau

apui

—

ama

—

—

apoi

—

tama

medut,

menai

tujo’

apoi

jau

tama

mungeng

tujo

apoi

jo

tama

bahot

raha

iguen

jau

tamam

bahut,

(bari)

terao

igun

jeu

tama

baut

rahau

igun

—

yaka

—

ramat

igun

—

—

—

jari-lengon, ramat

apoi

jau

tama

bahut

mata-ngan

sab

—

tama

—

lamat-ingan

igun

jo

tama

bohot

amat-icho (lamat)

sap

jo

tama

bika

lama-tujo

apoi

jo

tama

lachik

bua-tuchu

apoi

tama

(lachek)

ofwia-tucho (tusu)

apoi

—

tama (ama)

bu’ut

berangau

apoi

mejo

sama (ama’)

buut

buk-iyo (wong-takuju)

apoi

(meju, jahu)

amah

medut

berangau

apoi

_

apai

takut

tunjok (tunjoa)

api

jauh, jelai
(jau)

apai

takut,

nakut

tun j ok

api

—

apai

—

tunjuk

api

(jau)

apai

(buyan)

(rawan)

(tunjuk)

api

au

apai

takut

tunjok

api

_

sama

_

trin j o

api

—

—

—

terinjo

apoi

—

bapa

toru

tunjok, tongan

opui

jue

sama

toru

trinyu

opui

jua

sama

tolu

tuinyo

apoi

—

sama (samah)

taru

trin’uh (trinjuh)

apui

jo

sama

taru

trinyu (trinju)

apui

jo

sama

taruh

trinyu

opui

jo

sama

taru

trinyu

apui

—

sama

—

—

opui

- -

amang

traueu

(teroun)

buah-tengan

apoi

—

apai

takot

tunjoh

api

“

k’ron

Additions : Salakau kukot = finger.
Salakau api — fire.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

83

-

61. Fish.

62. Flesh.

63. Flower.

64. Fly (Blow]

65. Fly (House)

Bintulu . .

yen (enjin)

se

vunga

laled-aza

[kezas]

laled (kezat)

Matu . . . .

ikan

sain

b’dak

—

—

Bruit ....

—

- —

- -

■ -

—

Oya . .

jikan, jin

se

bunga

— .

langau

Muka . . . .

dikan (jikan)

se

bunga

buie’

langau

langau

Narom . .

puta, futa

sai

langau

lalat

Miri .

futa

sai

buek

langau

lalad

Dali .

teputa

sai

buek

langau

lalad

Tutong (1)

puta

ansi

usak

langau

lalad

Tutong (2)

—

si

bunga

—

—

Lemiting

ota

sai

urek

pejat

lalad

Lelak

puta

sai

buiek

—

—

Long Kiput

puta (futa)

sai

bueir

(lango)

kela

Long Pata

puta

che

busa

—

—

Batu Bla

chi jo

che

busek

lese

dilang

Berawan

sejo (siju)

sai

buseng (busek)

—

(imiuk)

Kanowit . .

jen (jien)

sin

bunga (bedak)

(langau)

ta’tela

Tanjong . .

jan

sai

beda

lango

langau (kla-
tingo)

Siduan . .

ikan

sin

bunga

'r

ta’tela

Sibuyau . .

laok (lawak)

isi

bunga

_

lalat

Lemanak

ikan

isi

bunga, bungai

langau

lalat

Balau ....

ikan

—

bunga

—

—

Skarang . .

(ikan)

(isi)

(bungai)

(langau)

(lalat)

Bugau ....

ikan

isi

bungai

lango

lalat

Lara ....

ikan

inshin

nyamuk

Lundu

—

daging

—

—

—

Krokong . .

ikin

isin

bunga

—

turah

Singhi ....

ikien

asin

suat,sara, bunga

rongu

tura

Grogo

iken

isin

suat

lango

korap

Sennah . .

keiach’n

saet’n (sin)

suut (suat)

daieu(dayeuch)

Quop ....

iken

ishin

rarak, bunga

[rangu]

tura

Sentah . .

ikyen

ishin

suat

rungu

tura

Beta ....

iken

—

—

—

—

Sau .

(ikan)

—

—

—

—

Sadong . .

ekeh;ekan(L)

isi

suad

;ora

Milikin . .

ikan

esi

bungai

lalat

Bunau

—

—

- -

narud

Addition : Salakau isi = flesh.

84

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

66. Fly {Sand-)

67. Fly (v.)

68. Food.

69. Foot.

70. Forehead.

Bintulu . .

nyamok

menyiri

(barang-enja)

hai(pa’ai)[ai]

tuko

Matu ....

—

tiling (silap)

wah-bahkun

b’tis

b’lang

Bruit ....

—

—

—

tabula

—

Oya .

- —

tilieng,

bersilieng

makanan

budok

belang

Muka ....

kias, alus

pesilieng

(tilieng)

(makanan)

budok[pajag]

jauai (belang)

Narom . .

ejias

tulod

(nahan)

(datiek)

belidio

Miri ....

ages

tulud

—

faha, pa’a

dahi

Dali .

asis

tulud

—

fa’a

asan

Tutong (1)

lias

temulud

—

tapa-katis

dahi

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

puo

—

Lemiting .

nak-kiti

tulod

—

agem

kudajen

Lelak ....

— •

tapulod

—

agum

—

Long Kiput

nak-ite

telod (tulot)

(eno-kinan)

akam

subot

(kelachan)

Long Pata

nyimo-di

temulon

—

jima

buho

Batu Bla. .

nyimok

temolon

—

giman

subok

Berawan . .

- -

temolaung

(nikanan)

jiman (jimat)

chubok

(subok)

Kanowit . .

—

tilip (saiap)

berkanan

betis (paa)

b’lang

Tanjong . .

nyamok

melilip(tilip)

(pingan-kun)

paha (tiblah)

lengang

(blang)

Siduan . .

(galatah)

tiling

berkanan

betis

blang

Sibuyau ..

(singiat)

terbang

barang-makai

(bekal)

pemakai

kaki

dai

Lemanak .

karengit

terbai

kaki

dai

Balau ....

—

_

—

kaki

—

Skarang . .

—

(terbai)

(pemakai,

utai-dempa)

kaki

(dai)

Bugau . .

kap

terbai

—

kaki

dai

Lara ....

bihas

mibir

sangu

kuya (kaja)

leaning

Lundu ....

—

—

poon

uru

Krokong . .

— •

temirib

ani-di-dod

poon

oro

Singhi . .

agas, karap

bikabur,

timirib(S.)

pinguman

puun

aru

Grogo ....

fulungan

temelid

—

pohon

oro

Sennah . .

- -

t’marib

(tumurib)

ma’n(purugina-

maan)

(pra-kejak)

aru

Quop ....

[bias]

mukobur

(mekabur)

(penguman)

kaja

(pra-koja)

aru

Sentah . .

bias ;

korap (W.)

mukabur ;
timirib(W)

man

koja

aru

Beta ....

bias

—

pinguman

kaja

—

Sau ......

—

—

—

lppa-pohon

—

Sadong . .

(sirap)

merber

mahan (bokul)

kaja

daie

Milikin . .

—

terbai

takayu

kaki

dai

Bunau. . . .

_

encheling

—

kerja

'

Additions : Salakau paha = foot.

Salakau kaning = forehead-

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

85

71. Forest .

72. Fowl.

73. Fruit.

74. Ghost.

75. Give.

Bintulu . .

keg wan [kibanj

tizau

(sezaw)

siau

ong

tau

mujo

Matu ....

(tang, guiin)

buah

joh

Bruit ....

tang

siau

—

3 ok

Oya ......

—

siau

bua’

—

tujoh

Muka ....

gun

siau

bua

jengamo

[amo]

pido

Narom. . . .

aiyau

ael [aal]

tmgoen

(rungun)

3ora

take

Miri ....

talon

aal

be

bur, vur

umo (uan)

Dali ....

alam-asau

aal

ungun

3ur

uan

Tutong (1)

—

aal

ungun

bali

takan

Tutong (2)

—

—

bua

—

— .

Lemiting. .

maran

aal

rungun

akang

pechul

Lelak ....

■ —

al

ungon

—

tuki

Long Kiput

maran

aan (aal)

lungon

akang

usir (usiek)

Long Fata

late

laan

lehong

oili

ehun

Batu Bla. .

ma

aan

luhong

utot

kuchong

B era wan . .

dek

uwea

(via)

—

kasiaung

(kachong)

Kanowit . .

(ipong)

siau

buah

(to)

juh (pube)

Tanjong . .

kayau-ipuong

ba (siau)

bua

tau

akan (tikau)

Siduan . .

(gun-ayang)

siau

buah

(amau)

juh

Sibuyau . .

(kampong)

manok

buah

_

bri (bahi)

bri, enjok (nambi)

Lemanak

kampong

manok

buah

antu

Balau ....

kampong

manok

bua

—

—

Skarang . .

kampong

rnanuk

(buah)

(antu)

bri (nambi, unjok)

Bugau ....

bagas

manok

bua

antu

bri

Lara ......

tarum

siap

_

mangkan

Lundu ....

- —

—

—

. — .

Krokong . .

—

siok

buah

— -

nyin

Singhi . . . .

torun, tuan

siok, siap

bua

munoe

ngin, jugan

Grogo . . . .

torun

siok

bua

unua

nyin

iniat’n

Sennak . .

—

siok

buah

—

Quop . . . .

tarun, tuan

siok

bua

[mino]

ngyen

Sentah . .

tarun

siok; siap

tuuch,

buah

bua

mind, umot

ngyen, jugan

Beta .

- -

siok

mino

ngyen

Sau . .

tarun

ok

—

—

nien

Sadong . .

(tarun)

siok

buah

— *

nyugun

Milikin . .

—

manok

buah

—

bri

Bunau

’ — ”

' — 1

■ -

86 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

76. Go.

77. Good.

78. Gum.

79. Gutta.

80. Hair,
Feather.

Bintulu . .

mrau (tirai)

[uai]

m’lah

diza

va-pulut

pulot

vulau

Matu ....

da’au (jia)

—

—

bulau

Bruit ....

makau, mula

jaan

dia’, da’au

—

—

—

Oya .

taboi, puli’

—

—

bulo

Muka ....

bamakau (pule’),
[taboi]

dia

bra-pulut

pulut

bulo

Narom. . . .

suret (umo)

jien(jiyau)[je]

bre-pulut

pulot

buleu

Miri .

mai

je

bre-pulut

pulod

bulu

Dali .

omau

jit

bre-pulut

pulot

bulau

Tutong (1)

manau

monsoi

• —

—

bulu

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

lakau

jia

brie-getin

pulot

bulau

Lelak ....

suret

jia

— -

—

bulo

Long Kiput

nai (kumau)

che

pade-geten

pulaut

bulou

Long Pata

chi

jien

baka-tan

pulau

bulo

Batu Bla. .

lichi

jin

beki-geten

pulok

bulb

Berawan . .

che (chi)

jin

—

—

bulau

Kanowit . .

mela (taga)

jiak

—

—

bulau

Tanjong . .

tiba, lakau

yia (jia)

baha-pulut

pulut

bulau

Siduan .

melah

d’au

1

(tasi)

bulau

Sibuyau . .

bejalai (jalai)

badas

_

bulu

Lemanak

bejalai

badas (baik)

puli

geta,

nyatu

bulu

Balau ....

bejalai

(badas)

—

—

bulu

Skarang . .

bejalai

baik (badas)

—

nyatu

bulu

Bugau ....

pergi

badas

bras-pulut

getah

bulu

Lara ....

anu (berjalan)

lumus (baik)

_

Lundu ....

■ —

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

odi, ponuh

baguh

—

—

burun

Singhi

odi,matak, ponu

paguch,

konah

boras-purut

potuk

burun

Grogo ....

odi

pago

bras-pulut

potok

bulun

Sennah . .

panuh

manich

—

—

bulu

Quop ....

adi, kanu, panu
(di)

kana

purut

[badad]

putuk

(buruh)

Sentah . .

odi, di, metak

paguch, kena,
sigat

putuk

nyatoh

burucli

Beta .

adi

kana

- -

—

—

Sau .

adi, punch

pago

—

—

—

Sadong . .

hoji

pagu

—

—

buroh

Milikin . .

ba jalai

nyalaie

—

—

bulu

Bunau

jalan

' -

—

—

Addition: Salakau bulu = hair (in bulu-ramang , eyebrow).

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

87

81. Hair of
Head.

82. Hand.

83. Hard.

84. Head.

85. Hear.

Bintulu . .

bok

agam

tuha

ulau

bandeng [karinga]
mana’ah (toieng)

Matu ....

bok

lengan (tebo)

sa’ih

ulo

Bruit ....

bok

agum

_

ulau

Oya .

bok

nyagam

saih

ulo

taah

Muka ....

bok [bu]

pa (nyagam)

dras (sa’ih)
[sahi]

ulau

mena (ta’ah)

Narom . .

fok

tangan,

lihud-ngan

malait

oho

pelitap (umbai)

Miri ....

fuk

uju (tuju)

malait

oho

idan (menyai)

Dali ....

fok

nyan

malait

uhau

mitap

Tutong (1)

pok

lengan

kadau

oho

krangau

Tutong (2)

lengon

—

uko

—

Lemiting

sok

ngan

sale

ukau

unye

Lelak ....

fuok

ingan

tua

uhau

ngelitap

Long Kiput

sua (sok)

ingan

tua

ukou

melitum (ngelitap)

Long Pata

PO’

tujo

meraing

ulo

mengai

Batu Bla. .

pok

tuchu

mereng

ulo

jiu

Berawan . .

paung (pok)

tujo (palat)

merain

ulaung

ngelenga (linga)
na’ah (kinam)

Kanowit . .

bok

agam (pang)

saich

ulau

Tanjong . .

buok

pang (sapi’)

muhu (moo,
kreh)
saich

ulau

tidam (kidam)

Siduan . .

bok

agam

ulau

na’ah

Sibuyau . .

bok (buak)

jahi (langan)

sigat

pala

dingah

Lemanak

bok

jari

kring

pala

dinga (ninga,
mendieng)

Balau ....

bok

jari (langon)

—

pala

—

Skarang . .

bok

tangan (jari)

(kring)

pala

(mendieng, ninga)

Bugau ....

buok

tapa

krieng

pala

linga

Lara ....

abok

baregn

abak

danga

Lundu ....

bok

tangan

—

bak

—

Krokong . ,

bok

tongan

doras

bak

ngojit

Singhi ....

boek

tongan

riang, bogug,
simongie

bak

ngojit, kidingah

Grogo ....

bok

tangan

pra’n

(tongan)

koras

ubak

kring a

Sennah . .

aboa (abok)

deriach’n

(deriak’n)

bach (bak)

dingar (dingah)

Quop ....

ubok

tangan

kras, riang,
bagug

ubak

dingah

Sentah . .

ubok

tangan

riang,

semutak

ubak

dingah ; keringah
ngojit (W.)

Beta ....

ubok

tangan

kras

ubak

dingah

Sau .

bok

tongan

—

bak

—

Sadong . .

- -

papa-tengan

riang

baak

kedinga ;

enghaping (L.)

Milikin . .

bok

tapa-jari

kereh

foRjln

ninga

Bunau

_

—

—

—

kaping

Additions : Salakau bunk = hair (of head).
Salakau angan — hand.
Salakau kapala = head.

88 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

86. Here.

87. Hill.

88. Hook.

89. Hot.

90. House.

Bintulu . .

dia [tia^

(m’ted) [meted]

kagwet

pede

uma

[lepau]

Matu ....

(kieh, kide)

bukit (gunong)

—

lasuh (selau)

l’buh

Bruit ....

—

gunong

—

—

bubu

Oya .

—

bukit

—

lasu

lebo’

Muka ....

gitau [gagito]

(bukit)

kawit

pala (lasu’)

levo(lebo’)

Narom. . . .

titau

(lad)

lehed

malau (loh)

amain

Miri ....

ditoi

(lad)

kelt

felas

ameng

Dali .

olaite

—

kit

pelas

amain

Tutong (1)

siti

—

—

lasu

amin

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Demiting. .

sikap

—

sakit

ikat

amain

Lelak ....

tita

—

—

malau

amen

Long Kiput

diter

(lat)

akait

ikat

amen -feet

Long Pata

toye

—

angai

chakai-sanai

amen

Batu Bla. .

ato

—

angek

aso

lamaing

Berawan . .

atau

(tokong)

—

laso (sanit)

1 amain

Kanowit . .

(kanai, kahai)

bukit (jugut,
tega)

(tugong)

—

lasu

lebu

Tanjong . .

lue-tenai

kabang

lesulau (lasu)

lebo

Siduan . .

(kidai)

bukit

(pesai)

lasu

lebu

Sibuyau . .

—

bukit [munggu]

—

panas (angat)

rum ah
(humah)

Lemanak .

ditu

munggu

ginti

angat

rumah

Balau ....

—

bukit

—

panas, angat

—

Skarang . .

ditu

bukit

(ginti)

(angat)

rumah

Bugau ....

dito

—

kaiet

angat

rumah

Lara .

_

munggu(muton)

jera, paras
putek

rumin

Lundu . . . .

—

doron, motang

—

—

Krokong . .

—

pungguh, dorod

—

bongoh

bori

Singhi .. . .

dati, kati

dorud, pungu

sikait, pinoek,
pisis (S.)

bongu,putiak,

paras

romin

Grogo ....

kainog-sakani

—

kait

putiek

rumin

Sennah . .

—

tibeuch’n
(tibung, darug)

- —

serah

rambin

(ramin)

Quop . . . .

diti, digiti

darud, sanda

pisis [sikait]

paras

ramin

Sentah . . .

diti, digiti,
diginu

darud

pisich

paras ; bongo
(W.)

ramin

Beta .

digiti

darud

pisis

paras

ramin

Sau .

—

dolud

—

lomin

Sadong . .

- —

engkaju

—

pras (nyowa,
shiru)

ramin

Milikin . .

—

tinteng

—

paneh

rumah

Bunau. . . .

—

_

siroh

Additions : Salakau muton = hill, bukit — mountain.
Salakau darang — hot (heat).

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

89

91. How ?

92. Husband.

93. Iron.

94. Kill.

95. Knovj.

Bintulu . .

lakamba

(vana)

malat(basi)

pesu

taho

Matu ....

—

sawan

b’sai

b’noh

tahau

Bruit ....

—

sawa

besi

bino

—

Oya .

- -

sawa

bese

buno’

ta’au

Muka ....

kumenan

(sawa)

besi

munoh

(buno’)

tau (ta’au)

Narom .

umbai-niau

(lahai)

besae

patai

hanau (hou)

Miri ....

demupau

(banah)

besi

buno
(bin ok)

taha (taau)

Dali * • • *

medam

—

basai

patai

masa

Tutong (1)

mana-ola

—

besi

—

—

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting . .

mul-emba

—

bese

katai

itan

Lelak ....

waiyeu

—

—

—

—

Long Kiput

paisau

(lai)

besae

muloh

(sepatai

kitan

Long Pata

mecho

—

din

pelata

manai

Batu Bla . .

chokodem-to

—

dikan

breta

manai

B era wan . .

anga-nyan

(lakai)

(dikan)

(peleta)

(kanai)

ta’au

Kanowit . .

(kemo-wa)

sawan

besai

(gelegoan)

benuh

(kube)

Tanjong ..

kahan-kau

(sawa)

geluan

ngabe

tau

Siduan . .

(kubah-batan)

sawan

besai

benuh

ta’au

Sibuyau . .

_

laid

besi

bunoh

tau (numu)

Lemanak

kati-bakar

laki

besi

bunoh

nemu

Balau . . . .

—

laki

besi

—

—

Skarang .

(kati-bakar)

laki

besi

bunoh

(nemu)

Bugau ....

kati

besi

bunoh

nemu

Lara ....

banun

ngamis

penane

Lundu ....

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

bonun

bosi

ngabos

puan

Singhi ....

munki, onimun

bonun

bosi

ngabus ;
nyuu(S.)

puan (adin)

Grogo ....

oni-ina

—

basi

nyo

puan

pu’an

Sennah . .

—

banoh(banuh)

basi

shieu

Quop ....

munki [simuki]

banuh

basi

kinabus,
siu ; (sieu)

puan

Sentah . .

munki, semuki

bonuch

besi

siu ;

nyod(W.)

puan

Beta ....

simuki

bonuh

basi

Sill

puan

Pn.n .

bunon

bosi

nioo

Sadong . .

—

dari-banoin-

yah

balan

kenabus

empuan

Milikin . .

—

laki-orang

b’si

bunoh

ta-au

Bunau ....

bener

bisi, balan,
baja

enkoju

90 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

96. Lake.

97. Land.

98. Large.

99. Leaf.

100. Leg.

Bintulu . .

ranau

(tana’)

aza

raon

betes (pa’ai)

Matu . . . .

—

tanah (sae)

ayang

da’un

tabalab

Bruit . . . .

- —

tud

—

— —

Oya - - -

—

tana’

nyat

daun

betih

Muka . . . .

danau

(tana’)

aiang i"mat|

dahun

bete (betih)

Narom. . . .

daniu

(tana)

raya

da’on

lulud

Miri ....

danau

(tanah)

raya

dauun

betai

Dali .

danau

—

raia

dauun

sete

Tutong (1)

loagan

—

gaio

raun

betis

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

dahun

babetis

Lemiting. .

danieu

—

terache

dahon

sai-bute

Lelak ....

luak

—

raya

daun

beti

Long Kiput

danau

(tana)

dache

don (daon)

beti (akam)

Long Fata

bhvang

—

kije

dian

chekene

Batu Bla. .

dinau

—

keji

diong

beti

Berawan . .

pera

(tana)

keje (kijei)

diyaung

betia

Kanowit . .

—

tanah-lapang

(tang)

(tana’)

ayu

da’un

lasau-betis

Tanjong . .

bukung

aio

duun

betihi

(budug-pa’a)

Siduan . .

(lamah)

tanah-lapang

ayang

da’un

usah-betis

Sibuyau . .

_

(tanah)

besai

daaun

kaki (betis)

Lemanak

danau

tanah, pantai

besai (raia)

daun

betis, kaki

Balau ....

—

—

besei (bisi)

daun

—

Skarang . .

(danau)

menua(tanah)

(besai, raia)

(daun)

(betis, kaki)

Bugau ....

danau

—

besai

daun

betish

Lara ....

_

aihyo

batis

Lundu ....

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

tanah

ayuh

dawern

bities

Singhi ....

danu

tanah

ayuch, baas

dawun

tigiang (peun)

Grogo ....

dono

—

aio

dauwan

tidieng

Sennah . .

—

damun

aiih

daud’n

(dawen)

dawun

kajar (betes)

Quop ....

danu

deyuh (tana)
tanah, deyuch

bas, tibane

bites (koja)

Sentah . .

dunu

baas ;

aiyuch (W.)

dawun

bites

Beta. .

— •

tana

ayuh

dawun

kaja

Sau ......

—

benua

—

—

pohon

Sadong . .

manua, tahan

bahas

dauon

betes

Milikin . .

tanah

b’soi

daun

kaki

Bunau

tanah

” — -

daun

_

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

91

101. Lime.

102. Lip.

103. Live.

104. Liver.

105. Louse.

Bintulu . .

apo

kulit-bive[bivi]

murep

abau [kena]

kutau

Matu ....

b’niau

bujol

mudip

atai

kutor

(kutau)

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

—

Oya . .

binyo

bibih

tudip

atai

kuto

Muka ....

binyau

bibir (bibih)

tudip

atai

kutau

Narom. . . .

por

kulet-munong

mulon

atai (abeou)

guteu

Miri .

apor

kulit-muno

molon

(munon)

atai

gutau

Dali ....

apor

kulit-monong

molon

atai

kutau

Tutong (1)

por

kulit-bibir

lau

atai

kutu

Tutong (2)

apor

bibir

—

ati

gutu

Demiting .

apor

kulit-munau

mulon

atai

gutau

Lelak ....

apor

kulet-munong

mulaun

tai

guto

Long Kiput

apiien (apon)

kulet-munoa,

bibin-munoa

molon

atai

guto (uto)

Long Pata

apon

kulait-munong

mulon

atai

kuto

Batu Bla . .

apon

kulet-monong

mulong

atai

kuto

Berawan . .

apon (pon)

kulet-munaung

molaung

atai(emien)

kutau

Kanowit . .

benyau

bujun (mujun)

mudip

terkujong

kutau,

tumah

Tanjong . .

benyau

inget-mujau

mudip

atai

kutau

Siduan . .

benyau

bujun

mudip

terkujong

kutau,

tumah

Sibuyau . .

mulut

hidop

_

Lemanak .

kapu, bunyo

mulut (bibir)

idup

ati

kutu

Balau ....

—

—

id op

—

—

Skarang . .

(kapu)

(bibir)

(idup)

(ati)

(kutu)

Bugau. . . .

bunyo

bibir

idup

ati

kutu

IjRjI a • • • •

bibich (bibi)

Lundu. . . .

- —

bibin

—

—

—

Krokong . .

rimo

tukuh, bibin

idip

oten

gituh

Singhi

bunyuch

bibin

idip

—

gituch

Grogo ....

bunyo

bibin

idip

atin

gitu

Sennah . .

binior

(binyuh)

tukup, rimbi

dip

hati, atihn

gutich

Quop ....

binyuh

bibis

(udip)

(hati)

akak, jutis,
tumuh

Sentah . .

binyuch

bibich

udip

—

gutich

Beta ....

—

boba

udip

—

—

Sau .

—

—

—

« -

- -

Sadong . .

beneu

bibi

mudip

hati

gutu ;
guti (L.)

Milikin . .

bunyoh, kapo

mulut

edop

ati

kutu

Bunau

1

“““

'

“ —

Additions : Salakau bibir = lip.

Salakau hati = liver (heart).

92 THE LANGUAGES OF BOBNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. BAY.

106. Maggot.

107 .Male.

108. Mankind.

109. Many.

110. Mat.

Bintulu . .

uled [ulad]

manai

gulun (ulun)

mina

pan

Matu ....

_

lai

[usa,vaiesira]

tanawan

(dida)

jalih

Bruit ....

—

—

tooli

—

Oya .

Muka ....

ulat

lalong, lai
alai

menusia

ida

jali

pan

Narom. . . .

ulad

(lalong)

lahai

(tenawan)
jimoloen [ide]

adeu

tapa (tepar)

Miri .

ulad-beg

lakai

jimolon

ade

duen

Dali .

ulad

lakai

tebulon

adau

duin

Tutong (1)

ulad

lahai

jimulun

suwang

—

Tutong (2)

—

lahi

bunumulun

—

—

Lemiting

ulad

lai

bulun

adau

par

Lelak ....

—

manai

lemulon

—

—

Long Kiput

paie

lai

buluen (ulun)

ado

tapan

Long Pata

ulan

lakelake

lemulon

aro

taing

Batu Bla. .

ulan

lake

lemulong

aro

Berawan . .

— ■

lakai

melumolang

—

(bipit)

Kano wit . .

—

aleh (lai)

(tenawan)

(buna)

jali

Tanjong . .

ulat

lai

tenauan

unga

yali (jaleh)

Siduan . .

(ulad)

to’lai

—

(idah)

jali

Sibuyau . .

laki

orang (ohang)

banyan

(bidei)

Lemanak

ulat

laid,

mensia

(maio) maioh,

tikai, kalaia

Balau ....

lelaki

laki

banyak

tikai

Skarang . .

(ulat)

(laki)

(mensia)

(maio)

tikai

Bugau ....

ulat

laki

mensia

maioh

—

Lara ....

are

sook (sok)

kara

bido, bide

Lundu

—

dadari

nyaah

- -

—

Krokong . .

—

dari

daya

—

ambok

Singhi ....

oset, orud,

dari

dayah, nyaa,

boge

omuk,kirayah,

Grogo ....

jakit

olod

dail

naan

daia

bogo

panan

kasa

Sennah . .

—

dari

(adu)

—

(ambok)

Quop ....

urud

dari

daya

bagu

amok, ambok

Sentah . .

urud

dari

manusia

bogu, aduch

umok,bumban,

Beta .

dari '

daya, manusia

bagu

idash

ambok

Sau .

—

dari

—

—

—

Sadong . .

—

dari

mulu, makat,
bujang
(nuuch, inya)
orang

(tubun)

amah (umak)

Milikin . .

laki

Bunau

—

—

—

—

Additions : Salakau ang-aki = male (man).

Salakau manusia = mankind.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

93

111. Mat.

112. Mat.

113. Milk.

114. Moon.

11 5. Morning.

Bintulu . .

lapit

pan-bai

ba-tite

bulan

(vulan)

vari [bari,
dilau]

Matu . . . .

—

—

—

bulan

(badi)

Bruit . . . .

—

—

—

bulan

—

Oya .

bulan

bulan

Muka . . . .

lampit

pan-doban

nyam-susau

suam

Narom . . . .

lapait

tapa-fi

fe-rata

teka

suret

Miri .

lapait

duen-basong

fe-rata

teka

yemat

Dali .

lapait

duin-halus

fia-rata

teka

sigim

Tutong (1)

—

—

pa-ete

bulan

sambut

Tutong (2)

—

—

pa-iti

—

—

Lemiting . .

lapait

basong

sia-rata

bulien

sigem

Lelak ....

—

—

fe-lata

ta’a

sigien

Long Kiput

lapait

tapan-alod

si-rata

bulen

labelum

Long Pata

taing-lapit

taing-alut

pi-ete

bulin

lesapong

Batu Bla. .

lapit

tepa-bakan

gita

bulin

sapong

Berawan . .

—

—

pea-getah

bulin

sapaung-

Kanowit . .

- -

—

- —

bulan

—

Tanjong . .

klasa

yali-talud

liang-susau

bulan

bubun

Siduan . .

—

—

(susau)

bulan

(soh)

Sibuyau . .

klayak

(klaia)

—

[susu]

bulan

magi-pagi

Lemanak

bidai

—

ai-tusu

bulan

pagi

Balau ....

—

—

« -

bulan

—

Skarang . .

—

—

(ai-tusu)

bulan

(pagi)

Bugau ....

lampit

klaia-miet

ai-tusu

bulan

bagi

Lara ....

(susu)

buran

ngakap-ano

Lundu. . . .

—

—

sisun

bulan

—

Krokong . .

—

— .

—

buran

— -

Singhi . .

kasah,

sirana

- —

sisun

buran

sipagi,

somsom

Grogo ....

lampit

amok-kanan

fein-susun

bulan

pagi

Sennah . .

—

—

- -

burat’n

—

Quop ....

—

—

sisub [ju-sishuh]

buran

siri-jawa,
sipagi, anu

Sentah . .

kasa

ambok

juh-shishuch

buran

ishan

Beta .

—

« —

- -

buran

ishan

Sau .

—

—

bulan

—

Sadong . .

(krusa)

■ —

buran

(pagi)

Milikin . .

kl ay a

■ —

—

bulan

—

Bunau . .

’

—

boron

■

Additions : Salakau susu = milk.

Salakau buan — moon.

94 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

116. Mosquito.

117. Moss.

118. Mother.

119. Mouth.

120. Name.

Bintulu . .

agau (temok)

lumut

ina (tina)

bive

naran [ngaran]

Matu ....

karias

—

inah (tina)

ba

ngadan

Bruit ....

—

—

ina

ba

—

Oya .

kiah

—

iina

mujun

ngadan

Muka ....

pukat (kiah)
[Idas]

lumut

;ina

mujun [moba]

ngadan

Narom . .

nak

gelukut

i;ina

munong

nyadien (aden)

Miri ....

nak

glukut

iina

muno

aden

Dali ....

nak

lukut

tina

monong

adin

Tutong (1)

krias

gelugot

yama

munong

ngadan

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

baba

—

Lemiting

nak

gelukut

tina

munau

nyaden

Lelak ....

—

luhot

tina

munong

adien

Long Kiput

nak

galukut

tina (ina)

munoa

aden

Long Pata

lalan

—

tina

munong

aran

Batu Bla . .

tela

lukot

tina

munong

naran

B era wan

(imiuk)

lokaung

tina

monaung

naran (ngaran)

Kanowit . .

krias (njamok)

—

ina

bah

nadan (ngadan)

Tanjong . .

agau

lumut

tina

boba

ngadan

Siduan . .

uriao

(lumut)

s’nah

bah

nadan (ngadan)

Sibuyau . .

nyamok

(hyamoak)

—

indai

mulut

nama

Lemanak .

nyamok

lumut

indai

lobang-nyawa

nama

Balau . . . .

niamok

—

indai

niawa

—

Skarang . .

(nyamok)

(lumut)

indai

mulut (lobang-
nyawa)
mulut

(nama)

Bugau

nyamok

lumut

indai

nama

Lara .

puntujok

_

sindo

boba (baba)

gaan

Lundu

—

—

—

beba

—

Krokong . .

perunggang

—

sindoh

bobak

adeun

Singhi

pirungang

rumut

sine

boba

adun

Grogo ....

nyamok

lumut

sino

boba

adan

Sennah . .

prungacli’n

(perung’gak’n)

—

sindu

(sinduh)

b’ba (bebah)

datan (dadan)

Quop . . . .

pirunggang

rimut

sindu

(buba)

adun (dud’n)

Sentah . .

prungang

rimut

sindu

bobah

adun

Beta .

—

sindu

boba

adun

San .

sindo (indo)
andu

bub ah

Sadong

prungat ;
prungang (L.)

—

bebeu ;
beba (L.)

genan

Milikin . .

nyamok

—

indai

lubang-nyawa

nama

Bunau . .

prungong

ayang

beba

Addition : Salakau mulut = mouth.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

95

121. Navel.

122. Near.

123. Neck.

124. New

125. Night

Bintulu . .

pused

dani

(vatok)

van

klam

Matu ....

awah-awah

(sega)

tenyuh (tengo)

(ubas)

malam

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

— -

Oya .

pusad

—

tengo’

—

malam

Muka ....

pusat

siga

(tengo’) [tengo]

bahau

malam

[lamai]

Narom. . . .

puan(puad)

sane

(batok)

berau

lem

Miri ....

fuad, puad

janai

(batok)

baru

learn (lem)

Dali .

puad

sanai

—

barau

lam

Tutong (1)

puhod

—

—

—

untuong

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

lema

Lemiting . .

puad

ikap

—

barau

lem

Lelak ....

puat

—

—

—

lum

Long Kiput

puat

danai

(batok)

barau

leum

(lam)

Long Pata

pusan

tune

—

kereng

malam

Batu Bla. .

pu(?han

tune

—

kareng

patang

Berawan . .

pusan

- *

(betau)

—

lemalam

(licham)

Kanowit . .

pusat

(sega)

tenguh

(ubah)

malam

Tanjong . .

pusat

buamejo,chega

(tengoh)

ba

malam

Siduan . .

pusat

(siga)

tenguh

(baau,

jakin)

malam

Sibuyau . .

(pusat)

—

rukong (hukoang)
[hakong]

(leher) rekong f

bahu

malam

Lemanak

pusat

semak, dampi
(dampieng)

baru

malam

Balau ....

—

— .

_

—

malam

Skarang . .

(pusat)

(semak,

dampieng)

(leher)

(baru)

(malam)

Bugau ....

pusat

dampi

—

baru

malam

Lara ....

pusat

jangok (jango)

bahu

ngarum

Lundu ....

pesud

—

tungot

—

—

Krokong . .

pisod

—

tungor

—

ngarum

Singhi. . . .

pised

sinuk

tungoe

bauch

ngarom

Grogo ....

pisad

sinok

—

ban

ngarum

Sennah . .

pasid

—

tungo (tungoh)

—

karum

Quop . . . .

pashid

(pasid)

sinduk

tungo

bauh

singarum

Sentah . .

posliid ;
pisod (W.)

sinduk

tungo, pungo

bauch

ngarum

Beta .

—

sinduk

tungo

bauh

singarum

Sau .

— •

—

—

—

(narom)

Sadong . .

pasid

—

koko

(bauch)

bengaru

Milikin . .

—

—

kakong

—

malam

Bunau . .

turup-

ngarum

Additions : Salakau pusat = navel.

Salakau teg eh = neck.

t Throat,

96 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

126. Nipple.

127. No.

128. Nose

129. Noio.

130. Old.

Bintulu . .

ungau-tite

a

urong

buya

vaesepung [azah,
mena]

Matu . . . .

—

(nebe)

udong

—

(lake, danah)

Bruit . . . .

—

udong

—

lakai

Oya .

—

—

udong

—

—

Muka . . . .

mujun-susau

dabai

(uda)

idong

(udong)

ajau-itau

alakai

Narom ... .

ungau-tete

Tnaanl

singut

sagam-itau

muruhon

Miri .

ungau-titai

o'o, au

singot

karang-itoi,

lua

morohod

Dali .

ungo-titai

kaidede

singot

—

tohon

Tutong (1)

tampok-tete

—

dong

lakas-iti

—

Tutong (2)

—

—

ndong

—

—

Lemiting .

unga-tetai

—

drong

—

maravan

Lelak . . . .

tetai

—

singot

nga

—

Long Kiput

roua (?)

—

roa

nga

mefwan

Long Pata

pungo-ete

nga

chong

buto

mukon

Batu Bla. .

ul-aitai

ka

chong

muto

keji (?)

Berawan ..

ufwea-ete

—

saung

(chong)

pudong

(udong)

bitau

Kanowit . .

—

(nam)

—

(lake, ayoh, puun)

Tanjong . .

mutong-susau

boe

uduong

bakinai

daio

Siduan . .

(pudo-susau)

(maai)

pudong

(ajau-ih)

(lakai)

Sibuyau . .

_

hidong

(kamaia-tu)

(tuai, lama)

Lemanak .

mulut-tusu

nadai

(enda)

idong

kamaiatu

tuai, lama

Balau ....

—

idong

—

—

Skarang . .

(mulut-tusu)

(nadai,

enda)

nadai

idong

kamaiatu

(tuai, lama)

Bugau ....

mulut-tusu

iduong

kamai-to

tuai

Lara .

kati

dudugn

mati-dia

tema, tuhi

Lundu. . . .

■ —

—

nogong

—

—

Krokong . .

—

—

indong

—

—

Singhi ....

—

idech

nung

adin, adinti

nyoma, pimas, oma

Grogo ....

matan-sisun

ido

indung

nog-tia

nyoma

Sennah . .

* -

—

nugch’n

(nuk’n)

“

—

Quop ....

[bua-sishuh]

[duh]

(undung)

madin, tong

tuuh [ama]

Sentah ....

indah,

duch

unung

tong-i,

madin-ati

nyambah,

penyibaas, umah

Beta .

■

duh

madin-ti

nyamba, tui, ama

Sau .

—

indong

numbah

Sadong . .

—

undong

(mate)

(nya, dumba)

Milikin .. .

—

idong

—

—

Bunau ... .

""

'1

Addition : Salakau idong = nose.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

97

131. Open (v.)

132. Paddle (n.)

133. Path.

134. Pig (Tame).

135. Pig (Wild).

Bintulu . .

muka [ukabj

peda

p’lah

jilo (jelu)

lahang

bakas

Matu ....

(sukab)

aroh

baboi

—

Bruit ....

—

—

aro

baboi

baboi-tang

Oya .

—

pla

aroh

baboi

goram

Muka ....

kaeng

pela

jalan (aroh)

baboi-lekau

baboi-gun

Narom. . . .

buka, muka

pela

j alien

baboi

chen (jen) fsan]

Miri .

muka

fede

jalen

baboi

sen

Dali .

tukang

pala

alen

baboi

san

Tutong (1)

—

— -

nalalan

baui

bakas

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting . .

muka

pala

jalin

baboi

baka

Lelak ....

—

—

dalin

baboi

bai-ia

Long Kiput

mekap

pala

maran (makau)

baboi

baka

Long Pata

anga

pache

ilan

biwi-lamen

biwi-tana

Batu Bla. .

angam

pachi

nunkiji

bikoi

bikoi-tana

Berawan . .

—

(machei)

noen (lakau)

bekun-akan

bekoi-tana

Kanowit . .

(kap)

plah (pela)

aroh (sawa)

baboi

—

Tanjong . .

muka

pela

wesauwa

baboi-lebo

baboi-tana

Siduan . .

(sekab)

plah

(awang-sawa)

aroh

baboi

—

Sibuyau . .

(silak)

dayong

jalai

babi-(humah)

babi-(kampong)

Lemanak

tukang

sengayoh

jalai

babi

jani

Balau ....

—

sengaiyoh

— -

—

jani

Skarang . .

—

—

jali

babi

jani

Bugau ....

marangap

sengayuh

jalai

babi-menua

jani

Lara ....

nukas

pagala

uwe

lauk

Lundu ....

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

brosi

oran

oyoh

—

Singhi . .

buka

brosi

aran

oyue

pingan, daang

Grogo ....

kanga

brasi

olan

oyoa

aior’, oyoh

(S.)

dot

Sennah . .

—

brasi

arach’n

—

Quop ....

[kuka]

birisi (bresi)

(aran)

ayo

—

Sentah . .

kuka

brosi

aran

aiyo

pongan

Beta . .

kanga, kuka

—

aran

ayo

—

Sau .

Sadong . .

(tuhas)

penayu

oran

jeran

(sijio)

penga; pengan
(L.)

pongan

laba

Milikin . .

___

P’gayoh

jalai

jani

Bunau

'

1

H

98

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

136. Pinch (v.)

137. Placenta
(Womb).

138. Plank.

139. Plant (v.)

140. Pot.

Bintulu . .

mabe

sala-anak

[tuke]

asu

meja-ong

(benaong)

[menaaung]

Matu ....

—

—

—

(patun)

kudan

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

—

Oya .

—

—

—

—

kudan

Muka ....

kube

sala-anak

aso

subat

(kudan)

Narom. . . .

sumel

tuna

pail

mula

(dabeh)

Miri ....

gutel

tunak

bafel

mula

(dabeh)

Dali .

kutel

tuna

bafel

mola

—

Tutong (1)

—

tamuni

—

tanam

—

Tutong (2)

—

tabuni

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

ngutel

brerau-anak

basir

mola

—

Lelak ....

—

tuha

—

mula

—

Long Kiput

guten, sumen

saran-ana

pasin

neten

(dabeh)

Long Pata

keten

—

bengan

mula

Batu Bla. .

ketan

tebukona

bangin

mula

—

Berawan . .

—

saki-anak

—

mola

(dungo)

Kanowit . .

—

(tuke)

—

(penatun)

kudan

Tanjong . .

megitin

salan-anak

asu

matun

(bok)

Siduan . .

(tibug, tibig)

(tamalih)

(asu)

(patun)

kudan

Sibuyau . .

.

_

_ ___

_

pasu l

Lemanak

getil

'

talun, papan

tanam, nan am
(tambak)

priok §

Balau ....

—

—

—

—

—

Skarang .

—

—

(talun)

(tambak)

(pasu, priok)

Bugau ....

ngetil

tamuni

papan

nanam

■

Lara ....

Lundu ....

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

—

—

—

priok

Singhi ....

kujet, misiet

*“ —

adah ;
asuh (S.)

puruch

priok, tironang

Grogo ....

kujet

tamuni

aso

pulo

—

Sennah . .

—

—

—

—

puauk

Quop ....

kujet, pushit

—

papan [ada]

pirun, ngubur

priok

Sentah . .

kujet

—

udah ;
asu (W.)

periin

priuk, ternang

Beta .

Sail .

—

—

papan

pirun

piriok

Sadong . .

—

—

—

posu

Milikin . .

—

—

—

pasu

Bunau

- ’

—

— —

Notes: \ pasu = earthen pot.

§ priok = iron pot.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

99

141. Prawn.

142. j Rafter.

143. Rain.

144. Rat.

145. Red.

Bintulu ...

savak

lulos

ujan

balitet

mila

Matu ....

(udang)

— •

ujan

balabau

sak

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

sak

Ova .

| ■

basa’

ujan (basa’)

umut, belabau
blabau (umut)
[labau]

seak

seak

Muka ....

udang

[undangj

kasau

Narom. . . .

saik

kau

perar

belabeu

ma’an (mang)

Miri .

sek

au

ujen

blabu

mahang

Dali .

saik

au

perar

blabau

mahang

Tutong (1)

pesek

kasau

asam

blabo

ragang

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

blabu

—

Lemiting

pasak

kasau

perar

blabiu

mahang

Lelak ....

—

kasau

prar

blabo

mang

Long Kiput

pesaie

kasau

prar (pera)

blabiu

mang

Long Pata

orang

kasau

usin

blio

dureng

Batu Bla . .

urang

kasau

uchin

blikiu

kala

Berawan . .

—

kasau

usin

blekiu

kala

Kanowit . .

—

—

ujan

blabau

mehah (sak,
mehe)
mehe (sak)

Tanjong . .

udang

kahau

ujan

blabau

Siduan . .

(udang,

padak)

(kasau)

ujan

blabau

sa’ak

Sibuyau . .

_

hujan

tikus

merah

Lemanak

undang

(udang)

kasau

ujan

chit, tikus

mansau

Balau ....

—

—

ujan

chit

—

Skarang . .

(udang)

(kasau)

(ujan)

chit

mansau

Bugau

undang

kasau

ujan

chit

mira

Lara ....

(hujan)

tikus

teransak

Lundu . .

—

—

jan

—

—

Krokong . .

—

—

ijan

baboh

biria

Singhi . .

nang

preka, serakau,
kosu

jan; ijan (S.)

birog, digong,
babu (S.)

birie

Grogo ....

inang

kosio

ujan

jiut’n, jet’n
(jlt’n)

satu

biria

Sennah . .

—

1

babu

b’ria

Quop ....

indang

kasu

ujen

babu

(bireh)

Sentah .

udang

koshu

ujen

babu

bire

Beta .

Sfi.n .

■ —

■ — ■

ujen

—

bireh

Sadong . .

—

■ —

hujan

babu (jupor)

enchalak ;
berdaieu (L.)

Milikin . .

—

■ —

ujan

chit, tikus

merah

Bunau . .

- -

— —

babu

- -

Addition: Salakau hujan = rain.

100 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.— BY SIDNEY H. RAY

146. Rice
(Husked).

147. Rice
(Unhusked).

148. River.

149. Root.

150. Rope.

Bintulu . .

avas

bra

sungai (tenga)

vaka [amut]

tale(kalat)

Matu ....

(bras)

(padai)

sungai

ramut (urat)

talai

Bruit ....

bras

padi

sungei

—

Oya .

—

—

sungai

amut

tale

Muka ....

brai [bras]

padai

sungai [lungei]

akar (amut)

tale

Narom. . . .

breia

padei

leau

urad (ramut)

la

Miri .

bre

pade

iko (likoh)

ramot-aju

(urat)

ramut

talai

Dali .

bre

padai

likau

talai

Tutong (1)

—

—

bauang

urat

—

Tutong (2)

—

—

liu

ramut-kayu

—

Lemiting. .

brie

pade

jau

tire

talai

Lelak ....

—

—

liau

sipau

—

Long Kiput

bre

padei

cho

irat (lamut)

talai

Long Pata

baka

parai

liko

aka

tale

Batu Bla. .

beki

parai

ba

gimok

talai

Berawan . .

—

—

lekau

eket-kajo

(gimau)

(talai)

Kanowit . .

(bahar)

(padai)

sungai

akah (akai)

talai

Tanjong . .

baha

padai

sungai

amut-kayau

(urat)

akab

talae

Siduan . .

(bras)

(padai)

sungai

talai

Sibuyau . .

(bahas)

(padi)

sungei (sungai)

urat

tali

Lemanak

bras, brau

padi

batang-ai, ai

urat

tali

Balau ....

brau

—

sungai

urat

—

Skarang . .

brau

padi

sungei

—

—

Bugau ....

bras

padi

sungai

ake

tali

Lara ....

nahas

pade

Lundu. . . .

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

—

—

sungi

bokah

torich

Singhi ....

boras

podi

sungi

at

taris

Grogo ....

bras

podi

sunge

at

toli

Sennah . .

—

—

sungei

baka

tali (tari)

Quop ....

bras

padi

yang (sungei)

uat

taris

Sentah . .

bras

padi

sungi ;

beruach (W.)

bukach, uat

tarich

Beta .

—

—

yang

uat

taris

Sau .

bias

podi

sungei

—

—

Sadong . .

(bras, boru)

(padi)

sungei

uka

entari

Milikin . .

—

—

sungai

aka

tali

Bunau . .

1

'

— -

did5

tari

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

101

151. Sago.

152. Sail (n.)

153. Salt (n.)

154. Sand.

155. Scratch (v.)

Bintulu . .

(no’oi)

(lazah)

tiem

rit (kret)

gemazau

[gazau]

Matu ....

sago

padau

si ah

nai

marut

Bruit ....

—

—

sia

—

—

Oya .

bulong, bulou

layali

siah

nai

gahut

Muka ....

(sagu)

(layah)

[padu]

sia [liar]

nai

gahut

Narom. . . .

(noai)

(perayar)

uai (owai)

ret '

mareu

Miri ....

(nooi,

lematei)

(felaiar)

nuai (weh)

rait

gemaro

Dali ....

—

—

wai

rait

marau

Tutong (1)

—

—

usan

ret

ngau

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

pasir

—

Lemiting

—

—

wai

rait

mariau

Lelak ....

—

—

wai

ret

marau

Long Kiput

(loa)

— ■

uai

drat (reit)

marau

Long Pata

—

—

usen

rait

marau

Batu B3a. .

—

- —

usan

tekik

kikeu

Berawan . .

(nanga)

—

usan

takain

kikiu (krip)

Kanowit . .

sago

laiah

siah

nai

garut (pagaiut)

Tanjong . .

—

—

chia

blata

mega.yau(garut)

Siduan . .

sago

laiali

siah

nai

garut

Sibuyau . .

mantah

laiar

garum

pasir [paseh]

garoh

Lemanak

mulong,

sagu

layar (layer)

garam

kersik, pasir

garu

Balau ....

—

—

gar am

—

—

Skarang . .

—

(layer)

garam

(kresik, pasir)

(garu)

Bugau ....

'

garam

krasiek

begaru

Lai a • • • i

krasik

Lundu ....

. —

—

—

sumat

—

Krokong . .

sagu

—

garuch

pasir

gayu

Singhi

sagu

rayar

garoe

sumat, pasir

gaiu, gayot

Grogo ....

—

—

garo

pasir

gaio

Sennah . .

sagou (sagu)

briar

(berayen)

garoch

(garoh)

shaumar

gaiou (gayuh)

Quop ....

sagu

rayar

garo

sumat, ga

ngiis, graiat,
gayu

Sentah . .

sagu

garo

pasir

gaiu ;

dodash (W.)

Beta . . . .

—

rayar

garo

sumat

—

Sau .

—

—

galu

—

—

Sadong . .

sago

—

guloh

kresik

gaiyus

Milikin . .

mubang

laya (?)
blaya (v.)

garam

pasei

garu

Bunau . .

■ _ '

guloh

gaius

Addition: Salakau krasik — sand.

102 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.— BY SIDNEY H. RAY

156. Sea.

157. Season
(Year).

158. See.

159. Sell.

160. Shark.

Bintulu . .

lautan (rat)

taun

pilau (pingat)
[meliat]

pebele

(kret)

Matu ....

kala

—

ding

(jajah)

ba’am

Bruit ....

kala

—

—

—

—

Oya .

dat

—

dan, pedan

—

panit

Muka ....

alud (dat)

taun

pugoi (dan,
pedan)

bejaja

(keluang)

Narom. . . .

le-fa, laud

ta’on

laud (?) (nien)

fele

(blieu)

Miri .

melaud

(lautan)

taun

meniyan (tian)

tie

(blei)

Dali .

la-ba, laud

tauun

mihan

felai

—

Tutong (1)

laud

tauun

ngintong

pabali

—

Tutong (2)

lautan

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

lod, nod

tauun

mela

pelei

—

Lelak ....

bangat

taun

duda

pele

—

Long Kiput

dileh

(belingah)

taun

ngela

tnengai

—

Long Pata

dile

taon

jelama

kate

—

Batu Bla

king

tau

tile

kate

—

Berawan . .

bangat

taung

tele (nili)

kate

—

Kanowit . .

kalah-ayang

—

nyinang (moo)

(jajah)

ba’am

Tan j ong . .

bangat (daat)

tuhun

nginang (ipoh)

pejaja

(jen-sluang)

Siduan . .

kalah-ayang

(lian, taun)

dudieng

(jajah)

ba’am

Sibuyau . .

tasik [laut]

(taun)

mudak (peda)

yeu

Lemanak

tasik

musim, maia,
taun

peda, meda

jual

ikan-iyu

Balau ....

tasik

—

- -

—

—

Skarang . .

tasik

musim, taun J

(peda, meda)

(jual)

(iyu)

Bugau ....

laut

taun

meda

jual

1

Lara ....

laut

sawa

mele

Lundu. . . .

kirekng

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

laut

—

mingga,

tungga

—

ikin-sya

Singhi ....

raut

sowa

ninga, nidong

jua

iyu

Grogo ....

laud

saua

ninga

jua

—

Sennah . .

krieng

—

nengat

—

—

Quop ....

rawut (raut)

sawa [tika]

tingga(kirisht)

jua

iyu

Sentah . .

laut

sawa

kirich

juah

iyu

Beta ....

rawut

sawa, tika

kiris

jua

San .

laut

laut

Sadong . .

(sowa)

nyauwa,

entubeuk

—

— •

Milikin . .

tasek

—

ngilau

—

yu

Bunau . .

—

—

—

—

Addition : Salakau laut = sea.

Note : f musim = season, taun — year.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

108

161. Sit.

162. Skin.

163. Sky.

164. Sleep.

165. Small.

Bintulu . .

kodo

kulit

langit

mugan

dise

Matu . . . .

[kudu]

mungoh

kulit

langit

tudoi

imit

Bruit . . . .

- —

—

rangit

—

—

Oya .

mungo’

kulit

langit

tudui

omit, omi’

Muka . . . .

kudo

kulit

langit

tudoi

ume

Narom. . . .

[kuduk]

liudubk

kulet

langet

makel

(omit, omi’)
daek

Miri .

uto

kulait

langait

makel

diik

Dali .

urau

(ulait)

ulait

langait

langit

makal

diik

Tutong (1)

uku

kulit

madap

diok

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting

undra

kulit

langait

lumbai

diti

Lelak . . . .

huduok

—

langet

makul

itek

Long Kiput

kurau

kolait

langet

maken

iti

Long Pata

turau

kulait

melait

turo

di

Batu Bla . .

miteng

kolet

melak

turo

ume

B era wan . .

turau

(kulait)

melait

torau (turo)

ome (umi)

Kanowit . .

kedau

kulit

langit

melut

isit

Tanjong ..

kadau

anit (kulit)

langit

melot

isit

Siduan . .

munguh

kulit

langit

tudoi

umit

Sibuyau . .

dudok

kulit

langit

tindok

mukat (miet)

Lemanak

dudok

kulit

langit

(tindoah)

tindok

mit, chimit

Balau

—

kulit

langit

tindok

mit (met)

Skarang . .
Bugau .....

(dudok)

dudok

(kulit)

kulit

langit
lan y it

(tindok)

tindok

(miet, mit)
miet

Lara ....

munjung

kurit

langit

buus

inek (igeat)

Lunclu. . . .

—

kulit

—

—

—

Krokong . .

guru

kurit

longit

boos

isoh

Singhi . .

guru

kurit

rongit

boes

see, sit ; pit,

Grogo ....

gulu

g’ro’uh

kulit

langit

bois

iso (S.)
iso

Sennah . .

kurit

ranggit

beeus (beus)

seuh, suh

Quop ....

(guruh)

guru

kurit

(rangit)

rangit

buus

sliit

Sentah . .

guru

kurit

langit

buus

shu ; iso (W.)

Beta .

guru

any it, kurit

rangit

buus

shit

Sau .

—

—

longit

—

—

Sadong . .

nuloh

anyit

rangit

berus

echeu ;

Milikin . .

dudok

kulit

langit

tindok

echok (L.)
mit

Bunau. . . .

guloh

kurid

ringit

birus

echek

Addition: Salakau /cw'£ = skin.

104 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

166. Smoke.

167. Snake.

168. So.

169. Soft.

170. Sour.

Bintulu . .

sab

nyipa

lakina [lak-iya]

vela

mesam

Matu ....

anus

depah (dipa)

(batan-ieh)

lemek (lemiek)

m’sum

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

—

Oya .

tugun

dipa

—

luko, lemak

mesam

Muka .

tugun

dipa

gejien

Tgatanienl

lembut'(lemak,

luko)

mesam

Narom ....

sab

nipa

—

belei

masam

Miri .

sab

nipa

kaden

melumo

(rutau)

masam

Dali .

sap

nipa

—

lumau

masam

Tutong (1)

nisun

nipo

—

lame

mansam

Tutong (2)

puot-apoi

—

—

—

—

Lemiting . .

ve-sab

nipa

—

lumau

masam

Lelak ....

sap

nipa

—

bele

masam

Long Kiput

puet

nipa

—

melumau

masam

Long Pata

cham

nipa

mireia

tepo

mecham

Batu Bla. .

^ham

lipa

menakadem

tepi

macham

Berawan . .

sam

nepa

—

tapau

nyilau

(masam)

Kanowit . .

anus

dipah

(penganan)

(kidu)

lemiek

mesim

Tanjong . .

tugun

panganan

kado

lemeak

mesam

Siduan . .

anus

dipah

(bakidu)

lemiek

mesam

Sibuyau . .

insup fasap]

ular (ulah)

_

lemah

masam

Lemanak

asap

ular

bakanya

lemih

masam, basi

Balau ....

—

ular

—

—

—

Skarang . .

(asap)

(ular)

(bakanya)

(lemih)

(masam)

Bugau ....

asap

ulur

bakinya

lemi

masam

Lara ....

(asup)

(nipa)

_

_ . _

_

Lundu ....

asu

—

—

—

Krokong . .

asuh

dipoch

—

dodot

masum

Singhi ....

asuch

dipuch

watine

dodut

asom,

masom

Grogo ....

asu

dipo

watino

dodot

masum

Sennah . .

s’heu

jipuch

(dipeuch)

—

—

masiok’n,

masum

Quop ....

asuh

jipuh

munu, kamunu,
simunu

dudut, runuk

masum

Sentah . .

ashuch

jipuch

kamuti, sekunu

dudut, gumosh

mashum

Beta. ....

asuh

jipuh

simunu, munu

—

—

Sau ......

—

—

—

■ —

Sadong . .

asap ; asu(L.)

nyipeu

—

dedut

bengous

Milikin . .

asop

ula

—

lawoh

masam, basi

Bunau

—

ular

—

luma

bengeus

Addition : Salakau asap — smoke.

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

105

171. Speak.

172. Spear.

17B. Spit.

174. Spittle.

175. Stand.

Bintulu . .

kaup

[bekaup]

(inggam)

(jula)

(bah-jula)

[pe-jula]

merie

Matu ....

pubah

gah

palujah

jolileng

tigeu

Bruit ....

--

—

—

—

—

Oya .

puba’

bese

puput

lujaYli, leng

tekedang

Muka ....

kelabau

(telabau)

[besei]

(puput)

(luja, li, leng)
[bang]

pekadong

(tehedang)

Narom . .

pitoa(pupo)

(tebulang)

(julek)

(fa- julek)

mechang

Miri ....

tutot

(tebulang)

(mengei-fei-ilor)

(fei-ilor)

masang

Dali ....

pitau

—

—

—

masang

Tutong (1)

krapak

—

—

—

kakat

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

pitau

—

—

—

machang

Lelak ....

pupau

—

—

—

mesang

Long Kiput

pupo(bupo)

(lisam)

(ulei)

(sei-ulei)

masang

Long Pata

pupo

—

—

—

meten

Batu Bla. .

ate

—

—

—

turau

Berawan . .

pate

(anyang)

(sulia)

(iku)

metaing

Kanowit . .

pla’ai

(puba)

bakir, bakit, gah

plujah

ju-lujah

tigar

Tanjong . .

pelahai

(puba’)

(bakit)

(plujah)

(luja)

kadang

Siduan . .

pobah

bakit, gah

plujah

ju-lujah

tigar

Sibuyau . .

jakuk

(bejako)

tumbok

(ber)ludah

(ai-lioch)

[di-lioh]

(ber)diri

Lemanak .

bejako

sangkoh

ludah

ludah

bediri

Balau ....

—

sanko

—

—

—

Skarang . .

(bejako)

(sangko)

—

—

—

Bugau ....

jako

— —

‘

berdiri

Lara • • • «

(kasena)

—

(ngeruja)

rayang

(rajakang)

agun

Lundu. . . .

—

—

—

royang

—

Krokong . .

sinar

sangkoh

ngujah

loyang

umjog

Singhi ....

sina,

beritong

gasor, burus

ngujah

royang, jali

mo jug

Grogo ....

sina

—

—

— •

mujok

Sennah . .

t’miou

(timio)

ranjouh

(ranyuh)

rujar (rujah)

reiachn

(rayang)

mejog

Quop ....

nang, miyu
(minyang)

burus, pirambut,

jar ok

(n’ruja)

rujah

Pi jog
(mejog)

Sentah . .

beritong ;
mlnyu

jerok ;

ashul (W.)

ngirujah

rujah ;
royang(W-)

mu jog

Beta. . . . . .

nang, miu

burus

nyiruja

ruja

mi jog

Sau .

—

— -

—

—

—

Sadong . .

senoh

sankoh

nerijak

(nguruja)

umge-ruja

(reyang)

mejog

Milikin . .

jaku

sangkoh

ludah

—

bodiri

Bunau. . . .

1

1

nerujah

raiyang-rujah

— 1

Addition : Salakau ai-uja = spittle.

106 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

176. Star.

177. Stay.

178. Steal.

179. Stone.

180. Sugarcane.

Bintulu . .

bitang

[bintang]

(mereman)

menyekau

vatau

tebau

Matu . . . .

b’tang

p’lau

(tikau)

sano

t’bau

Bruit ....

bintang

—

—

sanau

—

Oya .

biti, bintang

peha’

—

bato

tebo

Muka ....

bintang

(pebeka’)

menyikau

batu [bato]

tebo

Narom

patak

(negap)

menekao

bateu

tefau

Miri ....

fatak

(beratai)

menakau

batau

tefu

Dali .

patak

—

makau

batau

tefau

Tutong (1)
Tutong (2)

bintang

—

nakau

batu

tabu

—

—

—

—

tepu

Lemiting

patak

—

mengau

batau

sau

Lelak ....

patak

—

menahao

bato

tefo

Long Kiput

patak

(ura)

menao

batao

teso

Long Pata

keteben

—

nakau

beto

tepo

Batu Bla. .

bituan

—

nakau

bito

tepo

B era wan . .

katavan

(takuwan)

(kenang)

nakao

betau

tapo

Kanowit . .

itang

(betoan)

pasag

(tikau)

sanau

tebau

Tanjong . .

baton

(bitu’an)

(lo’et)

nyigau

batau

tebau

Siduan . .

itang

pasag

(tikau)

sanau

tebau

Sibuyau . .

bintang

ngijup

(chuchi)

batu

(tebu)

Lemanak

apaiandau,

bintang

tinggal

(diau)

churi

batu

tebu

Balau ....

apai-andau

(pandau,

empandau)

Skarang . .

bintang

(empandau,

apai-andau)

(tinggal,

diau)

(churi)

batu

(tebu)

Bugau ....

bintang

1

churi

batu

tebu

Lara ....

bintang

madi

nangko

batu

_

Lundu ....

bintang

—

—

batu

—

Krokong . .

sundung

rooh

—

batu

tobuh

Singhi ....

bitang

ree

noko,

nyurit

batuch

tobuch

Grogo ....

bitang

—

noko

batu

tobu

Sennah . .

—

—

—

batu

—

Quop ....

bitang

(bintang)

(rueu)

naku

batuh

tobuh (tabuh)

Sentah . .

bintang

ruu, kidum

noku

batuch

tobuch

Beta .

bintang

ruu

naku

batuh

—

San .

betang

bintu

batu

Sadong . .

ngenai

(ngundei)

(nungku)

batu

teboh

Milikin . .

bintang

diau

—

batu

t’bu

Bunau. . . .

bintong

mentog

- •

Additions : Salakau bintang = star.

Salakau batu = stone.

\

I

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

107

181. Sun.

182. Sweet.

183. Sword.

184. Tabu.

185. Take
Away.

Bintulu . .

mata-dau

temis

avi [ilang]

(mali’)

miveng

[alap, apan]
(apan)

Matu ....

matah-lau

ngaleng

(nyalieng)

(tui, besa)

palih

Bruit ....

mata-lau

—

—

—

—

Oya .

mata-lau

temih

— .

pale

- -

Muka ....

mat-ari

[mata-lau]

teme (temih)
[tami]

pemareng

[uji]

(palei)

angkat [ge]

Narom. . . .

mata-diu

masen

abed

(ilen)

eten

Miri .

mata-dalu

masain

trad

(ilain)

jese

Dali .

ben-dalau

masain

besai

—

itain

Tutong (1)

mata-dau

mamis

dangol

—

tangongo

Tutong (2)

mata-alu

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

matan-drau

masain

abid

—

menyet

Lelak ....

mata-rau

masen

—

—

titen

Long Kiput

mata-rau

masen

abid

(ngilen)

nitan

Long Pata

mata-cheu

mesen

puko

—

ipe

Batu Bla. .

mata-chiu

masain

bileki

—

kepik

Berawan . .

mata-tiu,

tamachiu

masain

—

(mitat)

menyin

Kanowit . .

mata-lau

konying

(nalieng)

—

—

(apan)

Tanjong . .

mata-lau

kenyieng

(nyaling)

malat

(palei)

makat

Siduan . .

mata-lau

nyaling

(pedang)

~

(igik)

Sibuyau . .

mata-ari

manis

(mali)

(ambi)

Lemanak

mata-hari

manis

duku, parang,
pedang

mali, pemali

ambi

Balau ....

mata-ari

—

—

—

—

Skarang . .

(mata-hari)

(manis)

(duku,

parang)

(mali, pemali)

(mai, bai, ambi)

Bugau ....

mat-argi

manis

luku

' " "

angkat

Lara ....

matu-ano

mamis

bai

pari

tangkap

Lundu

matan-anu

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

boton-ondu

senobi

—

pori

—

Singhi ....

botun-anu

mosie, sinobi

pedang

paris (doi-seun)

mit, kadi

Grogo ....

matan-ano

mosia

bukoa

—

mokat

Sennah . .

bata-andu

(bata-undu)

takeu (senabi)

—

—

—

Quop ....

batuh-anu

(n’banis)

buko, padang

paris

mit, tamit
[taban-bu]

Sentah. . . .

betueh-anu

nibonyich,

senobi

pedang

parich

mokat

Beta ....

batuh-anu

—

padang

—

tamit

Sau .

butun-undu

—

—

—

—

Sadong . .

batu-handu

sedi, repatus
(sija)

—

pri

(tumit)

Milikin . .

mata-ari

maneh

—

—

—

Bunau . .

mata-siroh

—

- -

- '

- *

Addition : Salakau mata-ari = sun.

108 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

186. Taro.

187. Taste.

188. Then.

1

189. There.

190. Thick.

Bintulu . .

_

(tun jam)

_

dire [ire, tia]

kapan

Matu ....

.

[njam]

kunyam

_

kapal

Bruit ....

—

—

—

—

—

Oya .

Muka ....

—

hunyam

(kunyam)

semune

inan [gagien]

kapan

kapan

Narom. . . .

(ubei-jawa)

(nyem)

—

tetaen

hapal

Miri .

(ubei-jaweir)

(anyam)

—

diji

mafal

Dali .

—

—

—

olai-je

mafal

Tutong (1)
Tutong (2)

—

—

suda-tenau

sina

kapal

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

—

—

—

techoi

kapal

Lelak ....

—

—

—

teji

mapal

Long Kiput

(ubei-kayu)

(tern)

—

diya

kapan

Long Pata

—

—

icliu-mengan

angai

kapan

Batu Bla. .

—

—

—

ane

kapan

Berawan . .

(ukei)

(kedem)

terau

arai

kapan

Kanowit . .

—

kanyan

—

—

kapan

Tanjong . .

(buko)

(kunjam)

kunyam

_ _

kado

kapan

Siduan . .

—

kunyan

(naah)

(kinan, kidun)

kapal

Sibuyau . .

ngihug

—

tebal

Lemanak

—

ngasai, ensepi

leboh-nya

din, dia

tebal

Balau ....

—

—

—

—

—

Skarang . .

—

(ensepi, asai)

(leboh-ya,

leboh-tu)

(din, dia)

(tebal)

Bugau ....

—

—

kin

tebal

Lara ....

manu

Lundu ....

—

—

—

—

—

Krokong . .

kuduk

tian

—

—

tobal

Singhi ....

—

kija, kian, saai

jeman-inu

danu, danich,

tabar

Grogo ....

_

kanich

dani

tobar

Sennah . .

(kudup)

kinian

—

—

tabar

Quop ....

kuduk

(kinyum)

(kija)

Tripas-atil

dinu, diginu,

(tebar)

tabar

Sentah . .

kuduk

kinyam, nyam

ngunu ;

digijis

dinu, diginu,

tebar

Beta .

_

kinyam

anu-ati

nganu

digijech

diginu

San , .

_

— ™

Sadong . .

—

takan ;

—

—

kapar

Milikin . .

___

entuhan (L.)
ngrasa

— _ _

_ _

tebal

Bunau

—

—

1

"

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES

109

191. Thigh.

192. Thin.

193. Thus.

194. Tongue

195. Tooth.

Bintulu . .

paha

melipis

(maig)

d’pie

(dipis)

lakia [lak-ire]

jila

nipan

[nyipan]

Matu ....

_

(batan-idun)

j’lah

nyipan

Bruit ....

—

—

—

jula

jela’

nipun

Oya .

—

lipih

—

nyipan

Muka ....

pa’a

melipe

[lipih]

getanitau

[gatanien]

jila

nipan

(nyipan)

Narom . .

(paa)

malipai

yauain

jilir

nipan

Miri ....

kupur

malifai

kadatoi

jile

nipan

Dali ....

pupor

lifai

upai-baten

lea

ipan

Tutong (1)

—

nipis

bagina

dila

ipun

Tutong (2)

puang

—

—

jila

nyipan

Lemiting

pupo

nipe

limba

dilir

nipan

Lelak ....

— •

melipai

—

dilir

nipan

Long Kiput

pupun

melipai

bulunia

dlle (jelai)

nipan

Long Pata

che-kupon

lipe

betoia

dili

jipan

Batu Bla . .

paha

pa’a

nipe

topudo

jili

jipan

Berawan . .

nepe

“ —

jilia

jipien

(dipien)

Kanowit . .

(paa)

dipi (nipi)

(kihi)

jelah (jila)

nyipan

Tanjong . .

batang-paha

lipi (dipis)

kanaikau

yila (jila)

yipan

(nyipan)

Siduan . .

(betih-ayang)

dipis

(ketan-nyan-lah)

jelah

nyipan

Sibuyau . .

(pa)

nepis

leda (dila)

gigi

Lemanak

pa (pah)

mipau,

mipis

baka-tu

dilah

ngeli

Balau ....

—

—

—

dila

gigi, ngeli

Skarang . .

(pah)

(mipau)

(baka-tu)

dila

ngali

Bugau ....

pa

mipih

bakato

dila

gigi

Lara ....

pa

_

(rata)

(japu)

Lundu ....

—

—

—

jera

jupon

Krokong . .

—

ridiek

—

jora

jupon

Singhi ....

kupang

ridie

watitis, watinu

jorah

jupen

Grogo ....

kupang

lidia

watiti

jora

jupon

Sennah . .

peuch

meieu

— —

jerah, jura

jipuch

(jipeuch)

Quop ....

[puuh]

ride (man-
yun)

muti, kamuti,
simuti

jura (jaura)

jipuh

Sentah . .

putieh

ride

kamuti, sekunu,
sekuti

jura

jipuch

Beta .

—

—

sak-ati

jura

jipuh

Sau .

—

—

—

jurah

jipun

Sadong . .

po (puuch)

ledi

— -

jeli

jipeu

Milikin . .

—

nipeh

— •

delah

gigi

Bunau. . . .

—

—

jupun

Additions : Salakau jia = tongue.

Salakau gigi = tooth.

110 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

196. Tree.

197. Village

198. Water.

199. Weep.

200. When ?

Bintulu . .

kazau

(tengan-kaza'

(teting-uma)

[vaie]

ba

menget

bakang

[tena-au]

Matu . . . .

usah

kapong (tad)

anum

manangis

(pidan)

Bruit . . . .

—

—

anom

—

—

Oy ct ••••••

usah

liko

anum, nyam
yaham
(nyam)

tangih

—

Muka . . . .

kayo (usah)

(liko)

menangi

(tangih)

paia

Narom. . . .

hayeu

(hapong)

fa [fer]

nangai

sude

Miri .

aju

(duen)

fe

menangai

ude

Dali .

asau

—

fia

mange

usaudau

Tutong (1)

kayu

—

pa

giad

mbua

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

kajau

—

sia

nange

kuda-neehau

Lelak . . . .

ajo

—

fia

nangai

sekuda

Long Kiput

kacho

(belemih)

se

nangai

sekude

Long Pata

kajo

—

pe

nange

ngiran

Batu Bla. .

kaju

—

liko

nange

niran

Berawan . .

kajo

(lia)

pea

nange

ngiran

Kanowit . .

kayau

kampong
(tang, etat)

danom

nangi

(pidan)

Tanjong . .

kayau

(tud)

nanum(anom,

danom)

nangi

(silapo)

—

Siduan . .

kayau

kampong

anom

nangis

(pidan, pay a)

Sibuyau . .

pun

kampong

ayet (ai)

nyabak

Lemanak

pun-kayu

rumah.menoa

ai

sabak, nyabak

kamaia

Balau ....

kayu

—

ai

—

—

Skarang . .

(pun-kayu)

(rumah)

ai

(sabak,

nyabak)

nyabak

(kamaia)

Bugau ....

kayu

—

ai

kamaia

Lara ....

pain

munse

Lundu

—

—

—

—

— -

Krokong . .

puun-koyuh

barung,

kupak

tiin

sien

—

Singhi

koyuch

kupue

piin

sien

sinie

Grogo ....

koyu

—

piln

sien

sini-a-og

Sennah . .

kayu

rai (raih)

piit’n (uoh)

3e’etn(se’et’n)

—

Quop ....

t’ngen-kayuh

rais, kupo
(kampong)

piin

sien (muas)

sinde

Sentah . .

kayuch

raich

piin

sien

sinde

Beta .

kayuh

mpo

piin

nuas, sien

sinde

Sau .

—

—

piin

—

—

Sadong . .

kayu

kampong,

manoa

amon ; i

umoh (L.)

nous

—

Milikin . .

pun-kayu

ploman

xi i

xyabok

—

Bunau . .

—

benuna

i

langis

VOCABULARIES. FIRST SERIES.

Ill

201. Where?

202. White.

203. Wife.

204. Wind.

205. Wing.

Bintulu . .

dimba

mapu

redo, sagwa
(saba)

vauoi, singap
[bahui]

tileb

Matu ....

(gan, an)

putih

sawah

pangai

klapayang

Bruit ....

—

puti

sawa

pangi

—

Oya .

—

apo

sawa

pangai

kelapayang

Muka ....

gagan

apo

saua

pangai

paiang

[kelapayang]

Narom. . . .

temba

putai

turai (awa)

barui

braui

Miri .

dipa

futai

aba

barui

lad

Dali ....

tapahang

putai

ave

baroi

raue

Tutong (1)

nikot

purat

turis

baroi

lad

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting . .

lemba

putai

sava

baroi

bravi

Lelak ....

tenya

putai

—

baroi

—

Long Kiput

tanya

putai

torai (safei)

baroi

pafait (tulot)

Long Pata

bubuan

pute

lecho

bio

pawait

Batu Bla. .

dimaha

putai

bihe

bikeu

tauaik

Berawan. .

sokadim

potai (putei)

(lichu-dei)

bikiu

(pawai)

Kanowit . .

(kahan, han)

puti

sowan

(sawah)

sauwa

pangai(bariu)

kla-payang
(palepa)
kerkap (tilip)

Tanjong ..

litohan-kau

bubua (pute’)

baleu (bariu)

Siduan . .

(gagan)

puti

sowah

pangai

kla-payang

Sibuyau . .

_

putih

bini

angin

sayap

Lemanak .

dini

burak, labang

bini

angin, ribut

sayap

Balau ....

—

burak

bini (daiung)

angin

sayap

Skarang . .

(dini)

burak(labang)

bini

ribut (angin)

(sayap)

Bugau ....

dini

burak

bini

ibut

sayap

Lara ....

kume,

utung-adume

ranagn

sauun

nyaru

arat

Lundu ....

—

—

—

sebak

—

Krokong . .

—

mopuh

sawen

sobak

irad

Singhi . .

tingki, kaki,
ki

buda ;
mopu (S.)

sowen

sobak

rad ; irad (S.)

Grogo ....

chakalu-anog

mopu

sawan

sabak

irad

Sennah . .

—

budach

(budah)

shauung

saboch

(sebak)

ra’d (raad)

Quop ....

diki

buda

sawun

sobak (sabak)

urad

Sentah . .

diki, ki,
dikidoch

budah ;
mopuh (W.)

sowun

sobak

orad ; ilad (W.)

Beta .

diki

buda

sawun

sabak

urad

Sau .

—

mopu (buda)

sawun (bini)

sabak

—

Sadong . .

—

buda

ashou

angin, rebut

ketap; arad (L.)

Milikin . .

—

puteh

bini

ribut

sayap

Bunau ....

1

mupok

asau

mauhon

arad

Addition : Salakau angin = wind.

112 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

206. Woman.

207. Worm
(Earth).

208. Worm
(Intestinal).

209. Yam.

210. Yellow.

211. Yes.

Bintulu . .

redo

tubat

kemat

ube (sa-ah)

kuneng

jau

Matu ....

to wo, merau

—

—

buko

kuneng

(kunin)

Bruit ....

marau

—

—

—

kunong

—

Oya .

mahau

—

■ —

hasila’

kunieng

—

Muka ....

ama’u

[mahau]

kelejuat

kelejuat

obai (sakila’)

kuning

(kunieng)

i

Narom. . . .

turai

—

alita

ubei (upa)

hunang

—

Miri .

turai

lemta-saraing

—

ubi-tirai (ufa)

uneng

en

Dali .

torai

luhong,

lemeta

—

ubai

kuning

iai

Tutong (1)

turis

lagai

galangzalang

—

kuning

—

Tutong (2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

Lemiting. .

ture

lukong

luko

ube

kuning

—

Lelak ....

turai

—

—

—

kunieng

—

Long Kiput

turai

lita

angat

ubai

(ubei-tirai)

kunea

—

Long Pata

licho

lita

angat

uke

siai

a

Batu Bla. .

becho

lita

lata

uki

kuning

e

Berawan . .

lecho (lichu)

—

—

(uki-akar)

kuneng

—

Kano wit . .

meraoe

(mero)

—

—

ubai-tunku

kunieng
(mehi, sak)

—

Tanjong . .

bahau

(dah-mero)

jileu

keluar

obai

kunieng

(kakunyit)

sino

Siduan . .

meraoe

(katiwat)

(teriwah)

ubai-tunku

kunieng

(iyu)

Sibuyau . .

indoh

(belut)

kladi

kuning

_____

Lemanak

indu

(ulat)

rutoh

ubi

kuning

au

Balau ....

indu (daiung)

—

—

—

—

—

Skarang . .

indu

(ulat)

—

—

kuning

—

Bugau ....

indu

rote

rote

blaut-kayu

kunieng

ao

Lara ....

mahu

biar

_

Lundu ....

dayung

—

—

—

_ — T ’

—

Krokong . .

dayung

—

—

tira

sia

—

Singhi ....

dayung

tomuch,

ratung,yuh

rikioh, rigiu

bis, kuduk

sia

yech, ng

Grogo ....

daiu

tomo

likio

kuduk

sia

io

Sennah ..

daiung

—

—

kuduk

siar (siah)

—

Quop ....

dayung

[ritamuh]

—

ubie (kudok)

sia

eng [ng,
sawu]

Sentah . .

dayung

retamuch ;
rotung (W.)

regyu ;

likiyuach(W.)

ubich, kuduk

sia

ukach,
uinu ;
iyoah (W.)

Beta .

dayung

—

rigiu

—

—

sawu

Sau .

dayong'(indu)

—

—

—

sia

—

Sadong . .

daiyong

—

(ungkiho)

kudoh

selia

—

Milikin . .

indu

—

—

klodi

kuning

—

Bunau

—

—

—

—

—

'

Addition : Salakau ang-bini = woman.

VOCABULARIES.

SECOND SERIES.

113

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

1. Areca-nut.

2. Arm.

3. Arrow.

4. Ashes.

5. Bad.

Sangau .

_____

_

ayau

Maloh Kalis . .

pinang

kelakoan

—

abu,

kutuan

jat

Maloh (2) . . . .

— -

— *

(kutuan)

jau

Sampit .

pinang

lenge, penang

anak-pana

kabu

buruk,

jahat

buruk,

jahat

Katingan ....

gehat

penang, lenge

anak-pana,damikh

habu

Pa,ri .

Lawangan . .

—

kami

—

—

—

Siang .

—

tundung

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

—

walenon

—

Manyan (1) . .

pinang

tangan

welei

walenon

muron

Manyan (2) . .

—

penang

damek

—

(muron)

Ngaju .

pinang

lenga, penang

kawo

papa

Sangiang ....

—

— ■

—

—

• —

Biaju .

11

lenge, penang

'

kawu

-

Modang ....

—

gui

—

awa

ak

Bolongan ....

g’rat, pinang

tangan

—

—

b’jit,

buntu

Tarakan ....

pinang

tindulu

—

—

malat,

mutang

Sesayap ....

—

angan

tante’

—

kauk

—

Sibuku .

bunseoi

“

tatagen

Kay an Rejang

gahat

usu

langa

avo (mok)

jaak

Uma Blubo . .

gahat

lavong-tedah

(lengan)

(langa)

avo (abo)

jiak

(jaak)

Uma Poll . .

gahat

lavong-tadak

—

avo

jihak

ja’ak

Uma Baloi . .

ga’at

batong-agam

■

abo

Kin jin . .

lengen

_

..

Lepu Tau ....

sepa

legoan

—

abu

jahat

Lepn Anan . .

gat

(lengan)

(langan)

tana-atang

(abu)

abu

jat (jaat)

Lepu Pohun . .

sepa

lengue

— -

jahat

Lepu Sawa . .

sipa

lengen

—

atang

jat

Lepu Pun . .

pan

lehep

—

abu

yat

Malang .

gat

—

—

abu

jahat

Madang ....

sepa

lengan

—

abu

jat

Long Aki ....

gaat

lengan

—

habu

jahat

Long Bangan

gaat

lid

langan

abu

jaat

Murik .

gahat

boho

abo

saha

(saak)

Addition: Karangan jet, Banjer H . jahat = bad.

I

114 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

6. Bamboo.

7. Banana.

8. Barter.

9. Basket.

10. Belly.

Sangau ....

_ _

_

batan

Maloh Kalis. .

bulo

(bambu)

unti

““ —

(kranjang)

batang

Maloh (2) . . . .

(bulu)

unti

—

parut (batang)

Sampit .

humbang

pisang

mamili

kranjang,

pangsok

tanei

Katingan ....

humbang

pisang

meli

kranjang,

kusak

tanei

Pari .

—

—

—

—

batang

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

—

—

wontong

Manyan (1) . .

paring

punsi

hurup

landjong

wontong

Manyan (2) . .

paring

—

—

—

—

Ngaju .

humbang,

betong

pisang, rahias,
harias

mangkiri

ranjong,

kapek

kanai

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

jumban

—

Biaju .

humbang

—

pilipili

Modang ....

luh

petoi

—

—

sa, soh, ong

Bolongan ....
Tarakan ....

buloh

pisang

bikut

t’nai, butit

buloh

punti

—

bikut

tinai

Sesayap ....

—

—

—

—

banteng

Sibuku .

punti

— ~

—

kinai

Kay an Rejang

bulu

kutch (pute)

betawar

barang

butit

IJma Blubo . .

bulo

pute

(ble)

(kalang)

butit

Uma Poh. . . .

bulo

pute

—

butit

Uma Baloi . .

bulau

putit

pedagang

alat

butit

Kin jin .

_

peti

beli

talang

batak

Lepu Tau ....

bulo

peti

—

—

batak

Lepu Anan . .

(bulo)

peti

—

(kibar)

batak

Lepu Pohun . .

bulo

balak

—

—

batak

Lepu Sawa . .

bulo

peti

—

—

batang

Lepu Pun. . . .

bulo

petei

—

—

batak

Malang . . . .

—

peti

—

—

batak

Madang . . . .

bulo

peti

—

—

batak

Long Aki . . . .

bulo

peti

—

—

batak

Long Bangan

bolo

peti

batawan

sap

batak

Murik .

bulu

pute

(pebli)

(kalang)

buti (butit)

Additions : Behe huioi = bamboo.

Murung kotung , Kupuas gumbu , Ngaju K. buntoi = belly.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

115

11 .Betel-
pepper.

12. Bird.

13. Bite.

14. Black.

15. Blood.

Sangau ....

menarom

Maloh Kalis . .

(baalo)

tampulo
(burong, manok)

kokot

nenarum

dara (dara)

Malok (2) . . . .

(burong)

autarum

(lanarum)

Sampit .

sirlh

burong

mangkit

babilim

daha

Katingan ....

dawe

burong-mili

ngulip

babilim

daha

Pari .

— •

manok

—

—

—

Lawangan .

laur

—

keket

—

daya

Siang . .

luat

—

ngirut

maron

daha

Sihong .

—

wurong

—

—

ira

Manyan (1) . .

—

wurong

kikit

maintem

ira

Manyan (2) . .

luat

(wurong)

kikit

intern

ira

Ngaju .

sirih

burong

mamangkit,

manungap

mahok,

babilem

daha

Sangiang ....

—

—

mahimbor

—

darah

Biaju .

leut

— —

pangkit

- -

daha

Modang ....

—

monok, menuk

mout

mendong

laha

Bolongan ....

buyu

_

ngikit

mitam

darah

Tarakan ....

buyu

—

ngabut

mitam

dada

Sesayap ....

buya

— ■

angabut

itam

dada

Sibuku .

“

susui

— ~

itam, naitam

atu\ dada

Kay an Rejang

.

manok

maat

pitam

daa

Uma Blubo . .

—

manok

mahat (maat)

pitam

daha

Uma Poh. . . .

aiap

manok

mahat

itam

daha

Uma Baloi . .

- -

manok

sibu

pitam

da’ha

Kin jin .

urn

salang

_

Lepu Tau ....

aiap

SUl

jimahat

salang

daha

Lepu Anan . .

—

sui (swi)

jimat

salang

da (da’a)

Lepu Pohun. .

auat

sui

ngasai

padang

laa

Lepu Sawa . .

— •

sui

yimant

salang

da

Lepu Pun ....

—

manok

la<?hai

padang

la

Malang ....

—

suwi

jimat

salang

da’a

Madang ....

onga

suwi

nimaat

salang

da

Long Aki ....

aiap

sui

jimahat

salang

daa

Long Bangan

— •

sui

temaat

salang

daa

Murik .

aiyap

manok

menyat (maat)

pitam

dra (ra)

Additions : Kahaian lent = betel-pepper.

Karangan manok, Murung and Kupuas barong, Banjer H. burung,
Ngaju K. sahuyan = bird.

Murung mahuk, Kupuas morim , Banjer H. hirang , Kahaian
wawilem = black.

Murung and Kupuas doho = blood.

i 2

116 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.- — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

16. Boat.

17. Body.

i

18. Bone.

19.Bo2<;(n.)

20. Boioels.

Sangau .

aro

_

Maloh Kalis . .

prau (perahu)

telino

(mantuari)

tulang

(panah)

parut

Maloh (2) . . . .

bidup, prau

mantuan

1

Sampit .

prahu, kapal

badan,

kungei

tulang

—

tenai

Katingan ....

alur, kapal

bitik, kungan

tulang

—

tenai

Pari .

—

—

- -

—

—

Lawangan . .

bunawa

—

—

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

ta’ulang

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

bunawa, weta

tenga

taulang

pana

sanai

Manyan (2) . .

bunawa, weta

(tenga)

(taulang)

—

—

Ngaju .

banama, arut,
jukong

bereng,
tawas, biti

tulang

pana

knai,

huang

Sangiang ....

randong,
ajong, emban

—

—

—

karendem

Biaju .

arut

‘ -

—

1

■

Modang ....

halok [heluk’]

ong

tuluang

—

—

Bolongan ....

bidu

badan

tulang

___

.

Tarakan ....

padau

badan

tulang

—

—

Sesayap ....

kapal

—

—

—

Sibuku .

kapal, padau

badan, tugas

tulang

■

Kay an Rejang

arok

loong

tulang

_

butit

IJma Blubo . .

harok

batong

tulang

—

tene (tenaih)

Uma Poh ....

arok

batong

tulang

—

bure

Uma Baloi . .

arok

batong

tulang

Kin jin .

_

Lepu Tau ....

alot

usa

tulang

—

tenai

Lepu Anan . .

alut (alud)

usa (osah)

tulang

—

betuka

(tenai)

Lepu Pohun . .

alot

osa

tulang

- -

bura,

betokue

Lepu Sawa . .

alut

usa

tulang

—

tenae

Lepu Pun ....

alot

usa

tulang

—

buri

Malang .

alud

usa

tulang

—

tenae

Madang ....

alut

osa

tulang

—

betoka

Long Aki ....

alut

osa

tulang

—

tenae

Long Bangan

alut

usa

tulang

—

batak

Murik .

arok

io (iong)

tulang

'

terai (tenai)

Addition : Kahaian alut = boat.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

117

21. Branch.

22. Breadfruit.

23. Breast.

24. Burn.

25. Bury.

Sangau .

Maloh Kalis . .

dan

—

suso (soso)

tutong

kulambu

Maloh (2) . . . .

tuton

- -

Sampit . .

sukon

tusu

bekehu

tanam

Katingan ....

—

—

tusu

bakehu

imbol

Pari . .

_

Lawangan . .

daan

. — .

utet

- —

- -

Siang .

daan

—

tusu

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

—

—

ngubur

Manyan (2) . .

raan

1

umu

kubu,

papui

—

Ngaju . .

edan

tuso

manotong,

papui,

bakahu

mangubur

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

—

—

Biaju .

edan

tusu

tinu

—

Modang ....

—

—

we

—

—

Bolongan ....

dan

—

tite’, susu

notong,

ninu

ngubor

Tarakan ....

adan

—

tite’

nyalab,

ninu

ngubor

Sesayap ....

adan

—

—

anunu

■ —

Sibuku .

adan

— —

tete, susu

—

linasak

Kayan Rejang

—

tahap

(uso’)

—

tanam (tuwu,
nuvu)

bat (tanam)

Uma Blubo . .

da ’an

(badok)

uso

tutong

(mutong)

tutong

Uma Poh ....

dakan

uso

tevo

Uma Baloi . .

—

sukun

—

- - *

beo

Kin jin .

_

ite

-

.

Lepn Tau . .

daan

—

ite

tutong

nan am

Lepu Anan . .

dan

(badok)

ete (itei)

tutong

pat (tanam)

Lepu Pohun .

lahan

—

ete

meba

tanam, nanam

Lepu Sawa . .

dan

—

ite

tutong

bat

Lepu Pun. . .

lahan

■ —

ite

tutong

bat

Malang .

dan

—

ete

tutong

bat

Madang ....

dahan-kayu

—

ite

tutong

tanam, nanam

Long Aki ....

dahun

■ —

ete

sunong

menanam

Long Bangan

—

tap

■ —

• —

tanum

Murik .

lahan -kayu

(badok)

tuhok

(toho)

nuno

tanam (tuboh)

Addition: Mantangai idan — branch.

118 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

26. Butterfly.

27. Buy.

\ •

28. Chest.

29. Chief.

30. Child.

Sangau .

-

Maloh Kalis . .

manok-kute

memali

(beli)

aro

”

anak

Maloh (2) . . . .

“ —

—

— —

- *

(anak)

Sampit .

kupukupu,

pasulang

mamill

usok

kapala-lewu

anak

Katingan ....

— ■

mill

usok

takulok-lewu

anak

Pari .

—

—

aro

—

anak

Lawangan . .

—

moli

—

—

— •

Siang ......

—

muli

—

pembekel

daja

Sihong .

—

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

tawirip

—

dada

mantir

anak

Manyan (2) . .

—

widi

uhuk

(mantir)

(anak)

Ngaju .

tapasulang,

kakupo

mamili ,
bill

usok

bakas, kapala

anak

Sangiang ....

—

bambalia

—

- -

lalundong,

tarantang

Biaju .

pilipili,
pili, bili

usuk

Modang ....

jipodoa

—

bang

hapoi, kapui

mopeng,

mepeng

Bolongan ....

-

mali

-

-

ane’

Tarakan ....

—

ngalan

kubub

—

anak

Sesayap ....

—

angalau

—

—

anak

Sibuku .

- ■

angaan

kubab

—

anak

Kayan Rejang

nyap-pe-toh

—

usok

daha-lang-maran

nyam

(anak)

Uma Blubo . .

yap-toh

(yap-do)

bele

(blei)

usok

(laki-aia)

anak

Uma Poh. . . .

yap-to,

manok-ingat

ble

usok

- *

anyam

Uma Baloi . .

kla-timau

'

batong-rusok

laki-aya

anak

Kinjin .

belih

usuk

hlpui

Lepu Tau ....

flaki-bali

pebeli

ushok

—

anak

Lepu Anan . .

flaki-bali

(plaki-bali)

pebeli

(mli)

usok

(laki-bior)

anak

Lepu Pohun .

blevang

pebeli

osok

—

anak

Lepu Sawa . .

plaki-bali

pebeli

uchok, usok

—

anak

Lepu Pun. . . .

blevang

pebeli

usok

—

anak

Malang ....

flaki-bali

pebeli

usok

—

anak

Madang ....

mata-bali

pebeli

usok

—

anak

Long Aki ....

flaki-bali

pebeli

usok

—

anak

Long Bangan

plake-bali

usok

maran

anak

Murik .

yap-to

peble

ohok

(laki-aia)

anak

(nyam)

Additions : Ngaju K. kusung = chest.

Ngaju K. anak — child.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

119

31. Glaxo ,
Finger-nail.

32. Clean.

33. Cloud

34. Club.

35. Coconut.

Sangau .

_

_

Maloh Kalis . .

kukut

banoi

(bresih)

(soawan)

unyar

Maloh (2) . . . .

kuku

- -

dom

""

(ingniak)

Sampit .

changgei,

siluh

chuchi

awau

—

enyu

Katingan ....

silu

chuchi

hawun

—

enyu

Pa.ri .

kuku

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

niui

Siang .

—

• —

—

—

onyuh

Sihong . .

—

—

wawe’anrau

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

kuku

—

wewe-anrau

tongke

nioi

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

—

—

niui

Ngaju .

silo

rasih, lingis

baun-andau

darah-kayu

enyoh

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

—

katilambong

Biaju .

■

■

“ — *

"

Modang .

hulun, holon
[helun]

—

dol

• —

nyo, nioh

Bolongan ....

s’ndap,

s’ndulu

n’pas

awan,

titai-bareu

—

nior

Tarakan ....

sandap

magu

kuanan,

titai-bareu

~ —

piasau

Sesayap .

—

—

—

—

piasan

Sibuku .

sansungun

"" —

aniat

"

piasau

Kayan Bejang

hulo

ap (avun)

oran-nu-kol

naoh (nyoh)

Uma Blubo . .

ulo (hulo)

rnaio

(langa-do)

—

nyo (nioh)

Uma Poh ....

ulo

maiau

—

—

klapa

Uma Baloi . .

silau

—

matan-lau

masiek

buah-kenyoh

Kinjin .

lelewa

Lepu Tau. . . .

silu

moe

—

—

nyior

Lepu Anan . .

silu (silo)

moi

(abun)

—

nyor (nior)

Lepu Pohun ..

silu

mue

—

—

betan

Lepu Sawa . .

silu

moe, lanya

—

—

nyor

Lepu Pun ....

silu

moe

—

—

butan

Malang .

silu

—

—

—

nyor

Madang .

silu

moi

—

—

nyior

Long Aki ....

silu

moe

—

—

bua-nyor

Long Bangan

silu

—

abun

jin-marang

nyo

Murik .

ulo (ulok)

lano

(abun)

1

nyio (betan)

Addition : Ngaju K. rukam = finger-nail (claw).

120

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY

36. Cold.

37. Come.

38. Country.

39. Crocodile.

40. Darkness.

Sangau .

dingang

burawin

dom

Maloh Kalis . .

marasam

(berasam)

datang

(mundok,

liangko)

menua

boa (burawin)

dom (kelam,
raun)

Maloh (2) . . . .

barasam

(lakoko)

—

'

raun

Sampit .

bedarim

duma

lewu

biaiye

radu, kadap

Katingan ....

bedarem

malik

lewu

bae

kaput

Pari .

Lawangan . .

¥

ringin

ampe

— —

boah

dendem

Siang .

—

—

baju

kaput

Sihong .

karisak

—

—

—

ieng

Manyan (1) . .

marisak

hawi

—

wuah

ieng

Manyan (2) . .

ringin ....

hampe

(tane)

woah

hireng

(maieng)

Ngaju .

sadingen

dumah,

manalih,inaja

tanah, lewu

bajai

deram, kaput

Sangiang ....

karamahan,

rampa,

baruron, ayah

rawing

Biaju .

sadingen

- -

—

—

kaput

Modang ....

hengam

keha

—

—

—

Bolongan ....

s’ngam

matang

b’nua

buya

ritang

Tarakan ....

saloi

kasabai

pagun

buya

niat

Sesayap ....

saloi

katawad

—

bowaya

landam

Sibuku .

nasaloi

—

—

— —

Kay an Rejang

ngam

(laram)

ne, ini
(atang)

—

baya

lidam

Uma Blubo . .

dingin,

laram

atang (nei)

uma

baia

pepetang

(lidam)

Uma Poh

yingam

atang

uma

baia

lidam

Uma Baloi . .

daram

atang

—

baiah

lidum

Kin jin .

uma

_

_

Lepu Tau . .

nyingau

abi

nahan, lepo

baia

mendam

Lepu Anan . .

ladam

(dadam,

menin)

abe (nai)

lepo

baia

(bali-sungai)

merum

(mram)

Lepu Pohun . .

menen

abe

leb5

baiue

meram

Lepu Sawa . .

singin

abe

lepo

baia

mendam

Lepu Pun. . . .

menen

abe

lebo

baieu

meram

Malang .

ladam

abe

lepo

baia

mendum

Madang ....

singim,

daram

abe

lepo

baia

mendam

Long Aki . . . .

nadam

abe

lepo

baia

setaup

Long Bangan

dadam

ne, ini

baya

mendam

Murik .

ngam

(laram)

atang

lepo

baia

ndam (lidam)

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

121

41. Daylight.

42. Die.

43. Dig.

44. Dog.

45. Door.

Sangau ....

alala

mati

asu

j _

Maloh Kalis . .

aso-nain(imar,aso)

mate

mengali

asu(au,kuyuk)

(mambangan)

Maloh (2) . . . .

aso, mauara

mate

““ “

asu

pintu

Sampit .

tarang-ahandau

matei

ingali

asu

bantonggan

Katingan ....

handau-tarang

matei

ngali

asu

baon-tonggang

Pari .

mati

asu

Lawangan . .

—

pate

—

koko

—

Siang . .

—

matoi

—

asu

—

Sihong .

anrau, ra’ai

matei

—

— .

—

Many an (1) . .

ra’ai

matei

ngadi

antaho

wawanaroang

Manyan (2) . .

anrau, maraai
andau

patei, matai

kadi

antahu

(wawanawang)

Ngaju .

matai

kali,

mangali

aso

lawang, atep

Sangiang ....

kalaman, pandang

—

—

—

—

Biaju ......

'

patei

kali

asu

— —

Modang ....

deau, nyedeo

—

—

sau

gong-molong,

gong-pulong

Bolongan ....

peu, dau

matai

nganggali

asu

lawang

Tarakan ....

adau

matai

nyunkal

asu

tumbangan

Sesayap ....

—

patei

angali

asu

—

Sibuku .

adau, madau

matei

—

asu

Kay an Bejang

do (jelang-do)

matai (pate)

ngale

aso

bataman

Uma Blubo . .

ari (do-malah)

mate

ngale

aso(asu)[asau]

aso’

(ketaman)

Uma Poll. . . .

mala

matai

ngale

—

Uma Baloi . .

lau

mate

kale

asu

amin

Kin jin .

dau

Lepu Tau ....

dema

matai

makat

asu

—

Lepu Anan . .

dema(selet-tou,to)

matai

makat

asu (achu)

(long-paman)

Lepu Pohun. .

lema

matai

ngali

asu

— ■

Lepu Sawa . .

dema

matai

makat

asu

—

Lepu Pun. . . .

lema

matai

ngali

asau

- —

Malang ....

dema

matai

mekat

asu

— ■

Madang ....

dema

matai

makat

asu

—

Long Aki . . . .

nato, dema

mate

makat

asu

—

Long Bangan

tau

matai

mekat

asu

amin

Murik .

anit-ro (mana, ro)

mate (matai)

ngali

aho (ahok)

(bataman)

Additions : Karangan dno, Murung onong , Kupuas sunit, Banjer H. hari = day.

Karangan kubeus, Murung matoi, Kupuas viotoi , Banjer H. mati, Ngaju K.

matoi -- die (dead).

Sidin kachokung — dog.

122 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

46. Brink.

47. Drip.

48. Dwell.

49. Ear.

60. Earth.

Sangau ......

_ _ _

. .

telinga

bunu

Maloh Kalis. .

mainum

delola

tadang

telinga

tana

Maloh (2) . . . .

minum

■ — ™

—

telinga

—

Sampit ....

maihop

.

belihl

pinding

bumi, petak

Katingan ....

mihop

- - »

balegah,

belihl

pinding

petak

Pari .

minsom

—

- -

. — ,

—

Lawangan . .

isep

pitek

. —

—

tana

Siang .

ngo’ot

—

—

—

—

Sihong ......

mahamoi

—

—

silo

tane

Manyan (1) . .

mahamoi

—

—

silu (silo)

tane

Many an (2) . .

nguut

petak

(muneng)

—

(tane)

Ngaju .

mihop

hantis,

pantis

bara-huma

pinding

petak

Sangiang ....

manantengok

—

haparong,

basiru

—

—

Biaju .

mihup

hantis

—

- >

petak

Modang ....

—

—

—

song-kining

teneh

Bolongan ....

ngirop

_

t, 5 mad a

_

Tarakan ....

nginum

—

mapong

— .

—

Sesayap ....

angimunsia

—

—

—

tana

Sibuku ......

anginum

'

— -

talinga

dunia

Kayan Bejang

dui

-

apang (telinga)

tana

Uma Blubo . .

doi (dui)

jelora

rnelo

iling

tana

Uma Poh

dui

turu

melo

iling

tana

Uma Baloi . .

dui

1

- -

linga

tana

Kin jin ......

_

_

daun-telinga

.

Lepu Tau. . . .

mesap

tido

madong

telinga

tana

Lepu Anan . .

mesep
(misap, sap)

tudo

moko

telinga

tana

Lepu Pohun . .

mesap

meta

minyon

telingue

tana

Lepu Sawa . .

mesemp

tudo

madung

telinga

tana

Lepu Pun. . . .

mesep

mete

menyon

telingeu

tana

Malang .

medamp

mete

moju

telinga

tana

Madang ....

mesap

tido

moko

telinga

tana

Long Aki ....

mesap

todo

mado

telinga

sana

Long Bangan

nisap

—

—

telinga

tana

Murik .

nerut

(nyirut)

turu

mlo

telinga

tana

Additions : Sidin, sinok , Ngaju K. ngodee = drink.

Banjer H. telinga — ear.

Karangan tana, Murung potak, Kupuas tanak, Banjer H. tana =
earth.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

128

51. Eat.

52. Egg.

53. Elbow.

54. Eye.

55. Face.

Sangau .

ankan

__

Maloh Kalis . .

lean (angkan)

terora(entalu)

sinkun

mata

Undo

Maloh (2) . . . .

ankam

taroro (telui)

1

mata

lindo

Sampit .

kuman

antelo

siku

mate

ba

Katingan ....

kuman

antelo

siku

mate

bau

Pari . .

ankaham

—

—

—

linda

Lawangan . .

man

tolui

kiku

mate

—

Sin.np . ...

tantolo

mata

Sihrmcr

ikota

kuman, kota

mate

rnwn.wa.

Manyan (1) . .

anteloi

hamiko

mate

uruwawa

Manyan (2) . .

kuta

atelui

—

(mata)

—

Ngaju .

kuman

tanteloh

siko

mata

bau

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

kining

—

Biaju .

kuman

tanteluh

siku

'

—

Modang ....

—

kolo

[gok’]

maten, meten

nyong

Bolongan ....

ngakan

t’lor

-

mata

pamuan

Tarakan ....

ngakan

talu

—

mata

mala

Sesayap ....

—

talu

siku

mata

—

Sibuku .

angkan

*” — "

siku

mata

* -

Kayan Rejang

kuman

teloh

ikoh

mata

nang

Uma Blubo . .

koman

(kuman)

telo

hlko (siko)

mata (matan)

nang

Uma Poh. . . .

koman

telo

iko

mata

anang

Uma Baloi . .

koman

teloh

ikoh

atah

jawi

Kin jin .

pasiko

mata

.

Lepu Tau ....

oman

tilo

siku

mata

silong

Lepu Anan . .

oman

(kuman)

koman

telo

siku

mata (atan)

(silong)

Lepu Pohun .

elar

siku

matue

silong

Lepu Sawa . .

oman

tilor

siku

mata

silong

Lepu Pun. . . .

koman

elar

siko

mateo

^hilong

Malang .

koman

tilor

siku

mata

—

Madang .

oman

telor

siku

mata,

silong

Long Aki ....

oman

telo

siko

mata

silung

Long Bangan

oman

telo

siku

mata

selung

Murik .

koman

(kuman)

telo

iko (ikor)

mata

pitek

(nang)

Additions : Sidin mah — eat.

Murung and Kupuas tolu, Kahaian kantd — egg.
Murung and Kupuas mata , Banjer H. mdta = eye.
Ngaju K. tampa — face.

124 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

56. Far.

57. Father.

58. Fear (v.)

59. Finger.

60. Fire.

Sangau . .

.

___

bua-tungan

api

Maloh Kalis. .

dau (bejawo)

ama

metakut

tun j ok

api

Maloh (2) . . . ,

am a

unj ok

sisiak

(api)

Sampit .

kij au

nanang

heibat

tunjok

apoi

Katingan ....

michu

apang

pamiket

ten j ok

apuwe

Pari .

—

—

—

tunjok

ampulat

Lawangan . .

ono

ma

—

—

apui

Siang .

ochu

tamang

—

—

apui

Sihong .

—

amah

takut

—

apui

Manyan (1) . .

—

amah

takut

kingking

apui

Manyan (2) . .

lawit

ambah

takut

kingking

apui

Ngaju .

kejau

apang, bapa,
aba

mikah,

marawan

tunjok

apui

Sangiang ....

babawet,

babejau,

kalangjayong

jari

Biaju .

kejau

—

mikek

'

'

Modang ....

—

mek, men

—

hangeo

poa, poi

Bolongan ....

ju

tama

rakat

lingagai

apui

Tarakan ....

tawai

iama’

lala

lingagai

apui

Sesayap ....

lawi

iama

—

galagai

apui

Sibuku .

natawe

ama

alaku

gagai-angan

apui

Kay an Rejang

-

arnei (tame)

takut

kama (ikieng)

apoi

Uma Blubo . .

su

tame, taman

takut

jango

apoi

Uma Poh ....

su

amai

takut

yahango

apoi

Uma Baloi . .

—

taman

takut

usu

apoi

Kin jin .

su, u

tamun

bua-uju

_

Lepu Tau. . . .

cho

amai

takot

bua-ujo

lutan

Lepu Anan . .

cho (jo)

mbe (taman,
amai)

takut

bua-ojo

(bo-uju)

lotan

(apoi)

Lepu Pohun. .

jo

ama

takot

bu-ojo

lotan

Lepu Sawa . .

jo

amai

takut

bo-jo

lutan

Lepu Pun . .

y°

taman

takot

bo-yo

lotan

Malang ....

cho

amai

nakut

ojo

luten

Madang ....

cho

taman, amai

takut

bu-ojo

lotan

Long Aki . . . .

jo

amai

takot

bua-jo

lotan

Long Bangan

amai

takut

uto

lutan

Murik .

?hu

amai (amei)

takut

bulan-selango

api

Additions : Karangan via, Murung aviai, Kupuas ame, Banjer H. bapa,
Mantangai aviai = father.

Ngaju K. nikoh = fear.

Mangkatip tunyok, Ngaju K. bedebei = finger.

Karangan api, Murung apoi, Kupuas bahok , Banjer H. api
= fire.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

125

61. Fish.

62. Flesh.

68. Floioer.

64. Fly (Blow)

65. Fly (House)

Sangau . .

lauk

_

.

. .

_

Maloh Kalis . .

ikan (lauk)

isi (isina)

bunga

lango

lalas

Maloh (2) . . . .

lauk

—

bukas

‘ 1

lalas

Sampit .

lauk

daging

jujong

langau

_

Katingan ....

lauk

esi

nuchong

—

lale

Pari .

lauk

isi

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

— •

—

—

sewakang

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

kena

daging,

lunek

— —

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

kenah

daging

wonge

langau

—

Manyan (2) . .

(ken ah)

—

(wonga)

—

lalet

Ngaju .

lauk

isi

lelak,

kambang

langau

1

Sangiang ....

ranying

—

sahumpak

—

—

Biaju .

'

"

"

Modang ....

tok, tuk’

sen, sam

lip

lengeau

—

Bolongan ....

k’nas

’nchi

bunga,

buse’

—

lalat

Tarakan ....

kanan

ansi

busak

—

bangalud

Sesayap ....

—

—

—

—

bungulad

Sibuku .

kanan

“ — ’

— —

- —

bungat

Kay an Rejang

masik

sin

pidang

_

lango

Uma Blubo . .

masik

sin (sen)

pidang

(pakan)

pidang

lango-to

lango

Uma Poh. . . .

masek

sin

pikat

lango

Uma Baloi . .

masiek

seh

bunga

,

tela

Kin jin .

atok

Lepu Tau ....

atok

shin

sapok

pikat

langau

Lepu Anan . .

atok

[siluang]

sin (sen)

peu (buan)

lango-bilang

lango

LepuPohun. .

betelo

sien

peu

lango

lango

Lepu Sawa . .

atok

sin

bunga

lango

lango

Lepu Pun . .

na

phen

peu

lango-bilang

langau

Malang ....

atok

sin

sapok

lango-bilang

lango

Madang ....

atok

sm

piu, bonga

lango

lango

Long Aki ....

atok

sin

poi

pekat

lango

Long Bangan

atok

sin

sapok

—

langau

Murik .

ichen (tsen)

ihin

bindang

lango

lango

Additions : Murung rank, Kupuas achin, Banjer H. iwak, Ngaju K.
achin-ayer = fish.

Ngaju K. uisiu = flesh.

126

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

66. Fly (Sand-)

67 .Fly(v.)

68. Food.

69. Foot.

70. Forehead.

Sangau .

Maloh Kalis. .

Maloh (2) . . . .

rangit

mensap

(ensap)

—

kaki

kaki

(kaki)

kaning (sula)

Sampit ....

Katingan ....
Pa.ri .

_

terbang

tarawang

rezeki,

makanan

talukinan

pal

pal

lingkau

lingkau

Lawangan . .

Siang .

Sihong .

Manyan (1) . .
Manyan (2) . .
Ngaju .

Sangiang ....

Biaju .

rangit

saminding

samiding

sumiding

tarawang

tarawan-

gan

anakota

talo-kinan,

urep

pee

pee

(pea)

pai

tambang,

salungan

rai

lingkau

Modang ....

—

meleng

—

tes-pelen,

tes

—

Bolongan ....
Tarakan ....
Sesayap ....
Sibuku .

—

t’murut

ngantulud

antulud

antuu’

—

b’tis

tanak

tane’

abas

Kay an Rejang

Uma Blubo . .
Uma Poll

Uma Baloi . .

hamok

amok

madang

(tepili)

madang

madang

tilip

sang-lun-tango

(makan)

daban-koman

tudak

kasa, kudak

kasa

tudak

leko

leko

likau

blang

Kinjin .

Lepu Tan. . . .
Lepu Anan . .

LepuPohun. .
Lepu Sawa . .
Lepu Pun ....
Malang ....
Madang ....
Long Aki ....
Long Bangan
Murik .

yamok

nyamok

(jamok)

nyamok

yamok

yamok

nyamok

yamok

yamok

nyamok

madang

madang

lemarang

madang

nemarang

madang

madang

madang

madang

mandang

(oman, kuman)

inualu, uman
(enkanan)

takat

taka (takat)

takat

pala-takat

gam

takat

pala-takat

takat

takat

pah a

(balun-paa)

anang

anang

anang

anang

anang

anang

anang

dahe

likau

nang (teba)

Additions : Murung totop-poho , Kupuas totop-poharang = foot.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

127

71. Forest.

72. Fowl.

73 .Fruit.

74. Ghost.

75. Give.

Sangau ......

manok

.

.

- -

Maloh Kalis . .

lem-tuan
(toan, jalo)

manok

bua

anfcu

mari

Maloh (2) . . . .

manok

(manuk)

buara

anlat

Sampit' .

himba

manok

bua

kambe, bayang

ninga

Katingan ....

himba

manuk

pua

kambe, kalenge

tingai

Pari . .

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

piak

—

— .

— .

Siang ......

— .

piak

—

—

■ —

Sihong ......

—

—

wua

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

mano

wua

• — •

ami, anyu

Many an (2) . .

— ■

manu

—

(kambe)

—

Ngaju ......

pulau-kayu,

kayuan

manok

bua

kamba, i j in ,
hantu

manenga

Sangiang ....

pukong

• —

—

karawang

—

Biaju .

"

”

Modang ....

metena

yip, jih

gua

won

—

Bolongan ....

kayu

ayam

.

badua’

nyadong

Tarakan ....

taun

manok

—

imb’ua

tinak

Sesayap ....

— .

— .

—

—

—

Sibuku ......

manuk

na

Kay an Rejang

• —

nyap

(hinyap)

hiap

(yap)

bua (ujo)

■ —

maie

Bma Blubo . .

helem-uro

(toan)

bua

—

oka (mook)

Uma Poh. . . .

lem-uro

yap

bua

to

make

Uma Baloi . .

—

niap

bua

”””

maie

Kin jin . .

__

_

_ _ _

Lepu Tan. . . .

dala-bai

lap

bua

bali

ngm, na
na (gin)

Lepu Anan . .

mba (emba)

yap

[manok]

long

(bua)

ball

Lepn Pohun

va

yap

bua

bali

na

Lepu Sawa . .

wai

yap

bua

bali

na

Lepu Pun. . . .

wai

yap

buan

bali

na

Malang .

belo-bai

yap

bunga

bali

na

Madang . . . .

dalobai

iap

bua

ball

na

Long Aki . . . .

mba

lap

bua

male

na

Long Bangan

— [ -

yap

bua

—

na

Murik ......

UQhan

iap

bua

to

mahuii (maih)

Additions : Sidin sidk, Karangan manok, Ban j or H. ayam = fowl.

128 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

76. Go.

77. Good.

78. Gum.

79. Gutta.

80. Hair,
Feather .

Sangau .

lamba

mam

_

-

Maloh Kalis . .

tangkat

mam

pulut

bedakan

bulu

Maloh (2) . . . .

andor, lambar

mam(maum)

—

■

Sampit .

linkos

baik, bagus

getah

getah-nyatoh

bulu

Katingan ....

tulak

karida

gita

gita-nyatoh

bulu

Pari .

niab

mam

—

- —

sau

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

ma’eh

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

takia

maeh

—

—

Wlllu

Manyan (2) . .

(takia)

(maeh)

—

—

(wulu)

Ngaju .

lius,

mananjong

bahalap,

buah

pulut

nyato

bulu

Sangiang ....

baj ajak,
hapalempang

babangkang

'

'

Biaju .

■

—

"

'

Modang ....

komite [peneu]

kas

■ —

—

belun

Bolongan ....

’mpanau

bai’

. _

lula

—

Tarakan ....

makau

bais

—

ula

—

Sesayap . . .

—

—

—

—

—

Sibuku .

'

bais

""

'

Kayan Kejang

te

saiu (jia)

_

_

bulu

Uma Blubo . .

teh, teh-na

saio

pulut-latong

ketipe

bulo

Uma Poh ....

tai

saio

parau-bak

pulut

bulo

Uma Baloi . .

mela

saiu

—

—

bulau

Kinjin .

pulut

- -

Lepu Tau ....

tai

tiga

pada-pulut

pulut

bulu

Lepu Anan . .

te (tai)

tiga Tlayarl

—

pulut

bulu

Lepu Pohun .

tai

laia

pare-pulot

(ketipei)

pulot

(bulo)

bulu

Lepu Sawa . .

tai

tiga

—

pulut

bulu

Lepu Pun ....

tai

laya

—

pulot

bulo

Malang . . . .

tai

tiga

—

pulut

bulu

Madang . . . .

tai

tiga

pulut-pelutan

pulut

bulu

Long Aki ....

detuo (?)

tega

pade-obak

pulut

bulu

Long Bangan

tai

tiga

—

—

bulu

Murik .

tuli, te

liya

pulut

getah

bulo

(bulun)

Additions: Ngaju K. nipoi, Kahaian lingkus — go.

Karangan bait, Murung pios, Kupuas komok, Banjar bingking ,
Banjer K. baik, Ngaju K. pius — good.

Ngaju K. machoh = hair, feather.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

129

81. Hair 0)
Head.

82. Hand.

83. Hard.

84. Head.

85. Hear.

Sangau .

buk

tefa

ulu

Maloh Kalis . .

ok (book)

tangan

(tekiar)

makaras

ulu

ten-telinga

(mandalinga)

Maloh (2) . . . .

rambut(bok'

tangan

ulu

lingar

Sampit . . . .

balau

lenge

tegar, kasat

olon, takulok

mehining

Katingan . . . .

balau

lenge

heam, lamus,
karas

takulok-olon

hening

Pari .

buk

ratakoan

—

ulu

■ -

Lawangan . .

balu

—

—

—

dinga, ngaringa

Siang .

walo

—

—

—

sone

Sihong .

—

tangan

—

—

rengei

Manyan (1) . .

wulu

tangan

mapa

olo

renge

Many an (2) . .

■

wung-kunung

(tangan)

teah

(Olo)

rengei

Ngaju .

balau

lenga, kukut

araarat, kohar

takolok

mahining

Sangiang ....

gundai

—

—

undan

manahingan

Biaju .

balau

kukut

—

hining

Modang ....

wook

gue, goe

maheng, hahang

dau

—

Bolongan ....

bu’

tangan

k’ras

uru

nanggla

Tarakan ....

abok

tin dulu

katag

utak, ulu

kadingag

Sesayap ....

abuk

—

—

—

angkuliman

Simbakong ..

—

—

—

—

engkuliman

Sibuku .

abuk

angan

nakatok

ulu

kaliman

Kayan Rejang

bok

laip (kama)

mahing

kohong (lusong)

ngerieng

Uma Blubo . .

bok

kama (uju)

mailing

kohong

kelinghe

(ngereng)

(Jma Poh. . . .

bok

usu

maheng

kahong

klanghi

Uma Baloi . .

bok

agam

saich

kohong

ngelingah

Kinjin .

bo’

uju

ulu

Lepu Tau ....

pok

ujo

maheng

ulu

kenahan

Lepu Anan . .

pok

ujo (uju)

maing

ulu

linga (kenaan)

Lepu Pohun .

bok

ujo

maeng

ulo

geneng

Lepu Saw a . .

bok

ujo

maing

ulu

linga

Lepu Pun . .

ook

ujo

maieng

ulo

ngeneung

Malang . .

pok

pala-uj5

maing

ulu

nrine

Madang ....

pok

nggam

maing

ulu

denga, ngening

Long Aki. . . .

pok

ujo

maing

ulu

kenang

Long Bangan

pok

kam

maing

ulu

ngelinga

Murik .

bok

ugho (usu,
palan)

maieng

tanga (tengah)

belong

Additions : Murung baru, Kupuas bum, Banjer H. rambut = hair.

Karangan ende , Murung rongo, Kupuas renga, Banjer H. tang an , Ngaju K.
rongoi , Nonukan langan — hand.

Murung kohong, Kupuas utok, Banjer H. kapala, Olo ot, Ngaju K. kohong = head.

K

180 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

86. Here.

87. Hill.

88. Hook.

89. Hot.

90. House.

Sangau .

sefiak

sau

Maloh Kalis. .

indiang (diang,
liangko)

(ukit)

kait

sosiak (panas)

sau (sawo)

Maloh (2) . . . .

loku

bukit (ukit)

“ —

panas

sau

Sampit .

si-teton,

nga-teton

bukit

kait,

peng-ahit

balasu, padas

taratak,

magon

Katingan ....

ni-eton,

nyang-iton

bukit

kait,

peng-ahit

balasut, dada

hum a, pasa

Pari .

—

—

—

—

sau

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

—

blaai, lau

Siang .

—

—

—

—

lowu

Sihong .

—

—

—

kalaing

lewu

Manyan (1) . .

- -

wungkur,

bukit

“ -

malaing

lewu,

punduh

Manyan (2) . .

(hayati)

(gunong)

—

laing

lewu

Ngaju .

hetoh

bukit,

lungkoh

pisi, sakang

blaso, lasut

huma,balai,

pasah

Sangiang ....

parong,siro,

bahowong,

sali

Biaju .

—

—

- -

lasu

huma

Modang ....

tenoi

—

—

panes

mes5, mesa

Bolongan ....

diitu, ditu

gunong

panas

rumah

Tarakan ....

dagitu

tidong

—

lasu

balei

Sesayap ; . . .

—

—

—

lasu, nasu

baai

Sibuku _ _ _

daitu

—

—

naasu

baai

Kayan Rejang

_

ngalang

lasu (anit)

uma (lepo)

Uma Blubo

tini (hini)

(ngalang)

kauit

lasu (pana)

uma

Uma Poh. . . .

tini

—

kawit

hana

uma

Uma Baloi . .

■ -

ngalang

—

lasu

umah

Kin jin .

mudong

kait

_

Lepu Tau ....

kini

—

ntang

sana

uma

Lepu Anan . .

nekini (kini)

(modong)

kauit

pana (sanit)

oma (uma)

Lepu Pohun ..

sito

—

kauet, sangat

pana

uma

Lepu Sawa . .

kini

—

kauit

pana

oma

Lepu Pun. . . .
Malang .

ehetau

tekini

z

kauet

kauit

pana

pana

oma

oma

Madang ....

kai, nekai

—

kauit, ndang

pana

oma

Long Aki ....

naokini

• —

kawit

pana

oma

Long Bangan

«

mudung

—

katan

oma

Murik .

tini

(enggun,

punjut)

kauit

pana (anit)

uma (lepo)

Additions : Mantangai hitoh = here.

Kahaian darah = hot.

Behe tempuk, Menyukei ramin, Ngaju K. rabu = house.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

131

91. How ?

92. Husband.

93. Iron.

94. Kill.

95. Know.

Sangau ......

-

Maloh Kalis. .

bunjaiken

(laki)

basi

buno

metowang

(besi)

Maloh (2) . . . .

—

(laki)

besi

duno

temu

(basi)

Sampit ....

kakue

hatuwe

uwasi

mamunu

tau

Katingan ....

pen-ikau,

hatuwe

umat

munu

tau

in’adah

Pan

—

— ■

• —

—

Lawangan . .

—

— ■

—

— ■

— ■

Siang ......

—

• —

• —

—

— -

Sihong . .

• — •

■ —

■ — •

munoh

minau

Many an (1) . .

— .

darangan

jatang

wuno

rasa

Manyan (2) , .

—

(darangan)

— •

(muno)

—

Ngaju ......

kilen

bana

sanaman

mampatai

tawan,

kasena,

harati

Sangiang

—

sinau

—

mangabanting

—

Biaju ......

— ‘

— ™

Modang ....

—

laka, lon-laka

maleat,

melet

entong

melang

Bolongan ....

bat’nun

bana

b’si

papatai

pandai

Tarakan ....

s’nai

dalaki

basi

papatai

pandai

Sesayap ....

—

— .

—

—

■ —

Sibuku . .

— "

sipuan

pinatei

Kayan Rejang

_

lake (hawa)

tetei(tite)

lamatei

jam

Uma Blubo . .

teino

(lakei)

malat

mitang (matei)

jam

Uma Poh

(titei)

nuno

—

bese

metang

jam

Uma Baloi . ,

hawan

titai

bonu

haman

Kinjin ......

toll,

baing

Lepu Tan. . . .

medam-kanan

• —

besi,

mehau

njam

malat

Lepu Anan . .

kumbin

(sait, laki)

baja

mematai

tisen

(kombin)

(malat)

(matei)

Lepu Pohun . .

kamakan

—

mat

lematai

tichen

Lepu Sawa . .

tekambi

—

malat

leeho

tisen

Lepu Pun . .

tetemau

— _

mat

mula

9hen

Malang ......

kubin

malfl't

lemate

unjam

tesin

Madang ....
Long Aid ....
Long Bangan
Murik ......

kumbin

tekambi

bagino

pasait

(lakei)

malat

baing

tetai

pai

bepatai

lemate

lematei

papate

me jam

tesun

tohe

(malat)

(ne-matei)

(enjam)

K 2

Addition: Banjar ivasi = iron.

132 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

*8

96. Lake.

97. Land.

98. Large.

99. Leaf.

100. Leg.

San^aii .

bara

Maloh Kalis . .

dano

(kanaang)

mara (besa)

daun

bintis

(kokoan)

Maloh (2)

—

(benua)

bra

dauna

(bangkang)

Sampit ....

danau

ngambu

datu

lembar,

bontis

daun

Katingan ....

danau,

ambu

hai

lambar,

betis

tasik’

dawun

Pari .

bra

.

Lawangan . .

lewi

—

solai

daon

jaker

Siang .

rahuwi

d auen

batih

Sihong . .

Manyan (1) . .

—

tane

hante

rawen

pee

Manyan (2) . .

labis

(danau)

danau

(tane)

—

rawen

wisis

Ngaiu .

lewu, petak

basar, hai

dawen

pai,

bua-buntis

Sangiang ....

—

—

datoh,

—

salungan,

batunjong

tambang

Riaju .

labih

hai

dawen

buntis

Modang ....

tekung

teneh

pun

hateng-kaja,

tetin-kejau

—

Bolongan ....

raya’

b’tis

Tarakan ....

—

- -

tupal

_

tanak

Sesayap ....

lebih

—

maye

dauen

buah-tanak

Sibuku . .

_

daun

tane’

Kay an Rejang

—

usun (dale,
katak)
(tana)

aya

da’un

api

Uma Blubo . .

bauang

aia

daun-kayo

beti (kudak)

Uma Poh

bauang

—

dakaia

dauun

beti

Uma Baloi . .

— ~

lapang

ayah

da’un

baton g-tudak

Kin jin .

aia

taket

Lepu Tau. . . .

bauang

—

bio

daun

bete

Lepu Anan . .

bauang

(tana)

bio (bior)

ton, tong

bete

(daun)

Lepu Pohun

bauwang

• — •

bio

lahon

beta

Lepu Sawa . .

bauang

—

bio

dauun

bete

Lepu Pun ....

bauang

—

bio

lauun

bete

Malang .

bauang

bio

daun

bete

Madang ....
Long Aid ....
Long Bangan
Murik .

bawang

bauang

bawang

kusun

tana

bio

vio

bio

aia

daun, tong

dahun

daun

laun-kayu

(itun,daan)

bete

bete

paa

bete

Additions: Banjer H. bdsdr, Ngaju K. hciiyo = large.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

183

101. Lime.

102. Lip.

103. Live.

104. Liver .

105. Louse .

Sangau ....

.

_

tio

Maloh Kalis . .

kapor

kulit-baba

(baba)

dupan

ate

kutu

Maloh (2) . . . .

kulit-baba

_

■ — “

Sampit - - -

kapur

bibi

belom,

nyawa

ate-ampol

guti

Katingan ....

fcubar

tuto

belom,

nyawa

atei-bua

guti

Pari ........

— .

— .

tio

— .

■ — ■

Lawangan . .

apui

biwi

bolum

• — •

kutu

Siang ......

apo

biwi

—

—

kutu

Sihong ......

— •

—

—

—

—

Many an (1) . .

kapur

mulut, wiwi

welon

atai

koto

Many an (2) . .

kapui

—

welum

(atai)

kutu

Ngajn ......

ketok

totok, biwih

belom

atai

guti, tuma

Sangiang ....

—

— .

hamaring

—

—

Biaju .

—

■

” — •

” —

’ — —

Modang ....

—

—

—

—

to, tau

Bolongan ....

mulun

—

Tarakan ....

— '

— -

moyag

—

—

Sesayap ....

angapug

bibir

muiak

—

kutu

Sibuku ......

1

bibir

uian

Kay an Rejang

apo

ive (husung)

murip

atei (kenap)

kuto

Uma Blnbo . .

kapun

seve (suit)

murip

ate

koto (kuto)

Uma Poll. . . .

apo

sive

murip

atai

kuto

Uma Baloi . .

benyau

bah

murip

terkujong

kutau, tuma

Kin jin ......

„

sedepa

urip

Lepu Tan. . . .

apo

bibe

mu clip

atai

kutu

Lepu Anan . .

napu

bebe (bibei)

mudip

(udip)

atei

kutu

Lepn Pohun . .

apor-sepat

beba

morep

atai

kutu

Lepu Sawa . .

apor

bibe

mudip

atai

kutu

Lepu Pun ....

apar

bibe

morep

atai

kutau

Malang ....

apor

bebe

mudip

atai

kutu

Madang ....

apoh

bebe, mujun

mudip

atai

kutu

Long Aki ....

apau

mujun

mudip

ate

kutu

Long Bangan

apo

bebe

mudip

atai

kutu

Murik ......

apo

mohong, ibe

murip

ate

kuto

Additions: Banjar kapur = lime.

Mgaju K. bohrum = live.

134

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

106. Maggot.

1

107. Male.

108. Mankind.

109. Many .

110. Mat.

Sangau .

bebaka

ale

Maloh Kalis . .

ulas

ijorane (babaka,
laki)

tellno (mantoari)

ambat

(bayu)

ale

Maloh (2) . . . .

berbaka (babaka)

baiu

alik

Sampit .

ulir

batuwe

olo, manusia

areh

tiakar

Katingan ....

ulir

hatuwe

ulun, olon

areh

amak

Pari .

—

baka

orang

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

—

ulan, sanaring
urlun

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

upo

olon

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

olon-upo

olon, moronsia

—

patah

Manyan (2) . .

—

ulun

ulun (olon)

—

—

Ngaju .

uret

hatua, bujang

olo

ara, adas,
kutoh

bukut, amak

Sangiang ....

—

—

hewang

—

—

Biaju .

—

—

—

- -

Modang ....

—

suhun-lakai

lon,uwun,suhun

megun

—

Bolongan ....

urad

laki

ulun

rabong

tikar

Tarakan ....

ulad

dal aki

ulun

suang

ayam

Sesayap ....

—

—

ulun

—

—

Sibuku .

—

daki, dalaki

uun

"

aiam

Kay an Bejang

lakelake (daha)

klunan

_

brat

Uma Blubo . .

ulan

lake

kelunan, daha
(loong)

ngahom

(kahoum)

prat (brat)

Uma Poh ....

ulan

lake

kelunan

nyahom

brat

Uma Baloi . .

— -

lakeh

—

brat

Kin jin .

daha, doho, iha

kalunan

_

-

Lepu Tau ....

ulet

laki •

klunan

kado

pat

Lepu Anan . .

ulat

laki, manai,
aong

kelunan (osa)

kado

(kadau)

pat (pat)

Lepu Pohun .

sohat

laki

kelonan

suang

bat

Lepu Sawa . .

ulet

laki

kelunan

kado

pat

Lepu Pun . .

ulet

laki

kelunan

aro

bat

Malang .

ulat

laki

kelunan

kado

pat

Madang . . . .

ulat

laki

kelunan

kado

pat

Long Aki . . . .

ulat

laki

kelunan

kado

pat

Long Bangan

—

laki

klunan

—

pat

Murik .

kulat

lake

klunan

men da

brat(langah)

Additions: Murung hutuo, Kupuas bakas, Banjer H. laid, Mantangai budng,
Ngaju K. bakas — male (vir).

Karangan na, Murung urun, Kupuas icho, Banjer H. orang,
Ngaju K. uron — mankind (homo).

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

185

111. Mat.

112. Mat.

113. Milk.

114. Moon.

115. Morning.

Sangau . . . .

bolan

Maloh Kalis . .

lampit

ale-we

ai-susu (soso)

bulan

konkoin

(kauko)

Maloh (2) . . . .

'

—

—

bulan

kauko

Sampit ....

_

danum-tusu

bulan

sunsong

Katingan ....

—

—

danum-tusu

bulan

kukus

Pari .

bulan

Lawangan . .

—

. —

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

rio'umo

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

—

wulan

—

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

—

(wulan)

hanjewu,

sawah

Ngaju .

pasar,

lampit

basian, puron

johon-tusu

bulan,

panala

Sangiang ....

—

—

lumpang-tusu

pahawang

—

Biaju .

Modang ....

—

—

—

bulun, ulun

munbo

Bolongan ....

bulan

subuh

Tarakan ....

- -

—

—

bulan

sumpul

Sesayap ....

—

__

— .

—

—

Sibuku .

aiam-kaasa

aiam-mantungan

gatas

bulan

Kayan Bejang

bulan

_

Uma Blubo . .

lapit

we

ata-uso

(telang-uso)

bulan

jima

Uma Poh. . . .

brat-lapit

brat-jalai

telang-uso

bulan

pesun

Uma Baloi . ,

- -

—

— —

bulan

Kinjin .

bulan

__

Lepu Tau. . . .

pat-lapit

pat-luto

telang-ite

bulan

mampam

Lepu Anan . .

lapit

—

sungai-ete

(telang-itei)

bulan

tading-bam

Lepu Pohun . .

lapet

emai, aloi

sungai-ete

bulan

teba

Lepu Sawa . .

pat-lapit

pat-wai

sung-ete

bulan

tading-bam

Lepu Pun. . . .

bat-lapet

bat-wai

sung-ete

bulan

setepa

Malang ....

lapit

— ■

sungai-ete

bulan

mengbam

Madang ....

lapi

wai

telang-ete

bulan

mbambam

Long Aki ....

pat-lapit

pat-tegar

sung-ete

bulan

dembam

Long Bangan

—

—

—

bulan

— ■

Murik . .

brat-lapit

belerong

telan-tuhok

bulan

op

Additions : Karangan bulan , Murung buran , Kupuas pun-alah,
Banjer H. bulan = moon.

186 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — -BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

116. Mosquito.

117. Moss.

118. Mother.

119. Mouth.

120. Name.

Sangau ....

baba

Maloh Kalis . .

ajuk-paio (?)
(nyamok)

limut

andu (indu)

baba (babaa)

nsana (osan)

Maloh (2) . . . .

“ — *

'

indu (indo)

baba

’

Sampit .

nyamok

lumut

uma

nyame

areia

Katingan ....

barutuk

lumut

indang, indu

nyawe

ngaran

Pari .

,

_ _

baba

.

Lawangan . .

keyongo

—

ne

bowa

aran

Siang .

terlungo

—

tiang

nyama

aran

Sihong .

—

—

ine

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

mamo

—

ineh

wawa

ngaran

Manyan (2) . .

mamu

—

ineh

wawa

ngaran

Ngaju .

nyamok

—

indu

nyama

ara

Sangiang ....

—

—

indang

—

—

Biaju .

“ —

—

■ 1

Modang ....

nyamok

—

men, nin

pang-bosung

—

Bolongan ....

ngamok

.

sine’

baba

ada

Tarakan ....

ngamok

—

ina

kabang

ingalan

Sesayap ....

namug

—

ina

kabang

ingalan

Sibuku .

namuk

' -

ina

kabang

—

Kay an Rejang

ham ok

_

ene

ba

ngaran (aran)

Uma Blubo . .

telokok

lumut

inai (tinan)

doho (ba)

naran (aran)

Uma Pob ....

telakok

lumut

we

ba

ngadan

Uma Baloi . .

ham ok

* — “

inan

bujun

aran

Kin jin .

__

_

amai

pa

Lepu Tau. . . .

iyang

butu

we

pa

ngadan

Lepu An an . .

lyung (iang)

butu

we (tinan,
inai)

pa

ngadan

(adan)

Lepu Pohun . .

yang

lomot

ena

muju

naran

Lepu Sawa . .

yeng

butu

we

mujun

ngadan

Lepu Pun ....

yeng

lumot

ina

mu jo

naran

Malang ....

yung

butu

we

pa

ngadan

Madang ....

iyung

butu

we

pa

ngadan

Long Aki ....

yang

lumut

we

pa

ngadan

Long Bangan

nyamok

—

we

pa

ngadan

Murik .

truko (terokok)

lumut

ma (inai)

ba

naran (aran)

Additions: Karangan no, Miming inai, Kupuas ine, Banjer H. uma,
Kahaian indang, Mantangai ind,umoi = mother.
Ngaju K. banw = mouth.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

137

121. Navel.

122. Near.

123. Neck.

124. New

125. Night.

Sangau ....

_

kalon

.

_

Maloh Kalis . .

puset

(timol)

(miso)

baru

aso-malam

(malam)

Maloh (2) . . . .

— . —

ampensop

baru

Sampit .

puser

tukep

bongo, tekok

baharu

hamalim

Katingan ....

puser

danl

koka, teko

salieta

hamalim

Pari .

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

pusong

—

—

kado (?)

alum

Siang .

puset

—

—

tahota

—

Sihong .

—

■ —

—

—

malem

Manyan (1) . .

pohet

—

diong

—

malem

Manyan (2) . .

puhet

riet

—

waii

alem (malem)

Ngaju .

puser

tokep

uyat, tekok

taheta

alem

Sangiang ....

- -

batokep,

karani

—

" —

Biaju .

—

tukep

taheta

" — ~

Modang ....

—

—

• —

—

nyohop, dam,
tohol

Bolongan ....

pusat

tumbal

lihir

b'ru

malam

Tarakan ....

pusud

mingkad

hug

bagu

kewan

Sesayap ....

pusat

ingkad

lie’

— -

kaiuwan

Sibuku .

— “

" -

'

kaiuen

Kayan Bejang

ubut

tekok (kra)

_

blua -malam

Uma Blubo . .

puso (ubut)

(jelang)

(tekok)

maring

malam

Uma Poll ....

ubut

dekat

—

mareng

malam

Uma Baloi . .

pusat

—

batong-kohong

- - -

malam

Kin jin .

_

batok

_

Lepu Tau ....

puset

nyang

—

madieng

alam

Lepu Allan . .

lusad

(pusat)

puset

(nyang)

(batok, abit)

mading

setaup (meram)

Lepn Pohun . .

lane

- -

mareng

alam

Lepu Sawa . .

puset

nyung

—

mading

mendam

Lepu Pun. . . .

puset

lane

—

mareng

meram

Malang ....

puset

—

—

madieng

taup

Madang ....

puset

nyang

—

mading

alam

Long Aki ....

puset

menyang

—

madeng

nemo

Long Bangan

posat

—

abit

—

namau

Murik .

puhan

ihang

(yong, kra)

marlang

lebi (lidam)

Additions : Murung homoram , Kupuas kaput, Banjer H. malam,
Simbakong lendam, Nonnkan tuang — night.

188 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

126. Nipple.

127. No.

128. Nose

129. Now.

180. Old.

Sangau ....

_

ingher

Maloh Kalis . .

—

(naan)

inga

aso-kiten

(onak)

anindehen

tamatuah

Maloh (2) . . . .

—

nadei

ingar

tua

Sampit ......

ie-bare

hidong

katun

bakas

Katingan ....

— •

hean-are

urung

hanun-eton

bakas

Pari . . .

— *

—

ingar

■ —

—

Lawangan . .

—

—

urung

—

—

Siang ......

—

—

urung

—

— .

Sihong .

—

—

urong

—

— .

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

urong

— ■

- —

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

urung

—

(palanungkai)

Ngaju .

totok-tuso

dia, jaton

urong

hemben-toh

solake, bakas

Sangiang ....

—

“

—

_

bahenjong,

sungka

Biaj u . .

— —

"

Modang ....

—

nda

gonglong

—

—

Bolongan ....

kila

dong

batitu

tua, 1’mbat

Tarakan ....

— .

nupa

adong

s’ndagitu

tuo’, buai

Sesayap ....

—

—

adung

—

—

Sibuku ......

—

bakan

adung

- ✓

Kayan Rejang

urong

_____

.

Uma Blubo . .

bu-oso •

(nusi, jan)

brong

(urong)

do-ani

(krei-ini)

muku, anakola
(myoku)

Uma Poh. . . .

bu-uso

yah an

urong

karai-ini

aia

Uma Baloi . .

_ —

hudong

““

‘ - 1

Kinj in ......

endong

_

_

Lepu Tau ....

bu-ite

naun

ndong

nakini

tata

Lepu Anan . .

bua-ete

(abei) [naan]

ndong

(endong)

drong

nakini

mukun (mokun)

LepuPohun. .

bua-ete

nye

linitu

mokon

Lepu Sawa . .

bu-ite

— „

ndong

dalo-ini

kaia

Lepu Pun ....

bu-ite

. —

drong

linito

mukun

Malang ....

bua-ite

—

ndong

nakini

mukun

Madang ....

bu-ete

tauun

ndong

obi

mokun

Long AM ....

bu-ete

— ■

ndong

ini-lepa

kaya

Long Bangan

—

— ■

endong

—

—

Murik ......

tuhok

amaian (nam)

urong

(rong)

kere-ini

muku

Additions : Mangkatip daton, Kahaian jati, Nonukan tia = no (not).
Banjer H. hidong, Ngaju K. udong = nose.

Banjar toha — old.

VOCABULARIES

SECOND SERIES

189

131 ,Open{v.)

132. Paddle (n.)

133. Path,

134. Pig {Tame).

135. Pig {Wild).

Sangau .

bawi

Maloh Kalis . .

bukai

bise

dalan

baui (bawi)

baui-lem, tuan

Maloh (2) . . . .

ilakeini

- -

—

bawi (babi)

—

Sampit ....

uwap

pengaiyu,

dayong

jalan

—

babol

Katingan ....

uwap

bisal, dayong

jalan

—

babol

Pari .

• •

—

—

— •

— -

Lawangan . .

sengkang

—

alan

—

bawui

Siang .

uap

chohoi

tandukan

—

bawui

Sihong .

—

—

lalan

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

wehei

lalan

pati

• —

Manyan (2) . .

uka

wehei

lalan

— •

wawui

Ngaju .

muap, bukai,
talampas,
mambangah

besai, goar,
dayong

jalan

bawoi-lewu,

bawoi-pambelom

bawoi-himba,

bawoi-hutan

Sangiang ....

- -

“ — -

tandohan,

pelek

_

owoi, bawoi

Biaju .

uab

“ -

“ —

- -

Modang ....

—

dayung, pesi

lan

—

—

Bolongan ....

ngalungkab

b’sai

baboi

Tarakan ....

nyukab

busai

—

—

bakas

Sesayap ....

unyukab

—

dalan

—

bakas

Sibuku . .

sukaba

daiung

'

'

bakas

Kayan Rejang

bese

alan

(utieng)

bavoi

Uma Blubo. .

bat

pesai

alan

uting

bavui [baboi]

Uma Poh. . . .

nangang

besai

alan

uteng

bawoi

Uma Baloi . .

—

bese

alan

utung

—

Kin jin .

bawui

Lepu Tau ....

n’uap

besei

janan

bum

baboi

Lepn Anan . .

moka

besai

janan

(dalan)

bum

babui-tana
[bawi] •

Lepu Pohun .

nuap,bangap

besai

jalan

boen

baboi

Lepu Sawa . .

mesik

bese

janan

bum

babui

Lepu Pun . .

meseak

besai

yalan

boien

baboi

Malang ....

mobe

besai

janan

boln

baboi

Madang ... .

moka

besai

janan

bum

baboi

Long Aki. . . .

nuap

bese

janan

boin

baboi

Long Bangan

—

basai

janan

— •

babui

Murik .

manga

bahe

jalan (alin)

ayam

mabi (babi)

Additions : Kahaian marakah = open.

Nonukan busei = paddle.

Behe jalat, Menyukei pegala = path.

Murung boui, Kupuas baui, Banjer H. babi, Olo Ot urak — pig.

140 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

136. Pinch ( v.)

137. Placenta
(Womb).

138. Plank.

139 . Plant (y.)

140. Pot.

Sangau .

_

Maloh Kalis . .

katin

sarang-anak

papan

menanam

—

Maloh (2) . . . .

—

—

“

—

Sampit .

ingutil, michit

-

tanam

taju

Katingan ....

ngutil, ngupeh

• —

—

imbol

jawet

Pari .

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

—

—

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

—

• —

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

—

—

kenseng

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

—

—

(kusi)

Ngaju .

— —

papan

mimbul

blanai,

karuan, barok

Sangiang ....

.

—

—

—

—

Biaju .

—

'

Modang .

—

—

wiyak

nyoun

teling

Bolongan ....

miut

_

ngantubus

priok

Tarakan ....

ngadut

—

—

ngantanam

kulan

Sesayap .

—

—

—

—

—

Sibuku . .

'

—

1

—

Kay an Rejang

—

hal-anak

—

—

hubang

(tariong)

Uma Blubo . .

nitan

tasu (tegan)

novo

(kasat)

Uma Poll ....

nyitan

al-anak

tegan

tuvo

—

Uma Baloi . .

'

'

' ' '

“

tarieng

Kin jin .

aso

Lepu Tau. . . .

jimatan

sal-anak

tenggan

mula

—

Lepu Anan . .

jlmetip

sal-anak

tenggan

mola

(tajau-domit)

Lepu Poliun ..

ngetan

sal-anak

aso, tape

molue

Lepu Sawa . .

mujut

sal-anak

tenggan

mula

—

Lepu Pun. . . .

muyut

sal-anak

tape

moleu

—

Malang .

jimat

sal-anak

tenggan

mula

—

Madang .....

nyimetan

sala-anak

tenggan, aso

mula, nanam

—

Long Aki ....

jematan

sal-anak

tenggan

mula

—

Long Bangan

—

—

—

—

sombang

Murik ......

nyitan

al-anak

talio

nobo

(lipun, taring)

Additions : Mangkatip mimul = plant (v.).
Kahaian hater an = pot.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

141

141. Prawn.

142. Rafter.

143. Rain.

144. Rat.

145. Red.

Sangau .

su-ran

balau

dedara

Maloh Kalis . .

undang

(udang)

kaso

aso-ran

balau

dedara

Maloh (2) ... .

undan

balau

didara

(dadara)

Sampit .

undang

kasau

tikus

behandang

Katingan ....

undut

kasau

—

balabau

bahandang

Pnri .

_

soran

blau

leso

_ _ _

Lawangan . .

—

. —

uran

mea, bura

Siang .

—

—

—

berlawu

bahandang

Sihong .

• —

—

oran

- —

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

uran

alangeket

handang

Manyan (2) . .

urang

—

uran

walawan

riang

Ngaju .

undang

kasau

ujan

blawau,

parabasa

handang,

mahiang

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

—

—

Biaju .

undang

- -

— —

_

"

Modang ....

—

—

sidn, sin

owao, uweu

seek

Bolongan ....

tatundu’

dasam, hujan

b’labau

d’rang

Tarakan ....

tatunduk

_ —

dasam

tikus

lia

Sesayap ....

udang

—

—

tikus

lia

Sibuku .

desam

kamumu,

langulangu

Kay an Rejang

_

usan

lavo

bla

Uma Blubo . .

orang

kaso

usan

lavo

bla

Uma Poh. . . .

oran

kasau

usan

lavo

mila

Uma Baloi . .

- -

‘ -

usan

blabau

mehe

Kinjin .

bela

Lepu Tau . .

udang

kasau

ujan

blabau

bala

Lepu Anan . .

udang

kasau

ujan

blabau

(belabo)

bala

Lepu Pohun .

odang

kasau

ema

blabau

bala

Lepu Sawa . .

udang

kasau

ujan

blabau

bala

Lepu Pun. . . .

udang

kasau

ima

blemo

bala

Malang .

urang

kasau

ujan

blabo

bala

Madang ....

odang

kaso

ojan

blabau

bala

Long Aki ....

odang

kaso

ujan

blabau

bala

Long Bangan

— •

• —

ujan

blabau

bala

Murik .

udang

kaho

usan

labo-ma

bela

Additions : Simbakong impalud = rain.
Ngaju belabauw = rat.
Kahaian wahandang — red.

142 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

146. Rice
(Husked).

147. Rice
(Unhusked).

148. River.

149. Root.

150. Rope.

Sangau ....

_

_

_

Maloh Kalis . .

baras

ase

sunge

akat-kayu

(beraran)

tali

Maloh (2).. . .

brauh

ase

sungei

banarun

•

Sampit .

behas

pare

songe

biaka

tali, jirat

Katingan ....

behas

pare, kekei

songe

uhat

tali

Pa.vi . , T .

_ _

_

Lawangan . .

bojas

pare

- -

—

tali

Siang .

wuchah

paroi

—

—

tali

Sihong .

—

—

kamatang

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

—

—

kamatang

wakat

tadi

Manyan (2) . .

weah

parei

hungai

—

tadi

Ngaju .

behas

parai

sungai,

batang-danum

uhat

harus, tali

Sangiang ....

—

—

ranum

—

ulai

Biaju .

behas

parei

- -

uhat

■

Modang ....

hes, ma

peli

long

woke

—

Bolongan ....

b’ras

padai

sungei

babakag

tali

Tarakan ....

bagas

bilud

sungei

babakag

tabid

Sesayap ....

bagas

belad

sungai

—

tabid

Sibuku .

bagas

bilan

—

bakat

tabit

Kay an Bejang

_

hunge

aka (pakat)

tale

Uma Blnbo . .

baha

pare

ata, unge

niun-kayo

(pakat)

tale

Uma Poh. . . .

baha

parai

ata

aka

tale

Uma Baloi . .

—

hungai

akai

tale

Kin jin .

pare

padei

hunei

_

.

Lepu Tau ....

baha

padai

sungai

aka

tali

Lepu Anan . .

baa

padai (padei)

sungai

aka-kayu

(moh)

tali

Lepu Pohun. .

baha

parai

sungai

pakat

tali

Lepu Sawa . .

ba

padai

sungei

aka-kayu

tali

Lepu Pun. . . .

ba

parai

sungai

aka-kayu

tali

Malang ....

baa

padai

sungai

aka-kayu

tali

Madang ....

ba

pade

sungai

aka-kayu

tali

Long Aki ....

baa

pade

sungai

ala-kayo

tali

Long Bangan

—

—

sungei

aka

tali

Murik .

ba

pare

unge

maho-kayu

(pakat)

tale

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

143

151. Sago.

152. Sail (n.)

158. Salt (n.)

154. Sand.

155. Scratch (v.)

Sangau ....

garam

Maloh Kalis. .

“7—

(layar)

sia

kasiek

(kasit)

mengauk

(bejaras)

Maloh (2) . . . .

—

- •

(sia)

” —

Sampit .

hambulong

laier, tanjak

oia

karangan'

ingarus

Katingan ....

ura

laier

ola, kahing

karangan,

baras

marabis

Pari .

zia

_

Lawangan . .

— —

- .

sarau

—

—

Siang .

— ■

—

—

• —

—

Sihong .

—

—

rangi

krasik

—

Manyan (1) . .

sago

layar

rangi

karasik

ikukut

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

rangi

—

—

Ngaju .

hambia,

sago

layar, rayar

uyah

baras

manggarus,

mangaramak

Sangiang ....

—

dandawen

—

— ■

—

Biaju .

—

'

* -

Modang ....

—

— ■

sejo, sejan

eni

mees

Bolongan ....

sagu

layar

garam

agis

ngagaru

Tarakan ....

natak

layar

asin

agis

ngokut

Sesayap ....

—

—

masin

—

—

Sibuku .

- - *

laiar

asin

— — .

bakukut

Kay an Bejang

aga

laya

hia (hnia)

nai (hait)

ngatal

Uma Blubo . .

(balau)

—

hia

het

natan (ngatan)

Uma Pob ....

—

—

ia

aet

ngatan

Uma Baloi . .

— —

— —

hia

hait

garut

Kinjin .

_

__

_

_

_

Lepu Tau ....

[ —

—

usen

ait

jimaio

Lepu An an . .

(dalor,

dalau)

—

usen (osen)

ait

jemaio

Lepu Poliun . .

_

osen

aet

ngamet

Lepu Sawa . .

• —

—

usen

ait

ngemai

Lepu Pun ....

—

— •

usen

aet

ngamet

Malang ....

—

—

usen

ait

jimaio

Madang ....

■ —

—

osen

ait

jemaio

Long Aki ....

—

—

usan

topak

jimamit

Long Bangan

saga

p’laya

osan

ait

jemayo

Murik .

(langa)

■ Vf

iya

ait (meh)

nyamik(ngamit)

Addition : Kahaian kahing, Ngaju K. tanyu = salt.

144 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

156. Sea.

157. Season ,
Year.

158. See.

159. Sell.

160. Shark.

jaua

taun (waktu)

mengmta

(mele)

meta

ipet (memet)

—

rong-jawa

(laut)

—

■ —

laut

nyelo

mengite

jual

hiyu

laut

nyelo

mengeti

jual

hiyu

tasik

_

z

z

tisik

—

_

_

tahik

taon

—

—

_

tahik

—

dinong

—

—

tahik

(taon)

indi

—

—

tasik

nyelo

mita

manjual

hiu,

tampahas

hariran

—

munton,

hajualan

—

—

—

nureng

—

—

milaut,

mekempun

lautan

musim

n’ngal,

kat’mu

pa-b’li

—

lautan

musim

anggilong,

katada

pa-alan

—

tingkayu

—

angilang

—

—

—

musim

angileng

baluki

—

gale-lang
(kala, han)

—

empit

(hinang)

—

sakaia

bangat

doman

ninang

(hinang)

bat

- -

aho

—

yinang

ble

—

awin

nyinang

duman

kaba

oman

mahat

matu

—

bangat

oman

menat

ampat (pebli)

—

banget

oman

naat

matu

—

bangat

oman

na’an

pebeli

—

bangat

oman

na’at

mle

—

kaba

oman

menat

pebeli

—

bangat, kaba

oman

nat

matu

—

sau-sungai

oman

nabenahat

pat

—

bangut

—

menat

—

ato, bio

bai (bangat)

luman

milo

(milor)

bat

1

Sangau .

Maloh Kalis . .

Maloh (2) . . . .

Sampit . . . .
Katingan . . . .

Pari .

Lawangan . .

Siang .

Sihong .

Manyan (1) . .
Manyan (2) . .
Ngaju .

Sangiang

Biaju .

Modang . . . .

Bolongan . . . .

Tarakan . . . .

Sesayap . . . .
Sibuku .

Kayan Rejang

Uma Blubo . .

Uma Poll
Uma Baloi . .

Kinjin ....
Lepu Tau . .
Lepu Anan
Lepu Pohun
Lepu Sawa
Lepu Pun . .
Malang ....
Madang . .
Long Aki . .
Long Bangan
Murik .

Additions : Simbakong tinglcayu = sea.

Banjar malang, Kahaian iloh — see.
Banjar jaja — sell.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

145

161. Sit.

162. Skin.

163. Sky.

164. Sleep.

165. Small.

Sangau ......

tindok

kachil

Maloh Kalis . .

dudok

kulit

suan

tindor

(tindu)

rnakeke

Maloh ( 2) . . . .

dudu

suan

tindo

keki

Sampit ......

mendok

kulit

udara, surga

mengtiru

kurik

Katingan ....

mundok

kupak

surga

tiru

kunek

Pari . .

—

kulit

— .

tido

sekee

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

tnrui

—

Siang .

■ — •

— ■

—

tirui

—

Sihong .......

—

kudit

sorga, langit
langit

manre

—

Many an (1) . .

barong

kudit

manre

nyanit, rumis

Manyan (2) . .

harung

(kudit)

(langit)

anre

(korang)

Ngaju ......

mondok

pupus,

upak

alam, langit,
saruga

maniroh,

masan

kunik, korik

Sangiang ....

—

—

hawon

—

randan

Biaju .

11

— —

‘ — -

—

Modang ....

empus,

empik’

les, leas

lenget

endu

amok [sook]

Bolongan ....

madu’

langit

tingidi

ni’

Tarakan ....

tamudong

—

kuanan

malang

lumat

Sesayap ....

tumudung

—

- —

malang

—

Sibuku .

antudung,

temudung

kulit

kuanan

meeng

Kay an Rejang

melo

blanit (laa)

langit

tudu

ok

Uma Blubo . .

melo

anit

langit

tudu (luro)

ok, dakok
(daok)
dahok

Uma Poh ....

melo

anit

langit

tudo

Uma Baloi . .

melu

kulit

langit

tudu

ok

Kin jin .

_

ok

Lepu Tau. . . .

madong

anit

langit

lundo

iot

Lepu Anan . .

menyun

(madong)

minyon

anit

langit

luro

iut (domit)

Lepu Pobun . .

anet

langit

loro

yihek

Lepu Sawa . .

madung

anit

langit

lundo

iut

Lepu Pun ....

menyon

anet

langet

luro

iek

Malang ......

madong

anit

langit

lundo

— .

Madang ....

adong

anit

langit

londo

eot

Long Aki ....

madong

anit

langit

lundo

iot

Long Bangan

madong

anit

langit

londo

iyut

Murik .

arong

kelatong

(anit)

langit

tiro

iok

Additions: Mantangai kupak, Ngaju K. upang — skin.

Mnrung turui, Kupuas mohap, Banjar mangantok,
Ngaju K. tidor — sleep.

Banjer H. kachU , Ngaju K. koing = small.

L

146 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

166. Smoke.

167. Snake.

168. So.

169. Soft.

170. Sour.

Sangau .

_

urer

_

usam

Maloh Kalis .

rimbu

urar (ular,
enjuluan)

(auwindin)

melio

melasa

(masam)

Maloh (2) . . . .

rimbu

ruar

'

aloe

Sampit ....

tuwap, asip

hindipai

sama-eton

balemu

asim

Katingan ....

nguap, asip

handipai

sama-eton

balemu

asim

P ctri •••••»•*

—

• —

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

otut

nipe

—

—

—

••••••

—

rlohi

—

—

—

Sihong .

atok

anipe

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

atok

handipa

—

tatau

maaseno

Manyan (2) . .

atuk

anipe

—

—

ibim, ihem

Ngaju .

asep

handipa

kalotoh,

kakai

lamos,

luyut,

gempong

masem

Sangiang ....

—

darong

—

—

■ —

Biaju .

'

1

1

Modang ....

sdn

p5

—

mah

sam

Bolongan . .

lisun

nyipar

m’dipa’

b’tinan

l’ma’

m’ncham

Tarakan ....

lisun

s’ndagina

lami

masam

Sesayap ....

lisun

mandalam

- —

—

—

Sibuku ....

angudut

mendaan

- *

nami

asem

Kayan Rejang

lisun

nipa (nyipa)

_ _

lema

sam (mesam)

Uma Blubo . .

sap (lisun)

nipa

— •

lema

sam

Uma Poh. . . .

lisun

nyipa

nunika

lema

sam

Uma Baloi . .

anu

nyipa

—

lemi

mesim

Kin jin .

Lepu Tau . .

sap

jong-ulai

pakini

lema

mesam

Lepu Anan . .

sap

jung-ulai

(jongulei)

~ —

lema

mesam

Lepu Pohun .

sap

yimolai

katakan

lema

sam

Lepu Sawa . .

siap

jingulei

—

lema

mesam

Lepu Pun. . . .

<?hap

nimulai

—

lema

(?ham

Malang ....

sap

jumule

—

lema

mesam

Madang ....

sap

tudok

maka

lema

mesam

Long Aki ....

sap

jung-olai

taomengin

lema

mesam

Long Bangan

sup

jeng-ulai

—

lema

sam

Murik .

ihun (lihun)

nyipa (nipa)

bagite

lema

ham (aham)

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

147

171. Speak.

172. Spear.

173. Spit.

174. Spittle.

175. Stand.

Sangau .

menyarom

_

.

_

Maloh Kalis . .

leluak (jarum)

(ulis)

—

(rirur)

kadeng

Maloh (2) ....

menjanum

relis

lasu

kadin

Sampit .

tutor

tumbak

lonchor,

bedehem

luja

bermending

Katingan ....

tutor

lunju

lonchor,

bedehem

lucha

bermending

Pari .

- -

_

—

—

Lawangan . . .

—

—

—

pupus

—

Siang . . .

—

—

—

rluja

—

Sihong .

muntane

—

—

—

minri

Manyan (1) . .

pontane

kujur

irora

iwei

minri

Manyan (2) . .

(pontana)

—

—

rura

—

Ngaju .

hamauh,

mangotak

lunju, ganjur,
tumbak,
pakihu

malua

luja, iwah

mendeng

Sangiang ....

kambahan

—

—

tarahingkat

Biaju .

'

— —

'

Modang ....

—

tapang

—

loa

nengejan

Bolongan ....

ngantusul

ganjul,

tombak

—

roja

batuban

Tarakan ....

ngadagu

ganjul,

tombak

—

iwug

k’mindi

Sesayap .

—

- — -

_

- -

Sibuku .

ukum,
bukum, baai

ganjul

—

uiek

kumindi

Kay an Rejang

tangaran

(duan)

tengaran

(duan)

duan

bakeir

lora

nilor (lemura)

nekring

Uma Blubo . .

(bakin)

(lura)

(telang-lura)

biti (negrang)

Uma Poh. . . .

_ -

_

_

nekring

Uma Baloi . .

dahun

bakir

luja

danum-luja

nikrieng

Kin jin .

-

nyachap

_

_____

Lepu Tau. . . .

pisiu

—

—

—

nepechau

Lepu Anan . .

betira

(menisiu)

(nyatap)

(jemula)

(jula)

neketing

(ngeting)

Lepu Pohun ..

ba

—

■ —

—

deng

Lepu Sawa . .

petira

—

—

—

lekayang

Lepu Pun . . . .

banan

—

—

—

melaizak

Malang. .

betira

—

—

—

nakajang

Madang . . . .

petira, pisu

—

—

—

nekajang

Long Aki . . . .

petera

—

—

—

ngedian

Long Bangan

tira

nyatap

jula

iba

nariting

Murik .

kelehe

(nglahe)

(buloh)

(lemura)

(lura)

negriang

148

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

176. Star.

177. Stay.

178. Steal.

179. Stone.

180. Sugarcane.

Sangau .

bintang

_

Maloh Kalis . .

bintang

—

mengalit

batu

tabu (tebu)

Maloh (2) . . . .

bintang

—

- ”

(batu)

Sampit .

bintang

belihi

menakau

batu

tebu

Katingan ....

bintang

belihi, balega

ngakau

batu

tebu

Pari .

bintang

—

— •

batu

—

Lawangan . .

bintang

—

—

batu

—

Siang .

potionon

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

wawehiang

—

—

watu

—

Many an (1)..

wewehiang

muneng

—

vvatu

tewu

Manyan (2) . .

wawahiang

(muneng)

alat (ngalat)

watu

—

Ngaju .

bintang

melai, matendo,
manega,
babalai

manakau, takau,
mambasat,
mambigal

batu

tewu, tapo

Sangiang ....

bahunang,

basali,

batimpen

Biaju .

—

"

takau

— — 1

'

Modang ....

teng, laleng

—

—

utau,

wotauw

wengi

Bolongan. . . .

—

nunggu,

t’mada

nakau

—

t’bu

Tarakan ....

—

ngalong,

mapong

ngantakau

—

tabu

Sesayap .

bintang

—

—

batu

—

Sibuku . .

iap

apungi

“

• -

Kayan Rejang

krawing

melak

_

bato

tevo

Uma Blubo . .

kelidang

(klawing)

(nyelarah)

nako

bato

tevo

Uma Poh. . . .

klauing

—

nakau

bato

tevo

Uma Baloi . .

bintang

lanjil

— "

batau

tebo

Kin jin .

_

.

tapo

Lepu Tau . . .

idang

—

ngelau

batu

tepu

Lepu Anan . .

betuen

(moko)

ngelao

(mengelo)

batu

tepu

Lepu Pohun ..

betoan

—

nakau

batu

tebu

Lepu Sawa . .

bituen

—

ngelau

batu

tepu

Lepu Pun . . .

bitoen

—

nekau

batau

tebu

Malang .

betuan

—

mengalao

batu

tepu

Madang ....

bitoen

—

ngelau

batu

tepu

Long Aki ....

pete

—

nyiko

batu

tepu

Long Bangan

betuan

penga

—

batu

tepu

Murik .

klawieng

(melor)

nako

bato

tebo

Additions: Murung and Kupuas bintong, Banjer H. bintang, Ngajn K. batanu — star.
Banjar banaung = stay.

Murung and Kupuas botu = stone.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES

149

181. Sun.

182. Sweet.

183. Sword.

184. Tabu.

185. Take
A tv ay .

Sangau .

mat-afu

manues

Maloh Kalis. .

mat-aso

mamis

basi

(pantang)

tangkat

Maloh (2) . . . .

mat-aso

(mat-asu)

manis

basi

tangkong,

taloh

Sampit ....

mata-handu

manis

pedang

larangan

induan

Katingan ....

mata-kendau

manis

pedang

mapat

indu

Pari .

mata-aso

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

mate-olo

manis

—

—

—

Siang .

mata-n-ondo

mate-anrau

munis

_ _

_

Sihong .

- — .

—

_

Manyan (1) . .

mate-anrau

mamis

—

padi

—

Manyan (2) . .

mate-anrau

kamis

—

—

(ngidar)

Ngaju .

mata-n-andau

manis

mandau,

padang

pali

manduan

Sangiang ....

— -

—

—

endus

manduanan

Biaju .

- -

'i —

—

- -

- —

Modang ....

mateu-deau,

metem-deu

manes

nenyab

—

—

Bolongan. . . .

mata-s’dat

mis

m’ndau

ngalarang

ngalap

Tarakan ....

mata-n-adau

mamis

gayang

nyawai

ngalap

Sesayap ....

mata-n-adau

manis

—

—

—

Sibuku .

matan-adau

bais

—

‘ — “

_

Kay an Bejang

matan-do

'

me (mi)

lumu (lali-
tepang)
(lali)

—

Uma Blubo . .

matan-do

me

malat

niun (ala)

Uma Poh. . . .

matan-dau

ml

malat

—

me jo

Uma Baloi . .

mata-lau

mi

— “

'

_

Kin jin .

maten-dau

singit

baing

i

_____

Lepu Tau. . . .

tau

me

baheng

—

palewai

Lepu Anan . .

mata-tau

me

baing

(malan)

bete (ala)

LepuPohun. .

mata-dau

ma

baing

—

mejong

Lepu Sawa . .

musit-na-tau

me

baing

—

bete

Lepu Pun . .

dau

me

baieng

—

bete

Malang .

tau

me

baing

—

mete

Madang ....

mata-to

me

baing

—

bete

Long Aki ....

tau

fcega

baing

lomo

mejong

Long Bangan

mata-tau

me

—

—

Murik .

mata-ro

(matan-ro)

me

pai (paeh)

(lemali)

temai

Additions : Murung and Kupuas matan-onong, Banjer H. matahari,
Ngaju K. viatan-onoh = sun.

150 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

186. Taro.

187. Taste.

188. Then.

189. There.

190. Thick.

Sangau ....

_

Maloh Kalis . .

(korok)

—

mamm

Ifceang

(linar, dinang)

dibo (tebal)

Maloh (2) . . . .

'

'

—

kemangeh

manbin

Sampit .

—

rasa

—

si-teteb, ngatete

buntar,

kandal

Katingan ....

—

rasa, keme

—

ni-ji, nyangete

basepot,

kadel

Pari .

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

—

—

—

kapar

Siang .

—

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

kujang

nanam-iwei

—

—

hante

Manyan (2) . .

—

—

—

—

kapan

Ngaju .

kujang,

muhau

mangkema

ta,

wayah-ta,

katika-ta

heta, metoh-ta,
kanih

seput,
kapal, hai

Sangiang ....

—

—

—

—

datoh

Biaju .

— “

—

“

_

kapal

Modang ....

—

—

—

tesuh

menye

Bolongan ....

indu, luan

ditu, didi, da-idi

kapar

Tarakan ....

—

—

d’danai,
gili, gulu

da-gina,

da-danai

kapar

Sesayap ....

—

—

—

—

kapal, lamu

Sibuku .

— -

—

—

daina

kapal

Kayan Rejang

luei

sak (nesak)

_

_

kapal

Uma Blubo . .

—

(noh)

ho, hona

iti (inan, itih)

tegan

Uma Poh ....

—

—

—

inan

kapan

Uma Baloi . .

kunyan

—

kapan

Kin jin .

_

Lepu Tau. . . .

—

—

—

kina

kapan

Lepu Anan . .

—

(teka)

lepakia

tekina (kina)

kapan

Lepu Pohun . .

—

oha

seta

kapan

Lepu Sawa . .

—

—

lepank

kina

kapan

Lepu Pun . .

—

—

lepa

^hete

kapan

Malang ....

—

—

lepakia

tekina

kapan

Madang ....

—

—

tega-toi

ka, tekaia

kapan

Long Aki ....

—

—

lemban

tekeno

kapan

Long Bangan

opa

mengia

- —

—

kapan

Murik .

(ubei-kayu)

(enggan)

'

tite

kapan

Addition : Banjar Jcandal, tabal — thick.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

151

191. Thigh.

192. Thin.

193. Thus.

194. Tongue.

195. Tooth.

Sangau .

V—

_

lila

ifi

Maloh Kalis . .

bangkang

manipis
(mipis, nipis)

biakiantu

(kenang)

lila

isi

Maloh (2)....

1

nipis

\

lila (lela)

gisi (isi)

Sampit .

epau

nipis

kakaii

jela

kasinge,

guntum

Katingan ....

epau

nipis

kall-e

jela

kasengi

Pa.ri .

_

f£ _ _

-

-

Lawangan . .

kasapang

- -

—

lola, dula

kukut

Siang .

sapak

—

—

jurla

kusing

Sihong .

—

—

■ —

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

_

rumis, mariris

—

lela

dipen,

rahaman

Manyan (2) . .

kahapang

—

(kalajero)

lela

dipen

Ngaju .

sapak-pai

manipis,

kelap

kalota

jela

kasinga,

guntum

Sangiang ....

—

banipis

—

—

—

Biaju .

sapak

— _

— —

'

'

Modang ....

sepe

—

—

tole

kiu, keu

Bolongan ....

pah

apa’

kuras

batitu

jila

ipan

Tarakan ....

tumukal

s’ndagitu

jila

ipan

Sesayap ....

apa

—

—

dila

nipan

Sibuku .

apa

— —

dila

nipan

Kay an Bejang

—

nipi (nyipi,
kawang)

—

jela

ipa

Uma Blubo . .

hapi

nipe

nore

(nuni)

dila (jela)

ipa

Uma Poh ....

apl

nyipi

nunina

jilan

ipa

Uma Baloi . .

— -

jipi

‘ -

jela

ipan

Kinjin .

diela

jipan

Lepu Tau. . . .

pah a
pa’a

nyipe

pakinina

jela

Jipan

Lepu Anan . .

nipe

bagina

(pekini)

jila (jela)

dipun (gipan)

LepuPohun. .

pahue

nyipe

katakan

jila

yipue

Lepu Sawa . .

paha

nyipe

bagina

jila

gipan

Lepu Pun ....

paeu

nyipe

kenakan

jila

gipeu

Malang .

paa

nyipe

pakina

dila

jipun

Madang ....

paha

nyipe

maki,

ginyi

naokine

jela

jipan

Long Aki ....

paha

nipe

jela

jipan

Long Bangan

• —

nepe

■ —

jela

jepan

Murik .

blatong

nyipe (nipeh)

,

bagine

jila

(nipan)

Additions : Banjer H. Hat , Simbakong dila = tongue.

Murung and Kupuas kusing , Banjer H. gigi = tooth.

152

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

196. Tree.

197. Village.

198. Water.

199. Weep.

200. When ?

Sangau .

_

danom

Maloh Kalis. .

kayu

—

danum

menangis
(tangis, nangis)

aso-ai (apa-
bila)

Maloh (2). .. .

aka-kayu

1 J

danum

nangis

endisi

Sampit .

pon, batang

lebu, desa

danum

tangis

hampariah,

waiya-ein

Katingan ....

pon, batang

lebu, desa

danum

nangis

miraii,

andau-anu

Pari .

—

—

danum

nangis

—

Lawangan . .

kayu

—

danum

—

—

Siang .

kaju

—

danum

—

—

Sihong .

kakau

katumpukan

rano

nongkau

—

Manyan (1) . .

kakau-kayu,

watang

kayu

tumpok

rano

tongkau

—

Manyan (2) . .

(tumpok)

ranu (rano)

(nongkau)

—

Ngaju .

kayu, batang

lewu

danum

manangis

prea

Sangiang ....

rundong

rahun,
ranum ,
nyalong

tangungoi

Biaju .

kayu

—

' ' 1

—

Modang ....

kajau

—

kongoi, ngoi

—

—

Bolongan ....

po

b’nua

danum

nangis

midan

Tarakan ....

opun

pagun

timug

tumangi

s’nggilan

Sesayap ....

taun

—

danum

—

—

Sibuku .

taunan

—

timu’

tumangi

'

Kay an Rejang

kayu

jale (dale)

ata (danum)

nangi

_ _

Uma Blubo . .

kayo

(uma-daha)

ata

menange

hiran

Uma Poll. . . .

kayo

ungai

nangi

iran

Uma Baloi . .

kayu

kampong

ata

nangi

1

Kin jin .

lapo

jakan

_

Lepu Tau ....

kayu

—

sungai

nange

medan

Lepu Anan . .

kayu

(kadau-uma)

sungai

menange

midan

(meidan)

Lepu Pohun . .

kayu

—

sungai

nange

meran

Lepu Sawa . .

kayu

—

sungai

menange

kapan

Lepu Pun ....

kayu

• —

sungai

nange

miran

Malang .

kayu

—

sungai

menange

midan

Madang ....

kayu

—

sungai

nange

midan

Long Aki ....

kayu

—

sungai

nange

medang

Long Bangan

kayu

dale

sungei

menange

—

Murik .

kayo

(tokong)

unge(telang)

nange

tasairan

Additions : Belie aik, Menyukei pain, Karangan pitu, Murung bea,
Kupuas tuhasak, Banjer H. banyu — water.

Note : Lepu Anan kadau-uma = cluster of houses.

VOCABULARIES. SECOND SERIES.

158

201. Where ?

202. White.

203. Wife.

204. Wind.

205. Wing.

Sangau ....

_

toete

_

sunlngj

Maloh Kalis. .

ipai (loo-ai)

uteute

(bolee)

borne

aso-riut

(soangin)

sap

Maloh (2) . . . .

di-selananu

uteute

arine

ribut

(soangin)

sapa

Sampit .

ku-hiye, ka-ku, ku

baputi

sawe

angin

palapas

Katingan ....

nyangean,

nangahen

puti

sawe

riwut

palapas

Pari .

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

—

bura

sao

—

—

Siang .

—

—

uru

—

—

Sihong .

—

—

darangan-wawei

—

elat

Manyan (1) . .

—

mahilak

darangan-wawe

barat

elat

Manyan (2) . .

(haawa, awa)

—

darangan

(riwut, barat)

elat

Ngaju .

kwe, intu-kwe,
hong-kwe

baputi

sawa

angin, riwut

palapas

Sangiang ....

—

bajaleang

—

—

—

Biaju .

- -

- *

— -

— *

'

Modang ....

—

smohong

ledoh

hwos

maleng

Bolongan ....

ma\ da-ma’

pute’

dul

bareu

alar, sayap

Tarakan ....

manai, da-manai

pulak

iandu

bareu

alad

Sesayap ....

—

pulak

■ —

alad

—

Sibuku .

_

apulak

— —

'

—

Kayan Bejang

pute

nawa (hawa)

di

kapit

Uma Blubo . .

menin (eno,
meneino)

pute (puti)

doh, auwa
(awan)

bahoi, di

kapet

Uma Poh. . . .

ino

puti

do

bahoi, kalit

kapit

Uma Baloi . .

puti

sowan

pangai

klapang

Kin jin .

bura

bahiu

Lepu Tau . .

inu

pute

leto, sahit

baiu

kapit

Lepu Anan . .

tekambi (kembi,
chembi)

pute

leto (sait)

kapit

Lepu Pohun. .

temue

pute

ledo

baeu

bauet

Lepu Sawa . .

kumbin

pute

beti

kapo

kapit

Lepu Pun . .

kemakan

pute

peda

baloi

pauet

Malang ....

tekambi

pute

leto

baiu

kapit

Madang ....

kangge, tengange

pute

salt, sain

baiu

kapit

Long Aki ....

tekambi

pute

besait

baui

kapit

Long Bangan

—

pute

sait

kepo

kapit

Murik .

tino

puti

awa (awan)

baiu (kebeh)

kapit

Additions : Behe karnana, Menyukei ko-me = (to) where.

Murung putich, Kupuas mitu , Banjer H. putih = white.
Banjer H. bini = wife.

154

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

206. Woman.

207. Worm
(Earth).

208. Worm
(Intestinal) .

209. Yam.

210. Yellow.

211. Yes.

Sangau .

bebinye

_

tantamouan

.

Maloh Kalis. .

boine

(ulas)

pangasina

sampit

kuning

(ija)

Maloh (2) ... .

berbene

(babenyi)

tantumuun

oh

Sampit ....

bawe

ulir

handalai

ubi

bahinda

Katingan ....

babe

ulir

hambawul

ubi

bahinda

—

Pari .

babinyu

—

—

—

—

—

Lawangan . .

bawe

ijui

—

—

—

—

Siang .

bawe

urlot

—

—

—

—

Sihong .

wawei

—

—

—

—

—

Manyan (1) . .

olon-wawai

—

—

suku

—

—

Manyan (2) . .

wawei

ulet

—

—

—

—

Ngaju .

bawi

uret

uma, biar,
singkit

—

bahenda

yoh

Sangiang ....

habinai

—

—

—

—

—

Biaju .

uret

"

—

—

— —

Modang ....

mombi, ledo,
sukun-ledeng

—

—

—

mansau

a

Bolongan ....

d’dor

urad

_

_

kuning

m’

Tarakan ....

dinandu

ulad

—

—

silo

ah’, m’

Sesayap ....

ulun-dinandu

ulat

—

—

—

—

Sibuku .

dinandu

— "

—

_

silau

"

Kay an Rejang

dob

—

—

bu

kunin

(kunieng)

—

Uma Blubo . .

doh

(ulan)

lakan

ove (uvei)

kuning

(nyemit)

Uma Poh. . . .

ledo

alang

lakhan

uve

yemit

—

Uma Baloi . .

doh

“ —

ube

kunieng

* -

Kinjin .

doh, letoh

obe

kuning

Lepu Tau. . . .

leto

lati

kuah

ubi

kuneng

—

Lepu Anan . .

leto

lati (ulat)

angat

obi

bela (bila)

—

Lepu Pohun .

ledo

lati

angat

ubi

bunat

ahi

Lepu Sawa . .

leto

—

kuar

obi

bila

—

Lepu Pun . .

leda

—

angat

ubei

bila

—

Malang .

leto

—

kuar

obi

kuning

—

Madang ....

letoh

klati

angat

obi

bela

a

Long Aki ....

letau

subulan

yataka (?)

obi

kuning

—

Long Bangan

leto

—

ubi

bela

—

Murik .

ro (laroh)

alang

obe (ubei-aka)

kunieng

ya

Additions : Murung bahinu , Kupuas ponai, Banjer H. bini, Mantangai nambi,
Nonukan duandu, Ngaju K. babi = woman.

Simbakong mau = yes.

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

155

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

1 .Areca-nut.

2. Arm.

3. Arrow.

4. Ashes.

5. Bad.

Kalabit .

riba

lengan

aboh

daat

Bruang .

gat

lengan

—

abu

dat

Balait .

bureba

lengan

_

aboh

dahat

Tabun .

buriba

lengan

—

abo

dahat

Adang .

_ _

_

—

—

-

Trusan .

buriba (riba)

pungan (lengan)

—

abu

daat [marat]

Padas .

—

—

— ”

kau

marat

Kajaman ....

wai

sape

—

avo

yat

Ba Mali .

owai

punguwan

- *

avuk

jat

Rejang .

wai

api

ait

avu

jate

Bok .

—

epong

—

avo

sahat

Nibong .

ibo

ponguwan

—

avo

sat

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

iba

_

—

atang

jat

Lirong . _

ngat (iba)

pungwan (ziep)

—

avo (avu)

jaat

Long Pokun . .

iba

kaia

— —

avo

jat

Ukit .

pinang

lango

tage, balat

ongan, avo
abo (au)

jeot

Bakatan ....

pinang

longo

[damak]

jut

Kadayan ....

pinang

tangaling

—

popo-apui

maat

Bekiau .

pinang

tengaling

—

auo

rat

Bisaya ......

pinang

(lungun)

[mata-pana]

abo (auo),
au*

(aat) [rat] ,
jahat f

Tagal .

pinang

langun

—

kau

lat

Dalit .

Kadasan ....

_ _ -

longon

— .

ahu

jahad

Tampassuk . .

—

—

panah

—

—

Ida’an .

lakang

• —

—

ahun

arahat

Lanun (1) ....

—

—

—

marata

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

■ —

panah

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

panah

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

longon

anak-panah,

bawang

—

rayray

Sulu .

bunga, pula

tataklai-an,

buktiim

abu

mang-i, ngi

Brunei Malay .

pinang*

lamak-tangan

—

abu, abok*

jahat

Sarawak Malay

pinang

lengan

[anak-panah]

abu (habu)
[abok]

jai (jahat)

156

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. - BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

Kalabit

Bruang

Balait

Tabun

Adang .

Trusan .

Padas .

Kajaman . . . .
Ba Mali .

Bejang .

Bok .

Nibong .

Manketa . . . .

Sibop .

Lirong .

Long Pokun . .

Ukit .

Bakatan . . . .

Kadayan . . . .

Bekiau .

Bisaya .

Tagal

Dalit .

Kadasan . .
Tampassuk
Ida’an ....
Lanun (1) . .
Lamm (2) . .
Buludupi (1)
Buludupi (2)
Snlu .

Brunei Malay .
Sarawak Malay

6. Bamboo.

bulo

buloh-betong

bulo

bulo

bulo

bulau

bulu

bolu

lepak-betong

lepak

bulu

bulo

bulb

bulo

bulu

bulu

ragup

taring

patong,dabong

buluh

buluh

7. Banana.

baong

bau’ung

bahong

babong

baong
maho (baung)
[baun]
putit

balat

balak

bliau

balak

balak

balak

balak

balak

balak

pisang

punti

punti

puti (punti)
pizangf

kunti

punti

punti

punti

saging

saging

puteh

puti

sain, saing

pisang

pisang

8. Barter (v.)

pebeli

(masoie)

manawo

(pesua)

mali, garo

(tawa)

uiang

sembi, sarnbi

[berdagang,

berniaga]

9. Basket.

atib

(taien)

bakol

(kivab)

klakat

ragu

sisab

kapik, lasuk

ambong, bakol

[blatak, lasuk]
[bakul, tambok,
labit]

10. Belly.

batak

batak

batak

bata’

batak

batak

tinai

buri

bure

buri

buri

bori

abont

bure

bure

bure

ovong

bure (puong)
[bulit]

sedan

tian

tenai (kenai)

kimai

tian

tijan

tian

tenai

tian

tian

tarei

tian

tian

parut

prut

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

157

-

11. Betel-
pepper.

12. Bird.

13. Bite.

14. Black.

15 .Blood

Kalabit .

_

manok, lura

ngetap

mitam

dara

Bruang .

—

manok

letap

itam

dara

Balait .

buyo

manok

ngatap

mitam

dara

Tabun .

buyo

kruro

netap

mitam

dara

Adang .

—

suit

(ngetop)

mitam

_ _

Trusan .

dembuyo

rurok (suit)
[lusuit]

ngatap (ngetap)

mitam (itam)
[bata]

dara

[dadaha]

Padas .

- -

lusuit

- —

maitam

dadaha

Kajaman ....

—

sei, chei

metap

usang

da

Ba Mali .

—

juit

ngetap

padang

da

Rejang .

(boon)

baio (jange, iyo)

mut

ngokom

daa

Bok .

juit

—

padung

daha

Nibong ......

—

duit

menyat

padang

do

Manketa .

—

siap

—

—

—

Sibop .

— —

juit

ngat

padang

pulut

da’

Lirong .

—

juit

ngat

padang

Long Pokun . .

—

juit

menya

padang

pulut

Ukit .

_

puket

ngokom

inu

daa

Bakatan .

sirih

pret (purit)
[manok-tiling]

nyilet

urum

(koromorom)

da

Kadayan ....

daing

laguwo

ngogut

itam

ra

Bekiau .

daing

legowo

mengokot

itam

ra

Bisaya .

daing

burung

(memanok)

ngugup (nengkit)
[kokot]

(itum), hitom,*
maitamf

dra (ra)

Tagal . .

—

suit

natub

tarong

numbak

Dalit .

wahu

itom

la

Kadasan ....

_ _ _

ambohlok

mengokot

meitam

jahak

Tampassuk . . .

—

manokmanok

—

aitom

raha

Ida’an .

—

- —

—

eitom

raha

Lanun (1) ....

—

papanok

—

mahitam

rugu

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

papanok

—

maitam

rogoh

Buludupi (1) . .

— .

karak

—

asidom

dah

Buludupi (2) . .

bayu

losag

manhabut

sarob

—

Sulu .

buioh

manok-manok

tukub, kutkut

itam, itum

duguh

Brunei Malay .

sirih

burong

gigit, mrukup

itam

dara’

Sarawak Malay

(sirih)

burong

gigit

itam

darali

158 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.— BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

16. Boat.

17. Body.

18. Bone.

19. Boio.

20. Bowels.

Kalabit .

alud

buror

tulang

sinaih

Bruang .

alud

buror

tulang

—

betua

Balait .

alud

buror

tulang

.

tenae

Tabun .

alod

buror

tulang

—

betua

Adang .

_

burur

.

_

-

Trusan .

alud

buror

[inan]

tulang

(ludong)

betuo (tinai)

Padas .

badao

inan

tulang

—

—

Kajaman . . . .

arok

lagwa

tolang

-

toka

Ba Mali .

alut

usa

tulang

—

tokan

Rejang .

soloie (salui)

oma

tolang

_ —

tae, betuko

Bok .

—

usa

tulung

—

keliat-ani

Nibong .

alut

Ufho

tulang

—

penukan

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

alut

usa

tulang

—

penukan

Lirong .

alut

u?ha

tulang

—

anea (burei)

Long Pokun . .

alud

ucho, uso

tulang

—

penokan

Ukit .

aloie

asin

tolang

.

taie

Bakatan .

aloi

osa (kunga)
[likut]

tolang

5wong

Kadayan ....

padas

inan

tulang

_

untoko

Bekiau .

padas

inan

tulang

—

bubut

Bisaya .

padas, bidok f

inan,
inam f

tulang

[panah]

tuko-tenai (wat)

Tagal .

prahu

inan

tulang

—

luar

Dalit .

padas

inan

_ _

_

_

Kadasan ....

prahu, pakarangan,
gobang

inan

tulang

—

—

Tampassuk . .

alud

tinan

tulong

—

—

Ida’an .

—

inan

tulang

—

—

Lanun (1) . . . .

awang

ginaua

tulun

—

—

Lanun (2) ....

awang 1

louwos

tulan

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

alud

baluan

tulang

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

alud

—

—

—

—

Sulu . .

gobang, dapang,
bangka

baran,

badan

biikog

panah

lingan-lingan-

tian

Brunei Malay .

temoi, parahu
[gubang]

badan

(tuboh)

tulang

(paneh)

sarangan-tai

Sarawak Malay

(prau, sampan)
[sikuchi]

tuboh

(badan)

tulang

(panah)

sarong-tae

VOCABULARIES.

THIRD SERIES.

159

21. Branch.

22. Breadfruit.

23. Breast.

24. Burn.

25. Bury.

Kalabit .

badok

itei

mesab

nanam

Bruang ......

dahan

—

ite

nuno

naol

Balait .

angat

angad

ite

nuno

nanam

Tabun .

—

ite

utong

ukat-tana

Adang .

menunoh

Trusan .

angat

(kamasi)

ete

nuno

nanam(tanam)

Padas .

—

—

— -

—

—

Kajaman ....

dahan

.

itei

sirap

menanam

Ba Mali .

dahan

—

ete

menyo

bat

Bejang .

— -

bua-tohsoh

—

— —

tanum (tuvu)

Bok .

dan

—

ete

motong

but

Nibong .

dan

—

eti

potong

tanam, bat

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

dahan

_ _

ete

menyo

bat

Lirong .

dahan

(talun)

etia (itir)

penyo

bat (tanam)

Long Pokun . .

daan

—

eti

penyo

tanam

Ukit .

—

top

_

_

imun

Bakatan ....

dahan

— ■

wuh

mirap (asik)

tanam

Kadayan ....

ran

—

susu

munonong

ngelobong,

dangkai

Bekiau .

ran

—

susu

mununoh

ulobong

Bisaya .

dan [ran]

(kamanchi)

susu

nunu [punsu]
sensuli*

nanam

(nubong)

Tagal .

—

—

titi

—

usar

Dalit .

_ _

_ _ _

.

Kadasan ....

—

—

susu

- -

—

Tampassuk . .

—

—

—

—

—

Tda.’an .

rahan

tutud, tudo
pegiau, angka

Lanun (1) ....

—

- —

—

Lanun (2) ....

—

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

rahan

— •

—

mampo

—

Sulu .

sanga

— ■

duruh

sunog

mug-kubul

Brunei Malay .

dahan-kayu

[timbaran]

susu

tuno

tanam

Sarawak Malay

dahan

[buah-sukun]

susu

tunu (bakar)
[angus]

tanam,

kuburkan

160 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

26. Butterfly.

27. Buy.

28. Chest.

29. Chief.

80. Child.

Kalabit .

suit

mlih

rok

lun-mral

(uloh-da)

anak

Bruang .

derepang

pebeli

rook

—

anak

Balait .

blepang

pebele

r5

_

anak

Tabun .

blepang

mele

ruok

—

anak

Adang .

berapang

(blian)

—

(uloh-da)

_

Trusan .

blepang

[kuliambang]

meli

rok (ruk)

(lun-raia)

anak

Padas. .......

kuliambang

—

—

—

anak

Kajaman ....

kababan

pebelei

usok, uchok

_

ana

Ba Mali. .

kebaba

sua

usok

—

anak

Bejang .

tamavang

—

orang

laja

anak

Bok .

legang

bele

kaba

—

anak

Nibong .

legang

pesua

uchok, usok

—

anak

Manketa ....

—

■ —

orang

—

anak’

Sibop .

belevang

pesua

usok

■

anak

Lirong .

kabeva (kebuvak)

sua

u<;hok

(laki-bio)

anak

Long Pokun . .

belevang

pesua

usok, uchok

anak

Ukit .

kalamavang

_

ohok

toke

anak

Bakatan ....

klumbang

poli

owong

—

anak

Kadayan ....

nklebang

mali

abo

_

anak

Bekiau .

kalabang

mali

kuab

—

an

Bisaya .

klemembang (kla-
bang), lalabang*

mali

sidan (kuab)

(tuto)

[orang-kaya]

anak

Tagal .

aiataiat

—

titi

ulun-choi

anak

Dalit .

kuliambang

-

_

_

anak

Kadasan ....

kulimambang

me-mohlik

—

—

anak

Tampassuk . .

—

—

—

—

anak

Ida’an .

galamambang

bili

—

—

anak

Lanun (1) ....

—

—

—

—

wata

Lanun (2) . . .

—

—

—

—

wata

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

—

—

anak

Buludupi (2). .

—

—

kuap

—

lilin

Sulu .

kabakaba

bi, mi

dagha

tau-dakolah

batah,anak

Brunei Malay .

kulimambang

bali

dada

. —

anak

Sarawak Malay

kupukupu

beli

dada

[penglima,

pengulu]

anak

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

161

31 Claw,
Finger-nail.

32. Clean.

33. Cloud.

34. Club.

35. Coconut.

Kalabit .

ilun

—

laput

(berawan)

mupo

tan (butan)

Bruang .

ilun

murok

—

—

bu-nyor

Balait .

silun

muro

_ _

_ __

bu-butan

Tabun .

silun

moe

— •

—

butan

Adang .

selon

— -

laput

- -

bua-butan

Trusan .

silon (lisun)
[sandulu]

muri

(laput)

rukud

butan (piasau)
[bua-butan]

Padas .

sandulu

—

—

• -

piasau

Kajaman ....

silau

mu<?hau

— —

- -

nyiau

Ba Mali .

9hilun

—

—

—

bu-nyor

Rejang .

ilu

- - ,

awan

tamupok

nioh

Bok .

silun

mlanya

—

betan

Nibong .

silun

moi

—

—

bu-nyiu

Manketa ....

Hu

—

— .

—

—

Sibop .

silun

moi

— —

_ _

bu-nyor

Lirong .

silun

moea

(avun)

(da)

bu-nyor

Long Pokun . .

silun

moi

—

bu-nyor

Ukit . .

silu

hr>vu n

kiau

anyu

teparo (tuporu),
[nyu]

Bakatan ....

silu (ilu)

kelaha

(aim)

Kadayan ...

senilu

mengagu

—

_

pasau

Bekian .

sendilu

memago

—

—

piasau

Bisaya ......

singilu,
sandulu f

[mago]

(adau)

[sako]

bua-pasau (piasau)

Tagal .

sindilo

—

lapud

—

lumbu

Dalit . .

salindu

-

- -

-

bua-butan

Kadasan ....

senduru

luingan

afan

—

piasau

Tampassuk . .

kuku

—

—

—

niog

Ida’an .

sandulu

aro’k

—

—

piasau

Lanun (1) . . .

—

—

• —

—

niug

Lanun (2) . . . .

kanuku

—

—

—

niog

Bnludnpi (1) . .

salun

—

—

—

niog

Buludupi (2) . .

pasow

—

was

—

niob

Sulu .

kuku, tiandog

lanoh

awan

—

niog, lahing

Brunei Malay

kuku

basoh [langis]

_

_

piasau

Sarawak Malay

kuku

suchi, basoh,
langis

awan

nyor (kalapa)

162

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

36. Gold.

37. Gome.

38. Country.

39. Crocodile

40. Darkness.

Kalabit .

dadam, tenab

meching, marih

bayah

decham

Bruang .

dadam

mapit

—

baia

dicham

Balait .

tenab

meching, meting

bawang

baia

dicham

Tabun .

chenab

mecheng (fmching)

bauang

baiya

dicham

Adang ......

tenab

_

bawang

_

racham

Trusan .

tenab (madadam)
[maradam]

meching (tungi)
[zungi]

bauang

baio (buoia)

dicham

(mecham)

Padas .

marima

dibak

—

—

—

Kajaman ....

singim

lusan

levo

baiya

deram

Ba Mali .

laram

ave

ba

baia

derum

Rejang .

blarom (singiam)

tue (lamok)

—

buai

belop

Bok .

genin, larum

ave

liya

baia

merum

Nibong .

genin, daram

ave

lebo

baia

meram.

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

genin

awe

lebu

baia

derum

Lirong .

daram (kenin)

avia (avir)

leboa

baia

deram

Long Pokun . .

genin, daram

ave, awe

lebo

baia

deram

Ukit .

darum

tepai

—

boai

lingum

Bakatan ....

meraram

labi [anituloh
lakau]

bilak (bila)

baia [boai]

sebalop

(sigalup)

Kadayan ....

sagit

mikot

pagun

baio

meliam

Bekiau .

sagit

mekot

bagun

buaio

liam

Bisaya .

(sagit)

temuloi (siti)
mikot,* marif

pagun

baio(buaiyu)

putong

(potung)

Tagal .

simo

matong

—

buaya

lundom

Dalit .

sagid

liti-siti

_

_

_

Kadasan ....

sogid

kaikod

—

—

mesuan

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

asagit

aragang

—

buja

—

sagid

sikei

pagun

—

—

Lanun (1) . . . .

matanggan

makoma

inggud

—

malibutang

Lanun (2) ....

matingau

mariga

—

buaya

—

Buludupi (1) . .

asulon

saro

—

buayo

—

Buludupi (2)..

—

majan

—

buaya, wain

—

Sulu .

hagkut, haggut

domatang,maka-di,

marl

banua, lopa,
hulah

buaya

tigidlam

Brunei Malay .

sajok

datang (mari)

nagri

boia

patang

Sarawak Malay

sejok (dingin)

datang (mari)

negri(benoa)

boya

(petang, glap)

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

163

41. Daylight.

42. Die.

43. Dig.

44. Dog.

45. Door.

Kalabit ......

Bruang .

medang

mechang

matei

mate

nukat

nokad

uko [ute]
oko

bupo

Balait .

mechang

mate

mukat

uko

- . -

Tabun .

mechang

mate

nuka

ukd

—

Adang .

cho, machang

(mateh)

—

oko

—

Trusan .

mechang-ichau

[sang-chau]

mate

ngukat

uko

(tengah)

[panurabun]

Padas .

samilan

—

—

uku

panurabun

Kajaman ....

lau

begatau

mukut

* _

_

Ba Mali .

dema

matai

rnakut

asu, achu

—

Rejang .

Bok .

Nibong .

elo

rema

remo

makavo

(makovo)

matai

ngali

ngale

makot

asu (au)

asau

asu

rame (lame)

Manketa ....

—

makabau

—

ahu

—

Sibop .

dema

matai

mavut

asu

_ _

Lirong .

laue (dema)

matai

makut

asau (achu)

(blachak)

Long Pokun . .

dema

matai

mavut

asu

—

Ukit ........

molang

mati

ngali

asu

kakup-buko

Bakatan .

alo

kauwo (makabo)
[bukawo]

mere

ahuh (asu)
[ahau]

(kobuko)

Kadayan ....

madau

matai

mengali

asu

—

Bekiau .

madau

matai

gonun

asu

—

Bisaya .

miang [kabadau]
tungadan f

matai

ngali

(nuang)

asu

(alung-kubun)
karbon *
panurabun f

Tagal .

tawang

matoi

ulong

ukoi

tetebang

Dalit ........

adan

_ _

aso

paluang

Kadasan ....

adau

patai

memihuak

asu, asuk

binapangun

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an . .

tadau

adau, tadau,
okabub

matei

matei

—

lasu

asu

sesuanan

Lanun (1) . . . .

maliwanug, gaui

matai

—

asu

—

Lanun (2) . . . .

daun-dau

matei

—

asu

—

Buludupi (1) . .

malowie

matei

—

asu

—

Buludupi (2) .

runat, lapit

. —

—

—

kibaban

Sulu .

subuh-siibuh-

adlau

matai, lindong,
malohom

kali, klalut

erok, edok

lawang

Brunei Malay .

siang (ari)

mati

kali

koiok

(kuyuk)

asu

(anjing)

(pintu)

Sarawak Malay

siang

mati

gali, korek

(pintu, lang,
lawang)

M 2

164 THE LANGUAGES OP BORNEO. —BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

46. Drink.

47. Drip.

48. Dwell.

49. Ear.

50. Earth.

Kalabit ......

mirop (miriib)

(rurogue)

_ —

dalid

tana

Bruang ......

merup

latan

mudang

lalid

tana

Balait ......

mirup

ratan

tudo

lalid

tana

Tabun ......

mirup

ratan

mangad

laled

tana

Adang .

—

(p’rogan)

- - -

_

tanah

Trusan ......

ngirop (irup)

ratan

pirud

lalid [lalik]

tana

Padas .

—

—

—

talingo

—

Kajaman ....

doan

turo

mengato

telinga, sevieng

tana

Ba Mali. .....

mephap

mete

moko

ingan

tana

Rejang . .

du

« _ .

- _

tunieng

tano

Bok ........

mesup

—

moko

kalingiin

tana

Nibong .

mesebo

teruwan

moku

kelingan

tana

Manketa ....

ipok

—

—

■ — •

—

Sibop ......

sep

mete

moko

ingan

tana

Lirong .

mec^hap

mete

moko

ingan

(daun-ingan)

tana

Long Pokun . .

me^hep

mete

moko

ingan

tana

Ukit .

nuru

_ __

- --

bakit

tana

Bakatan ....

mesup (niup)
[kamo]

turo

molo

bakip (bakit)
[tulingo]

tano

Kadayan ....

min urn

masa

gohom-dalai

telingo

tana

Bekiau . .

minum

masok

baranti

telingo

tana

Bisaya ......

inum (minum)

[ratok]

kuku

[alai-branti]

telingo

tana

Tagal

minum

—

—

telinga

tana

Dalit . .

_

_ -

• — -

talingo

. — -

Kadasan . . . .

menum

““ *

talingo

tanah,

pomogunan

Tampassuk . .

minom

—

— ■

tulinga

pomahgunan

Ida’an ......

menginum

—

—

telingo

tanah

Lanun (1) ....

—

—

—

—

lupa

Lamm (2) ....

minom

—

—

tulingga

dunia

Buludupi (1) . .

munginom

—

— •

tulingo

butah

Buludupi (2) . .

malisop

—

—

—

tana, dunia

Sulu ........

hinom, minom

—

hulah

talnga

lopa

Brunei Malay

minum

miris

diam

talinga

tanah

Sarawak Malay

minum

titik

diam

telinga

tanah

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

165

51. Eat.

52. Egg.

58. Elbow.

54. Eye.

55. Face.

Kalabit .

kuman

terol

ioh

matali

munong

Bruang .

koman

teror

iyu

mata

munong

Balait .

kuman

teror

siko

mata

munong

Tabun .

koman

(kuman)

teror

siko

mata

munong

Adang .

(kuman)

(terur)

(sikoh)

—

monong

Trusan .

Padas .

koman

(kuman)

tero (terur)
[talo]
ampuni

sikoi (siku)

mato

(mata)

mato

munong (kiong)
[muka]
muka

Kajaman ....

keman

telo

sikau

mata

baluu

Ba Mali .

koman

telo

sikun

atan

silong

Rejang .

kuman

talu

iku (sikau)

mato

bova (silong)

Bok .

kuman

ilo

sikun

matun

—

Nibong .

kuman

elo

sikun

matan

silong

Manketa ....

kamo

—

—

—

balu

Sibop .

oman

ilor

sikun

atan

—

Lirong .

koman

telo (ilor)

jikun

(chikun)

atan

silong

Long Pokun . .

koman

elor

sikun

atan

silong

Ukit .

kuman

talu

siku

mato

irap

Bakatan .

kamo

ilor (telur)
[talai]

siku

mato

ba

Kadayan ....

makan

mpuni

siku

mato

abas

Bekiau . .

makan

mpuni

siku

mato

rabas

Bisaya ......

makan

pune(empuni)
lampuni *

siku.

mato

(matu)

mado (abas) ,
rabas,* muka f

Tagal .

makan

telu

siku

mata

bulus

Dalit .

_ .

ampuni

_ _

mato

—

Kadasan ....

makan

talok,

antahlok

siku

mato

puos

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

mangakan

tuntulo

—

mata

mu all

mengakan

antalun

siku

mato

turas

Lanun (1) . . .

kuman

urak

—

—

biyas

Lanun (2) ....

kuman

urak

—

mata

bias

Buludupi (1) . .

—

lini

■ —

mato

angas

Buludupi (2) . .

mamakan,

anun

, -

— -

mato

paras

Sulu .

ka-aun,

ka-maun

eklog

siku

mata

baihok, baihu

Brunei Malay .

makan

talor

siko

mata

mua (muka)

Sarawak Malay

makan

telor

siku

mata

muka

166 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

-

56. Far.

57. Father.

58. Fear (v.

1 59. Finger.

60. Fire.

Kalabit ......

mad5

tama

taut, taot
tahut

bua-tito

bua-techo

apoi

apoi

Bruang . .

mado

tame

Balait .

mado

tama

tauut

bu-teeho

bo-ieho

apoi

Tabun ......

mado

tama

taliod

apoi

(ta’aut)

Adang ......

Trusan .

madi

madau

tama (taman)
[am a]
ama

(metaut)

tauut

bua-tichu
bua-jo (achu)
[tichu]
kalindo

apui

apoi

apui

Padas .

(mataut)

Kajaman . . . .
Ba Mali ......

mejo

jo

aman

taman

motan

madai

ango-lengan

bu-agum

apoi

prok

Bejang .

omak

buut

kusu

apui

Bok . .

_

tama

—

bua-uju

lutun

Nibong .

jo

tamen

madai

bua-jo

perok

Manketa ....

—

—

tuju

lutik

Sibop . . .

- - -

jo

taman

medai

bua-agum

pero

pero’

Lirong .

jua

ama [taman]

medai

bua-agam

Long Pokun . .

jo

ama

medai

bu agam

(prok)

pero

Ukit . . .

am on

buut

kuju

apui

apoi

Bakatan ....

mo jo

ama (aman)
[amai]

mahut

bua-tujo

[brangan]

Kadayan ....
Bekiau .

sadu

sadu

yama

yama

yapa (jama)
[yama] amat

lemakat

makak

jagi-longon

jagi-longon

jari-lungon,

kariamj

apoi

apoi

apoi,

apui*

Bisaya .

[sado]

lemakut

(lemakat)

Tagal . . .

ama

lar

inkis

apoi

Dalit ........

bapa

amak

iarna

ama

—

apui

apoe

tapoi

apui

apui

apoi

apoi

apoi

rayu

Kadasan ....
Tampassuk . .

I da ’an .

sadok

sadu

muatan

maioh,

laioh

megasik

iuntoh

tuntoro

tenduduk

Lanun (1) . . . .
Lanun (2) . . . .
Buludupi (1) . .
Buludupi (2) . .
Sulu ........

ama

ama

ama

ama

amah

uma

ma-boga

ramai
tindoro
tunoro
tandudok
^ulamai-ha-lima !

Brunei Malay .
Sarawak Malay ;

au

au

pa (bapa)
mpa

;akut

:akut

jari) £

(jari) £

ipi

ipi

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

167

61. Fish.

62. Flesh.

63. Flower.

64. Fly ( Bloiv ).

65. Fly {House)

Kalabit .

luang

uang

busah

lalad

Bruang .

luang

I

buak

lango

lalad

Balait .

luang

wang

busak

lango

lalad

Tabun .

lauid (lawid)

koang

pakan

langau

lalad

Adang .

lawid

wang

usak

-

(lalad)

Trusan .

lauid [lawit]

wang [asi]

pakan(busak)

[usak]

pitak

[balougad]

lalad

Padas .

pait

asi

usak

balougad

—

Kajaman ....

iyen

sei, chei

berak

langau

yamok-ba

Ba Mali .

siram

<?hin

buyhak

lango-bilang

lango

Rejang .

baso

aine

barak

_ _

lango

Bok .

seluang

sin

busak

—

—

Nibong .

petelo

sin

buQhak

lango-bilang

lango

Manketa ....

baichau

ahi

—

- — .

Sibop . .

seram

[enjin]

sin

bu<?hak

lango-bilang

lango

Lirong .

saia, ujau

chin

bughak

lango-bilang

langau (lango)

Long Pokun . .

seram

sin, chin

bu^hak

langau-bilang

langau

Ukit .

ajon

asin

bunga

——

lango

Bakatan ....

bajo [bajan]

sin (oji, oi)

vunga(bungo)

[barak]

lango

lango

Kadayan ....

sada

unchi

usak

pangat

pangat

Bekiau .

sada

ansi

usek

pikot

pangat

Bisaya .

sada,
kajanu f

ansi(anchi)

nggiri*

bunga (usak)

mpuni-langau

[pangat]

lalat (pangat)

Tagal .

lawit

w’al

busak

—

lungulup

Dalit .

sadar

isi

usak

.

lalat

Kadasan ....

sadak

unsi, unsik

bunga

langau

—

Tampassuk . .

sadah

—

sumping

—

Tda’an .

sada

ansi

usak

_

_ _ _

Lanun (1) ....

seda

sapu

—

— •

Lanun (2) . . . .

sedah

— •

sumping

—

—

Buludupi (1)..

pait

—

pasak

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

pit

hamse

bobuah

—

— -

Sulu . .

ista

unud

sumping

langau

pikiit

Brunei Malay .

lauk

daging (isi)

bunga

langau

lalat

Sarawak Malay

ikan

isi, daging

bunga

langau

lalat

168

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

66. Fly (Sand-)

67. Fly (v.)

68. Food.

69. Foot.

70. Forehead

Kalabit .

namok

temulud

kuman

penalad-kukud

mado

Bruang .

namok

temulud

—

kukud

mado

Balait .

namok

temulod

-

pala-dukod

mado

Tabun .

namok

temulod

—

kohon

mado

Adang .

ritak

(t’mulud)

—

palad- kukud

—

Trusan .

nyamok

temulud

(kamulud)

[mausiam]

(lukangan)

pala-dwod

(pala-kuku)'

[kaleiam]

mado

Padas .

—

mausiam

—

kaleiam

—

Kajaman ....

yamok

menilip

—

dap-beti

anang

Ba Mali .

nyamok

manyap

—

gam

anang

Rejang . .

—

nyalarang

(melerang)

alii

beti

tukwang

Bok .

—

marang

—

gum

—

Nibong .

nyamok

marang

—

gam

lekau

Manketa ....

—

—

—

' — -

—

Sibop .

nyamok

manyap

—

gum

anang

Lirong ......

nyamok

manyap

(ia-kaan)

gam

anang

Long Pokun . .

nyamok

manyap

—

gam

anang

Ukit .

—

tamarang

kanin

bati

langang

Bakatan .

tungau

menulip

agam (bati)
[pa]

liko

Kadayan ....

klias

temulud

.

atis

kadat

Bekiau .

klias-nini

temulud

—

atis

kadat

Bisaya .

kliat-nini

temulud

(nubur)

atis(palad-atis)

mado

[barang-kanun]

akanakan*

gakunf

[kidat]

Tagal .

—

enkiang

makan

para-roh

bulus

Dalit .

_

_ _

_ _

batis

_ _

Kadasan ....

—

—

memukad

kakod

—

Tampassuk . .

—

—

—

akad

—

Ida’an .

—

—

takanan

lapak

—

Lanun (1) ....

—

—

—

ai

—

Lamm (2) ....

—

— •

—

ahi

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

—

kasu

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

tamalud

—

hakad

—

Sulu ........

hamah

lopad

ka-aun-an

siki, pad-siki

tuktuk

Brunei Malay .

agas [bulibuli]

trabang

. _

(kaki)

dahi

Sarawak Malay

keringit, agas

terbang

(makanan)

kaki

dahi

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

169

71. Forest.

72. Fowl.

73. Fruit.

74. Ghost.

75. Give.

Kalabit .

lemkura

(b’mpulong)

laal

bua

—

mre

Bruang .

udan, lemamog

lal

bua

ada

bre

Balait .

kayo-empulong

laal

bua

ada’

bre

Tabun .

pulong

lahal

buang

ada

mre (bre)

Adang .

(b’mpulong)

lahal

buah

—

—

Trusan .

mempulong

al (lar) [lal]

buan (bua)

ada [bintanan]

mere (mri)

Padas .

—

manuk

bua

kalaganang

—

Kajaman ....

ipong

diek

begwa

ot-bekan

makan

Ba Mali _ _ _

bva

deak

bua

bali

na

Rejang .

_

tian (iyo)

bua

(antu)

mekan

Bok .

—

iyap Tdeekl

bua

—

mena

Nibong .

delovwa

dik

buo

ungap

mena

Manketa ....

— •

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

dalo-va

deak

bua

obang, bali

dab

Lirong .

mva

deak

bua

bali

na

Long Pokun . .

va

deak

bua

obang

na

Ukit .

yap

bua

-

akan

Bakatan ....

tulun [iba]

siap

bua

otu

na (tuja)

Kadayan ....

tentalun

manok

bua

antu, lematai

menak, getak

Bekiau .

tentalun

manok

bua

alamatai

menak

Bisaya .

manalam-tulun

[tantalon]

manok

bua

lematai, ragunf

nak, menak*

Tagal .

—

kiap

pinawa

—

angkoi

Dalit .

- -

manuk

bua

lamatai

_ _

Kadasan ....

tahlun

manok

—

ambefo,

sau-yogon

manahak

Tampassuk . .

imbahan

manok

tuah

• —

—

Ida’an .

talunan

manok

uah

ragun

noan

Lamm (1) . . . .

• —

—

—

—

begai

Lannn (2) . . . .

dalama-kayu

manok

ungga

—

—

Buludupi (11..

uban

manok

buah

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

kayu, nagus

—

buah

—

magcay

Sulu .

katian,

golangan

manok

bunga-kahoi

I5tau

di-hil,

domihil

Brunei Malay .

utan

ayam

[manok]

buah

antu

bari

Sarawak Malay

utan, remba

ayam,

manok

buah

antu

kasih, bri
membri

170 THE LANGUAGES OF BOENEO. — BY SIDNEY H. EAY.

76. Go.

77. Good.

78. Gum.

79. Gutta.

80. Hair ,
Feather.

Kalabit .

me (nalan)

dor

—

para-kayu

buloh

Bruang .

inan

dor

—

pulut

bulo

Balait .

metana

do

brau-bak

para

bulo

Tabun .

nalan

moe (moi)

bra-wak

parar

bulo

Adang .

_

(dor)

_

_

- -

Trusan .

nalan (me)

[bur a]

mwe (duh)
[do]

bra-lekatan

pulut

bulu

Padas .

magiduk

mausui

—

—

bulu

Kajaman ....

mili

ya

pulut

pulut-kayu

bulau

Ba Mali . .

tai

dian

—

pulut

bulun

Bejang .

deroli

jian

—

- -

bulu

Bok .

fleka

jian [dian]

—

—

bulun

Nibong .

angai

jien

—

palup

bulun

Manketa ....

nial

- -

—

—

majau

Sibop .

angai

dian

—

pelup

bulun

Lirong .

angai, tuai

dia

—

pulut

bulun

Long Pokun . .

angai

dien

pale-pulut

palup

bulun

Uldt .

makiap

jan

—

_

bulu

Bakatan. .....

machap

(makiap, ane)
[munute]

jan

belet-pulut

pulut

bulu

Kadayan ....

manau

monchai

agas-lakatan

pulot

bulu

Bekiau .

manau

mensoi

agas-latan

pulut

bulu

Bisaya .

mano (midu),
magiduk f

(munchoi)
[munsui]
mubalut f

aga-pulut

[semokot]

pulut

bulu

Tagal .

mako

unchoi

—

—

bulu

Dalit .

mogud

mausui

—

-

bulu

Kadasan ....

mugad, mogad

wasik, fasik

katol

—

—

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

mamanau

—

—

—

bubul

manau, mangai,
pagidu

ranggoi

''

pulut

alaa

Lanun (1) ....

sumong

mapia

—

—

bumbul

Lanun (2) ....

lalakau

—

— ■

—

bumbul

Buludupi (1) . .

tunon

—

—

—

bulu

Buludupi (2) . .

mogad, tomidor

horon

—

pulut

—

Sulu .

katoh, panau

maraiau,

madaiau

tagok

bahiboh

Brunei Malay .

(pergi)

bisai (baik)

pulut

gatah

ruma (bulu)

Sarawak Malay

pergi, pegi

bagus, baik

pulut

getah

bulu

Note. — Most of the words given for “gum ” mean a “ soft, sticky kind of rice.”

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

171

81. Hair of
Head.

82. Hand.

83. Hard.

84. Head.

85. Hear.

Kalabit . .

pok

tito

toab

uluh

ldi, ningar

Bruang .

pok

ucho

tera

ulu

ningar

Balait .

bok

cho

tuah

ulo

ningar

Tabun .

bok

berpa-ijo

(tichu)

kaier

ulo

ningar

Adang .

bok

tichu, palai

tua

ulu (uloh)

_

Trusan .

bok [apuk]

lengan (palad)
[pichok]

tuwo (matua)
[mukatang]

ulu

uni (nengar)

Padas .

abuk

kalindo

mukatang

ulu

—

Kajaman . . . .

bok

dap-lengan

maieng

ulau

denga

Ba Mali .

bok

agam

maieng

ulun

lenga

Rejang- .

ivok (iruok)

sakalan

mat (mao)

utok

ngalengo

Bok .

bok

uju

maheng

ulun

neringa

Nibong .

bok

uju

maing

ulun

ngeringo

Manketa ....

buk

tongo

— •

utak

■ —

Sibop .

bok

agam

maieng

ulun

lini

Lirong .

bok

agam

maieng

ulun

ningir (nyelinga)

Long Pokun . .

bok

dalam-agam,

dapap-agam

maieng

ulun

ngelini

Ukit .

ivuk

kukum

kahai

utok

bakip

Bakatan .

brutok

(belutok)

[bok]

tujo (longo)

kokop (makakop)

utok (ulok)

kringo

Kadayan ....

abok

longon

kodo

ulu

kongo

Bekiau .

abuk

longon

kodo

ulu

krongau

Bisaya .

abok

lungon,
kariam f

(pudau) [kadau]
kodau,*
mukadan f

ulu

krungau (ungau)
korongo *

Tagal .

abok

palar

kotog

ulu

kanonog

Dalit . .

abuk

tangan

-

ulu

- -

Kadasan ....

abok

longon

kodau

—

hongau

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an . .

buok

langan

—

tulu

—

ulu, tabuk

palad

kadau

ulu

makinango

Lanun (1) . . . .

bok

lima

matagas

ulu

makanug

Lannn (2) ....

buoh

lima

—

ulu

—

Buludupi (1). .

buk

peh

—

ulu

moboong

Buludupi (2) . .

abok

amplan

alang

hulu

Sulu . .

buhok

lima, pad-lima

ma-tras, ma-landoh
(matigas)

0

dungag, rungag

Brunei Malay .

rambut

tangan

karas

kapala

mendangar

Sarawak Malay

rambut

tangan

kras

pala

(kapala)

mendengar

(dengar)

172 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

86. Here.

00

s

0-1

88. Hook.

89. Hot.

90. House.

Kalabit .

inih

bodok

lao,

mait-idang

ruma

Bruang .

ini, tonge

—

aud

lauu

ruma

Balait .

ini

-

auud

mait, idang

ruma

Tabun .

tene

—

abod

idang, mahet

ruma

Adang .

dini

turud, murud

_

_

- -

Trusan .

meru

[matangi]

(pekong)

auud

lauk (idang)
[malam]

ruma

Padas .

liti

—

—

malasu

baloi

Kajaman ....

ane

_

kaugwit

pana

levo

Ba Mali .

tueto

—

kauit

pana

uma

Rejang .

—

tugong

_ _

elo (blau)

lavu (levo)

Bok .

sito

—

—

pete

lamin

Nibong .

to

—

kauit

pano

umo

Manketa ....

—

—

—

labu

Sibop .

teraito

_ _ _

kawit

pite

omah

Lirong .

takaito

(tokong)

kauit

pana

uma

Long Pokun . .

tekaito

—

kauit

pana

oma, lamin

13 kit .

_ .

tugong

-

kati

lavo

Bakatan ....

atiko (ati)

(tong) [bukit]

kauit

loa (melahu,
lua)

lau (laulabu)

Kadayan ....

diti

_

kait

lasu

alai

Bekiau .

semok

—

kait

lasu

alai

Bisaya .

[tior] ditio*,
litif

(bukit)

kaiet

(lasu)

malasaf

alai, walaif

Tagal .

—

nulu

—

prostulok

pagun

Dalit .

_ _

_

malasu

aloi

Kadasan ....

bid-te

nohlu

- -

hasok

sublab

Tampassuk . .

—

bukid

—

alasu

—

Ida’an .

diti

bukid

—

lasu

sulap, lamin,
walei

Lanun (1) . . . .

sika

palau,

gunong

—

maiau

wali

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

palau

—

mayau

—

Buludupi (1). .

—

bulud

—

panas

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

buled, kudu

—

panas

waloi

Sulu .

di, di-ha-ini

bud

bingit,

kawil

paso

bai

Brunei Malay .

sini, disini

# _ _

pemata

angat

ruma

Sarawak Malay

sini, disini

bukit

kail

angat, panas

rum ah

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

178

91. How ?

92. Husband.

93. Iron.

94. Kill.

95. Knov ;.

Kalabit ......

kapah

delaih-awan

belawan

matei

kli

Bruang .

kapaia

—

blauan

amate

kele

Balait .

Tabun .

mepa-ko

kapa

(mepakor)

—

blawan

bari

ngate

ngate

doi

keli

Adang .

(kudangpa)

_

belawan

(ngate)

(k’li)

Trusan . .

mepan-ko

(awan)

belauan

Tbasuil

ngate (mate)

keli

Padas .

—

—

basui

—

—

Kajaman ....

kopaliang

- - -

malat

menapak

tevo

Ba Mali .

eok

—

sira

mematai

ti5hen

Bejang .

_ _ -

ile

malat

mengovo

jam-tupu (jam)

Bo"k .

jisema

—

—

—

—

Nibong .

kunetok

—

sira

mematai

me jam

Manketa ....

—

—

—

■ -

—

Sibop .

angai-te’o

- -

sira

matai

me jam

Lirong .

eo

(lakei)

sira

lamate

(perpatei)

disen, mejam
(techan)

Long Pokun . .

kama

- -

sera

mematai

ti^hen

Ukit .

lolai

late

kavo

tau

Bakatan .

—

(ale)

[balum-kobo]

malat

[basi]

kauwo (kabo)

betuwo (matiwo)

Kadayan ....

mana-ino

—

basi

mematai

pandai

Bekiau .

muli-dumbo

—

basi

matai

pandei

Bisaya .

[tanibo-kau]

(anu) [nyani]

(basi)

mematai

kito (pandai)

Tagal .

—

inkuium,

lukuium

besi

matoi

kito

Dalit .

besi

Kadasan ....

bengku

• — •

wasi

patajon

apandaio

Tampassuk . .

—

asouwah

busi

—

—

Ida’an .

—

kusei

besi, basi

sangat,

meniangat

pandei, mila

Lamm (1) ....

—

karuma

putau

—

katauan

Lanun (2) ....

—

aki

putau

—

—

Buludupi (1)..

—

bano

busi

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

sawer

—

—

—

Sulu .

biadien

ebana

basi

btinoh

ingat, maka-ingat,
maka-hati, hati

Brunei Malay .

daimana

_

basi

buno

tau

Sarawak Malay

bagimana

laki

besi

bunoh

tau

174

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

96. Lake.

97. Land.

98. Large.

99. Leaf.

100. Leg.

Kalabit .

takong-rayah

tana

rayah

daon

kukut, kukud

Brnang .

taka

—

aia

daun

beti

Balait .

lagan

—

ray a

dauun

beti

Tabun .

lagan

—

raiya

dahon

beti (ko’ud)

Adang .

— —

bawang

raya

daun

(kokod)

Trnsan .

lagan

(hana)

rayo [mayu]

dauun

[dadanu]

wang-beti

(kukud)

Padas .

—

- -

mayu

dadanu

Kajaman ....

bagwong

—

ada

dauun

beti

Ba Mali .

bauang-ba

—

bio

daun

bete

Rejang .

_

tano

ayo

daaun

beti

Bok .

bawang

—

jao

uj ung-kayu

bete

Nibong .

bauang

—

jau

daun

beti

Manketa ....

—

- -

—

—

—

Sibop .

bauang

—

bio

daun

bete

Lirong .

bauang

(tana)

bio

daun

bete

Long Pokun . .

bauang

—

biu

dauun

bete

Ukit .

_ ..

tana

ajo

daun

bate

Bakatan ....

bauong

(bila)

uwai

dauun

betip

Kadayan ....

logon

- —

gaio

raun

tanok

Bekiau ......

logon

—

gaio

raun

tanok

Bisaya .

logon

(tana)

[seruang]

pagun*

gaio

dun [ran]
daun*
ranuf

tunok (datis)

Tagal .

—

tanah

maio

raun

betis

Dalit .

_

—

megayu

daun

—

Kadasan ....

napitas

tindah

gajau

iaun

pook

Tampassuk . .

—

—

tugaiuh

dahun

—

Ida’an ......

ranau

pagun

gaio, kagaio
mala

rahun

—

Lannn (1) . . . .

—

igud

raun

—

Lanun (2) ....

—

—

malah

rahun

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

agaio

daun

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

—

—

antoh

bitis

Sulu .

lanau, danau

lopa

dakolah,

maslug

dahun

betis, paha,
sikl

Brunei Malay .

loagan

_

basar, raya

daun

lamak-batis

Sarawak Malay danau, tasek

darat

besar, raya

daun

betis, kaki

Note : The words for “ leg ” = calf (Malay betis ) in most of the examples.

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

175

101. Lime.

102. Lip.

103. Live.

104. Liver

105. Louse.

Kalabit .

kapor

bibir

ulun, mulun

ate

kutoh

Bruang .

palu

bibir

mulun

ate

kut u

Balait .

kapor

bibir

mulon

ate

kuto

Tabun .

kapor

bibir

mulon

ate

kuto

Adang .

_ _

(bibir)

—

- -

—

Trusan .

apo

kulit-munong,

bibir

mulun

ate

kutu (gagat)

Padas .

—

—

—

—

kutu

Kajaman ....

la

beve

rnorip

atai

gutau

Ba Mali .

kapon

bive

morip

atai

koto

Rejang ......

beneo (benyo)

bong-musu

morip

ete

gutu

Bok .

apon

ulet-ujun

rnurip

atai

gutau

Nibong .

apo-sapa

bivi

morip

atai

kutun

Manketa ....

—

—

0 — -

—

Sibop .

apor

beve

morep

atai

kuto

Lirong .

apor

beve (birei)

murip

atai

kuto

Long Pokun . .

apor-sepa

beve

morep

atai

koton

Ukit .

kapu

muju

morip

atoi

kutu

Bakatan .

apo

momoi

(lingil-bawa)

morip

atoi

kuto

Kadayan ....

apau

munong

iau

ngkaiau

kutu

Bekiau .

apau

bibir

iau

kaiau

gutu

Bisaya .

apau (apu)

bibin (bibir)

iau (lau)
[eau]

lakaiau

(enkaiau)

gutu (gagat)

Tagal .

—

lumpit

ayah

—

—

Dalit .

—

_ >

—

_ —

kutu

Kadasan ....

apu

numung

mijan

—

—

Tampassuk . .

—

—

niau

—

—

Ida’an .

—

mumong

—

—

—

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

—

—

—

Lanun (2) ....

—

—

ouyagouyag

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

alun

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

apog

—

bohe

—

—

Sulu ........

bangkit

hegad-slmud

—

kutu

Brunei Malay .

kapur

bibir

hidup

hati

kutu

Sarawak Malay

kapor

bibir

hidup

hati

kutu

176 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

106. Maggot .

107. Male.

108. Mankind.

109. Many.

110. Mat.

Kalabit .

-

delaih

mulun, buror
(ida)

mula

pin

Bruang .

ulad

delai

lemulon

mula

pin

Balait .

ohat

delai

lemulon

mulak

ugam

Tabun .

ulad

lahe

lemulon (da’)

balok

ugam

Adang .

- -

—

—

mulamula

-

Trusan .

ulad

delai

[ngkuyong]

lemulun (dulun)
[damulun]

balok

ogam

(ugang)

Padas .

—

ngkuyong

ulun

—

—

Kajaman ....

tea

delae

linau

buna

pan

Ba Mali .

ulet

laki

kelunan

pina

mat

Rejang .

—

ale (ele)

linau

(awat)

kuau [u]

Bok . . .

—

lakoi

kalunan [ulun]

—

Nibong .

ulat

lake

kelunan

pina

ma

Manketa ....

—

tala

lino

—

—

Sibop . . .

ulat

lake

kelunan [ulun]

pina

_

Lirong .

ulat

lakai

kelunan

pina

ogat

Long Pokun . .

ulet

lakai

kelunan

pumina

mat

Ukit .

_

lolei

doh

_

tusu

Bakatan .

ulet

alei [ele]

ro

ungat

jali

Kadayan ....

giuk

mianei

jilama

suang

ikam

Bekiau .

giok

amiangai

jilama

suang

ikam

Bisaya .

giuk

manai (mianai)

jati-jelama,
ulan f

[suang]

ikam

Tagal .

—

lukuium

lukuium

—

apin

Dali .

mianei

ulun

_

ikam

Kadasan ....

—

kusai

uhlun, ohlun,
uhlu

ogumo

ikam

Tampassuk . .

—

kosei

tulun

—

ikam

Ida’an .

—

kusei, ngulun

kadayan

gamo, sapo

tikam

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

mama

madakal

dumpas

Lanun (2) ....

—

mama

ton

—

dumpas

Buludupi (1) . .

—

kosei

ulun

—

serah

Bnludupi (2) . .

—

—

kolie, ulun, labo

ma-taud

—

Sulu .

ud

usog,

mandangan

tau

hanig,

baloi

Brunei Malay .

giuk

laki

jilama

banyak

tikar

Sarawak Malay

ulat

laki

menusia

banyak

tikar

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES. 177

111. Mat.

112. Mat.

113. Milk.

114. Moon.

115. Morning.

Kalahit .

rata

bulan

bulan

lekedang-muka

lagachang

Bruang .

pin-lampit

pin-dari

pa-rata

Balait .

ugam-basong

lapit

rata-ite

bulan

mukamuka

Tabun .

ugam-halos

lampit

ba-rata

bulan

temukai

Adang .

bulan

kamuka

Trusan .

lampoit

[lampit]

basong

ba-rata

bulan

diakaiar

Padas .

lampit

—

—

bulan

—

Kajaman ....

lapit

gwai

liang-ete

bulan

ngevun

Ba Mali .

lapit

peloto

ba-ete

belilek

jika

Bejang .

—

_

_

bulan

—

Bok .

_ _

ba-ete

bulan

nivun

Nibong .

lapit

rako

bo-eti

bililek

saput

Manketa ....

— -

—

—

yungat

—

Sibop .

lampit

_

ba-ete

blilek

saput

Lirong .....

mat

lapit

ba-tete

belileak

saput

Long Pokun . .

ma-lapit

—

ba-eti

belileak

saput

Ukit ........

bulan

Bakatan ....

jali-lampit

jali-jan

ba-bawuh (u)

bulan

masok (alau)

Kadayan ....

ikam-basung

lampit

aig-atas

bulan

sambut

Bekiau .

lampit

ikam-basong

aig-susu

bulan

sambat

Bisaya ......

lampit

ikam-wai

aik-susu

bulan

wanawa [parei] ,
bukat-adau *

Tagal .

• —

—

—

bulan

—

Dalit .

bulan

Kadasan ....

_

_

faig-do-susu

fuhlan

—

Tampassuk . .

—

—

tulan

—

Ida’an .

tahap

—

gatas

ulan

suab-nakapia

Lanun (1) ....

—

■ —

—

ulan

maplta

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

—

—

ulan

—

Buludupi (1) . .

• —

—

—

bulan

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

—

—

bulan

sosuab

Sulu .

buras

—

gatas

bulan

mainat, mahinat

Brunei Malay .

t. lampit

t. klasa

aing-susu

bulan

sembat

Sarawak Malay

t. lampit

t. klasa

ayer-susu

bulan

pagi

N

s

178 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO.— BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

116. Mosquito.

117.il/oss.

118. Mother.

119. Mouth.

120. Name.

Kalabit .

namok

_

sina

taang

ngadan

Bruang .

tukong

lumut

sine

tahang

ngadan

Balait .

tukong

lumot

sina

tang

nadan

Tabun .

tukong

lumot

tina (ina)

tahang

ada

Adang .

tokong (ritak)

—

(tinan)

tang

-

Trusan .

tukong

(tugung)

lumut

ino (timan)

munong (nabuput)
[tahang]

yadan

(ugadan)

Padas .

namok

—

bina

kabang

—

Kajaman . . . .

tela

lumut

inan

ba

ara

Ba Mali .

pagau

lumot

ina

ujun

naran

Rejang .

nyamok

_

ne

bava (muso)

ujun

ujun

ngaran

Bok .

_

omot

tinen

n fir fin

Nibong .

pekat

lumut

tinen

ngaran

Manketa ....

—

—

—

mulut

—

Sibop .

yung

lumut

inan

ujun

naran

Lirong .

pagau ( jamok)

lumut

ina

ujun

naran

(ngaran)

Long Pokun . .

pekat

lumut

ina

ujun

naran

Ukit .

nyamok, tungo

_

avin

bava

aran]

Bakatan .

nyamok

lumut

ina (inan)
[inai]

baua [bawa]

ngaro

Kadayan ....

gaio

gulugut

ina

kabang

nggahan

Bekiau .

klias

gelukut

indu

kabang

ngaran

Bisaya .

klias-gaio,
kalias,*
namok f

lumut

[gelugut]

indu (ina)

kabang (namut)

naran

(ngaran)

Tagal .

lamok

—

ina

kabang

mungetang

Dalit .

kalias

ina

kabang

_

Kadasan ....

namuk

—

—

kabang

ngasan

Tampassuk . .

takong

—

—

kabang

—

Ida’an .

sisit

rangilut

ina

kabang

naran

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

ina

ngari

—

Lamm (2) ....

ranggit

—

ina

ngori

—

Buludupi (1) . .

namok

.■ —

ina

babpa

—

Buludupi (2) . .

namog

—

ina

—

—

Sulu .

hilam

lumut

mah, indong

simud

ingan

Brunei Malay .

rangit

blukut

mama

mulut

dama

Sarawak Malay

nyamok

lumut

ma, ibu

mulut

nama

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

179

121. Navel.

122. Near.

123. Neck.

124:. New.

125. Night.

Kalabit .

puat

munang

tuak

broh

leeham

Bruang .

puad

—

—

baru

malam

Balait .

Tabun .

puod

puad

memunang

mero(munung)

—

baru

baro

malam

malam

Adang .

—

monang

(munung)

—

baro

racham

Trusan .

puad

meru

(pudak) [liog]

baru

malam

[mora-chapchan]

Padas .

—

—

liau

—

dundum

Kajaman ....

puset

deken

_

bahu

malam

Ba Mali .

puchet,

puset

'

~

marieng

nerum, derum

Kejang .

puet

(dekin)

tagok

(uva)

malom

Bo"k .

puset

—

—

—

merum

Nibong .

puset

dani

—

mareng

meram

Manketa .

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

pusad

_

_ _

mareng

taup

Lirong .

pusat

(puchat)

—

(batok)

marieng

alam

Long Pokun . .

puset

dani

— -

mareng

malam

Ukit .

puset

______

to

—

malom

Bakatan .

pwet

muro

(deteri-tnanjo)

“

wa (uwa)

malam

Kadayan ....

pusand

kuku-lemikan

_ _

agu

ntuong

Bekiau .

pusod

semok

—

agu

mentuong

Bisaya .

pusat

(pusud)

[samok]

(ipus), liau f

[agu]

putong (potung)
[mentuong] , jutuong*

Tagal .

alip

— •

lio

—

lundam

Dalit .

_

liog

_ _

autuong

Kadasan ....

—

semok

hliom

fagu

sodob

Tampassuk .. .

—

—

—

—

sudop

Ida’an .

pusat

samak, samok

lio

wago

sedap

Lanun (1) ....

—

maube

—

bagu

magabi

Lanun (2) . . . .

■ —

—

—

magabi

Buludupi (1). .

—

—

—

gapi

Buludupi (2). .

—

—

—

awai

Sulu .

pusud

masuk, araig,
sampig

leug, leheg

bagu

dum

Brunei Malay .

pusat

bampir,dekat

(leher)

baharu

malam

Sarawak Malay

pusat

hampir.dekat

(leher)

baru

malam

180

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

126. Nipple.

127. No.

128. Nose.

129. Note.

130. Old.

Kalabit .

Bruang .

bua-ete

naam

idong

ichong

na-kinih

kini

ngrad

narad

Balait .

Tabun .

3U-ete

3U-ite

m5, laian (la)

ichong

songet

nipilen
veto (?)

dalumra

merar

Adang .

Trusan .

Padas .

bu-ete

*

(nam)

[nam]

kalu

sungit

(ichong)

[isong]

adong

napa

maun

merar

Kajaman ....
Ba Mali .

legwa-ete

bua-ete

ata

urong

ungit

tupu-ini

dauneto

tebuso

mukun

Rejang .

Bok .

Nibong .

Manketa ....

bua-ete

semua-eti

ang

[bi]

urong

rong

ongin

rung

urito

lonito

tokan, mango

mukun

Sibop .

Lirong .

Long Pokun . .

bua-ete

bu-etia

bua-eti

[abi]

unget

ungit

ongit

dap, selai-eto
selai-eto
salau-ito,
salau-ina

mukun

mukun

mokun

Ukit .

Bakatan ....

mata-wuh

di

urung

orong

(ah)

otoke (matui,
toke)

Kadayan ....

Bekiau .

Bisaya .

ume-susu

munong-susu

kabang-susu

[rumput-susu]

andi

[angap] ,
unjob,*
kaisa f

adong

adung

adong

ila

[kita] , kila *

lematuo

tuo

[uan] , laid,*
matuo,*
kaka *

Tagal .

—

—

arong

—

—

Dalit .

Kadasan

Tampassuk . .
Ida’ an .

Lanun (1)
Lanun (2) . . . .
Buludupi (1) . .
Buludupi (2) . .
Sulu .

pungau-duruh

unjap

amok

eiso

da

wai, di

orong

adung

nirong

tadong

ngirong

nirong

irong

hendong

ilong

inu

kirakira

amei

bi-h’aun,

hen-dun

mohoing,

abufai

laid, kito,
laiing, laiad
matei-den

mas, malas,
logai

Brunei Malay
Sarawak Malaj

mulut-susu

rujong-susu

nada (dada)
[tidak, enda]

hidong

idong

sakarang

sekarang

tuah

tuah, lama

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

181

131. Open{v.)

132. Paddle{ n.)

133. Path.

134. Pig {Tame).

135. Pig [Wild).

Kalabit .

pedo, buei

dalan

brak

bakar

Bruang .

memog

beehai

dalan

barak

baka

Balait .

tanga

pedo

dalan

brak

baka

Tabun .

mukap (oukab)

pedo

dalan

barak

baha

Adang .

ngukab

(oukab)

muka

—

—

barak

baka

Trusan .

pedau (bueh)

Ian [dalun]

berak

baha (bakar)

Padas .

—

—

dalan

basing

—

Kajaman ....

meka

pela

yilo

bavu-levo

bavui-sana

Ba Mali .

moka

pela

jilo

buln

baboi

Bejang .

. -

basai

batan-uan

bavoi (babui)

—

Bok .

—

pela

jalan

idok

na [bakas]

Nibong .

muko

bezai

jalan

bum

kaan

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

mobai

becha, besa

jilo

boin

baboi [bakas]

Lirong .

mesek

becha, besa

jilo (jelor)

bum

baboi (mabui)

Long Pokun . .

mobai

beehai, besai

jilo

boin

maboi

Ukit .

molo

tadong

bavui

.

Bakatan ....

muko (ukah)

polo (pulo)

anun

bahoi-lau

(bauwi)

boi-talun

Kadayan ....

ngalangat

basi

lengayo

bauwi

amo

Bekiau .

muka

brasi

tunga-lalan

bauui

ramo

Bisaya .

ukap [nuakap]
bika*

pengayu

tengaio,

langgaio*,

lalanf

bowi, baubi*,
baiof

lamo (ramu)

Tagal .

—

kabil

dalan

ulak

—

Dalit .

.

_

lalan

--

ramu

Kadasan ....

sebon

gumajong

alunalun,

jahlan

bogok

bakas

Tampassuk . .

_

gagauh

boguk

bakas

Ida’an .

ralan

bakas

Lanun (1) ....

_ „

_ _ _

malakau

babui

Lanun (2) ....

—

purah

— ■

babui

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

guud

—

boui

bakas

Buludupi (2) . .

—

—

lavan

kalos

—

Sulu .

ukai, ukab

bugsai

dan

baboi

—

Brunei Malay .

buka [aurok]

pengayu

pejelanan

[alunalun]

jeraia,

alunalun

bai

bai-utan

Sarawak Malay

buka

pengayo

babi

babi-utan

182

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

136.Pmc/i(v)

137 . Placenta,
Womb.

138. Plank.

139.P7aw£(v)

140. Pot.

Kalabit .

ben gar

_

angai

Bruang .

ngetal

ara-anak

bengar

tanam

—

Balait .

ngetal

pu-anak

bengar

lebu

—

Tabun .

ngater

tapuat

bengar

nibu-bua

—

Adang .

_

_

_

_

_

Trusan .

ngatil

bempa (?)

bengar

nibu

(belanga)

Padas .

—

—

—

—

—

Kajaman ....

mete

sal-anak

bowong-tenggan

mula

—

Ba Mali .

nikum

sala-anak

agdio

mola

—

Bejang .

—

(eten)

_

tuvu

koren

Bok ........

—

betukun

—

mula

—

Nibong .

nyekum

salo-anak

tapi

mula

—

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

nyipeng

sal-anak

tape

mula

—

Lirong .

mebi

sal-anak

jaka

mula

(pachu)

Long Pokun . .

nyekum

sal-anak

tape

mula

—

Ukit .

kurun

Bakatan ....

menyuit

—

tau

tanam

Kadayan ....

ngadut

tabuni

papan

menanam

_

Bekiau .

mengadut

tabuni

papan

bukabun

—

Bisaya ......

ngugot

[minyik]

tamuni

dinding

nan am

(blanga)

Tagal .

—

—

—

—

belanga

Dalit .

[

Kadasan ....

- _

- -

papan

—

balanga, jaupohan

Tampassuk . .

—

—

—

—

—

Ida’an .

—

—

—

mengasuk

kuran

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

— •

—

—

Lanun (2) . . . ,

—

- -

—

—

- -

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

—

—

—

butak, kubok

Sulu .

gipit-an,

hubut-an

kandang

digpi

tlanam,

tanam

anglit, banga

Brunei Malay .

mbit

tabuni

papan

tanam

[blani, epong,
benukal, langong]

Sarawak Malay

l

mbit, pichit

tamune

[tembuni]

papan

tanam

(priuk, terenang)

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

188

141. Praivn.

142. Rafter

143. Bain

144. Bat.

145. Bed.

K a, In, hit, .

udang

udang

mudan

labo

sia

Bruang .

larar

udan

blabo

sia

Balait .

udang

lara

mudan

rabo

sia

Tabun .

udang

karar

mudan

labo

sia

Aclang .

_

__

mudan

labo

sia

Trusan .

udang

rara

mudan

(udan)

labo

sia (masir)

Padas .

sasangan

- —

ruanang

lano

malia

Kajaman . . .

urang

kayhau

ujan

blavau

jiliek

Ba Mali .

urang

kaphau

ta

blemo

bali

Bejang .

- -

- —

usan

glavau

mengan

Bok . .

—

kasau

tae

musing

bala

Nibong .

orang

kasau

to

blemo

balo

Manketa ....

—

—

mabut

blabut

—

Sibop .

urang

kaso

ima

blemo

bala

Lirong .

urang

kasau

ema (ima)

blemo

bala

Long Pokun . .

orang

kasau

ema

blemo

bala

Ukit .

suat

_ _

lojot

musing

beheng

Bakatan .

kasau

nujut
(lan jut)
[lujut]

blabut

(belauo, chit)
[blanwan)

rarang

(arangarang)

Kadayan ....

gipan

kasau

asam

' auo

agang

Bekiau ......

gipan

kasau

rasam

lauwo

ragang

Bisaya .

legala [intudek]

kayu-alai

Ir^am

iikut [likus]

(ragang)

tentudik,*
sasangan f

[akit]

(rasam)

lano f

[agang]
maragang f

Tagal .

—

—

ngulu

kalam

alia

Dalit .

siar

_ —

rasam

tikus

malagang

Kadasan ....

—

—

jesam

ikus

oigang

Tampassuk . .

—

—

rasam

tikus

—

Ida’an .

—

—

rasam

ikus

rajang

Lanun (1) ....

—

—

—

ria, dumpau

marega

Lanun (2) ....

—

—

uran

riah

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

uran

sikut

—

Buludupi (2) . .

pasan

—

uran

tikus

miang

Snlu .

ulang, urang

kasauh

ulan

ambau

pula, lag

Brunei Malay .

nggala (siar)

kasau

ujan

tikus

mira [kalas]

Sarawak Malay

udang

kasau(kaso)

hujan

tikus

mira

184

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

146. Rice
(Husked).

147. Rice
(Unhusked).

148. River.

149. Root.

150. Rope.

Kalabit .

bra

padei

pa (aror)

ramut

talih

Bruang .

bra

pade

pa

war-kayu

nupar

Balait .

bras

pade

pa

ramu-kayo

upar

Tabun .

bra

pade

arur

war, lamot

opar (lupar)

Adang .

bra

- — -

pa (aror)

war

(lupar)

Trusan .

bra

pade

arur [lungei]

war (urat)
[bakag]

upar (kalat)

Padas .

bagas

bilod

lungei

bakag

—

Kajaman ....

ba

parai

sungai

iaka

talei

Ba Mali .

bilet

parai

sungai, laut

laka-kayu

tali

Rejang .

(ba)

(pare)

unge

oka

kakulu

Bok .

ba

bo

uvap

aka-kayu

Nibong .

bilet

parai

tali

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop . .

bilit

parai

sungai

laka-kayu

tali

Lirong .

bilet

parai

ba (sungai)

lakat-kayu

(amut)

lakat

tali

Long Pokun . .

bilit

parai

sungai

tali

Ukit .

.

___

sunge

oka

taraki

Bakatan ....

belet (benai)[baaj

parei

bila [bilan]

oka [urat]

tali

Kadayan ....

agas

parai

bauang

akau, amut

tali

Bekiau .

agas

parai

bauang

akau

tali

Bisaya .

agas, wagas f

parai,
h&bd f

bauang,
bawan f

akau (amut),
wakan f

tali (kalat)

Tagal .

—

—

siang-brok

bekat

mital

Dalit .

wagas

parai

barwan

. _

—

Kadasan ....

fagas

pahi

—

fakan

takli, kalat

Tampassuk . .

wagas

—

bawang

gamut

togis

Ida’an .

agas, wagas
begas

—

bawang

gamut

Lanun (1) . . . .

ilau

—

—

—

Lanun (2) ... .

bugas

—

lawas-aig

wagan

—

Buludupi til. .

bugkas

—

lung

pasuog-kayu

■ —

Buludupi (2) . .

wagas

parai

sunggei

—

■ —

Sulu .

bras, bugas

pai

sobak

gamut, akag

lubid

Brunei Malay .

baras

padi

sungai (lungei)

akar-kayu

[kalat]

Sarawak Malay

bras

padi

sungei

akar kayu
(akar, urat)

tali

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

185

151. Sago.

152. Sail (n.

1 153. Salt (n.]

154. Sand.

155. Scratch (v.)

Kalabit .

kebiah, kenangan

tuchu

bada

ngarau

Bruang .

—

—

ucho

badar

ngaro

Balait .

_

-

tucbo

bada

ngeukam

Tabun .

—

—

tucho

bada

nekam

Adang .

-

-

- -

- -

_

Trusan . .

(nanga)

(lamaiat)

[layag]

techo (tuchu'

bada

nekam (ngaro)

Padas. . .

—

layag

usi

—

—

Kajaman . /..

—

_

siya

kerei

umanyau

Ba Mali .

—

—

ucphen

ait

ngerip

Bejang .

sago

pado

usen

aiet

gamaio

Bok .

—

—

usen

rit

ngarep

Nibong .

— •

—

osen

ait

mengrep

Manketa ....

—

—

benas

—

—

Sibop .

—

-

uchen

ait

ngrep

Lirong .

(dalor)

—

uihen (uchen)

ait

ngerep

Long Pokun . .

—

—

u<?hen

ait

ngerep

Ukit .

alo

molang

jio

bar a

majo

Bakatan ....

■ -

—

ijo

blata

maio

Kadayan ....

—

--

usan

agls

mengau

Bekiau .

—

— .

usan

agis

mengau

Bisaya .

(natok)

(larai) ,
layag f

(usi)[uchan],
uson *

pasin (pasir)
[krasit]

(ngarus)

Tagal .

kubia

layer

masin

pulu

atol

Dalit .

usun

Kadasan ....

umbijau

hlajak

ogis

—

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an

asin

—

—

silan

timus

ogis

Lanun (1) ....

_

_

_

Lanun (2) ....

_

_

timus

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

tagai

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

- —

masin

agis

—

Sulu .

sani, lumbla

layag

asin

buhangin

kamas, kaskas

Brunei Malay .

rembia, lamunta

arai *

sira

krasik

garu, gata

Sarawak Malay

'mulong, lemanta,
sagu)

(layer)

garam, masin

pasir

garu

Notes : Sarawak Malay mulong, rembia = sago palm, lemanta — raw sago, sagu =
sago prepared for food, pearl sago.

Murat layag = sail, is conjectural from v. lumayag = to sail.

Sarawak Malay garam = salt, masin = salt taste.

186

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

156. Sea.

157. Season
Year.

158. See.

159. Sell.

160. Shark.

Kalabit .

Bruang .

bangat, pa-rayah
(lau’ud)
bangat

che-lak

niar (mawan)

engnar

breh-mlih

mre

:

Bn.ln.it; .

dile

pa-nanap

lak

lak

mre

Tabun .

ngupo

mre-beli

—

Adang .

pa-nawap

(lau’ud)

—

(mawan)

—

—

Trusan .

munadl(pa-raia)

[laud]

lak

upo (melagang)

mere-beli

yiu

Padas .

bugus

—

—

—

—

Kajaman ....

bangat

tauun

mira

metek

—

Ba Mali .

bangat

oma

mechan

bat

—

Rejang .

leva

-

mare

_

yieu

Bok .

banged

taun

nat

pebele

—

Nibong ......

bangat

oman

menat

bat

—

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

ba’ai

oman

mechan

kechua

_

Lirong .

ba’ai (bangat)
bangat, ba’ai

oman

mechan

na

—

Long Pokun . .

oman

mi^hen

bat

—

Ukit . .

iva

__ __

ipo

—

ijanaio

Bakatan .

ive (kala)[pasik]

tauun

menyineng (mipo)

komoli

—

Kadayan ....

bangluan

taun

mengintong

pabali

—

Bekiau .

laut

tauun

mintong

pebali

—

Bisaya .

tasik, saba
(laut), lisaba f

lililc [taun]

intong (pitu)
[mapong] lintong*

mali

(iu)

Tagal .

siang-maio

—

gilong

—

iyu

Dalit .

lautan

-

—

—

—

Kadasan ....

sala

—

atangan, ontongon

tan-on

—

Tampassuk . .

laud

—

—

—

—

Ida’an .

rahat

—

magintong

taranan

—

Lanun (1) ....

kaludan

—

ilai

—

—

Lamm (2) ....

katudan

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (1)..

pasang

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

taon

—

—

kaitan

Sulu .

dagat

musim,

tahun

kita

pug-bi

Brunei Malay .

lautan

musim, taun

melihat

menjual

— -

Sarawak Malay

lautan (laut)

musim, taun

mliat (melihat)

menjual

6yu)

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

187

v

161. Sit.

162. Skin.

163. Sky.

164. Sleep.

165. Small.

Kalabit .

tudor

anit

langit

rudap

iit

Bruang . .

tudor

anit

langit

udap

diet

Balait .

tudo

anit

langit

rudap

ihit

Tabun .

tudo

anet

langit

rudap

diid

Adang- .

—

kubil

(langit)

(rudap)

madi

Trusan .

tudo

(tudur)

anit (kubit)
[tobil]

langit

rudap

[modop]

iet [madari]

Padas .

—

kongkong

- .

ruadop

bobodok, kachia

Kajaman ....

ungo

karau

lau

melut

yau

Ba Mali .

menyun

kolit

langit

pegan

jiek

Rejang .

murong

enit

langit

turui

isut

Bok .

moko

—

lanyet

pegan

si’ik

Nibong .

menyun

kolit

langit

pegan

siek

Manketa ....

—

kulit

—

matorui

i

makatko

Sibop .

madong

kolit

langit

pegan

domet

Lirong .

menyun

kolit

langit

pegan

jiek

Long Pokun . .

menyun

kolit

langit

pegan

jiek

Ukit .

muruk

anit

avun

turui

isi

Bakatan .

muruk

kulit

langet

maturoi

isit (isi)

Kadayan ....

kuko

kulit

adau

modap

diok

Bekiau .

uku

kulit

adau

medap

diok

Bisaya .

kuko

[kukuk]

kulit,

kongkongf

langit

(adau)

mudup

diok, kanak f

Tagal .

enturong

kungkong

limbun

olong

limut

Dalit .

_

_ _

—

modap

—

Kadasan ....

mekau

kuhlit

afan

modop

nineh, aninek

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

—

kulit

langgit

mangudop

akuroh

mirikau

kulit

—

modop

kore

Lanun (1) . . . .

muntud

— -

—

tumurug

meitb

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

opis

langgit

makaturog

maitu

Buludupi (1) . .

—

kulit

langit

turug

aitoi

Buludupi (2) . .

mogom

—

bulinton

kamahap

—

Sulu .

lingkud

pais

langit

ma-tog

asivl, manahut

Brunei Malay .

dudok

kulit

langit

tidor

damit [ranikj

Sarawak Malay

dudok

kulit

langit

tidor

kechil

188

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. PAY

Kalabit

Bruang

Balait .
Tabun

Aclang .
Trusan .

Padas

Kajaman . . . .
Ba Mali .

Rejang .

Bok .

Nibong .

Manketa . . . .

Sibop .

Lirong .

Long Pokun . .

Ukit ..
Bakatan

Kadayan
Bekiau .
Bisaya .

Tagal

Dalit .

Kadasan . .

Tampassuk
Ida’an ....
Lanun (1) . .
Lanun (2) . .
Buludupi (1)
Buludnpi (2)
Sulu .

Brunei Malay .
Sarawak Malay

166. Smoke.

167. Snake.

168. So.

169. Soft.

170. Soui\

ripun

chelangoi, lipa

laia (liar)

mecham, laam

rapun

sangwi

—

laia

laam

rapun

benalan

mengiko

IeiiBj

mecham

apon (rabfun)

lipa

—

laie

mesum

rapun

mampa

_

leia (liar)

—

pun-apoi

(rimpun)

[lisun]

lipo (malipa)
[kukus]

[koang-dagino]

laia (malaia)

masam

(melam)

[bualum]

lisun

nipo

koang-dagino

malujat

ausam

togun

nyipa

kinan

lema

<?ham

sap

turdk

—

mero

meQham

tugun

esai

___

loma

moom

sap

jimulai

—

lemo

masum

sap

asen, terok

blemo

mecham

sap

aten

_

blemo

mecham

(?hap

nipa

—

lemo (meror)

mesam

(mecham)

<^hap

asen

- -

blemo

mbsam,

mecham

tugun

asai

r.

lukau

masom

ton (sun)

asai

[punganim]

"

maroi

(meluko)

masam

lesun

lanut

manino

lami

mancham

lisun

lanut

—

limi

mensam

(lisun)

lanut, nipo f

[niongoyo] ,
manu f

(lambut)
[lasok]
maluyat f

(musam),
ausam f

inchut

kor

—

lami

asanu

lisun

_

miano

_

unsom

klisun

uhlanu,

uhlanut

bulanot

bengkaa

malus

monsom

_

.

_

lisun

lanut

inka-i

lumi

onsam

bul

nipai

—

melemak

—

—

nipei

—

—

—

—

ulang

—

—

—

—

ulan

—

lum

—

aso

has

demikian

lunuk, hablo,
buyog

maslum, pukat

asap

ular

damiatu

lambut

[lechak]

masam (asam)
[bangas)

asap

ular

bagitu

lembut

masam (asam)

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

189

171. Speak.

172. Spear.

173. Spit.

174. Spittle.

175. Stand.

Kalabit .

pekaroh

buchor, klibor
(lebuh)

licha

aka (lecha)

mudor

Bruang .

karo

—

—

“

mudur

Balait .

pubure

pebure

mudor

Tabun .

(bakou)

—

—

mudor

Adang .

—

(gaman)

_

aka (lecha)

—

Trusan .

pebure (buri)

(gaman) [bangkau]

(nglieha)

(aka)

[tiowag]

mudor (tupad)

Padas .

- *

bangkau

—

tiowag

—

Kajaman ....

poba

_

_

- - -

nekariang

Ba Mali .

vea

—

—

—

dang

Rejang .

ploe

latap

jula

jula

makaring

Bok .

pane

—

—

—

nekediang

Nibong ......

pea

—

—

—

pejak

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

pane

—

_

- - -

jak, deng

Lirong .

pane (paneir,
miya)

(atap)

(jula)

(sungai-jula)

jak

Long Pokun . .

pea, pane

—

—

—

jak

Ukit .

tavat

natop

monong

onong

kakaring

Bakatan . .

paloi (pelabu)

(bangong) [ating]

(danum-jela)

mekaring

(manakaring)

Kadayan ....

tuntut

_

-

_

makakat

Bekiau .

betuntut

—

—

—

kakat

Bisaya .

tuntun (tuntut)
betuntut *

(bangkau),
andewan f

(bejimpi)

[gunpe]

(akau)

[ayer-kliau]

jimpi,*julaf

kakat

Tagal .

ragu

nura

entigor

entigor

tumol

Dalit .

-

bangkau

- . _

- - -

— -

Kadasan ....

boos

- -

—

—

Tampassuk . .

—

andus

—

—

—

Ida’an .

boras

andus

- ,

luja

mindahau

Lannn (1) . . . .

taroh

bangkau

—

tumatindug

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

bangkon

—

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

bujak

—

—

—

Buludupi (2).

uni, mano

—

—

—

mude

Suln .

pamong, kuno,
long, na-punga

bujak, binangkau

mug-lurah

lurah

tind/g,

tamindug

Brunei Malay .

krapak

(bujak)

(lembing, tumbak,
sangko)

-

(ludah)

bediri

Sarawak Malay

bertutor,

chakap

(berludah)

(ayer-ludah)

berdiri

190

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

176. Star.

177. Stay.

178. Steal.

179. Stone.

180. Sugar¬
cane.

Kalabit .

ketuan

udu (n’ait)

mend

batoh

tepoh

Bruang .

bituen

—

meno

nupar

tepo

Balait .

bitoan

—

menao

upar

tepo

Tabun .

getuan (bituan)

(udcho)

meno

opar (batu)

tepo

Adang .

gatuan (bituan)

(udcho, n’ait)

_

batu

—

Trusan .

getuan (gitiran)
[motititiu]

(uka)

menau

upar (batu)

tepo

(tampu)

Padas .

motitiu

—

—

—

—

Kajaman ....

katoen

_

menyekau

bato

tebau

Ba Mali .

kenuai

—

mekau

bato

tebo

Bejang .

batuan (letuan)

mengo

—

batu

tovu

Bok .

kalanuhai

—

nekao

bato

tebo

Nibong .

kenuai

—

menakau

bato

tebu

Manketa ....

bituen

—

—

batu

—

Sibop .

kenuai

_

makau

bato

tebo

Lirong .

kenotet (kenutip)

(moko)

mekau

bato

tebo

Long Pokun . .

kenuai

mekau

bato

tebo

Ukit .

betoen

ite

batu

tovo

Bakatan ....

betuen (letuen)

—

nyiko

bato

toho

Kadayan ....

metion

_

nakau

batu

tabu

Bekiau .

ngondai

—

menakau

batu

tabo

Bisaya .

paru (bintang)

(berhinti)

[apong]

nakau

[penakau]

tali (batu)

tabu

Tagal .

betitin

encliino

—

batu

tebu

Dalit .

- ■—

r

-

—

Kadasan ....

—

—

linampas

—

—

Tampassuk . .

bintang

—

—

—

Ida’an .

rambituan

— “

menakau,

menikus

watu

—

Lanun (1) . . . .

bituan

—

—

watu

—

Lanun (2) ....

bitoun

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

butun

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

bitertin

matinibas

—

—

—

Sul,u .

bitun, bituhun

tagad

takau, tiakau

batu

tubu, tabu

Brunei Malay .

bintang

tinggal *

menchuri

batu

galaga

Sarawak Malay

bintang

(tinggal)

menchuri

batu

tebu

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES.

191

181. Sun.

182. Sweet.

183. Sivord.

184. Tabu.

185. Take
away.

Kalabit ......

meta-ch5

main, mein

tungol, karit

malih

niding

Bruang .

meta-cho

main

tungol

—

ngiding

Balait .

mata-cho

main

karet

-

mudor

Tabun .

mata-jo

maien

karet

~

ngiding

(apan)

Adang .

ch5

_

_ _ _

_

_

Trusan .

mata-chau (chu)
[matu-adan]

main (peciii)
[mamis]

ant

(mali)

mudor

Padas .

matu-adan

mamis

kujang

—

—

Kajaman ....

mata-lau

mi

ilang

-

bau

Ba Mali .

ate-langit

me

poe

—

bete

Bejang .

matal-elo

(matan-elo)

matomi

—

plali

pen

Rok .

matan-dau

mata-langit

mwe, mi
me

mete

mati

Nibong .

poe

—

Manketa ....

mata-alau

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

atan-langit

me

poe

—

bete

Lirong .

ata-langit

me

poe

(matat)

betia

Long Pokun . .

ata-langit

me

poe

—

mete

Ukit .

mata-alo

kanying

—

boleng

—

Bakatan, ....

mata-lo

(mata-lau)

kanying

(mamis)

bruga (butut,
garoja)

beti (apen)

Kadayan ....

mata-dau

masin

dangol

_

menangang

Bekiau .

mata-dau

mamis

dangol

—

kakat

Bisaya .

matang-adau

(mamis),
matanus f

madi, pisan f

(kemali)

langung,
lapo *

Tagal .

tulok

amis

—

rali

—

Dalit .

matu-adan

manis

pisan

_

- .

Kadasan ....

adau

—

—

—

—

Tampassuk . .

tadan

—

—

—

—

Ida’an .

mata-dau

momis

dangol

—

—

Lanun (1) ....

—

ating

puduk

—

gumau, kua

Lanun (2) . . . .

alungan

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

mat-adan

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2)..

mala runat

—

—

—

lapo

Sulu .

mata-suga, suga

mairnoh

pudang

halam

kawa, ka-a

Brunei Malay .

mata-hari

manis

pemarang

—

bawa,*

Sarawak Malay

mata-hari

manis

pedang,

parang

(pemali,

pantang)

bawa

[ambil]

192 THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

186. Taro.

187. Taste.

188. Then.

189. There.

190. Thick.

Kalabit .

Bruang .

—

kual

’®r— —

pengaia

nangei

nange

kapal

kapal

Balait .

—

—

—

menange

kapar

Tabun .

—

—

riak

te (?)

kapar

Adang .

_

_

muchi

dunga

kapal

Trusan .

- -

(ngutun)

—

nangai

[noginiu]

kapal

(makapal)

Padas .

—

—

“

noginiu

Kajaman ....

—

—

_

anan

kapan

Ba Mali .

—

—

mahau, tepo

na

kapan

Rejang .

_

pero

_ _

iri

kopan

Bok .

—

—

—

sitai

kapan

Nibong .

—

—

tipo

sina-taea

kapan

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

—

_

—

teraina

kapan

Lirong .

(uvi-kayu)

(tegan)

tepo

takaiena

kapan

Long Pokun . .

—

nehe, dahap

tekaina

kapan

IJkit .

—

sanga

—

_

kapan

Bakatan ....

—

—

(para)

na (iri)

kapan

Kadayan ....

- —

_ ,

adau-lain

sino

kapal

Rp.lna.n . . .

sindo

[nior], sulu*,
linof

kapal

(kapal)

Bisaya .

—

(rusuh)

[tagulo],

turi*

Tagal .

—

ruah

—

—

kapil

Dalit, .

Kadasan ....

—

_

—

—

—

Tampassuk . .

—

— ■

-- —

—

—

Tda’an .

turi, tahuri

ilo, dilo
ruka

kapah

makapal

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

mauri

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

—

—

—

■ —

Buludupi (1). .

—

—

—

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

mangraza

sembi

—

—

Sulu .

haupe

anam

pa-bila,

sa-kali

ha-ietu, dun

dukmal,

ma-rukmal

Brunei Malay .

—

—

—

situ, disana,
nun

tabal

Sarawak Malay

[ubi-kayu]

(rasa, cheri)

sudah-itu

(jeman-itu)

situ, disana
(nun)

tebal

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

193

191. Thigh

192. Thin.

193. Thus.

194. Tongue.

195. Tooth.

Kalabit .

nipi

bekinih

dila

lipan, oit

Bruang .

palia

mipi

kina

dila

nipan

Balait .

paha

lipi

mekiniko

dila

lipan

Tabun .

paha

lipi

kaiuni (okoni)

dila

lipan

Adang .

_

nipi

-

lebah

lipan

Trusan .

pa

nipi

(malipi)

[koang-dagino]

dila

lipan [nipun]

Padas .

—

koang-dagino

dilah

nipun

Kajaman ....

tapa

lipi

kini

gyela

nyipan

Ba Mali .

pan

nipe

kenakoan

dila

dipan

Rejang .

- „

melirieng

-- -

jela

nepe (nyipe)

Bok .

—

nepe

—

jela

jipan

Nibong .

pan

nipi

kanina

jela

jipan

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

pan

nyipe

enokoan

jila

jipun

Lirong .

pan

nipe

(nipeir)

kenakoan

jila

jipan

Long Pokun . .

paah

nipe

enakoan

jila

jipan

Ukit .

_

lerieng

_

tala

bagali

Bakatan .

pan

mering

(meliring)

jela [lida]

nyipo (langoli),
[nyipin]

Kadayan ....

poa

nipis

mantiti

dila

ipan

Bekiau . .

pa

nipis

—

dila

ipan

Bisaya .

po [pauk]

(nipis)

[tiongoyo],
manu f

dilo, lela *

ipan, nipun f

Tagal .

—

nipis

— •

dela

lipun

Dalit .

_ _ _

_

miono

dila

ipun

Kadasan ....

pook

—

—

—

—

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

—

— .

—

dila

nipon

po

mipis

inka’, pinka’

lelah

nipun

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

manipis

• —

ngipan

Lannn (2) ....

—

—

—

dila

nipon

Buludupi (1) . .

—

—

—

dila

nipon

Buludupi (2) . .

pa

atis

—

—

—

Sulu .

paha, paa

ma-nlpis

bi-ha-ini

dilah

ipun

Brunei Malay .

paha

nipis

damiani

lida’

gigi

Sarawak Malay

paha

nipis, kurus

bagia, bagini

idah

gigi

O

194

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY.

196. Tree.

197. Village.

198. Water.

199. Weep.

200. When ?

Kalabit .

kayoh, kayu

pesipong

pa rfal

nangi

idan

Bruang .

kayu

—

pa

nerak

idan

Balait .

Tabun .

kayo

kayo

—

pa

pa

nangi

nangi

idan (idang)

Adang ......

pohun

_

pa

(nangi)

idan (idang)

Trusan .

kayu

(pun-kayu)

- - -

ba (pa)

[upa]

nange

idan-

komeching

Padas .

—

timug

—

—

Kajaman ....

kayau

_

danum

nangi

kora

Ba Mali .

kayu

—

ba

manga

siran

Rejang .

kayu

jitukong

danum

manangis

—

Bok .

kayu

—

ba

manga

dap

Nibong .

kayu

—

bo

mango

siran

Manketa ....

—

—

danum

minangi

— .

Sibop .

kayu

- —

sungai [ba]

mange

siran

Lirong .

kayo

(uma)

ba (sungai)

manga

siran

Long Pokun . .

kayu

—

ba

manga

siran

IJkit . .

pon-sieu

dilino

danom

nangih

—

Bakatan ....

kajo (karing)

—

danum

menange

(lipa)

Kadayan ....

kayu

_

aig

megiad

puong-adau

Bekiau .

kayu

—

aig

giad

kembui-nikot

Bisaya .

kayu

(buku-kayu)
puhn *

(kampong)
[kabong]
pagun *

aiek (aig),
waig f

giat (giad)

[kambro-

kau]

memburo *

Tagal .

taun

imah

siang

infcanggi

—

Dalit. .

luton

aig

faig, waig

Kadasan ....

—

mihad

sengiau

Tampassuk . .
Ida’an .

pohun

—

waig

—

—

guas,puhn-kaja

—

waig

miad

sangira

Lanun (1) . . . .

—

—

aig

semagud

—

Lanun (2) ... .

pohun

—

aig

—

—

Buludupi (1) . .

batang

—

sapar

—

—

Buludupi (2) . .

kayu

—

supa

tata

—

Sulu .

kahoi,

batang-kahoi

kampong,

long-an

tubig

tangis,

mug-tangis

ka-uuo

Brunei Malay .

kayu

- _

aing (ayu)

menangis

apa-bila

Sarawak Malay

kayu

(kampong,

negri)

ayer

nangis

bila (apa-bila)

VOCABULARIES. THIRD SERIES

195

201. Where ?

202. White.

203. Wife.

204. Wind.

205. Wing.

Kalabit .

ipah-nan,

lati-apah

buda

awan

bariu

lad

Bruang .

apa

buda

lechur

bario

lad

Balait .

mepa-ko

buda

auwa

bareu

ilat

Tabun ......

repaian (?)

buda

aua

bareu (bariu)

ilad

Adang .

dapei-a

buda

_

bario (bui)

ilad

Trusan .

raepa-enkam

buda

awo (awan)

bareu

ilad

Padas .

mapurak

andu

—

alad

Kajaman ....

aba

pote

sagwa

baiu

lat

Ba Mali .

teok

puti

ledo

lewun

pauit

Rejang .

ai

juri

pawo (awan)

pawi

ilat

Bok .

isema

mebing

—

kapu

—

Nibong .

semai

pote

Ied5

kapo

pauit

Manketa ....

—

—

—

—

—

Sibop .

te’o

pute

ledo

kapor

anyap

Lirong .

te’o

putia (putir)

ledo (ledor)

seleput (kepor)

anyap

Long Pokun . .

ma

puti

ledd

kapa

— *

Ukit .

_

bohak

sonin

salit

ilat

Bakatan .

aiana (pahen)

bubuak

(buak)

oro-ronguna,

[balum-kobok]

balu [baru]

ilat (ilap)

Kadayan ....

dumbo

puhat

sawo

longos

alad

Bekiau .

dumbo

purak

sauo

longos

alad

Bisaya .

[tiaguinau] ,
domboi *

(purak),
mapurak f

sauong (sau)

ribut, adau
(lungus)

sayap (alad),
alan *

Tagal .

— ■

pulak

luandu

angin

alar

Dalit .

_

purak

anau

_

_

Kadasan . . . .

hinombo

apoak

andok

ibut

pahlapa

Tampassuk . .

—

apurak

asauwah

anggin

—

Ida5 an .

nambo

purak

sawa, sau
karuma

ibut

tulut

Lanun (1) . . . .

autuna

maputi

undu

—

Lanun (2) . . . .

—

maputeh

karomah

undu

—

Buludupi (1) . .

—

puteh

manganak

loud

—

Buludupi (2) . .

—

puti

—

wasi

• —

Sulu .

ha-dien

ma-putih,

putih

asawa

hangin

pikpik

Brunei Malay

di-mana

pute

astiri (bini)

angin, ribut

sa.yap(sayak)

Sarawak Malay

dimana

putih

bini

angin, ribut

sayap

196

THE LANGUAGES OF BORNEO. — BY SIDNEY H. RAY

206. Woman.

207. Worm
(Earth-)

208. Worm
(Intestinal)

209. Yam.

210. Yellow.

211. Yes.

Kalabit .

lechor

□lad

ubih

birar

Bruang .

lechur

lau

obi

blra

Balait .

Tabun .

dichor
d ichor

klate

kelati

kruar

kruar

ube

buar

kuneng

kuning

toho

Adanc .

berar

birara

Trusan .

dichur (lichur),
[anakadi]

dalah

kelati

kelati

ubi

[maw]

iyo

Padas .

(biral),

[masilo]

masilo

Kajaman ....
Ba Mali ......

dera

ledo

—

kagwa

angat

ove

obi

mengavang

ngelura

mau

Reiang .

oko (oro)

ledoh

do

ovi

kuning

kuning

uluro

Bok .

Nibong .

angan

owe

Manketa ....

yungera

—

—

Sibop .

ledo

leto (ledor)
ledo

angat

angat

angat

ove

kuneng

nelura

Tiirong .

ove

(uvei-amut)
ove, owe

Long Pokun . .

kulati

(nglorar)

melura

—

Ukit .

doro

oro

suhe

ubi

konyit

kunieng

Bakatan .

galo

owong

oso

Kadayan ....
Bekiau .

kemo

kakimo

longuang

lukong

lowong

[jiok]

longuang

lunguang

lagwang

ubi

ubi

kuning
kuning
(silau),
chilau,*
masilo f

da
pa
[or],
awe,*
aw f

Bisaya .

kimo, aijunai f

ubi

Tacal

luandu

ubi

aselou

Dalit .

kakimu

kuning

silau

aw

Kadasan ....
Tampassuk . .
Tdn.’fl.n

tandoh

tandu

babai

babei

liun, mangana
wine, liun
babai

gijok

—

—

0

Lanun (1) ....
Lanun (2) ....
Buludupi (1) . .
Buludupi (2) . .
Sulu .

ud

kalug

ubi, panggi

bananing

sibow

dulau

hu

Brunei Malay .
Sarawak Malay

binibini

perampuan

[geok]

ulat

galanggalang

chaching

obi

ubi (keladi)

kuning

kuning

(au)

(iya, au)

/

>. r

j t>
i ~ *.

f » >1

1 & 4

p

9 4

.#

J*

$>

4gp

■■or as

*▼

f

*>

* ;T

#>

» ^

_J